NX Nastran DMAP Programmer's Guide - Kxcad.net

NX Nastran 

DMAP Programmer’s Guide

Proprietary & Restricted Rights Notice 

© 2005 UGS Corp. All Rights Reserved. This software and related documentation are proprietary to UGS 

Corp. LIMITATIONS TO U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS. UNPUBLISHED - RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER 

THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. This computer software and related computer software 

documentation have been developed exclusively at private expense and are provided subject to the following 

rights: If this computer software and computer software documentation qualify as “commercial items” (as 

that term is defined in FAR 2.101), their use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to 

the protections and restrictions as set forth in the UGS Corp. commercial license for the software and/or 

documentation as prescribed in FAR 12.212 and FAR 27.405(b)(2)(i) (for civilian agencies) and in DFARS 

227.7202-1(a) and DFARS 227.7202-3(a) (for the Department of Defense).,or any successor or similar 

regulation, as applicable or as amended from time to time. If this computer software and computer 

documentation do not qualify as “commercial items,” then they are “restricted computer software,” and are 

provided with “restrictive rights,” and their use, duplication or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject 

to the protections and restrictions as set forth in FAR 27.404(b) and FAR 52-227-14 (for civilian agencies), and 

DFARS 227.7203-5(c) and DFARS 252.227-7014 (for the Department of Defense), or any successor or similar 

regulation as applicable or as amended from time to time. UGS Corp. , Suite 600 - 5800 Granite Parkway, 

Plano, Texas 75024. 

NASTRAN is a registered trademark of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. NX Nastran is 

an enhanced proprietary version developed and maintained by UGS Corp. 

MSC is a registered trademark of MSC.Software Corporation. MSC.Nastran and MSC.Patran are trademarks 

of MSC.Software Corporation. 

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

1 

Direct Matrix 

Abstraction 

C O N T E N T S 

NX Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide 

■ Introduction to DMAP, 2 

■ The NX Nastran DMAP Language, 3 

■ Parameters, 4 

❑ Constant Parameters, 5 

❑ Variable Parameters, 6 

❑ Expressions and Operators, 9 

■ Data Blocks, 13 

❑ Data Block Type and Status, 16 

■ Instructions, 17 

❑ Modules, 17 

❑ Statements, 20 

■ “Output from a Previous Module” Rule, 39 

■ Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks, 40 

■ Preface Modules and SOLution 100, 41 

■ Processing of User Errors, 42 

■ SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH, 43 

■ WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 45 

■ What's New in DMAP?, 48 

2 

Data Blocks ■ Introduction, 52 

■ Matrix Data Blocks, 53 

■ Table Data Blocks, 55 

❑ IFP Tables, 55 

❑ IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits, 55 

❑ OFP Tables, 57 

❑ Approach_Code, 58 

■ Table Descriptions, 74 

■ Data Block Descriptions, 75 

Nastran NX DMAP Modules and Data Blocks 

NX Nastran DMAP 

Programmer’s Guide

3 

NASTRAN Data 

Definition 

Language (NDDL) 

4 

DMAP Modules 

and Statements 

- BGPDT, 75 

- BGPDT68, 77 

- CASECC, 78 

- CLAMA, 97 

- CONTAB, 99 

- CONTACT, 100 

- CSTM, 103 

- CSTM68, 105 

- DBCOPT, 112 

- DESTAB, 115 

- DIT, 116 

- DSCMCOL, 121 

- DVPTAB, 129 

- DYNAMIC, 131 

- EGPSF, 144 

- EGPSTR, 149 

- ELDCT, 152 

- EPT, 155 

- EQEXIN, 186 

- ERROR, 188 

- FOL, 190 

- GEOM1, 191 

- GEOM168, 205 

- GEOM2, 218 

- GEOM3, 260 

- GEOM4, 275 

- GPDT68, 299 

- GPL, 300 

- HIS, 301 

■ Data Block Glossary, 590 

❑ Data Block Naming Conventions, 677 

■ Parameter Glossary, 684 

❑ Parameter Naming Conventions, 738 

■ NDDL Summary, 740 

■ Detailed Description of NDDL Statements, 741 

- DATABLK, 742 

- DEPEN, 750 

- PARAM, 752 

■ DMAP Module and Statement List, 758 

❑ Matrix Modules, 758 

❑ Utility Modules, 759 

❑ Executive Modules and Statements, 759 

- KDICT, 302 

- LAMA, 304 

- MPT, 306 

- OBC, 325 

- OBJTAB, 327 

- OEE, 328 

- OEF, 333 

- OES, 391 

- OGF, 513 

- OGK, 517 

- OGS, 519 

- OMECON, 526 

- OMEOSC, 529 

- OMKEC, 532 

- OMKEO, 535 

- OMSEC, 538 

- OMSEO, 541 

- OPG, 544 

- OPTPRM, 549 

- OQG, 551 

- OUG, 557 

- R1MAP, 569 

- R1TAB, 570 

- RESP12, 576 

- SEMAP, 580 

- SET, 585 

- TOL, 586 

- VIEWTB, 587 

- PATH, 754 

- QUAL, 755

❑ Miscellaneous Modules and Statements, 760 

■ DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary, 762 

❑ Matrix Modules, 762 

❑ Utility Modules, 763 

❑ Executive Modules and Statements, 765 

❑ Obsolete Modules and Statements, 765 

■ Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 766 

- ACMG, 767 

- ADAPT, 770 

- ADD, 773 

- ADD5, 775 

- ADG, 778 

- ADR, 780 

- AELOOP, 782 

- AEMODEL, 784 

- AMG, 785 

- AMP, 787 

- APD, 789 

- APPEND, 792 

- ASDR, 796 

- ASG, 798 

- AXMDRV, 800 

- AXMPR1, 801 

- AXMPR2, 802 

- BCDR, 803 

- BDRYINFO, 805 

- BGCASO, 806 

- BGP, 807 

- BMG, 808 

- BNDSPC, 809 

- CASE, 811 

- CEAD, 816 

- CMPZPR, 819 

- COPY, 820 

- CURV, 821 

- CURVPLOT, 823 

- CYCLIC1, 825 




- DBC, 835 

- DBDELETE, 843 

- DBDICT, 845 

- DBEQUIV, 861 

- SubDMAP DBFETCH, 864 

- SubDMAP DBMGR, 865 

- DBSTATUS, 868 

- SubDMAP DBSTORE, 869 

- DBVIEW, 871 

- DCMP, 873 

- DDR2, 877 

- DDRMM, 880 

- DECOMP, 882 

- DELETE, 887 

- DIAGONAL, 888 

- DISDCMP, 890 

- DISFBS, 892 

- DISOFPM, 893 

- DISOFPS, 894 

- DISOPT, 895 

- DISUTIL, 898 

- DIVERG, 902 

- DMIIN, 904 

- DOM10, 905 

- DOM11, 908 

- DOM12, 910 

- DOM6, 915 

- DOM9, 917 

- DOPFS, 920 

- DOPR1, 922 

- DOPR2, 924 

- DOPR3, 926 

- DOPR4, 929 

- DOPR5, 930 

- DOPR6, 932 

- DOPRAN, 934 

- DPD, 935 

- DRMH1, 938 

- DRMH3, 940 

- DRMS1, 942 

- DSABO, 944 

- DSAD, 946 

- DSADJ, 952 

- DSAE, 954 

- DSAF, 956 

- DSAH, 958 

- DSAJ, 961 

- DSAL, 963 

- DSAM, 966 

- DSAN, 967 

- DSAP, 968 

- DSAPRT, 970 

- DSAR, 971 

- DSARLP, 973 

- DSARME, 975

- DSARSN, 976 

- DSAW, 978 

- DSDVRG, 979 

- DSFLTE, 980 

- DSFLTF, 981 

- DSMA, 982 

- DSPRM, 984 

- DSTA, 987 

- DSTAP2, 990 

- DSVG1, 991 

- DSVG1P, 993 

- DSVG2, 995 

- DSVG3, 997 

- DSVGP4, 998 

- DSVGP5, 1000 

- DTIIN, 1002 

- DUMMOD1, 1003 

- DUMMOD2, 1004 

- DUMMOD3, 1005 

- DUMMOD4, 1006 

- DVIEWP, 1007 

- DYNREDU, 1009 

- EFFMASS, 1010 

- ELFDR, 1012 

- ELTPRT, 1013 

- EMA, 1016 

- EMAKFR, 1017 

- EMG, 1018 

- EQUIVX, 1022 

- ESTINDX, 1024 

- FA1, 1025 

- FA2, 1027 

- FBS, 1028 

- FILE, 1031 

- FORTIO, 1033 

- FRLG, 1035 

- FRLGEN, 1037 

- FRQDRV, 1038 

- FRRD1, 1039 

- MACOFP, 1114 

- MAKAEFA, 1115 

- MAKAEFS, 1117 

- MAKAEMON, 1118 

- MAKCOMP, 1119 

- MAKMON, 1120 

- MAKENEW, 1121 

- MAKEOLD, 1123 

- MAKETR, 1125 

- MATGEN, 1127 

- MATGPR, 1139 

- MATMOD, 1145 

- MATPCH, 1178 

- MATPRN, 1180 

- MATPRT, 1181 

- FRRD2, 1042 

- GENTRAN, 1044 

- GETCOL, 1045 

- GETMKL, 1046 

- GI, 1047 

- GKAM, 1048 

- GNFM, 1050 

- GP0, 1051 

- GP1, 1053 

- GP2, 1055 

- GP3, 1056 

- GP4, 1058 

- GP5, 1061 

- GPFDR, 1063 

- GPJAC, 1066 

- GPSP, 1067 

- GPSTR1, 1070 

- GPSTR2, 1071 

- GPWG, 1073 

- GUST, 1075 

- IFP, 1077 

- IFP1, 1081 

- IFP3, 1083 

- IFP4, 1085 

- IFP5, 1087 

- IFP6, 1089 

- IFP7, 1091 

- IFP8, 1092 

- IFP9, 1093 

- IFPINDX, 1094 

- IFT, 1095 

- INPUTT2, 1096 

- INPUTT4, 1098 

- INTERR, 1101 

- ISHELL, 1102 

- LAMX, 1104 

- LANCZOS, 1109 

- LCGEN, 1112 

- LMATPRT, 1113 

- MATREDU, 1182 

- MCE1, 1184 

- MCE2, 1185 

- MDATA, 1186 

- MDCASE, 1187 

- MERGE, 1191 

- MERGEOFP, 1196 

- MESSAGE, 1197 

- MGEN, 1198 

- MKCNTRL, 1199 

- MKCSTMA, 1200 

- MKSPLINE, 1201 

- MODACC, 1202 

- MODEPF, 1204 

- MODEPOUT, 1207

- MODEPT, 1209 

- MODGDN, 1210 

- MODGM2, 1211 

- MODGM4, 1213 

- MODTRK, 1214 

- MODTRL, 1216 

- MODUSET, 1218 

- MONVEC, 1220 

- MPP, 1221 

- MPYAD, 1223 

- MRGCOMP, 1229 

- MRGMON, 1230 

- MSGHAN, 1231 

- MSGSTRES, 1232 

- MTRXIN, 1233 

- NASSETS, 1239 

- NLCOMB, 1240 

- NLITER, 1242 

- NLTRD, 1248 

- NLTRD2, 1252 

- NORM, 1257 

- NXNADAMS, 1259 

- OFP, 1261 

- OPTGP0, 1263 

- ORTHOG, 1264 

- OUTPRT, 1266 

- OUTPUT2, 1268 

- OUTPUT4, 1280 

- PARAML, 1287 

- PARTN, 1299 

- PCOMB, 1304 

- PCOPY, 1305 

- PLOT, 1306 

- PLTHBDY, 1308 

- PLTSET, 1309 

- PRESOL, 1311 

- PROJVER, 1312 

- PRTMSG, 1313 

- PRTPARM, 1314 

- PURGEX, 1316 

- PVT, 1317 

- RANDOM, 1319 

- RBMG3, 1323 

- RBMG4, 1324 

- READ, 1325 

- RESTART, 1333 

- RMAXMIN, 1335 

- RMG2, 1337 

- RSPEC, 1339 

- SCALAR, 1340 

- SDP, 1342 

- SDR1, 1344 

- SDR2, 1346 

- SDR3, 1351 

- SDRCOMP, 1352 

- SDRHT, 1354 

- SDRNL, 1356 

- SDRP, 1358 

- SDRX, 1361 

- SDRXD, 1363 

- SDSA, 1365 

- SDSB, 1367 

- SDSC, 1368 

- SECONVRT, 1369 

- SEDR, 1370 

- SEDRDR, 1372 

- SELA, 1375 

- SEMA, 1377 

- SEP1, 1379 

- SEP1X, 1381 

- SEP2, 1384 

- SEP2CT, 1386 

- SEP2DR, 1387 

- SEP2X, 1391 

- SEP3, 1393 

- SEP4, 1395 

- SEPLOT, 1397 

- SEPR1, 1399 

- SEQP, 1400 

- SHPCAS, 1406 

- SMA3, 1407 

- SMPYAD, 1408 

- SOLVE, 1410 

- SOLVIT, 1412 

- SSG1, 1418 

- SSG2, 1421 

- SSG3, 1423 

- SSG4, 1425 

- STATICS, 1426 

- STDCON, 1429 

- STRSORT, 1431 

- TA1, 1433 

- TABEDIT, 1435 

- TABPRT, 1440 

- TABPT, 1451 

- TAFF, 1452 

- TAHT, 1453 

- TASNP1, 1455 

- TASNP2, 1456 

- TIMETEST, 1458 

- TOLAPP, 1466 

- TRD1, 1468 

- TRD2, 1470 

- TRLG, 1472 

- TRNSP, 1475 

- TYPE, 1476 

- UEIGL, 1480 

- UGVADD, 1483

- UMERGE, 1484 

- UMERGE1, 1487 

- UPARTN, 1491 

- UREDUC, 1494 

- VDR, 1496 

- VEC, 1498 

- VECPLOT, 1501 

- VIEW, 1507 

- VIEWP, 1508 

- WEIGHT, 1510 

- XSORT, 1511 

- XYPLOT, 1513 

- XYTRAN, 1514

CHAPTER 

1 


Direct Matrix Abstraction 

■ Introduction to DMAP 

■ The NX Nastran DMAP Language 

■ Parameters 

■ Data Blocks 

■ Instructions 

■ “Output from a Previous Module” Rule 

■ Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks 

■ Preface Modules and SOLution 100 

■ Processing of User Errors 

■ SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH 

■ WHERE and CONVERT Clauses

2 

Introduction to DMAP 

1.1 Introduction to DMAP 

NX Nastran DMAP (Direct Matrix Abstraction Program) is a high-level language with 

its own compiler and grammatical rules. This section provides a summary description 

of the NX Nastran DMAP language, rules, and syntax. 

A DMAP program consists of a series of functional blocks called “modules,” each of 

which has a unique name and a specific function. Modules are executed sequentially; 

branching and looping operations are performed by DMAP control statements. 

Modules communicate through the NX Nastran Executive System (NES) via logical 

collections of data called “data blocks” and “parameters.” 

Data blocks come in two distinct forms: “matrices” that obey the rules of matrix 

algebra, and “tables” that represent a convenient collection of data items. Data blocks 

are given arbitrary names (mnemonic names are recommended) and have header and 

trailer information defining their characteristics. 

Parameters are scalar items used for specifying control, operation, or system 

characteristics. Modules can use “input parameters,” “output parameters,” or both. 

Input parameters affect the internal operation of the modules. Output parameters are 

used to control DMAP logic and/or to pass scalar information to subsequent modules. 

Data blocks and parameters can be written onto either scratch or permanent physical 

files. When the normal NX Nastran execution completes, data blocks and parameters 

written to scratch files are erased, and those written to the permanent physical file are 

available for future use. The NDDL (NX Nastran Data Definition Language) 

designates whether a data block is scratch or permanent. A detailed description of the 

NDDL statements can be found in “NASTRAN Data Definition Language (NDDL)” 

on page 739. 

NX Nastran provides the user with a variety of prewritten solution sequences. These 

solution sequences consist of a series of DMAP statements. You can use DMAP to 

modify these prewritten solution sequences or to write your own solution sequences. 

The compilation, linkage, and execution of a DMAP program is specified by executive 

control statements in the input file. The creation of and access to databases is specified 

by file management statements also contained in the input file. File management 

statements are described in the “File Management Statements” in Chapter 2 of the 

NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

1.2 The NX Nastran DMAP Language 

The basic components, or objects, of the DMAP language are: 

The basic syntax of the DMAP language is: 

The NX Nastran DMAP Language 

Parameters Scalar quantities used to control the flow of 

DMAP execution and to communicate options 

and/or values to modules or functions. 

Data Blocks Tables or matrices represented by a symbolic 

name. 

Instructions Statements or modules that process parameters 

and/or data blocks as input and/or output. 

• The DMAP language uses free-field input format and is case insensitive. 

• A physical entry consists of information in columns 1 through 72. Columns 

73 through 80 can be used for comments, but these columns do not appear in 

the printed listing and are not stored on the database. 

• For the specification of modules or statements, a parent entry continues to a 

subsequent entry if it terminates in a comma [ , ] or a slash [ / ], or if it is 

missing a right parenthesis [ ) ]. 

• The dollar sign [ $ ] ends any DMAP instruction and causes all subsequent 

data to be treated as commentary. The recommended convention is to 

terminate all DMAP instructions with a dollar sign. 

• DMAP symbolic names are used to identify variable parameters, data 

blocks, DBVIEW view-names, subDMAPs, or LABEL statements. A 

symbolic name is composed of alphanumeric characters 1 to 8 characters in 

length. The following characters are allowed: A through Z, and 0 through 9. 

The first character must be a character from A through Z. 

3

4 

Parameters 

1.3 Parameters 

Parameters can be either constants, variables, or expressions and can represent one of 

several types: 

Type Description Example(s) 

Integer whole number 10 or -4 

Real decimal number that is a whole number and a 

decimal point, with an optional decimal fraction. 

Complex a pair of real numbers representing the real and 

imaginary parts of a complex quantity 

Also, the real and complex types are either single or double precision. The following 

table indicates the storage units required as a function of data type. One storage unit 

is the basic word size on a computer. Typically, a word is 32 bits long on a short-word 

computer and 64 bits on a long-word computer. 

The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways: 

27000. or 2.7E5 or 

2.7D5 

(1.1,2.3) or 

(1.D0,3.5D1) 

Logical represents either TRUE or FALSE TRUE or FALSE 

Character a string of 1 to 80 characters 'GEORGE' 

Type 

No. of 

words 

Integer 1 

Real single precision 1 

Real double precision 2 

Complex single precision 2 

Complex double precision 4 

Logical 1 

Character 1 to 20 

Constant Inherent in its specification or construction 

Explicit On a TYPE statement for variable parameters 

Implicit In a module’s parameter list for variable 

parameters

Constant Parameters 

Parameters 

A constant represents a fixed value and is a number (integer, real, or complex), logical, 

or character string. 

Integer Constants 

An integer constant is a whole number with no decimal point. Its form is 

snn 

where: 

s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-) 

nn = a string of digits (0 through 9) 

s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign must be used to indicate a negative 

integer constant. The absolute value of an integer constant cannot be greater than 

2 31 

– 

Real Constants 

A real constant is a whole number with a decimal point that can be followed by a 

decimal fraction and/or a decimal exponent. The complete form is: 

where: 

1 = 214748367. 

snn.ddEsee for single precision 

snn.ddDsee for double precision 

s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-) 

nn, dd, ee = strings of digits (0 through 9) 

E or D = that snn.dd is multiplied by ee raised to the power of 10. E indicates 

single precision, and D indicates double precision. 

s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign (-) indicates a negative real 

constant or negative exponent. D is required to specify double precision. E is optional 

if no exponent is required and the constant is single precision. However, if either E or 

D is specified, then an integer must follow, even if the exponent is 0. 

Only the leftmost 14 digits in nn.dd are used by NX Nastran. Leading zeros are 

ignored in counting the leftmost 14 digits. 

5

6 

Parameters 

Complex Constants 

A complex constant is a pair of real constants separated by a comma and enclosed in 

parentheses. The first real constant represents the real part of the complex number, 

and the second real constant represents the imaginary part. 

Logical Constants 

A logical constant is specified as TRUE or FALSE. 

Character Constants 

A character constant is a string of 1 through 80 characters that may have embedded 

blanks. A character constant must also be enclosed by right hand single quotation 

marks. 

Variable Parameters 

A variable parameter is represented by a symbolic name, and its value may change 

during the DMAP execution. The name of a variable parameter does not have to be 

unique with respect to symbolic names for modules, data blocks, subDMAPs, or 

LABELs. The name of a variable parameter cannot be NOT, AND, XOR, OR, or EQV. 

Variable parameters can have their attributes (type, authorization, and default) set 

explicitly with a TYPE DMAP statement or implicitly by a module. (Variable 

parameters that are saved on the database must also be designated as NDDL 

parameters in the TYPE DMAP statement). Variable parameters that are not specified 

with a TYPE DMAP statement use the attributes from the DMAP instruction where 

the parameter first appears. 

Value of a Variable Parameter 

During a DMAP execution or when restarting a DMAP from the database, the value 

of a variable parameter is determined by the first applicable value on the following 

sequential list: 

1. Value from the most recently executed assignment DMAP statement or the 

most recently executed save function (S,N prefix. See “DMAP Modules and 

Statements” on page 757). 

2. Value from the PARAM Bulk Data entry, if the parameter NAME has the 

Y authorization. 

3. Value saved on the database, if the parameter NAME is listed with an NDDL 

TYPE DMAP statement and the run is a restart.

Parameters 

4. Value from the NAME=v, if present in a non-NDDL parameter TYPE 

instruction. This value is determined at DMAP compile time from the TYPE 

instruction (regardless of its location in DMAP) that contains the statement. 

5. Default value from the NDDL, if the NDDL keyword is specified on the 

TYPE DMAP statement. Parameters listed in the NDDL always have a 

default value of zero, blank, or FALSE, unless a value is explicitly given in 

the PARAM NDDL statement. 

6. Default value from the first occurrence of either a non-NDDL TYPE DMAP 

statement or a module with a MPL default value. Non-NDDL TYPE DMAP 

statements have a default value of zero, blank, or FALSE for real or integer, 

character, or logical parameters. 

7. Default value is zero, blank, or FALSE for real or integer, character, or logical 

parameters. 

Determining the current value of a variable parameter is also summarized in the 

following table. 

NDDL TYPEd Not TYPEd 

Last executed assignment statement or module save (S,N,). The qualifier values for 

NDDL parameters cannot change. 

Bulk Data PARAM entry override, if parameter is type Y and has not been 

previously reassigned in an assignment (=) statement (unless the PVT module has 

been executed to reset the Bulk Data and Case Control PARAM entries). 

Value on the data base name=v 

from its first occurrence in 

a TYPE statement 

NDDL default value TYPE statement default 

Predefined Variable Parameters 

MPL default of 

parameter first 

occurrence 

The program predefines the value of some variable parameters. It is not necessary to 

type these parameters with a TYPE DMAP statement, nor is it possible to change their 

type. We do not recommend changing these parameter values. The predefined 

variable parameters are: 

NAME VALUE TYPE 

ALWAYS -1 Integer 

NEVER +1 Integer 

7

8 

Parameters 

NAME VALUE TYPE 

TRUE TRUE Logical 

FALSE FALSE Logical 

NOGO 0 Integer 

Initial values for variable parameters can be specified using the PARAM Bulk Data 

entry or the PARAM Case Control command. 

Parameter values from the Bulk Data Section are brought into the DMAP sequence via 

the IFP module. Parameter values from case control are brought into the DMAP 

sequence via the PVT module. The PVT module reads the case control PARAM 

commands and resolves parameter values specified in both the Case Control and Bulk 

Data Sections. 

Recommended Parameter Type Specification 

Follow these recommendations to produce a more readable DMAP sequence where 

all Y parameters and parameters with non-MPL defaults are specified on TYPE 

statements. 

• If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data 

Section, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence: 

TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name $ 

• If the parameter's default value is defined on the NDDL PARAM statement 

and you wish to use the NDDL default value, then type the parameter near 

the top of the DMAP sequence: 

TYPE PARM,NDDL,type,Y,param_name $ 

• If the desired default value differs from the MPL default, then specify the 

parameter and the default value on a TYPE statement: 

TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name=default_value $ 

• Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or 

"/S,N,param_name/" 

• Do not use the following obsolete parameter prefix specifications in module 

instructions: 

/V,Y,param_name/ 

/S,Y,param_name/ 

/V,N,param_name/ 

/C,Y,param_name/ 

/C,N,param_name/

Parameters 

For example, the following sequence is recommended for setting the TYPE 

of ALPHA: 

TYPE PARM,,CS,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $ 

TYPE PARM,,CS,N,ALPHAX $ 

. 

. 

. 

ALPHAX=ALPHA $ 

IF( FLAG ) ALPHAX=CMPLX(BETA,GAMMA) $ 

. 

. 

. 

ADD A,B/C/ALPHAX $ 

and the following is not recommended: 

IF( FLAG ) PARAMR //'COMPLEX'//BETA/GAMMA/S,Y,ALPHA $ 

. 

. 

. 

ADD A,B/C/V,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $ 

Expressions and Operators 

An expression represents a single value and consists of one or more constant and/or 

variable parameters separated by operators. Expressions are classified as arithmetic, 

relational, logical, or character. Arithmetic expressions produce numerical values; 

relational and logical expressions produce logical values. An expression can contain 

intrinsic functions. An expression is specified: 

• In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement 

• As arguments for intrinsic functions 

• As logical expressions in control statements: 

DO WHILE, IF, IF-THEN, ELSE IF-THEN 

• As logical expressions in the WHERE clause of 

DBVIEW, DBEQUIV, and DBDELETE statements. 

9

10 

Parameters 

Arithmetic Operators 

The allowable arithmetic operations are shown in the table below in the order of 

execution precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. 

Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence 

being maintained within the parentheses. 

Operator Operation Sample Expressions Interpreted As 

–,+ Negative or Positive 

immediately preceded 

by exponentiation 

In general, mixed mode expressions are not supported. For example, to compute 

A=B*C, where A and B are complex, but C is real, it is necessary to convert C to a 

complex number: A=B*CMPLX (C), where CMPLX is described under “Intrinsic 

Functions” in this section. 

Character Operator 

X–Y X(–Y) 

** Exponentiation –X**Y –(X**Y) 

–,+ Negative or Positive –X – Y (–X) – Y 

*,/ Multiplication or 

Division 

X*Y+Z (X*Y)+Z 

+,– Addition or Subtraction X+Y X+Y 

The only character operation is concatenation. Its form is shown below. 

Operator Operation Sample Expressions 

& Concatenation ‘ABC’ & ‘DE’ = ‘ABCDE’

Relational Operators 

Parameters 

Relational operators are used to compare two expressions. The result of the 

comparison is a logical TRUE or FALSE. When arithmetic and relational operators are 

combined in one expression, the arithmetic operations are performed first. The table 

below shows the allowable relational operators. 

Logical Operators 

Operator Relation Tested Expression 

= Equality X=Y 

,>< Inequality XY, X>Y 

< Less than or equal X Greater than or equal X>Y 

Logical operators perform tests on multiple relations or Boolean operations. A logical 

operator returns a result that is either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of a logical 

operation is determined as shown in the table below. These outcomes are listed in 

order of precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. 

11

12 

Parameters 

Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence 

being maintained within the parentheses. 

Operator X Y Output 

NOT TRUE n/a FALSE 

FALSE n/a TRUE 

X AND Y TRUE TRUE TRUE 

TRUE FALSE FALSE 

FALSE TRUE FALSE 

FALSE FALSE FALSE 

X OR Y TRUE TRUE TRUE 

TRUE FALSE TRUE 

FALSE TRUE TRUE 


X XOR Y TRUE TRUE FALSE 

TRUE FALSE TRUE 

FALSE TRUE TRUE 


X EQV Y TRUE TRUE TRUE 

TRUE FALSE FALSE 

FALSE TRUE FALSE 

FALSE FALSE TRUE

1.4 Data Blocks 

Data Blocks 

A data block is a table or matrix represented by a symbolic name. All data blocks are 

comprised of records. Each record can contain a variable number of words. 

The first record ("Record 0") is called the header record, of which the first two words 

(when concatenated) form the name of the data block. The third and subsequent 

words are not usually used. 

The subsequent records are sometimes called "data records." For tables the data record 

can contain a mixture of any type of data; i.e, real, integer, complex, character, etc. For 

matrices the data record corresponds to the nonzero values in the column of the 

matrix; e.g., record 3 corresponds to the nonzero values in column 3. 

The last record is called the trailer record and contains summary information about 

the table or matrix. More detailed descriptions of a data block’s records are appear in 

“Data Blocks” on page 51. 

Table Trailers 

In tables, the trailer record contains six words. The contents vary among the tables 

and are described in “Data Blocks” on page 51 at the end of the table’s description. 

Table trailers are printed when DIAG 15 is specified in the Executive Control or 

DIAGON(15) is specified in the DMAP sequence. 

Matrix Trailers 

In matrices the characteristics of a matrix are described in a twelve-word matrix 

trailer. Matrix trailers are printed when DIAG 8 is present in the Executive Control 

Section DIAGON(8) or is specified in the DMAP sequence. The contents of a matrix 

trailer are as follows: 

13

14 

Data Blocks 

Word Contents 

1 Number of columns in matrix 

2 Number of rows in matrix 

3 Form of the matrix 

4 Type of matrix 

5 Largest number of nonzero words 

among all columns 

6 Density of the matrix multiplied by 

10000 

7 Size in blocks 

8 Maximum string length over all strings 

9 Number of strings 

10 Average bandwidth 

11 Maximum bandwidth 

12 Number of null columns

Form is defined as one of the following: 

Form Meaning 

1 Square 

2 Rectangular 

3 Diagonal 

4 Lower triangular factor 

5 Upper triangular factor 

6 Symmetric 

8 Identity 

9 Pseudoidentity 

10 Cholesky factor 

11 Trapezoidal factor 

13 Sparse lower triangular factor 

15 Sparse upper triangular factor 

Type is defined as one of the following: 

Type Meaning 

1 Real, single precision 

2 Real, double precision 

3 Complex, single precision 

4 Complex, double precision 

Data Blocks 

15

16 

Data Blocks 

Data Block Type and Status 

The data block type depends on whether the data block is stored on a permanent or 

scratch DBset and whether its name appears on a TYPE DB statement. A DBset is a 

physical file that is a subdivision of the database; see the NX Nastran Reference Manual. 

There are three types of DMAP data blocks: 

Permanent NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned 

to a permanent DBset through the NDDL 

Scratch NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned 

to the SCRATCH DBset through the NDDL 

Local Not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and 

automatically assigned to the SCRATCH DBset. 

At any point during a DMAP execution a data block is in one of the three following 

states: 

Generated The data block has been created 

Not generated The data block has been deleted or is not yet 

created 

Empty The data block has been created but has no data (or 

purged). In other words, the name of the data 

block is stored on a permanent DBset without any 

associated data. 

Permanent blocks can have all states: generated, not generated, and empty. Empty 

data blocks are created when a module is executed, but no data is actually generated 

for the data block. For example, the ADD module has two inputs; if both inputs do not 

exist (not generated), then the output is empty or purged. Empty data blocks are 

required to support automatic restarts. A permanent data block can be explicitly 

purged with the PURGEX statement. Permanent data blocks can be deleted from the 

database with the DELETE statement. 

Scratch data blocks can have only two states: generated and not generated. These data 

blocks can be deleted with the DELETE or PURGEX statements.

1.5 Instructions 

Instructions 

A DMAP instruction can be classified as either a module or a statement. A module is 

similar to a "macro" function and, in general, processes data blocks as input and/or 

output. A module may also have parameters as input and/or output. A statement is 

any instruction that is not a module and that does not operate on data blocks. 

Modules 

A module instruction has the following form: the name of the module followed by a 

comma [,] and a list of input data block names separated by commas, a slash [/], a list 

of output data block names separated by commas, a slash, and a list of parameter 

(variable names or constants) separated by slashes: 

module_name ,input_data_block_list / 

output_data_block_list / 

parameter_list $ 

The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the module instruction. The modules are 

described in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on 

page 766. Most modules have a prescribed number of inputs, outputs, and 

parameters, which are defined in the Module Property List (MPL). The MPL is an 

internal NX Nastran table that prescribes the exact format of all modules--the number 

of input and output data block lists and the number, type, and default of the 

parameters in the parameter list. The MPL can be listed by specifying DIAG 31 in the 

Executive Control Section. The position of the data block and parameter names is 

critical to the proper execution of the module. 

Below is an example using the MPYAD module, which performs the following matrix 

operation: 

or 

[D] = SIGNAB*[A][B] + SIGNC*[C] 

[D] = SIGNAB*[A] T [B] + SIGNC*[C] 

where [A], [B], [C] and [D] represent matrices, and SIGNAB and SIGNC represent the 

sign to be applied to the product and additive matrices, respectively. 

The format of the MPYAD module is: 

MPYAD , A , B , C / D / T / SIGNAB / SIGNC / PREC / FORM $ 

17

18 

Instructions 

where A, B, and C, represent the input data block names, D represents the output data 

block name, and T, SIGNAB, SIGNC, PREC, and FORM represent the parameter 

names. 

The MPL listing for the MPYAD and PARAML modules appears below: 

Listing 1-1 Module Properties List. 

M O D U L E P R O P E R T I E S L I S T 

- - - - - - - P A R A M E T E R S - - - - - - - - 

MPLID NWDS WD1 MOD-NAME TYP IN OUT SCR TOT ID TYP P DEFAULT (IF ANY) W1-W2 FLG 

104 17 1594 MPYAD 1 3 1 1 5 

1. INT 1601 0 1 

2. INT 1603 1 2 

3. INT 1605 1 3 

4. INT 1607 0 4 

5. INT 1609 0 5 

116 78 1854 PARAML 1 1 1 0 2 

1. BCD 1861 -- NO DEFAULT -- 1- 2 

2. INT 1862 1 3 

3. INT 1864 1 4 

The MPL listing contains useful information under the following column headers: 

Header Description 

MOD-NAME Module name 

IN Number of input data blocks 

OUT Number of output data blocks 

ID Parameter position 

TYP type of parameter: 

INT - integer 

RSP - real single precision 

RDP - real double precision 

CSP - complex single precision 

CDP - complex double precision 

BCD - character 

LOG - logical 

DEFAULT Default value of parameter 

The other column headers are less important to the DMAP programmer. 

Some or all data blocks and parameters can be left unspecified (or purged), according 

to the module description in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and 

Statements” on page 766. If a parameter is unspecified, then the default value is 

assumed and obtained from the MPL. For example,

MPYAD A , B , / D $ 

Instructions 

According to the MPYAD module description, if C is unspecified, then only the matrix 

multiplication of A and B is performed. Also, by default, T=0 and therefore A is not 

transposed. SIGNAB and SIGNC parameters are defaulted to 1 resulting in: 

[D] = [A][B] 

However, if no default is defined in the MPL, then a constant or variable parameter 

must be specified for the first parameter. For example, 

-- NO DEFAULT -- 

on the PARAML module indicates there is no default value for the first parameter. 

The first comma after the module name can be omitted as long as the first input data 

block name is specified. For example, the ELTPRT module has the following format: 

ELTPRT ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/ 

VELEM/PROUT/S,N,ERROR $ 

To obtain a printout of the elements connected to each grid point, only GPECT and 

BGPDTS need to be specified; however, a comma must also be specified after the 

module name: 

In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified: 

Parameters can be specified on a module as: 

input only 

input and output 

output only 

ELTPRT , ,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $ 

ELTPRT , ,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $ 

Each module has its own rules for parameter specification, as described in “Detailed 

Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 766. If a parameter is 

specified as input, then either a constant or variable can be specified. Note that 

character strings or variables specified for parameters are limited to eight characters 

in length. 

For example, the first parameter of the ADD module specifies a scalar multiplier of 

1+2i on the first input matrix: 

ADD A , B / C / (1.,2.) $ 

19

20 

Instructions 

or ALPHA: 

ADD A , B / C / ALPHA $ 

If a parameter is to be used as both input and output, or output only, then a variable 

name must be specified and preceded by S, N,. For example, on the PARAML module, 

the fourth parameter, TERM, is an output parameter: 

PARAML A // 'DMI' / 4 / 7 / S, N, TERM $ 

TERM is the value of matrix A at column 4 and row 7, which will be returned by the 

PARAM module for later use in the DMAP program. If the S,N prefix is omitted, then 

TERM is assumed to be input only, no fatal message is issued, and the TERM value is 

incorrect. 

Statements 

A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that typically does not produce 

output data blocks from input data blocks or parameters. Another distinction is that a 

statement has no definition in the MPL (Module Property List). The different types of 

statements are: 

Assignment (=) 

Function 

Control 

Declarative 

Data Base Function 

Assignment Statement 

The assignment statement evaluates an expression and assigns the resulting value to 

a variable parameter. This statement has the following form: 

v = e $ 

where v is a variable parameter name, and e is an expression. The dollar sign [$] is 

required to terminate the statement. Assignment statements are arithmetic, logical, or 

character, depending on the type of the variable parameter. The type of the variable 

and the expression must be the same. In other words, no mixed mode specification is 

allowed.

Instructions 

Type conversions can be performed with the INT, REAL, CMPLX, ITOL, and LTOI 

DMAP functions. 

For character assignment statements, if the length of the expression does not match the 

size of the variable, the expression is adjusted as follows: 

• If the expression is shorter than the variable, the expression is padded with 

enough blanks on the right before the assignment takes place to make the 

sizes equal. 

• If the expression is longer than the variable, characters on the right are 

truncated to make the sizes the same. 

Function Statement 

Functions can only appear within an arithmetic or logical expression; they cannot be 

referenced within module or CALL statements. Execution of the function causes the 

evaluation of the function and returns a value to the referencing expression. Some 

functions, however, may appear as a DMAP statement without appearing in an 

arithmetic or logical expression. These functions are DIAGON, DIAGOFF, NOOP, 

PUTSYS, PUTDIAG, RDIAGOFF, and RDIAGON. 

The type of the value returned from a function is dependent on the type of the 

argument(s) supplied, in addition to the functional operation. In general, the precision 

(single, double) and form (integer, real, complex) of the result returned by the function 

carries at least as much information as the arguments supplied. For example, 

ACOS(X) is typed as follows: 

X ACOS(X) 

I RS 

RS RS 

RD RD 

CS CS 

CD CD 

Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent. 

21

22 

Instructions 

The following table shows the complete function library. The abbreviations in the far 

right column signify types: 

Abbreviation Type 

I Integer 

R, RS, or RD Real 

C, CS, or CD Complex 

A Character 

L Logical 

Format Definition Result 

ABS( x) 

absolute value x if x is I or R 

ACOS( 

x) 

arccosine 

The result is computed in radians. 

b , if 

2 + x x = a + ib 

– 1 

cos ( x) 

where 

– 1 ≤ x ≤1, 

if x is I or R 

Argument Type 

to Result Type 

I to I 

R and C to R 

I and R to C 

C to C 

ACOSH( x) 

hyperbolic arccosine 

cosh 

I and R to R 

C to C 

1 – () x 

x ≥ 1 

For real and integer arguments, values less than 1 result in errors. 

ANDL( xy , ) numeric AND TRUE if x < 0 and y < 0 

FALSE otherwise 

I, R, and C to L 

ASIN( 

x) 

arcsin 

The result is computed in radians. 

– 1 

sin ( x) 

where 

– 1 ≤ x ≤1, 


I and R to R 

C to C 

ASINH( x) 

hyperbolic sine 

sinh 

I and R to R 

C to C 

1 – () x 

ATAN( x) 

arctangent 

tan 

I and R to R 

C to C 

1 – () 

x 

a 2 

The result is computed in radians.


ATAN2( x1, x2) 

arctangent of quotient 

tan 

I and R to R 

C to C 

1 – ( x1 ⁄ x2) 

ATANH( 

x) 

ATANH2( 

x1, x2) 

If both arguments are zero, then the result is zero. 

If x1 and x2 are real and: 

x1 = 0 and x2> 0, 

then the result is 0. 

x1 = 0 and x2< 0, 

then the result is π. 

x1> 0 and x2 = 0, 

then the result is π ⁄ 2 . 

x1< 0 and x2 = 0, 

then the result is – π ⁄ 2 . 

If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di) 

and: 

a = b = 0 and (sign of c) = (sign of d), 


a = b = 0 and ( sign of c) 

≠ ( sign of d) 

, then the result is π. 

(sign of a) = (sign of b) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 . 

( sign of a) 

≠ ( sign of b) 

and c = d = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 . 

hyperbolic arctangent 

hyperbolic arctangent 

of quotient 

– 1 

tanh ( x) 

where 

– 1 ≤ x ≤1, 


I and R to R 

C to C 

I and R to R 

C to C 

For real arguments, the following must be true: x1 > x2 and x2 ≠ 0. 

If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di) 

and: 

a = b = 0 and (sign of c) = (sign of d), 


a = b = 0 and ( sign of c) 

≠ ( sign of d) 

, then the result is π. 

(sign of a) = (sign of b) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 . 

( sign of a) 

≠ ( sign of b) 

and c = d = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 . 

Instructions 

CHAR( x) 

character value See note below. I to A 

The function takes the processor collating sequence equivalent (e.g., ASCII or 

EBCDIC) of a character and converts it to the character value. The integer value 

must be within the range 1 to n – 1 , where n = 2 . 

CLEN( c) 

character length Character string length in 

multiples of 4. 

CLOCK( ) CPU time in sec. since 

job started 

– 1 

tanh ( x1 ⁄ x2) 

A to I 

I 

Argument Type 


( number of bits per character) 

23

24 

Instructions 


CMPLX( 

ab , ) 

CMPLX( 

x) 

CONCAT1(a1,a2) full word 

concatenation 

convert to complex a + ib 

x, if complex 

x + i0, 

otherwise 

See below 

For real arguments if one value is specified, the result is (value, 0). The precision 

of the complex number is dependent on the precision of the argument; i.e., 

integer and real single values create complex single results, and real double 

values create complex double results. 

For complex arguments only one value can be specified. The result is the value 

and type of the argument. 

Integer, real single, and real double values are allowed with two arguments 

only. The results are complex double if either or both arguments are real 

double. The results are complex single if neither argument is real double. 

A to A 

CONCAT2(a1,a2) concatenation a1 & a2 

A to A 

Any trailing blanks of a1 are compressed to a single blank before a2 is 

concatenated. 

CONCAT3(a1,a2) concatenation a1 & a2 

A to A 

The result is argument 1, with trailing blanks removed and argument 2 

concatenated together. 

CONJG( 

x) 

complex 

a– ib is conjugate to 

conjugate 

a+ ib 

C to C 

COS( x) 

cosine cos( 

x) 

I,R to R, C to C 

The angle must be in radians. 

COSH( x) 

hyperbolic cosine cosh( 

x) 


DBLE( 

x) 

The angle must be in radians. 

convert to 

double precision 

a1 & a2 

I to RD, R to RD 

C to CD 

Integer and real single values are converted to real double values. 

Real double values are not changed. 

Complex single values are converted to complex double values 

Complex double values are not changed. 

DIAGOFF(x1,..) turn off DIAG TRUE if 0 < x1...xn


DIM( x1, x2) 

positive difference x1 - MIN(x1,x2) I to I, R to R 

C not allowed 

DLABLANK( 

x) 

DLXBLANK( 

x) 

Instructions 

Mixed arguments are allowed, but function result depends solely on type of 

first argument. The second argument is converted to the type of the first 

argument prior to application of the function. 

remove all blanks 

(collapse string) 

replace multiple 

blanks with blank 

(compress string) 

’AB’ = DLABLANK(’A B’) A to A 

’AB’ = DLXBLANK(’A B’) A to A 

DPROD(x1,x2) double product x1 ∗ x2 

I to RD, R to RD 

C to CD 

Mixed arguments are allowed. The result is complex double, if either or both 

arguments are complex single. If neither argument is complex single, the result 

is real double. 

EQVL(,) xy numeric equivalence I,R,C to L 

The result is TRUE if both arguments are negative, zero, or positive, FALSE 

otherwise. 

EXP( x) 

exponential I,R to R, C to C 

GETDIAG( x) 

get DIAG cell I to I 

GETSYS(,) 

xy 

Function returns the value of DIAG cell x , where x = 1 or 2. Please see 

“PUTDIAG, GETDIAG” on page 32. 

get value of SYSTEM 

cell y 

The value extracted has the same type (I, RS, RD ...) as x . 

I to I 

The value x must be a variable parameter. 

In order to obtain the value for later use in the DMAP, specify x =GETSYS(x,y). 

Please see “PUTSYS, GETSYS” on page 32. 

ICHAR( x) 

return integer value ASCII code A to I 

The function returns the ASCII code of the character argument. 

Integer returned I < 

2 . 

e x 

( number of bits per character) 

Argument Type 


25

26 

Instructions 


IMAG( x) 

imaginary part b, for x = a + ib 

I,R,C to R 

For integer arguments, the result is zero. Results are single precision real. 

For real arguments, the result is zero. Resultant precision is the same as the 

argument. 

For complex numbers, the result is the imaginary component, with precision 

equal to that of the argument. 

IMPL(,) xy numeric implication I,R,C to L 

The result is FALSE if the first argument is negative and the second is positive 

or zero. The result is true otherwise. 

INDEX( a1, a2) 

start position of a2 in 

a1 

2 = INDEX(’ABC’,’B’) A to I 

INDEXSTR start position of a2 

( a1, a2, x1, x2) 

from x1 to x2 in a1 

The result is zero if the second string is not found in the first string. 

A,I to I 

Arguments 1 and 2 must be character strings. 

Arguments 3 and 4 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring subscripts, 

both arguments are converted to integers and checked for range of 1 to 80. 

If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the upper string 

subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80. 

The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring subscript. 

The result is zero if the second string is not found in the substring of the first 

string. 

INT( x) 

type to I largest integer in abs ( x) 

with 

sign of x 

I,R,C to I 

For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component. 

ITOL( x) 

type to L TRUE, if x < 0 

FALSE, if x ≥ 0 

LEQ( 

a1, a2) 

lexical 

TRUE, if a1 = a2 

equality 


LGE( 

a1, a2) 

lexical greater 

TRUE, if a1 ≥ a2 

than or equal to 

FALSE, if a1 < a2 

LGT( 

a1, a2) 

lexical greater 

TRUE, if a1 > a2 

than 

FALSE, if a1 ≤ a2 

LLE( 

a1, a2) 

lexical less 

TRUE, if a1 ≤ 

a2 

than or equal 


Argument Type 


I,R to L 

A to L 

A to L 

A to L 

A to L


LLT( 

a1, a2) 

lexical less 

TRUE, if a1 ≤ a2 

than 


LNE( 

a1, a2) 

lexical not 

TRUE, if a1 ≠ a2 

equal to 


A to L 

A to L 

Instructions 

Both arguments must be character strings. For arguments of the same length, 

the results are TRUE if the strings satisfy the lexical comparison, and FALSE 

otherwise. 

For strings of different lengths, the shorter string is padded with blanks on the 

right to the same size. The strings are then compared as equal length strings. 

LOG( x) 

natural logarithm log ( x) 


For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in errors. 

For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error. 

LOG10( x) 

Common logarithm log ( x) 


For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in errors. 

For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error. 

LOGX( x1, x2) 

base x logarithm log ( x2) 

I,R to R C to C 

The first argument is the base of the logarithm. 

The second argument is the number for which the logarithm must be 

determined. 

If the first argument is negative or 0, natural logarithms are assumed. If the first 

argument is 1, common logarithms are assumed. If the first argument is positive 

and not equal to 1, this value is used as the logarithm base. 

LTOI( x) 

type to I –1, if x is TRUE 

+1, if x is FALSE 

L to I 

MCGETSYS(,) xy MODCOM get I output 

The value of y ranges from 1 to 10. 

Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in operation to 

GETSYS (, x 70 + y) 

. 

MCPUTSYS(,) xy MODCOM put I output 

e 

10 

1 

Argument Type 


The value of y ranges from 1 to 10. 

Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in operation to 

PUTSYS (, x 70 + y) 

. 

27

28 

Instructions 


MAX( x1 , x2 ,...) choosing the largest 

argument 

max(x1,x2,...) I to I, R to R 

The argument list must have at least two arguments and can have up to the 

system limit (100) of arguments. 

Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types are not allowed. 

The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least one 

argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real double if at 

least one argument is real double. 

MIN(x1,x2,...) choosing the smallest min(x1,x2,...) I to I, R to R 

The argument list must have at least two arguments and may have up to the 

system limit (100) of arguments. 

Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types not allowed. 

The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least one 

argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real double if at 

least one argument is real double. 

MOD(x1,x2) remainder ( x1 – x2 ) ∗ INT( x1 ⁄ x2) 

I to I, R to R 

NEQVL(X,Y) numeric 

nonequivalence 

The results are integer only if both arguments are integer, real single if at least 

one argument is real single and neither argument is real double, and real double 

if at least one argument is real double. 

x2 must not be equal to 0. 

I,R,C to L 

The result is TRUE if the signs of the arguments are different, FALSE otherwise. 

NINT( 

x) 

type to I with 

INT ( x + 0.5) 

, if x ≥ 0 

Round-off 

INT ( x – 0.5) 

, if x < 0 

I,R,C to I 

For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component. 

NOOP() no-operation returns TRUE logical output no 

input 

NORMAL( 

x) 

normalize 

NOTL( x) 

numeric not FALSE if x < 0 

TRUE otherwise 

NUMEQ( x1, x2) 

equality TRUE, if x1 = x2 


NUMGE( 

x1, x2) 

greater than or TRUE if x1 ≥ x2 

equal to 

FALSE, if x1 < 

x2 

if 

a 2 

+ 

b 2 

x = a+ ib 

Argument Type 


C to R 

I,R,C to L 

I,R,C to L 

I,R,C to L


NUMGT(x1,x2) greater than TRUE, if x1 > x2 

FALSE, if x1 ≤ x2 

NUMLE(x1,x2) less than or equal to TRUE if x1 ≤ x2 


NUMLT(x1,x2) less than TRUE, if x1 < x2 


NUMNE(x1,x2) not equal to TRUE, if x1 ≠ x2 


ORL(x1,x2) numeric or TRUE, if x1

30 

Instructions 


RAND(x) random number 

generator 

RDIAGON(x,y) turns on DIAG 

over range x to y 

x = seed if x>0 

Use last RAND(x) as 

seed if x=0. If x0, and y


Instructions 

SPROD(x1,x2) single prec product x1 ∗ x2 

RD to RS, CD to CS 

The results are real single if both arguments are real double and complex single 

if at least one of the arguments is complex double. 

SQRT(x) square root 

x 


SUBSTRIN 

(A,x1,x2) 

If the value of integer or real arguments is less than 0, then an error results. 

For complex arguments the principal square root is returned. That is, the first 

component is always greater than or equal to 0. 

substring SUBSTRIN 

( ′ABC′ , 2, 3) 

→ 

′BC′ 

x1,x2 may be I, R or C 

Return substring of first argument with length of ABS(x2-x1)+1. 

Arguments 2 and 3 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring subscripts, 

both arguments are converted to integers and checked for range of 1 to 80. If the 

lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the upper string 

subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80. The larger string subscript value 

becomes the upper substring subscript. 

TAN(x) tangent tan(x) I,R to R, C to C 

TANH(x) hyperbolic tangent tanh(x) I,R to R, C to C 

TIMETOGO() remaining CPU Time returns I 

Returns the remaining CPU time in integer seconds. Time remaining is found 

by subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the TIME executive 

control statement. 

WLEN(x) VPS word length Returns VPS word length of 

argument 

A,I,R,C,L to I 

Returns VPS word length of argument. Constant for all types, except character 

data that ranges from 1-20. 

XORL(x1,x2) numeric exclusive OR TRUE, if x1 or x2

32 

Instructions 

PUTDIAG, GETDIAG 

In the PUTDIAG and GETDIAG examples below, DVALUE is an integer whose 32 bits 

from left to right represent 32 DIAG values. 

DVALUE=GETDIAG(DWORD) $ 

PUTDIAG(DVALUE,DWORD) $ 

DWORD=1 represents the 1st through 32nd DIAG settings and DWORD=2, the 33rd 

through 64th DIAG settings. GETDIAG and PUTDIAG are best used in pairs. For 

example, to turn on DIAG 8 temporarily and then restore the original DIAG 8 setting, 

the following sequence may be used: 

TYPE PARM,,I,,DIAG32 $ 

DIAG32=GETDIAG(1) $ 

DIAGON(8) $ DIAG 8 WILL BE ON HERE REGARDLESS OF SETTING IN 

$ EXEC. CONTROL 

. 

. 

. 

PUTDIAG(DIAG32,1) $ RESTORE DIAGs TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUE 

PUTSYS, GETSYS 

System cell values may be set and recovered via the PUTSYS and GETSYS DMAP 

functions. See “nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement” in Chapter 1 of the 

NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of various system cells. System 

cells 253 through 262 are reserved for the DMAP writer. This permits the DMAP 

writer to pass parameter values in via the NASTRAN statement or between 

subDMAPs. 

For example, 

NASTRAN SYSTEM(253)=4 

SOL MYDMAP 

COMPILE MYDMAP 

SUBDMAP MYDMAP $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,NP $ 

. 

. 

. 

IF ( GETSYS(NP,253)4 ) THEN $ 

. 

. 

. 

ENDIF $

Control Statement 

The NX Nastran DMAP language contains control statements that perform 

conditional branching and looping similar to those found in the FORTRAN 

programming language. 

The control statements are: 

Conditional Execution IF 

Unconditional Branching JUMP and LABEL 

Conditional Branching IF()THEN, ELSE IF()THEN, ELSE, 

and ENDIF 

Looping DO WHILE and ENDDO 

Calling SubDMAP Operations SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN 

Termination EXIT and END 

Conditional Execution—IF Statement 

The IF statement conditionally executes a single DMAP instruction: 

IF ( logical expression ) instruction $ 

Instructions 

In other words, if the logical expression is true, then the instruction is executed. 

Instruction is any DMAP module or statement, except a control statement or the FILE, 

DBVIEW, TYPE and SUBDMAP statements. Examples include: 

IF ( NOGOA=-1 ) ADD GOAT,GOAQ/GOA $ 

IF ( ERRFLAG

34 

Instructions 

JUMP and LABEL can be used to jump out of a DO WHILE loop or IF()THEN block, 

but JUMP and LABEL cannot be used to jump into a DO WHILE loop or IF()THEN 

block. 

JUMP can appear on an IF statement; however, in this case we recommend an 

IF()THEN statement. 

Conditional Branching—IF ( ) THEN Statement 

The IF ( ) THEN operation has the following form: 

1. IF(expression)THEN $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE 

. 

ENDIF $ 

2. IF(expression)THEN $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE 

. 

ELSE $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression is FALSE 

. 

ENDIF $ 

3. IF(expression 1)THEN $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression 1 is TRUE 

. 

ELSE IF(expression 2)THEN $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression 1 is FALSE 

. and expression 2 is TRUE 

ELSE IF(expression n)THEN $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression 

. n-1 are FALSE and expression n is TRUE 

ELSE $ 

. 

. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression 

. n are FALSE 

ENDIF $ 

The expressions in the above examples are relational and/or logical operations that 

result in a logical output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational operators 

are discussed under “Expressions and Operators” on page 9. 

Looping—DO WHILE ( ) Statement

DO WHILE(expression) $ 

. 

. 

. 

ENDDO $ 

Instructions 

The expression in the above example is a relational and/or logical operation that 

results in a logical output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational and 

logical operators are discussed under “Expressions and Operators” on page 9. There 

is no limit to the allowable number of DO WHILE statements. 

Scratch NDDL and local blocks (see (p. 16)) which are first referenced and created 

inside a DO WHILE loop are automatically deleted at the end of the loop (see page 

(p. 40)). The FILE statement with the APPEND or SAVE keyword may be specified to 

override the automatic deletion in order to "save" a scratch data block for subsequent 

passes through the DO WHILE loop. See the APPEND and FILE statement 

descriptions in “DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 757 for examples. 

Calling SubDMAP Operations—SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements 

The CALL and SUBDMAP statements allow for the definition of DMAP subprograms 

called subDMAPs. The RETURN statement can be used in a subDMAP to return to the 

calling subDMAP. 

The SUBDMAP statement denotes the beginning of a DMAP subprogram; either a 

main subDMAP or a called subDMAP. A main subDMAP can be invoked with the 

SOL Executive Control statement and cannot have any arguments. A called 

subDMAP may or may not have arguments and is invoked by a CALL statement in 

another subDMAP, defined as the calling subDMAP. 

The form of the SUBDMAP and CALL statements are: 

SUBDMAP subDMAP-name [I1,I2,I3,.../ 

O1,O2,O3,.../ 

P1/P2/P3/... $] 

CALL subDMAP-name [I1,I2,I3,.../ 

O1,O2,O3,.../ 

[S,]P1/[S,]P2/[S,]P3/...] $ 

where subDMAP-name is the name of a subDMAP. The arguments Ii, Oi, and Pi are 

the list of input data block names, output data block names, and variable parameter 

names or constant parameters. The specification of arguments is optional. If 

arguments are specified, the CALL and SUBDMAP statements must agree in order, in 

number, and, for parameters only, in type. 

35

36 

Instructions 

The linker checks for correspondence of the arguments. The linker also checks for 

consistent parameter authorization if NASTRAN SYSTEM(147)=1. In addition, a 

view-name defined by the DBVIEW statement cannot be specified in the argument 

list. 

If an argument list is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, no argument can be left 

unspecified. Also, all parameter arguments must be variable parameter names. Any 

data block argument on the CALL statement can be left unspecified. Inside the called 

subDMAP, the data block argument is treated as purged. All parameters must be 

specified on the CALL statement, but the parameters can be either a variable 

parameter name or a constant value. Also on the CALL statement, parameter values, 

such as qualifiers or local parameters (which are computed in the called subDMAP), 

can be returned to calling subDMAP by preceding the parameter name with "S,". This 

method is called the save option. The save option is not required for parameters 

specified on TYPE PARM,NDDL statements in the called subDMAP. 

The RETURN statement can be specified anywhere in the subDMAP. This statement 

terminates execution of the current subDMAP and resumes execution of the calling 

subDMAP. If the RETURN statement is not specified in the subDMAP, all DMAP 

execution is terminated at the END statement (discussed in the next section). 

Below is an example using the SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN statements. The main 

subDMAP is called MAIN and contains two calls to subDMAP TEST. In the first 

CALL to subDMAP TEST, the second input and output data blocks are marked as ",," 

and are not generated. The value of Q1 is returned as computed in TEST. In both 

CALL statements, the value of P2 is returned from TEST. Although Q3 may have 

changed in subDMAP TEST, Q3’s value is not returned to MAIN. In the second call a 

constant value of 0 is specified for P1. 

SUBDMAP MAIN $ Main SUBDMAP 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,Q1=5 $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,P1,P2,P3,Q3 $ 

. 

. 

. 

CALL TEST A,,C/D,,F/P1/S,P2/S,Q1 $ 

. 

. 

. 

CALL TEST A,B,C/I,J,K/0/S,P2/Q3 $ 

. 

. 

. 

END $

SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,Y,A3 $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,A1,A2 $ 

. 

. 

. 

RETURN $ 

END $ 

The following should also be noted: 

Instructions 

• The data block names specified on the SUBDMAP statement argument list 

are called local names and will not appear in any diagnostic output. 

Diagnostic output, such as data base directory print or DIAG 8, only 

indicates the top-level name. The top-level name is the name of the data 

block in the highest CALL statement in which it appears. In the example 

above the local names are X, Y, Z, etc., and the top-level names are A, B,C, etc. 

• All input data blocks specified on a CALL statement must have been 

previously defined by output from a module in the calling subDMAP or 

from a previously specified CALL statement, or specified on TYPE DB 

statements. See the “TYPE” on page 1476 statement. 

• Recursive subDMAP calls are allowed; i.e., a subDMAP can call itself either 

directly or indirectly. 

• The last parameter in the argument list must not be followed by a slash (/). 

Termination—EXIT and END statements 

Both EXIT and END statements terminate the DMAP execution. However, the EXIT 

statement can be specified at any time in a subDMAP, and the END statement can be 

specified only once and must appear at the end of a subDMAP. 

The following example demonstrates the use of both statements: 

SUBDMAP AAA $ 

. 

. (some DMAP instructions) 

. 

IF(ERROR)EXIT$ 

. 

. (some DMAP instructions) 

. 

END $ 

If ERROR is true, the EXIT statement is used to terminate the subDMAP. The END 

statement is required and must be the last statement in the subDMAP. 

37

38 

Instructions 

Declarative Statement 

The declarative statements are TYPE, DBVIEW, and FILE. See “DMAP Modules and 

Statements” in Chapter 4 for a description and ““Output from a Previous Module” 

Rule” on page 39 and “Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks” on page 40 for 

related discussion. 

Data Base Function Statement 

The data base function statements are DBEQUIV and DBDELETE. See “DMAP 

Modules and Statements” in Chapter 4 for a description.

1.6 “Output from a Previous Module” Rule 

“Output from a Previous Module” Rule 

If a data block has already been specified as output by a previous module and is 

specified as output from another module, User Fatal Message 1126 is issued during 

execution. This principle is called the “output from a previous module” or “output 

twice” rule. This rule is waived if any of the following is true: 

• The data block is specified on a FILE statement with the APPEND or 

OVRWRT keyword. 

• The data block is TYPE’d (specified on a TYPE DB statement), and its current 

qualifier values are different from the qualifier values given at the time of the 

previous module execution. 

• The data block is specified as output on a CALL statement and TYPE’d. 

39

40 

Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks 

1.7 Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks 

Scratch NDDL and local data blocks are stored on the SCRATCH DBset (p. 16). A 

DBset is a physical file that is a subdivision of the database. To minimize the size of 

the SCRATCH DBset, module scratch files are automatically deleted upon completion 

of the module and DMAP scratch data blocks are automatically deleted after the 

DMAP instruction in which they are used last. The location of this DMAP instruction 

is called the last-time-used (LTU). An LTU is assigned to every data block. When the 

LTU of an Scratch NDDL data block is reached, the data block is deleted if the current 

qualifier values match. If the data block’s LTU is skipped, then the entire family is 

deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values. 

Special rules apply for data blocks specified in the following situations: 

• For a scratch data block specified before a loop and last used inside the loop, 

the LTU is extended to the bottom of the loop (e.g, ENDDO), meaning that 

the data block is deleted when the loop is exited. If the data block is Scratch 

NDDL, the entire family is deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values. 

• For a local data block created inside a DMAP loop and last used after the 

loop, the data block is deleted after the next execution of the top of the loop, 

e.g., DO WHILE, even though the data block’s LTU is located after the loop 

(i.e., when the loop is exited). Thus, the last generated data block can be used 

after the loop exits. 

• For a scratch data block created and last used inside a DMAP loop, the FILE 

statement with the SAVE keyword extends the data block’s original LTU to 

the bottom of the loop; otherwise, the data block is deleted at the original 

LTU within the loop. 

• For a Scratch NDDL data block used in a DBVIEW statement, the data block 

is deleted at the LTU of the view name or the data block name, whichever is 

last. 

DlAG 57 prints the LTU information of all data blocks and a message indicating when 

they are deleted.

1.8 Preface Modules and SOLution 100 

Preface Modules and SOLution 100 

The preface modules IFP1, XSORT, IFPi, DTIIN, and DMIIN generate data blocks 

related to the Case Control, Bulk Data, and DMI or DTI entries. These modules are 

specified at the beginning of all solution sequences. 

SOLution 100 is also provided for the DMAP writer who wishes to execute his/her 

DMAP sequences without having to specify the Preface modules IFP1, XSORT, and 

IFPi. The DMAP writer needs to insert the following DMAP statements in the 

Executive Control of the input data: 

1. SOL 100 

COMPILE USERDMAP 

ALTER 2 

2. If matrices or tables are to be input with DMI or DTI Bulk Data entries, the 

DMIIN or DTIIN modules must be specified by the DMAP writer. For 

example, the following DMAP statements generate matrices A, B, C, D, and E 

and tables TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE: 

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A,B,C,D,E,,,,,/ $ 

DMIIN DMI,DTINDX/TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,,,,,/ $ 

Data block names A, B, C, D, E, TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE can now be 

referenced in subsequent DMAP statements. 

3. The DMAP writer’s DMAP sequence can now be inserted. 

4. TYPE statements that reference data blocks or parameters defined in the 

NDDL of the structured solution sequences (SOLutions 101 through 200) can 

also be inserted. 

41

42 

Processing of User Errors 

1.9 Processing of User Errors 

Modules used in Phase I of the superelement SOLution sequences (SOLs 101 through 

200) include an option to continue processing after fatal errors are discovered and 

printed in the output file. The module completes processing as best it can and then sets 

a special integer parameter named NOGO to -1. The output files may be purged or 

incomplete. If no errors are discovered, NOGO is set to 0. The DMAP writer can 

choose to branch to the end of a loop or take other actions when error conditions are 

discovered. This option is selected by setting SYSTEM cell 82 to 1. Users who insert 

alters into Phase l should be aware of this option. 

An example of this option, based on the method used in SOLs 101 through 200, is: 

PUTSYS(1,82) $ALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS 

. 

. 

. 

GP2 GEOM2S,EQEXINS,,GEOM2A,EPTA/ECTS,ECTAS $ 

IF ( NOGO = -1 ) THEN $ 

CALL ERRPH1 //SUBDMAP/0/-1/DUMMY $ LOOPER 

RETURN $ CONTINUE TO NEXT SE ALTHOUGH 

ENDIF $ ERROR FOUND IN CURRENT SE 

. 

. 

. 

PUTSYS (0,82) $ DISALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS 

The GEOM2S file contains element connectivity data. If the GP2 module detects errors 

in this data, it will set NOGO to -1. 

Modules that presently have this option include: 

DCMP MGEN 

DECOMP MTRXIN 

DYCNTRL SEDR 

EMG SELA 

GP2 SEMA 

GP3 SSG1 

GP4 TA1 

LCGEN

SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH 

1.10 SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH 

The DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH module capabilities prior to MSC.Nastran 

Version 66 have been replaced by subDMAPs, as described below. 

CALL DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $ 

CALL DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $ 

CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $ 

The complete descriptions can be found in “DMAP Modules and Statements” in 

Chapter 4 under subDMAPs DBFETCH, DBMGR, and DBSTORE. 

Prior to MSC.Nastran Version 66 data blocks could be stored, fetched, and 

manipulated from the database via the DMAP modules DBSTORE, DBFETCH and 

DBMGR. In MSC.Nastran Version 66 these modules were removed in favor of a more 

robust and automatic capability. To help users store data blocks that are not already 

defined in the NDDL, a set of subDMAPs are available that emulate most of the 

capabilities in those modules. The subDMAPs and their capabilities are: 

CALL DBSTORE store data blocks on the database 

CALL DBFETCH retrieve data blocks from the 

database 

CALL DBMGR perform various functions related to 

data blocks stored using CALL 

DBSTORE 

DIAG 47 can be specified in the Executive Control Section to print diagnostics related 

to these operations. 

These subDMAPs are stored in the delivery database and do not have to be compiled 

by the user if they are being used in any NX Nastran solution sequences. For example: 

SOL 101 

DIAG 47 

COMPILE SEDRCVR 

ALTER ’AFTER ELEMENT STRESS’ 

CALL DBSTORE OES1,,,,//0/SEID/’ ’/0 $ 

CEND 

43

44 

SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH 

These subDMAPs are also used in a user’s solution sequence. 

SOL MYDMAP 

COMPILE MYDMAP 

SUBDMAP MYDMAP $ 

. 

. 

. 

CALL DBSTORE A,,,,//0/1/’ ’/0 $ 

. 

. 

. 

END $ 

CEND 

A listing of these subDMAPs and the subDMAPs that they call (DBSTOR and 

FNAME) can be obtained with the following input file: 

COMPILE DBFETCH REF LIST 

COMPILE DBSTORE REF LIST 

COMPILE DBFTCH REF LIST 

COMPILE DBSTOR REF LIST 

COMPILE FNAME REF LIST 

COMPILE DBMGR REF LIST 

CEND

1.11 WHERE and CONVERT Clauses 

WHERE and CONVERT Clauses 

The WHERE clause is used in the selection of items (data blocks and parameters) on 

the DBDICT, DBLOCATE, DBLOAD, and DBUNLOAD statements. The CONVERT 

clause modifies qualifier values of items selected by the WHERE clause on the 

DBLOCATE and DBLOAD statements. 

The WHERE and CONVERT clauses specify values for PROJECT, VERSION, 

qualifiers, and DBSET. PROJECT specifies the project-ID that is originally defined on 

the PROJECT FMS statement at the time the project is created. VERSION specifies the 

desired version-ID under the project-ID. Qualifiers are used to uniquely identify 

items on the database with the same name. For example, data block KAA has SEID as 

one of its qualifiers, which is the superelement ID. 

An item may have more than one qualifier and the collection of all qualifiers assigned 

to an item is called a path. All data blocks and parameters with qualifiers are defined 

in the NDDL Sequence ( see “NASTRAN Data Definition Language (NDDL)” on 

page 739). Data blocks and parameters are defined on the DATABLK and PARAM 

NDDL statements. The DATABLK and PARAM statements specify the name of the 

data block, parameter, and also its pathname. The pathnames are defined on the 

PATH NDDL statement, which lists the qualifiers assigned to the path. Qualifiers are 

defined on the QUAL NDDL statement. DBSET specifies the desired DBset. The 

DBset of an item is specified after the LOCATION keyword on the DATABLK and 

PARAM NDDL statement. 

The format of the WHERE clause is: 

WHERE (where-expr) 

where-expr is a logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, 

PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET. If the result of the logical expression is TRUE for 

an item on the database then the item is selected. For example, WHERE(VERSlON=4 

AND SElD2 AND SElD>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID 

greater than 0 except 2. 

A simple where-expr is a comparison using the following relational operators 

=,>‘0 means if SEID is greater than zero, then 

the logical expression is true. Several simple where expressions may be joined into 

one where expression by the following logical operators: AND, OR, XOR, and EQV. 

The NOT operator may be used to negate a where expression. For example, 

NOT(SEID>0) is the same as SEID>0. Arithmetic operations and DMAP functions 

may also be specified in the where expression (see “Expressions and Operators” on 

page 9). 

45

46 


If a qualifier in a where-expr is not a qualifier in the path of a specified item, then the 

where-expr is set to FALSE. If the where-expr does not contain a specification for all 

qualifiers in the path of an item, then the unspecified qualifiers will be wildcarded 

(i.e., quali=*, all values will be selected.) The default values of qualifiers, PROJECT, 

VERSION, and DBSET are described under the statement in which the WHERE clause 

is specified. 

Examples of the WHERE clause are: 

1. Select all items in the database for all superelements except 10 and 30 from 

Version 1. 

WHERE (VERSION=1 AND SEID>0 AND NOT(SEID=10 OR SEID=30)) 

2. Select all entries in database on DBSET=DBALL from all projects and 

versions. 

WHERE(PROJECT=PROJECT AND VERSlON>0 AND DBSET=’DBALL’) 

The CONVERT clause modifies project- and version-ID, DBset-name (see “INIT” on 

page 96 of the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement), and qualifier values of 

items selected by the WHERE clause on the DBLOCATE and DBLOAD statements. It 

contains one or more assignment statements separated by semicolons. The format of 

CONVERT clause is: 

CONVERT(PROJECT=project-expr; VERSION=version-expr; , 

DBSET=DBset-expr;quali=qual-expri[;...]) 

The PROJECT and VERSION statements modify the project-ID (see “PROJ” on 

page 101 of the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement) and version-ID. The 

DBSET statement modifies the DBset-name. The value of quali will be replaced by 

qual-expri for selected items that have quali in their path. qual-expri is any valid 

expression (see “Expressions and Operators” on page 9 containing constants or any 

qualifier name defined in the path of the item. If qual-expri contains names of 

qualifiers not in the path of the selected item, then a fatal message is issued. If 

project-expr and/or version-expr produces a project- or version-ID which does not 

exist, then one will be created. Also, all version-lDs less than version-expr that do not 

exist will be created; but they will be “empty.”

Examples of the CONVERT clause are: 


1. Set qualifiers SEID, PEID, and SPC to constants 10, 20, 102 respectively. 

CONVERT(SEID=10;PEID=20;SPC=102) 

If more than one value of a qualifier is found for an item by the WHERE 

clause, then each value is processed in qual-expri to define the new qualifier 

value for each of the selected items. In the example below, if the original 

values of PEID were 1, 2, and 3; then the new values for the SElD qualifier 

will be 2, 4, and 6. 

2. Set all values of qualifier SElD to be twice the value of the PEID qualifier. 

CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD) 

47

48 

What's New in DMAP? 

1.12 What's New in DMAP? 

ADD5 Added double-precision scalar multipliers. 

APPEND Added new options to IOPT to add records: 

10 write NULL2 in the next record of OUT 

11 write REAL in the next record of OUT 

12 write REALD in the next record of OUT 

13 write CMPX in the next record of OUT 

14 write CMPXD in the next record of OUT 

15 write CHAR in the next record of OUT 

16 write NULL2 followed by REAL in the next record of OUT 

17 write NULL2 followed by REALD in the next record of OUT 

18 write NULL2 followed by CMPX in the next record of OUT 

19 write NULL2 followed by CMPXD in the next record of OUT 

20 write NULL2 followed by CHAR in the next record of OUT 

DBC Added capability to process kinetic energy and energy loss output from 

EKE and EDE Case Control commands. 

DCMP Added parameter LMTROWS to specify the number of rows appended 

to the input matrix. These rows are usually Lagrange multipliers. 

FRLG Added new output YPF which is the enforced motion matrix. 

MATGPR Print matrices like DISPLACMENT output. 

MATMOD Option 1: Extract more than one column at a time. 

Option 21: Improved output options. 

Option 23: Extract values from the fields on EIGR and EIGRL Bulk 

Data entries. 

Option 35: Sort the row values in a selected column. 

Option 36: Reduce GRID record in GEOM1 based on a Case Control 

set. 

Option 37: Reduce element and SPOINT records in GEOM2 based on a 

Case Control set. 

Option 38: Reduce EST table based on a Case Control set.

What's New in DMAP? 

Option 39: Remove and identify explicit zero terms in a matrix. 

MTRXIN Form 4 - Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI Bulk Data entries by data 

block names MATKi, MATJi, and MATJIi. 

Form 5 - Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) 

matrices by K2PNAM, etc. input parameter values (IOPT=10 

through 12). 

Form 6 - Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI Bulk Data entries by the 

MATNAMi input parameter values (IOPT=13 through 15). 

OUTPRT Construct partitioning vectors based on load application and data 

recovery requests. (Enhanced for V2002 but initially developed in 

Version 70.7). 

PARAML Option P1='PARAM': Check for the presense of a parameter PVT table. 

Option P1='SET': Extract elements of a SET defined in Case Control. 

Option P1='XYCDB': Check for the presense of a response types 

specified on xy plotting commands: XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK, XYPLOT, 

XYPRINT and XYPUNCH. 

READ a. More meaningful values for output parameter NEIGV. 

b. Specify SID=-2 to override values on EIGR or EIGRL entry. 

c. Added MAXRATIO user parameter. 

SCALAR Added double-precision output parameter. 

TRLG Added new outputs YPT and YPO which are enforced motion matrices. 

XSORT Added EQVBLK output parameter to indicate whether an equivalence 

is required when no new Bulk Data is added in restart runs. 

49

50 

What's New in DMAP?

CHAPTER 

2 


Data Blocks 

■ Introduction 

■ Matrix Data Blocks 

■ Table Data Blocks 

■ Table Descriptions 

■ Data Block Descriptions 

■ Data Block Glossary 

■ Data Block Glossary

52 

2.1 Introduction 

Data block descriptions are provided for all matrices and tables that are currently 

processed by the OUTPUT2 and DBC modules in the NX Nastran solution sequences 

with PARAM,POST.

2.2 Matrix Data Blocks 

The rows and columns of most matrices correspond to degree-of-freedom sets which 

are defined in the USET table. Matrices are usually named according to __rc where r 

and c are the names of the degree-of-freedom sets for the row and column, 

respectively. For example, the rows and columns of KFS correspond to the f-set and 

the s-set. 

The rows and columns corresponding to degree-of-freedom sets are ordered 

according to ascending internal point identification number sequence. This is the 

same as the external (user-assigned) grid point identification number sequence unless 

resequencing is requested (PARAM,OLDSEQ,>-1). 

Some matrices are also named with pseudo-degree-of-freedom set names. 

W – The set omitted after auto-omit (a-set combines x-set and w-set) 

X – The set retained after auto-omit (complement of w-set) 

J – Superelement interior degrees-of-freedom; for example, KJJ and PJ 

H – Modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, PHDH, MHH, PHF and UHF 

In some matrices the columns correspond to subcases, normal modes, time steps, or 

forcing frequencies. These matrices are usually related to loads and solutions and 

named __r__ where r is the name of the degree-of-freedom set. For example, PG is 

static loads applied to the g-set and PHA is the a-set eigenvector matrix. In frequency 

and transient response, a "F" or "T" may also be added to the name. For example, UDF 

and UDT, are the solution matrices at the d-set for frequency and transient response. 

Analysis Type Columns correspond to ascending 

Linear Statics Subcase identification number 

Nonlinear Statics Loop identification number 

Normal or Complex Eigenvalues Mode number 

Frequency Response Subcase ID and Forcing frequency value 

Transient Response Time step value 

In transient response analysis, the columns of the solution matrix U_T correspond to 

"time step triplets". The first column in the triplet represents displacement, then 

velocity and acceleration. The triplet is then repeated for each time step. For example, 

if there are 10 time steps, then U_T will have 30 columns. If multiple TSTEP command 

subcases are requested then there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase. 

53

54 

The columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, and SPCForce matrices; P_T, QM_T, 

and Q_T, correspond to time step and, using the example above, they will each have 

10 columns. 

In frequency response analysis, the columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, 

SPCForce and solution matrices; P_F, QM_F, Q_F, and U_F, correspond to forcing 

frequency. If multiple dynamic load (DLOAD) subcases are requested with NFREQ 

number of forcing frequencies, the first NFREQ columns represent the first DLOAD 

subcase and NFREQ frequencies, the second NFREQ columns the second subcase, etc. 

For example, if an analysis is performed with four forcing frequencies and three 

DLOAD subcases, then the solution matrix will have 12 columns in which the first 4 

columns correspond all forcing frequencies in the first subcase. If multiple 

FREQUENCY command subcases are requested then there will be a separate solution 

matrix for each subcase. For a description of matrix trailers see “Data Blocks” on 

page 13.

2.3 Table Data Blocks 

This section discusses common attributes across several tables: 

• IFP Tables 

• OFP Tables 

• Element types 

See “Table Descriptions” on page 74. 

IFP Tables 

The IFP module processes the Bulk Data Section and creates data blocks which contain 

images of each Bulk Data entry. Then the modules IFP2 through IFP9, MODEPT, 

MODGM2, GP0, SEQP, and MODGM4 create pseudo-images based on the presence 

of elements used in hydroelastic, axisymmetric, laminated composite, composite 

beam, acoustic, hyperelastic, beam library and p-version analyses. For example, the 

IFP6 module converts PCOMP and MAT8 images to MAT2 and PSHELL pseudoimages. 

All of the tables produced by these modules are also called "IFP Tables". In 

an IFP Table there is one record written for each image type present in, or derived 

from, the Bulk Data Section and that record contains all of the images for that type. If 

the image type is not present, then no record is written. 

IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits 

The first three words in all IFP Tables uniquely identify or label the contents of the 

record and are called "header words". The second header word indicates a bit 

position, called a "trailer bit", in the table trailer. The trailer bit indicates the presence 

of record type in the data block; i.e., if the record is present in the table, then the bit is 

turned on in the trailer. 

There are a total of 176 trailer bits. The first 96 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 1 

through 16, numbered from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer 

word 1. The second 80 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 17 through 32, numbered 

55

56 

from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer word 1. The table below 

shows that correspondence between a trailer bit and its word and bit location in the 

trailer. 

Trailer Bit 

For example, the GRID record in the GEOM1 data block is assigned to trailer bit 45 

which corresponds to the 4th bit position, numbered from the right, in trailer word 3. 

Based on the trailer bit, the following FORTRAN statements may be used to determine 

the corresponding trailer word and bit position: 

WORD = MOD(TBIT-1,96)/16 + 1 

BIT = 16*(1+TBIT/97) - MOD(TBIT-1,16) 

where TBIT = trailer bit from second word of header record 

WORD = trailer word 

BIT = trailer word bit position numbered from the right 

and all variables are defined as integers. 

Location in Trailer 

Word Position 

1 – 16 1 16 – 1 

17 – 32 2 16 – 1 

33 – 48 3 16 – 1 

49 – 64 4 16 – 1 

65 – 80 5 16 – 1 

81 – 96 6 16 – 1 

97 – 112 1 32 – 17 

113 – 128 2 32 – 17 

129 – 144 3 32 – 17 

145 – 160 4 32 – 17 

161 – 176 5 32 – 17

OFP Tables 

The header record of all OFP tables contains codes which indicate how the output 

should be labeled, formatted, and printed. 

Word Name Contains 

1 approach_code Analysis type and output device type(s) 

2 table_code Header, labeling, and sort types 

9 format_code Data types (real or complex) 

11 stress_code Stress/strain, von Mises/max. shear, straincurvature/strain-fiber 

flags. Also, 

SPCForce/MPCForce flag. 

12 jflag Acoustic element output flag 

13 iacflg Acoustic displacement (pressure) output request 

flag: 

2 = Yes and 0 = No. 

14 q4cstr CQUAD4 corner output stress option 

21 metrik Electromagnetic units code (1 thru 6 or 10, 

default=10) 

22 emssol Electromagnetic static solution code 

(0=CF+MAG,1=CF,2=ELEC,3=MAGN) 

23 thermal Thermal (heat transfer) element output 

57

58 

Approach_Code 

Approach_code indicates analysis type and device type(s). 

1. Analysis type is equal to approach_code/10 indicates 

Type Description 

1 Statics 

2 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues) 

3 Differential Stiffness 0 

4 Differential Stiffness 1 

5 Frequency 

6 Transient 

7 Pre-buckling 

8 Post-buckling 

9 Complex Eigenvalues 

10 Nonlinear Statics 

11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics 

2. Device type(s) are extracted from the bit pattern equal to 

MOD(approach_code,10). The bits numbered from the right are: 

Bit Description 

1 Print 

2 Plot 

3 Punch

Examples: 

Therefore, MOD(approach_code,10) can be one of the following values: 

Value Device Type(s) 

0 None 

1 Print 

2 Plot 

3 Print and plot 

4 Punch 

5 Print and punch 

6 Plot and punch 

7 Print, plot, and punch 

Approach_code Description 

61 print transient response results 

15 print and punch statics results 

106 plot and punch nonlinear statics results 

59

60 

Table_code 

Table_code indicates basic table content (displacements, stresses, etc.), data format 

(Real or complex), and sort type (SORT1 or SORT2). 

1. MOD(table_code,1000) indicates table content; e.g., displacements, stresses, 

etc. 

Type 

Chapter 2 

Name 

1 OUG Displacement Vector 

2 OPG Load Vector 

Description 

3 OQG SPCforce or MPCforceVector 

4 OEF Element Force(or Flux) 

5 OES Element Stress(or Strain) 

6 LAMA Eigenvalue Summary 

7 OUG Eigenvector 

8 none Grid Point Singularity Table (Obsolete) 

9 OEIGS Eigenvalue Analysis Summary 

10 OUG Velocity Vector 

11 OUG Acceleration Vector 

12 OPG Nonlinear Force Vector 

13 OGPWG Grid Point Weight Generator 

14 OUG Eigenvector (Solution Set) 

15 OUG Displacement Vector (Solution Set) 

16 OUG Velocity Vector (Solution Set) 

17 OUG Acceleration Vector (Solution Set) 

18 OEE Element Strain Energy 

19 OGF Grid Point Force Balance 

20 Stresses at grid points (from CURV??) 

21 OES Strain / Curvature at Grid Points 

22 OELOF1 Element Internal Forces and Moments

Type 

Chapter 2 

Name 

23 OELOP1 Summation of Element Oriented Forces on 

Adjacent Elements 

24 OEP Element Pressures 

25 OEF Composite Failure Indices 

26 OGS Grid Point Stresses (Surface) 

27 OGS Grid Point Stresses (Volume – Direct) 

28 OGS Grid Point Stresses (Volume – Principal) 

29 OGS Element Stress Discontinuities (Surface) 

30 OGS Element Stress Discontinuities (Volume – 

Direct) 

31 OGS Element Stress Discontinuities (Volume – 

Principal) 

32 OGS Grid Point Stress Discontinuities (Surface) 

33 OGS Grid Point Stress Discontinuities (Volume – 

Direct) 

34 OGS Grid Point Stress Discontinuities (Volume – 

Principal) 

35 OGS Grid Point Stresses (Plane Strain) 

36 OEE Element Kinetic Energy 

37 OEE Element Energy Loss 

38 OMSEC Constant modal strain energy 

39 OMSED Oscillating modal strain energy 

40 OMKEC Constant modal kinetic energy 

41 OMKED Oscillating modal kinetic energy 

42 OMECON Constant total modal energy 

43 OMEOSC Oscillating total modal energy 

61 OGK Gasket Element Results 

62 OBC Contact Pressure and Traction Results 

63 OQG Contact Force Results 

Description 

61

62 

Examples: 

2. Data format and sort types is extracted from the bit pattern equal to 

table_code/1000. Bits numbered from the right are: 

Format_code 


1 SORT2 (on) flag 

2 Complex (on) flag 

Therefore, table_code/1000 can be one of the following values: 

Value Sort Type Data Format 

0 SORT1 Real 

1 SORT1 Complex 

2 SORT2 Real 

3 SORT2 Complex 

table_code Description 

4 Real Force in SORT1 

5 Real Stress/Strain in SORT1 

1005 Complex Stress/Strain in SORT1 

2010 Real Displacements in SORT2 

3005 Complex Stress/Strain in SORT2 

Format_code is somewhat redundant and may conflict with table_code. In regards to 

real or complex, table_code/1000 always overrides format_code. However, when 

table_code indicates complex data, then format_code is used to determine between 

real/imaginary and magnitude/phase output. 

Value Data Format 

1 Real 

2 Real/Imaginary 

3 Magnitude/Phase

Stress_code 

In the OES data block description, word 11 (stress_code) of the header record 

determines the following: 

• Octahedral (or maximum shear) or Hencky-von Mises. 

• Stress or strain. 

• if the strain is curvature or fibre. 

Stress_code is a bit pattern and the bits numbered from the right are: 


1 Hencky von Mises (on) flag 

2 Strain (on) flag 

3 Strain/curvature (on) flag 

4 Same as bit 2 

Therefore, stress_code can be one of the following values: 

Value On bits Description 

0 0 0 0 0 Stress maximum shear or octahedral 

1 0 0 0 1 Stress von Mises 

10 1 0 1 0 Strain Curvature maximum shear or octahedral 

11 1 0 1 1 Strain Curvature von Mises 

14 1 1 1 0 Strain Fibre maimum shear or octahedral 

15 1 1 1 1 Strain Fibre von Mises 

In the OQG data block description, stress_code can be one of the following values: 

Value Description 

0 SPCForce 

1 MPCForce 

63

64 

Element Type 

Some tables reference an element type number. For example, EST, KDICT, OES, and 

EGPSF. The element type numbers are unique across all tables but do not necessarily 

appear in all tables. Some element types are pseudo-elements for data recovery 

purposes only; e.g., see types 85 through 98, 100, 144, and 201 through 223. 

Type Name Description 

00 Grid 

01 ROD Rod 

02 BEAM Beam 

03 TUBE Tube 

04 SHEAR Shear panel 

05 FORCE1, 

MOMENTi 

FORCEi/MOMENTi follower stiffness 

06 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA1) 

07 PLOAD4 PLOAD4 follower stiffness 

08 PLOADX1 PLOADX1 follower stiffness 

09 PLOAD/PLOAD2 PLOAD/PLOAD2 follower stiffness 

10 CONROD Rod with properties 

11 ELAS1 Scalar spring 

12 ELAS2 Scalar spring with properties 

13 ELAS3 Scalar spring to scalar points only 

14 ELAS4 Scalar spring to scalar points only with properties 

15 AEROT3 

16 AEROBEAM 

17 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2) 

18 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2) 

19 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1) 

20 DAMP1 Scalar damper 

21 DAMP2 Scalar damper with properties 

22 DAMP3 Scalar damper to scalar points only


23 DAMP4 Scalar damper to scalar points only with 

properties 

24 VISC Viscous damper 

25 MASS1 Scalar mass 

26 MASS2 Scalar mass with properties 

27 MASS3 Scalar mass to scalar points only 

28 MASS4 Scalar mass to scalar points only with properties 

29 CONM1 Concentrated mass – general form 

30 CONM2 Concentrated mass – rigid body form 

31 PLOTEL Plot 

32 Unused 

33 QUAD4 Quadrilateral plate 

34 BAR Simple beam (see also Type=100) 

35 CONE Axisymmetric shell 

36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG) 

37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG) 

38 GAP Gap 

39 TETRA Four-sided solid 

40 BUSH1D Rod type spring and damper 

41 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1) 

42 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2) 

43 FLUID2 Fluid with 2 points 



46 FLMASS 

47 AXIF2 Fluid with 2 points 



65

66 


50 SLOT3 Three-point slot 

51 SLOT4 Four-point slot 

52 HBDY Heat transfer plot for CHBDYG and CHBDYP 

53 TRIAX6 Axisymmetric triangular 

54 Unused (Pre-V69 TRIM6) 

55 DUM3 Three-point dummy 

56 DUM4 Four-point dummy 

57 DUM5 Five-point dummy 

58 DUM6 Six-point dummy 

59 DUM7 Seven-point dummy 

60 DUM8 Eight-point dummy (also two-dimensional crack 

tip CRAC2D) 

61 DUM9 Nine-point dummy (also three-dimensional crack 

tip CRAC3D) 

62 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1) 

63 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM2) 

64 QUAD8 Curved quadrilateral shell 

65 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8) 

66 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX20) 

67 HEXA Six-sided solid 

68 PENTA Five-sided solid 

69 BEND Curved beam or pipe 

70 TRIAR Triangular plate with no membrane-bending 

coupling 

71 Unused 

72 AEROQ4 

73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE) 

74 TRIA3 Triangular plate 

75 TRIA6 Curved triangular shell


76 HEXPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid 

77 PENPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid 

78 TETPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid 

79 Unused 

80 Unused 

81 Unused 

82 QUADR Quadrilateral plate with no membrane-bending 

coupling 

83 HACAB Acoustic absorber 

84 HACBR Acoustic barrier 

85 TETRA Nonlinear data recovery four-sided solid 

86 GAP Nonlinear data recovery gap 

87 TUBE Nonlinear data recovery tube 

88 TRIA3 Nonlinear data recovery triangular plate 

89 ROD Nonlinear data recovery rod 

90 QUAD4 Nonlinear data recovery quadrilateral plate 

91 PENTA Nonlinear data recovery five-sided solid 

92 CONROD Nonlinear data recovery rod with properties 

93 HEXA Nonlinear data recovery six-sided solid 

94 BEAM Nonlinear data recovery beam 

95 QUAD4 Composite data recovery quadrilateral plate 

96 QUAD8 Composite data recovery curved quadrilateral 

shell 

97 TRIA3 Composite data recovery triangular shell 

98 TRIA6 Composite data recovery curved triangular shell 

99 Unused 

100 BAR Simple beam with intermediate station data 

recovery 

101 AABSF Acoustic absorber with frequency dependence 

67

68 


102 BUSH Generalized spring and damper 

103 QUADP p-version quadrilateral shell 

104 TRIAP p-version triangular shell 

105 BEAMP p-version beam 

106 DAMP5 Heat transfer scalar damper with material 

property 

107 CHBDYE Heat transfer geometric surface – element form 

108 CHBDYG Heat transfer geometric surface – grid form 

109 CHBDYP Heat transfer geometric surface – property form 

110 CONV Heat transfer boundary with free convection 

111 CONVM Heat transfer boundary with forced convection 

112 QBDY3 Heat transfer boundary heat flux load for a 

surface 

113 QVECT Heat transfer thermal vector flux load 

114 QVOL Heat transfer volume heat addition 

115 RADBC Heat transfer space radiation 

116 SLIF1D Slideline contact 

117 Unused 

118 Unused 

119 Unused 

120 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic CAP) 

121 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic COND) 

122 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic DIEL) 

123 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic HEXAE) 

124 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic IND) 

125 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINE) 

126 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic PENTAE) 

127 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic CQUAD) 

128 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic CQUADX)


129 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic RELUC) 

130 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic RES ) 

131 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic CTETRAE) 

132 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic CTRIA) 

133 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAX) 

134 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEOB) 

135 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINXOB) 

136 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADOB) 

137 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAOB) 

138 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEX ) 

139 QUAD4FD Hyperelastic 4-noded quadrilateral shell 

140 HEXA8FD Hyperelastic 8-noded solid 

141 HEXAP p-version six-sided solid 

142 PENTAP p-version five-sided solid 

143 TETRAP p-version four-sided solid 

144 QUAD144 Quadrilateral plate with data recovery for corner 

stresses 

145 VUHEXA p-version six-sided solid display 

146 VUPENTA p-version five-sided solid display 

147 VUTETRA p-version four-sided solid display 

148 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic HEXAM) 

149 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic PENTAM) 

150 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TETRAM) 

151 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADM) 

152 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAM) 

153 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADXM) 

154 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAXM) 

155 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADPW) 

69

70 


156 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAPW) 

157 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEPW) 

158 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADOBM) 

159 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAOBM) 

160 PENTA6FD Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded 

161 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded 

162 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded 

163 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded 

164 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded 

165 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded 

166 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded 

167 TRIAFD Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded 

168 TRIAX3FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded 

169 TRIAXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded 

170 QUADX4FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded 

171 QUADXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 9-noded 

172 Unused 

173 Unused 

174 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEOBM) 

175 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINXOBM) 

176 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic 

QUADWGM) 

177 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAWGM) 

178 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADIB ) 

179 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAIB ) 

180 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEIB ) 

181 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINXIB ) 

182 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADIBM)


183 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAIBM) 

184 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEIBM) 

185 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINXIBM) 

186 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADPWM) 

187 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAPWM) 

188 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEPWM) 

189 VUQUAD p-version quadrilateral shell display 

190 VUTRIA p-version triangular shell display 

191 VUBEAM p-version beam display 

192 CVINT Curve interface 

193 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic QUADFR) 

194 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic TRIAFR) 

195 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINEFR) 

196 Unused (Pre-V70.5 Electromagnetic LINXFR) 

197 SFINT Surface interface 

198 CNVPEL 

199 VUHBDY p-version HBDY display 

200 CWELD Weld or fastener 

201 QUAD4FD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear d.r. 

Gaus/Grid 

202 HEXA8FD Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded nonlinear d.r. 

Gaus/Grid 

203 SLIF1D? Slideline contact 

204 PENTA6FD Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded nonlinear 

format Gaus/Grid 

205 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear 

format Gaus 

206 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format 

Gaus 

71

72 


207 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear 

format Gaus 

208 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear 

format Gaus 

209 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear 

format Gaus 

210 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear 

format Grid 

211 TRIAFD Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded nonlinear format 

Gaus/Grid 


nonlinear format Gaus 

213 TRIAXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded 

nonlinear format Gaus/Grid 

214 QUADX4FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded 

nonlinear format Gaus/Grid 


nonlinear format Gaus 

216 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear 

format Grid 

217 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format 

Grid 

218 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear 

format Grid 

219 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear 

format Grid 

220 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear 

format Grid 

221 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear 

format Gaus 


nonlinear format Grid



nonlinear format Grid 

224 ELAS1 Nonlinear ELAS1 

225 ELAS3 Nonlinear ELAS3 

226 BUSH Nonlinear BUSH 

73

74 

2.4 Table Descriptions 

Table descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the generic name of the data block. 

A data block description may encompass descriptions of several data blocks from 

different modules. For example, the OES data block description describes data blocks 

OES1, OES2, OESNL, OSTR1, and OES1C which are output by the SDR2, SDR3, 

SDRNL, and SDRCOMP modules. The generic name of a data block also appears in 

the “Data Block Glossary” on page 590 at the end of “DMAP Modules and 

Statements” in Chapter 4.

2.5 Data Block Descriptions 

BGPDT Basic drid point definition table 

BGPDT 

Basic drid point definition table 

Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z 

locations in the basic coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system 

identification number 

Record 0 – HEADER 

Word Name Type Description 

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data block name 

Record 1 – DATA 


1 CID I Coordinate system identification number 

2 SIL I Internal (scalar) identification number 

3 EXTID I External (User) identification number 

4 DOF_TYPE I Degree of freedom/Point Type 

5 PSC I Permanent Set Constraint 

6 BGID I Boundary Grid ID of –EXTID 

7 XCOORD RX x in basic coordinate system 

8 YCOORD RX y in basic coordinate system 

9 ZCOORD RX z in basic coordinate system 

Words 1 through 9 repeat until End of Record 

Record 2 – XIDMAP 


1 EXTID I External identification number 

2 INTID I Internal identification number 


75

76 

BGPDT 

Basic drid point definition table 

Record 3 – BIDMAP 


1 BGID I Boundary (System) identification number 



Record 4 – NORMAL 


1 XNORM RX X normal in aerodynamic system 

2 YNORM RX Y normal in aerodynamic system 

3 ZNORM RX Z normal in aerodynamic system 


Record 5 – TRAILER 


1 WORD1 I Number of grid points and scalar points 

2 WORD2 I Number of boundary points 

3 WORD3 I Number of degrees-of-freedom 

4 WORD4 I Precision of the real values; i.e., type=RX 

5 WORD5 I Number of scalar points 

6 WORD6 I Maximum external identification number 

Notes: 

1. For partitioned superelements the locations are in the superelement’s basic 

coordinate system. In other words, each partitioned superelement has its 

own basic coordinate system. 

2. Scaler points are identified by CID=-1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = 

ZCOORD = 0. 

3. If WORD2, number of boundary grids, is zero, then record BIDMAP does not 

exist and XIDMAP will be used.

BGPDT68 Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69) 

BGPDT68 

Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69) 

Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z 

locations in the basic coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system 







1 CID I Coordinate system identification 

number 

2 XCOORD RS x in basic coordinate system 

3 YCOORD RS y in basic coordinate system 

4 ZCOORD RS z in basic coordinate system 




1 WORD1 I Number of grid and scalar points 

2 UNDEF(5 ) none 

Note: 

1. Scaler points are identified by CID=-1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = 

ZCOORD = 0. 

77

78 

CASECC 

Case Control information 

CASECC Case Control information 

Record 0 - HEADER 



Record 1 - Repeat 


1 SID I Subcase identification number 

2 MPCSET I Multipoint constraint set (MPC) 

3 SPCSET I Single point constraint set (SPC) 

4 ESLSET I External static load set (LOAD) 

5 REESET I Real eigenvalue extraction set 

(METHOD(STRUCTURE)) 

6 ELDSET I Element deformation set (DEFORM) 

7 THLDSET I Thermal load set (TEMP(LOAD)) 

8 THMATSET I Thermal material set TEMP(MAT or 

INIT) 

9 TIC I Transient initial conditions (IC) 

10 NONPTSET I Nonlinear load output set (NLLOAD) 

11 NONMEDIA I Nonlinear load output media 

(NLLOAD) 

12 NONFMT I Nonlinear load output format 

(NLLOAD) 

13 DYMLDSET I Dynamic load set (DLOAD) 

14 FEQRESET I Frequency response set (FREQUENCY) 

15 TFSET I Transfer function set (TFL) 

16 SYMFLG I Symmetry flag (SYMSEQ and SUBSEQ) 

17 LDSPTSET I Load output set (OLOAD) 

18 LDSMEDIA I Load output media (OLOAD) 

19 LDSFMT I Load output format (OLOAD)


CASECC 


20 DPLPTSET I Displ., temp., or pressure output set 

(DISP,THERM,PRES) 

21 DPLMEDIA I Displ., temp., or pressure output media 


22 DPLFMT I Displ., temp., or pressure output format 


23 STSPTSET I Stress output set (STRESS) 

24 STSMEDIA I Stress output media (STRESS) 

25 STSFMT I Stress output format (STRESS) 

26 FCEPTSET I Force (or flux) output set (FORCE or 

FLUX) 

27 FCEMEDIA I Force (or flux) output media (FORCE or 

FLUX) 

28 FCEFMT I Force (or flux) output format (FORCE or 

FLUX) 

29 ACCPTSET I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output 

set (ACCEL or HDOT) 

30 ACCMEDIA I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output 

media (ACCE, HDOT) 

31 ACCFMT I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output 

format (ACCE, HDOT) 

32 VELPTSET I Velocity (or enthalpy) output set 

(VELOCITY or ENTHALPY) 

33 VELMEDIA I Velocity (or enthalpy) output media 

(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY) 

34 VELFMT I Velocity (or enthalpy) output format 

(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY) 

35 FOCPTSET I Forces of single-point constraint output 

set (SPCFORCE) 

36 FOCMEDIA I Forces of single-point constraint output 

media (SPCFORCE) 

79

80 

CASECC 



37 FOCFMT I Forces of single-point constraint output 

format (SPCFORCE) 

38 TSTEPTRN I Time step set for transient analysis 

(TSTEP) 

39 TITLE(32) CHAR4 Title character string (TITLE) 

71 SUBTITLE(32) CHAR4 Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE) 

103 LABEL(32) CHAR4 LABEL character string (LABEL) 

135 STPLTFLG I Model plot flag: set to 1 if 

OUTPUT(PLOT) is specified 

136 AXSYMSET I Axisymmetric set (AXISYMMETRIC) 

137 NOHARMON I Number of harmonics to output 

(HARMONICS) 

138 TSTRV I Need definition 

139 K2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) stiffness 

matrix (K2PP) 

141 M2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) mass matrix 

(M2PP) 

143 B2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) damping 

matrix (B2PP) 

145 OUTRESPV I Output frequencies or times (OFREQ or 

OTIME) 

146 SEDR I Data recovery superelement list (SEDR) 

147 FLDBNDY I Fluid boundary element selection 

(MFLUID) 

148 CEESET I Complex eigenvalue extraction set 

(CMETHOD) 

149 DAMPTBL I Structural damping table set 

(SDAMP(STRUCT) 

151 SSDSET I Solution set displacements output set 

(SDISP) 

152 SSDMEDIA I Solution set displacements output media 

(SDISP)


CASECC 


153 SSDFMT I Solution set displacements output 

format (SDISP) 

154 SSVSET I Solution set velocities output set 

(SVELO) 

155 SSVMEDIA I Solution set velocities output media 

(SVELO) 

156 SSVFMT I Solution set velocities output format 

(SVELO) 

157 SSASET I Solution set accelerations output set 

(SACCE) 

158 SSAMEDIA I Solution set accelerations output media 

(SACCE) 

159 SSAFMT I Solution set accelerations output format 

(SACCE) 

160 NONLINLD I Nonlinear load set in transient problems 

(NONLINEAR) 

161 PARTIT I Partitioning set (PARTN) 

162 CYCLIC I Symmetry option in cyclic symmetry 

(DSYM) 

163 RANDOM I Random analysis set (RANDOM) 

164 NONPARAM I Nonlinear static analysis control 

parameters (NLPARM) 

165 FLUTTER I Flutter set (FMETHOD) 

166 LCC I Number of words in this record up to 

LSEM 

167 GPFSET I Grid point force output set (GPFORCE) 

168 GPFMEDIA I Grid point force output media 

(GPFORCE) 

169 GPFFMT I Grid point force output format 

(GPFORCE) 

170 ESESET I Strain energy output set (ESE) 

171 ESEMEDIA I Strain energy output media (ESE) 

81

82 

CASECC 



172 ESEFMT I Strain energy output format (ESE) 

173 ARFPTSET I Aerodynamic force output set (AEROF) 

174 ARFMEDIA I Aerodynamic force output media 

(AEROF) 

175 ARFFMT I Aerodynamic force output format 

(AEROF) 

176 SEID I Superelement ID (SUPER) 

177 LCN I Load column number (SUPER) 

178 GUST I Gust load selection (GUST) 

179 SEFINAL I Final Superelement ID (SEFINAL) 

180 SEMG I Generate matrices (K,M,B,K4) for 

superelement set or ID (SEMG) 

181 SEKR I Reduce stiffness matrix (K) for 

superelement set or ID (SEKR) 

182 SELG I Generate static loads for superelement 

set or ID (SELG) 

183 SELR I Reduce static loads for superelement set 

or ID (SELR) 

184 SEEX I Superelement set or ID to be excluded 

(SEEXCLUDE) 

185 K2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness 

matrix (K2GG) 

187 M2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness 

matrix (M2GG) 

189 B2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness 

matrix (B2GG) 

191 SVSET I Solution eigenvector output set 

(SVECTOR) 

192 SVMEDIA I Solution eigenvector output media 

(SVECTOR) 

193 SVFMT I Solution eigenvectors output format 

(SVECTOR)


CASECC 


194 FLUPTSET I Fluid pressure output set (MPRES) 

195 FLUMEDIA I Fluid pressure output media (MPRES) 

196 FLUFMT I Fluid pressure output format (MPRES) 

197 HOUT(3) I Cyclic symmetry harmonic output 

(HOUTPUT) 

200 NOUT(3) I Cyclic symmetry physical output 

(NOUTPUT) 

203 P2G(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) static loads 

matrix (P2G) 

205 LOADSET I Sequence of static loads sets (LOADSET) 

206 SEMR I Generate matrices (M,B,K4) for 

superelement set or ID (SEMG) 

207 VONMISES I von Mises fiber (STRESS) 

208 SECMDFLG I Superelement command existence flag 

209 GPSPTSET I Grid point stress output set (GPSTRESS) 

210 GPSMEDIA I Grid point stress output media 

(GPSTRESS) 

211 GPSFMT I Grid point stress output format 

(GPSTRESS) 

212 STFSET I Grid point stress field output set 

(STRFIELD) 

213 STFMEDIA I Grid point stress field output media 

(STRFIELD 

214 STFFMT I Grid point stress field output format 

(STRFIELD) 

215 CLOAD I Superelement static load combination 

set (CLOAD) 

216 SET2ID I Old design sensitivity contraint and 

variable set (SET2) 

217 DSAPRT I Old design sensitivity analysis print 

option (SENSITY) 

83

84 

CASECC 



218 DSASTORE I Old design sensitivity analysis store 

option (SENSITY) 

219 DSAOUTPT I Old design sensitivity analysis 

OUTPUT4 option (SENSITY) 

220 STNSET I Strain output set (STRAIN) 

221 STNMEDIA I Strain output media (STRAIN) 

222 STNFMT I Strain output format (STRAIN) 

223 APRESS I Aerodynamic pressure output set 

(APRESSURE) 

224 TRIM I Aerostatic trim variable constrain set 

(TRIM) 

225 MODLIST I Output modes list set (OMODES) 

226 REESETF I Real eigenvalue extraction set for fluid 

(METHOD(FLUID)) 

227 ESDPTSET I Element stress discontinuity output set 

(ELSDCON) 

228 ESDMEDIA I Element stress discontinuity output 

media (ELSDCON) 

229 ESDFMT I Element stress discontinuity output 

format (ELSDCON) 

230 GSDPTSET I Grid point stress discontinuity output 

set (GPSDCON) 

231 GSDMEDIA I Grid point stress discontinuity output 

media (GPSDCON) 

232 GSDFMT I Grid point stress discontinuity output 

format (GPSDCON) 

233 SEDV I Generate pseudo-loads for superelement 

set or identification number (SEDV) 

234 SERE I Generate responses for superelement set 

or ID (SERESP) 

235 SERS I Restart processing for superelement set 

or ID (SERS)


CASECC 


236 CNTSET I Slideline contact output set (BOUTPUT) 

237 CNTMEDIA I Slideline contact output media 

(BOUTPUT) 

238 CNTFMT I Slideline contact output format 

(BOUTPUT) 

239 DIVERG I Aerostatic divergence control parameter 

set (DIVERG) 

240 OUTRCV I P-element output control parameters 

(OUTRCV) 

241 STATSUBP I Static subcase identification number for 

pre-load (STATSUB(PRELOAD)) 

242 MODESELS I Mode selection set identification number 

for the structure (MODESELECT) 

243 MODESELF I Mode selection set identification number 

for the fluid (MODESELECT) 

244 UNDEF none 


246 ADAPT I P-element adaptivity control parameter 

set (ADAPT) 

247 DESOBJ I Design objective set (DESOBJ) 

248 DESSUB I Design constraint set for current subcase 

(DESSUB) 

249 SUBSPAN I Design constraint span set (DRSPAN) 

250 DESGLB I Design constraint set for all subcases 

(DESGLB) 

251 ANALYSIS CHAR4 Type of analysis (ANALYSIS) 

252 GPQSTRS I CQUAD4 grid point corner stress option 

(STRESS) 

253 GPQFORC I CQUAD4 grid point corner force option 

(STRESS) 

254 GPQSTRN I CQUAD4 grid point corner strain option 

(STRESS) 

85

86 

CASECC 



255 SUPORT1 I Supported degree-of-freedom set 

(SUPORT1) 

256 STATSUBB I Static subcase ID for buckling 

(STATSUB(BUCKLE)) 

257 BCID I Boundary condition ID (BC) 

258 AUXMODEL I Auxiliary model ID (AUXMODEL) 

259 ADACT I P-element adaptivity active subcase flag 

(ADACT) 

260 DATSET I P-element output set (DATAREC) 

261 DATMEDIA I P-element output media (DATAREC) 

262 DATFMT I P-element output format (DATAREC) 

263 VUGSET I View-grid and element output set 

(VUGRID) 

264 VUGMEDIA I View-grid and element output media 

(VUGRID) 

265 VUGFMT I View-grid and element output format 

(VUGRID) 

266 MPCFSET I Forces of multipoint constraint output 

set (MPCFORCE) 

267 MPCMEDIA I Forces of multipoint constraint output 

media (MPCFORCE) 

268 MPCFFMT I Forces of multipoint constraint output 

format (MPCFORCE) 

269 REUESET I Real unsymmetric eigenvalue extraction 

set (UMETHOD) 

270 DAMPTBLF I Structural damping table set for the fluid 

(SDAMP(FLUID) 

271 ITERMETH I Iterative solver control parameters 

(SMETHOD) 

272 NLSSET I Nonlinear stress output set (NLSTRESS) 

273 NLSMEDIA I Nonlinear stress output media 

(NLSTRESS)


CASECC 


274 NLSFMT I Nonlinear stress output format 

(NLSTRESS) 

275 MODTRKID I Mode tracking control parameter set 

(MODTRAK) 

276 DSAFORM I Design sensitivity output format: 

1=yes,2=no (DSAPRT) 

277 DSAEXPO I Design sensitivity output export: 

1=no,2=yes (DSAPRT) 

278 DSABEGIN I Design sensitivity output start iteration 

(DSAPRT) 

279 DSAINTVL I Design sensitivity output interval 

(DSAPRT) 

280 DSAFINAL I Design sensitivity output final iteration 

(DSAPRT) 

281 DSASETID I Design sensitivity output set (DSAPRT) 

282 SORTFLG I Overall SORT1/SORT2 flag: 1 means 

SORT1 and 2 means SORT2. 

283 RANDBIT I Random analysis request bit pattern 

(DISP,VELO,etc.) 

284 AECONFIG(2) CHAR4 Aerodynamic configuration name 

286 AESYMXY I Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xy plane 

287 AESYMXZ I Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xz plane 




291 GPEPTSET I Grid point strain output set 

(GPSTRAIN) 

292 GPEMEDIA I Grid point strain output media 

(GPSTRAIN) 

293 GPEFMT I Grid point strain output format 

(GPSTRAIN) 

87

88 

CASECC 



294 ESETHRSH RS Element strain energy threshold (ESE) 

295 AECSSSET I Aerodynamic Control Surface Schedule 

(CSSCHD) 

296 EKEPTSET I Element kinetic energy output set (EKE) 

297 EKEMEDIA I Element kinetic energy media (EKE) 

298 EKEFMT I Element kinetic energy format (EKE) 

299 EKETHRSH RS Element kinetic energy threshold (EKE) 

300 EDEPTSET I Element damping energy output set 

(EDE) 

301 EDEMEDIA I Element damping energy media (EDE) 

302 EDEFMT I Element damping energy format (EDE) 

303 EDETHRSH RS Element damping energy threshold 

(EDE) 











314 EFFMASET I Modal effective mass output set 

(MEFFMASS) 

315 EFFMAGID I Modal effective mass GID (MEFFMASS) 

316 EFFMATHR RS Modal effective mass threshold 

(MEFFMASS) 

317 UNDEF none



319 RCRSET I RCROSS output set 

320 RCRFMT I RCROSS format 

321 AEUXREF I AEUXREF 

CASECC 


322 GCHK I Ground Check Flag (GROUNDCHECK) 

323 GCHKOUT I Ground Check Output 

(GROUNDCHECK) 

324 GCHKSET I Ground Check Set (GROUNDCHECK) 

325 GCHKGID I Ground Check Gid (GROUNDCHECK) 

326 GCHKTHR RS Ground Check Thresh 

(GROUNDCHECK) 

327 GCHKRTHR RS Ground Check RThresh 

(GROUNDCHECK) 

328 GCHKDREC I Ground Check Data recovery 

(GROUNDCHECK) 

329 ASPCMED I Output Media Request (AUTOSPC) 

330 ASPCEPS RS EPS value for fixup (AUTOSPC) 

331 ASPCPRT I EPS value for printing (AUTOSPC) 

332 ASPCPCH I Punch Set Id (AUTOSPC) 



335 NK2GG I Internal set id for K2GG 

336 NM2GG I Internal set id for M2GG 

337 NB2GG I Internal set id for B2GG 

338 NK2PP I Internal set id for K2PP 

339 NM2PP I Internal set id for M2PP 

340 NB2PP I Internal set id for B2PP 

341 NP2G I Internal set id for P2G 

89

90 

CASECC 



342 GEODSET I Geometry Check DISP Set identification 

number (GEOMCHECK) 

343 GEODMXMN I Geometry Check DISP Max/Min 

(GEOMCHECK) 

344 GEODOCID I Geometry Check DISP Max/Min Output 

Cor. Sys. (GEOMCHECK) 

345 GEODNUMB I Geometry Check No. of DISP Max/Min 

Output (GEOMCHECK) 

346 GEOLSET I Geometry Check OLOAD Set 

identification number (GEOMCHECK) 

347 GEOLMXMN I Geometry Check OLOAD Max/Min 

(GEOMCHECK) 

348 GEOLOCID I Geometry Check OLOAD Max/Min 

Output Cor. Sys. (GEOMCHECK) 

349 GEOLNUMB I Geometry Check No. of OLOAD 

Max/Min Output (GEOMCHECK) 

350 GEOSSET I Geometry Check SPCF Set identification 

number (GEOMCHECK) 

351 GEOSMXMN I Geometry Check SPCF Max/Min 

(GEOMCHECK) 

352 GEOSOCID I Geometry Check SPCF Max/Min 


353 GEOSNUMB I Geometry Check No. of SPCF Max/Min 


354 GEOMSET I Geometry Check MPCF Set 


355 GEOMMXMN I Geometry Check MPCF Max/Min 

(GEOMCHECK) 

356 GEOMOCID I Geometry Check MPCF Max/Min 


357 GEOMNUMB I Geometry Check No. of MPCF 

Max/Min Output (GEOMCHECK)


CASECC 


358 GEOASET I Geometry Check ACCE Set 


359 GEOAMXMN I Geometry Check ACCE Max/Min 

(GEOMCHECK) 

360 GEOAOCID I Geometry Check ACCE Max/Min 


361 GEOANUMB I Geometry Check No. of ACCE 

Max/Min Output (GEOMCHECK) 

362 GEOVSET I Geometry Check VELO Set 


363 GEOVMXMN I Geometry Check VELO Max/Min 

(GEOMCHECK) 

364 GEOVOCID I Geometry Check VELO Max/Min 


365 GEOVNUMB I Geometry Check No. of VELO Max/Min 


366 NTFL I Internal set id for TFL 

367 BCONTACT I BCONTACT Set identification number 

368 GPKESET I Grid point kinetic energy output set 

(GPKE) 

369 GPKEMEDI I Grid point kinetic energy media (GPKE) 

370 GPKEFMT I Grid point kinetic energy format (GPKE) 

371 ELMSUM I Element Summary Output (ELSUM) 

372 WCHK I Weight Check Flag (WEIGHTCHECK) 

373 WCHKOUT I Weight Check Output 

(WEIGHTCHECK) 

374 WCHKSET I Weight Check Set identification number 

(WEIGHTCHECK) 

375 WCHKGID I Weight Check GID (WEIGHTCHECK) 

376 WCHKCGI I Weight Check CGI (WEIGHTCHECK) 

91

92 

CASECC 



377 WCHKWM I Weight Check Weight/Mass units 

(WEIGHTCHECK) 

378 EXSEOUT I External Superelement Output items 

(EXTSEOUT) 

379 EXSEMED I External Superelement output media 

(EXTSEOUT) 

380 EXSEUNIT I External Superelement Unit 

(EXTSEOUT) 

381 EXSERES1 I External Superelement Reserved 

(EXTSEOUT) 

382 EXSERES2 I External Superelement Reserved 

(EXTSEOUT) 

383 UNDEF(217) none 

401 FLEXBODY I ADAMSMNF FLEXBODY flag 

402 FLEXONLY I ADAMSMNF FLEXONLY flag 

403 MINVAR I ADAMSMNF MINVAR parameter 

404 PSETID I ADAMSMNF PSETID parameter 

405 OUTGSTRS I ADAMSMNF OUTGSTRS flag 

406 OUTGSTRN I ADAMSMNF OUTGSTRN flag 


413 BCSET I Contact Set ID 

414 BCRESU I Contact results output 

415 BCMEDIA I Contact results media code 

416 BCFMT I Contact results format code 

417 BCTYPE I Traction=1, Force=2, Both=3 

418 GKRESU I Gasket results output 

419 GKMEDIA I Gasket results media code 

420 GKFMT I Gasket results format code 


428 MDESET I Modal energy output set (MODALE)


CASECC 


429 MDEMEDI I Modal energy media (MODALE) 


432 MDEFMT I Modal energy output format (MODALE) 


434 MDECMPT I Modal energy computation set 

(MODALE) 

435 MDESORT I Modal energy sort flag (MODALE) 

436 MDETYPE I Modal energy type flag (MODALE) 

437 MDECALC I Modal energy calculation flag 

(MODALE) 


600 LSEM(C) I Number of symmetry subcase 

coefficients from item SYMFLG 

601 COEF RS Symmetry subcase coefficients (SUBSEQ 

or SYMSEQ) 

Word 601 repeats LSEM times 

602 SETID I Set identification number 

603 SETLEN(C) I Length of this set 

604 SETMEM I Set member identification number 

Word 604 repeats SETLEN times 

Words 602 through 604 repeat NSETS times 

605 PARA CHAR4 Hard-coded to "PARA" 

606 PARLEN(C) I Length of this parameter value 

specification 

607 CHTYPE(C) I Character type flag: 3 means character, 2 

otherwise 

608 PARAM(2) CHAR4 Hard-coded to "PARA" and "M " 

610 PNAME(2) CHAR4 Name of parameter 

PARLEN =8 Length 

612 INTEGER I Integer value 

93

94 

CASECC 



PARLEN =9 Real-double parameter value 

612 TYPE I Real type - hard-coded to -4 

613 REAL RD Real-double value 

PARLEN =10 Complex-single parameter value 

612 RTYPE I Real part type - hard-coded to -2 

613 REAL RS Real part value 

614 ITYPE I Imaginary part type - hard-coded to -2 

615 IMAG RS Imaginary part value 

PARLEN =12 Complex-double parameter value 

612 RTYPE I Real part type - hard-coded to -4 

613 REAL RD Real part value 

614 ITYPE I Imaginary part type - hard-coded to -4 

615 IMAG RD Imaginary part value 

End PARLEN 

Words 605 through max repeat until NANQ occurs 


Record 2 - TRAILER 


1 WORD1 I Number of records 

2 WORD2 I Number of records 

3 WORD3 I Maximum record length 

4 WORD4 I Plot flag 


Notes: 

1. Possible values for output media (___MEDIA) are: 

• 1 = print 

• 2 = plot

• 4 = punch 

and their sums; e.g., 3 indicates print and plot. 

2. Possible values for SORT1 output format (___FMT) are: 

• 1 = real 

• 2 = real/imaginary 

• 3 = magnitude/phase 

For SORT2, the same values are negative. 

3. Possible values for SYMFLG are: 

• 0 = no symmetry 

• -1 = REPCASE and 

• N = number of SYMSEQ or SUBSEQ coefficients 

4. Possible values for DSAPRT are: 

• 1 = Print (default) 

• 0 = No print 

5. Possible values for DSASTORE are: 

• 1 = Store on data base and 

• 0 = Don't store on data base (default) 

6. Possible values for DSAOUTPT are: 

• 1 = Store via OUTPUT2 and 

• 0 = Don't store via OUTPUT2 (default) 

7. Possible values for AXSYMSET are: 

• 1 = Sine 

• 2 = Cosine or fluid 

CASECC 


8. Possible values for the SECMDFLG are: 

• 0 = at least one of SEMG, SEKR, SEMR, SELG, SELR or SEALL is 

specified 

• -1 = none are specified 

9. DSAFINAL=-1 means the last iteration. 

10. DSASETID=-1 means the all design sensitivities. 

95

96 

CASECC 


11. RANDBIT contains bit pairs for the selection of PSDF and ATOC beginning 

with left handed bits 1 and 2 for DISP and continuing with VELO, ACCE, 

OLOAD, SPCF, STRESS, FORCE, STRAIN, and MPCF Case Control 

commands for bits 3 through 18. The bit pair value of "00" means none, "01" 

means ATOC, "10" means PSDF, and "11" means RALL. 

12. Possible values for AESYMXY and AESYMXZ are: 

• 2 = antisymmetric 

• 3 = asymmetric 

• 4 = antisymmetric

CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table 


Record 1 – OFPID 

Record 2 – LAMA 

Repeats for each eigenvalue. 

CLAMA 

Complex eigenvalue summary table 




1 RECID(2) I Constants 90 and 1006 


10 SIX I Constant 6 






1 MODE I Mode number 

2 ORDER I Extraction order 

3 REIGEN RS Eigenvalue – real part 

4 IEIGEN RS Eigenvalue – imaginary part 

5 FREQ RS Frequency: ABS(IEIGEN)/(2*Pi) 

6 DAMP RS Damping Coefficient: 

(-2*REIGEN)/ABS(IEIGEN) 

97

98 

CLAMA 

Complex eigenvalue summary table 



1 WORD1 I 1006 


5 SIX I Constant 6 

6 UNDEF none

CONTAB Design constraint table 

CONTAB 

Design constraint table 

Contains a record for each design constraint. Records are sorted by the internal 

constraint identification number. 




Record 1 – Repeat – Repeated for each design constraint 


1 IDCID I Internal design constraint identification 

number 

2 DCID I DCONSTR Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

3 IRID I Internal response identification number 

4 RTYPE I Response type 

5 TYPE I Type of response (1 or 2) 

6 LUFLAG I Bound Type (1=lower,2=upper) 

7 BOUND RS Bound value 

8 REGION I Internal region identification number 

9 SCID I Subcase identification number 



1 WORD1 I Number of records; i.e., design 

constraints 


99

100 

CONTACT 

Table of Bulk Data entry related to surface contact 

CONTACT Table of Bulk Data entry related to surface contact 




Record 1 – BCMATL (7310,73,590) 


1 ID I Identification number 

2-n IPi I Material ID 

N+1 -1 I Delimiter 

Record 2– BCPROP (7210,72,589) 



2-n IPi I Material ID 


Record 3– BCRPARA (7710,77,594) 


1 CRID I Region ID 

2 SURF I TOP=1, BOT=2 

3 OFFSET RS > 0.0 offset distance 

4 TYPE I FLEX=1, RIGID=2 

5 MGP I Master grid point 

Record 4– BCTADD (7510,75,592) 


1 CSID I Combined contact set ID

CONTACT 



2-n Si I Contact set ID 


Record 5– BCTPARA (7610,76,593) 

Note: entry 2-5 repeats for each parameter 


1 CSID I Contact set ID 

2-3 Param(i) CHAR4 Parameter name 

4 TYPE I Parameter data type 

5 Value(i) I or RS Parameter value 

6 -1 I Delimiter 

Record 6– BCTPARM (8110,81,598) 




2-3 Param(i) CHAR4 Parameter name 




Record 7– BCTSET (7410,74,591) 

Note: entry 2-6 repeats for each additional region pair. 



2 SIDi I Source region ID 

3 TIDi I Target region ID 

4 FRICi RS Coefficient of Friction 

101

102 

CONTACT 



5 MIND RS Minimum search distance 

6 MAXD RS Maximum search distance 


Record 8– BSURF (724,7,441)) 



2-n EIDi I Element ID 


Record 9 – BSURFS (7110,71,588) 

Note: entry 2-5 repeats for each element/grids 



2 EIDi I Element ID 

3-5 G1 - G3 I Grid point ID 


Record 10 – NXSTRAT (7810,78,595) 



1 ID I ID (not used) 

2-3 Param (i) CHAR4 Parameter name 



6 -1 I Delimiter

CSTM Coordinate system transformation matrices table 

The transformation is from global to basic. 


Record 1 – IDENT 

Record 2 – REALDATA 

Record 3 – INTDATA 


CSTM 

Coordinate system transformation matrices table 





2 TYPE I Type of system 

3 IINDEX I Index into INTDATA record 

4 RINDEX I Index into REALDATA record 


1 REALDATA RX Real data 


1 INTDATA I Integer data 


1 WORD1 I Number of grid points + number of scalar 

points 

2 WORD2 I Number of coordinate systems 

3 WORD3 I Type of systems present – see Note 1. 

4 WORD4 I Precision of REALDATA record - 1 or 2 

103

104 

CSTM 



5 WORD5 I Length of REALDATA record 

6 WORD6 I Length of INTDATA record 

Notes: 

1. Coordinate system type as specified in IDENT:TYPE and by bit numbers 

numbered right to left in TRAILER:WORD3: 

1 = rectangular 

2 = cylindrical 

3 = spherical 

4 = convective – defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair 

5 = convective – defined on a GMSURF 

6 = convective – defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair 

7 = convective – defined on a FEFACE 

8 = general – sequence of rotational angles on CORD3G entry 

2. REALDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 1, 2, and 3 and contains real data 

similar to CSTM68. 

3. INTDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 4 through 8 and contains 

GMCURV, etc. Identification numbers similar to CSTM68. XYZi data found 

in CSTM68 are converted to grid entry indices into BGPDT.

CSTM68 


CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table 

(Pre-Version 69) 

The transformation is from global to basic. 



1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data Block Name 




2 CIDTYPE I Coordinate system type 

CIDTYPE =0 Unknown 

3 TR1 RS Translation in direction 1 



6 R11 RS Direction cosine in 1-1 









CIDTYPE =1 Rectanglar 




105

106 

CSTM68 












CIDTYPE =2 Cylindrical 













CIDTYPE =3 Spherical 





7 R12 RS Direction cosine in 1-2

CSTM68 










CIDTYPE =4 Convective defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair 

3 UNDEF(2 ) none Reserved 

5 CURVID I GMCURV identification number 

6 SURFID I GMSURF identification number 

7 CURCID I Coordinate System where GMCURV is 

defined 

8 SURCID I Coordinate System where GMSURF is 

defined 


CIDTYPE =5 Convective defined on a GMSURF 


5 SURFID I GMSURF identification number 

6 SURCID I Coordinate System where GMSURF is 

defined 


CIDTYPE =6 Convective defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair 

3 RECINDX I Record index number 

RECINDX =1 Index 1 

4 RECTOTAL I Total number of records ( = 8 ) 

5 EDGEID I FEEDGE identification number 

6 FACEID I FEFACE identification number 

107

108 

CSTM68 



7 GP(4) I Grid identification numbers of 4 

FEEDGE grids 

11 GFACE(4) I Grid identification numbers of 1st 4 of 12 

FEFACE grids 



5 GFACE(8) I Grid identification number of next 8 of 

12 FEFACE grids 




5 XYZ1(3) RS Basic Coordinates of FEEDGE grid 1 


11 XYZ(3) RS Basic Coordinates of FEEDGE grid 3 

14 UNDEF none Reserved 




8 XYZ2(3) RS Basic Coordinates of FEFACE grid 1 

11 XYZ(3) RS Basic Coordinates of FEFACE grid 2 









4 RECTOTAL I Total number of records ( = 8 )

CSTM68 

















End RECINDX 

CIDTYPE =7 Convective defined on a FEFACE 

3 RECINDX I Record index number 



5 FACEID I FEFACE identification number 

6 GFACE(9) I Grid IDs of first 9 of 12 FEFACE grids 



5 GFACE(3) I Grid IDs of next 3 of 12 FEFACE grids 





109

110 

CSTM68 





















4 RECTOTAL I Total no of records. Should be 6 



End RECINDX 

End CIDTYPE


Notes: 

1. Coordinate system type: 

CSTM68 



1 WORD1 I Number of grid and scalar points 

2 WORD2 I Number of coordinate systems 


1 = rectangular 

2 = cylindrical 

3 = spherical 

4 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair 

5 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMSURF 

6 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair 

7 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEFACE 

111

112 

DBCOPT 

Design optimization history table for postprocessing 

DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing 




Record 1 – EXACT 


1 REAL RS Objective function values, exact from 

analysis 

Word 1 repeats until End of Record 

Record 2 – APPRX 


1 REAL RS Objective function values, optimal w.r.t 

approximation 


Record 3 – MAXIM 


1 REAL RS Objective function values, maximum 

values of constraints 


Record 4 – DVIDS 


1 INTGR I Design variable identification number 

Word 1 repeats until End of Record

Record 5 – INITV 

DBCOPT 



1 REAL RS Design variable values, 1st cycle ? 


Record 6 – COL17 


1 REAL RS Design variable value, Nth cycle ? 


Record 7 – DVLABEL 


1 IDVID I Internal design variable identification 

number 

2 DVID I External design variable identification 

number 

3 LABEL1 CHAR4 First part of design variable 

4 LABEL2 CHAR4 Second part of design variable 



1 NFEA I Number of finite element analyses 

2 NAOP I Number of optimization cycles w.r.t. 

approximate model 

3 NDV I Number of design variables 

4 NCC I Convergence criterion 


113

114 

DBCOPT 


Notes: 

1. Convergence criterion 

1 = Hard convergence 

2 = Soft convergence 

3 = Compromise 

4 = Maximum design cycles reached

DESTAB Design variable attributes 




Record 1 – Repeat 



DESTAB 

Design variable attributes 

1 IDVID I Internal design variable identification 

number 

2 DVID I External design variable identification 

number 

3 LABEL1 CHAR4 First part of design Variable 

4 LABEL2 CHAR4 Second part of design Variable 

5 VMIN RS Lower bound 

6 VMAX RS Upper bound 

7 DELX RS Move limit for a design cycle 



2 NDVI I Number of independent design variables 

3 NDVD I Number of dependent design variables 


Note: 

1. Independent design variables are given first in ascending IDVID followed by 

dependent design variables in ascending IDVID order 

115

116 

DIT 

Direct input tables 

DIT Direct input tables 

Contains images of TABLEij, TABDMP1 and GUST Bulk Data entries. 




Record 1 – GUST(1005,10,174) 


1 SID I Gust load identification number 

2 DLOAD I TLOADi or RLOADi identification number 

3 WG RS Scale factor 

4 X0 RS Streamwise location of the gust reference 

point 

5 V RS Velocity of vehicle 

Record 2 – TABDMP1(15,21,162) 


1 ID I Table identification number 


9 F RS Natural frequency 

10 G RS Damping 

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs 

Record 3 – TABLE3D(4000,40,460) 



2 X0 RS X offset of the independent variable 

3 Y0 RS Y offset of the independent variable 

4 Z0 RS Z offset of the independent variable


5 F0 RS Offset of the dependent variable 


9 XI RS X independent variable 

10 YI RS Y independent variable 

11 ZI RS Z independent variable 

12 FI RS Dependent variable 


Record 4 – TABLED1(1105,11,133) 



2 CODEX I Type of interpolation for the x-axis 

3 CODEY I Type of interpolation for the y-axis 


9 X RS X tabular value 

10 Y RS Y tabular value 


Record 5 – TABLED2(1205,12,134) 



2 X1 RS X-axis shift 


9 X RS X value 

10 Y RS Y value 


DIT 


117

118 

DIT 


Record 6 – TABLED3(1305,13,140) 




3 X2 RS X-axis normalization 





Record 7 – TABLED4(1405,14,141) 




3 X2 RS X-axis normalization 

4 X3 RS X value when x is less than X3 

5 X4 RS X value when x is greater than X4 


9 A RS 


Record 8 – TABLEM1(105,1,93) 

Same as record TABLED1 description (p. 117) 






Same as record TABLED4 description (p. 118)

Record 12 – TABLES1(3105,31,97) 







Record 13 – TABLEST(1905,19,178) 




9 TI RS Temperature 

Record 14 – TABRND1(55,25,191) 

DIT 


10 TIDI I TABLES1 Bulk Data entry identification 

number 




2 CODEX I Type of interpolation for the x-axis 

3 CODEY I Type of interpolation for the y-axis 


9 F RS Frequency 

10 G RS Power spectral density 


119

120 

DIT 


Record 15 – TABRNDG(56,26,303) 

Power spectral density for gust loads in aeroelastic analysis 



2 TYPE I Power spectral density type 

3 LU RS Scale of turbulence divided by velocity 

4 WG RS Root-mean-square gust velocity 





1 WORD1 I Record presence trailer word 1 

2 WORD2 I Record presence trailer word 2 


Notes: 

1. Type of interpolation (CODEX and CODEY): 

0 = linear 

1 = log

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters 




Record 1 – TYPE1 – Type 1 Responses 


DSCMCOL 

Design sensitivity parameters 


2 RID I External response identification number 

3 RTYPE I Response Type 

RTYPE =1 Weight 


9 SEID I Superelement identification number 

RTYPE =2 Volume 



RTYPE =3 Buckling 


5 UNDEF none 

6 SUBCASE I Subcase identification number 



RTYPE =4 Normal modes 


5 UNDEF none 




121

122 

DSCMCOL 



RTYPE =5 Static displacement 

4 GRID I Grid identification number 

5 COMP I Displacement component number 




RTYPE =6 Static stress 

4 EID I Element identification number 

5 COMP I Stress component number 




RTYPE =7 Static strain 


5 COMP I Strain component number 


7 VIEWID I View element identification number 

8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =8 Static force 


5 COMP I Force component number 


7 VIEWID I View element identification number 

8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =9 Composite failure 

4 EID I Element identification number


5 COMP I Failure component number 

DSCMCOL 



7 PLY I Ply number 

8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =10 Composite stress 





8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =11 Composite strain 


5 COMP I Strain component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =20 Frequency response displacement 




7 FREQ RS Frequency 

8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =21 Frequency response velocity 


123

124 

DSCMCOL 



5 COMP I Velocity component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =22 Frequency response acceleration 


5 COMP I Acceleration component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =23 Frequency response SPC Force 


5 COMP I SPC Force component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =24 Frequency response stress 





8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =25 Frequency response force 




DSCMCOL 




8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =60 Transient response displacement 




7 TIME RS Time 

8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =61 Transient response velocity 


5 COMP I Velocity component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =62 Transient response acceleration 


5 COMP I Acceleration component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =63 Transient response SPC Force 


125

126 

DSCMCOL 



5 COMP I SPC force component number 



8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =64 Transient response stress 





8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =65 Transient response force 





8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =81 Aeroelastic divergence 


5 ROOT I Root 


8 MACH RS Mach number 


RTYPE =82 Aeroelastic trim 


5 XID I



Record 2 – TYPE2 – Type 2 Responses 

DSCMCOL 



RTYPE =83 Aeroelastic stability derivative 


5 RU I R/U 

6 COMP I Component number 

7 XID I 

8 UNDEF none 


RTYPE =84 Aeroelastic flutter damping 



6 DENSITY RS Density 


8 VEL RS Velocity 


End RTYPE 





4 DFLAG I Dynamic response flag ( See Note ) 

5 FREQTIME RS Frequency or time step 


127

128 

DSCMCOL 




1 NR1 I Number of Type 1 responses 

2 NR2 I Number of Type 2 responses 


Notes: 

1. Record 1 contains NR1 * 9 words 

2. Record 2 contains NR2 * 6 words 

3. If the Subcase ID on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the response spans subcases (not 

currently supported). 

4. The DFLG attribute identifies the dynamic response type. 

5. 1 – Response is not dynamic. FREQ/TIME not required 

6. 2 – Response is dynamic. FREQ/TIME required 

7. ? – Response is dynamic and spans frequency or time steps FREQ/TIME not 

defined. 

8. If the Superlement ID attribute on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the response spans 

superelements (not currently supported).

DVPTAB Designed property table 





DVPTAB 

Designed property table 

By ascending internal property identification number order. Type one properties are 

first and type two follow. 


1 IPID I Internal property identification number 

2 DVTYP I DVPRELi Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

3 EPPNT I Property type (1 or 2) 

4 PTYP1 CHAR4 First word of the property type 

5 PTYP2 CHAR4 Second word of the property type 

6 PID I Property identification number 

7 FID I Property field position 

8 PMIN RS Minimum property value 

9 PMAX RS Maximum property value 



1 NPROP I Number of designed properties (No. of 

records in table 

2 NENT1 I Number of designed properties from 

DVPREL1 Bulk Data entries 

3 NENT2 I Number of DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries 


129

130 

DVPTAB 

Designed property table 

Note: 

1. There are as many records as there are designed properties. (NPROP = 

NENT1 + NENT2)

DYNAMIC 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics 

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics 




Record 1 – ACSRCE(5307,53,379) 

Power vs. frequency for a simple acoustic source 


1 SID I Load set identification number 

2 DAREA I DAREA Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

3 DPHASE I DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

4 DELAY I DELAY Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

5 TC I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification 

number for C(f) 

6 RHO RS Density of the fluid 

7 B RS Bulk modulus of the fluid 

Record 2 – DAREA(27,17,182) 

Scale factor for dynamic loads 



2 P I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number 

3 C I Component number 

4 A RS Scale factor 

131

132 

DYNAMIC 


Record 3 – DELAY(37,18,183) 

Time delay parameter for dynamic loads 




number 


4 T RS Time delay 

Record 4 – DLOAD(57,5,123) 

Linear combination of dynamic loads 



2 S RS Overall scale factor 

3 SI RS Scale factor i 

4 LI I Load set identification number i 


Record 5 – DPHASE(77,19,184) 

Phase lead parameter in dynamic loading 




number 


4 TH RS Phase lead

Record 7 – EIGB(107,1,86) 

DYNAMIC 




2 METHOD(2) CHAR4 Method of eigenvalue extraction 

4 L1 RS Lower bound of eigenvalue range of 

interest 

5 L2 RS Upper bound of eigenvalue range of 

interest 

6 NEP I Estimate of number of roots in positive 

range 

7 NDP I Desired number of positive roots 

8 NDN I Desired number of negative roots 

9 UNDEF none 

10 NORM(2) CHAR4 Method for normalizing eigenvectors 

12 G I Grid or scalar point identification 

number 



Record 8 – EIGC(207,2,87) 






number 


8 E RS Convergence criterion 

9 ND1 I Number of desired eigenvectors 

10 CONTFLG I Continuation flag 

133

134 

DYNAMIC 



CONTFLG =0 With continuation 

11 AAJ RS Location of A on real axis 

12 WAJ RS Location of A on imaginary axis 

13 ABJ RS Location of B on real axis 

14 WBJ RS Location of B on imaginary axis 

15 LJ RS Width of search region 

16 NEJ I Number of estimated roots 

17 NDJ I Number of desired eigenvectors 

Words 11 through 17 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occ 

CONTFLG =–1 Without continuation 

End CONTFLG 

Record 9 – EIGP(257,4,158) 



2 ALPHA RS Location of pole on real axis 

3 OMEGA RS Location of pole on imaginary axis 

4 M I Multiplicity of complex root at pole 

Record 10 – EIGR(307,3,85) 




4 F1 RS Lower bound of frequency range of 

interest 

5 F2 RS Upper bound of frequency range of 

interest 

6 NE I Number of estimated roots 

7 ND I Number of desired roots

DYNAMIC 






number 



Record 11 – EIGRL(308,8,348) 


1 SID I Set identification number 

2 V1 RS Lower bound of frequency range of 

interest 

3 V2 RS Upper bound of frequency range of 

interest 

4 ND I Number of desired eigenvectors 

5 MSGLVL I Diagnostic level 

6 MAXSET I Number of vectors in block or set 

7 SHFSCL RS Estimate of first flexible mode 

8 FLAG1 I V1 specification flag – set to 1 if V1 is 

specified 

9 FLAG2 I V2 specification flag – set to 1 if V2 is 

specified 


12 ALPH RS Constant for quadratic frequency segment 

distribution 

13 NUMS I Number of frequency segments 

14 FI RS Frequency at the upper boundary of the 

i-th segment 

Word 14 repeats NUMS times 

135

136 

DYNAMIC 


Record 12 – EPOINT(707,7,124) 


1 ID I Extra point identification number 

Record 13 – FREQ(1307,13,126) 



2 F RS Frequency 


Record 14 – FREQ1(1007,10,125) 



2 F1 RS First frequency 

3 DF RS Frequency increment 

4 NDF I Number of frequency increments 

Record 15 – FREQ2(1107,11,166) 



2 F1 RS First frequency 

3 F2 RS Last frequency 

4 NF I Number of logarithmic intervals 

Record 16 – FREQ3(1407,14,39) 



2 F1 RS Lower bound of modal frequency range 

3 F2 RS Upper bound of modal frequency range 

4 TYPE CHAR4 Type of interpolation: LINE or LOG

DYNAMIC 



5 NEF I Number of frequencies 

6 BIAS RS Clustering bias parameter 

Record 17 – FREQ4(1507,15,40) 





4 FSPD RS Frequency spread 

5 NFM I Number of evenly spaced frequencies per 

spread 

Record 18 – FREQ5(1607,16,41) 





4 FRI RS Fractions of natural frequencies 


Record 19 – NOLIN1(3107,31,127) 



2 GI I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number of I 

3 CI I Component number for GI. 

4 S RS Scale factor 

5 GJ I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number of J 

137

138 

DYNAMIC 



6 CJ I Component number for GJ 

7 T I Identification number of a TABLEDi Bulk 

Data entry. 

8 UNDEF none 

Record 20 – NOLIN2(3207,32,128) 




number of I 




number of J 


7 GK I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number of K 

8 CK I Component number for GK 

Record 21 – NOLIN3(3307,33,129) 




number of I 




number of J 

6 CJ I Component number for GJ

DYNAMIC 



7 A RS Exponent of the forcing function 

8 UNDEF none 

Record 22 – NOLIN4(3407,34,130) 




number of I 




number of J 


7 A RS Exponent of the forcing function 

8 UNDEF none 

Record 23 – RANDPS(2107,21,195) 



2 J I Subcase identification number of the excited 

set 

3 K I Subcase identification number of the applied 

load set 

4 X RS X component 

5 Y RS Y component 

6 TID I Identification number of a TABRNDi entry 

that defines G(F) 

139

140 

DYNAMIC 


Record 24 – RANDT1(2207,22,196) 



2 N I Number of time lag intervals 

3 TO RS Starting time lag 

4 TMAX RS Maximum time lag 

Record 25 – RLOAD1(5107,51,131) 




number 

3 DPHASE RS DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

4 DELAY RS DELAY Bulk Data entry identification 

number 

5 TC I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification 

number for C(f) 

6 TD I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification 

number for D(f) 

7 TYPE I Nature of the dynamic excitation 

Record 26 – RLOAD2(5207,52,132) 




number 

3 DPHASE I DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification 

number 


number

DYNAMIC 



5 TB I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification 

number for B(f) 

6 TP I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification 

number for Phi(f) 


Record 27 – SEQEP(5707,57,135) 


1 ID I Extra point identification number 

2 SEQID I Sequenced identification number 

Record 28 – TF(6207,62,136) 



2 GD I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number 

3 CD I Component number for point GD 

4 B0 RS Transfer function coefficient 




number 

8 CI I Component number for point GI 

9 A0I RS Transfer function coefficient 



Words 7 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1,–1,-1,-1) occurs 

141

142 

DYNAMIC 


Record 29 – TIC(6607,66,137) 



2 G I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number 

3 C I Component number for point GD 

4 U0 RS Initial displacement 

5 V0 RS Initial velocity 

Record 30 – TLOAD1(7107,71,138) 




number 


number 


5 TID I Identification number of TABLEDi entry 

that gives F(t) 

Record 31 – TLOAD2(7207,72,139) 




number 


number 


5 T1 RS Time constant 1 

6 T2 RS Time constant 2 

7 F RS Frequency

DYNAMIC 



8 P RS Phase angle 

9 C RS Exponential coefficient 

10 B RS Growth coefficient 

Record 32 – TSTEP(8307,83,142) 



2 N I Number of time steps of value DTi 

3 DT RS Time increment 

4 NO I Skip factor for output 

Words 2 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs 



1 BIT(6) I Record presence trailer words 

143

144 

EGPSF 

Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors 

EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors 

Contains surface and volume data and element stress factors for each grid point in that 

surface or volume. 






1 SRFTYP(C) I Entity Type: 2=surface and 3=volume. 

See Note 1. 



SRFTYP =2 Surface definition 

1 SURFID I Surface identification number 

2 NKEYS(C) I Number of keywords in surface data 



5 FIBRE I Fibre code for surfaces 

6 OCID I Output coordinated system identification 

number 

7 AXIS I Axis code 

8 NORMAL I Normal code 

9 METH I Method of calculation 

10 TOL RS Tolerance 

11 MSG I Branch message flag 

12 BREAK I Break flag 

13 ECID I Element coordinate system usage flag

EGPSF 




21 UWMREF I Reference message flag 

22 GPELREC I Record number of GPEL 

23 NELS(C) I Number of elements in surface 

24 EID I Element identification numbers in surface 

Word 24 repeats NELS times 

25 NG(C) I Number of grid points in surface 

26 GRID I Grid point identification number 

(internal) 

27 REFID I Reference element identification number 

28 NE(C) I No. of elements contributing to stress at 

this grid 

29 ELTYPE I Element type 

30 ELID I Element identification number 

31 THETA RS Angle stress point flag 

32 FLAG I Angle stress point flag 

33 FACTOR RS Stress Factor 

Words 29 through 33 repeat NE times 

Words 26 through 33 repeat NG times 

SRFTYP =3 Volume definition 

1 VOLID I volume identification number 

2 NKEYS(C) I Number of keywords in volume data 

3 VOLIDN I Negative of volume identification 

number 


5 STRESS I Stress code 


13 ECID I Element coordinate system usage flag 


145

146 

EGPSF 



22 GPELREC I Record number of GPEL 

23 NELS(C) I Number of elements in volume 

24 EID I Element identification numbers in 

volume 

Word 24 repeats NELS times 

25 NG(C) I Number of grid points in volume 


(internal) 

27 REFID I Reference element identification number 

28 NE(C) I No. of elements contributing to stress at 

this grid 



31 TOE(9) RS Element stress output 3x3 trans. matrix 

40 FLAG I 10*connectivity+identity flag. See Note 2. 

41 FACTOR RS Factor to apply to stress 

Words 29 through 41 repeat NE times 

Words 26 through 41 repeat NG times 

SRFTYP =–1 End of Data 

End SRFTYP 



1 NSV I Number of surfaces and volumes 


Notes: 

1. Records IDENT and DATA are repeated for each surface and volume. 

2. In FLAG for volumes, connectivity refers to grid point position on 

connection entry and identity flag will be 1 if TOE is an identity matrix.

3. Possible values for items in RECORD=DATA are: 

FIBRE Fibre code for surfaces 

EGPSF 


0 All (Z1,Z2,MID) (default) 

1 Z1 only 

2 Z2 only 

3 Z1 and Z2 

4 MID only 

5 Z1 and MID 

6 Z2 and MID 

7 All 

STRESS Stress code for volumes 

2 Principal 

1 Direct 

0 Both 

OCID Output coordinate system ID 

0 Basic system (default) 

>0 User defined coordinate system 

AXIS Axis code (surfaces only) 

0 X axis (default) 

1 Y axis 

2 Z axis 

NORMAL Normal code (surfaces only) 

0 Radius 

1 X axis 

2 Y axis 

3 Z axis 

-1 -X axis 

-2 -Y axis 

147

148 

EGPSF 


-3 -Z axis 

10 Radius vector normal 

METH Method of calculation (surfaces only) 

0 Topological (default) 

1 Geometric 

MSG Branch message flag (surfaces only) 

0 No message (default) 

1 Issue messages 

BREAK Break flag (surfaces only) 

0 No break 

1 Break 

ECID Element coordinate system usage flag 

0 Not used 

-1 Used 

4. GPELREC is nonzero if warning messages concerning the reference normal 

or reference axis have been issued.

EGPSTR Element grid point stress table 

Provides grid point stress data for postprocessing. 





EGPSTR 

Element grid point stress table 

See “EGPSF” on page 144 for a description of surface and volume definition data. 


1 SUBVEC I Subcase or vector identification number 

2 TSEIG RS Eigenvalue or time step value 

3 TYPE(C) I Surface/volume type 

4 SVID I Surface/volume identification number 

5 NE(C) I Number of elements 

6 EID I Element identification numbers 

Word 6 repeats NE times 

7 NS(C) I Number of words of in surface or volume 

data 

8 DATA I Surface/volume definition data (See note 

above) 

Word 8 repeats NS times 

9 NG(C) I Number of grid points 



TYPE =2 Surface stresses 

12 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre name 

13 SX RS Normal x 

14 SY RS Normal y 

15 TXY RS Shear xy 

149

150 

EGPSTR 



16 A RS Shear angle 

17 SMAJ RS Major principal 

18 SMIN RS Minor principal 

19 TMAX RS Maximum shear 

20 HVM RS Hencky/Von Mises 

Words 12 through 20 repeat NF times 

TYPE =3 Volume stresses 



14 SZ RS Normal z 


16 TYZ RS Shear yz 

17 TZX RS Shear zx 

18 MP RS Mean pressure 

19 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises 

20 SA RS Principal stresses in a-direction 

21 SB RS Principal stresses in b-direction 

22 SC RS Principal stresses in c-direction 

23 LXA RS x-a direction cosine 

24 LXB RS x-b direction cosine 

25 LXC RS x-c direction cosine 

26 LYA RS y-a direction cosine 

27 LYB RS y-b direction cosine 

28 LYC RS y-c direction cosine 

29 LZA RS z-a direction cosine 

30 LZB RS z-b direction cosine 

31 LZC RS z-c direction cosine


End TYPE 

Words 10 through max repeat NG times 




EGPSTR 


Notes: 

1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses 

are being processed. 

If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1 

If strain/curvature and FIBRE 4 then NF=2 

If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1. 

If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3. 

2. SUBVEC and TSEIG may have the following values: 

Linear statics subcase ID 0.0 

Cyclic statics vector ID 0.0 

Nonlinear statics subcase ID load factor 

Normal Modes vector ID eigenvalue 

Buckling vector ID critical load 

Transient vector ID time 

3. The element identification number is 0 unless more than one grid stress was 

output for a given grid point. In that case the element identification number 

defines the connected element for the given grid point stress. 

151

152 

ELDCT 

Element stress discontinuity table 

ELDCT Element stress discontinuity table 

Similar in format to “EGPSTR” on page 149. 





See “EGPSF” on page 144 for a description of surface and volume definition data 


1 SUBVEC I Subcase or vector identification number 

2 TSEIG RS Eigenvalue or time step value 

3 TYPE(C) I Surface/volume type 

4 SVID I Surface/volume identification number 

5 NS(C) I Number of words of in surface or 

volume data 

6 DATA I Surface/volume definition data (See 

note above) 

Word 6 repeats NS times 

7 NE(C) I Number of elements 


9 TYPE I Element type 

TYPE =2 Surface stress discontinuities 

10 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre name 




14 A RS Shear angle 

15 SMAJ RS Major principal 

16 SMIN RS Minor principal

ELDCT 




18 HVM RS Hencky/Von Mises 

19 ERR RS Error estimate 

Words 10 through 19 repeat NF times 

TYPE =3 Volume stresse discontinuities 



12 SZ RS Normal z 






18 SA RS Principal stresses in a-direction 

19 SB RS Principal stresses in b-direction 

20 SC RS Principal stresses in c-direction 

21 ERRN RS Error estimate for normal stress 

22 ERRP RS Error estimate for principal stress 

End TYPE 

Words 8 through max repeat NE times 




153

154 

ELDCT 


Notes: 

1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses 

are being processed. 

If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1 

If strain/curvature and FIBRE 4 then NF=2 

If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1. 

If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3.

EPT Element property table 




EPT 

Element property table 

Record 1 – PAABSF(1502,15,36) – Acoustic absorber element with frequency 

dependence 

Defines the properties of a frequency-dependent acoustic absorber 



2 TZREID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

resistance 

3 TZMID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

reactance 

4 S RS Impedance scale factor 

5 A RS Area factor when only 1 or 2 grid points are 

specified 

6 B RS Equivalent structural damping 

7 K RS Equivalent stiffness 

8 RHOC RS Constant used for absorption coefficient 

Record 2 – PACABS(8300,83,382) – Acoustic absorber element 

Defines the properties of the acoustic absorber element 



2 SYNTH I Request the calculation of B, K, and M 

3 TID1 I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

resistance 


reactance 

155

156 

EPT 




weighting function 

6 TESTAR RS Area of the test specimen 

7 CUTFR RS Cutoff frequency for tables referenced 

above 

8 B RS Equivalent structural damping values 

9 K RS Equivalent structural stiffness 

10 M RS Equivalent mass 

Record 3 – PACBAR(8500,85,384) – Acoustic barrier element 



2 MBACK RS Mass per unit area of the backing material 

3 MSEPTM RS Mass per unit area of the septum material 

4 FRESON RS Resonant frequency of the sandwich 

construction 

5 KRESON RS Resonant stiffness of the sandwich 

construction 

Record 4 – PBAR(52,20,181) – Simple beam element 



2 MID I Material identification number 

3 A RS Area 

4 I1 RS Area moment of inertia in plane 1 


6 J RS Torsional constant 

7 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit length 

8 FE RS


Record 5 – PBARL(9102,91,52) 

EPT 


9 C1 RS Stress recovery location at point C in element 

y-axis 

10 C2 RS Stress recovery location at point C in element 

z-axis 

11 D1 RS Stress recovery location at point D in element 

y-axis 

12 D2 RS Stress recovery location at point D in element 

z-axis 

13 E1 RS Stress recovery location at point E in element 

y-axis 

14 E2 RS Stress recovery location at point E in element 

z-axis 

15 F1 RS Stress recovery location at point F in element 

y-axis 

16 F2 RS Stress recovery location at point F in element 

z-axis 

17 K1 RS Area factor for shear in plane 1 


19 I12 RS Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2 




3 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Cross-section group name 

5 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Cross section type 

7 VALUE RS Cross-section dimensions and NSM 


157

158 

EPT 


Record 6 – PBCOMP(5403,55,349) 




3 A RS Area 








11 M1 RS Location center of gravity of 

nonstructural mass along y-axis 

12 M2 RS Location center of gravity of 

nonstructural mass along y-axis 

13 N1 RS Location neutral axis along element’s 

y-axis 

14 N2 RS Location neutral axis along element’s 

y-axis 

15 NSECT(C) I Number of lumped areas 

NSECT =0 

16 Y RS Lumped area location along element’s 

y-axis 

17 Z RS Lumped area location along element’s 

z-axis 


Words 16 through 20 repeat 4 times 

NSECT =1 


y-axis


EPT 



z-axis 

18 C RS Fraction of the total area for the lumped 

area 


20 UNDEF none 

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times 

NSECT =2 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =3 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =4 


y-axis 

159

160 

EPT 




z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =5 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =6 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =7 


y-axis


EPT 



z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =8 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =9 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =10 


y-axis 

161

162 

EPT 




z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =11 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =12 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =13 


y-axis


EPT 



z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =14 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =15 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =16 


y-axis 

163

164 

EPT 




z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =17 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =18 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =19 


y-axis


Record 7 – PBEAM(5402,54,262) 

EPT 



z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


NSECT =20 


y-axis 


z-axis 


area 


20 UNDEF none 


End NSECT 




3 NSEGS I Number of segments (or intermediate 

stations??) 

4 CCF I Constant cross-section flag: 1=yes and 0=no 

5 X RS 

6 SO RS Stress output request 

7 XXB RS Distance ratio from end A 

8 A RS Area 

165

166 

EPT 








14 C1 RS Stress recovery location at point C in 

element y-axis 


element z-axis 

16 D1 RS Stress recovery location at point D in 




18 E1 RS Stress recovery location at point E in 




20 F1 RS Stress recovery location at point F in 







24 S1 RS Shear relief coefficient due to taper for 

plane 1 

25 S2 RS Shear relief coefficient due to taper for 

plane 1 

26 NSIA RS Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per 

unit length at end A


Record 8 – PBEAML(9202,92,53) 

EPT 


27 NSIB RS Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per 

unit length at end B 

28 CWA RS Warping coefficient for end A 

29 CWB RS Warping coefficient for end B 

30 M1A RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at 

end A along y-axis 

31 M2A RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at 

end A along z-axis 

32 M1B RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at 

end B along y-axis 

33 M2B RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at 

end B along z-axis 

34 N1A RS Location of neutral axis at end A along 

element’s y-axis 

35 N2A RS Location of neutral axis at end A along 

element’s z-axis 

36 N1B RS Location of neutral axis at end B along 

element’s y-axis 

37 N2B RS Location of neutral axis at end B along 

element’s z-axis 




3 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Cross-section group name 

5 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Cross section type 

7 VALUE RS Cross section values for XXB, SO, NSM, 

and dimensions 

Word 7 repeats until (–1) occurs 

167

168 

EPT 


Record 9 – PBEND(2502,25,248) 




3 A RS Area 




7 FSI I flexibility and stress intensification factors 

8 RM RS Mean cross-sectional radius of the curved 

pipe 

9 T RS Wall thickness of the curved pipe 

10 P RS Internal pressure 

11 RB RS Bend radius of the line of centroids 

12 THETAB RS Arc angle of element 
















element z-axis




Record 10 – PBUSH(1402,14,37) 

EPT 



24 RC RS Radial offset of the geometric centroid 

25 ZC RS Offset of the geometric centroid 

26 DELTAN RS Radial offset of the neutral axis from the 

geometric centroid 

27 SACL RS Miter spacing at center line. 

28 ALPHA RS One-half angle between the adjacent miter 

axis (Degrees). 

29 FLANGE I For FSI=5, defines the number of flanges 

attached. 

30 KX RS For FSI=6, the user defined flexibility factor 

for the torsional moment. 

31 KY RS For FSI=6, the user defined flexibility factor 

for the out-of-plane bending moment. 

32 KZ RS For FSI=6, the user defined flexbility factor 

for the in-plane bending moment. 

33 Not used 

34 SY RS For FSI=6, the user defined stress 

intensification factor for the out-of-plane 

bending. 

35 SZ RS For FSI=6, the user defined stress 

intensification factor for the in-plane 

bending. 



2 K(6) RS Nominal stiffness values 

8 B(6) RS Nominal damping coefficient 

169

170 

EPT 



14 GE1 RS Nominal structural damping constant 

15 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient in the 

translational component 

16 ST RS Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational 

component 

17 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient in the 

translational component 

18 ET RS Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational 

component 

Record 11 – PBUSH1D(3101,31,219) 



2 K RS Stiffness 

3 C RS Viscous Damping 

4 M RS Mass 

5 ALPHA RS Temperature coefficient 

6 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient 

7 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient 

8 TYPEA I Shock data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 

2=Equation 

9 CVT RS Coefficient of translation velocity tension 

10 CVC RS Coefficient of translation velocity 

compression 

11 EXPVT RS Exponent of velocity tension 

12 EXPVC RS Exponent of velocity compression 

13 IDTSU I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification 

number for scale factor vs displacement 

14 IDTCU I DEQATN entry identification number for 

scale factor vs displacement


EPT 


15 IDTSUD I DEQATN entry identification number for 

derivative tension 

16 IDCSUD I DEQATN entry identification number for 

derivative compression 

17 TYPES I Spring data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 

2=Equation 

18 IDTS I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification 

number for tension compression 

19 IDCS I DEQATN entry identification number for 

compression 

20 IDTDU I DEQATN entry identification number for 

scale factor vs displacement 

21 IDCDU I DEQATN entry identification number for 

force vs displacement 

22 TYPED I Damper data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 

2=Equation 

23 IDTD I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification 


24 IDTD I DEQATN entry identification number for 

compression 

25 IDTDV I DEQATN entry identification number for 

scale factor versus velocity 

26 IDCDV I DEQATN entry identification number for 

force versus velocity 

27 TYPEG I General data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 

2=Equation 

28 IDTG I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification 


29 IDCG I DEQATN entry identification number for 

compression 

30 IDTDU I DEQATN entry identification number for 

scale factor versus displacement 

171

172 

EPT 



31 IDCDU I DEQATN entry identification number for 

force versus displacement 

32 IDTDV I DEQATN entry identification number for 

scale factor versus velocity 

33 IDCDV I DEQATN entry identification number for 

force vs velocity 

34 TYPEF I Fuse data type: 0=Null, 1=Table 

35 IDTF I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

tension 

36 IDCF I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

compression 

37 UT RS Ultimate tension 

38 UC RS Ultimate compression 

Record 12 – PBUSHT(702,7,38) 



2 TKID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for 

stiffness 

8 TBID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for 

viscous damping 

14 TGEID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

structural damping 

15 TKNID(6) I TABLEDi entry IDs for force versus 

deflection 

Record 13 – PCOMP(2706,27,287) 



2 N(C) I Number of plies


Record 14 – PCONEAX(152,19,147) 

EPT 


3 Z0 RS Distance from the reference plane to the 

bottom surface 

4 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit area 

5 SB RS Allowable shear stress of the bonding 

material 

6 FT I Failure theory 

7 TREF RS Reference temperature 

8 GE RS Damping coefficient 


10 T RS Thicknesses of the ply 

11 THETA RS Orientation angle of the longitudinal 

direction of the ply 

12 SOUT I Stress or strain output request of the ply 

Words 9 through 12 repeat N times 



2 MID1 I Material identification number for 

membrane 

3 T1 RS Membrane thickness 

4 MID2 I Material identification number for bending 

5 I RS Moment of inertia per unit width 


transverse shear 

7 T2 RS Transverse shear thickness 


9 Z1 RS Fiber distance 1 from the middle surface for 

stress recovery 

173

174 

EPT 



10 Z2 RS Fiber distance 2 from the middle surface for 

stress recovery 

11 PHI RS Azimuthal angle for stress recovery 

Word 11 repeats 14 times 

Record 15 – PCONV(11001,110,411) 




3 FORM I Type of formula used for free convection 

4 EXPF RS Free convection exponent 

Record 16 – PCONVM(2902,29,420) 




3 FORM I Type of formula used for free convection 

4 FLAG I Flag for mass flow convection 

5 COEF RS Constant coefficient used for forced 

convection 

6 EXPR RS Reynolds number convection exponent 

7 EXPPI RS Prandtl number convection exponent into 

the working fluid 

8 EXPPO RS Prandtl number convection exponent out of 

the working fluid 

Record 17 – PDAMP(202,2,45) 



2 B RS Force per unit velocity

Record 18 – PDAMPT(1202,12,33) 



Record 19 – PDAMP5(8702,87,412) 

Record 20 – PDUM1(6102,61,116) 

Record 21 – PDUM2(6202,62,117) 

Record 22 – PDUM3(6302,63,118) 

EPT 


2 TBID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

viscous damping 




3 B RS Damping multiplier 


1 UNDEF none 



1 UNDEF none 



1 UNDEF none 


175

176 

EPT 


Record 23 – PDUM4(6402,64,159) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 24 – PDUM5(6502,65,160) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 25 – PDUM6(6602,66,161) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 26 – PDUM7(6702,67,163) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 27 – PDUM8(6802,68,164) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 28 – PDUM9(6902,69,165) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 29 – PELAS(302,3,46) 



2 K RS Elastic property value 


4 S RS Stress coefficient 

Record 30 – PELAST(1302,13,34) 



Record 31 – PGAP(2102,21,121) 

EPT 


2 TKID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

stiffness 

3 TGEID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

structural damping 

4 TKNID I TABLEDi entry identification number for 

force vs. deflection 



2 UO RS Initial gap opening 

3 FO RS Preload 

4 KA RS Axial stiffness for the closed gap 

5 KB RS Axial stiffness for the open gap 

6 KT RS Transverse stiffness when the gap is closed 

7 MU1 RS Coefficient of static friction 

8 MU2 RS Coefficient of kinetic friction 

9 TMAX RS Maximum allowable penetration 

177

178 

EPT 



10 MAR RS Maximum allowable adjustment ratio 

11 TRMIN RS Fraction of TMAX for the lower bound of 

penetration 

Record 32 – PHBDY(2802,28,236) 



2 AF RS Area factor of the surface 

3 D1 RS Diameter 1 associated with the surface 

4 D2 RS Diameter 1 associated with the surface 

Record 33 – PINTC(12001,120,480) 



2 TOL RS Tolerance between interface elements and 

subdomain boundaries 

3 DSCALE RS Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier 

functions 


Record 34 – PINTS(12101,121,484) 



2 TOL RS Tolerance between interface elements and 

subdomain boundaries 

3 DSCALE RS Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier 

functions 

4 UNDEF(5 ) none

Record 35 – PLPLANE(4606,46,375) 




Record 36 – PLSOLID(4706,47,376) 

Record 37 – PMASS(402,4,44) 

Record 38 – PROD(902,9,29) 

EPT 



4 STR CHAR4 Location of stress and strain output 





3 STR CHAR4 Location of stress and strain output 




2 M RS Mass 




3 A RS Area 


5 C RS Coefficient to determine torsional stress 


179

180 

EPT 


Record 39 – PSHEAR(1002,10,42) 




3 T RS Thickness o 

4 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit area. 

5 F1 RS Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 

1-2 and 3-4 

6 F2 RS Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 

2-3 and 1-4 

Record 40 – PSHELL(2302,23,283) 



2 MID1 I Material identification number for the 

membrane 

3 T RS Default membrane thickness for Ti on the 

connection entry 

4 MID2 I Material identification number for bending 

5 BK RS Bending moment of inertia ratio 


transverse shear 

7 TS RS Transverse shear thickness ratio 


9 Z1 RS Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation 

10 Z2 RS Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation 


membrane-bending coupling

Record 41 – PSOLID(2402,24,281) 




Record 42 – PSOLIDL(7602,76,370) 

Record 43 – PTRIA6(6202,62,117) 

EPT 


3 CORDM I Material coordinate system identification 

number 

4 IN I Integration network 

5 STRESS I Location selection for stress output 

6 ISOP I Integration scheme 

7 FCTN CHAR4 Fluid element flag 



2 FT I 

3 TREF RS 

4 GE RS 

5 NSM RS 

6 NLAY I 


8 T1 RS 

9 THETA RS 

10 SOUT I 





3 REAL(4) RS 

181

182 

EPT 


Record 44 – PTUBE(1602,16,30) 

This record is slightly unstructured: OD2 is only written out if heat transfer 




3 OD RS Outside diameter of tube 

4 T RS Thickness of tube 


6 OD2 RS Heat transfer only: Outside diameter of 

tube 

Record 45 – PSET(10301,103,399) 


1 ID I p-value set identification number 

2 POLY1 I Polynomial order in 1 direction of the CID 

system 


system 


system 


6 TYPE CHAR4 Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID" 

7 TYPEID I SET identification number or element 

identification number with this p-value 

specification. 

Words 1 through 7 repeat until End of Record

Record 46 – PVAL(10201,102,400) 


1 ID I p-value set identification number 

Record 47 – PVISC(1802,18,31) 

Record 48 – PWELD(11801,118,560) 

EPT 



system 


system 


system 


6 TYPE CHAR4 Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID" 

7 TYPEID I SET identification number or element 

identification number with this p-value 

specification. 




2 CE RS Viscous damping for extension 

3 CR RS Viscous damping for rotation 



2 MID I Material property identification 

number 

3 D RS Diameter of the spot weld 

4 CONNBEH I Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 

10=RF/R, 11=RR) 

183

184 

EPT 



5 CONNTYPE I Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 

2=bolt) 

6 EXTCON I External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on) 

7 CONDTYPE I Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent) 

8 WELDTYPE I Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 

2=T-seam) 

9 MINLEN RS Minimum length of spot weld 

10 MAXLEN RS Maximum length of spot weld 

11 GMCHK I Perform geometry check 

12 SPCGS I SPC the master grid GS 

13 CMASS RS Concentrated mass 

14 UNDEF(1) NONE 

Record 49 – VIEW(2606,26,289) 


1 IVIEW I View identification number 

2 ICAVITY I Cavity identification number 

3 SHADE I Shadowing flag for the face of CHBDYi 

element 

4 NB I Subelement mesh size in the beta direction 

5 NG I Subelement mesh size in the gamma 

direction 

6 DISLIN RS Displacement of a surface perpendicular 

to the surface 

Record 50 – VIEW3D(3002,30,415) 


1 ICAVITY I Radiant cavity identification number 

2 GITB I Gaussian integration order for third-body 

shadowing



EPT 


3 GIPS I Gaussian integration order for selfshadowing 

4 CIER I Discretization level 

5 ETOL RS Error estimate 

6 ZTOL RS Zero tolerance 

7 WTOL RS Warpage tolerance 

8 RADCHK I Radiation exchange diagnostic output 

level 



185

186 

EQEXIN 

Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers 

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers 




Record 1 – EXT2INT 

Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and internal 

numbers in external sort. 


1 GRIDID I External grid or scalar identification 

number 


Record 2 – EXT2SIL 

Contains pairs of external grid and scalar numbers and coded SIL numbers in external 

sort. 



number 

2 TENXSIL I 10*SIL number + code (see note) 



1 NGS I Total number of grid scalar points 

2 UNDEF(5 ) none

EQEXIN 

Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers 

Note: 

1. In TENXSIL, SIL number (scalar index value) is the degree-of-freedom 

counter and in this context represents the first degree-of-freedom of the grid 

or scalar point. Code represents the type of point: 

1 for grid point 

2 for scalar point 

3 for extra point 

For example, if there are three grid points in the model, then the three SIL 

numbers are 1, 7, and 13 and the TENXSIL numbers are 11, 71, and 131. 

187

188 

ERROR 

Table of p-element error tolerances 

ERROR Table of p-element error tolerances 




Record 1 – ERROR 



2 ERRMAX RS Accumulated Maximum error for all 

subcases 

3 P(3) I Polynomial order in x,y,z directions 

6 ERRCAS RS Calculated error for current subcase 

7 WHYCAS I Why an element is excluded from error 

analysis 

8 WHYALL I Accumulation over all subcases of 

previous item 




1 NWERRN I Used by OFPVUI subroutine 

2 ERRPRN I Accumulates error print requests 

3 PVALDV I Accumulates PVAL card print/punch 

requests. 

4 ILOOP I To check with current ILOOP for new 

adaptivity loop 

5 PVALID I To be used as old PVAL identification 

number. Updated only when SEID=0 

6 UNDEF none

ERROR 

Table of p-element error tolerances 

Note: 

1. WHYCAS is composed of bits for internal use only. Bits include values for 

ERRTOL,SIGTOL,EPSTOL,ERRGRD,ERRELM 

189

190 

FOL 

Frequency response frequency output list 

FOL Frequency response frequency output list 








1 WORD1 I Number of frequencies 

2 WORD2 I Frequency set record number 

3 WORD3 I Number of loads 

4 UNDEF(3 ) none

GEOM1 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry 

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry 




Record 1 – CORD1C(1701,17,6) 



number 

2 TWO I Constant 2 

3 ONE I Constant 1 

4 G1 I Grid point 1 identification number 



Record 2 – CORD1R(1801,18,5) 



number 

2 ONE1 I Constant 1 





191

192 

GEOM1 


Record 3 – CORD1S(1901,19,7) 



number 

2 THREE I Constant 3 





Record 4 – CORD2C(2001,20,9) 



2 TWO1 I Constant 2 


4 RID I Reference coordinate system 


5 A1 RX Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID 



8 B1 RX Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID 



11 C1 RX Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID 


13 C3 RX Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

Record 5 – CORD2R(2101,21,8) 

GEOM1 

















Record 6 – CORD2S(2201,22,10) 



2 SIXTY5 I Constant 65 or 3? 

3 EIGHT I Constant 8 or 2? 

4 RID I Reference coordinate system identification 

number 







193

194 

GEOM1 






Record 7 – CSUPER(2301,23,304) 


1 SSID I Coded identification number for secondary 

superelement 

2 PSID I Primary superelement identification 

number 

3 G I Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton 

numbers 


Record 8 – CSUPEXT(5501,55,297) 



2 G I Grid or scalar point IDs in the downstream 

superelement 


Record 9 – EXTRN(1627,16,463) 


1 GID I Grid point identification numbers to connect 

external SE 

2 C I Component numbers 

Words 1 through 2 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs

Record 10 – FEEDGE(6101,61,388) 

GEOM1 



1 EDGEID I Edge identification number 

2 GRID1 I Identification number of end GRID 1 



5 GEOMIN CHAR4 Type of referencing entry: "GMCURV" or 

"POINT" 

6 GEOMID1 I Identification number of a POINT or 

GMCURV entry 


GMCURV entry 

Record 11 – GMCURV(6601,66,392) 


1 CURVID I Curve identification number 

2 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Group of curves/surfaces to which this 

curve belongs 

4 CIDIN I Coordinate system identification number 

for the geometry 

5 CIDBC I Coordinate system identification number 

for the constraints 

6 DATA CHAR4 Geometry evaluator specific data 


Record 12 – FEFACE(6201,62,389) 


1 FACEID I Face identification number 




195

196 

GEOM1 






7 SURFID(2) I Alternate method used to specify the 

geometry 

Record 13 – POINT(6001,60,377) 


1 ID I Point identification number 


number 

3 X1 RX Location of the point in coordinate 1 of 

CID 


CID 


CID 

Record 14 – GMSURF(10101,101,394) 


1 ID I Surface Identification number 


curve belongs 







Record 15 – GMCORD(6401,64,402) 

GEOM1 




2 ENTITY CHAR4 Bulk Data entry used to define the 

coordinate system 

3 ID1 I Entity identification number 1 


Record 16 – GRID(4501,45,1) 


1 ID I Grid point identification number 

2 CP I Location coordinate system identification 

number 

3 X1 RX Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP 



6 CD I Degree-of-freedom coordinate system 


7 PS I Permanent single-point constraints 


Record 17 – SEBNDRY(1527,15,466) 


1 SEIDA I Superelement A identification number 

2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number 

3 G I Boundary grid point identification number 

in SEIDA 


197

198 

GEOM1 


Record 18 – SEBULK(1427,14,465) 



2 TYPE I Superelement type 

3 RSEID I Reference superelement identification 

number 

4 METHOD I Boundary point search method: 

1=automatic or 2=manual 

5 TOL RS Location tolerance 

6 LOC I Coincident location check option: yes=1 or 

no=2 

7 MEDIA I Media format of boundary data of external 

SE 

8 UNIT I FORTRAN unit number of OP2 and OP4 

input of external SE 

Record 19 – SECONCT(427,4,453) 






no=2 


9 GA I Grid point identification number in 

SEIDA 

10 GB I Grid point identification number in SEIDB 


Record 20 – SEELT(7902,79,302) 

GEOM1 






Record 21 – SEEXCLD(527,72,454) 



2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number or -1 

for all 

3 GA I Grid point identification number in SEIDA 


Record 22 – SELABEL(1027,10,459) 



2 LABEL(14) CHAR4 Label associated with superelement 

SEID 

Record 23 – SELOC(827,8,457) 



2 GA1 I Grid point 1 identification number in SEID 



5 GB1 I Grid point 1 identification number in the 

main Bulk Data 

199

200 

GEOM1 







Record 24 – SEMPLN(927,9,458) 



2 MIRRTYPE I Mirror type 

MIRRTYPE=1 Plane 

3 G1 I Grid point 1 identification number in the 






6 UNDEF(2 ) none Not Defined 

MIRRTYPE=2 Normal 

3 G I Grid point identification number in the 



5 N1 RS Normal component in direction 1 of CID 



End MIRRTYPE

Record 25 – SENQSET(1327,13,464) 

GEOM1 




2 NQSET I Number of internally generated scalar 

points 

Record 26 – SEQGP(5301,53,4) 


1 ID I Grid or scalar point identification number 


Record 27 – SEQSEP(5401,54,305) 


1 SSID I Secondary superelement identification 

number 

2 PSID I Primary superelement identification number 


numbers 


Record 28 – SESET(5601,56,296) 



2 G I Grid or scalar point identification number 


Record 29 – SETREE(1227,12,462) 



201

202 

GEOM1 



2 SEUPI I Upstream superelement identification 

number 


Record 30 – SNORM(5678,71,475) 


1 GID I Grid point identification number 





Record 31 – CSUPER1(5701,57,323) 

This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually. 




number 

3 TYPE I ,{ 

4 VIEW I ,{ 

5 DIROPT I ,{ 

6 DIRTOL RS ,{ 

7 GEOMTOL RS ,{ 

8 CARDID I ,{ 

9 MODEL I ,{ 

10 SOLID I ,{ 

11 DBSET I ,{ 

12 COPY I ,{ 

13 DELETE I ,{

Record 32 – CSUPUP(5801,58,324) 



GEOM1 



14 GRIDLIST I ,{ 

15 XX I xx 

XX =0 xx 

16 G I ,{ 

17 C I ,{ 


XX =–1 yy 

End XX 


1 SEUP1 I ,{ 


number 

3 SEDOWN1 I ,{ 

4 SEUP2 I ,{ 


number 




Notes: 

1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will 

be removed eventually. 

2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in 

words 45 thru 54 of the system cell common block 

203

204 

GEOM1 


3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is 

modified accordingly. 

4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the 

GRID record. The starting view grid id is controlled by system cell 180. 

On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY 

2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR

GEOM168 



Pre-Version 69 




Record 1 – CORD1C(1701,17,6) 








Record 2 – CORD1R(1801,18,5) 








Record 3 – CORD1S(1901,19,7) 



2 THREE I Constant 3 

205

206 

GEOM168 







Record 4 – CORD2C(2001,20,9) 



number 





5 A1 RS Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID 



8 B1 RS Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID 



11 C1 RS Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID 



Record 5 – CORD2R(2101,21,8) 



number 


3 TWO I Constant 2

GEOM168 














Record 6 – CORD2S(2201,22,10) 



2 SIXTY5 I Constant 65 or 3? 

3 EIGHT I Constant 8 or 2? 

4 RID I Reference coordinate system identification 

number 










207

208 

GEOM168 


Record 7 – CSUPER(2301,23,304) 


1 SSID I Coded identification number for secondary 

superelement 

2 PSID I Primary superelement identification number 


numbers 


Record 8 – CSUPEXT(5501,55,297) 



2 G I Grid or scalar point IDs in the downstream 

superelement 


Record 9 – EXTRN(1627,16,463) 


1 GID I Grid point identification numbers to connect 

external SE 



Record 10 – FEEDGE(6101,61,388) 






5 GEOMIN CHAR4 Type of referencing entry: "GMCURV" or 

"POINT"

GEOM168 




GMCURV entry 


GMCURV entry 

Record 11 – GMCURV(6601,66,392) 




curve belongs 







Record 12 – FEFACE(6201,62,389) 









7 SURFID(2) I Alternate method used to specify the 

geometry 

209

210 

GEOM168 


Record 13 – POINT(6001,60,377) 


1 ID I Point identification number 


3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CID 



Record 14 – GMSURF(10101,101,394) 


1 ID I Surface Identification number 


curve belongs 







Record 15 – GMCORD(6401,64,402) 



2 ENTITY CHAR4 Bulk Data entry used to define the 

coordinate system 


4 ID2 I Entity identification number 2

Record 16 – GRID(4501,45,1) 

GEOM168 




2 CP I Location coordinate system identification 

number 

3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP 







Record 17 – SEBNDRY(1527,15,466) 




3 G I Boundary grid point identification number 

in SEIDA 


Record 18 – SEBULK(1427,14,465) 



2 TYPE I Superelement type 

3 RSEID I Reference superelement identification 

number 

4 METHOD I Boundary point search method: 

1=automatic or 2=manual 

211

212 

GEOM168 





no=2 

Record 19 – SECONCT(427,4,453) 






no=2 



10 GB I Grid point identification number in SEIDB 


Record 20 – SEELT(7902,79,302) 





Record 21 – SEEXCLD(527,72,454) 



2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number or –1 

for all 



Record 22 – SELABEL(1027,10,459) 

GEOM168 




2 LABEL(14) CHAR4 Label associated with superelement 

SEID 

Record 23 – SELOC(827,8,457) 












Record 24 – SEMPLN(927,9,458) 



2 MIRRTYPE I Mirror type 

MIRRTYPE=1 Plane 







6 UNDEF(2 ) none Not Defined 

213

214 

GEOM168 



MIRRTYPE=2 Normal 

3 G I Grid point identification number in the 






End MIRRTYPE 

Record 25 – SENQSET(1327,13,464) 



2 NQSET I Number of internally generated scalar 

points 

Record 26 – SEQGP(5301,53,4) 




Record 27 – SEQSEP(5401,54,305) 


1 SSID I Secondary superelement identification 

number 


number 


numbers 


Record 28 – SESET(5601,56,296) 

GEOM168 




2 G I Grid or scalar point identification number 


Record 29 – SETREE(1227,12,462) 



2 SEUPI I Upstream superelement identification 

number 


Record 30 – SNORM(5678,71,475) 


1 GID I Grid point identification number 





Record 31 – CSUPER1(5701,57,323) 





number 

3 TYPE I ,{ 

4 VIEW I ,{ 

5 DIROPT I ,{ 

215

216 

GEOM168 



6 DIRTOL RS ,{ 

7 GEOMTOL RS ,{ 

8 CARDID I ,{ 

9 MODEL I ,{ 

10 SOLID I ,{ 

11 DBSET I ,{ 

12 COPY I ,{ 

13 DELETE I ,{ 

14 GRIDLIST I ,{ 

15 XX I xx 

XX =0 xx 

16 G I ,{ 

17 C I ,{ 


XX =-1 yy 

End XX 

Record 32 – CSUPUP(5801,58,324) 



1 SEUP1 I ,{ 


number 


4 SEUP2 I ,{ 


number 

6 SEDOWN2 I ,{


GEOM168 




Notes: 

1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will 

be removed eventually. 

2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in 

words 45 thru 54 of the system cell common block 

3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is 

modified accordingly. 

4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the 

GRID record. The starting view grid id is controlled by system cell 180. 

On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY 

2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR 

217

218 

GEOM2 

Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity 

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity 

GEOM2 also contains information on scalar points. ECT is identical in format to 

GEOM2 except all grid and scalar point external identification numbers are replaced 

by internal numbers. Also, ECT does not contain SPOINT records. 




Record 1 - BEAMAERO(2601,26,0) 


1 EID I Box identification number 

2 COMPID I component number in AECOMP 

3 COMPTYPE(2) CHAR4 Component type: SLBD (slender body) 

5 G(2) I Grid identification numbers in 

AEGRID defining perimeter 

Record 2 - CAABSF(2708,27,59) 








Record 3 - CAXIF2(2108,21,224) 



2 IDF1 I GRIDF point 1 identification number

GEOM2 



3 IDF2 I GRIDF point 2 identification number 

4 RHO RS Fluid density in mass units 

5 B RS Fluid bulk modulus 

6 UNDEF none 

Record 4 - CAXIF3(2208,22,225) 





4 IFD3 I GRIDF point 2 identification number 



7 UNDEF none 

Record 5 - CAXIF4(2308,23,226) 





4 IFD3 I GRIDF point 2 identification number 




8 UNDEF none 

219

220 

GEOM2 


Record 6 - CBAR(2408,24,180) 




3 GA I Grid point End A identification number 

4 GB I Grid point End B identification number 

F =0 Z 

5 X1 RS T1 component of orientation vector 

from GA 


from GA 


from GA 

8 F I Orientation vector flag = 1 

F =1 XYZ option - global cooridnate system 


from GA 


from GA 


from GA 


F =2 Grid option 

5 GO I Grid point ID at end of orientation 

vector 



End F 

9 PA I Pin flags for end A 

10 PB I Pin flags for end B 

11 W1A RS T1 component of offset vector from GA

GEOM2 



12 W2A RS T2 component of offset vector from GA 


14 W1B RS T1 component of offset vector from GB 



Record 7 - CBARAO(4001,40,275) 



2 SCALE I Scale of Xi values 

3 X1 RS 1st intermediate station for data 

recovery 

4 X2 RS 2nd intermediate station for data 

recovery 

5 X3 RS 3rd intermediate station for data 

recovery 

6 X4 RS 4th intermediate station for data 

recovery 


recovery 


recovery 

9 UNDEF none 

Record 8 - CBEAM(5408,54,261) 






221

222 

GEOM2 



5 SA I Scalar or grid point End A identification 

number for warping 

6 SB I Scalar or grid point End B identification 


F =0 Y 

7 X1 RS T1 component of orientation vector from 

GA 


GA 


GA 




GA 


GA 


GA 

10 F I Orientation vector flag =1 



vector 



End F 




14 W2A RS T2 component of offset vector from GA

GEOM2 







Record 9 - CBEAMP(11401,114,9016) 




3 G(4) I Internal indices of grid points 

7 SA I Scalar or grid point End A identification 


8 SB I Scalar or grid point End B identification 


F =0 Z 


from GA 


from GA 


from GA 

12 F I Orientation vector flag 



from GA 


from GA 


from GA 


223

224 

GEOM2 





vector 



End F 

13 BIT RS Built In Twist 










Record 10 - CBEND(4601,46,298) 






F =0 Z 


from GA 


from GA

GEOM2 




from GA 




from GA 


from GA 


from GA 




vector 



End F 


13 GEOM I Element geometry option 

Record 11 - CBUSH(2608,26,60) 






F =-1 Use Element CID below for orientation 


8 F I Orientation vector flag = -1 

225

226 

GEOM2 



F =0 XYZ option - Basic coordinate system - SECONVRT 

module 


GA 


GA 


GA 


F =1 XYZ option 


GA 


GA 


GA 



5 GO I Grid point identification number at end 

of orientation vector 



End F 

9 CID I Element coordinate system 

identification 

10 S RS Location of spring damper 

11 OCID I Coordinate system for spring offset 

12 S1 RS T1 component of spring-damper offset 

in the OCID system

GEOM2 




in the OCID system 


in the OCID system 

Record 12 - CBUSH1D(5608,56,218) 




3 G(2) I Grid point identification numbers 


number 


Record 13 - CCONE(2315,23,0) 




3 RINGA I Ringa + 1000000 * n 

4 RINGB I Ringb + 100000 * n 

Record 14 - CDAMP1(201,2,69) 






5 C1 I Component number at grid point 1 


227

228 

GEOM2 


Record 15 - CDAMP2(301,3,70) 



2 B RS Value of the scalar damper 





Record 16 - CDAMP3(401,4,71) 




3 S1 I Scalar point 1 identification number 


Record 17 - CDAMP4(501,5,72) 



2 B RS Value of the scalar damper 



Record 18 - CDAMP5(10608,106,404) 





4 S2 I Scalar point 2 identification number

Record 19 - CDUM2(6208,62,108) 

GEOM2 



1 UNDEF none 


Record 20 - CDUM3(6308,63,109) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 21 - CDUM4(6408,64,110) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 22 - CDUM5(6508,65,111) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 23 - CDUM6(6608,66,112) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 24 - CDUM7(6708,67,113) 


1 UNDEF none 


229

230 

GEOM2 


Record 25 - CDUM8(6808,68,114) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 26 - CDUM9(6908,69,115) 


1 UNDEF none 


Record 27 - CELAS1(601,6,73) 








Record 28 - CELAS2(701,7,74) 



2 K RS Stiffness of the scalar spring 






8 S RS Stress coefficient

Record 29 - CELAS3(801,8,75) 

GEOM2 







Record 30 - CELAS4(901,9,76) 



2 K RS Stiffness of the scalar spring 



Record 31 - CFLUID2(8515,85,0) 



2 IDF1 I RINGFL point 1 identification number 


4 RHO RS Mass density 

5 B RS Bulk modulus 

6 HARMINDX I Harmonic index 

Record 32 - CFLUID3(8615,86,0) 






231

232 

GEOM2 






Record 33 - CFLUID4(8715,87,0) 










Record 34 - CINT(7701,77,8881) 




3 PTELC I Pointer to element identification 

number 

4 NSEG I Number of segments 

5 PTSGR I Pointer to segment displacements 

6 NBOUND I Number of boundaries 

7 BID I Boundary identification number 

8 NEDGE I Number of edges 

9 PTBND I Pointer to boundary identification 

number 

10 PTBGR I Pointer to boundary grid displacements

GEOM2 



11 PTBED I Pointer to boundary edge displacements 

12 PTBGL I Pointer to boundary grid Lagrange 

Multipliers 

13 PTBEL I Pointer to boundary edge Lagrange 

Multipliers 



Record 35 - CGAP(1908,19,104) 






F =0 Z 


GA 


GA 


GA 




GA 


GA 


GA 


233

234 

GEOM2 





vector 



End F 

9 CID I Element coordinate system 


Record 36 - CHACAB(8100,81,381) 




3 G(20) I Grid point identification numbers of 

connection points 

Record 37 - CHACBR(8200,82,383) 






Record 38 - CHBDYE(8308,83,405) 



2 EID2 I Heat conduction element identification 

number 

3 SIDE I Consistent element side identification 

number

GEOM2 



4 IVIEWF I VIEW entry identification number for 

the front face 

5 IVIEWB I VIEW entry identification number for 

the back face 

6 RADMIDF I RADM entry identification number for 

front face 

7 RADMIDB I RADM entry identification number for 

back face 

Record 39 - CHBDYG(10808,108,406) 



2 UNDEF none 

3 TYPE I Surface type 




the back face 


front face 


back face 

8 UNDEF none 



Record 40 - CHBDYP(10908,109,407) 




3 TYPE I Surface type 

235

236 

GEOM2 






the back face 




vector 


front face 


back face 

11 DISLIN I 

12 CE I Coordinate system for defining 

orientation vector 

13 E1 RS T1 components of the orientation vector 

in the CE system 





Record 41 - CHEXA(7308,73,253) 






Record 42 - CHEXA20F(16300,163,9999) 

Same as record CHEXA description.

Record 43 - CHEXAFD(14000,140,9990) 

Same as record CHEXA description. 

Record 44 - CHEXAL(7708,77,369) 

Record 45 - CHEXP(12001,120,9011) 

Record 46 - CHEXPR(7409,74,9991) 

Same as record CHEXA description. 

Record 47 - CMASS1(1001,10,65) 

GEOM2 







23 THETA RS Material property orientation angle 






11 E1(24) I 

35 F(6) I 

41 B1 I 

42 E2(24) I 






237

238 

GEOM2 





Record 48 - CMASS2(1101,11,66) 



2 M RS Scalar mass value 





Record 49 - CMASS3(1201,12,67) 






Record 50 - CMASS4(1301,13,68) 



2 M RS Scalar mass value 


4 S2 I Scalar point 2 identification number

Record 51 - CMFREE(2508,25,0) 

GEOM2 




2 S I 

3 S2 I 

4 Y RS 

5 N I 

Record 52 - CONM1(1401,14,63) 



2 G I Grid point identification number 


number 

4 M1(1) RS Mass matrix term M11 

5 M2(2) RS Mass matrix terms M21 through M22 





Record 53 - CONM2(1501,15,64) 





number 

4 M RS Mass 

5 X1 RS T1 offset from the grid point to the 

center of gravity 

239

240 

GEOM2 







8 I1(1) RS Mass moments of inertia term I11 


through I22 


through I33 

Record 54 - CONROD(1601,16,47) 






5 A RS Area 


7 C RS Coefficient for torsional stress 


Record 55 - CONV(12701,127,408) 



2 PCONID I Convection property identification 

number 

3 FLMND I Point for film convection fluid property 

temperature 

4 CNTRLND I Control point for free convection 

boundary condition

GEOM2 



5 TA I Ambient points used for convection 


Record 56 - CONVM(8908,89,422) 



2 PCONID I Convection property identification 

number 

3 FLMND I Point for film convection fluid property 

temperature 

4 CNTMDOT I Control point used for controlling mass 

flow. 

5 TA I Ambient points used for convection 


Record 57 - CPENP(12101,121,9012) 






9 E1(18) I 

27 F(5) I 

32 B1 I 

33 E2(14) I 

241

242 

GEOM2 


Record 58 - CPENTA(4108,41,280) 






Record 59 - CPENPR(7509,75,9992) 

Same as record CPENTA description. 

Record 60 - CPENT15F(16500,165,9999) 


Record 61 - CPENT6FD(16000,160,9999) 


Record 62 - CQDX4FD(17000,170,9999) 






Record 63 - CQDX9FD(17100,171,9999) 

Same as record CQDX4FD description. 

Record 64 - CQUAD(9108,91,507) 





connection points

Record 65 - CQUAD4(2958,51,177) 

Record 66 - CQUAD4FD(13900,139,9989) 

Same as record CQUAD description. 

Record 67 - CQUAD8(4701,47,326) 

GEOM2 







7 THETA RS Material property orientation angle or 

coordinate system ID 

8 ZOFFS RS Offset from the surface of grid points 

reference plane 


11 T(4) RS Membrane thickness of element at grid 

points 







points 





243

244 

GEOM2 


Record 68 - CQUAD9FD(16400,164,9999) 






Record 69 - CQUADP(11101,111,9014) 




3 G(17) I Internal indices of connection points 


27 INORM I Flag for normals 







points 

Record 70 - CQUADR(8009,80,367) 

Same as record CQUAD4 description. 

Record 71 - CQUADX(9008,90,508) 

Same as record CQUAD description.

Record 72 - CROD(3001,30,48) 

GEOM2 







Record 73 - CSHEAR(3101,31,61) 






Record 74 - CSLOT3(4408,44,227) 



2 IDS(3) I GRIDS identification numbers 



7 M I Number of slots in circumferential 

direction 


Record 75 - CSLOT4(4508,45,228) 



2 IDS(4) I GRIDS identification numbers 



245

246 

GEOM2 



8 M I Number of slots in circumferential 

direction 


Record 76 - CTETP(12201,122,9013) 






7 E1(12) I 

19 F(4) I 

23 B1 I 

24 E2(4) I 

Record 77 - CTETRA(5508,55,217) 






Record 78 - CTETPR(7609,76,9993) 

Same as record CTETRA description. 

Record 79 - CTETR10F(16600,166,9999) 

Same as record CTETRA description. 

Record 80 - CTETR4FD(16100,161,9999) 

Same as record CTETRA description.

Record 81 - CTRIA3(5959,59,282) 

GEOM2 








coordinate system identification number 





points 

Record 82 - CTRIA3FD(16200,162,9999) 






Record 83 - CTRIA6(4801,48,327) 








247

248 

GEOM2 






points 

Record 84 - CTRIA6FD(16700,167,9999) 

Same as record CTRIA3FD description. 

Record 85 - CTRIAP(11301,113,9015) 




3 G(11) I Internal indices of grid points 




18 UNDEF none 





points 

Record 86 - CTRIAR(9200,92,385) 

Same as record CTRIA3 description. 

Record 87 - CTRIAX(10108,101,512) 



2 PID I Property identification number

GEOM2 





9 UNDEF none 

Record 88 - CTRIAX6(6108,61,107) 






9 THETA RS Material property orientation angle 


Record 89 - CTRIX3FD(16800,168,9978) 







Record 90 - CTRIX6FD(16900,169,9977) 






249

250 

GEOM2 


Record 91 - CTUBE(3701,37,49) 






Record 92 - CVISC(3901,39,50) 






Record 93 - CWELD(11701,117,559) 


1 EID I Element ID for FORM="ALIGN", 

"ELEMID" or "GRIDID" 

2 PID I Property ID 

3 GS I Spot weld master node ID GS 

4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (0 GRIDID, 1 

ALIGN, 2 elemid 

5 GA I ID of GA 

6 GB I ID of GB 

7 TYPE I Types of upper and lower elements for 

FORM="GRIDID" 

8 CID I C 

FORMAT =0 GRIDID 

9 GUPPER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the 

upper shell

GEOM2 



17 GLOWER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the lower 

shell 

FORMAT =1 ALIGN 


FORMAT =2 ELEMID 

9 EIDUP I Element identification number of the 

upper shell 

10 EIDLOW I Element identification number of the 

lower shell 


End FORMAT 

25 UNDEF none 

26 RID1 I R 

27 RID2 I R 

Record 94 - CWELDC(13501,135,564) 




3 GS I Spot weld master node identification 

number GS 

4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (0=GRIDID) 

5 GA I Identification number of GA 

6 GB I Identification number of GB 


FORM="GRIDID" 

8 CID I C 

9 GUPPER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the 

upper shell 

251

252 

GEOM2 



17 GLOWER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the lower 

shell 

25 UNDEF none 

26 RID1 I R 

27 RID2 I R 

Record 95 - CWELDG(13601,136,562) 


1 EID I Shell element identification number 


3 GS I Spot weld master node identification 

number GS 

4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (3=TRIA3, 

4=QUAD4, 6=TRIA6, 8=QUAD8) 

5 GA I Identification number of GA 

6 GB I Identification number of GB 


FORM="GRIDID" 

8 CID I C 

FORMAT =3 TRIA3 

9 EIDSH I Element identification number 

10 PIDSH I Property identification number of 

PSHELL 

11 GIDSH(3) I Grid Iidentification numbers of element 

14 TH RS MCID or THETA 

15 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS 


19 T(3) RS Membrane thickness 


FORMAT =4 QUAD4

GEOM2 





PSHELL 

11 GIDSH(4) I Grid identification numbers of element 






FORMAT =6 TRIA6 



PSHELL 






FORMAT =8 QUAD8 



PSHELL 





End FORMAT 

25 EID2 I CWELD or RBAR element identification 

number 

253

254 

GEOM2 



26 RID1 I R 

27 RID2 I R 

Record 96 - GENEL(4301,43,28) 



2 UI I Independent grid point identification 

number 

3 CI I Component number 


4 M(C) I Number of rows and columns in K or Z 

and rows in S 

5 UD I Dependent grid point identification 

number 

6 CD I Component number 


7 N(C) I Number of columns in S 

8 F I 1 => Z 2=> K 

9 KZIJ RS Lower triangular terms of the K or Z 

matrix. See Notes. 

Word 9 repeats MM times 

10 NZERO(C) I 

NZERO =1 Actually " 0" 

11 SIJ RS Terms of the S matrix 

Word 11 repeats M times 

Word 11 repeats N times 

NZERO =0 

End NZERO

GEOM2 



12 UNDEF none 


Record 97 - GMBNDC(3201,32,478) 



2 GRIDI I Initial grid identification number for 

boundary 

3 GRIDF I Final grid identification number for 

boundary 

4 ENTITY(2) CHAR4 Entity type for defining boundary 

6 EID I Entity identification numbers for 

boundary of subdomain 


Record 98 - GMBNDS(12901,129,482) 



2 GRIDC(4) I Corner grid 1 

6 ENTITY(2) CHAR4 Entity type for defining boundary 

8 EID I Entity identification numbers for 

boundary of subdomain 


Record 99 - GMINTC(3301,33,479) 




3 IBOUND(6) I Boundary identification number 


255

256 

GEOM2 


Record100 - GMINTS(13001,130,483) 




3 IBOUND(4) I Boundary identification number 


Record101 - PLOTEL(5201,52,11) 





Record102 - Q4AERO(3002,46,0) 



2 COMPID I Component number in AECOMP 




Record103 - RADBC(12801,128,417) 



2 FAMB RS Radiation view factor between the face 

and the ambient point 

3 CNTRLND I Control point for radiation boundary 

condition 

4 NODAMB I

Record104 - SINT(7801,78,8883) 

GEOM2 





3 PTELE I Pointer to element identification number 


5 STSC I Stride for segment displacement data 

6 PTSC I Pointer to segment displacements 

7 NBOUND I Number of boundaries 


9 NFACE I Number of faces 

10 STBC I Stride for boundary displacement data 


12 STLC1 I Stride for Boundary Lagrange Multiplier 

data 

13 PTBND I Pointer to boundary identification 

number 

14 PTBC I Pointer to boundary displacements 

15 PTLC I Pointer to boundary Lagrange 

Multipliers 



Record105 - SPOINT(5551,49,105) 


1 ID I Scalar point identification number 

257

258 

GEOM2 


Record106 - T3AERO(2701,27,0) 



2 COMPID I component number in AECOMP 




Record107 - VUHEXA(12301,123,145) 






Record108 - VUPENTA(12401,124,146) 






Record109 - VUTETRA(12501,125,147) 





connection points

Record110 - TRAILER 

Notes: 

1. Records appear in ascending internal element ID. 

GEOM2 




2. When the ECT is an alias for the GEOM2VU block the third word of the 

header record in: 

• VUHEXA becomes 9921 

• VUPENTA becomes 9922 

• VUTETRA becomes 9923 

For each of the above, the grid id is then a VIEW grid id The beginning value 

of the VIEW grids is controlled by system cell 182. 

3. Internal indices are: 

• CQUADP: (NGRIDS + 2*NEDGES +4*NFACES + 1 Bubble Point) 

• CTRIAP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES+NFACES + 1BODY(for bubble) 

• CBEAMP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES) 

4. For the BEAMAERO, Q4AERO, and T3AERO records the component types 

are general labels for components: 

• SLBD are Slender Body Types and are "BEAM-LIKE" Elements appearing 

only in the BEAMAERO Record. 

• The remaining Components Types can be QUAD or TRIA connections 

denoting various element types. 

• INBD are Interference Body Panels. 

• LS are Lifting Surface Panels. 

• WAKE are Wake Boxes. 

• MFLO are Flow-Thru Surfaces like Inlets (Mass-Flow). 

5. In GENEL record, MM=((M*(M+1)/2)-1). 

259

260 

GEOM3 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads 

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads 




Record 1 – FORCE(4201,42,18) 





4 F RS Scale factor 

5 N(3) RS Components of a vector coordinate system 

defined by CID 

Record 2 – FORCE1(4001,40,20) 






Record 3 – FORCE2(4101,41,22) 





4 G(4) I Grid point identification numbers

Record 4 – GMLOAD(6309,63,391) 

GEOM3 





3 N1 RS Component 1 of a vector coordinate 

system defined by CID 





6 ENTITY CHAR4 Entity type that is being loaded 

7 ENTID I Entity identification number 

8 METHTYP I Method 

METHTYP =1 TABLE3D 

9 TABLID I TABLE3D identification number 


METHTYP =2 DEQATN 

9 EQTNID I DEQATN identification number 


METHTYP =3 CONSTANT 

9 FIELD(9) RS Load magnitude data 

METHTYP =4 LINEAR 


METHTYP =5 QUAD 


METHTYP =6 CUBIC 


METHTYP=11 

9 MTABLID I 


261

262 

GEOM3 



METHTYP=12 

9 MEQTNID I 


METHTYP=13 

9 MCONST(9) RS 

METHTYP=14 

9 MLINEAR(9) RS 

METHTYP=15 

9 MQUAD(9) RS 

METHTYP=16 

9 MCUBIC(9) RS 

End METHTYP 

Record 5 – GRAV(4401,44,26) 




3 A RS Acceleration vector scale factor 



7 MB I Bulk Data Section with CID definition: 

-1=main, 0=partitioned 

Record 6 – LOAD(4551,61,84) 



2 S RS Overall scale factor 

3 SI RS Scale factor on LI

GEOM3 



4 LI I Load set identification number 


Record 7 – LOADCYH(3709,37,331) 




3 HID I Harmonic index 

4 HTYPE I Harmonic type 

5 SI RS Scale factor on LI 



Record 8 – LOADCYN(3809,38,332) 




3 SEGID I Segment identification number 

4 SEGTYPE I Segment type 

5 SI RS Scale factor on LI 



Record 9 – LOADCYT(3909,39,333) 



2 TABLEID I TABLEDi identification number 

3 LOADSET I Load set identification number 

263

264 

GEOM3 



4 METHOD I Method of interpolation 


Record 10 – LSEQ(3609,36,188) 



2 DAREA I DAREA set identification number 

3 LID I Load set identification number 

4 TID I Temperature set identification number 

5 UNDEF none 

Record 11 – MOMENT(4801,48,19) 





4 M RS Moment scale factor 



Record 12 – MOMENT1(4601,46,21) 






Record 13 – MOMENT2(4701,47,23) 

GEOM3 







Record 14 – PLOAD(5101,51,24) 



2 P RS Pressure 


Record 15 – PLOAD1(6909,69,198) 




3 TYPE I Load type 

4 SCALE I Scale factor for X1 and X2 

5 X1 RS Distance to position 1 along the element 

axis from end A 

6 P1 RS Pressure at position 1 

7 X2 RS Distance to position 2 along the element 

axis from end A 

8 P2 RS Pressure at position 2 

Record 16 – PLOAD2(6802,68,199) 



265

266 

GEOM3 





Record 17 – PLOAD3(7109,71,255) 






Record 18 – PLOAD4(7209,72,299) 




3 P(4) RS Pressures 

7 G1 I Grid point identification number at a corner 

of the face 

8 G34 I Grid point ID at a diagonal from G1 or 

CTETRA corner 




Record 19 – PLOADX(7001,70,278) 

This record is obsolete 



2 P(2) RS Pressure 


Record 20 – PLOADX1(7309,73,351) 

GEOM3 





3 PA RS Surface traction at grid point GA 

4 PB RS Surface traction at grid point GB 

5 G(2) I Corner grid point identification numbers 

7 THETA RS Angle between surface traction and inward 

normal 

Record 21 – PRESAX(5215,52,154) 




3 RID(2) I Ring identification numbers 

5 PHI1 RS Azimuthal angles in degrees 

6 UNDEF none 

Record 22 – QBDY1(4509,45,239) 



2 Q0 RS Heat flux into element 


Record 23 – QBDY2(4909,49,240) 




3 Q0(8) RS Heat flux at the i-th grid point on the 

referenced CHBDYj 

267

268 

GEOM3 


Record 24 – QBDY3(2109,21,414) 



2 Q0 RS Thermal heat flux load, or load multiplier 

3 CNTRLND I Control point for thermal flux load 


Record 25 – QHBDY(4309,43,233) 



2 FLAG I Face type 

3 Q0 RS Magnitude of thermal flux into face 

4 AF RS Area factor 


Record 26 – QVECT(2209,22,241) 



2 Q0 RS Magnitude of thermal flux vector into face 

3 TSOUR RS Temperature of the radiant source 

4 CE I Coordinate system identification number 

for thermal vector flux 

5 FLAG I 

6 E RS Vector component of flux in coordinate 

system CE 


7 CNTRLND I Control point 


Record 27 – QVOL(2309,23,416) 

GEOM3 




2 QVOL RS Power input per unit volume produced by 

a conduction element 

3 CNTRLND I Control point used for controlling heat 

generation 


Record 28 – RFORCE(5509,55,190) 





4 A RS Scale factor of the angular velocity 

5 R(3) RS Rectangular components of rotation vector 

8 METHOD I Method used to compute centrifugal forces 

9 RACC RS Scale factor of the angular acceleration 

10 MB I Bulk Data Section with CID definition: 

-1=main, 0=partitioned 

Record 29 – SLOAD(5401,54,25) 



2 G I Scalar or grid point identification number 


269

270 

GEOM3 


Record 30 – TEMP(5701,57,27) 


1 SID I Temperature set identification number 


3 T RS Temperature 

Record 31 – TEMPD(5641,65,98) 



2 T RS Temperature 

Record 32 – TEMPEST(11109,111,424) 



2 TEMP RS Temperature 


Record 33 – TEMPF(6209,62,390) 




3 FTEMP I DEQATN identification number 

4 FTABID I TABLE3D identification number 

Record 34 – TEMPIC(11209,112,425) 





Record 35 – TEMPP1(8109,81,201) 

GEOM3 





3 T RS Temperature at the element’s reference 

plane 

4 TPRIME RS Effective linear thermal gradient 

5 TS(2) RS Temperatures for stress calculation 

Record 36 – TEMPP2(8209,82,202) 





3 T RS S,{ 

4 MX RS S,{ 

5 MY RS S,{ 

6 MXY RS S,{ 

7 T(2) RS S,{ 

Record 37 – TEMPP3(8309,83,203) 





3 Z RS S,{ 

4 T RS S,{ 


271

272 

GEOM3 


Record 38 – TEMPRB(8409,84,204) 




3 TA RS Temperature at end A on the neutral axis 

4 TB RS Temperature at end B on the neutral axis 

5 TP1A RS Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on 

end A 

6 TP1B RS Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on 

end B 

7 TP2A RS Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on 

end A 

8 TP2B RS Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on 

end B 

9 TS(8) RS Temperatures for stress calculation 

Record 39 – PFACE(6409,64,9032) 

This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user. 









9 FIELD(9) RS See GMLOAD record 


22 GNIDA I Side i grid-n A identification number 

23 GNIDB I Side i grid-n B identification number 

24 PSEL I Computed p value

GEOM3 



25 MAXNDF I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom 

or stride 


26 FACFID I Grid-n identification number for the face 

27 NDOF I Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face 

28 LDISTFG I Load distribution flag 


31 CIDF I Coordinate system ID of the face 

32 NDOFF(4) I NDOF flags 

Record 40 – PEDGE(6609,66,9031) 

This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user. 









9 FIELD(4) RS See GMLOAD record 


15 F1ID I Grid-n 1 identification number 


17 PSEL I Computed p value 


or stride 

19 INTFL I 1 or 2 

273

274 

GEOM3 




33 CIDE I Coordinate system identification number 

of the edge 



1 BIT(6) I Record presence trailer words

GEOM4 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints 

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom 

membership and rigid element connectivity. 




Record 1 – ASET(5561,76,215) 




Record 2 – ASET1(5571,77,216) 



2 THRUFLAG I Thru range flag 

THRUFLAG=0 No 



THRUFLAG=1 Yes 

3 ID1 I First grid or scalar point identification 

number 

4 ID2 I Second grid or scalar point identification 

number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 3 – BNDGRID(10200,102,473) 


1 GPI I Shape boundary grid point identification 

number 

275

276 

GEOM4 


Record 4 – BSET(110,1,311) 




Record 5 – BSET1(210,2,312) 




THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 6 – CSET(310,3,313) 




Record 7 – CSET1(410,4,314) 




THRUFLAG=0 No 

3 ID I Grid or scalar point identification number

GEOM4 






number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 8 – CYAX(1510,15,328) 


1 G I Grid point identification number on the axis 

of symmetry 


Record 9 – CYJOIN(5210,52,257) 


1 SIDE I Side identification number: 1 or 2 

2 C(2) CHAR4 Coordinate system type on symetry 

booundary 



Record 10 – CYSUP(1610,16,329) 


1 GID I Grid or scalar point identification number 


277

278 

GEOM4 


Record 11 – CYSYM(1710,17,330) 



2 STYPE(2) CHAR4 Symmetry type 

Record 12 – EGENDT(8801,88,9022) 


1 LOADID I Load set identification number 

2 SPCID I SPC set identification number 



5 DISTFLG I Distribution flag 

6 DISFUN I Distribution function (DEQATN) 

7 DISTAB I Distribution table (TABLE3D) 

8 FIELD(4) RS See GMBC record 




14 EORD I Edge order 






21 MIDG I 

22 POINT(2) I Point identification numbers 



26 NDOF I I,{

GEOM4 




for the edge 

28 MAXNDFE I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom, 

or stride, for the edge 

29 MAXNDFB I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom, 

or stride, for the body 

30 PUSER I p-level specified by user 

31 PSEL I p-level selected by program 

32 BODYFID I Grid-n identification number for the body 

33 NDOFB I Number of degrees-of-freedom for the body 



36 X RS S,{ 

37 Y RS S,{ 

38 Z RS S,{ 


Record 13 – FCENDT(9001,90,9024) 






5 DISTFLG I Distribution flag 

6 DISFUN I Distribution function (DEQATN) 

7 DISTAB I Distribution table (TABLE3D) 

8 FIELD(9) RS See GMBC record 



279

280 

GEOM4 






or stride 


of the edge 




24 MAXNDFF I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom 

for the face 

25 CIDF I Coordinate system identification number 

for the face 



28 EORD I Edge order 




35 CIDF I Coordinate system identification number 

for the face 

36 MAXNDIF I 

37 UNDEF none 

38 PUSER(4) I p-level specified by user 

42 PSEL(4) I p-level selected by program 




49 CID I Coordinate system identification number

GEOM4 



50 X RS 

51 Y RS 

52 Z RS 


Record 14 – GMBC(8001,80,395) 


1 LID I Load set identification number 

2 SPCID I SPC set identification number 




6 METHOD I Method of data specification 

METHOD =1 TABLE3D 



METHOD =2 DEQATN 



METHOD =3 CONSTANT 

7 FIELD(9) RS Enforced displacement data 

METHOD =4 LINEAR 


METHOD =5 QUAD 


METHOD =6 CUBIC 


End METHOD 

281

282 

GEOM4 


Record 15 – GMSPC(7801,78,393) 


1 ID I Set identification number 




Record 16 – MPC(4901,49,17) 





4 A RX Coefficient 

5 GI I Grid point identification number 

6 CI I Component number 

7 AI RX Coefficient 


Record 17 – MPCADD(4891,60,83) 



2 S I Set identification number 


Record 18 – OMIT(5001,50,15) 



2 C I Component numbers

Record 19 – OMIT1(4951,63,92) 

GEOM4 





THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 20 – QSET(510,5,315) 




Record 21 – QSET1(610,6,316) 




THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 

283

284 

GEOM4 




number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 22 – RBAR(6601,66,292) 



2 GA I Grid point A identification number 

3 GB I Grid point B identification number 

4 CNA I Component numbers of independent 

degrees-of-freedom at end A 

5 CNB I Component numbers of independent 

degrees-of-freedom at end B 

6 CMA I Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom 

at end A 

7 CMB I Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom 

at end B 

Record 23 – RBE1(6801,68,294) 



2 GN I Grid point identification number for 

independent degrees-of-freedom 

3 CN I Component numbers of independent 

degrees-of-freedom 


4 GM I Grid point identification number for 

dependent degrees-of-freedom 

5 CM I Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom 


Record 24 – RBE2(6901,69,295) 

GEOM4 




2 GN I Grid point identification number for 

independent degrees-of-freedom 





Record 25 – RBE3(7101,71,187) 



2 REFG I Reference grid point identification number 

3 REFC I Component numbers at the reference grid 

point 

4 WT1 RS Weighting factor for components of motion 

at G 









285

286 

GEOM4 


Record 26 – RELEASE(1310,13,247) 





THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 27 – RROD(6501,65,291) 





4 CMA I Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom 

at end A 

5 CMB I Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom 

at end B 

Record 28 – RSPLINE(7001,70,186) 



2 DBYL RS Ratio of the diameter to the sum of the 

segments lengths 

3 G1 I Grid point identification number

GEOM4 



4 G2 I Grid point identification number 

5 C2 I Components to be constrained 


Record 29 – RSSCON(7201,72,398) 



2 TYPE(C) I Type of connectivity 

TYPE =0 GRID style 1 

3 GRID1 I Grid identification number 1 




TYPE =01 GRID style 2 







TYPE =02 Edge style 

3 EDGE1 I Edge identification number 1 




TYPE =03 Element style 

3 ELID1 I Element identification number 1 

4 ELID2 I Element identification number 2 

287

288 

GEOM4 




TYPE =04 CINTERF 

3 CBID I 

4 SBID I 

5 CBPID I 


End TYPE 

Record 30 – RTRPLT(6701,67,293) 





4 GC I Grid point C identification number 

5 CNA I Component numbers for independent 

degrees-of-freedom at vertex A 

6 CNB I Component numbers for independent 

degrees-of-freedom at vertex B 

7 CNC I Component numbers for independent 

degrees-of-freedom at vertex C 

8 UNDEF none 

9 CMA I Component numbers for dependent 

degrees-of-freedom at vertex A 

10 CMB I Component numbers for dependent 

degrees-of-freedom at vertex B 

11 CMC I Component numbers for dependent 

degrees-of-freedom at vertex C

Record 31 – RWELD(11901,119,561) 

GEOM4 



1 EID I Element ID 

2 GA I Grid ID of GA 

3 TYPE I Type of shell element 

4 GI(8) I Grid IDs of shell element 

12 GS I Grid ID of GS 

Record 32 – SEBSET(710,7,317) 





Record 33 – SEBSET1(810,8,318) 





THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

289

290 

GEOM4 


Record 34 – SECSET(910,9,319) 





Record 35 – SECSET1(1010,10,320) 





THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 36 – SEQSET(1110,11,321) 




3 C I Component numbers

Record 37 – SEQSET1(1210,12,322) 

GEOM4 






THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 38 – SESUP(1410,14,325) 





Record 39 – SEUSET(1810,18,334) 



2 SNAME I Set name 



291

292 

GEOM4 


Record 40– SEUSET1(1910,19,335) 






THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 41 – SPC(5501,55,16) 





4 D RS Enforced displacement 

Record 42 – SPC1(5481,58,12) 





THRUFLAG=0 No 

4 ID I Grid or scalar point identification number

GEOM4 






number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 

Record 43 – SPCADD(5491,59,13) 



2 S I Set identification number 


Record 44 – SPCD(5110,51,256) 


1 SID I Superelement identification number 




Record 45 – SPCDE(8701,87,9021) 








293

294 

GEOM4 


Record 46 – SPCDF(8901,89,9023) 








Record 47 – SPCDG(9701,97,9030) 





4 METHOD I Method 



Record 48 – SPCE(9301,93,9027) 






5 EDGID I Grid or scalar point identification number

Record 49 – SPCEB(9101,91,9025) 

GEOM4 








Record 50 – SPCF(9401,94,9028) 







Record 51 – SPCFB(9201,92,9026) 







Record 52 – SPCGB(9601,96,9029) 





295

296 

GEOM4 



4 METHOD I I,{ 



Record 53 – SPCGRID(8601,86,9031) 






Record 54 – SPCOFF(6110,61,343) 




Record 55 – SPCOFF1(6210,62,344) 




THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG

Record 56 – SUPORT(5601,56,14) 

GEOM4 





Record 57 – SUPORT1(10100,101,472) 






Record 58 – TEMPBC(11309,113,426) 



2 TYPE I Type of temperature boundary condition: 

STAT or TRAN 


4 GID I Grid or scalar point identification number 

Record 59 – USET(2010,20,193) 





Record 60 – USET1(2110,21,194) 




297

298 

GEOM4 




THRUFLAG=0 No 





number 


number 

End THRUFLAG 



1 BIT(6) I Record presence trailer words

GPDT68 Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69) 

GPDT68 

Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69) 

Contains a list of all grid points and scalar points in internal sort, with (for grid points) 

their x, y, z locations in the location coordinate system along with a location and 

displacement coordinate system identification number, and constraint information. 




Record 1 – POINT 


1 ID I Internal grid point identification number 

2 CP I Location coordinate system identification number 

3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP (X, R 

or Rho) 

4 X2 RS Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CP (Y, 

Theta or Theta) 

5 X3 RS Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CP (Z, Phi 

or Phi) 






1 WORD1 I Number of grid points and scalar points 


Notes: 

1. Scalar points are identified by CP=-1 and words X1 through PS are zero. 

2. See the description of the “GRID” on page 1335 of the NX Nastran Quick 

Reference Guide Bulk Data entry constraint code, PS. 

3. For fluid grid points CD=-1. 

299

300 

GPL 

Grid point list 

GPL Grid point list 




Record 1 – GRID 

Contains a list of external grid and scalar identification numbers in internal sort. 



number 

Record 2 – GRIDSIL 

Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and sequence 

numbers in internal sort. 



number 

2 SEQNO I Sequence number = 1000 * external 




1 NGS I Total number of grid and scalar points 


Note: 

1. SEQNO, sequence number, may be overridden by the SEQGP Bulk Data 

entry.

HIS Table of design iteration history 

Contains a compilation of information from the convergence checks. 






1 DSITER I Design iteration number 


HIS 

Table of design iteration history 

2 CVTYP I Convergence type: 1=soft or 2=hard 

3 CVPROV I Convergence result: 0=no, 1=soft, or 

2=hard 

4 OBJ1 RS Initial objective value 

5 OBJO RS Final objective value 

6 GMAX RS Maximum constraint value 

7 IRMAX I Row of the maximum constraint value 

8 XVAL RS Design variable value 





Notes: 

1. For soft convergence, the final objective and constraint values are those 

obtained from DOM9. 

2. For hard convergence, they are obtained from a re-analysis. 

3. The design variable values are identical for soft and hard convergence and 

are repeated for consistency. 

301

302 

KDICT 

Element stiffness dictionary table 

KDICT Element stiffness dictionary table 

Each record defines an element in terms of its connection data and address pointers 

into the corresponding element matrix in the KELM data block. 





Repeats for each element type. 



2 NUMWDS I Number of words per entry 

3 NUMGRID(C) I Number of defined grid points 

4 DOFPERG I Degrees of freedom per grid point 

5 FORM(C) I Form of element matrix 


7 NACTIVEG I Number of active grid points 

8 GE RS Material damping constant 

9 ADDRESS1 I GINO address of matrix 

10 ADDRESS2 I GINO address of matrix 

FORM =3 Lower left triangle in global coord. system 

11 SIL I SIL values of connected grid points 

Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times 

FORM =4 Lower left triangle and transformation matrices 



12 E11 RX Element to basic transformation 


14 E31 RX Element to basic transformation


KDICT 

Element stiffness dictionary table 








FORM =5 Lower left triangle in basic coordinate system 



End FORM 

Words 6 through max repeat until End of Record 


1 PREC I Precision of element matrices (1 or 2) 

2 MAXROW I Maximum number of rows in an element 

matrix 

3 MAXGRID I Maximum number of grid points in a 

FORM=4 record 


Notes: 

1. FORM=3 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global 

coordinate system. 

2. FORM=4 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the element 

coordinate system transformation matrix is also contained in each element 

dictionary. 

3. FORM=5 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the basic 


4. SIL=0 indicates inactive degrees-of-freedom. 

303

304 

LAMA 

Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table 

LAMA Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table 




Record 1 – OFPID – OFP Header Record 


1 RECID(2) I Constants 21 and 6 


10 SEVEN I Constant 7 

11 RESFLG I Residual vector augmentation flag 



83 SUBTITLE(32) CHAR4 Subtitle character string 

(SUBTITLE) 


Record 2 – LAMA 

Repeats for each eigenvalue. 



2 ORDER I Extraction order 

3 EIGEN RS Eigenvalue 

4 OMEGA RS Square root of eigenvalue 


6 MASS RS Generalized mass 

7 STIFF RS Generalized stiffness


LAMA 

Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table 


1 NMODES I Number of modes 


305

306 

MPT 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties 

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties 




Record 1 – CREEP(1003,10,245) 



2 T0 RS Reference temperature 

3 EXP RS Temperature-dependent term in the creep rate 

expression 

4 FORM I Form of the input data: "CRLAW" or "TABLE" 

5 TIDKP I TABLES1 ID which defines creep model 

parameter Kp 

6 TIDCP I TABLES1 ID which defines creep model 

parameter Cp 

7 TIDCS I TABLES1 ID which defines creep model 

parameter Cs 

8 THRESH RS Threshold limit for creep process 

9 TYPE I Empirical creep law identification number 

10 AG(7) RS Coefficients of the empirical creep law 

Record 2 – MAT1(103,1,77) 



2 E RS Young’s modulus 

3 G RS Shear modulus 

4 NU RS Poisson’s ratio 


6 A RS Thermal expansion coefficient

MPT 




8 GE RS Structural element damping coefficient 

9 ST RS Stress limit for tension 

10 SC RS Stress limit for compression 

11 SS RS Stress limit for shear 

12 MCSID I Material coordinate system identification 

number 

Record 3 – MAT2(203,2,78) 



2 GIJ(6) RS Material property matrix 


9 AJ(3) RS Thermal expansion coefficients 



14 ST RS Stress limit for tension 

15 SC RS Stress limit for compression 

16 SS RS Stress limit for shear 

17 MCSID I Material coordinate system identification 

number 

Record 4 – MAT3(1403,14,122) 



2 EX RS Young’s modulus in the x direction 

3 ETH RS Young’s modulus in the theta direction 

4 EZ RS Young’s modulus in the z direction 

5 NUXTH RS Poisson’s ratios in x-theta direction 

307

308 

MPT 



6 NUTHZ RS Poisson’s ratios in theta-z direction 

7 NUZX RS Poisson’s ratios in z-x direction 


9 GZX RS Shear modulus in the z-x direction 

10 UNDEF none 

11 AX RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the x 

direction 

12 ATH RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the theta 

direction 

13 AZ RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the z 

direction 



16 UNDEF none 

Record 5 – MAT4(2103,21,234) 



2 K RS Thermal conductivity 

3 CP RS Heat capacity per unit mass at constant 

pressure 


5 H RS Free convection heat transfer coefficient 

6 MU RS Dynamic viscosity 

7 HGEN RS Heat generation capability used with 

QVOL entries 

8 REFENTH RS Reference enthalpy 

9 TCH RS Lower temperature limit for phase change 

region

MPT 



10 TDELTA RS Total temperature change range 

11 QLAT RS Latent heat of fusion per unit mass 

Record 6 – MAT5(2203,22,235) 



2 KIJ(6) RS Thermal conductivity matrix 

8 CP RS Heat capacity per unit mass 


10 HGEN RS Heat generation capability used with 

QVOL entries 

Record 7 – MAT8(2503,25,288) 



2 E1 RS Modulus of elasticity in longitudinal 

direction 

3 E2 RS Modulus of elasticity in lateral direction 

4 NU12 RS Poisson’s ratio 

5 G12 RS In-plane shear modulus 

6 G1Z RS Transverse shear modulus for shear in 1-Z 

plane 

7 G2Z RS Transverse shear modulus for shear in 2-Z 

plane 


9 A1 RS Thermal expansion coefficient in 

longitudinal direction 

10 A2 RS Thermal expansion coefficient in lateral 

direction 

309

310 

MPT 



11 TREF RS Reference temperature for the calculation of 

thermal loads 

12 XT RS Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in 

tension 

13 XC RS Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in 

compression 

14 YT RS Allowable lateral stress or strain in tension 

15 YC RS Allowable lateral stress or strain in 

compression 

16 S RS Allowable stress or strain for in-plane shear 

17 GE RS Structural damping coefficient 

18 F12 RS Interaction term in the tensor polynomial 

theory of Tsai-Wu 

19 STRN RS For the maximum strain theory only 

Record 8 – MAT9(2603,26,300) 



2 G(21) RS Material property matrix 


24 A(6) RS Thermal expansion coefficients 

30 TREF RS Reference temperature for the calculation 

of thermal loads 



Record 9 – MAT10(2801,28,365) 



2 BULK RS Bulk modulus

MPT 




4 C RS Speed of sound 


Record 10 – MAT11(2903,29,371) 

This record is not currently used. 


1 MID I 

2 E1 RS 

3 E2 RS 

4 E3 RS 

5 V12 RS 

6 V23 RS 

7 V31 RS 

8 G12 RS 

9 R23 RS 

10 G31 RS 

11 RHO RS 

12 A(3) RS 

15 XT RS 

16 XC RS 

17 YT RS 

18 YC RS 

19 ZT RS 

20 ZC RS 

21 S12 RS 

22 S23 RS 

23 S31 RS 

311

312 

MPT 


Record 11 – MATG (8310,83,403) 



2 IDMEM I ID of MAT1 

3 BEHAV I Behavior type (not used) 

4 TABLD I ID of TABLES1 

5 TABLUi I ID of TABLES1 (I=1 to 10) 

15 YPRS RS Initial yield pressure 

16 EPL RS Tensile modulus 

17 GPL RS Transverse shear modulus 

18 GAP RS Initial gap (not used) 

19 TABYPRS I ID of TABLES1 (not used) 

20 TABEPL I ID of TABLES1 (not used) 

21 TABGPL I ID of TABLES1 (not used) 

22 TABGAP I ID of TABLES1 (not used) 

Record 12 – MATHE (7910,79,596) 

MATHE Format 1: (default) Mooney-Rivlin model (Model = Mooney) 



2 Model I Mooney-Rivlin model 

3 UNDEF None Not used 

4 K RS Bulk Modulus 


6 Texp RS Coefficient of thermal expansion 

7 Tref RS Reference temperature 

8 GE RS Structural damping (not used) 

9 C10 RS Material constant 

10 C01 RS Material constant

MPT 




12 TAB1 I Table ID (not used) 



15 TAB4 Table ID (not used) 

16 TABD I Table ID (not used) 









MATHE Format 2: Ogden model or Hyperfoam model (Model = Ogden or Foam) 



2 Model I Ogden or Foam 

3 NOT I Curve fitting terms (not used) 






9 Mul RS Coefficient 

10 Alpha1 RS Coefficient 

11 Beta1 None Coefficient 

313

314 

MPT 








17-40 Mu2 to 

Beta9 

RS Coefficients 


MATHE Format 3: Arruda-Boyce model (Model = Aboyce) 



2 Model I Aboyce 







9 NKT RS Material constant 

10 N RS Material constant 





15 TAB4 Table ID (not used) 


17 -1 I Delimiter

Record 13 – MATHP(4506,45,374) 

MPT 




2 A10 RS Material constant related to distortional 

deformation 


deformation 

4 D1 RS Material constant related to volumetric 

deformation 


6 ALPHA RS Coefficient of volumetric thermal 

expansion 


8 GE RS Structural damping element coefficient 

9 SF I ??? 

10 NA I Order of the distortional strain energy 

polynomial function 

11 ND I Order of the volumetric strain energy 

polynomial function 

12 KP RS ??? 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 

315

316 

MPT 




deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation 


deformation

MPT 




deformation 

35 CONTFLG I Continuation flag 

CONTFLG =1 With continuation 

36 TAB1 I TABLES1 identification number which 

defines tension/compression 


defines equibiaxial tension 


defines simple shear 


defines pure shear 



defines volumetric compression 

CONTFLG =0 Without continuation 

End CONTFLG 

Record 14 – MATS1(503,5,90) 



2 TID I TABLES1 or TABLEST entry identification 

number 

3 TYPE I Type of material nonlinearity 

4 H RS Work hardening slope 

5 YF I Yield function criterion 

6 HR I Hardening Rule 

7 LIMIT1 RS Initial yield point 

317

318 

MPT 



8 LIMIT2 RS Internal friction angle 


Record 15 – MATT1(703,7,91) 



2 TID(10) I TABLEMi entry identification numbers 

12 UNDEF none 

Record 16 – MATT2(803,8,102) 




17 UNDEF none 

Record 17 – MATT3(1503,15,189) 



2 TID(15) I entry identification numbers 

Record 18 – MATT4(2303,23,237) 



2 TK I TABLEMi identification number for thermal 

conductivity 

3 TCP I TABLEMi identification number for heat 

capacity per unit mass 

4 UNDEF none

MPT 



5 TH I TABLEMi identification number for free 

convection heat transfer coefficient 

6 TMU I TABLEMi identification number for 

dynamic viscosity 

7 THGEN I TABLEMi identification number for heat 

generation with QVOL entries 

Record 19 – MATT5(2403,24,238) 



2 TK(6) I TABLEMi identification numbers for 

thermal conductivity 

8 TCP I TABLEMi identification number for heat 

capacity per unit mass 

9 UNDEF none 

10 THGEN I TABLEMi identification number for heat 

generation with QVOL entries 

Record 20– MATT8(903,9,336) 


1 MID I 


11 UNDEF none 


19 UNDEF none 

319

320 

MPT 


Record 21 – MATT9(2703,27,301) 



2 TG(21) I TABLEMi identification numbers for 

material property matrix 

23 TRHO I TABLEMi identification number for mass 

density 

24 TA(6) I TABLEMi identification numbers for 

thermal expansion coefficients 

30 UNDEF none 

31 TGE I TABLEMi identification number for 

structural damping coefficient 


Record 22 – RADBND(9002,90,410) 


1 NUMBER I Number of radiation wave bands 

2 PLANCK2 RS Planck’s second radiation constant 

3 LAMBDA RS Highest wavelength of the i-th wave band 


Record 23 – RADM(8802,88,413) 


1 NUMBER(C) I Number of emissivities including 

absorptivity 


3 EMISI RS Surface emissivity at wavelength 

LAMBDAi 

Word 3 repeats NUMBER times 

Words 2 through 3 repeat until End of Record

Record 24 – RADMT(8902,89,423) 

MPT 



1 NUMBER(C) I Number of emissivities 


3 TEMISI I TABLEMi ID for surface emissivity 

Word 3 repeats NUMBER times 


Record 25 – NLPARM(3003,30,286) 



2 NINC I Number of increments 

3 DT RS Incremental time interval for creep analysis 

4 KMETHOD I Method for controlling stiffness updates 

5 KSTEP I Number of iterations before the stiffness 

update 

6 MAXITER I Limit on number of iterations for each load 

increment 

7 CONV I Flags to select convergence criteria 

8 INTOUT I Intermediate output flag 

9 EPSU RS Error tolerance for displacement U 

criterion 

10 EPSP RS Error tolerance for displacement P criterion 

11 EPSW RS Error tolerance for displacement W 

criterion 

12 MAXDIV I Limit on probable divergence conditions 

13 MAXQN I Maximum number of quasi-Newton 

correction vectors 

14 MAXLS I Maximum number of line searches 

15 FSTRESS RS Fraction of effective stress 

321

322 

MPT 



16 LSTOL RS Line search tolerance 

17 MAXBIS I Maximum number of bisections 

18 MAXR RS Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length 

increment 

19 RTOLB RS Maximum value of incremental rotation 

Record 26 – NLPCI(3104,32,350) 



2 TYPE CHAR4 Constraint type 

3 MINALR RS Minimum allowable arc-length adjustment 

ratio 

4 MAXALR RS Maximum allowable arc-length adjustment 

ratio 

5 SCALE RS Scale factor (w) for controlling the loading 

contribution 

6 UNDEF none 

7 DESITER I Desired number of iterations for 

convergence 

8 MXINC I Maximum number of controlled increment 

steps 

Record 27 – TSTEPNL(3103,31,337) 



2 NDT I Number of time steps of value DT 

3 DT RS Time increment 

4 NO I Time step interval for output 

5 METHOD I Method for dynamic matrix update

MPT 



6 KSTEP I Time step interval or number of converged 

bisections 

7 MAXITER I Limit on number of iterations 

8 CONV I Flags to select convergence criteria 

9 EPSU RS Error tolerance for displacement U 

criterion 

10 EPSP RS Error tolerance for displacement P criterion 

11 EPSW RS Error tolerance for displacement W 

criterion 

12 MAXDIV I Limit on probable divergence conditions 

13 MAXQN I Maximum number of quasi-Newton 

correction vectors 

14 MAXLS I Maximum number of line searches 

15 FSTRESS RS Fraction of effective stress 

16 MAXBIS I Maximum number of bisections 

17 ADJUST I Time step skip factor for automatic time 

step adjustment 

18 MSTEP I Number of steps to obtain the dominant 

period response 

19 RB RS Define bounds for maintaining the same 

time step 

20 MAXR RS Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length 

increment 

21 UTOL RS Tolerance on displacement or temperature 

increment 

22 RTOLB RS Maximum value of incremental rotation 




323

324 

MPT 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

OBC Output contact pressure and traction results 

OBC 

Output contact pressure and traction results 

For SOL 101 (linear contact), SOL 601, 106 and SOL 601,129, SORT1 only. 



1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data block name,e.g. OBC1 



1 ACODE I Device code + 10* Approach Code 

2 TCODE I Table code, 62 

3 UNDEF None 

4 SUBCASE I 

5 TIME RS Time Step 

6-7 UNDEF None 

8 LOADSET I Load Set or Zero 

9 FCODE I 1 

10 NUMWDE I Number of words per entry in DATA record 


51 TITLE(32) CHAR4 Title 

83 SUBTITL(32) CHAR4 Subtitle 

115 LABEL(32) CHAR4 Label 

325

326 

OBC 

Output contact pressure and traction results 



1 EKEY I Device code + 10*Point identification 

number 

2 P RS Contact Pressure 

3 T1 RS Contact tangential traction in direction X 

(Base C.S.) 

4 T2 RS Contact tangential traction in direction Y 

(Base C.S.) 

5 T3 RS Contact tangential traction in direction Z 

(Base C.S.) 

Repeat word 1-5 for each grid point. 

Remarks: 

1. Contact results are grid point based results. 

2. Contact tangential traction is expressed as a vector data (magnitude and 

direction) in X, Y and Z components of Basic Coordinate System.

OBJTAB Design objective table 

OBJTAB 

Design objective table 

OBJTAB is defined for a given analysis type and superelement and contains objective 

attributes with retained response identification numbers. 






1 IRID I Response identification number 

2 RTYPE1 I Type of response: 1 or 2 

3 RTYPE2 I Type of response: 1 or 2 

4 MINMAX I Minimum/maximum flag: -1=minimum 

and 1=maximum 


6 SID I Subcase identification number 




327

328 

OEE 

Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss) 

OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss) 



1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Block Name 

Record 1 - IDENT 


1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 

10*approach code 

2 TCODE(C) I 18 for strain, 36 for 

kinetic, and 37 for 

energy loss 

3 ETOTAL RS Total strain energy 

of all elements in 

subcase/mode 

4 SUBCASE I Subcase number 

ACODE,4 =0 

5 UNDEF none Not defined 

ACODE,4 =01 Statics 

5 UNDEF none See word 8 

ACODE,4 =02 Real Eigenvalues 

5 MODE I Mode Number 

ACODE,4 =03 Differential Stiffness 




ACODE,4 =05 Frequency 


ACODE,4 =06 Transient 

5 TIME RS Time Step

OEE 



ACODE,4 =07 Buckling 0 ( Pre buckling ) 


ACODE,4 =08 Buckling 1 ( Post buckling ) 


ACODE,4 =09 Complex Eigenvalues 


ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 ) 

5 LOADFAC RS Load factor 

ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) ) 


ACODE,4 =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as 

ACODE=6 ) 


End ACODE,4 

6 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element type name 

8 LOADSET I Load set or zero 

9 APROACH I Approach 

10 NUMWDE I Number of words 

per entry in DATA 

record 

11 CVALRES I C 

12 ESUBT RS Subtotal of Strain 

Energy in the Set 

identification 

number 

13 SETID I Set identification 

number Number 

14 EIGENR RS Natural eigenvalue - 

real part 

329

330 

OEE 



15 EIGENI RS Natural eigenvalue - 

imaginary part 

16 FREQ RS Natural frequency 

17 UNDEF none 

18 ETOTPOS RS Total positive 

energy 

19 ETOTNEG RS Total negative 

energy 





Record 2 - DATA 


TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1 

1 EKEY I 

TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2 - Swap with word 5 of IDENT 

ACODE,4 =0 


ACODE,4 =01 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =02 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =03 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =04 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =05

OEE 




ACODE,4 =06 

1 TIME RS Time step 

ACODE,4 =07 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =08 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =09 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =10 

1 FQTS RS Frequency or Time step 

ACODE,4 =11 

1 EKEY I 

ACODE,4 =12 

1 EKEY I 

End ACODE,4 

End TCODE,1 

2 ENERGY RS Element Energy or Subtotal 

after all elements 

3 PCT RS Percent of Total Energy 

4 DEN RS Element Energy Density, or 

'-1' after all elements 



1 WORD1 I Number of element types 

output 


331

332 

OEE 


Notes: 

1. Records are repeated for each element type having at least one element 

requested for output. They are also repeated for each subcase. 

2. Device code: 

1 = print 

2 = plot 

4 = punch 

5 = print and punch, etc. 

3. Approach code: 

1 = statics 

2 = reigen, 3=ds0 

4 = ds1 

5 = freq 

6 = bkl0 

7 = bkl 

8 = ceigen 

9 = pla 

4. Nonexistent element energy densities are flagged by integer '-1' in the field.

OEF Table of element forces 

OEF 

Table of element forces 

Also contains composite failure indices and a analysis types (real and complex) and 

SORT1 and SORT2 formats. 




3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 




1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 10*Approach code 

2 TCODE(C) I Table code 

3 ELTYPE(C) I Element type 


TCODE,1 =1 SORT1 format 




ACODE,4 =02 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues) 


6 EIGN RS Eigenvalue 

7 UNDEF none 

ACODE,4 =03 Differential Stiffness 0 




333

334 

OEF 











ACODE,4 =07 Pre-buckling 



ACODE,4 =08 Post-buckling 


6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue 

7 UNDEF none 



6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue - real part 

7 EIGI RS Eigenvalue - imaginary part 

ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics 

5 LOADSTEP RS Load step 


ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics 



End ACODE,4 

TCODE,1 =02 SORT2 format 

5 LOADID I Load set identification number



End TCODE,1 


OEF 


8 DLOADID I Dynamic load set identification 

number 

9 FCODE(C) I Format code 

10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry 

11 OCODE I 

12 PID (SOL 601 

and 701 only) 

I Physical Property ID for SOL 601 & 

701 only. UNDEF for all other SOLs 

23 THERMAL(C) I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise 






TCODE,1 =1 SORT1 Format 


TCODE,1 =02 SORT2 Format 



ACODE,4 =02 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues) 







335

336 

OEF 






ACODE,4 =07 Pre-buckling 


ACODE,4 =08 Post-buckling 




ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics 

1 LOADSTEP RS Load step 

ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics 


End ACODE,4 

End TCODE,1 

THERMAL =1 Thermal data 

NUMWDE =10 2-D and 3-D elements 

2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element type 

4 XGRAD RS x gradient or '1' 

5 YGRAD RS y gradient or '1' 

6 ZGRAD RS z gradient or '1' 

7 XFLUX RS x flux or '1' 

8 YFLUX RS y flux or '1' 

9 ZFLUX RS z flux or '1' 

10 ZED I zero 

NUMWDE =8 (CHBDY) thermal 107,108,109 

2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element name 

4 FAPPLIED RS Applied load


5 FREECONV RS Free convection 

6 FORCECON RS Forced convection 

7 FRAD RS Radiation 

8 FTOTAL RS Total 

NUMWDE =2 conv elements 


NUMWDE =9 1-D elements; e.g., CBEAM, CBEND, CTUBE 

2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element type 







NUMWDE =58 VUHEXA 145 Thermal 

2 PARENT I Parent C 

3 VUGRID I VU Grid identification number 








NUMWDE =44 VUPENTA 146 Thermal 

2 PARENT I Parent identification number 



OEF 


337

338 

OEF 









NUMWDE =30 VUTETRA 147 Thermal 

2 PARENT I Parent identification number 









NUMWDE =34 VUQUAD 189 Thermal 

2 PARENT I Parent p-element identification number 

3 COORD I Coordinate system identification 

number 

4 ICORD CHAR4 Flat/curved etc. 

5 THETA I Material angle 

6 UNDEF none 





11 XFLUX RS x flux or '1'





NUMWDE =27 VUTRIA 190 Thermal 

OEF 




number 



6 UNDEF none 

7 VUGRID I VU Grid Id 








NUMWDE =18 VUBEAM 191 Thermal 



number 


5 VUGRID I VU Grid Id 






339

340 

OEF 





End NUMWDE 

THERMAL =00 Non-thermal element output 

ELTYPE =01 Rod element (CROD) 

TCODE,7 =0 Real 

2 AF RS Axial Force 

3 TRQ RS Torque 

TCODE,7 =1 Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase 

2 AFR RS Axial Force - real/mag. part 

3 AFI RS Axial Force - imag./phase part 

4 TRQR RS Torque - real/mag. part 

5 TRQI RS Torque - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =02 Beam element (CBEAM) 



3 SD RS Station Distance divided by element's 

length 

4 BM1 RS Bending moment plane 1 


6 TS1 RS Shear Plane 1 

7 TS2 RS Shear Plane 2 


9 TTRQ RS Total Torque 

10 WTRQ RS Warping Torque 


2 GRID I Grid point identification number


OEF 


3 SD RS Station Distance divided by element's 

length 

4 BM1R RS Bending moment plane 1 - real/mag. 

part 


part 

6 TS1R RS Shear plane 1 - real/mag. part 


8 AFR RS Axial force - real/mag. part 

9 TTRQR RS Total torque - real/mag. part 

10 WTRQR RS Warping torque - real/mag. part 

11 BM1I RS Bending moment plane 1 - imag./phase 

part 


part 

13 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 - imag./phase part 


15 AFI RS Axial force - imag./phase part 

16 TTRQI RS Total torque - imag./phase part 

17 WTRQI RS Warping torque - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7 

Words 2 through max repeat 011 times 

ELTYPE =03 Tube element (CTUBE) 







341

342 

OEF 




5 TEQI RS Torque - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =04 Shear panel element (CSHEAR) 


2 F41 RS Force 4 to 1 








10 KF1 RS Kick Force on 1 

11 S12 RS Shear 1 2 








2 F41R RS Force 4 to 1 - real/mag. part 





7 F43R RS Force 4 to 3 - real/mag. part




10 F41I RS Force 4 to 1 - imag./phase part 








OEF 


18 KF1R RS Kick Force on 1 - real/mag. part 

19 S12R RS Shear 1 2 - real/mag. part 







26 KF1I RS Kick Force on 1 - imag./phase part 

27 S12I RS Shear 1 2 - imag./phase part 







End TCODE,7 

343

344 

OEF 



ELTYPE =05 FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 

(follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =06 Unused 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =07 PLOAD4 (follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =08 PLOADX1 (follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =09 PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =10 Rod element connection and property (CONROD) 









End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =11 Scalar spring element (CELAS1) 


2 F RS Force 


2 FR RS Force - real/mag. part 

3 FI RS Force - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7


OEF 


ELTYPE =12 Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2) 


2 F RS Force 




End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =13 Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3) 


2 F RS Force 




End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =14 Scalar spring element to scalar pts. only with prop. 

(CELAS4) 


2 F RS Force 




End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =15 AEROT3 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =16 AEROBEAM 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =17 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2) 

2 UNDEF none 

345

346 

OEF 



ELTYPE =18 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =19 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =20 Scalar damper (CDAMP1 and see Note 2.) 


2 F RS Force 


2 FR RS Force 

3 FI RS Force 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =21 Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2 and see 

Note 2.) 


2 F RS Force 


2 FR RS Force 

3 FI RS Force 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =22 Scalar damper to scalar pts. only (CDAMP3 and see 

Note 2.) 


2 F RS Force 


2 FR RS Force 

3 FI RS Force 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =23 Scalar damper to scalar pts. only with prop. 

(CDAMP4; see Note 2.)



2 F RS Force 


2 FR RS Force 

3 FI RS Force 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =24 Viscous damper (CVISC) 





ELTYPE =25 Scalar mass (CMASS1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =26 Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =27 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only (CMASS3) 

2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


ELTYPE =28 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties 

(CMASS4) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =29 Concentrated mass element - general form (CONM1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =30 Concentrated mass element - rigid body form 

(CONM2) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =31 Dummy plot element (PLOTEL) 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

347

348 

OEF 



ELTYPE =33 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4) 


2 MX RS Membrane in x 

3 MY RS Membrane in y 

4 MXY RS Membrane in xy 

5 BMX RS Bending in x 

6 BMY RS Bending in y 

7 BMXY RS Bending in xy 

8 TX RS Transverse Shear in x 

9 TY RS Transverse Shear in y 


2 MXR RS Membrane in x - real/mag. part 

3 MYR RS Membrane in y - real/mag. part 

4 MXYR RS Membrane in xy - real/mag. part 

5 BMXR RS Bending in x - real/mag. part 

6 BMYR RS Bending in y - real/mag. part 

7 BMXYR RS Bending in xy - real/mag. part 

8 TXR RS Transverse Shear in x - real/mag. part 

9 TYR RS Transverse Shear in y - real/mag. part 

10 MXI RS Membrane in x - imag./phase part 

11 MYI RS Membrane in y - imag./phase part 

12 MXYI RS Membrane in xy - imag./phase part 

13 BMXI RS Bending in x - imag./phase part 

14 BMYI RS Bending in y - imag./phase part 

15 BMXYI RS Bending in xy - imag./phase part 

16 TXI RS Transverse Shear in x - imag./phase part 

17 TYI RS Transverse Shear in y - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7


ELTYPE =34 Simple beam element (CBAR and see also 

ELTYPE=100) 


OEF 


2 BM1A RS Bending moment end A plane 1 


4 BM1B RS Bending moment end B plane 1 


6 TS1 RS Shear plane 1 





2 BM1AR RS Bending moment end A plane 1 - real 

part 


part 

4 BM1BR RS Bending moment end B plane 1 - real 

part 


part 

6 TS1R RS Shear plane 1 - real part 


8 AFR RS Axial force - real part 

9 TRQR RS Torque - real part 

10 BM1AI RS Bending moment end A plane 1 - 




12 BM1BI RS Bending moment end B plane 1 - 


349

350 

OEF 





14 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 - imaginary part 


16 AFI RS Axial Force - imaginary part 

17 TRQI RS Torque - imaginary part 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =35 Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX) 

2 HOPA RS Harmonic or point angle 

3 BMU RS Bending Moment u 

4 BMV RS Bending Moment v 

5 TM RS Twisting Moment 

6 SU RS Shear u 

7 SV RS Shear v 

ELTYPE =36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =38 Gap element (CGAP) 


2 FX RS Comp. Force in x 

3 SFY RS Shear Force in y 

4 SFZ RS Shear Force in z 

5 U RS Axial Disp in u 

6 V RS Shear Disp in v 

7 W RS Shear Disp in w 

8 SV RS Slip Disp in v 

9 SW RS Slip Disp in w



2 FX RS Comp. Force in x 

3 SFY RS Shear Force in y 

4 SFZ RS Shear Force in z 

5 U RS Axial Disp in u 

6 V RS Shear Disp in v 

7 W RS Shear Disp in w 

8 SV RS Slip Disp in v 

9 SW RS Slip Disp in w 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =39 Acoustics - Tetra (?) 

2 AXR RS 

3 AYR RS 

4 AZR RS 

5 VXR RS 

6 VYR RS 

7 VXR RS 

8 AXI RS 

9 AYI RS 

10 AZI RS 

11 VXI RS 

12 VYI RS 

13 VXI RS 

14 DB RS 

ELTYPE =40 Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D) 

2 FE RS Element Force 

3 UE RS Axial Displacement 

4 VE RS Axial Velocity* 

OEF 


351

352 

OEF 



5 AS RS Axial Stress* 

6 AE RS Axial Strain* 

7 EP RS Plastic Strain* 

8 FAIL I Failed Element Flag 

ELTYPE =41 unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1) 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =43 Fluid element with 2 points (CFLUID2) 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =46 Cflmass 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =47 Fluid element with 2 points (CAXIF2) 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =50 Three-point slot element (CSLOT3) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =51 Four-point slot element (CSLOT4) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =52 Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP 

2 UNDEF none


ELTYPE =53 Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =54 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =55 Three-point dummy element (CDUM3) 


2 F(9) RS User defined 


2 FR(9) RS User defined - real/mag. 

11 FI(9) RS User defined - mag./phase 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =56 Four-point dummy element (CDUM4) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =57 Five-point dummy element (CDUM5) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =58 Six-point dummy element (CDUM6) 



OEF 


353

354 

OEF 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =59 Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =60 Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or 

CDUM8) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =61 Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or 

CDUM9) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =62 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1) 

2 UNDEF none



2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


ELTYPE =64 Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8) 

2 TERM CHAR4 Character string "CEN/" 

3 GRID I Number of active grids or corner grid 



4 MX RS Membrane force in x 

5 MY RS Membrane force in y 

6 MXY RS Membrane force in xy 

7 BMX RS Bending moment in x 

8 BMY RS Bending moment in y 

9 BMXY RS Bending moment in xy 

10 TX RS Shear force in x 

11 TY RS Shear force in y 


4 MXR RS Membrane force in x - real/mag. part 

5 MYR RS Membrane force in y - real/mag. part 

6 MXYR RS Membrane force in xy - real/mag. part 

7 BMXR RS Bending moment in x - real/mag. part 

8 BMYR RS Bending moment in y - real/mag. part 

9 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy - real/mag. part 

10 TXR RS Shear force in x - real/mag. part 

11 TYR RS Shear force in y - real/mag. part 

12 MXI RS Membrane force in x - imag./phase part 

13 MYI RS Membrane force in y - imag./phase part 

14 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy - imag./phase 

part 

355

356 

OEF 



15 BMXI RS Bending moment in x - imag./phase 

part 

16 BMYI RS Bending moment in y - imag./phase 

part 

17 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy - imag./phase 

part 

18 TXI RS Shear force in x - imag./phase part 

19 TYI RS Shear force in y - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7 


ELTYPE =65 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8) 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =67 Acoustics in HEXA 

2 AXR RS 

3 AYR RS 

4 AZR RS 

5 VXR RS 

6 VYR RS 

7 VXR RS 

8 AXI RS 

9 AYI RS 

10 AZI RS 

11 VXI RS 

12 VYI RS 

13 VXI RS 

14 DB RS 

ELTYPE =68 Acoustics in PENTA


2 AXR RS 

3 AYR RS 

4 AZR RS 

5 VXR RS 

6 VYR RS 

7 VXR RS 

8 AXI RS 

9 AYI RS 

10 AZI RS 

11 VXI RS 

12 VYI RS 

13 VXI RS 

14 DB RS 

OEF 


ELTYPE =69 Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND - see note.) 







7 AF RS Axial force 



2 GRID I Grid point identification number - 

real/mag. part 


part 


part 

357

358 

OEF 








part 


part 





End TCODE,7 


ELTYPE =70 Triangular plate element (CTRIAR) 


3 GRID I Number of active grids or corner grid ID 












5 MYR RS Membrane force in y - real/mag. part


OEF 











part 


part 


part 


part 



End TCODE,7 



2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =72 AEROQ4 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =74 Triangular shell element (CTRIA3) 



359

360 

OEF 



























End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =75 Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6) 


3 GRID I Number of active grids or corner grid ID












OEF 













part 


part 


part 


part 


361

362 

OEF 




End TCODE,7 


ELTYPE =76 Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element 

(CHEXA) 

2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "HEXPR" 

4 AXR RS Acceleration in x - real/mag. part 

5 AYR RS Acceleration in x - real/mag. part 

6 AZR RS Acceleration in x - real/mag. part 

7 VXR RS Velocity in x - real/mag. part 

8 VYR RS Velocity in y - real/mag. part 

9 VZR RS Velocity in y - real/mag. part 

10 PRESSURE RS Pressure in DB 

11 AXI RS Acceleration in x - imag./phase part 

12 AYI RS Acceleration in x - imag./phase part 

13 AZI RS Acceleration in x - imag./phase part 

14 VXI RS Velocity in x - imag./phase part 

15 VYI RS Velocity in y - imag./phase part 

16 VXI RS Velocity in y - imag./phase part 

ELTYPE =77 Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid 

element (CPENTA) 

2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "PENPR" 


4 AX RS Acceleration in x 

5 AY RS Acceleration in x 

6 AZ RS Acceleration in x 

7 VX RS Velocity in x 

8 VY RS Velocity in y 

9 VZ RS Velocity in y



TCODE,7 =1 Complex 

OEF 















End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =78 Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid 

element (CTETRA) 

2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "TETPR" 


4 AX RS Acceleration in x 

5 AY RS Acceleration in x 

6 AZ RS Acceleration in x 

7 VX RS Velocity in x 

8 VY RS Velocity in y 

9 VZ RS Velocity in y 


TCODE,7 =1 

363

364 

OEF 
















End TCODE,7 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =82 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR) 


3 GRID I Number of active grids (4) or corner grid 





6 MXY RS Membrane force in xy








OEF 













part 


part 


part 


part 



End TCODE,7 


ELTYPE =83 Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB) 

365

366 

OEF 



2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =84 Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =85 Nonlinear TETRA 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =86 Nonlinear GAP 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =87 Nonlinear TUBE 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =88 Nonlinear TRIA3 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =89 Nonlinear ROD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =90 Nonlinear QUAD4 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =91 Nonlinear PENTA 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =92 Nonlinear CONROD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =93 Acoustics in HEXA 

2 AXR RS 

3 AYR RS 

4 AZR RS 

5 VXR RS 

6 VYR RS 

7 VXR RS 

8 AXI RS 

9 AYI RS


10 AZI RS 

11 VXI RS 

12 VYI RS 

13 VXI RS 

14 DB RS 

ELTYPE =94 Nonlinear BEAM 

2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


ELTYPE =95 Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4) 

2 THEORY(2) CHAR4 Theory 

4 LAMID I Lamina number 

5 FP RS Failure index for direct stresses 

6 FM RS Failure mode for maximum strain 

theory 

7 FB RS Failure index for interlaminar shear 

stress or -1 

8 FMAX RS Maximum of FP and FB or -1. 

9 FFLAG I Failure flag 

ELTYPE =96 Composite curved quadrilateral shell element 

(CQUAD8) 





theory 


stress or -1 



ELTYPE =97 Composite triangular shell element (CTRIA3) 

367

368 

OEF 







theory 


stress or -1 



ELTYPE =98 Composite curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6) 





theory 


stress or -1 




2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =100 Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with 

CBARAO or PLOAD1) 


2 SD RS Station distance divided by length 




6 TS2 RS Shear plane 2


7 AF RS Axial force 



OEF 


2 SD RS Station distance divided by length 


part 


part 

5 TP1R RS Shear plane 1 - real/mag. part 

6 TP2R RS Shear plane 2 - real/mag. part 




part 


part 





End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =101 Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence 

(CAABSF) 

2 IMPEDR RS Impedance - real/mag. part 

3 IMPEDI RS Impedance - imag./phase part 

4 ABSORB RS Absorption coefficient 

ELTYPE =102 Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH) 


2 FX RS Force x 

369

370 

OEF 



3 FY RS Force y 

4 FZ RS Force z 

5 MX RS Moment x 

6 MY RS Moment y 

7 MZ RS Moment z 


2 FXR RS Force x - real/mag. part 

3 FYR RS Force y - real/mag. part 

4 FZR RS Force z - real/mag. part 

5 MXR RS Moment x - real/mag. part 

6 MYR RS Moment y - real/mag. part 

7 MZR RS Moment z - real/mag. part 

8 FXI RS Force x - imag./phase part 

9 FYI RS Force y - imag./phase part 

10 FZI RS Force z - imag./phase part 

11 MXI RS Moment x - imag./phase part 

12 MYI RS Moment y - imag./phase part 

13 MZI RS Moment z - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =103 Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =104 Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =105 Beam p-element (BEAMP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =106 Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5) 

2 UNDEF none


ELTYPE =107 Heat transfer boundary condition element - 

(CHBDYE) 


4 FAPPLIED RS Applied load 





OEF 


ELTYPE =108 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG) 







ELTYPE =109 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP) 







ELTYPE =110 CONV 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =111 CONVM 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =112 QBDY3 

2 UNDEF none 

371

372 

OEF 



ELTYPE =113 QVECT 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =114 QVOL 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =115 Radbc 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =116 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =127 CQUAD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =128 CQUADX 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =129 RELUC - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =130 RES - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =131 TETRAE - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =132 CTRIA 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =133 CTRIAX 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =134 LINEOB - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =135 LINXOB - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =136 QUADOB - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none


ELTYPE =137 TRIAOB - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =138 LINEX - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =139 Hyperelastic QUAD4FD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =140 HEXA8FD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =141 Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =142 Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =143 Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


ELTYPE =144 Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses 

(QUAD144) 


3 GRID I Number of active grids (4) or corner grid 

ID 


4 MX RS Membrane x 

5 MY RS Membrane y 

6 MXY RS Membrane xy 

7 BMX RS Bending x 

8 BMY RS Bending y 

9 BMXY RS Bending xy 

10 TX RS Shear x 

11 TY RS Shear y 


373

374 

OEF 



4 MXR RS Membrane x - real/mag. part 

5 MYR RS Membrane y - real/mag. part 

6 MXYR RS Membrane xy - real/mag. part 

7 BMXR RS Bending x - real/mag. part 

8 BMYR RS Bending y - real/mag. part 

9 BMXYR RS Bending xy - real/mag. part 

10 TXR RS Shear x - real/mag. part 

11 TYR RS Shear y - real/mag. part 

12 MXI RS Membrane x - imag./phase part 

13 MYI RS Membrane y - imag./phase part 

14 MXYI RS Membrane xy - imag./phase part 

15 BMXI RS Bending x - imag./phase part 

16 BMYI RS Bending y - imag./phase part 

17 BMXYI RS Bending xy - imag./phase part 

18 TXI RS Shear x - imag./phase part 

19 TYI RS Shear y - imag./phase part 

End TCODE,7 


ELTYPE =145 Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =146 Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =147 Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =148 HEXAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =149 PENTAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none


ELTYPE =150 TETRAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =151 QUADM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =152 TRIAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =153 QUADXM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =154 TRIAXM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =155 QUADPW - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =156 TRIAPW - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =157 LINEPW - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =158 QUADOBM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =159 TRIAOBM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =160 Five-sided finite deformation solid element 

(PENTA6FD) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =161 Five-sided finite deformation solid element 

(TETRA4FD) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =162 Triangular finite deformation shell element 

(TRIA3FD) 

2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


375

376 

OEF 



ELTYPE =163 HEXAFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =164 QUADFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =165 PENTAFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =166 TETRAFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =167 TRIAFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =168 TRIAX3FD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =169 TRIAXFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =170 QUADX4FD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =171 QUADXFD 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =174 LINEOBM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =175 LINXOBM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =176 QUADWGM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =177 TRIAWGM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =178 QUADIB - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none


ELTYPE =179 TRIAIB - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =180 LINEIB - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =181 LINXIB - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =182 QUADIBM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =183 TRIAIBM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =184 LINEIBM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =185 LINXIBM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =186 QUADPWM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =187 TRIAPWM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =188 LINEPWM - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


ELTYPE =189 Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD) 



number 



6 UNDEF none 


377

378 

OEF 



7 VUID I VU-grid identification number ID for 

corner 

8 MFX RS Membrane force x 

9 MFY RS Membrane force y 

10 MFXY RS Membrane force xy 


14 BMX RS Bending moment x 

15 BMY RS Bending moment y 

16 BMXY RS Bending moment xy 

17 SYZ RS Shear yz 

18 SZX RS Shear zx 

19 UNDEF none 



7 VUID I VU-grid identification number for 

corner 

8 MFXR RS membrane force x real/mag. 

9 MFYR RS membrane force y real/mag. 

10 MFXYR RS membrane force xy real/mag. 


14 BMXR RS bending moment x real/mag. 

15 BMYR RS bending moment y real/mag. 

16 BMXYR RS bending moment xy real/mag. 

17 SYZR RS Shear yz real/mag. 

18 SZXR RS Shear zx real/mag. 

19 UNDEF none 

20 MFXI RS membrane force x imag./phase 

21 MFYI RS membrane force y imag./phase 

22 MFXYI RS membrane force xy imag./phase



OEF 


26 BMXI RS bending moment x imag./phase 

27 BMYI RS bending moment y imag./phase 

28 BMXYI RS bending moment xy imag./phase 

29 SYZI RS Shear yz imag./phase 

30 SZXI RS Shear zx imag./phase 

31 UNDEF none 


End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =190 Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA) 



number 



6 UNDEF none 


7 VUID I VU grid ID for this corner 

8 MFX RS membrane force x 

9 MFY RS membrane force y 

10 MFXY RS membrane force xy 


14 BMX RS bending moment x 

15 BMY RS bending moment y 

16 BMXY RS bending moment xy 

17 SYZ RS Shear yz 

18 SZX RS Shear zx 

19 UNDEF none 

379

380 

OEF 





7 VUID I VU grid ID this corner 

8 MFXR RS membrane force x real/mag. 

9 MFYR RS membrane force y real/mag. 

10 MFXYR RS membrane force xy real/mag. 


14 BMXR RS bending moment x real/mag. 

15 BMYR RS bending moment y real/mag. 

16 BMXYR RS bending moment xy real/mag. 

17 SYZR RS Shear yz real/mag. 

18 SZXR RS Shear zx real/mag. 

19 UNDEF none 

20 MFXI RS membrane force x imag./phase 

21 MFYI RS membrane force y imag./phase 

22 MFXYI RS membrane force xy imag./phase 


26 BMXI RS bending moment x imag./phase 

27 BMYI RS bending moment y imag./phase 

28 BMXYI RS bending moment xy imag./phase 

29 SYZI RS Shear yz imag./phase 

30 SZXI RS Shear zx imag./phase 

31 UNDEF none 


End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =191 Beam view element (VUBEAM) 

2 PARENT I Parent p-element identification number


OEF 



number 



5 VUGRID I VU grid ID for output grid 

6 POSIT RS x/L position of VU grid identification 

number 

7 FORCEX RS Force x 

8 SHEARY RS Shear force y 

9 SHEARZ RS shear force z 

10 TORSION RS torsional moment x 

11 BENDY RS bending moment y 

12 BENDZ RS bending moment z 


5 VUGRID I VU grid identification number for 

output grid 


number 

7 FORCEXR RS Force x real/mag. 

8 SHEARYR RS Shear force y real/mag. 

9 SHEARZR RS shear force z real/mag. 

10 TORSINR RS torsional moment x real/mag. 

11 BENDYR RS bending moment y real/mag. 

12 BENDZR RS bending moment z real/mag. 

13 FORCEXI RS Force x imag./phase 

14 SHEARYI RS Shear force y imag./phase 

15 SHEARZI RS shear force z imag./phase 

16 TORSINI RS torsional moment x imag./phase 

17 BENDYI RS bending moment y imag./phase 

381

382 

OEF 



18 BENDZI RS bending moment z imag./phase 

End TCODE,7 


ELTYPE =192 CVINT 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =193 QUADFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =194 TRIAFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =195 LINEFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =196 LINXFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =197 GMINTS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =198 CNVPEL 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =199 VUHBDY 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =200 CWELD 








8 AF RS Axial Force



TCODE,7 =1 Real / Imaginary 

OEF 



part 


part 


part 


part 

















End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =201 CWELDC (and Nonlinear hyperelastic QUAD4FD 

???) 


383

384 

OEF 













part 


part 


part 


part 













14 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 - imaginary part





End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =202 Nonlinear hyperelastic HEXA4FD 

2 UNDEF none 

OEF 


ELTYPE =203 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? See also ELTYPE=116 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =204 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =205 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =206 Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format 

(TRIA3FD) Gaus 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =207 Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format 

(HEXAFD) Gaus 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =208 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =209 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =210 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =211 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =212 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =213 

385

386 

OEF 



2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =214 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =215 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =216 

2 UNDEF none 


(TRIA3FD) Grid 

2 UNDEF none 


(HEXAFD) Grid 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =219 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =220 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =221 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =222 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =223 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =224 Nonlinear ELAS1 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =226 Nonlinear BUSH 

2 UNDEF none


ELTYPE =227 Triangular shell element (CTRIAR) 











OEF 


















End TCODE,7 

387

388 

OEF 






























End TCODE,7



OEF 


ELTYPE =232 Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR) 





theory 


stress or -1 



ELTYPE =233 Composite triangular shell element (CTRIAR) 





theory 


stress or -1 



End ELTYPE 

End THERMAL 



Notes: 

1. The RECORD=IDENT and DATA pair is repeated for each subcase. 

389

390 

OEF 


2. For CDAMPi and CVISC elements, force output is only available in 

frequency response. 

3. For composite elements, ELTYPEs 95 through 98, OEF contains composite 

failure indices and the DATA record is repeated for each ply as well as each 

element. Also, EID=-1, then OFP module prints a blank line.

2 NX Nastran DMAP Modules and Data BlocksData Blocks 

OES Table of element stresses or strains 

OES 

Table of element stresses or strains 

For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. 



1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data block Name 

3 WORD I No Def or Month, Year, One, One 




1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 10*Approach Code 

2 TCODE(C) I Table Code 

3 ELTYPE(C) I Element Type 




5 LSDVMN I Load set number 





7 MODECYCL F1 Mode or Cycle 







391

392 

OES 









ACODE,4 =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling) 

5 LSDVMN I Load set 


ACODE,4 =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) 

5 LSDVMN I Mode Number 


7 UNDEF none 


5 MODE I Mode 

6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue (real) 

7 EIGI RS Eigenvalue (imaginary) 

ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear statics 

5 LFTSFQ RS Load step 


ACODE,4 =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics 



ACODE,4 =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) 

5 TIME RS Time step? 


End ACODE,4 

TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2

OES 



5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number, time step, 

etc. 


End TCODE,1 

8 LOADSET I Load set number or Zero 

9 FCODE I Format Code 

10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry in DATA 

record 

11 SCODE(C) I Stress/Strain code 

12 PID (SOL 601 

and 701 only) 





I Physical Property ID for SOL 601 & 

701 only. UNDEF for all other SOLs 


SORTCODE=1 Sort 1 - SortCode=((TCODE/1000)+2)/2 

TCODE,1 =1 o 


number 


ACODE/10=01 Analysis type 

ACODE,4 =01 n 

1 EKEY I Device code + 10* Point identification 

number 

ACODE,4 =02 


number 

ACODE,4 =03 

393

394 

OES 




number 

ACODE,4 =04 


number 

ACODE,4 =05 


ACODE,4 =06 


ACODE,4 =07 


number 

ACODE,4 =08 


number 

ACODE,4 =09 


number 

ACODE,4 =10 


ACODE,4 =11 


number 

ACODE,4 =12 


number 

End ACODE,4 

End ACODE/10 

ELTYPE =00 Grid - OES1G table 

2 MATID I Material identification number


3 NX1 RS Normal in x at d1 

4 NY1 RS Normal in y at d1 

5 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at d1 

6 SA1 RS Theta ( Shear Angle ) at d1 

7 MJRP1 RS Major Principal at d1 

8 MNRP1 RS Minor Principal at d1 

9 TMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at d1 

OES 


10 PCODE I 10*interpolation points + projection code 

11 NX2 RS Normal in x at d2 

12 NY2 RS Normal in y at d2 

13 TXY2 RS Shear in xy at d2 

14 SA2 RS Theta ( Shear Angle ) at d2 

15 MJRP2 RS Major Principal at d2 

16 MNRP2 RS Minor Principal at d2 

17 TMAX2 RS Maximum Shear at d2 

ELTYPE =01 Rod element (CROD) 

SCODE,6 =0 Strain 


2 AE RS Axial Strain 

3 MSA RS Axial Safety Margin* 

4 TE RS Torsional Strain 

5 MST RS Torsional Safety Margin* 


2 AER RS Axial Strain 

3 AEI RS Axial Strain 

4 TER RS Torsional Strain 

5 TEI RS Torsional Strain 

End TCODE,7 

395

396 

OES 



SCODE,6 =01 Stress 


2 AS RS Axial Stress 


4 TS RS Torsional Stress 



2 ASR RS Axial Stress 

3 ASI RS Axial Stress 

4 TSR RS Torsional Stress 

5 TSI RS Torsional Stress 

End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =02 Beam element (CBEAM) 



2 GRID I External Grid Point identification 

number 

3 SD RS Station Distance/Length 

4 EXC RS Long. Strain at Point C 

5 EXD RS Long. Strain at Point D 

6 EXE RS Long. Strain at Point E 

7 EXF RS Long. Strain at Point F 

8 EMAX RS Maximum stress 

9 EMIN RS Minimum stress 

10 MST RS Margin of Safety in Tension 

11 MSC RS Margin of Safety in Compression 

Words 2 through 11 repeat 011 times



OES 



number 


4 ERCR RS Long. Strain at Point C 

5 EXDR RS Long. Strain at Point D 

6 EXER RS Long. Strain at Point E 

7 EXFR RS Long. Strain at Point F 

8 EXCI RS Long. Strain at Point C 

9 EXDI RS Long. Strain at Point D 

10 EXEI RS Long. Strain at Point E 

11 EXFI RS Long. Strain at Point F 


End TCODE,7 




number 


4 SXC RS Long. Stress at Point C 

5 SXD RS Long. Stress at Point D 

6 SXE RS Long. Stress at Point E 

7 SXF RS Long. Stress at Point F 

8 SMAX RS Maximum stress 

9 SMIN RS Minimum stress 





397

398 

OES 




number 


4 SRCR RS Long. Stress at Point C 

5 SXDR RS Long. Stress at Point D 

6 SXER RS Long. Stress at Point E 

7 SXFR RS Long. Stress at Point F 

8 SXCI RS Long. Stress at Point C 

9 SXDI RS Long. Stress at Point D 

10 SXEI RS Long. Stress at Point E 

11 SXFI RS Long. Stress at Point F 


End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =03 Tube element (CTUBE) 








2 AER RS Axial Strain 




End TCODE,7 

SCODE,6 =01 Stress












End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =04 Shear panel element (CSHEAR) 



2 ETMAX RS Maximum Shear 

3 ETAVG RS Average Shear 

4 MS RS Safety Margin* 


2 ETMAXR RS Maximum Shear 

3 ETMAXI RS Maximum Shear 

4 ETAVGR RS Average Shear 

5 ETAVGI RS Average Shear 

End TCODE,7 



2 TMAX RS Maximum Shear 

3 TAVG RS Average Shear 

OES 


399

400 

OES 



4 MS RS Safety Margin* 


2 TMAXR RS Maximum Shear 

3 TMAXI RS Maximum Shear 

4 TAVGR RS Average Shear 

5 TAVGI RS Average Shear 

End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =05 FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 

(follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =07 PLOAD4 (follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =08 PLOADX1 (follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =09 PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =10 Rod element connection and property (CONROD) 








2 AER RS Axial Strain





End TCODE,7 












End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =11 Scalar spring element (CELAS1) 



2 E RS 


2 ER RS 

3 EI RS 

End TCODE,7 



2 S RS Stress 

OES 


401

402 

OES 




2 SR RS Stress 

3 SI RS Stress 

End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =12 Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2) 



2 E RS 


2 ER RS 

3 EI RS 

End TCODE,7 



2 S RS Stress 

TCODE,7 =1 Real/Imaginary 



End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =13 Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3) 



2 E RS 


2 ER RS 

3 EI RS


End TCODE,7 



2 S RS Stress 

TCODE,7 =1 



End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

OES 


ELTYPE =14 Scalar spring element to scalar points only with 

properties (CELAS4) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =15 AEROT3 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =16 AEROBEAM 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =17 unused (pre-V69 TRIA2 Same as TRIA1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =18 unused (pre-V69 QUAD2 Same as TRIA1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =19 unused (pre-V69 QUAD1 Same as TRIA1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =20 Scalar damper (CDAMP1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =21 Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =22 Scalar damper to scalar points only (CDAMP3) 

2 UNDEF none 

403

404 

OES 



ELTYPE =23 Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties 

(CDAMP4) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =24 Viscous damper (CVISC) 


2 UNDEF none 




4 TAUR RS Torque 

5 TAUI RS Torque 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =25 Scalar mass (CMASS1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =26 Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =27 Scalar mass to scalar points only (CMASS3) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =28 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties 

(CMASS4) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =29 Concentrated mass element - general form (CONM1) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =30 Concentrated mass element - rigid body form 

(CONM2) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =31 Dummy plot element (PLOTEL) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =32 Unused


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =33 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4) 



2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fibre Distance 

3 EX1 RS Normal in x at Z1 

4 EY1 RS Normal in y at Z1 

5 EXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1 

6 EA1 RS Theta ( Shear Angle ) at Z1 

7 EMJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1 

8 EMNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1 

9 EMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1 





14 EA2 RS Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2 






3 EX1R RS Normal in x at Z1 

4 EX1I RS Normal in x at Z1 

5 EY1R RS Normal in y at Z1 

6 EY1I RS Normal in y at Z1 

7 EXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1 

8 EXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1 

OES 


405

406 

OES 










End TCODE,7 




3 SX1 RS Normal in x at Z1 

4 SY1 RS Normal in y at Z1 

5 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1 

6 SA1 RS Theta ( Shear Angle ) at Z1 

7 SMJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1 

8 SMNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1 

9 SMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1 





14 SA2 RS Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2 





2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fibre Distance


3 SX1R RS Normal in x at Z1 

4 SX1I RS Normal in x at Z1 

5 SY1R RS Normal in y at Z1 

6 SY1I RS Normal in y at Z1 

7 TXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1 

8 TXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1 








End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

OES 


ELTYPE =34 Simple beam element (CBAR and see also 

ELTYPE=100) 



2 EX1A RS SA1 

3 EX2A RS SA2 

4 EX3A RS SA3 

5 EX4A RS SA4 

6 AE RS Axial 

7 EBMAXA RS SA maximum 

8 EBMINA RS SA minimum 

9 MST RS Safety Margin in Tension* 

10 EXIB RS SB1 

407

408 

OES 



11 EX2B RS SB2 



14 EBMAXB RS SB maximum 

15 EBMINB RS SB minimum 

16 MSC RS Safety Margin in Comp* 


2 EX1AR RS SA1 




6 AER RS Axial 

7 EX1AI RS SA1 




11 AEI RS Axial 

12 EX1BR RS SB1 




16 EX1BI RS SB1 




End TCODE,7 


TCODE,7 =0 Real


2 SX1A RS SA1 

3 SX2A RS SA2 

4 SX3A RS SA3 

5 SX4A RS SA4 

6 AS RS Axial 

7 BMAXA RS SA maximum 

8 BMINA RS SA minimum 

9 MST RS Safety Margin in Tension 

10 SXIB RS SB1 

11 SX2B RS SB2 



14 BMAXB RS SB maximum 

15 BMINB RS SB minimum 

16 MSC RS Safety Margin in Comp* 


2 SX1AR RS SA1 




6 ASR RS Axial 

7 SX1AI RS SA1 




11 ASI RS Axial 

12 SX1BR RS SB1 


OES 


409

410 

OES 





16 SX1BI RS SB1 




End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =35 Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX) 




3 FD1 RS Z1=Fibre Distance 

4 EU1 RS Normal in u at z1 

5 EV1 RS Normal in v at z1 

6 ET1 RS Shear in uv at z1 

7 A1 RS Theta (Shear Angle) at z1 

8 EMJRP1 RS Major Principal at z1 

9 EMNRP1 RS Minor Principal at z1 

10 ETMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at z1 


12 EU2 RS Normal in u at z2 

13 EV2 RS Normal in v at z2 

14 ET2 RS Shear in uv at z2 




18 ETMAX2 RS Maximum Shear at z2



2 UNDEF none 

End TCODE,7 





4 SU1 RS Normal in u at z1 

5 SV1 RS Normal in v at z1 

6 ST1 RS Shear in uv at z1 


8 SMJRP1 RS Major Principal at z1 

9 SMNRP1 RS Minor Principal at z1 

10 STMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at z1 


12 SU2 RS Normal in u at z2 

13 SV2 RS Normal in v at z2 

14 ST2 RS Shear in uv at z2 


16 SMJRP2 RS Major Principal at z2 

17 SMNRP2 RS Minor Principal at z2 

18 STMAX2 RS Maximum Shear at z2 


2 UNDEF none 

End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG) 

2 UNDEF none 

OES 


411

412 

OES 



ELTYPE =37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =38 Gap element (CGAP) 

2 FX RS ? 

3 SFY RS ? 

4 SFZ RS ? 

5 U RS ? 

6 V RS ? 

7 W RS ? 

8 SV RS ? 

9 SW RS ? 

ELTYPE =39 Tetra 



2 CID I Stress Coordinate System 

3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate Type (BCD) 

4 NODEF I Number of Active Points 

5 GRID I External grid ID (0=center) 

6 EX RS Normal in x 

7 ETXY RS Shear in xy 

8 EP1 RS First principal stress 

9 P1X RS First principal x cosine 

10 P2X RS Second principal x cosine 

11 P3X RS Third principal x cosine 

12 EPR RS Mean pressure 

13 EOCT RS Octahedral shear stress 

14 EY RS Normal in y 

15 ETYZ RS Shear in yz


16 EP2 RS Second principal stress 

17 P1Y RS First principal y cosine 

18 P2Y RS Second principal y cosine 

19 P3Y RS Third principal y cosine 

20 EZ RS Normal in z 

21 ETZX RS Shear in zx 

22 EP3 RS Third principal stress 

23 P1Z RS First principal z cosine 

24 P2Z RS Second principal z cosine 

25 P3Z RS Third principal z cosine 




OES 


3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate System Type (BCD) 


5 GRID I External grid ID (0=center) 

6 EXR RS Normal in x 

7 EYR RS Normal in y 

8 EZR RS Normal in z 

9 ETXYR RS Shear in xy 

10 ETYZR RS Shear in yz 

11 ETZXR RS Shear in zx 

12 EXI RS Normal in x 

13 EYI RS Normal in y 

14 EZI RS Normal in z 

15 ETXYI RS Shear in xy 

16 ETYZI RS Shear in yz 

17 ETZXI RS Shear in zx 

413

414 

OES 




End TCODE,7 






5 GRID I External grid identification number 

(0=center) 

6 SX RS Normal in x 

7 TXY RS Shear in xy 

8 P1 RS First principal stress 




12 PR RS Mean pressure 

13 OCT RS Octahedral shear stress 

14 SY RS Normal in y 

15 TYZ RS Shear in yz 

16 P2 RS Second principal stress 




20 SZ RS Normal in z 

21 TZX RS Shear in zx 

22 P3 RS Third principal stress 


24 P2Z RS Second principal z cosine






OES 





(0=center) 

6 SXR RS Normal in x 

7 SYR RS Normal in y 

8 SZR RS Normal in z 

9 TXYR RS Shear in xy 

10 TYZR RS Shear in yz 

11 TZXR RS Shear in zx 

12 SXI RS Normal in x 

13 SYI RS Normal in y 

14 SZI RS Normal in z 

15 TXYI RS Shear in xy 

16 TYZI RS Shear in yz 

17 TZXI RS Shear in zx 


End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =40 Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D) 


2 FE RS Element Force 

3 UE RS Axial Displacement 

4 VE RS Axial Velocity* 

415

416 

OES 



5 AS RS Axial Stress* 

6 AE RS Axial Strain* 

7 EP RS Plastic Strain* 

8 FAIL I Failed Element Flag 


2 FER RS Element Force 

3 UER RS Axial Displacement 

4 ASR RS Axial Stress* 

5 AER RS Axial Strain* 

6 FEI RS Element Force 

7 UEI RS Axial Displacement 

8 ASI RS Axial Stress* 

9 AEI RS Axial Strain* 

End TCODE,7 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =46 Cflmass 

2 UNDEF none 


TCODE,7 =0 Real


2 RA RS Radial Axis 

3 AA RS Axial Axis 

4 TE RS Tangential Edge 

5 CE RS Circumferential Edge 


2 RAR RS Radial Axis 

3 AAR RS Axial Axis 

4 TER RS Tangential Edge 

5 CER RS Circumferential Edge 

6 RAI RS Radial Axis 

7 AAI RS Axial Axis 

8 TEI RS Tangential Edge 

9 CEI RS Circumferential Edge 

End TCODE,7 



2 RC RS Radial centroid 

3 CC RS Circumferential centroid 

4 AC RS Axial centroid 

5 TE1 RS Tangential edge 1 

6 CE1 RS Circumferential edge 1 






2 RCR RS Radial centroid 

3 CCR RS Circumferential centroid 

OES 


417

418 

OES 



4 ACR RS Axial centroid 

5 TE1R RS Tangential edge 1 

6 CE1R RS Circumferential edge 1 





11 RCI RS Radial centroid 

12 CCI RS Circumferential centroid 


14 TE1I RS Tangential edge 1 

15 CE1I RS Circumferential edge 1 





End TCODE,7 




3 CC RS Circumferential centroid 







10 CE3 RS Circumferential edge 3






3 CCR RS Circumferential centroid 











14 CCI RS Circumferential centroid 










End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =50 Three-point slot element (CSLOT3) 


OES 


419

420 

OES 















8 ACI RS Axial centroid 




End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =51 Four-point slot element (CSLOT4) 










3 ACR RS Axial centroid







9 ACI RS Axial centroid 





End TCODE,7 

OES 


ELTYPE =52 Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =53 Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6) 


2 LOC I Location Code 

3 RS RS Radial Stress 

4 AZS RS Azimuthal Stress 


6 SS RS Shear Stress 

7 MAXP RS Maximum Principal 

8 TMAX RS Maximum Shear 

9 OCTS RS Octahedral 



2 LOC I Location Code ? 

3 RSR RS Radial Stress ? 

4 RSI RS Radial Stress ? 

421

422 

OES 



5 AZSR RS Azimuthal Stress ? 

6 AZSI RS Azimuthal Stress ? 

7 ASR RS Axial Stress ? 

8 ASI RS Axial Stress ? 

9 SSR RS Shear Stress ? 

10 SSI RS Shear Stress ? 


End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =54 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =55 Three-point dummy element (CDUM3) 


2 S(9) RS User defined 


2 SR(9) RS User defined - real/mag. 

11 SI(9) RS User defined - mag./phase 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =56 Four-point dummy element (CDUM4) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =57 Five-point dummy element (CDUM5) 



TCODE,7 =1 Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase




End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =58 Six-point dummy element (CDUM6) 






End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =59 Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7) 






End TCODE,7 

OES 


ELTYPE =60 Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or 

CDUM8) 

2 X RS X coordinate 

3 Y RS Y coordinate 

4 SX RS Normal X 

5 SY RS Normal Y 

6 TXY RS Shear XY 

7 KI RS Stress Intensity Factor KI 

8 KII RS Stress Intensity Factor KII 

9 S8 RS ? 

10 S9 RS ? 

423

424 

OES 



ELTYPE =61 Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or 

CDUM9) 

2 X RS Normal X 

3 Y RS Normal Y 

4 Z RS Normal Z 

5 TXY RS Shear XY 

6 TYZ RS Shear YZ 

7 TZX RS Shear ZX 

8 KI RS Stress Intensity Factor KI 

9 KII RS Stress Intensity Factor KII 

10 KIII RS Stress Intensity Factor KIII 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =64 Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8) 



2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN" 

3 GRID I Number active grids identification 

number or grid identification number 

4 FD1 RS Fiber distance at Z1 



7 ETXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1 

8 A1 RS Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1 



11 ETMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1







17 EMRPJ2 RS Major Principal at Z2 


19 ETMAX2 RS Maximum Shear at Z2 



2 TERM CHAR4 "CENTER" 

OES 









9 ETXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1 

10 ETXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1 









425

426 

OES 



End TCODE,7 













11 TMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1 











2 TERM CHAR4 


numbers or grid identification number 


5 SX1R RS Normal in x at Z1















End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =67 Hexa 






OES 



(0=center) 


427

428 

OES 











15 ETYZ RS Shear in yz 

















(0=center) 


7 EYR RS Normal in y













End TCODE,7 






OES 



(0=center) 










429

430 

OES 




















(0=center) 










15 TXYI RS Shear in xy





End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =68 Penta 






OES 



(0=center) 










15 ETYZ RS Shear in yz 






431

432 

OES 














(0=center) 


7 EYR RS Normal in y 












End TCODE,7 


TCODE,7 =0 Real





OES 



(0=center) 
























433

434 

OES 






(0=center) 










15 TXYI RS Shear in xy 




End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =69 Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND) 




number 

3 CA RS Circumferential Angle 

4 EC RS Long. strain at Point C 

5 ED RS Long. strain at Point D 

6 EE RS Long. strain at Point E 

7 EF RS Long. strain at Point F


8 EMAX RS Maximum strain 

9 EMIN RS Minimum strain 

OES 







number 


4 ECR RS Long. strain at Point C 

5 EDR RS Long. strain at Point D 

6 EER RS Long. strain at Point E 

7 EFR RS Long. strain at Point F 

8 ECI RS Long. strain at Point C 

9 EDI RS Long. strain at Point D 

10 EEI RS Long. strain at Point E 

11 EFI RS Long. strain at Point F 


End TCODE,7 




number 


4 SC RS Long. Stress at Point C 

5 SD RS Long. Stress at Point D 

6 SE RS Long. Stress at Point E 

7 SF RS Long. Stress at Point F 


435

436 

OES 









number 


4 SCR RS Long. Stress at Point C 

5 SDR RS Long. Stress at Point D 

6 SER RS Long. Stress at Point E 

7 SFR RS Long. Stress at Point F 

8 SCI RS Long. Stress at Point C 

9 SDI RS Long. Stress at Point D 

10 SEI RS Long. Stress at Point E 

11 SFI RS Long. Stress at Point F 


End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =70 Triangular plate element (CTRIAR) 




3 GRID I Number active grids ID or grid 





7 ETXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1

















OES 















437

438 

OES 







End TCODE,7 











9 MJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1 

10 MNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1 











TCODE,7 =1 Real / Imaginary


2 TERM CHAR4 

OES 



















End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =72 AEROQ4 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =74 Triangular shell element (CTRIA3) 


439

440 

OES 






























11 EX2I RS Normal in x at Z2






End TCODE,7 
























OES 


441

442 

OES 













End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =75 Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6) 















13 EX2 RS Normal in x at Z2











OES 



















End TCODE,7 


443

444 

OES 

























2 TERM CHAR4 






7 SY1R RS Normal in y at Z1













End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

OES 


ELTYPE =76 Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element 

(CHEXA) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =77 Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid 

element (CPENTA) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =78 Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid 

element (CTETRA) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =79 Undef 

2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


2 UNDEF none 


445

446 

OES 










6 EY1 RS 





















6 EX1I RS Normal in x at Z1














End TCODE,7 




OES 














447

448 

OES 











2 TERM CHAR4 


















End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6


ELTYPE =83 Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =84 Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =85 TETRA - Nonlinear 

2 CTYPE CHAR4 

3 GRID I Grid / Gauss 

4 SX RS Stress in x 

5 SY RS Stress in y 

6 SZ RS Stress in z 

7 SXY RS Stress in xy 

8 SYZ RS Stress in yz 

9 SZX RS Stress in zx 

10 SE RS Equivalent stress 

11 EPS RS Effective plastic strain 

12 ECS RS Effective creep strain 

13 EX RS Strain in x 

14 EY RS Strain in y 

15 EZ RS Strain in z 

16 EXY RS Strain in xy 

17 EYZ RS Strain in yz 

18 EZX RS Strain in zx 


ELTYPE =86 GAP - Nonlinear 

2 CPX RS Comp x 

3 SHY RS Shear in y 

4 SHZ RS Shear in z 

5 AU RS Axial in u 

OES 


449

450 

OES 



6 SHV RS Shear in v 

7 SHW RS Shear in w 

8 SLV RS Slip in v 

9 SLP RS Slip in w 

10 FORM1 CHAR4 no definition 

11 FORM2 CHAR4 no definition 

ELTYPE =87 Nonlinear tube element (CTUBE) 


3 SE RS Equivalent Stress 

4 TE RS Total Strain 

5 EPS RS Effective Plastic strain 

6 ECS RS Effective Creep strain 

7 LTS RS Linear torsional stress 

ELTYPE =88 TRIA3 - Nonlinear (Same as QUAD4) 

NUMWDE =13 

2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fiber distance 

3 SX1 RS Stress in x at Z1 

4 SY1 RS Stress in y at Z1 

5 SZ1 RS Stress in z at Z1 

6 TXY1 RS Shear stress in xy at Z1 

7 ES RS Equivalent stress at Z1 

8 EPS1 RS Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1 

9 ECS1 RS Effective creep strain at Z1 

10 EX1 RS Strain in x at Z1 

11 EY1 RS Strain in y at Z1 

12 EZ1 RS Strain in z at Z1 

13 ETXY1 RS Shear strain in xy at Z1 

NUMWDE =25





5 UNDEF none Stress in z at Z1 



OES 






12 UNDEF none Strain in z at Z1 














End NUMWDE 

ELTYPE =89 Nonlinear rod element (CROD) 



451

452 

OES 







ELTYPE =90 QUAD4 - Nonlinear 

NUMWDE =13 




5 SZ1 RS Stress in z at Z1 







12 EZ1 RS Strain in z at Z1 


NUMWDE =25 









10 EX1 RS Strain in x at Z1











OES 








End NUMWDE 

ELTYPE =91 Nonlinear five-sided solid element (CPENTA) 

2 CTYPE CHAR4 Grid or Gauss 

3 GRID I Extermal Grid identification number; 0 = 

Center 








11 EPS RS Equivalent plastic strain 

453

454 

OES 



12 ECS RS Effective creep strain 








ELTYPE =92 Nonlinear rod element connection and property 

(CONROD) 







ELTYPE =93 Nonlinear six-sided solid element (CHEXA) 

2 CTYPE CHAR4 Grid or Gauss 

3 GRID I Extermal Grid identification number; 0 = 

Center 








11 EPS RS Equivalent plastic strain 

12 ECS RS Effective creep strain









ELTYPE =94 Nonlinear beam element (CBEAM) 

2 GRIDA I External Grid point Id at A 

3 LOCCA CHAR4 'C' (BCD Value) at A 

OES 


4 NSXCA RS Long. Stress at point C at A 

5 NSECA RS Equivalent Stress at A 

6 TECA RS Total Strain at A 

7 EPECA RS Effective Plastic strain at A 

8 ECECA RS Effective Creep strain at A 

9 LOCDA CHAR4 'D' (BCD Value) at A 

10 NSXDA RS Long. Stress at point D at A 

11 NSEDA RS Equivalent Stress at A 

12 TEDA RS Total Strain at A 

13 EPEDA RS Effective Plastic strain at A 

14 ECEDA RS Effective Creep strain at A 

15 LOCEA CHAR4 'E' (BCD Value) at A 

16 NSXEA RS Long. Stress at point E at A 

17 NSEEA RS Equivalent Stress at A 

18 TEEA RS Total Strain at A 

19 EPEEA RS Effective Plastic strain at A 

20 ECEEA RS Effective Creep strain at A 

21 LOCFA CHAR4 'F' (BCD Value) at A 

455

456 

OES 



22 NSXFA RS Long. Stress at point F at A 

23 NSEFA RS Equivalent Stress at A 

24 TEFA RS Total Strain at A 

25 EPEFA RS Effective Plastic strain at A 

26 ECEFA RS Effective Creep strain at A 

27 GRIDB I External Grid point identification 

number at B 

28 LOCCB CHAR4 'C' (BCD Value) at B 

29 NSXCB RS Long. Stress at point C at B 

30 NSECB RS Equivalent Stress at B 

31 TECB RS Total Strain at B 

32 EPECB RS Effective Plastic strain at B 

33 ECECB RS Effective Creep strain at B 

34 LOCDB CHAR4 'D' (BCD Value) at B 

35 NSXDB RS Long. Stress at point D at B 

36 NSEDB RS Equivalent Stress at B 

37 TEDB RS Total Strain at B 

38 EPEDB RS Effective Plastic strain at B 

39 ECEDB RS Effective Creep strain at B 

40 LOCEB CHAR4 'E' (BCD Value) at B 

41 NSXEB RS Long. Stress at point E at B 

42 NSEEB RS Equivalent Stress at B 

43 TEEB RS Total Strain at B 

44 EPEEB RS Effective Plastic strain at B 

45 ECEEB RS Effective Creep strain at B 

46 LOCFB CHAR4 'F' (BCD Value) at B 

47 NSXFB RS Long. Stress at point F at B 

48 NSEFB RS Equivalent Stress at B


49 TEFB RS Total Strain at B 

50 EPEFB RS Effective Plastic strain at B 

51 ECEFB RS Effective Creep strain at B 

ELTYPE =95 QUAD4 composite 


2 PLY I Lamina Number 

3 EX1 RS Normal-1 

4 EY1 RS Normal-2 

5 ET1 RS Shear-12 

6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z 


8 A1 RS Shear angle 

9 EMJRP1 RS Major Principal 

10 EMNRP1 RS Minor Principal 

OES 


11 ETMAX1 RS von Mises or Maximum shear 



3 SX1 RS Normal-1 

4 SY1 RS Normal-2 

5 T1 RS Shear-12 

6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z 



9 MJRP1 RS Major Principal 

10 MNRP1 RS Minor Principal 

11 TMAX1 RS von Mises or Maximum shear 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =96 QUAD8 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite) 

457

458 

OES 

























End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =97 TRIA3 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite) 




4 EY1 RS Normal-2








OES 














End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =98 TRIA6 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite) 









459

460 

OES 

















End SCODE,6 


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =100 Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with 

CBARAO or PLOAD1) 



2 SD RS % along bar for output 

3 EXC RS Strain at point c 

4 EXD RS Strain at point d 

5 EXE RS Strain at point e 

6 EXF RS Strain at point f 

7 AE RS Axial strain 

8 EMAX RS Maximum strain


9 EMIN RS Minimum strain 

10 MS RS Margin of Safety 



3 EXCR RS Strain at point c 

4 EXDR RS Strain at point d 

5 EXER RS Strain at point e 

6 EXFR RS Strain at point f 

7 AER RS Axial strain 

8 EMAXR RS Maximum strain 

9 EMINR RS Minimum strain 

10 EXCI RS Strain at point c 

11 EXDI RS Strain at point d 

12 EXEI RS Strain at point e 

13 EXFI RS Strain at point f 

14 AEI RS Axial strain 

15 EMAXI RS Maximum strain 

16 EMINI RS Minimum strain 

End TCODE,7 




3 SXC RS Stress at point c 

4 SXD RS Stress at point d 

5 SXE RS Stress at point e 

6 SXF RS Stress at point f 

7 AS RS Axial stress 


OES 


461

462 

OES 




10 MS RS Margin of Safety 



3 SXCR RS Stress at point c 

4 SXDR RS Stress at point d 

5 SXER RS Stress at point e 

6 SXFR RS Stress at point f 

7 ASR RS Axial stress 

8 SMAXR RS Maximum stress 

9 SMINR RS Minimum stress 

10 SXCI RS Stress at point c 

11 SXDI RS Stress at point d 

12 SXEI RS Stress at point e 

13 SXFI RS Stress at point f 

14 ASI RS Axial stress 

15 SMAXI RS Maximum stress 

16 SMINI RS Minimum stress 

End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =101 Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence 

(CAABSF) 


2 IMPED RS Impedance 

3 ABSORB RS Absorption Coefficient 


2 IMPEDR RS Impedance 

3 IMPEDI RS Impedance


4 ABSORB RS Absorption Coefficient 

End TCODE,7 

OES 


ELTYPE =102 Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH) 


2 TX RS Translation x 

3 TY RS Translation y 

4 TZ RS Translation z 

5 RX RS Rotation x 

6 RY RS Rotation y 

7 RZ RS Rotation z 


2 TXR RS Translation x R 

3 TYR RS Translation y R 

4 TZR RS Translation z R 

5 RXR RS Rotation x R 

6 RYR RS Rotation y R 

7 RZR RS Rotation z R 

8 TXI RS Translation x I 

9 TYI RS Translation y I 

10 TZI RS Translation z I 

11 RXI RS Rotation x I 

12 RYI RS Rotation y I 

13 RZI RS Rotation z I 

End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =103 Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =104 Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

463

464 

OES 



ELTYPE =105 Beam p-element (BEAMP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =106 Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =107 Heat transfer boundary condition element - 

(CHBDYE) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =108 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =109 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =110 CONV 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =111 CONVM 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =115 RADBC 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =112 QBDY3 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =113 QVECT 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =114 QVOL 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =115 Radbc 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =116 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =127 CQUAD


ELTYPE =128 CQUADX 

ELTYPE =129 RELUC - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =130 RES - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =131 TETRAE - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =132 CTRIA 

ELTYPE =133 CTRIAX 

ELTYPE =134 LINEOB - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =135 LINXOB - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =136 QUADOB - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =137 TRIAOB - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =138 LINEX - EMAS? 

ELTYPE =139 Hyperelastic QUAD4FD 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =140 Hyperelastic 8-noded hexahedron element linear 

format (HEXAFD) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SXY RS 

6 PA RS 

465

466 

OES 



7 AX RS 

8 AY RS 

9 AZ RS 

10 PRESSURE RS 

11 SY RS 

12 SYZ RS 

13 PB RS 

14 BX RS 

15 BY RS 

16 BZ RS 

17 SZ RS 

18 SZX RS 

19 PC RS 

20 CX RS 

21 CY RS 

22 CZ RS 


ELTYPE =141 Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =142 Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =143 Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP) 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =144 Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses 

(QUAD144) 



2 TERM CHAR4


3 GRID I 

4 FD1 RS Fiber distance at z1 

5 EX1 RS Normal in x at z1 

6 EY1 RS Normal in y at z1 

7 ETXY1 RS Shear in xy at z1 

8 A1 RS Shear angle at z1 



OES 


11 ETMAX1 RS von Mises or max shear at z1 


13 EX2 RS Normal in x at z2 

14 EY2 RS Normal in y at z2 

15 ETXY2 RS Shear in xy at z2 




19 ETMRP2 RS von Mises or max shear at z2 



2 TERM CHAR4 

3 GRID I 


5 EX1R RS Normal in x at z1 

6 EX1I RS Normal in x at z1 

7 EY1R RS Normal in y at z1 

8 EY1I RS Normal in y at z1 

9 ETXY1R RS Shear in xy at z1 

10 ETXY1I RS Shear in xy at z1 

467

468 

OES 




12 EX2R RS Normal in x at z2 

13 EX2I RS Normal in x at z2 

14 EY2R RS Normal in y at z2 

15 EY2I RS Normal in y at z2 

16 ETXY2R RS Shear in xy at z1 

17 ETXY2I RS Shear in xy at z1 


End TCODE,7 



2 TERM CHAR4 

3 GRID I 


5 SX1 RS Normal in x at z1 

6 SY1 RS Normal in y at z1 

7 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at z1 


9 MJRP1 RS Major Principal at z1 

10 MNRP1 RS Minor Principal at z1 

11 TMAX1 RS von Mises or max shear at z1 


13 SX2 RS Normal in x at z2 

14 SY2 RS Normal in y at z2 

15 TXY2 RS Shear in xy at z2 


17 MJRP2 RS Major Principal at z2 

18 MNRP2 RS Minor Principal at z2


OES 


19 TMAX2 RS von Mises or max shear at z2 



2 TERM CHAR4 

3 GRID I 


5 SX1R RS Normal in x at z1 

6 SX1I RS Normal in x at z1 

7 SY1R RS Normal in y at z1 

8 SY1I RS Normal in y at z1 

9 TXY1R RS Shear in xy at z1 

10 TXY1I RS Shear in xy at z1 


12 SX2R RS Normal in x at z2 

13 SX2I RS Normal in x at z2 

14 SY2R RS Normal in y at z2 

15 SY2I RS Normal in y at z2 

16 TXY2R RS Shear in xy at z2 

17 TXY2I RS Shear in xy at z2 


End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =145 Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA) 

2 PARENTID I 

NUMWDE =98 Len=2+ 12 * No. of points 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORM RS 

5 YNORM RS 

469

470 

OES 



6 ZNORM RS 

7 TXY RS 

8 TYZ RS 

9 TZX RS 

10 PRIN01 RS 

11 PRIN02 RS 

12 PRIN03 RS 

13 MEAN RS 

14 VONOROCT RS 


NUMWDE =58 Len= 2 + 7 * No. of points 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORM RS 

5 YNORM RS 

6 ZNORM RS 

7 TXY RS 

8 TYZ RS 

9 TZX RS 


NUMWDE =106 Len= 2 + 13 * No. of points 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORMR RS 

5 YNORMR RS 

6 ZNORMR RS 

7 TXYR RS 

8 TYZR RS 

9 TZXR RS 

10 XNORMI RS


11 YNORMI RS 

12 ZNORMI RS 

13 TXYI RS 

14 TYZI RS 

15 TZXI RS 


End NUMWDE 

OES 


ELTYPE =146 Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA) 

2 PARENTID I 

NUMWDE =74 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORM RS 

5 YNORM RS 

6 ZNORM RS 

7 TXY RS 

8 TYZ RS 

9 TZX RS 

10 PRIN01 RS 

11 PRIN02 RS 

12 PRIN03 RS 

13 MEAN RS 



NUMWDE =44 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORM RS 

5 YNORM RS 

6 ZNORM RS 

471

472 

OES 



7 TXY RS 

8 TYZ RS 

9 TZX RS 


NUMWDE =80 2 + 6*13 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORMR RS 

5 YNORMR RS 

6 ZNORMR RS 

7 TXYR RS 

8 TYZR RS 

9 TZXR RS 

10 XNORMI RS 

11 YNORMI RS 

12 ZNORMI RS 

13 TXYI RS 

14 TYZI RS 

15 TZXI RS 


End NUMWDE 

ELTYPE =147 Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA) 

2 PARENTID I 

NUMWDE =50 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORM RS 

5 YNORM RS 

6 ZNORM RS 

7 TXY RS


8 TYZ RS 

9 TZX RS 

10 PRIN01 RS 

11 PRIN02 RS 

12 PRIN03 RS 

13 MEAN RS 



NUMWDE =30 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORM RS 

5 YNORM RS 

6 ZNORM RS 

7 TXY RS 

8 TYZ RS 

9 TZX RS 


NUMWDE =54 2 + 4*13 

3 GRIDID I 

4 XNORMR RS 

5 YNORMR RS 

6 ZNORMR RS 

7 TXYR RS 

8 TYZR RS 

9 TZXR RS 

10 XNORMI RS 

11 YNORMI RS 

12 ZNORMI RS 

OES 


473

474 

OES 



13 TXYI RS 

14 TYZI RS 

15 TZXI RS 


End NUMWDE 

ELTYPE =148 HEXAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =149 PENTAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =150 TETRAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =151 QUADM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =152 TRIAM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =153 QUADXM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =154 TRIAXM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =155 QUADPW - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =156 TRIAPW - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =157 LINEPW - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =158 QUADOBM - EMAS? 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =159 TRIAOBM - EMAS?


2 UNDEF none 

OES 


ELTYPE =160 Hyperelastic 5-sided 6-noded solid element 

(PENTAFD) Linear form? 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SXY RS 

6 PA RS 

7 AX RS 

8 AY RS 

9 AZ RS 


11 SY RS 

12 SYZ RS 

13 PB RS 

14 BX RS 

15 BY RS 

16 BZ RS 

17 SZ RS 

18 SZX RS 

19 PC RS 

20 CX RS 

21 CY RS 

22 CZ RS 


ELTYPE =161 Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node TETR 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

475

476 

OES 



4 SX RS 

5 SXY RS 

6 PA RS 

7 AX RS 

8 AY RS 

9 AZ RS 


11 SY RS 

12 SYZ RS 

13 PB RS 

14 BX RS 

15 BY RS 

16 BZ RS 

17 SZ RS 

18 SZX RS 

19 PC RS 

20 CX RS 

21 CY RS 

22 CZ RS 


ELTYPE =162 Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (strain) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS


9 SMI RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =163 Linear form for hyperelastic 20 node HEX 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SXY RS 

6 PA RS 

7 AX RS 

8 AY RS 

9 AZ RS 


11 SY RS 

12 SYZ RS 

13 PB RS 

14 BX RS 

15 BY RS 

16 BZ RS 

17 SZ RS 

18 SZX RS 

19 PC RS 

20 CX RS 

21 CY RS 

22 CZ RS 


ELTYPE =164 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded element 

(QUADFD) Linear? 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

477

478 

OES 



3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


ELTYPE =165 Hyperelastic 5-sided 15-noded solid element 

(PENTAFD) Linear? 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SXY RS 

6 PA RS 

7 AX RS 

8 AY RS 

9 AZ RS 


11 SY RS 

12 SYZ RS 

13 PB RS 

14 BX RS 

15 BY RS 

16 BZ RS 

17 SZ RS 

18 SZX RS 

19 PC RS


20 CX RS 

21 CY RS 

22 CZ RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =166 Linear form for hyperelastic 10 node TET 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SXY RS 

6 PA RS 

7 AX RS 

8 AY RS 

9 AZ RS 


11 SY RS 

12 SYZ RS 

13 PB RS 

14 BX RS 

15 BY RS 

16 BZ RS 

17 SZ RS 

18 SZX RS 

19 PC RS 

20 CX RS 

21 CY RS 

22 CZ RS 


479

480 

OES 



ELTYPE =167 Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (plane 

strain) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


ELTYPE =168 Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (axisymm) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


ELTYPE =169 Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (axisymm) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS


8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =170 Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node QUAD (axisymm) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


ELTYPE =171 Linear form for hyperelastic 9 node QUAD (axisymm) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SXY RS 

7 ANGLE RS 

8 SMJ RS 

9 SMI RS 


ELTYPE =189 Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD) 



3 COORD I CID coordinate system identification 

number 

481

482 

OES 



4 ICORD CHAR4 ICORD flat/curved etc. 

5 THETA I THETA angle 

6 ITYPE I ITYPE strcur =0, fiber=1 


7 VUID I VU grid identification number for this 

corner 

8 NONE(2) I Nothing 

10 MSX RS membrane stain x 

11 MSY RS membrane strain y 

12 MXY RS membrane strain xy 

13 NONE(3) RS Nothing 

16 BCX RS bending curvature x 

17 BCY RS bending curvature y 

18 BCXY RS bending curvature xy 






7 VUID I VU grid identification number this 

corner 


10 MSXR RS membrane strain x RM 

11 MSYR RS membrane strain y RM 

12 MXYR RS membrane strain xy RM 


16 BCXR RS bending curvature x RM 

17 BCYR RS bending curvature y RM 

18 BCXYR RS bending curvature xy RM


19 TYZR RS Shear yz RM 

20 TZXR RS Shear zx RM 

21 UNDEF none 

22 MSXI RS membrane strain x IP 

23 MSYI RS membrane strain y IP 

24 MXYI RS membrane strain xy IP 


28 BCXI RS bending curvature x IP 

29 BCYI RS bending curvature y IP 

30 BCXYI RS bending curvature xy IP 

31 TYZI RS Shear yz IP 

32 TZXI RS Shear zx IP 

33 UNDEF none 


End TCODE,7 


OES 




number 






corner 

8 Z1 RS Z1 fiber distance 


10 NX1 RS Normal x at Z1 

11 NY1 RS Normal y at Z1 

483

484 

OES 



12 TXY1 RS Shear xy at Z1 

13 ANGLE1 RS Shear Angle at Z1 or n/a 

14 MJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1 or n/a 

15 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1 or n/a 

16 MAXSV1 RS vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a 











corner 



10 NX1R RS Normal x rm at Z1 

11 NX1I RS Normal x ip at Z1 

12 NY1R RS Normal y rm at Z1 

13 NY1I RS Normal y ip at Z1 

14 TXY1R RS Shear xy rm at Z1 

15 TXY1I RS Shear xy ip at Z1 

16 NZ1R RS Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a 

17 NZ1I RS Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a 

18 TYZ1R RS Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a 

19 TYZ1I RS Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a


20 TZX1R RS Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a 

21 TZX1I RS Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a 










31 TYZ1I RS Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a 




End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

OES 


ELTYPE =190 Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA) 




number 






corner 

8 NONE(2) I Nothing 

485

486 

OES 



10 MSX RS membrane stain x 

11 MSY RS membrane strain y 

12 MXY RS membrane strain xy 


16 BCX RS bending curvature x 

17 BCY RS bending curvature y 

18 BCXY RS bending curvature xy 






7 VUID I VU grid identification number this 

corner 


10 MSXR RS membrane strain x RM 

11 MSYR RS membrane strain y RM 

12 MXYR RS membrane strain xy RM 


16 BCXR RS bending curvature x RM 

17 BCYR RS bending curvature y RM 

18 BCXYR RS bending curvature xy RM 

19 TYZR RS Shear yz RM 


21 UNDEF none 

22 MSXI RS membrane strain x IP 

23 MSYI RS membrane strain y IP 

24 MXYI RS membrane strain xy IP



28 BCXI RS bending curvature x IP 

29 BCYI RS bending curvature y IP 

30 BCXYI RS bending curvature xy IP 

31 TYZI RS Shear yz IP 


33 UNDEF none 


End TCODE,7 


OES 




number 






corner 











487

488 

OES 












corner 


















25 NY2I RS Normal y ip at Z2











End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =191 Beam view element (VUBEAM) 

OES 




number 





number 

7 POS(3) RS Y,Z,W coordinate of output point 

10 NX RS Normal x 




13 MAXLONG RS Max longitudinal 

14 MINLONG RS Min longitudinal 



489

490 

OES 





number 

7 POS(3) RS Y,Z,W coordinate of output point 

10 NXR RS Normal x RM 

11 NXI RS Normal x IP 

12 TXYR RS Shear xy RM 

13 TXYI RS Shear xy IP 





End TCODE,7 

ELTYPE =192 CVINT 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =193 QUADFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =194 TRIAFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =195 LINEFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =196 LINXFR - EMAS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =197 GMINTS 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =198 CNVPEL 

2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =199 VUHBDY


2 UNDEF none 

ELTYPE =200 CWELD 

2 UNDEF none 

OES 


ELTYPE =201 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded, nonlinear format 

(QUAD4FD) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


ELTYPE =202 Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded, nonlinear format 

(HEXA8FD) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS 

3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


491

492 

OES 



11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


ELTYPE =203 Slideline contact (SLIF1D) 

2 REGIONID I Contact region identification number 

3 MGRID1 I Master grid 1 

4 MGRID2 I Master grid 2 

5 SCOORD RS Surface coordinate 

6 F RS Normal force 

7 S RS Shear force 

8 SIGMA RS Normal stress 

9 TAU RS Shear stress 

10 NGAP RS Normal gap 

11 SLIP RS Slip 

12 SLIPRAT RS Slip ratio 

13 SLIPCODE(2) CHAR4 Slip code 

ELTYPE =204 Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded, nonlinear format 

(PENTA6FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS


7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =205 Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded, nonlinear format 

(TETRA4FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

493

494 

OES 



16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


ELTYPE =206 Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded, nonlinear format 

(TRIA3FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


ELTYPE =207 Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded, nonlinear format 

(HEXAFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 

10 PRESSURE RS


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =208 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded, nonlinear format 

(QUADFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


ELTYPE =209 Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format 

(PENTAFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

495

496 

OES 



6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


ELTYPE =210 Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format 

(TETRAFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS


15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =211 Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded, nonlinear format 

(TRIAFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


ELTYPE =212 Hyperelastic axi. triangular 3-noded nonlinear format 

(TRIAX3FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

497

498 

OES 



10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 



(TRIAXFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


ELTYPE =214 Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear 

format(QUADX4FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS


9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


OES 



format (QUADXFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 



(TETRA4FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

499

500 

OES 



8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 



(TRIA3FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 



(HEXAFD) 

2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


OES 


ELTYPE =219 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format 

(QUADFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

501

502 

OES 



12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 


ELTYPE =220 Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format 

(PENTAFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 



(TETRAFD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS


7 SXY RS 

8 SYZ RS 

9 SZX RS 


11 VOLSTR RS 

12 EX RS 

13 EY RS 

14 EZ RS 

15 EXY RS 

16 EYZ RS 

17 EZX RS 


OES 



(TRIAX3FD) 


3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 



format (QUADXFD) 

503

504 

OES 




3 ID I 

4 SX RS 

5 SY RS 

6 SZ RS 

7 SXY RS 

8 PRESSURE RS 

9 VOLSTR RS 

10 EX RS 

11 EY RS 

12 EZ RS 

13 EXY RS 



2 F RS Force 

3 S RS Stress 


2 F RS Force 

3 S RS Stress 

ELTYPE =226 Nonlinear BUSH 

2 FX RS Force X 

3 FY RS Force Y 

4 FZ RS Force Z 

5 STX RS Stress Translational X 

6 STY RS Stress Translational Y 

7 STZ RS Stress Translational Z 

8 ETX RS Strain Rotational X 

9 ETY RS Strain Rotational Y


10 ETZ RS Strain Rotational Z 

11 MX RS Moment X 

12 MY RS Moment Y 

13 MZ RS Moment Z 

14 SRX RS Stress Rotational X 

15 SRY RS Stress Rotational Y 

16 SRZ RS Stress Rotational Z 

17 ERX RS Strain Rotational X 

18 ERY RS Strain Rotational Y 

19 ERZ RS Strain Rotational Z 

ELTYPE =227 Triangular shell element (CTRIAR) 


















OES 


505

506 

OES 



















End TCODE,7 











10 FD2 RS Z2 = Fibre Distance
























End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 





OES 


507

508 

OES 






























13 EY2I RS Normal in y at Z2




End TCODE,7 


























OES 


509

510 

OES 











End TCODE,7 

End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =232 QUADR composite 

















6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z






OES 



End SCODE,6 

ELTYPE =233 TRIAR composite (Same as TRIAR composite) 






















511

512 

OES 




End SCODE,6 

End ELTYPE 




Notes: 

1. For CBEAM (2) Item codes are given for end A. Addition of the quantity (K-1) 10 

to the item code points to the same information for other stations, where K is the 

station number. K=11 for end B and 2-10 for intermediate stations. 

2. For CTRIA6 (53) The stresses are repeated for each of the stress points within 

each element. For CHEX8 there are 9 stress points for each element. For CHEX20 

there are 9 plus (the number of nondeleted mid-side nodes) stress points for each 

element. 

3. For QUAD8 (64) For corner grids, real , add 17I to items 3 through 19, where I = 

1,2,3,4 (87 total words). For corner grids, real/imaginary add 15I to items 3 

through 19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (77 total words).

OGF Table of grid point forces 

Table of grid point forces. 







OGF 

Table of grid point forces 


2 TCODE(C) I Table code; always 19 

3 UNDEF none 



9 APPCODE I Approach code 

10 NUMWDE(C) I Length of entries in RECORD=DATA 

11 VALUE1 I Data Value 

12 VALUE2 RS Data Value 








number 


ACODE,4 =0 

513

514 

OGF 




ACODE,4 =01 


number 

ACODE,4 =02 


number 

ACODE,4 =03 


number 

ACODE,4 =04 


number 

ACODE,4 =05 


ACODE,4 =06 


ACODE,4 =07 


number 

ACODE,4 =08 


number 

ACODE,4 =09 


number 

ACODE,4 =10 


ACODE,4 =11


OGF 



number 

ACODE,4 =12 

1 EKEY I Device code + 10* Point ID 

End ACODE,4 

End TCODE,1 

2 EID I Element identification number if 

element force; otherwise zero 

3 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 

NUMWDE =10 real 

5 F1 RS Force in displacement coordinate system 

direction 1 


direction 2 


direction 3 

8 M1 RS Moment in displacement coordinate 

system direction 1 





NUMWDE =16 complex 

5 F1R RS 

6 F2R RS 

7 F3R RS 

8 M1R RS 

9 M2R RS 

10 M3R RS 

11 F1I RS 

515

516 

OGF 



12 F2I RS 

13 F3I RS 

14 M1I RS 

15 M2I RS 

16 M3I RS 

End NUMWDE 



1 WORD1 I Number of output line entries 


Notes: 

1. Records repeat for each subcase having any output requests. 


1 = print 

2 = plot 

4 = punch 

5 = print, and punch, etc. 


1 = statics 

2 = reigen 

3 = ds0 

4 = ds1 

5 = freq 

6 = bkl0 

7 = bkl1 

8 = ceigen 

9 = pla

OGK Output gasket element results 

For SOL 601,106 and SOL 601,129, SORT1 only. 



1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data Block Name, e.g. OGK1 



OGK 

Output gasket element results 

1 ACODE I Device code + 10*Approach code 

2 TCODE I Table code; 61 

3 ELTYPE I Element Type (e.g. linear hexa=67, 

linear penta=68, nonlinear penta=91, 

hexa=93, ....) 

4 SUBCASE I 



8 LOADSET I Load Set or Zero 

9 FCODE I 1 

10 NUMWDE I Number of words per entry in DATA 

record 

11 UNDEF None 

12 PID I Physical Property ID 





517

518 

OGK 

Output gasket element results 



1 EKEY I Device code + 10* Element identification 

number 

2 GP RS Gasket pressure 

3 GC RS Gasket closure 

4 GPC RS Gasket plastic closure 

5 YS RS Gasket yield stress 

6 GS I Gasket status 

Repeat word 1-6 for each element. 

Remarks: 

1. Gasket element results are elemental based results.

OGS 

Table of grid point stresses/strains or siscontinuities 

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or siscontinuities 

SORT1, SORT2, and real formats only. 




3 WORD I Month, day, year, 0, 1 





2 TCODE(C) I Table type code 

3 ID I Surface or volume identification 

number 

4 SUBCASE I Subcase or mode identification number 

ACODE =01 Statics 


6 UNDEF none 

ACODE =02 Real Eigenvalues 



ACODE =06 Transient 


6 UNDEF none 

ACODE =10 Nonlinear Statics 

5 LOADSTEP RS Load Step 

6 UNDEF none 

End ACODE 

7 UNDEF none 

519

520 

OGS 



8 REFID I Reference coordinate system 


9 FCODE I Format code 


record 

11 SCODE I Stress/Strain code 

12 OCOORD I Output coordinate system code 

13 AXIS I Axis specification code 

14 NORMAL I Normal Specification code 







TCODE =26 Surface 

1 EKEY I 10*Grid point identification number + 

Device code 

2 ID I Element identification number 

3 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre 

4 NX RS Normal in x 

5 NY RS Normal in y 


7 A RS Angle 

8 MJRP RS Major principal 

9 MNRP RS Minor principal 


11 HVM RS Hency-von Mises

OGS 



TCODE =27 Volume with direct 


Device Code 



4 NZ RS Normal in z 





9 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises or Octahedral 

TCODE =28 Volume with principal 


Device code 

2 LXA RS Direction cosine from x to a 

3 LXB RS Direction cosine from x to b 

4 LXC RS Direction cosine from x to c 

5 LYA RS Direction cosine from y to a 

6 LYB RS Direction cosine from y to b 

7 LYC RS Direction cosine from y to c 

8 LZA RS Direction cosine from z to a 

9 LZB RS Direction cosine from z to b 

10 LZC RS Direction cosine from z to c 

11 SA RS Principal in a 

12 SB RS Principal in b 

13 SC RS Principal in c 


15 EHVM RS Hencky-von Mises or Octahedral 

521

522 

OGS 



TCODE =29 Element discontinuities for surface 


Device code 

2 ELTYPE(2) CHAR4 Element type 





8 MJPR RS Major principal 

9 MNPR RS Minor principal 




TCODE =30 Element discontinuities for volumes with direct 

1 EKEY I 10*Element identification number + 

Device code 





7 SXY RS Shear in xy 

8 SYZ RS Shear in yz 

9 SZX RS Shear in zx 




TCODE =31 Element discontinuities for volumes with principal 

1 EKEY I 10*Element identification number + 

Device code

OGS 










TCODE =32 Grid point discontinuities for surface 


Device code 




5 NXY RS Shear in xy 

6 MJPR RS Major principal 

7 MNPR RS Minor principal 




TCODE =33 Grid point discontinuities for volumes with direct 


Device Code 








523

524 

OGS 





TCODE =34 Grid point discontinuities for volumes with principal 


Device Code 







TCODE =35 Grid point stresses for surfaces with plane strain 

1 EKEY I 10*Grid point identification number and 

Grid Code 



4 NZ RS Normal in z (always -1) 


6 PR RS Mean pressure (always -1) 

End TCODE,2 

End TABLE 




Notes: 

1. Records repeat for each surface or volume. 

2. Record 2 is the same format for stress (SCODE=0) or strain (SCODE=1). 

3. Format Code ’1’ implies real.

4. Output coordinate system code 

1 = Surface or CID for 3D 

2 = Element 

3 = Basic (3D only) 

5. Axis specification code (for surfaces only) 

1 = X Axis 

2 = Y Axis 

3 = Z Axis 

6. Normal Specification code (for surfaces only ) 

1 = Radius vector 

2 = X Axis 

3 = Y Axis 

4 = Z Axis 

5 = –X Axis 

6 = –Y Axis 

7 = –Z Axis 

8 = –Radius vector 

OGS 


525

526 

OMECON 

Table of constant total modal energies. 

OMECON Table of constant total modal energies. 





3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 






3 UNDEF none 


5 MODE/FREQ I/RS Device code + 10*Mode number 

(SORT1) / Frequency in Hz (SORT2) 


9 FORM I Form of data: 

=1 For real/imaginary 

=3 For magnitude/phase 





115 LABEL(32) CHAR4 Label



OMECON 



TCODE=1042 Sort 1 

1 FREQ RS Frequency in Hz. 

2 TYPE I Always 4 for ‘modal’. 

3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 


Notes: 

1. Four words of data in record 2 repeats for each mode (SORT2) or each frequency 

(SORT1). 

2. Records 1 and 2 repeat for each frequency (SORT2) or each mode (SORT1). 


1 = print 

4 = punch 

RS Real part of energy value (FORM=1) or 

magnitude of energy value (FORM=3) 

RS Imaginary part of energy value 

(FORM=1) or phase (degrees) of energy 

value (FORM=3) 

1 EKEY I Device code + 10*mode number 

2 TYPE I Always 4 for ‘modal’ 

3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 


phase (degrees) of energy value 

(FORM=3) 







527

528 

OMECON 


5 = print and punch 


5= freq 

5. Table code: 

1042 = SORT1 complex 


Mode number = 0 implies summation results (i.e. summation of all modal energy 

values for a frequency)

OMEOSCTable of oscillating total modal energies. 

Table of oscillating total modal energies. 



OMEOSC 




3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 





3 UNDEF none 













529

530 

OMEOSC 







3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



Notes: 


(SORT1). 



1 = print 

4 = punch 








3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



(FORM=3) 






2 UNDEF(5 ) none



5= freq 




OMEOSC 



values for a frequency) 

531

532 

OMKEC 

Table of constant modal kinetic energies. 

OMKEC Table of constant modal kinetic energies. 





3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 






3 UNDEF none 















OMKEC 






3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 


Notes: 


(SORT1). 



1 = print 

4 = punch 








3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



(FORM=3) 







533

534 

OMKEC 




5= freq 






OMKEO Table of oscillating modal kinetic energies. 

Table of oscillating modal kinetic energies. 



OMKEO 




3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 





3 UNDEF none 













535

536 

OMKEO 







3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



Notes: 


(SORT1). 



1 = print 

4 = punch 








3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



(FORM=3) 






2 UNDEF(5 ) none



5= freq 




OMKEO 




537

538 

OMSEC 

Table of constant modal strain energies. 

OMSEC Table of constant modal strain energies. 





3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 






3 UNDEF none 















OMSEC 






3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 


Notes: 


(SORT1). 



1 = print 

4 = punch 








3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



(FORM=3) 







539

540 

OMSEC 




5= freq 




6. Mode number = 0 implies summation results (i.e. summation of all modal energy 


OMSEO Table of oscillating modal strain energies. 

Table of oscillating modal strain energies. 



OMSEO 




3 MONTH I 

4 DAY I 

5 YEAR I 





3 UNDEF none 













541

542 

OMSEO 







3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



Notes: 


(SORT1). 



1 = print 

4 = punch 








3 REAL or 

MAG 

4 IMAG or 

PHASE 



(FORM=3) 






2 UNDEF(5 ) none



5= freq 




OMSEO 


6. Mode number = 0 implies summation results (i.e. summation of all modal energy 


543

544 

OPG 

Table of applied loads 

OPG Table of applied loads 











3 UNDEF none 


TCODE =1 Sort 1 








ACODE =03 Differential Stiffness 





6 UNDEF(2 ) none


ACODE =05 Frequency 






ACODE =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling) 



ACODE =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) 



7 UNDEF none 

ACODE =09 Complex Eigenvalues 

5 MODE I Mode 



ACODE =10 Nonlinear statics 



ACODE =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics 



ACODE =12 CONTRAN ? (May appear as ACODE=6) 



End ACODE 


OPG 


545

546 

OPG 



5 LSDVMN I Load set, Mode Number 


End TCODE 

8 UNDEF none 

9 FCODE(C) I Format Code 


record 


23 THERMAL I 1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise 









number 

TCODE =02 Sort 2 - Swap with word 5 of IDENT 

ACODE =01 


number 

ACODE =02 


number 

ACODE =03 


number 

ACODE =04


OPG 



number 

ACODE =05 


ACODE =06 


ACODE =07 


number 

ACODE =08 


number 

ACODE =09 


number 

ACODE =10 


ACODE =11 


number 

ACODE =12 


number 

End ACODE 

End TCODE 

2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar 

FCODE =0 Real 

3 F1 RS Applied force in direction 1 



547

548 

OPG 



6 M1 RS Applied moment in direction 1 



FCODE =1 Real/Imaginary 

3 F1R RS Applied force in direction 1 – Real 



6 M1R RS Applied moment in direction 1 – Real 



9 F1I RS Applied force in direction 1 – Imaginary 



12 M1I RS Applied moment in direction 1 – 

Imaginary 


Imaginary 


Imaginary 

End FCODE 



1 UNDEF(6 ) none

OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters 




Record 1 - PARAMS 


1 APRCOD I Approach code 

2 IPRINT I Print parameter 

3 DESMAX I Maximum design cycles 

4 METHOD I Optimization method 

5 DELP RS Allowed property change 

6 DPMIN RS Minimum DELP 

7 PTOL RS Property tolerance 

OPTPRM 

Table of optimization parameters 

8 CONV1 RS Relative objective convergence criterion 

9 CONV2 RS Absolute objective convergence criterion 

10 GMAX RS Maximum allowed constraint violation 

11 DELX RS Allowed design variable change 

12 DLXMIN RS Minimum DELX 

13 DELB RS Finite difference step 

14 GSCAL RS Constraint scale factor 

15 CONVDV RS Relative design variable convergence 

criterion 

16 CONVPR RS Absolute design variable convergence 

criterion 

17 P1 I DOM print parameter 

18 P2 I DOM print parameter 

19 CT RS Active constraint threshold 

20 CTMIN RS Violated constraint threshold 

549

550 

OPTPRM 

Table of optimization parameters 


21 DABOBJ RS DOT absolute objective convergence 

criterion 

22 DELOBJ RS DOT relative objective convergence 

criterion 

23 DOBJ1 RS 1-D search absolute objective limit 

24 DOBJ2 RS 1-D search relative objective limit 

25 DX1 RS 1-D search absolute DV limit 

26 DX2 RS 1-D search relative DV limit 

27 ISCAL I Scaling flag 

28 ITMAX I Maximum DOT MFD iterations 

29 ITRMOP I DOT convergence MFD criterion 

30 IWRITE I File for optimizer print 

31 IGMAX I Active constraint counter 

32 JTMAX I Maximum DOT SLP iterations 

33 ITRMST I DOT convergence SLP criterion 

34 JPRINT I SLP print code 

35 IPRNT1 I Scale factor print 

36 IPRNT2 I 1-D search print 

37 JWRITE I File for iteration history print 

38 STPSCL RS Scale factor for shape step size 



1 UNDEF(6 ) none

OQG 

OQG 

Table of single or multipoint constraint forces. Also contact force results from SOL 

For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. Contact 

force results are SORT1 format only. 



Table of single or multipoint constraint forces. Also contact force 

results from SOL 101, SOL 601,106 and SOL 601,129. 








3 UNDEF none 















551

552 

OQG 




ACODE =05 Frequency 






ACODE =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling) 



ACODE =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) 



7 UNDEF none 

ACODE =09 Complex Eigenvalues 

5 MODE I Mode 



ACODE =10 Nonlinear statics 



ACODE =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics 



ACODE =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) 



End ACODE

OQG 






End TCODE 

8 UNDEF none 

9 FCODE(C) I Format Code 


record 

11 MPCFORCE I 1 for MPCforce output and 0 for 

SPCforce output 


23 THERMAL I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise 









number 

TCODE =02 Sort 2 - Swap with word 5 of IDENT 

ACODE =01 


number 

ACODE =02 


number 

ACODE =03 

553

554 

OQG 




number 

ACODE =04 


number 

ACODE =05 


ACODE =06 


ACODE =07 


number 

ACODE =08 


number 

ACODE =09 


number 

ACODE =10 


ACODE =11 


number 

ACODE =12 


number 

End ACODE 

End TCODE 

2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar 

FCODE =0 Real

OQG 



3 QF1 RS Constraint force in direction 1 



6 QM1 RS Constraint moment in direction 1 



FCODE =1 Real/Imaginary 

3 QF1R RS Constraint force in direction 1 – Real 



6 QM1R RS Constraint moment in direction 1 – Real 



9 QF1I RS Constraint force in direction 1 – Imaginary 



12 QM1I RS Constraint moment in direction 1 – 

Imaginary 


Imaginary 


Imaginary 

End FCODE 

Data Format when Table Code = 63 (OQG contact force results) 


number 

2 TYPE I Point type, Grid or Scalar (always Grid for 

contact force) 

555

556 

OQG 



3 QF1 RS Contact force in direction X (Base C.S.) 

4 QF2 RS Contact force in direction Y (Base C.S.) 

5 QF3 RS Contact force in direction Z (Base C.S.) 

6 QM1 RS Not used 



Repeat word 1-8 for each grid point. 



1 UNDEF(6 ) none

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations 

OUG 

Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations 

Also, temperatures for heat transfer and sound pressure levels for acoustic analyses. 











3 UNDEF none 
















557

558 

OUG 









ACODE,4 =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling) 



ACODE,4 =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) 



7 UNDEF none 


5 MODE I Mode 



ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear statics 



ACODE,4 =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics 



ACODE,4 =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) 



End ACODE,4 

TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2

OUG 





End TCODE,1 

8 UNDEF none 

9 FCODE I Format Code 


record 


13 ACFLAG(C) I Acoustic presure flag 


23 THERMAL I 1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise 









number 


ACODE,4 =01 


number 

ACODE,4 =02 


number 

ACODE,4 =03 

559

560 

OUG 




number 

ACODE,4 =04 


number 

ACODE,4 =05 


ACODE,4 =06 


ACODE,4 =07 


number 

ACODE,4 =08 


number 

ACODE,4 =09 


number 

ACODE,4 =10 


ACODE,4 =11 


number 

ACODE,4 =12 



number 

End ACODE,4 

End TCODE,1 

2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar

OUG 



TABLCODE=01 Displacement - TablCode=MOD(TCODE,1000) 

TCODE,2 =01 

ACFLAG =0 Real 


3 DT1 RS Translation in direction 1 



6 DR1 RS Rotation in direction 1 



TCODE,7 =1 Real/ Imaginary 

3 DT1R RS Translation in direction 1 



6 DR1R RS Rotation in direction 1 



9 DT1I RS Translation in direction 1 - imaginary 



12 DR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 - imaginary 



End TCODE,7 

ACFLAG =2 Acoustic Pressure 


3 P RS Sound pressure level 

4 PRMS RS RMS Sound pressure level 

561

562 

OUG 



5 DB RS Sound pressure level in dB 

6 DBA RS Sound pressure level in dBA 



3 PR RS Sound pressure level 

4 PRMSR RS RMS Sound pressure level 

5 DBR RS Sound pressure level in dB 

6 DBAR RS Sound pressure level in dBA 

7 PI RS Sound pressure level - imaginary 

8 PRMSI RS RMS Sound pressure level - imaginary 

9 DBI RS Sound pressure level in dB - imaginary 

10 DBAI RS Sound pressure level in dBA - imaginary 


End TCODE,7 

End ACFLAG 

TCODE,2 =07 Eigenvector Displacement 












6 DR1R RS Rotation in direction 1

OUG 











End TCODE,7 

TCODE,2 =10 Velocity 


3 VT1 RS Translation in direction 1 



6 VR1 RS Rotation in direction 1 




3 VT1R RS Translation in direction 1 



6 VR1R RS Rotation in direction 1 



9 VT1I RS Translation in direction 1 - imaginary 



12 VR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 - imaginary 

563

564 

OUG 





End TCODE,7 

TCODE,2 =11 Acceleration 


3 AT1 RS Translation in direction 1 



6 AR1 RS Rotation in direction 1 




3 AT1R RS Translation in direction 1 



6 AR1R RS Rotation in direction 1 



9 AT1I RS Translation in direction 1 - imaginary 



12 AR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 - imaginary 



End TCODE,7 

TCODE,2 =14 Eigenvector Displacement (Solution Set) 


3 DT1 RS Translation in direction 1

OUG 





















End TCODE,7 

TCODE,2 =15 Displacement (Solution Set) 









565

566 

OUG 















End TCODE,7 

TCODE,2 =16 Velocity (Solution Set) 














8 VR3R RS Rotation in direction 3

OUG 









End TCODE,7 

TCODE,2 =17 Acceleration (Solution Set) 

TCODE,7 =0 




















567

568 

OUG 



End TCODE,7 

End TCODE,2 



1 UNDEF(6 ) none

R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level 

(Direct) Retained Responses 


Record 1 – RESPONSE 


R1MAP 

Table of mapping from original first level 







1 WORD1 I Number of responses 


569

570 

R1TAB 

Table of type one response attributes 

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes 

Table of type one response attributes. 




Record 1 - Repeat 




3 TYPE(C) I Response type 


6 REGION I Region identifier 

7 SCID I Subcase identification number 

TYPE =1 Weight 


10 SEID I Superelement identification number or 

ALL 


TYPE =2 Volume 


10 SEID I Superelement identification number or 

ALL 


TYPE =3 Lama 


9 APRX I Approximation code 


TYPE =4 Eign

R1TAB 




9 APRX I Approximation code 


TYPE =5 Disp 

8 COMP I Displacement component 

9 UNDEF none 



TYPE =6 Stress 

8 ICODE I Stress item code 

9 UNDEF none 

10 PID I Property entry identification number 


TYPE =7 Strain 

8 ICODE I Strain item code 

9 UNDEF none 



TYPE =8 Force 

8 ICODE I Force item code 

9 UNDEF none 



TYPE =9 CFAILURE 

8 ICODE I Failure criterion item code 

9 PLY I Lamina number 



571

572 

R1TAB 



TYPE =10 CSTRESS 





TYPE =11 CSTRAIN 

8 ICODE I Strain item code 




TYPE =20 FRDISP 





TYPE =21 FRVELO 

8 COMP I Velocity component 




TYPE =22 FRACCL 

8 COMP I Acceleration Component 




TYPE =23 FRSPCF 

8 COMP I SPCForce Component 

9 FREQ RS Frequency

R1TAB 





TYPE =24 FRSTRE 





TYPE =25 FRFORC 





TYPE =60 TDISP 





TYPE =61 TVELO 

8 COMP I Velocity component 




TYPE =62 TACCL 

8 COMP I Acceleration component 




TYPE =63 TSPCF 

573

574 

R1TAB 



8 COMP I SPCForce component 




TYPE =64 TSTRE 


9 FREQ RS Time step 



TYPE =65 TFORCE 


9 FREQ RS Time step 



TYPE =81 DIVERG 

8 ROOT I Root number 



12 DIVERG I DIVERG identification number 

TYPE =82 TRIM 

8 XID I AESTAT or AESURF identification 

number 


12 TRIM I TRIM identification number 

TYPE =83 SABDER 

8 XID I AESTAT or AESURF identification 

number 

9 COMP I Component 

10 RESFLG I Restraint flag


R1TAB 



11 UNDEF none 

12 TRIM I TRIM identification number 

TYPE =84 FLUTTER 


9 MACH RS Mach numbers 

10 VELOC RS Velocity 

11 DENSITY RS Density 

12 FLUTTER I Flutter identification number 

End TYPE 

13 UNDEF none 

14 TYFLG I Flag to indicate how response is 

referenced 

15 SEID I Superelement identificaiton number 


1 NR1 I Number of type one responses (number 

of records in table) 


Notes: 

1. Table is in IRID order and is the order in which responses are to be 

generated. 

2. TYFLG currently has no meaning. The intent was to use this attribute to 

identify responses that should always be retained in DSAD. However, this 

option is not currently supported. 

575

576 

RESP12 

Table of second level (synthetic) responses 

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses 

Table of second level (synthetic) responses. 




Record 1 - Repeat - For each Type 2 response 


1 IR2ID I Internal response identification number 

2 R2ID I External response identification number 


5 EQID I Equation identification number 

6 REG I Region identification number 

7 ND(C) I Number of design variables 

8 NC(C) I Number of constants from constant table 

(Data block DTB) 

9 NR(C) I Number of type one responses 

10 NCORD(C) I Number of coordinates 

11 NPROP1(C) I Number of type one properties 

12 NCONP1(C) I Number of type one connectivity 

properties 

13 NMATP1(C) I Number of type one material properties 

14 NPROP2(C) I Number of type two properties 

15 NCONP2(C) I Number of type two connectivity 

properties 

16 NMATP2(C) I Number of type two material properties 

17 NRR2(C) I Number of referenced type two 

responses 

18 ARGDSP I Number of discrepancy on arguments

RESP12 



19 NCEQ(C) I Number of constants from equation 

table (Data block DEQATN) 

20 IDV I Internal design variable identification 

number 

Word 20 repeats ND times 

21 CVLT1 RS Table constant 

Word 21 repeats NC times 

22 IR1ID I Type one response identification 

number 

Word 22 repeats NR times 

23 NODE I Node number 

24 DIR I Direction 

Words 23 through 24 repeat NCORD times 

25 PROP1ID I Type one property identification 

number 

Word 25 repeats NPROP1 times 

26 CONP1ID I Type one connectivity property 


Word 26 repeats NCONP1 times 

27 MATP1ID I Type one material property 


Word 27 repeats NMATP1 times 

28 PROP2ID I Type two property identification 

number 

Word 28 repeats NPROP2 times 

29 CONP2ID I Type two connectivity property 


Word 29 repeats NCONP2 times 

30 MATP2ID I Type two material property 


577

578 

RESP12 



Word 30 repeats NMATP2 times 

31 IR2ID I Type two response identification 

number 

Word 31 repeats NRR2 times 

32 CVLQ RS Equation constant 

Word 32 repeats NCEQ times 

33 RC I Record count 

34 ARGS I Number of arguments 

35 OSCAR I Oscar type; always 13 

36 DEQA CHAR4 "DEQA" 

37 RECNUM I Record number 

38 BIT I DEQATN identification number number 

bitwise-or-ed with bit 32 

39 TLC(C) I Temporary VPS location count 

40 TEMPVPS I Temporary VPS locations 

Word 40 repeats TLC times 

41 IC(C) I Instruction word count 

42 INST CHAR4 Instruction character word 

43 INSTI(3) I Instruction integer words 

Words 42 through 45 repeat IC/4 times 

46 DATATYP I Temporary VPS value section 

DATATYP =1 Integer input 

47 INT I Integer 

DATATYP =2 Real input 

47 REAL RS Real 

DATATYP =3 Character input 

47 CHARS(2) CHAR4 Character 

End DATATYP 

Words 46 through max repeat until End of Record


RESP12 



1 NRP2 I Number of records (type 2 responses) in 

the table 

2 MAXL I Maximum record length 

3 MAXEQ I Maximum value of EQPOS - 1 for all the 

records 


Notes: 

1. EQPOS = 12 + ND + NC + NR + 2*NCORD + NPROP + NCEQ 1.NCC is 

equal to 2*NCRD. 

2. Pointer FRT1 is equal to ND+NCT+12, pointer FRCD is equal to 

FRT1+NCEQ, pointer FRCEQ is equal to FRCD + 2 * NCRD, pointer EQPOS 

is equal to FRCEQ + NCEQ. 

579

580 

SEMAP 

Superelement Definition Table (Map) 

SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map) 

Provides geometry and connection information for a problem formulated in terms of 

superelements. 




Record 1 - DEFINE 

Repeated for each superelement according to process order 


1 SEID I Super element identification number 

2 INTIDX I Internal index of superelement 

3 ORDER I Processing order 

4 SEDN I Downstream superelement identification 

number 

5 SEDWNIDX I Internal index of downstream 

superelement 

6 PEID I Primary superelement identification 

number 

7 TYPEBIT I Superelement type bit map (See note 3) 

8 NODNCNCT I Number of downstream connections 

9 BITINFO I On bits correspond to connected 

downstream SE’s 

Word 9 repeats LENTRY-1 times 

Words 8 through 9 repeat NBRSE times 

10 NLBL I Number of SELABEL entries 

11 NWLBL(C) I Number of words in label 

12 SEID I Super element identification number 

13 LABELI CHAR4 Four characters in the label


Word 13 repeats NWLBL times 

Words 10 through 13 repeat NLBL times 

Record 2 - MAP 

SEMAP 


Repeated for each superelement according to process order and contains LENTRY 

words per grid point. 


1 GRIDID I Grid point identification number 

2 GRIDBIT I Grid point bit map 

Word 2 repeats LENTRY-1 times 

Record 3 - INFO 

Repeated for each superelement according to process order 



2 BITNO I Bit number for superelement 

3 NG(C) I Number of exterior grid points 

4 NE(C) I Number of elements NE=NBR of 

simple+genel+rigid 

5 PEID I Primary superelement identification number 

6 SEBITS I Superelement type bit map (See note 3) 

7 SEDWN I Downstream superelement identification 

number 

8 BITDWN I Bit number of downstream superelement 

9 EXTGRD I Sorted list of exterior (boundary) grid point 

identification numbers 

Word 9 repeats NG times 

10 ELIDS I Sorted list of element identification numbers 

Word 10 repeats NE times 

581

582 

SEMAP 



11 PGRID I List of primary superelement exterior grids 




1 NBRSE I Number of superelements including 

residual (NBRSE+1) 

2 NBRGP I Total number of grid and scalar points in 

structure 

3 NBRSCL I Number of scalar points 

4 LENTRY I Number of words per entry in 

RECORD=MAP 

5 NBRSEC I Number of secondary superelements 

6 NWDDEF I Number of words per entry in 

RECORD=DEFINE 

Notes: 

1. SEID=0 implies residual. 

2. This table is UNSTRUCTURED. The reason is that each of the records repeat 

for each superelement. 

3. The low order (right to left) 10 bits in TYPEBIT are set as follows: 

Bit Position: Meaning 

0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 

------------------- ------- 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Primary 

1 . . . . . . . . . Partitioned 

. 1 . . . . . . . . Reflect Z 

. . 1 . . . . . . . Reflect Y 

. . . 1 . . . . . . Reflect X 

. . . . 1 . . . . . Repeated 

. . . . . 1 . . . . Collector 

. . . . . . 1 . . . External 

. . . . . . . 1 . . Mirror 

. . . . . . . . 1 . Identical 

. . . . . . . . . 1 Apply mapping transform

SEMAP 


4. The BITINFO in ENTRY=DWNCNCT indicates the downstream 

superelement(s?). 

Bit Number Downstream superelement is: 

0 the residual structure 

1 through NBRSE-1 the superelement(s) corresponding to the 

INTIDX-th bit(s) 

5. In ENTRY=GRIDMAP, bits are numbered left to right beginning with zero 

and span LENTRY-1 words. 

Bit number Meaning 

0 grid is connected to the residual structure 

1 through NBRSE-1 grid is connected to the superelement(s) 

corresponding to the INTIDX-th bit(s) 

NBRSE grid is a scalar point 

NBRSE+1 grid is an incongruent boundary point 

MAXBIT-IDBITS through MAXBIT internal superelement index (INTIDX) to 

which grid is interior 

6. where MAXBIT = NBPW*(LENTRY-1)-1, NBPW is the number of bits per 

word, and "incongruent" indicates inconsistent coordinate systems on the 

boundary point. 

7. In RECORD=INFO The primary superelement exterior grids points are 

sorted in the order of the secondary exterior grid points. Only if SEQSEP is 

specified. 

8. SELABEL is created by SEP1X only. 

9. LENTRY is computed from IDBITS: 

10. IDBITS is the minimum number of bits required to represent NBRSE. 

IDBITS = int ( ln ( max (NBRSE,1)) + 1.01) 

ln 2 

ln 2 

11. where ln is the natural logarithm and int is the integer function. 

583

584 

SEMAP 


12. LENTRY is number of words in the grid point map. 

LENTRY = int ( NBRSE + IDBITS + 1 + 2) 

NBPW 

NBPW 

13. For example, if NBRSE=50 and NBPW=32, then IDBITS=6 and LENTRY=3. 

14. The structure of RECORD=MAP is the same for SEP1 and SEP1X, but the 

content is different. For SEP1X, GRIDID in RECORD=MAP identifies only 

boundary grid points and GRIDBIT delineates to which superelement the 

point connects. For SEP1 the bits are not really clear in meaning. However 

some rules tend to indicate when the exterior grid becomes interior. 

15. RECORD=INFO is the same between both systems, although modules 

SEP1X and SEP2X do not use ENTRY=ELIDS. 

16. ENTRY=PGRID only exists for secondary superelements with resequencing, 

i.e., bit 1 is on in TYPE, and list the relative primary grid points in same order 

as ENTRY=EXTGRD.

SET Table of combined sets 




Record 1 – (*) 


1 ID I Set identification number 

2 TYPE I Set type 

3 SETORIG I Origin of set 

4 SETLEN I Length of set 

5 SETMEM I Set members 

Word 5 repeats SETLEN times 



1 WORD1 I Number of sets 

Notes: 

1. TYPE: 0=unknown, 1=grid, 2=element, 3=grid pairs 

SET 

Table of combined sets 

2 WORD2 I Number of members in largest set 


2. SETORIG: 1=Case Control section, 2=plot section, 3=SET1 Bulk Data entries, 

4=MSGMESH input 

585

586 

TOL 

Transient response time step output list 

TOL Transient response time step output list 








1 WORD1 I Number of time steps 

2 UNDEF(5 ) none

VIEWTB View information table 

VIEWTB 

View information table 

Contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and viewgrids. 




Record 1 - HEXAP(14100,141,18) 



2 CID I Coordinate system identification number - 

from CID field 

3 NX I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field 

4 NY I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field 

5 NZ I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field 

6 MTH CHAR4 Method – ’DIRE’ means direct 

7 MINEID I Mininum VUHEXA identification number 

for this element 

8 MAXEID I Maximum VUHEXA identification number 

for this element 

9 MINGID I Minimum Grid identification number for 

this element 

10 MAXGID I Maximum Grid identification number for 

this element 

11 G(8) I Corner Grid identification numbers 

587

588 

VIEWTB 


Record 2 – PENTAP(14200,142,16) 



2 CID I Coordinate system identification number - 


3 NX I View mesh subdivision – from VIEW field 

4 NY I View mesh subdivision – from VIEW field 

5 NZ I View mesh subdivision – from VIEW field 


7 MINEID I Mininum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION 

NUMBER for this element 

8 MAXEID I Maximum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION 

NUMBER for this element 


this element 


this element 


Record 3 – TETRAP(14300,143,14) 



2 CID I Coordinate system identification number – 


3 NX I View mesh subdivision – from VIEW field 

4 NY I View mesh subdivision – from VIEW field 

5 NZ I View mesh subdivision – from VIEW field 


7 MINEID I Mininum VUTETRA identification number 

for this element



VIEWTB 


8 MAXEID I Maximum VUTETRA identification 

number for this element 


this element 


this element 




Notes: 

1. For each of the 3 word headers: The first number is element type * 100; the 

second number is element type; and the third number is the number of 

words per element. 

2. Items indicated as from field ’XXX’ refer to the OUTRCV Bulk Data entry. 

589

590 

2 

2 NX Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide. Data Blocks 

2.6 Data Block Glossary 

The Data Block Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all data blocks 

shown in the module descriptions in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and 

Statements” on page 766. If the data block is described in “Data Block Descriptions” 

on page 75, then the generic name is also shown. Naming conventions appear at the 

end of the glossary. 

Chapter 4 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

A Square matrix to be decomposed by DCMP, DECOMP, 

SOLVE, and SOLVIT. Rectangular matrix to be processed 

by the DIAGONAL and SCALAR modules. Rectangular 

matrix formed from partitions. Output by MERGE, 

UMERGE, and UMERGE1. Rectangular matrix to be 

used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product. 

Rectangular matrix to be used in NORM module. 

ABESF* Family of a-set size panel area matrices. 

ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table. Output by 

APD. 

ADBINDX Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry 

for each of the NV instances created). Output by ADG. 

ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities. Output by DSADJ. 

ADJG Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or 

p-set. 

AEBGPDT* BGPDT Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables. 

Output by APD. 

AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic jsset 

interference degrees-of-freedom. 

AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the 

interference js-set aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. 

AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic jsset 

degrees-of-freedom. 

AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set 

aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.

Chapter 4 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ksset 

degrees-of-freedom. 

AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set 

aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. 

AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP. 

AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table. Output by 

APD. 

AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation 

matrices that only contains the hinge moment referenced 

coordinates systems if not null. Output by MKCNTRL. 

AECTRL Table of aerodynamic model's control definition. Output 

by ADG. 

AEDBIDX Index table consisting of the triples. Output by 

MAKAEFS. 

AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data. 

AEDBUXV Matrix of vehicle states. 

AEDW Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk 

Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. Ouptut by 

MAKAEFA. 

AEDWIDX Index to the AEDW tables. Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

AEECT* GEOM2 Family of aerodynamic element connection tables. 


AEFIDX Index to the AEFORCE tables. Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

AEFRC Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data 

entries referenced by the AEFORCE entries. Ouptut by 

MAKAEFA. 

AEGRID BGPDT Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic 

model. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier 

MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'. 

AEIDW Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on 

DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. 

Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

591

592 

Chapter 4 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

AEIPRE Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on 

DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the AEPRESS 

entries. Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points. 

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table. Output by 

MAKAEMON and MAKMON. 

AEPRE Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data 

entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Ouptut by 

MAKAEFA. 

AEPRSIDX Index to the AEPRESS tables. Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. 


AEROCOMP Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'. 

Output by MAKCOMP. 

AEUSET* USET Family of aerodynamic USET tables. Output by APD. 

AGG Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a 

structural panel. Output by GP5. 

AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes 

for the central, forward, or backward perturbed 

configuration. Output by SSG1. 

AH Signed global modally reduced area matrix 

Aij Matrix partitions. Output by PARTN and UPARTN. 

AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix. Output by AMG. 

AM2 Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements 

multiplied by the negative of the time step delta 

AM3 Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the 

square of the reciprocal of the time step delta and the 

reciprocal of twice the time step delta, respectively. 

AMLIST List of auxiliary model identification numbers. Output 

by AXMPR1.

Chapter 4 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. Converted 

from forces and pressures computed on AEBGPDT grid 

points, (box centroidal points) to AEGRID grid points 

(box corner points). Output by APD. 

ANORM Normalized matrix. Output by NORM. 

APART Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when 

PNLPTV=TRUE. 

APL Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix. 

APU Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix. 

AUG1 Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis. 

Output by DSAD. 

AUTO Autocorrelation function table. Output by RANDOM. 

AUXTAB Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, 

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge 

moments for all subcases. 

AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, 

hydro elastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by 

IFP. 

593

594 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

B Output matrix from the DIAGONAL module. Right 

hand side of a system of equations input to the FBS, 

SOLVE, and SOLVIT modules. Rectangular matrix to be 

used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product. 

B2DD Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements 

and the B2PP Case Control command and reduced to the 

d-set. In transient response analysis, B2DD may also 

include structural damping effects. 

B2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the B2GG Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

B2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the B2PP Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

BAA Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set. 

BACK Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical 

components. Required in static and pre-buckling 

analysis only. Output by CYCLIC1. 

BASVEC Auxiliary displacement matrix. 

BASVEC0 Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input. 

BCON0 Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint 

relationship. Output by DOPR1. 

BCONXI Matrix relating beam library constraints to the 

independent design variables. Output by DOPR1. 

BCONXT Matrix transpose of BCONXI. 

BD3X3 3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom 

from KGG for parallel domain decomposition. Output 

by GPSP. 

BDD Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for 

linear elements only. 

BDIAG Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling 

generalized differential stiffness matrix. Output by 

DSAH.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

BDPOOL Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data 

entry format. Output by BMG. 

BDICT KDICT BELM dictionary table. Output by EMG. 

BELM KELM Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices. 

Output by EMG. 

BFHH Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH. 

BGPDT* BGPDT Family of basic grid point definition tables for all 


BGPDT BGPDT Basic grid point definition table. Output by GP1. 

BGPDTD BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for a downstream 

superelement. 

BGPDTM BGPDT Basic grid point definition table and updated for the 

current p-level. Output by GP1 with GEOM1M and 

GEOM2M as inputs. 

BGPDTN BGPDT New BGPDT table based on displaced grid locations. 

Output by MATMOD option 11. 

BGPDTS BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for a superelement. 

Output by GP1. 

BGPDTX BGPDT BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the 

SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT. 

BGPDVB BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the backward 

perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM. 

BGPDVP BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or 

central) perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM. 

BGPDVX BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, 

or backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM. 

BGPECT GEOM2 Boundary grid point element connection table. Output 

by BGP. 

BHH Generalized (modal) damping matrix 

BHH1 Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix. Output 

by FA1. 

595

596 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

BKDICT KDICT BKELM dictionary table. 

BKK Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components. Output 

by CYCLIC3. 

BLAMA LAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ. 

BLAMA* LAMA Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables. 

BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in 

the order given by extreme for domain decomposition. 

Output by SEQP. 

BP Null space B matrix. 

BRDD Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or 

heat capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear 

elements in the d-set. 

BTOPO Contact regions topological information table. Output by 

BGP. 

BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. Output 

by NLITER and NLTRD2. 

BTOPOSTF Updated contact regions topological information table. 

Output by NLITER and NLTRD2. 

BXX Viscous damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or d-set 

in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2. 

BUG* Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set 

BUX Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or 

eigenvectors. 

BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT. 

BULK* Family of auxiliary model or superelement Bulk Data 

sections. 

BULKOLD BULK table from a prior run.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

C Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD module 

addition and SMPYAD module product. 

CASADJ CASECC Case Control table associated with adjoint method. 

Output by DSAD. 

CASDSN CASECC Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) 

deleted, excluding static aeroelastic subcases. Output by 

DSAD. 

CASDSX CASECC Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase 

deleted 

CASE CASECC Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis 

type and superelement. 

CASEA CASECC A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic 

analysis. Output by AELOOP. 

CASEBK CASECC Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record 

for every column in BACK. Required in static and prebuckling 

analysis only. Output by CYCLIC1. 

CASEBUCK CASECC Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=BUCK. Output by MDCASE. 

CASECC CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1. 

CASECC* CASECC Family of auxiliary model Case Control tables. 

CASECC1 CASECC Primary model Case Control table appended with extra 

subcases to account for the boundary shapes. Output by 

SHPCAS. 

CASECCBO CASECC Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery 

operations. Output by BGCASO. 

CASECCR CASECC Table of Case Control command images for data 

recovery. Output by TOLAPP. 

CASECEIG Case Control table for modal or direct complex 

eigenvalue analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or 

DCEIG. Output by MDCASE. 

597

598 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

CASEDR CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the 

superelement (identification number equal to output 

value of SEID). Output by SEDR. 

CASEDS CASECC Case control table for the data recovery of design 

responses. Output by DOPR3 and DSTA. 

CASEDSF CASECC Case Control table for all load cases and all design 

variables for the perturbed configuration. Output by 

DSAH. 

CASEDVRG CASECC Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and 

based on ANALYSIS=DIVERG. Output by MDCASE. 

CASEFLUT CASECC Case Control table for flutter and based on 

ANALYSIS=FLUTTER. Output by MDCASE. 

CASEFR CASECC Updated Case Control table for static loads generation 

and solution in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for 

every distinct load set identification number. Output by 

CYCLIC1. 

CASEFREQ CASECC Case Control table for modal or direct frequency 

response analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or 

DFREQ. Output by MDCASE. 

CASEHEAT CASECC Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based 

on ANALYSIS=HEAT. Output by MDCASE. 

CASEMODE CASECC Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based 

on ANALYSIS=MODES. Output by MDCASE. 

CASEMTRN CASECC Case Control table for modal transient analysis and 

based on ANALYSIS=MTRAN. Output by MDCASE. 

CASEP CASECC Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting 

basis vectors. Output by DOPR2. Case Control table with 

number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number of 

Case Control records. Output by DSAJ. 

CASERS CASECC Case Control table for the residual structure and a given 

analysis type.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

CASES CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the current 


value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT. 

CASESADV CASECC Combined Case Control table which includes 

CASESAER or CASEDVRG. Output by MDCASE. 

CASESAER CASECC Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=SAERO. Output by MDCASE. 

CASESMEM CASECC Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and 

based on ANALYSIS=ELEC. Output by MDCASE. 

CASESMST CASECC Case Control table for structural analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=STRU. Output by MDCASE. 

CASESNMB CASECC Combined Case Control table which includes 

CASESTAT, CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, 

CASEDVRG, and CASEFLUT. Output by MDCASE. 

CASESTAT CASECC Case Control table for static analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=STATICS. Output by MDCASE. 

CASESX CASECC Expanded Case Control table. Output by LCGEN. 

CASEXX CASECC Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix 

generation, assembly and reduction. Output by 

MDCASE. 

CASEUPSE CASECC Case Control table for upstream superelements only. 

Output by MDCASE. 

CASEVEC CASECC Table of Case Control command images with the PARTN 

command referencing all of auxiliary model's grid 

identification numbers. Output by AXMPR2. 

CASEXX CASECC Subset of CASECC for current loop. Output by CASE. 

CASEYY CASECC Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis. Output 

by FA2. 

CDELB Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity 

CDELK Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity 

CDELM Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity 

599

600 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS 

calculations. Output by DOPRAN. 

CIDATA Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method. 

Output by NLITER. 

CLAMA LAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table. Output by CEAD. 

CLAMA1 LAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. 

Output by CEAD. 

CLAMA2 LAMA Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter 

analysis. Output by FA2. 

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the 

diagonal. Output by CEAD, LAMX, and UEIGL. 

CMAT Complex matrix. 

CNTABR CONTAB Table of retained constraint attributes. Output by DSAD. 

CNTABRG CONTAB Table of retained constraint attributes. 

CNVTST Convergence test matrix. 

COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for 

element responses. Output by DSAH. 

COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for 

displacement responses. Output by DSAH. 

COMP Merged table of components. Output by MRGCOMP. 

COMPi Table of aerodynamic or structural components 

CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and 

design coordinates. Output by DOPR2. 

CONS1T Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and 

independent design variables. Output by DOPR1. 

CONSBL Matrix of constant property values. Output by DOPR1. 

CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values. Output 

by DOPR1. 

CONTAB CONTAB Table of constraint attributes. Output by DOPR3.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

CONTACT Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions. 

Output by IFP. 

CONTROL Table of editing directives for the TABEDIT module. 

COORD Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, 

COORDO or COORDN. 

COORDN Updated (optimized) COORDO. Output by DOM11. 

COORDO Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the 

beginning of each design cycle. Output by DOPR2. 

CP Column partitioning vector. Output by VEC and 

MATMOD option 17. 

CPH1 Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. 


CPH2 Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter 

analysis. Output by FA2. 

CPHFL Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE. 

CPHP Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set. 

CPHFR Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE. 

CPHX Complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output 

by CEAD. 

CPHL Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by 

CEAD. 

CSNMB CASECC Case Control table for a given superelement and all 

analysis types. 

CSTM CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices. 


CSTMi CSTM Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices; 

either aerodynamic or structural. 

CSTM0 CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for 

the residual structure. 

CSTMA CSTM Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation 

matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points. Output by APD. 

601

602 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

CSTMD CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a 

downstream superelement. 

CSTMM CSTM Merged table of coordinate system transformation 

matrices. Output by MKCSTMA. 

CSTMS CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a 

superelement. 

CVAL Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG. 

CVALO Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values. Output by 

DOM9. 

CVAL Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD. 

CVALR Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD. 

CVALRG Matrix of initial constraint values. 

CVEC Partitioning vector for separating the primary model 

solutions from boundary shape induced solutions. 

Output by SHPCAS. 

CVECT Load combination factor matrix. Output by PCOMB. 

CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components. Output by 

CYCLIC2.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

D Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module 

product. Diagonal matrix extracted from LD. Output by 


D1JE Real part of downwash matrix due to extra points. 

D1JK Real part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG. 

D2JE Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points. 

D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG. 

DAR Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the 

a-set. Formed from the merge of DM and an l-set size 

identity matrix. 

DBCOPT DBCOPT Design optimization history table for post-processing. 

Output by DOM12. 

DB Data block. 

DBi Data block to be processed by the DBC, INPUTT2, and 

OUTPUT2 modules. Data blocks to be compared in the 

RESTART module. Data block declared on the FILE 

statement. Data block to be purged by PURGEX module. 

DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data. Output by DOPR1. 

DBNAME Data block for 'NAME' option of PARAML module. 

Output by PARAML. 

DBP Primary data block. 

DBS Secondary data block. Output by EQUIVX. 

DBUG Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with 

designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH. 

DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable 

relationship. Output by DOPR2. 

DCPHL Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence 

eigenvalues extracted from the real part of eigenvectors 

associated with the divergence eigenvalues. Output by 

CEAD. 

603

604 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DEFUSET Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images. Output by 

IFP. 

DELB1 Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design 

variables. 

DELBSH Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes. 

DELBSX Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are 

replaced by a prescribed small value. Output by DOPR5. 

DELCE Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design 

variables 

DELDV Matrix of divergence sensitivity. Output by DSDVRG. 

DELF1 Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables. 

DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables. 

Output by DSFLTF. 

DELS Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all 

design variables. 

DELS1 Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all 

design variables for a single trim subcase. Output by 

DSARSN. 

DELTGM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the 

perturbed configuration. Output by DSVGP4. 

DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables. Output 

by DSAW. 

DELWS Matrix of delta weight for all design variables. Output by 

DSAW. 

DELX Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design 

variables. 

DELX1 Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design 

variables for a single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN. 

DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by 

IFP. 

DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DESELM Table of designed elements. Output by DOPR3. 

DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes. Output by 

DOPR2. 

DESNEW Update table of design variable attributes. Output by 

DOM12. 

DESTAB DESTAB Table of design variable attributes. Output by DOPR1. 

DESVCP Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of 

DLINK relations with extra columns for 

property/dummy variables. Output by DOPR2. 

DESVEC Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors 

generated from DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from 

columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are defined 

in the basic coordinate system. 

DESVECP Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors 

generated from DVGRID bulk data entries and from 

columns of BASVEC0 matrix its components are 

expressed in the global coordinate system. 

DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies 

with respect to natural frequencies. Output by FRLGEN. 

DGEOM2 GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and scalar points for the perturbed 

configuration. Output by DSAH. 

DGEOM3 GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for 

the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH. 

DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. 

Correlation table of internal grid sequence for the 

baseline and perturbed configuration. Output by 

DOPR6. 

DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets. Output by 

DOPR1. 

DIT DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP. 

DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT. Output by TA1. 

605

606 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DIVDAT Table of divergence data. Output by DIVERG. 

DIVTAB Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases. 

DJX Downwash matrix. Downwash at the j-point due to the x 

aerodynamic extra point. Output by ADG. 

DLCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the 

divergence eigenvalues extracted from the real part of 

left-handed eigenvectors associated with the divergence 

eigenvalues. Output by DIVERG. 

DLSTIN List of data blocks and their paths. Output in a previous 

execution of RESTART. 

DLSTOUT List of data blocks and their paths. Output by RESTART. 

DLT Table of dynamic loads. Output by DPD. 

DLT1 Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis. 

Output by NLCOMB. 

DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer 

analysis. Output by TRLG. 

DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the 

l-set. Output by RBMG3. 

DMATCK Table of designed material consistency check. Output by 

DOPR1. 

DMI Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries. 


DMIi Matrix data blocks created from DMI. Output by DMIIN. 

DMINDX Index into DMI. Output by IFP. 

DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations. Output 

by DOPR2. 

DPHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated 

with designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH. 

DPLDXI Matrix of coefficients in the property to independent 

design variable relationship. Output by DOPR1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DPLDXI* Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to 

independent design variable relationship. Output by 

DOPR1. 

DPLDXT Matrix transpose of DPLDXI. 

DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DSAD. 

DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DSAD. 

DRLIST Superelement processing list for data recovery. Output 

by SEP4. 

DRMSVL Table of the RMS response values with respect to the 

design variables. Output by DSAMRG. 

DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for 

each subcase for each of the response types. Output by 

DSAD. 

DRSTBLG Table containing the number of retained responses for 

each subcase for each of the response types. 

DSCM Design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DSAL. 

DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output 

by DOM6. 

DSCMCOL DCSMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity 

coefficient matrix. Output by DSTAP2. 

DSCMG Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix. 

DSCMR Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. 

Output by DSMA. 

DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design 

sensitivity matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA. 

DSCREN Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry. 

Output by DOPR1. 

DSDIV Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables. 

DSEDV Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses. 

Output by DSAH. 

DSEGM Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix. 

607

608 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DSESM Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix - Boolean 

operator to select eigenvectors which are referenced by 

constraints (buckling and normal modes only). Output 

by DSTA. 

DSIDLBL Table of design response labels. Output by DSTAP2. 

DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load 

and response sensitivity calculations. Output by SDSB. 

DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. Output by DSAN 

and DSTA. 

DSPT2 Old Design sensitivity processor table two. Output by 

DSTA. 

DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design 

sensitivity matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA. 

DSTABR Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability 

derivatives. 

DSTABU Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability 

derivatives. 

DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry. 


DTI Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries. 


DTIi Table data blocks created from DTI. Output by DTIIN. 

DTINDX Index into DTI. Output by IFP. 

DTOS2 Design variable/property cross reference table. Same as 

DTOS2K except that the PREF in each entry is the 

product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding 

design variable value. Output by DOPR5. 

DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except 

that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI 

element and the corresponding design variable value. 

Output by DOPR5.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DTOS2J Table identifying independent design variables and 

property values. Output by DOPR1. 

DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design 

variables and property. Output by DOPR1. 

DTOS2K Same as DTOS2J except that the dvid in each entry refers 

to the position of an internal design variable ID in the 

first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4. 

DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except 

that the dvid in each entry refers to the position of an 

internal design variable ID in the first TABDEQ record. 


DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same 

as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry 

contains the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape 

step size. Output by DOPR5. 

DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate 

system. Output by DOPR2. 

DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the ID in each five-word 

entry is the position of an internal design variable ID in 

the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4. 

DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two 

converged steps. Output by NLITER. 

DUX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the 

perturbed configuration. Output by ASG. 

DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used 

for the boundary DVGRID option. Output by DSAJ. 

DVPTAB DVPTAB Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal 

property identification number order. Output by 

DOPR1. 

DVPTAB* DVPTAB Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties 

by internal property identification number order. 


609

610 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

DVSLIS List of design variables affected by shape variations. 

Output by DSVGP4. 

DXDXI Matrix relating linked and independent design variables. 


DXDXIT Matrix transpose of DXDXI. 

DYNAMIC DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. 


DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics 

without DAREA entry images. Output by GP1. 

DYNAMICS DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for 

the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

E Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module 

product. 

ECT GEOM2 Element connectivity table. Output by GP2. 

ECT* GEOM2 Family of element connectivity tables for all 


ECTA GEOM2 Secondary element connectivity table. Output by GP2. 

EDITVEC Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under 

usetop='filter'. 

EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity 

and optimization. Output by IFP. 

EDOM* Family of EDOM tables for all superelements. 

EDOMM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity 

and optimization updated for p-element analysis. 

Output by OPTGP0. 

EDOMS Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity 

and optimization for a superelement. Output by SDSA. 

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, 

divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also 

contains SET1 entries. Output by IFP. 

EED DYNAMIC Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters. Output by 

DPD. 

EGK Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set 

due to stiffness. Output by DSVG1P. 

EGM Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set 

due to mass. Output by DSVG1P. 

EGPSF EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors. 

Output by GPSTR1. 

EGPSTR EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing 

in the DBC module. Output by GPSTR2. 

611

612 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

EGTX Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to 

changes in the thermal load/design variables for the 

central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. 

Output by DSVG2. 

EGX Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set 

due to stiffness, mass, viscous damping or structural 

damping. Output by DSVG1P. 

EHT Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. Output 

by GP0. 

EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table. Output by GP0. 

ELDATA Table of combined nonlinear information data. Output 

by NLCOMB. 

ELDCT ELDCT Table of element stress discontinuities for postprocessing 

in the DBC module. Output by STDCON. 

ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and 

the p-value dependencies of each P-element grid, edge, 

face and body. Output by VIEWP. 

ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS 

DEFINITION section of Case Control. Output by 

PLTSET and SEPLOT. 

EMAT Matrix of editing parameters. 

EMM Effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS. 

EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work. Output by SSG3, 

SOLVIT, and DISUTIL. 

EPT EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

properties. Output by IFP and IFP6. 

EPTA EPT Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to 

element properties. 

EPTC EPT Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by 

equivalent PSHELL records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, 

and DSTA. 

EPTN EPT Updated (optimized) EPT. Output by DOM11.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

EPTS EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

properties for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and 

SEP2X. 

EPTTAB EPT Table of designed property attributes. Output by 

DOPR1. 

EPTTAB* EPT Family of tables of designed property attributes. Output 

by DOPR1. 

EPTX EPT EPT with design variable perturbations. Output by 

DSABO. Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are 

replaced by equivalent PBEAM records. Output by IFP7. 

Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are 

replaced by equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records. 

Output by IFP9. Copy of EPT except PACABS and 

PACABR entries are updated with TABLEij references. 

EQACST Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and 

internal structural grid points which lie on the 

fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5. 

EQDYN EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal 

grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. 

(EQEXIN appended with extra point data). Output by 

DPD. 

EQEXIN EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal 

grid/scalar identification numbers. OUTPUT by GP1. 

EQEXINS EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal 

grid/scalar identification numbers for a superelement. 

Output by SEP2 and SEP2X. 

EQMAP Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for 

domain decomposition. Output by PRESOL. 

ERHM Matrix of dimensional unsplined restrained elastic hinge 

moment data 

ERROR0 ERROR Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in 

previous superelement or adaptivity loop. 

613

614 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

ERROR1 ERROR Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or 

adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT. 

EST Element summary table. Output by TA1. 

ESTDATA Table of superelement estimation data overrides. Output 

by DTIIN. 

ESTL Linear element summary table. Output by TA1. 

ESTDCN Element summary table which incorporates combined 

constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF and 

DSTA. 

ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design 

variable perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the 

forward perturbation. Output by DSAE. 

ESTDVB Element summary table for the backward perturbed 

configuration. Required only if CDIF='YES'. 

ESTDVM EST EST with updated material property identification 

numbers. Output by DSABO. 

ESTDVP EST with element property design variable 

perturbations. Output by DSABO and DSTA. 

ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations. Output by 

DOPR6. 

ESTF Element summary table for follower force stiffness. 

Output by TAFF. 

ESTNL Nonlinear element summary table. Output by TA1. 

ESTNL1 Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat 

transfer analysis. Output by TAHT. 

ESTNLH Nonlinear element summary table at converged step. 

Output by NLITER, NLTRD, and NLTRD2. 

ESTR EST table with reduced records. Output by MATMOD 

option 38. 

ETT Element temperature table. Output by GP3.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal 

identification numbers for the effects of temperature. 

Output by DSAF and DSTA. 

ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element 

identification numbers have been converted to new 

design variable identification numbers. Output by 

DSAN and DSTA. 

EUHM Matrix of dimensional unsplined unrestrained elastic 

hinge moment data. 

615

616 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

F Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module 

addition. 

FENL Strain energy and grid point force at every element from 

the previous load step in nonlinear matrix format. 

FENL1 Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the 

current load step in nonlinear matrix format. Output by 

NLITER. 

FFAJ Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes. 

FFGH Follower force for OLOAD output. Output by NLITER. 

FG Element forces due to large displacements. Output by 

GNFM. 

FGNL Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration. 


FLUTAB Flutter summary table for all subcases. 

FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors. Output by 

MODEPF. 

FN Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized 

stiffness). 

FOL FOL Frequency response frequency output list. Output by 

FRLG. 

FOL1 FOL Frequency response frequency output list truncated by 

the OFREQ Case Control command. Output by 

MODACC. 

FOLMAT Matrix of frequencies in radian units. Output by 

MATMOD Option 33. 

FOLT FOL Frequency response frequency output list with first 

frequency truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also 

similarly truncated. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2. 

FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under 

the OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and 

MSGMESH field information. Output by IFP1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

FORE Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic 

components. Output by CYCLIC1. 

FREQMASS Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses. 

FRL Frequency response list. Output by FRLGEN. 

FRL1 Frequency response list for the current processor if 

distributed processing is requested. Output by 

FRLGEN. 

FRLI Frequency response list for a single frequency. Output by 

FRQDRV. 

FRQRMF FRQRPR table for frequency response. 

FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses 

per response type per frequency or time step. Output by 

DOPR3. 

FRQRPR Table containing the number of first level (direct) 

retained responses per response type and per frequency 

or time step. Output by DSAD. 

FRQRPRG Table containing the number of first level (direct) 

retained responses per response type and per frequency 

or time step. 

FSAVE Flutter storage save or answer table. Output by FA1. 

617

618 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GAMMAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier 

for [C]. 

GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local 

a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements. 

It contains a 1 at each row that does not have a 

contribution from the current processor and zero if it 

does. Required only for geometric domain decomp. 

GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) 

components and solution set components. Output by 

CYCLIC3. 

GDGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements 

from the k-set to g-set. Output by GI. 

GDKI Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements 

from the k-set to h-set. 

GDNTAB Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis. 


GEG Element displacement interpolation matrix. Output by 

MGEN. 

GEI Table of general element data. Output by TA1. 

GEOM1 GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry. 


GEOM1* GEOM1 Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned 

superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections. 

GEOM1A GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and 

assigned to an auxiliary model. Output by IFP. 

GEOM1C GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and 

merged from GEOM1 and GEOM1A. Output by 

AXMPR2. 

GEOM1EX GEOM1 table containing records which define an 

external superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, 

CORD2j, EXTRN, and GRID Bulk Data records. Output 

by BDRYINFO.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GEOM1M GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and 

updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0. 

GEOM1N GEOM1 Updated (optimized) GEOM1. Output by DOM11. 

Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to 

CORD2j records. Output by SECONVRT. 

GEOM1P GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry 

updated for p-elements and superelements. Output by 

MODGDN. 

GEOM1Q GEOM1 Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records 

have been added and any pre-existing SEQGP records 

are removed. Output by SEQP. 

GEOM1R GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record. Output by 


GEOM1S GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for 

the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X. 

GEOM1VU GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with 

view-grids added. Output by VIEWP. 

GEOM1X GEOM1 GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, 

hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by 

IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5. GEOM1 table related to 

axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, acoustic cavity, 

and spot weld element analysis. Output by MODGM2. 

GEOM2 GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and scalar points. Output by IFP. 



GEOM2A GEOM2 Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to 

element connectivity and updated for the current p-level. 



external superelement. Specifically, it PLOTEL and 

SPOINT Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO. 

619

620 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GEOM2M GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and scalar points and updated for the 

current p-level. Output by GP0. 

GEOM2N GEOM2 Updated (optimized) GEOM2. Output by DOM11. 

Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 

on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records. 

Output by SECONVRT. 

GEOM2R GEOM2 table with reduced element record. Output by 


GEOM2S GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and scalar points for the current 

superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X. 

GEOM2VU GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and scalar points p-elements removed and 

view-elements added. Output by VIEWP. 



IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5. GEOM2 table augmented with fluid 

data and SPOINTS if ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP. 

GEOM3 GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and 

thermal loads. Output by IFP. 

GEOM3B Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and 

thermal loads with DAREA entry images converted to 

equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry images. Output 

by GP1. 

GEOM3M GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and 

thermal loads and updated for the current p-level. 


GEOM3N GEOM3 Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis. Output 

by CYCLIC1. Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and 

MOMENTi records converted to FORCE and MOMENT 

records. Output by SECONVRT.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GEOM3S GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and 

thermal loads for the current superelement. Output by 

SEP2 and SEP2X. 

GEOM3T GEOM3 GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures. 




IFP3. 

GEOM4 GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, 

degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element 

connectivity. Output by IFP. 




external superelement. Specifically, ASETi and QSETi 

Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO. 

GEOM4M GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, 


connectivity and updated for the current p-level. Output 

by GP0. 

GEOM4P GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints 

and updated for the constraints applied by GMBC, 

GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data entries. Output 

by MODGM4. 

GEOM4S GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, 


connectivity for the current superelement. Output by 

SEP2 and SEP2X. 

621

622 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GEOM4X GEOM4 GEOM4 table related to axisymmetric conical shell and 

hydroelastic Output by IFP3 and IFP4. GEOM4 table 

augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because 

all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one 

contains only one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also 

augmented with SEQSET1 records for ACMS='YES'. 


GETNUMPN Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then 

get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel 

static loads. 

GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which 

grid resides on which processors/partitions for domain 

decomposition. Output by SEQP. 

GLBRSP Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1. 

Output by SDRP. 

GLBRSPDS Global results matrix 

GLBTAB Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1. 


GLBTABDS Global results correlation table 

GLERR Table of global error estimates from previous iteration. 

Output by ADAPT. 

GLERR1 Table of global error estimates for current iteration. 

Output by ADAPT. 

GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by 

n-set. Output by MCE1. 

GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra 

points, m-set by ne-set. Output by UMERGE1. 

GOA Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set 

by a-set. Output by FBS. 

GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with 

extra points, o-set by d-set. Output by UMERGE1. 

GPDCT Table of grid point stress discontinuities for postprocessing 

in the DBC module. Output by STDCON.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GPDT GPDT Grid point definition table. Output by GP1. 

GPECT Grid point element connection table. Output by TA1. 

GPECT1 Grid point element connection table for heat transfer 

analysis. Output by TAHT. 

GPECTF Grid point element connection table for follower force 

stiffness. Output by TAFF. 

GPFORCE Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE 

less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE 

command is present. 

GPGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the 

k-set to g-set. Output by GI. 

GPKH Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the 

k-set to h-set. 

GPIK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the 

h-set to k-set. 

GPKE Matrix of grid point kinetic energies. 

GPL GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list. 


GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number 

list. (GPL appended with extra point data). Output by 

DPD. 

GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors. Output 

by MODEPF. 

GPSETS Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets. 

Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT. 

GPSNT Grid point shell normal table. Output by TASNP2. 

GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for the current 

superelement. Output by SEP2 and TASNP2. 

GRIDFMP Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid 

grids that will be output. 

623

624 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

GRIDMP Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set 

of fluid grids. 

GRIDSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification 

number which contains a list grid point identification 

numbers. 

GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) 

components and solution set components. Output by 

CYCLIC3.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

HARM Table of harmonic indices. Output by CYCLIC1. 

HDRLBLi Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed 

and centered at the top of of each page. 

HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the 

DISUTIL module under VECPLOT options IOPT=1 or 5. 

Output by VECPLOT. 

HIS HIS Table of design iteration history. 

HISADD HIS Table of design iteration history for current design cycle. 

Output by DOM12. 

HMKT Matrix used to compute hinge moments for each 

AESURF entry. Output by ADG. 

HOEF1 OEF Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for 

CHBDYi elements. Output by SDRHT. 

625

626 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

Ii Inputs to MATMOD and MATPCH module. 

IEF OEF Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement 

in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3. 

IES OES Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal 

displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by 

SDR2 or SDR3. 

IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points 

at the output time steps. Output by NLTRD and 

NLTRD2. 

IFG Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the 

output time steps. Output by NLTRD. 

IFPDB Table data block with IFP module table attributes. 

IFS Matrix of total element forces and their rate of change. 

Output by NLTRD2. 

IMAT Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT. Output by 


INDTA Table of element stress/strain or force item code 

overrides. 

INVEC Starting vector(s). 

IQG OQG Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit 

modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output 

by SDR2 or SDR3. 

IUG OUG Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement 

in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3. 

IUNITSOL Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being 

supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit 

solution is being supplied.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

K2DD Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control 

command and reduced to the d-set. In frequency 

response analysis, K2DD may also include structural 

damping effects. 

K2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the K2GG Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

K2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the K2PP Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

K4AA Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set. 

K4KK Structural damping matrix in cyclic components. Output 

by CYCLIC3. 

K4XX Structural damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or 

d-set in FRRD1. 

KAA Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set. 

KAAL Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced 

to a-set. 

KBDD Tangential stiffness in d-set. 

KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only. 

KDDICT KDICT KDELM dictionary table. Output by EMG. 

KDELM KELM Table of element matrices for differential stiffness. 


KDICT KDICT KELM dictionary table. Output by EMG. 

KDICT1 KDICT KELM1 dictionary table. Output by GNFM. 

KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table. which incorporates combined 

constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF. 

KDICTDS Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If 

CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element 

matrix dictionary. Output by EMG. 

KDICTNL KDICT KELMNL dictionary table. Output by EMG. 

627

628 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

KDICTX KDICT Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for 

h-elements or p-elements. Output by EMG. 

KELM KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, 

differential stiffness, or follower stiffness. Output by 

EMG. 

KELM1 KELM Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness. 

Output by GNFM. 

KELMDCN KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, 

differential stiffness, or follower stiffness which 

incorporates combined constraints and design variables. 

Output by DSAF. 

KELMDS KELM Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If 

CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element 

matrix dictionary. Output by EMG. 

KELMNL KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear 

elements. 

KFHH Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH. 

KFS Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN. 

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set. 

KGG1 Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements. Output 

by SMA3. 

KGGNL Stiffness (or heat conduction) matrix in g-set for material 

nonlinear elements only. 

KGGNL1 Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear 

elements only and updated for radiation. Output by 

RMG2. 

KGGT Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, 

nonlinear and differential matrices). 

KHH Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. 

KHH1 Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. Output 

by FA1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

KKK Stiffness matrix in cyclic components. Output by 

CYCLIC3. 

KLL Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set. 

KLR Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT. 

KMM Stiffness matrix in m-set (partition of KGG). 

KNN Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint 

reduction. 

KOO Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF. 

KRDD Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix 

in the d-set. 

KRFGG Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set. 

Output by EMAKFR. 

KRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT. 

KRZX Matrix of restrained dimensional elastic derivatives. 

KSAZX Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives that 

includes the effect of splines. 

KSGG S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the 

material nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set 

size. 

KSS Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN. 

KUX Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or 

eigenvectors. 

KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis. Output by 

CYCLIC1. 

KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. 

Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, 

and TRD2. 

629

630 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

L Lower triangular decomposition factor. Output by 


LAJJT Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT. 

LAM1DD Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix 

in the d-set. 

LAMA LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table. Output by 

READ, LANCZOS, MODACC, and UEIGL. 

LAMA* LAMA Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables. 

LAMA1 LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for 

mode tracking. Output by MODTRK. 

LAMAF LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid 

portion of the model. 

LAMAS LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the 

structural portion of the model. 

LAMAX LAMA Modified LAMA table. Output by LAMX. 

LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. 

Output by READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL. 

LBTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained 

buckling eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH. 

LCDVEC Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is 

the same number of columns in UGX and ones for 

columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC is 

intended for partitioning of analysis results related to 

inertia relief and SPCforces. Output by DSAD. 

LCOLLBLi Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed 

left-justified in upper left corner of each page. 

LCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. 


LCPHP Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set. 

LCPHX Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or 

h-set. Output by CEAD.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal. Output by DECOMP 

and DCMP. 

LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained 

normal mode eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH. 

LGPART Same as SPCPART except LGPART includes grid points 

not connected to any element. Output by SEQP. 

LISET Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the 

AEBGPTI table. Output by MTRXIN. 

LJSET Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. 

Output by MTRXIN. 

LKSET Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. 


LLL Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL. 

LLLT Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including 

material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects. 

LMAT Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a 

matrix. Output by LAMX. 

LMTROWS Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to 

the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal 

reordering in the DCMP module. 

LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors. 

Output by MODEPF. 

LOCVEC Vector containing grid locations in the basic coordinate 

system. 

LOO Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from 

KOO. Output by DCMP. 

LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of 

KLL. Output by DCMP and DECOMP. 

LXX Lower triangular factor/diagonal of shifted stiffness 

matrix. 

631

632 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

M2DD Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control 

command and reduced to the d-set. 

M2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the M2GG Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

M2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the M2PP Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

MA Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set. Output by 

EFFMAS. 

MAA Mass matrix in a-set or d-set. 

MAPS Superelement upstream to downstream boundary 

coordinate system transformation matrix output by 

GENTRAN. Superelement boundary transformation 

matrix for secondary superelements (mirror, identical, 

and repeated), boundary resequencing and releases 

output by SEP2 and SEP2X. 

MAPS* Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream 

boundary coordinate system, secondary (mirror, 

identical, and repeated), and release transformation 

matrix). 

MAR Table of virtual mass element areas. Output by MGEN. 

MAT Matrix. Output by MATGEN. 

MATIi Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries. Output by 

MTRXIN. 

MATGi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

intended for the g-set. Output by MTRXIN. 

MATJi Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries. Output by 

MTRXIN. 

MATKi Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries. Output by 

MTRXIN. 

MATNAMi Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, 

and DMIJI Bulk Data entries.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

MATPi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

intended for the p-set. Output by MTRXIN. 

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic 

boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, 

and DMIAX entries. Output by IFP and IFP4. 

MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement. Output 

by SEP2X. 

MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. Output 

by IFP4. 

MATS Any matrix on slave processors. 

MATM Any matrix on master processor. Output by DISUTIL. 

MBODY Body table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0. 

MCEIGCC Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase 

flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG 

command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is 

specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

MCHI Matrix relating displacements to source strengths. 

Output by MGEN. 

MCHI2 Secondary matrix relating displacements to source 

strengths. Output by MGEN. 

MDD Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set 

MDICT MELM dictionary table. Output by EMG. 

MEA Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set. 

MEDGE Edge table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0. 

MEF Matrix form of element force output table. Output by 

DRMH1 and DRMS1. 

MEM Modal effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS. 

MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS. 

MES Matrix form of element stress or strain output table. 

Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1. 

MELM KELM Tble of element mass matrices. Output by EMG. 

633

634 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

MESH Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 

'AERO' or 'STRU'. 

MESTNL Nonlinear element summary table at current step. 

Output by NLITER and NLTRD2. 

MEW Modal effective weight matrix. Output by EFFMAS. 

MFACE Face table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0. 

MFHH Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH. 

MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-size. 

MHH Generalized (modal) mass matrix 

MHH1 Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix. Output by 

FA1. 

MI Modal mass matrix. Output by READ and LANCZOS. 

Mi Matrix data block. Output by INPUTT4 and input to 

MATPRN and OUTPUT4. 

MIDLIS Table of pairs of user-supplied material property 

identification numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline 

MIDs. Output by DSABO. 

MKK Mass matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3. 

MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. 

Output by GETMKL. 

MLAM Matrix relating element forces to source strengths. 

Output by MGEN. 

MLAM2 Secondary matrix relating element forces to source 

strengths. Output by MGEN. 

MLL Mass matrix reduced to the l-set. 

MLR Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT. 

MOA Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF. 

MOFPi Matrix form of the i-th output table. Output by DRMH1 

and DRMS1. 

MON Merged monitor table. Output by MRGMON.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

MONi Monitor tables 

MONITOR Structural monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON 

and MAKMON. 

MOO Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF. 

MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points 

at trim. 

MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic 

model 

MPAEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic 

model 

MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points 

at trim. 

MPARV Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model 

MPFEM Modal participation factors for effective mass. Output by 

EFFMAS. 

MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor 

matrices. Output by MODEPF. 

MPJN2O Mapping matrix to map j-set data from new order to old 

order. Output by APD. 

MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data 

entry images. Output by VDR. 

MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at 

trim(excluding inertial loads and static applied loads). 

MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due 

to static applied loads. 

MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural 

model 

MPSEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural 

model 

MPSIR Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim. 

635

636 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

MPSIRV Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural 

model 

MPSIUV Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural 

model 

MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at 

trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads). 

MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static 

applied loads. 

MPSRV Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model 

MPT MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material 

properties. Output by IFP and IFP6. 

MPTC MPT Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by 

equivalent MAT2 records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, 

and DSTA. 

MPTN MPT Updated (optimized) MPT. Output by DOM11. 

MPTS MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material 

properties for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 

and SEP2X. 

MPTX MPT MPT with design variable perturbations. Output by 

DSABO. Copy of MPT except MATHP records are 

updated to include referenced TABLES1 Bulk Data entry 

information. Output by IFP8. 

MQG Matrix form of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint 

output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1. 

MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set). Output by 

RBMG4. 

MRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT. 

MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images 

corresponding to the new mode numbering. Output by 

MODTRK. 

MUG Matrix form of displacement output table. Output by 

DRMH1 and DRMS1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

MUGNI Displacement (or temperature) matrix for stiffness (or 

heat conduction) update. Output by NLITER. 

MULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response 

analysis in the d-set from the previous subcase. Output 

by NLTRD2. 

MUX Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or 

eigenvectors. 

MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually 

h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and 

TRD2. 

MZZ Generalized mass matrix based on PHZ. 

637

638 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

NAMEi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries. Output by 

MTRXIN. 

NEWDBi Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. Output by 

MAKENEW. 

NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table. Output by 

TA1. 

NLFT Nonlinear Forcing function table. Output by DPD. 

NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight 

structural grids which lie within the acoustic face. 

Output by GP5.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OBJTAB OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and 

superelement. Objective attributes with retained 

response identification number. Output by DOPR3. 

OBJTBG OBJTAB Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained 

response identification number. 

OBJTBR OBJTAB Table of design objective attributes with retained 

response identification number. Output by DSAD. 

OCCORF Output table of cross-correlation functions. Output by 

RANDOM. 

OCEIG Complex eigenvalue extraction report. Output by CEAD. 

OCPSDF Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions. 

Output by RANDOM. 

OEDE1 Elemental energy loss. Output by GPFDR. 

OEDS1 OES Table of element stress discontinuities. Output by 

STDCON. 

OEEATO2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the 

autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM. 

OEECRM2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross 

correlation function. Output by RANDOM. 

OEENO2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the NO 

function. Output by RANDOM. 

OEEPSD2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD 


OEERMS2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the RMS 


OEF OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

Output by DDRMM. 

OEF1 OEF Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format. 

Output by SDR2 or DRMH3. 

OEF1A OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the 

composite elements only. Output by SDR2. 

639

640 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OEF1AA OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the 

non-composite elements only. Output by SDRCOMP. 

OEF1DS OEF Table of element forces, excluding non-composite 

elements, in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OEF1VU OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view 

elements. Output by SDRP. 

OEF1X OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format updated for 

PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output. Output 

by SDRX and SDRXD. 

OEF2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format. 

OEFATO2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the 


OEFCRM2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross 


OEFDSN OEF Table of element forces, excluding non-composite 

elements, in SORT1 format for the perturbed 

configuration. 

OEFIT OEF Table of composite element failure indices. Output by 

SDRCOMP. 

OEFITDS OEF Table of composite element failure indices for design 

responses. 

OEFITDSN OEF Table of composite element failure indices for the 

perturbed configuration. 

OEFNL1 OEF Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format. 

Output by SDR2. 

OEFNO2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the NO 


OEFPSD2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD 


OEFRMS2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the RMS 


OEIG Real eigenvalue extraction report. Output by READ.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OEKE1 Elemental kinetic energy. Output by GPFDR. 

OEP Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 

or SORT2 format. Output by MDATA. 

OES OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 

format. Output by DDRMM. 

OES1 OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format. 

Output by SDR2 or DRMH3. OES1A Table of element 

strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite 

elements only. Output by SDR2. 

OES1C OES Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 

format. Output by SDRCOMP. 

OES1CDS OES Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for 

design responses. 

OES1DS OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 

OES1M OES Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the 

element's material coordinate system defined on the 

MAT1 entry. Output by CURV. 

OES1G OES Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and 

interpolated from the centroidal stress table, OES1M. 

Output by CURV. 

OES1VU OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view 


OES1X OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for 

PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output. Output 

by SDRX and SDRXD. Table of linear and nonlinear 

element stresses in SORT1 and linear element format. 

Output by MERGEOFP. 

OES2 OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT2 format. 

OES2GX OES Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format. Output by 

CURVPLOT. 

OESATO2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the 


641

642 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OESCDSN OES Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for 

the perturbed configuration. 

OESCRM2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross 


OESDSN OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the 

perturbed configuration 

OESNL1 OES Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format. 

Output by NLTRD, NLTRD2, and SDRNL. 

OESNLB1 OES Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 

format. Output by NLTRD2 and SDRNL. 

OESNLXR OES Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and 

appended for all subcases (OESNLX from SDRNL). 

OESNO2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO 


OESPSD2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD 


OESRMS2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the RMS 


OFMPF2M Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural 

modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM. 

OFPE Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

OFPES Filtered and sorted element data recovery table. Output 

by STRSORT. 

OFPi Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. 

OFPi1 Output table in SORT1 format usually created by, but not 

limited to, the SDR2 module. 

OFPi2 Output table in SORT2 format. 

OFPiX Output table in SORT2 or SORT1 format. Output by 

SDR3. 

OGDS1 Table of grid point stress discontinuities. Output by 

STDCON.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OGPFB1 OGF Table of grid point forces. Output by GPFDR. 

OGPKE1 Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format. 


OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by 

natural modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM. 

OGPWG Grid point weight generator table in weight units. 

Output by GPWG or VECPLOT (option 7). 

OGS1 OGS Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format. 

Output by GPSTR2. 

Oi Outputs of MATMOD module. 

OINT P-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk 

Data entries. Output by IFP. 

OINTDS P-element output control table for constrained elements. 


OINTDSF P-element output control table for the perturbed 

configuration. Output by DSAH. 

OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient 

response time output list or frequency response 

frequency output list. Output by CEAD, READ, TRLG, 

and FRLG. 

OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. Output by 

MAKEOLD. 

OLF Nonlinear static load factor list. 

OLMPF2M Table of load modal participation factors by natural 


ONRGY1 Table of element strain energies and energy densities. 

Output by GPFDR. 

ONRGYDS OEE Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for 

design responses. Output by GPFDR. 

ONRGYDSN OEE Table of element strain energies and energy densities in 

SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed 


643

644 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OPG1 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT1 format. Output by 

SDR2. 

OPG2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. 

OPG2X OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. Output by 

CURVPLOT. 

OPGATO2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the 


OPGCRM2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross 


OPGNO2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the NO 


OPGPSD2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD 


OPGRMS2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the RMS 


OPMPF2M Table of panel modal participation factors by natural 


OPNL1 Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or 

d-set. Output by VDR. 

OPTPRM OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters. 

OPTPRMG OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters. 

OPTNEW Updated table of optimization parameters. Output by 

DOM12. 

OQG OQG Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in 

SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM. 

OQG1 OQG Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in 

SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or DRMH3. 

OQG1DS OQG Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 

format for design responses. 

OQG2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 

format.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OQG2X OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 

format. Output by CURVPLOT. 

OQGATO2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQGCRM2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the cross correlation. Output by RANDOM. 

OQGDSN OQG Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for 

design responses for the perturbed configuration. 

OQGNO2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the NO function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQGPSD2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQGRMS2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQMATO2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQMCRM2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQMG2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format. 

OQMNO2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the NO function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQMPSD2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM. 

OQMRMS2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format 

for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM. 

OSMPF2M Table of structural modal participation factors by natural 


OSTR1CDS OEE Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for 

design responses. 

OSTR1DS OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 

645

646 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OSTR1G OEE Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format. Output by 

CURV. 

OSTR1VU OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view 


OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented 

with strains for 1-D elements. Output by SDRX and 

SDRXD. 

OSTR2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format. 

OSTR2GX OEE Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format. Output by 

CURVPLOT. 

OSTRCDSN OEE Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for 

the perturbed configuration. 

OSTRDSN OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the 


OUG OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

Output by DDRMM. 

OUG1 OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format. Output by 

SDR2 or DRMH3. 

OUG1DS OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 

OUG1VU OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. 


OUG2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format. 

OUG2X OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format. Output by 

CURVPLOT. 

OUGATO2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the 


OUGCRM2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross 


OUGDSN OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design 

responses for the perturbed configuration.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

OUGNO2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the NO 


OUGPSD2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD 


OUGRMS2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the RMS 


OUTVEC Last vector block (Lanczos only). Output by READ. 

OUXY1 OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or 

d-set. Output by VDR. 

OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves. 

Output by FA2. 

OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. Output by 

RSPEC. 

647

648 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

P2G Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and 

referenced by the P2G Case Control command. Output 

by MTRXIN. 

PA Static load matrix reduced to the a-set. Output by SSG2. 

PA* Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the 

boundary (a-set) of all upstream superelements. 

PAK Aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes. 

PANSLT Panel static load table. Output by GP5. 

PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows 

corresponding to degrees-of-freedom which were 

eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required 

for maximum efficiency during symmetric 

decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the 

d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX 

represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter 

description below. 

PBGPDT BGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support 

plotting CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY. 

PBYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity 

for the g-set. 

PC Optional stepwise preconditioner in SOLVIT and 

STATICS, same as A and KGG respectively. 

PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. Output by 

SOLVIT and STATICS. 

PCDB Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting 

commands. Output by IFP1. 

PCDBS Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting 

commands for the current superelement (identification 

number equal to output value of SEID). Output by 

SEP2CT. 

PCDBDR Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting 

commands for the superelement (identification number 

equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded 

information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. 

PCOMPTC Table containing LAM option input and expanded 

information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. Output 

by IFP6. 

PCOMPTX PCOMPT with design variable perturbations. Output by 

DSABO. 

PD Dynamic load matrix for the d-set. 

PD1 Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration 

computations for the a-set. Output by DDR2. 

PDF Frequency response load matrix in the d-set. Output by 

FRLG. 

PDT Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output 

time steps. Output by TRLG. 

PDT1 Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time 

steps. Output by TRLG. 

PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting 

CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY. 

PELSDSF P-element set table for the perturbed configuration. 

Output by DSAH. 

PELSET P-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. 

Output by PLTSET. 

PELSETDS P-element set table for constrained elements. Output by 

DOPR3. 

PFHF Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced 

load matrix. 

PFP Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined 

with gust loads. Output by GUST. 

PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set. In superelement 

analysis and output by SELA, PG includes the loads 

from upstream superelements. Output by SSG1 and 

SELA. 

649

650 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PG1 Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the 

residual structure. Output by PCOMB. 

PGG Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output 

by DISUTIL. 

PGT Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all 

boundary conditions. Output by SDR1. 

PGUP Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual 

structure due to static loads in upstream superelements 

only. 

PGVST Static load vector matrix (g-set). Output by MAKAEFS. 

PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set. Output by 

READ. 

PHA1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated 

for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK. 

PHAREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set 

updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK. 

PHASH2 Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix 

PHDH. Also partitioned column-wise according to 

parameter STRUCTMP. 

PHDFH Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. 

PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal). 

Output by GKAM. 

PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal). 

Output by FRLG. 

PHF1 Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) 

combined with gust loads. Output by GUST. 

PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. Output 

by READ and LANCZOS. 

PHG* Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the 

g-set. 

PHG1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated 

for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PHGREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set 

from the prior design cycle output of MODTRK. Output 

by MODTRK. 

PHGREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set 

updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK. 

PHIDLL Retained left divergence eigenvector responses. 

PHIDRL Retained right divergence eigenvector responses. 

PHT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for 

all time steps. Output by TRLG. 

PHX Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. 

Output by UEIGL. 

PHXL Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output 

by UEIGL. 

PHZ Generalized degree-of-freedom transformation matrix. 

Output by DYNREDU. 

PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the current 

superelement and applied to its interior points only. 

PKF Matrix of k-set forces per frequency. 

PKYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced 

displacement for the g-set. 

PL Static load matrix reduced to the l-set. Output by SSG2. 

PLI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the 

l-set. Output by SSG4. 

PLIST2 Table of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data 

entries. Output by DOPR1. 

PLIST2* Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 

Bulk Data entries. Output by DOPR1. 

PLMAT Initial and final load matrices for subcase. 

PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during 

the plot process. Output by PLOT. 

651

652 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during 

the definition of element plot sets. Output by PLTSET 

and SEPLOT. 

PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control. Output by 

PLTSET and SEPLOT. 

PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode 

participation factors. Output by MODEPF. 

PMYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced 

acceleration for the g-set. 

PNL Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time 

step. Output by NLTRD, NLTRD2, TRD1, and TRD2. 

PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their 

associated IPANEL qualifier values 

PO Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set. Output by 

SSG2. 

POI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the 

o-set. Output by SSG4. 

POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) section of 

Case Control. Output by IFP1. 

PPF Frequency response load matrix in the p-set. Output by 

FRLG. 

PPT Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output 


PPVR Partitioning vector for random responses. Output by 

DOPRAN. 

PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from 

the "inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and 

are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom. 

Output by MAKETR. 

PROPI Matrix of initial property values. Output by DOPR1. 

PROPI* Family of matrices of initial property values. Output by 

DOPR1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PROPO Matrix of final (optimized) property values. Output by 

DOM9. 

PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. Output by 

SSG2. 

PSDF Power spectral density table. Output by RANDOM. 

PSDL Power spectral density list. Output by DPD. 

PSF Frequency response load matrix in the s-set. Output by 

FRLG. 

PSI Modal partitioning factor matrix. 

PST Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output 


PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate 

system. Output by SSG1. 

PTELEM0 Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate 

system from prior subcase. Output by SSG1. 

PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate 

system which incorporates combined constraints and 

design variables. Output by DSAF. 

PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate 

system for the central, forward, or backward perturbed 

configuration. Output by SSG1. 

PUG Matrix of translational displacements. Output by SDR2. 

PUG* Family of matrices of translational displacements for all 


PUGD Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic 

analysis. Output by SDR2. 

PUGS Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis. 


PUGX PUG assembled for superelements defined on the 

SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT. 

653

654 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PVAL0 P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in 

previous superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run. 

PVAL1 P-value table updated for current superelement or 

adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT. 

PVEC Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom 

specified on CYSUP Bulk Data entry. Output by 

CYCLIC3. 

PVGRID Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to 

degrees-of-freedom connected to elements or grids 

specified on the following Case Control commands: 

DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, 

FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, 

MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE. Output by 

OUTPRT. 

PVLOAD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to 

degrees-of-freedom at which static and dynamic loads 

are applied. Output by OUTPRT. 

PVMPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to 


specified on the MPCFORCE Case Control command. 

Output by OUTPRT. 

PVSPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to 


specified on the SPCFORCE Case Control command. 

Output by OUTPRT. 

PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk 

Data entry images. Output by IFP. 

PVTS Table containing parameter values which are resolved 

from values in PVT, CASECC, and, optionally, the 

NDDL. Output by PVT. 

PX Inertial or pseudo-load matrix. Output by DSAP. 

PXF Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

PXT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or 

d-set. Output by TRLG. 

PXT1 Reduced transient response load matrix analysis. Output 

by DSAR. 

PZ Reduced aerostatic loads matrix. 

655

656 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the 

g-set. Output by LANCZOS, STATICS, and SDR1. 

QHH Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set. Output by AMP. 

QHHL Aerodynamic matrix list 

QHJ Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set. Output by AMP. 

QHJK Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. Output 

by GUST. 

QHJL Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. 

QKH Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set. Output by AMP. 

QKHL Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets. 

QLL Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis. 

QMG Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the 

g-set. Output by LANCZOS and STATICS. 

QNV Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors. Output by NLITER. 

QR Matrix of determinate support forces. Output by SSG2. 

QXX Aerodynamic matrix in any set.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

R Residual matrix. Output by SOLVIT. 

R1MAPR R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level (direct) 

retained responses. Output by DSAD. 

R1TAB Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) 

attributes. Output by DOPR3. 

R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data 

entry) attributes. Output by DSAD. 

R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) 

responses. 

R1VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) 

responses. Output by DSAD. 

R1VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first 

level (direct) responses. Output by DOM9. 

R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses. Output by DSAD. 

R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) 

responses. 

R2MAPR Table of mapping from original second level (synthetic) 

retained responses. Output by DSAD. 

R2VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained second level 

(synthetic) responses. Output by DSAD. 

R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level 

(synthetic) responses. Output by DOM9. 

R2VALR Matrix of retained second level (synthetic) responses. 

R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level 

(synthetic) responses. 

R3VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained third level 


R3VALO Matrix of final values of the third level responses. Output 

by DOM9. 

R3VALR Matrix of initial values of the retained third level 


657

658 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

R3VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained third level 

responses. 

RBF Rigid body force matrix. 

RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. Output by 

DPD. 

RDEST Radiation element summary table. Output by RMG2. 

RECM Radiation exchange coefficient matrix. Output by RMG2. 

RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix. Output by VECPLOT. 

RESMAX0 Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure. 

Output by VECPLOT. 

RESP3 Table of third level responses. Output by DOPR3. 

RESP3R Table of retained third level responses in RESP3. Output 

by DSAD. 

RESP12 RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses. Output by 

DOPR3. 

RGG Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set. Output by RMG2. 

RHMCF Matrix of dimensional rigid unsplined hinge moment 

data 

RMAT Matrix containing real part of CMAT. Output by 


RMATG Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries 

and may have an arbitrary number of columns but g-set 

rows, similar to P2G. Output by MTRXIN. 

RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix. Output by GP4. 

RMSTAB Table of RMS responses. Output by DOPRAN. 

RMSTABR Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB. Output by 

DSAD. 

RMSTBR Table of retained RMS responses. 

RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values. Output by DSARME.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

RMSVALR Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in 

RMSVAL. Output by DSAD. 

RMSVLR Matrix of retained RMS values. 

RP Row partitioning vector. 

RPX Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set. 

RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response 

identification list. Output by DSAD. 

RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3. 


RSLTSTAT Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2. 


RSP12R RESP12 Table of retained second level (synthetic) responses in 

RESP12. Output by DSAD. 

RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type 

per subcase in R1TAB. Output by DOPR3. 

RSP2RG RESP12 Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) 

responses. 

RSP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses. 

RSQUERY Table of results state query. 

RSTAB Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives 

generated directly from the aerodynamic model. 

RUG Residual matrix for the g-set. Output by STATICS. 

RUL Residual matrix for the l-set. Output by SSG3. 

RUO Residual matrix for the o-set. Output by SSG3. 

659

660 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned 

superelements. Output by SEP1X. 

SELIST Table containing the list of partitioned superelements 

defined in separate Bulk Data sections. Output by 

SEPR1. 

SEMAP SEMAP Superelement map table. Output by SEP1 or SEP1X. 

SEQMAP Mapping matrix for resequencing. Output by SEQP. 

SET SET Table of combined sets. Output by NASSETS. 

SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the 

DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry. 

SGPDT Superelement basic grid point definition table. Output 

by SEP1X. 

SGPDTS Superelement basic grid point definition table for the 

current superelement. Output by SEP2X. 

SGPDTS* Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs. 

SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors - coefficients relating designed 

grid coordinates and design variables. Output by 

DOPR2. 

SIL Scalar index list. Output by GP1. 

SIL0 SIL table from a previous adaptivity index in p-version 

analysis. 

SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. Output by DPD. 

SKJ Integration matrix. Output by AMG. 

SLIST Superelement processing list to matrix generation, 

assembly, and reduction. Output by SEP3. 

SLT Table of static loads. Output by GP3. 

SLT1 Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis. 

Output by NLCOMB. 

SLTH Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis. 

Output by SSG1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode 

participation factors. Output by MODEPF. 

SNORM* Family of shell normal vectors at superelement 

boundaries. 

SNORMS Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's 

boundary. Output by TASNP1. 

SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the 

column associated with the sorted row terms. Output by 


SORTLIST Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original 

positions of the sorted terms. Output by MATMOD 

option 35. 

SPCCOL Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local 

boundary's s-set degrees-of-freedom. Required only for 

geometric domain decomp. 

SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. Output 

by SEQP. 

SPECSEL Response spectra input correlation table. 

SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry 

images with external grid identification numbers. 

Output by MKSPLINE. 

SPSEL Table of response spectra generation correlation 

selections. 

SRKS Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors. Output by 

MONVEC. 

SRKT Matrix used to sum the forces and moments acting on the 

k-set degrees-of-freedom to the reference point. Output 

by ADG. 

STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1. 


STBDER Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single 

subcase. Output by SDP. 

661

662 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

STBTAB Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases. 

STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. 

Output by MAKCOMP. 

SVEC Starting "random" eigenvector matrix. 

SZR Merged monitor matrices. Output by MRGMON. 

SZRi Associated monitor matrices

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

T Table information to support MATGEN module options. 

Diagonal from symmetric decomposition. Output by 


TA Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW. 

TAB Table. 

TABi Tables. 

TABDEQ Table of unique design variable identification numbers. 


TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification 

numbers of constraints in ESTDCN and elements and 

responses in R1TABR. Output by DSAF. 

TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and 

element and design variable identification numbers. 

Output by DSABO. 

TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and 

element and design variable identification numbers. 


TABEV2 Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS. 

Output by DSAE. 

TB Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW. 

TC Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW. 

TEF Directory table for MEF. Output by DRMH1 and 

DRMS1. 

TEL Transient response time output list appended from each 

subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

TEMF Total effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS. 

TES Directory table for MES. Output by DRMH1 and 

DRMS1. 

TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD. 

TIMSIZ Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters. 


663

664 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

TNEW Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT. 

TOFPi Directory table for MOFPi. Output by DRMH1 and 

DRMS1. 

TOL TOL Transient response time output list. Output by IFT, 

TOLAPP, TRD2 and TRLG. 

TOL1 TOL Transient response time output list reduced by the 

OTIME Case Control command or for the current 

nonlinear transient subcase. Output by MODACC and 

TOLAPP. 

TOLD Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT. 

TOUT DRMH1 directory table in table data block or DTI 

format. 

TQG Directory table for MQG. Output by DRMH1 and 

DRMS1. 

TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the 

aerodynamic reference point. Output by MAKETR. 

TRANTR Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR 

matches the URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced 

to just the active origin rigid body degrees-of-freedom. 

Output by MAKETR. 

TRL Transient response list. Output by DPD. 

TRX Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of 

aerodynamic extra points. Output by ADG. 

TUG Directory table for MUG. Output by DRMH1 and 

DRMS1. 

TXY DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block 

format. Output by DRMH1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

U Upper triangular factor. Output by DECOMP and 

DCMP. 

UA Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set or 

solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the 


value of SEID). 

UACCE Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient 

response analysis. Output by DSAR. 

UAJJT Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT. 

UAM1DD Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix 

in the d-set. 

UD Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in 

frequency response. Displacements, velocities, and 

accelerations in transient response. 

UD1 Improved solution matrix for the d-set. Output by DDR2. 

UDISP Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient 


UE Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points). 

Output by DDR2. 

UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module 

and transient analysis, UG can also represent velocity or 

acceleration. Output by SDR1 and STATICS. 

UGD Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream 

superelement. 

UGDS Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads. 

UGDS1 Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation. 

Output by DSVG3. 

UGG Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global). 

Output by DISUTIL. 

UGNI Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set. 


665

666 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

UGNT Total displacement matrix in the g-set. Output by 

UGVADD. 

UGT Updated temperature matrix in g-set. Output by 


UGX Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set. 

UGX1 Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the 

deleted responses. Output by DSAD. 

UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). 

Modal displacements only in frequency 

response. Modal displacements, velocities, and 

accelerations in transient response. 

UHFF Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also 

partitioned column-wise according to parameter 

FLUIDMP. 

UHFS Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. 

Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter 

STRUCTMP. 

UHR Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis. Output 

by INTERR. 

UL Displacement matrix in l-set. Output by SSG3. 

ULAMA Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table. Output by 

UEIGL. 

ULL Upper triangular factor for the l-set from KLL. 

ULLT Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including 

material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects. 

ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response 

analysis in the d-set. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

UO Displacement matrix in o-set. Output by SSG3. 

UOO Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the 

o-set with the a-set fixed (set to zero). 

UPSDT Table of transfer function data needed for RMS 

calculations.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

URDDIDX An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the 

acceleration entries. Output by MAKETR. 

URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of 

TRX that are non-null. Null rows occur either because 

the USER didn't define AESTAT, URDDi, OR because 

the associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry 

condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric 

analysis). Output by MAKETR. 

USET USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. 

Output by GPSP. 

USET0 USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set 

usually prior to Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by 

GP4. USET table from a previous adaptivity index in 

p-version analysis. 

USET1 USET USET updated with constraints from upstream 

superelements. Output by BNDSPC. 

USETD USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. 

Output by DPD. 

USETM USET Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for gset. 

Output by MODUSET. 

UVELO Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient 


UX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements. 

Output by ASG. 

UXDAT Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, 

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge 

moments. Output by ASG. 

UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF. 

Output by ASG and SDP. 

UXF Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in 

d- or h-set. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2. 

667

668 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

UXR Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in 

calculating the sensitivity of restrained stability 

derivatives. Output by DSARLP. 

UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or 

h-set. Output by TRD1, TRD2, and IFT. 

UXT1 Reduced solution matrix from transient response 

analysis. Output by DSAR. 

UXTRIM UX vector at trim. 

UXU Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in 

calculating the sensitivity of unrestrained stability 

derivatives. Output by DSARLP. 

UXV Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB 

UXVBRL Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. 

UXVBRL has NX rows and NV columns. Output by 

ADG. 

UXVF Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk 

Data entries. Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

UXVP Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk 

Data entries. Ouptut by MAKAEFA. 

UXVST Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix. Output 

by MAKAEFS. 

UXVW Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk 

Data entries. Ouptut by MAKAEFA.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

V01P Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction. 

VDXC Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to 

null columns in KDD, BDD, and MDD. 

VDXR Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to 

null rows in KDD, BDD, and MDD. 

VELEM Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes. Output by 

ELTPRT. 

VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which 


Output by DSAF. 

VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the 

perturbed configuration. Output by ELTPRT. 

VFO1 VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size 

partitioning vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in 

the local residual. Required only for geometric domain 

decomp. 

VG Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence 

and flutter analysis only. 

VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the 

rows corresponding to the a-set. 

VGF Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows 

corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom. Output by 

GP1. 

VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to 

degrees-of-freedom connected to frequency-dependent 

elements. Output by TA1. 

VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the 

rows corresponding to the a-set. 

VGQ Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows 

corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set. 

VIEWTB VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship 

between each p-element and its view-elements and viewgrids. 

Output by VIEWP. 

669

670 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

VIEWTBDS VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship 

between each p-element and its view-elements and viewgrids 

for the perturbed model. Output by DVIEWP. 

VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data. Output by DSFLTE.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

WGTM Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. Output by 

WEIGHT. 

WJ Gust matrix. Output by GUST. 

WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification 

number. Output by WEIGHT. 

WRJVBRL Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). 

Downwash at the j-points due to the linear, angle/rate 

rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control 

surfaces. Output by ADG. 

WSKJF Weighted integration matrix. 

WTCRID Table of retained weight responses with column and row 

numbers in rigid mass matrix. Output by DSAW. 

WTDSCP Partitioning vector for weight. Output by DSAW. 

671

672 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

X Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B]. Output by FBS, 

SOLVE, and SOLVIT. Matrix product. Output by 

MPYAD and SMPYAD. Matrix transpose. Output by 

TRNSP. 

X66 Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 

or 10. Output by VECPLOT. 

X66P Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by 

IOPT=9, when setnam'g', as a baseline to compare 

against the non-g-set results in X66. 

XAA Reduced square matrix in a-set. Output by MATREDU. 

XAA* Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to 

the upstream superelements. 

XD Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the pset. 

Output by UREDUC. 

XDD Reduced square matrix in d-set. Output by MATREDU. 

XDICT KDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table. 

XDICTDS KDICT Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' 

then this is the forward or backward perturbed element 

matrix dictionary. 

XDICTX KDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward 

perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'. 

XELM KELM Baseline element matrices. Output by EMG. 

XELMDS KELM Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then 

this is the forward or backward perturbed element 

matrix dictionary. 

XELMX KELM Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed 

element matrices if CDIF='YES'. 

XG Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the 

g-set. 

XGG Square matrix in g-set. In superelement analysis, XGG 

includes contributions from upstream superelements. 

Output by EMA and SEMA.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

XGGi Square matrices in g-set. Output by EMA and SEMA. 

XH Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set 

(modal). Output by UREDUC. 

XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables. Output by 

DOPR1. 

XJJ Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement 

and applied to its interior points only. 

XNNi Square matrices in n-set. Output by MCE2. 

XO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables. 

XORTH Cross-orthogonality matrix. Output by CEAD and 

UEIGL. 

XOUT Resultant to table output. Output by VECPLOT. 

XP Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set 

XPP Square matrix in p-set. 

XS Optional starting vector, same type as B and PG in 

SOLVIT and STATICS, respectively. Rectangular matrix 

of displacements or loads in the s-set. Output by 

UREDUC. 

XSF S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after 

multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Output 

by MATREDU. 

XSS S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after 

multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Output 

by MATREDU. 

XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. Output by IFP1. 

XYCDBDR Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement 

(identification number equal to output value of SEID). 

Output by SEDR. 

XYCDBS Table of x-y plotting commands for the current 


value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT. 

673

674 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values. Output by XYTRAN. 

XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent 

to independent design variable linking relationship. 

Output y DOPR1.

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

YGBNDR Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or 

geometric models. 

YPF Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. 


YPO Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set 

and for the output time steps. Output by TRLG. 

YPT Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. 

Output by TRLG. 

YS Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures. 

Output by GPSP. 

YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements temperatures usually 

prior to Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4. 

YS1 YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream 

superelements. Output by BNDSPC. 

YSD Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from 

upstream superelements. 

YSD1 YSD updated with enforced displacements from 

upstream and current superelements to be passed to 

downstream superelements. Output by BNDSPC. 

YSMAT Initial and final enforced displacement matrices. 

675

676 

Chapter 3 

Name 

Chapter 2 

Name 

Description 

ZETAH Mass-normalized damping. 

Z1ZX Matrix of unrestrained dimensional elastic derivatives 

ZZX Reduced aerostatic solution matrix.

Data Block Naming Conventions 

Stiffness, Damping, and Mass: 

K_____ Stiffness 

KD____ Differential stiffness 

B_____ Viscous damping 

K4____ Structural damping (See GE field on MATi entries) 

__2DD Stiffness in dynamic formulation 

M____ Mass 

___JJ Stiffness, damping, and mass matrices without upstream 

superelement contributions. Exception: __AJJ_ is the aerodynamic 

influence matrix. 

L__, U__ Lower and upper triangular decomposition factors 

Note: Some of the above names may be prefixed with a "C" to indicate a complex 

matrix. 

Superelements: 

CM____ Superelement (component) modes 

_____S Assigned only to SEP2 and GP1 module outputs 

__LIST Superelement processing list; for example, SLIST, DRLIST, and 

DSLIST 

MAPS Superelement boundary grid map 

SEMAP Superelement map 

677

678 

Loads and Solutions: 

A_____ Aeroelastic or aerostatic 

B_____ Buckling 

C_____ Complex modes 

CY____ Cyclic symmetry 

F_____ Flutter 

_____F Frequency response 

_____T Transient response 

___NL_ Nonlinear static or transient response; for example, USETNL, ESTNL 

and OESNLX 

_____NI Nonlinear static or transient response generated in a nonlinear loop. 

___PH__ Eigensolution 

PH____ Normal modes eigenvector matrix; for example, PHG (g-set) and 

PHA(a-set) 

CPH___ Complex modes eigenvector matrix; for example, CPHD (d-set) and 

CPHL (l-set). 

BPH___ Buckling eigenvector matrix; for example, BPHA (a-set)

Solutions: 

___U___ Static and dynamics (except eigen-) solution; for example, CYUG is the 

cyclic static solution g-set 

___Q___ Single point forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for 

example, QG, QPT, and CYQG. Also aerodynamic matrices; for 

example, QHH, QKHL, and QLL 

___QM__ Multipoint forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for 

example, QMG, QMPT, and CYQMG 

CMPH___ Component modes eigenvector matrices. 

__LAMA Eigenvalue summary table; for example, LAMA, BLAMA (buckling), 

CLAMA (complex), and CMLAMA (component modes) 

__UH__ Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, AUHF is 

the Aeroelastic solution h-set 

__OL__ Dynamic output list; for example, FOL (frequency) and TOL 

(transient). 

___NT__ Nonlinear transient response; for example, UPNT and ULNTH 

_____N Nonlinear static solution appended for all loops; for example, UGN 

and QGN 

Loads: 

P_____ Dynamic and static loads 

Y___ Enforced displacement 

PA Static loads a-set 

PJ Static loads g-set (no upstream loads) 

PG Static loads g-set 

PP____ Dynamic loads p-set 

PH____ Dynamic loads h-set 

__PPF_ Dynamic loads p-set, frequency response 

__PPT_ Dynamic loads p-set, transient response 

__UH__ Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom 

__UG__ Static solution g-set; for example, UGN is the nonlinear solution at the 

g-set. 

679

680 

__UL__ Static or dynamic solution l-set; for example, ULN is the nonlinear 

solution at the g-set. 

__UP__ Dynamic solution p-set; for example, UPN is the nonlinear transient 

solution at the p-set.

Solution Output Tables: 

O__ES__ Element stresses (STRESS=n) 

O__GPS__ Grid point stresses (GPSTRESS=n) 

O__GPF__ Grid point forces (GPFORCE=n) 

O__NRG__ Element strain energy (ESE=n) 

O__EF__ Element forces (FORCE=n) 

O__EE__ Element strains (STRAIN=n) 

O__STR__ Element strains (STRAIN=n) 

O__UG__ Static solution (DISP=n) 

O__UP__ Dynamic solution (DISP=n) 

O__QG__ Static spcforces (SPCF=n) 

O__QMG_ Static mpcforces (MPCF=n) 

O__QP__ Dynamic spcforces (SPCF=n) 

O_____1 Sort 1 format 

O_____2 Sort 2 format 

681

682 

Miscellaneous: 

__CASE__ Case Control section tables; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2 and 

SEDRDR are CASECC, CASES, and CASEDR. 

___CDB_ Control data blocks from the OUTPUT(XY_____), OUTPUT(PLOT), 

and OUTPUT(POST) sections; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2, 

and SEDRDR are POSTCDB, PCDBS, and PCDBDR. 

GEOM__ Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry, connectivity, 

static loads, and degree-of-freedom set membership. 

USET__ Degree-of-freedom set; for example, USET0 (from GP4), USET (from 

GPSP), and USETD (from DPD). 

_GPDT_ Grid point definition tables; for example, BGPDT and GPDT. 

CSTM_ Coordinate Systems Transformation matrix tables; for example, 

CSTM, CSTMS, CSTMA 

O_____ Solution output tables; for example, OCYES1 is cyclic statics, element 

stresses, and Sort 1. OCPHQP1 is complex modes, SPCForces, and 

Sort 1. OUG2 is statics, displacements, and Sort 2. 

_EST__ Element summary table; for example, Outputs from TA1 are named 

EST and ESTL. Output from NLITER and NLTRD is named ESTNL. 

_DICT_ Dictionary table for element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KDICT 

(linear), KDDICT (differential), KDICTNL (material nonlinear), 

MDICT (mass) 

_ELM_ Element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KELM (linear), KDELM 

(differential), MELM (mass) 

_____1 MODACC module outputs. (OTIME and OFREQ); for example, ULF1, 

FOL1 

_____1X SDRX and SDRXD module outputs; for example, OES1X, OEF1X

Inconsistent Names: 

BUG Buckling eigenvector matrix; should be renamed to BPHG. 

GM Transformation between m-set and n-set; should be renamed to GMN. 

POS Static loads on the o-set; should be renamed to PO. 

PSS Static loads on the s-set; should be renamed to PS. 

DM Transformation between l-set and r-set; should be renamed to DLR. 

MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set); should be renamed to MRR. 

MRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT; should be renamed 

to MRR1. 

__V__ Obsolete designation indicating "vector"; for example, OUGV1, UGVS, 

UHVF. 

__PHI__ Obsolete designation indicating eigensolution; for example, PHIDH 

(should be PHDH) 

PHDH Transformation from d-set to h-set; should be renamed to PHD. 

683

684 

2.7 Parameter Glossary 

The parameter Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all parameters 

shown in the module descriptions in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and 

Statements” on page 766. Naming conventions appear at the end of the glossary. 

Name Type and Description 

ACMS Character. Automatic Component Mode Synthesis flag. If 

ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned into 

superelements according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, AND ZCOLLCT. 

ACON Integer. B-set constraint flag. If ACON


'DYNAMICS' Flutter and aeroelastic 

'STADYN' All aerodynamic analysis types 

ALPHAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [A]. 

ALPHAJ Real. Real part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. 

ALTSHAPE Integer. Set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. 

0 MacNeal set 

1 Full Product Space set. 

AMLFLG Logical. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated. Output by AXMPR1. 

APP Character. Analysis type. 

Output by FRLG: Dynamic load type. 

Set to 'FREQ', if RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. 

Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries are referenced. 

ARCLG Real. The arc length at the last converged step. Output by NLITER. 

ARCSGN Integer. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is 

used in restarts in the post-buckling region. Output by NLITER. 

AUNIT Logical. If TRUE then unit solutions are assumed. 

AUNITS Real. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units 

of length per time squared. 

AUTOADJ Character. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES', 

then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropiate. 

Usually input via user parameter. 

AUTOSEEL Character. Default=NO. Input to SEP1. 

‘NO’ Auto-SEELT capability ‘not’ activated. 

‘YES’ Auto-SEELT capability activated. 

AUTOSPC Character. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then singularities 

will be constrained. 

AUXMFL Logical. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Output by AXMDRV. Set 

to FALSE when processing the last auxiliary model. 

AUXMID Integer. Auxiliary model identification number. Output by 

AXMDRV. 

BADMESH Logical. Bad geometry was detected. 

685

686 


BAILOUT Integer. Decomposition maximum ratio exit flag. 

BC Integer. BC Case Control command set identification number 

specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC. 

BCFLAG Logical. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition. 

BCKCOL Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the 

STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also 

corresponds to the column number of static solution vector. Output 

by GETCOL. 

BCLBL Integer. f06 file page header control. 

-1 Clear page header 

0 Initialize page header without page eject 

1 Initialize page header with page eject 

BEGSUP BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if BEGIN SUPER is specified for the 

first Bulk Data section. Output by IFP1. 

BETA Complex. Integration parameter. 

BETAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [B]. 

BIGER Real. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output. 

BIGMAT Logical. Big matrix (>65535 rows) format flag. 

BITID Integer. Bit position of a degree-of-freedom set. 

BOV Real. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency. Value 

calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY). Output by APD. 

BOXIDF Integer. Box corner point identification flag. Output by APD. 

0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the 

aerodynamic component identification number. 

-1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid 

an overlap if they were started with the aerodynamic 

component identification numbers. No display of the corner 

points is possible. 

BSKIP Logical. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, the skip first 

subcase in CASECC. 

BTBRS Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.


BUCKCC Logical. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one 

ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in CASECC and 

CASEBUCK is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

BULKFGi Integer. Bulk Data entry record existence flag. Set to -1 if Bulk Data 

entry record exists. Output by PARAML. 

BULKNMi Integer. Bulk Data entry name. 

CARDNO Integer. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for 

each line written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73- 

80 of each line. Output by XYTRAN. 

CASCOMi Character. Case Control command names. 

CFDFLG Integer. Central finite difference flag. 

1 Forward 

-1 Backward 

CDIF Character. Finite difference scheme. 

'YES' Central 

'NO' 

Forward 

CHAR Character. Character value of table element. Output by PARAML. 

CHAR2 Character. Character value of table element concatenated from the 

values in the WRDNUM and WRDNUM-th position. Output by 

PARAML. 

CHARi Character. Character value for PRGNAME. 

CHOLSKY Integer. Cholesky decomposition flag. 

CLOSE Real. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS' 

method, close natural frequencies will be summed if the natural 

frequencies satisfy: 

f i 1 

+ < 

CLOSE ⋅ fi CLOSEOPT Integer. FORTIO close options. 

1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open) 

2 Close/keep (default) 

3 Close/delete 

CMPX Complex. Complex value in the next record. 

687

688 


CMPXD Complex double precision. Complex double precision value in the 

next record. 

CMPXi Complex. Complex value for PRGNAME. 

CNCNT Integer. Counter for constraints in CONTAB. Output by DOPR3. 

CNVFLG Integer. Design optimization convergence flag. Output by DOM12. 

0 No convergence is achieved 

1 Soft convergence is achieved 

2 Hard convergence is achieved 

COLINC Integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column 

between STARTCOL and ENDCOL. 

COLNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows 

MATGPR output. 

COLNUM Integer. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be 

sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the 

first column. 

COMPRPLC Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be 

copied from COMP1 into COMP. 

CONFAC Integer. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of 

boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems. 

CONSEC Integer. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last 

time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps 

which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process 

is terminated. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

CONV Integer. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. Output by NLITER, 

NLTRD, and NLTRD2. 

On input: 

0 Initialization 

On output: 

-1 Convergence has not been achieved 

1 Convergence has been achieved. 

COORID Integer. Coordinate system identification number. 

COUPMASS Integer. Coupled mass generation flag.


-1 Lumped 

0 Coupled 

CP Integer. DBC module control parameter. Output by DBC. 

CSTRN Integer. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any 

constraint. Output by DSPRM. 

CSTRES Integer. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any 


CTYPE Character. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data 

entry. Output by CYCLIC1. 

'ROT' Rotational 

'AXI' Axisymmetric 

'DIH' Dihedral 

CVTYP Integer. Type of convergence test. 

1 Soft convergence is to be checked 

2 Hard convergence is to be checked 

3 Final iteration histories are to be printed 

CYCLIC Logical or integer. Set to TRUE or -1 for cyclic symmetry models. 

DATAREC Integer. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not 

perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not 

need in data recovery. 

DBCPATH Integer. Dummy variable parameter to allow passing of qualifiers 

from the NASTRAN database to the DBC database. 

DCEIGCC Logical. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to 

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in 

CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by 

MDCASE. 

DEBUG Integer. Passive column logic control flag in DCMP and DECOMP. 

DECOMP Integer. DCMP and DECOMP module error termination flag. 

DEFORMED Integer. Deformed plot request flag. 

1 Plot undeformed shapes 

-1 Plot deformed shapes 

689

690 


DEFRMID Integer. Element deformation set identification number. Usually 

obtained from the DEFORM Case Control command. Required for 

use in stress recovery of differential stiffness. 

DELG Real. Scale factor on perturbed length. 

DELTAB Real. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the 

DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block. 

DELTAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [D]. 

DESCYCLE Integer. Design cycle analysis counter or flag. 

DESGLB Integer. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number. 

Output by DOPR3 and MDCASE. 

DESITER Integer. Design optimization iteration number. 

DESMAX Integer. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number. 

DESOBJ Integer. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number. 

Output by DOPR3 and MDCASE. 

DESOPT Integer. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the noncomposite 

element forces are extracted form OEF1A and copied to 

OEF1AA. 

DESPCH Integer. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID 

Bulk Data entries. See “DESPCH” on page 587 of the NX Nastran 

Quick Reference Guide. 

DESVAR Integer. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement 

SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable perturbations. 

Output by SDSA. 

DET Complex. Scaled value of the determinant of a matrix. Output by 

DCMP and DECOMP. 

DETER Complex. Shift value. Output by DYCNTRL. 

DFREQ Real. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f1 and f2 , are 

considered duplicates if 

f 1 

– f2 < DFREQ ⋅ fmax – fmin where fmax and fmin are the maximum and minimum frequencies 

across all FREQi Bulk Data entries.


DFRQCC Logical. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE 

if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC 

and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

DIGITS Integer. Number of digits for the fractional part of values written by 

the OUTPUT4 module. 

DISMETH Integer. Method of processing in DISUTIL module. 

DISVAR Logical. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to TRUE if discrete 

optimization design variables are specified. Output by DOPR1. 

DMRESD Integer. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is 

limited to the residual structure. Output by SDSB. 

DOANALY Integer. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained 

response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOBUCK Integer. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output 

by DSPRM. 

DOCEIG Integer. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to 

>0 if any retained response. 

DODIVG Integer. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 

retained response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOESE Integer. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag. 

Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOFLUT Integer. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 


DOFREQ Integer. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 


DOFSPC Integer. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to 

>0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOMODES Integer. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. 

Output by DSPRM. 

DOMTRAN Integer. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 


DOPT Integer. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa for the 

CURVPLOT module. 

691

692 


DORMS Integer. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 

retained response. 

DOSAERO Integer. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag. 

Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOSASTAT Integer. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 


DOSSPCF Integer. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if 

any retained response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOSTAT Integer. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by 

DSPRM. 

DOTSPC Integer. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 

if any retained response. Output by DSPRM. 

DOWGHT Integer. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained 

response. Output by DSPRM. 

DPEPS Real. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model 

properties. See further description in “Parameters” on page 563 of 

the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 

DRESP Integer. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 

if there are retained design responses. Output by SDSA. 

DSAPRT Logical. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag. 

DSENS Integer. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG, 

accelerations due to inertial loads. 

DSFLAG Logical. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job. 

DSNOKD Real. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling 

design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter. 

DSVGF Integer. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue. 

0 No scaling 

1 Scale 

DSZERO Real. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute 

value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient 

will be printed.


DTMi Integer. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If 

DTMi0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement 

matrix and, therefore, velocities and accelerations will not be output 

to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one column 

per time step instead of the usual three. 

DUPWG Integer. Duplicate word group option in the TABEDIT module. 

DVGRDN Character. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with 

all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be 

skipped. 

DVRGCC Logical. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at 

least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and 

CASEDVRG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

EIGNFREQ Integer. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. Output by 

DOPR3. 

1 Eigenvalue (radian/time) 

2 Frequency (cycle/time) 

ECTYPE Integer. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output: 

0 ECT and ELSET 

1 GEOM2 and ELSET 

2 ECT and PELSET 

EIGRFLD Character. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an 

output if the field value is a character string. Output by MATMOD 

option 23. 

EIGRVALI Integer. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. 


EIGRVALR Real. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by 


ELEMSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number that 

contains a list element point identification numbers. 

ENDCOL Integer. Ending column number to extract from I1. 

ENFM Integer Enforced motion flag. Set to ‘0’ if no enforced motion. Set to 

‘1’ if enforced motion exists. Output by LCGEN. 

693

694 


EPPRT Real. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT 

will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'. 

EPS Real. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000 

where N is the size of KXX, etc. 

EPSBIG Real. Large number for tuning. 

EPSI Integer. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is 

greater than 1.E-3. Output by SSG3 and DISUTIL. 

EPSLND Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [E]. 

EPSMALC Real. Small number for tuning. 

EPSNO Integer. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of error 

checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon 

for the first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are printed. If 

EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are 

printed. 

EPZERO Real. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO 

will not be constrained. 

EQVBLK Logical. Copy/equivalence flag of BULKOLD to BULK. If on input 

EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to 

BULK. If on input and output EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk 

Data, then BULKOLD must be be equivalenced to BULK in a 

subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are any new Bulk Data then 

EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output. xsort. 

ERR Integer. Bad factor diagonal ratio flag. Output by DCMP and 

DECOMP. 

ERROR Integer. Duplicate element identification flag. Output by ELTPRT. 

ETYPE Character. Energy type. Inputs to VDRE. 

‘SEC’ Strain energy - constant. 

‘SED’ Strain energy - oscillating. 

‘KEC’ Kinetic energy - constant. 

‘KED’ Kinetic energy - oscillating. 

‘TOTC’Total energy - constant. 

‘TOTD’Total energy - oscillating.


EXISTS Character. Project and version status. Output by PROJVER. 

'EXISTS' If project and version exists 

'DELETED' If project and version is deleted 

'NONE' If project and version never existed 

EXTNAME Character. Name of the qualifier used to identify External 

Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry. 

EXTRN Integer. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is 

defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0. Output by 

SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 

EXTWORK Real. External work. Output by SSG3. 

F1 Real. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and 

UEIGL. Tolerance for treating small values as zero during 

decomposition in DCMP and DECOMP. Maximum value to print in 


F2 Real. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ 

and UEIGL. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity. 

FAC1 Complex. Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment. 

Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG. 

FAC2 Complex. Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part 

is always zero. Output by TRLG. 

FAC3 Complex. Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment. 

Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG. 

FACTOR Integer. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification 

number (SEQID) in the SEQP module. 

FAILI Integer. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any 


FBTYP Integer. Forward or backward pass selection. 

FCSENS Integer. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag. 

Fij Integer. Form of output matrix partitions. 

FILTERF Real. Filter for fluid factor matrices. 

FILTERS Real. Filter for structure factor matrices. 

695

696 


FIRSTBA Logical. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency 

is truncated. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2. 

FLOOP Integer. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial 

entry and incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then 

set to -1. Output by FA1. 

FLUID Logical. Fluid processing flag. 

GKAM If TRUE, then modal damping set identification 

number is obtained from the SDAMPING(FLUID) 

Case Control command. 

READ and 

LANCZOS 

METHOD command option (FLUID or 

STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry 

is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control 

command. 

FLUIDMP Integer. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If 

FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes. 

FLUIDSE Integer. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value 

greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present. 


FLUTCC Logical. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one 

ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in CASECC and 

CASEFLUT is specified in the output list. 

FLXONL Integer FLEXONLY keyword from ADAMSMNF case control entry. 

Set to ‘0’ to solve residual structure. Set to ‘1’ to not solve 

residual structure. Output by NXNADAMS. 

FLXERR Integer Error flag. Set to ‘0’ for no error. Set to ‘1’ if error occured 

during MNF creation (process should be terminated). Output 

by NXNADAMS. 

FMODE Integer. The lowest mode number resulting from LMODES or LFREQ 

and HFREQ. 

FMPFEPS Real. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes. 

FORM Integer. Form of output matrix. 

FORMAT Character. Eigenvalue problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. 

Buckling problems are not supported.


FOUND Integer. Integer value search flag. Set to -1 if integer value is found by 

PARAML. Output by PARAML. 

FOURIER Integer. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are 

referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC. 


FREQDEP Logical. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if 

frequency-dependent elements are present or to be processed. 

Output by TA1. 

FREQINDX Integer. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated 

with UA. 

FREQTYP Character. Frequency dependent element processing mode: 

'ESTF' Compute frequency dependent stiffness 

'ESTNF' Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness 

FREQVAL Real. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation. 

Output by FRQDRV. 

FREQWA Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

FRQLOOP Integer. Frequency loop counter. On input, FRQLOOP should be 

initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP is incremented 

by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For example, 

if the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP is output as -5. 

Output by FRQDRV. 

FSDCYC Logical. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully 

stressed design cycle. 

GAMMAD Complex double preision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C]. 

GEOMU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes 

geometric information. 

GETNUMPN Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number 

of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads. 

GMAFLG Integer. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers 

specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL 

commands. 

GPF Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

697

698 


GPFORCE Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or 

equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present. 

GRDPNT Integer. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias are 

computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic 

coordinate system is used. Output by VECPLOT. 

GRIDFMP Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will 

be output. 

GRIDMP Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids. 

GRIDSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which 

contains a list grid point identification numbers. 

GUSTAERO Integer. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO


2 Cubic spline 

IMACHNO Integer. Mach number (MACH) multiplied by 1000 and specified as 

an integer. 

IMAG Real. Imaginary part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML. 

IMETHOD Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. Input and output by CASE. 

INTGR Integer. Integer value of table element. Output by PARAML. 

INTi Integer. Integer value for PRGNAME. 

INVOKE Logical. Restart deletion invocaton flag. 

IOPT Integer. LOADSET Case Control command processing flag. If 

IOPT=0, then the LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ 

entries will be used to expand CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those 

LSEQ entries selected by the LOADSET command will be used. 

Integer. Case Control command selection flag for the MTRXIN 

module. 

Integer. Normalization method. 

Integer. Matrix partition or merge option. 

Integer. VECPLOT module output option. 

IOSTAT Integer. FORTIO status return code. Output by FORTIO. For 

OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE': 

0 Successful 

1 Unsuccessful 

For OPERATN='EXISTS': 

0 Assigned physical file exists 

1 Assigned physical file does not exist 

IPAD Integer. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky 

factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1412 module description. 

IPANEL Integer. The number of records to skip to get the required data in the 

PANSLT table. 

IROW Integer. Row number of a matrix element. Output by PARAML. 

IRTN Integer. External program return code. Output by ISHELL. 

ISENS Integer. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed in the ASG 

module. 

699

700 


ISKIP Integer. Counter to update penalty values in BGP; updates on first 

pass and no update later. 

ISOFLG Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

ITAPE Integer. MACOFP module Fortran unit positioning option. 

0 No action before write 

-1 Rewind before write 

-1 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end 

-3 Rewind at start and end 

-4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit. 

INPUTT2/OUTPUT2 module Fortran unit positioning option. 

+n Skip forward n data blocks before reading/writing 

0 No action before reading/writing 

-1 Rewind before reading/writing 

-3 Print data blocks and then rewind before reading/writing 

-9 Write a final EOF (OUTPUT2 only) 

INPUTT4/OUTPUT4 module Fortran unit positioning option. 

0 No action before reading/writing 

-1 Rewind before reading/writing 

-2 Rewind after reading/writing 

-3 Rewind before and after reading/writing 

ITERID Integer. Nonlinear analysis iteration count. Output by NLITER and 

NLTRD2. 

ITIME Real. Initial time step at the beginning of a subcase. 

ITOPT Integer. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the 

“SOLVIT” on page 1412 module description. 

ITSEPS Integer. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative 

solution method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no 

convergence. 

ITSEPSR Real. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method. 

ITSERR Integer. Iterative solver return code. Output by SOLVIT. 

1 No convergence


2 Insufficient memory 

ITSMAX Integer. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method. 

ITSOPT Integer. Preconditioner flag for STATICS and SOLVIT module. 

IUNIT Integer. Fortran unit number. 

IUNITi Integer. Fortran unit number. 

IUNITSOL Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If 

IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied. 

IVALUE Integer. Integer value to search for in a table. 

JPLOT Integer. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none. 


K6ROT Real. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 

elements. 

KBAR Real. Reduced frequency. 

KDAMP Integer. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then 

viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will 

be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping. 

KDGEN Integer. Differential stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the 

column number in UG to use in differential stiffness matrix 

generation. 

KEY Character. Generic or NDDL name of a data block. 

KFLAG Integer. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before 

starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last 

converged solution or stiffness update. Output by NLITER. 

KGTH Integer. Set to -1 if all harmonic IDs (in analysis set) have been 

processed. Output by CYCLIC3. 

KMATUP Integer. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment. Output 

by NLITER. 

KRATIO Complex. Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment. Output 

by NLTRD2. 

KSTEP Integer. Frequency of solve in complex eigenvalue analysis. 

KSYM Integer. Symmetric decomposition flag. Output by DCMP and 

DECOMP. 

701

702 


KTIME Real. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the 

time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no 

stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME 

still holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last 

stiffness update. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, and NLTRD2. 

LABL Character. Label on the Fortran unit identified by IUNIT. 

LANGLE Integer. Large rotation calculation method: 

1 Gimbal angle 

2 Rotation vector 

LASTBULK Logical. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data section is the last 

section in the input file. Output by XSORT. 

LASTCC Integer. Last auxiliary model Case Control section flag. Output by 

IFP1. 

LASTCNMU Real. Last converged value of the arc-length load factor. Output by 

NLITER. 

LASTSE Integer. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement 

is the last to process. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 

LASTUPD Integer. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if 

the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during 

the iteration. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

LCOLLBLi Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in 

upper left corner of each page. 

LDSEQ Integer. PG column number. On input, last column number of PG on 

previous SELA execution. On output, last column number of PG on 

current execution. Output by SELA. 

LFREQ Real. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation. 

LGDISP Integer. Large displacement and follower force flag. 

-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be 

considered. 

1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be 

considered. 

2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.


LINC Integer. Number of load increments for this subcase. 

LISET Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table. 


LJSET Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by 

MTRXIN. 

LKSET Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by 

MTRXIN. 

LMODES Integer. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation. 

All outputs will have LMODES number of columns. 

LMTROWS Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. 

These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP 

module. 

LOAD Integer. LOAD Case Control command set identification number 

specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC. 

LOADFAC Complex. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current 

iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1. Output by 

NLITER. 

LOADFACR Real. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC 

except real). 

LOADID Integer. Load set identification number for the current subcase. 

LOADIDP Integer. Load set identification number for the previous subcase. 

LOADU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes static 

load information. 

LPFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another CASEA record to 

process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number. Output by 

AELOOP and DSARLP. 

LPRINT Logical. Print flag for divergence analysis (DIVERG), flutter analysis 

(FA1), and stability derivatives (SDP). 

LSEQ Integer. LOADSET Case Control command set identification number 


LST2REC Integer. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two 

records. 

703

704 


LSTEP Integer. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for 

static solutions. 

LSTRN Integer. Laminar strain flag. 

0 Compute laminar stresses 

1 Compute laminar strains 

LUMPB Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping. 

LUMPM Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass. 

LUSET Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. Output by 

GP1 or PARAML. 

LUSETD Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set. Output by 

DPD. 

LUSETS Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set of the current 

superelement. Output by GP1. 

MACH Real. Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP. 

MACH0 Real. Previously processed Mach number. Output by AMG. 

MAJOR Character. Name of the major degree-of-freedom set. 

MATCH Integer. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. Output by GP5. 

0 Matching mesh 

1 Non-matching mesh 

MATCPX Integer. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic 

elements. 

MATNAMi Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI 

Bulk Data entries. 

MAXBLK Integer. Maximum block size. 

MAXLP Integer. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and 

the material subincrement processes. 

MAXR Integer. Maximum physical record size. 

MAXRAT Real. Maximum value of factor diagonal ratio. Output by DECOMP. 

MAXRATIO Real. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes 

termination of decomposition.


MAXSET Integer. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value 

of block size may be reduced depending on available memory and 

problem size. 

MBCFLG Logical. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to 

TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are specified in static analysis. 

MCEIGCC Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to 

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in 

CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by 

MDCASE. 

MDTRKFLG Integer. Mode tracking status flag. 

0 Mode tracking was successful 

1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful 

MESH Character. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print 

summary; 'NO' otherwise. Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural 

components: 'AERO' or 'STRU'. 

MESHSET Integer. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine 

mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file. 

METH Character. Method of real eigenvalue extraction. 

METHCMRS Integer. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) 

override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES. 

METRIK Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

MINDIAG Real. Norm of the minimum diagonal term in U. Output by DCMP 

and DECOMP. 

MFACT Complex. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix. Output 

by BMG. 

MFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to 

process in the current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in 

the subcase. Output by AELOOP. 

MFRQCC Logical. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE 

if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC 

and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

MODE Character. Boundary condition change ignore flag. 

'NONLINEAR' Ignore boundary condition changes 

705

706 


'STATICS' Do not ignore boundary condition changes 

MODECC Logical. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least 

one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and 

CASEMODE is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

MODEPT Logical. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to 

TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding element 

properties in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1. 

MODETRAK Integer. Mode tracking request flag. 

0 Mode tracking was not requested 

>0 Mode tracking is requested 

MODGEOM2 Logical. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE 

indicates that the design model is overriding connectivity in the 

analysis model. Output by DOPR1. 

MODGM4 Logical. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if GEOM4M is updated. 

Output by MODGM4. 

MODMPT Logical. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to 

TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding material 

properties in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1. 

MONRPLC Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be 

copied from MON1 into MON. 

MPC Integer. MPC Case Control command set identification number 

specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC. 

MPCF2 Integer. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag. 

Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different multipoint 

constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1 otherwise or if 

there are no multipoint constraints in the current subcase. Output by 

GP4. 

MPCFLG Integer. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by 

multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and 

MPCAX and the rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered 

during resequencing. 

MPCMETH Character. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also indicates 

the type of matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and 

'KMM' for KMM.


MPFSORT Integer. Sort flag. A value in the first table is added to a value in the 

second table. 

MPNFLG Integer. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. Output by GP5. 

MSCHG Integer. Boundary condition change flag in. In nonlinear static 

analysis only. Output by CASE. 

MSGINP1 Integer. Optional integer input. 

MSGINP2 Integer. Optional integer input. 

MSGLVL Integer. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only. 

0 No output 

1 Warning and fatal messages 

2 Summary output 

3 Detailed output on cost and convergence 

4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra 

arithmetic to check on orthogonality 

Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SEQP module. 

0 No 

1 Yes 

Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SOLVIT module. 

0 Minimal; i.e, UIM 6447 

1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms 

Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the TABEDIT module. 

MSGNUM Integer. Message number. 

MSGOUT Integer. Optional integer output. Output by MSGHAN. 

MTRNCC Logical. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE 

if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC 

and CASEMTRN is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

MU Real. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix. Output by 

NLTRD. 

NAME Character. Name of a data block. Output by PARAML. 

NASOUT Logical. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching summary. 

707

708 


NBCONT Integer. Number of bisections due to slideline contact. Output by 

NLITER and NLTRD2. 

NBIS Integer. Current bisection counter. Output by NLITER and NLTRD2. 

NBLOCK Integer. Number of spill blocks to form if “out of memory” algorithm 

is used. 

NBRCHG Integer. Number of negative terms on the diagonal. Output by DCMP 

and DECOMP. 

NBSORT2 Integer. Contact region output sort format flag. Output by BGCASO. 

1 If SORT2 format is requested for printing 

2 If x-y plotting is requested 

NCNOFFST Integer. Counter for retained constraints. The value is initialized to 1 

in and is incremented by the number of records in CNTABR. Output 

by DSAD. 

NCOL Integer. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or 

frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data 

records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less 

than the number of data records in the input table, then the first 

NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored. 

Output by TRD1 and TRD2. Integer. Number of columns. Output by 

NORM. 

NCUL Integer. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the 

residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML module. 

ND Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. 

ND1 Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in first complex region. 

NDAMP Real. Numerical damping. 

NDDLNAMi Character. NDDL name of the DBi-th data block. 

NDES Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is 

repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the last 

mode) solutions are found. 

NDJ Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in j-th complex region. 

for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. 

NDVTOT Integer. Number of unique referenced design variables.


NE Integer. Number of estimated eigenvalues. Integer. The number of 

estimated eigenvalues for non-Lanczos methods only. For the 

Lanczos method, NE is the problem size which the QL Householder 

method is used. 

NEIG Integer. Number of eigenvalues to keep. 

0 Keep all eigenvalues 

>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues 

NEIGV Integer. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were 

found. Output by CEAD, READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL. 

NEWCASE Integer. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is generated. 

Output by BGCASO. 

NEWK Integer. Stiffness update flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, and 

NLTRD2. 

-1 Do not update stiffness. 

1 Update stiffness. 

2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has 

been reached. 

NEWNAMi Character. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., 

NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. 

NEWP Integer. New subcase flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, 

and TOLAPP. 

-1 Current subcase has not been completed. 

1 Current subcase has been completed. 

NEXTID Integer. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK 

command of the next Bulk Data section; usually superelement or 

auxiliary model identification number. Output by XSORT. 

NFEXIT Logical. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message 

2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix is not found. 

NFREQ Integer. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis. 

Output by CYCLIC1. 

NGERR Integer. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1; 

otherwise +1. Output by GPSP. 

709

710 


NGP Integer. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure. 


NHBDY Integer. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if none exist. Output 

by PLTHBDY. 

Ni Character. Continuation entry prefix. 

NINPTPS Integer. Approximate number of surrounding independent element 

interpolation points to be considered when interpolating at a grid 

point for a given material coordinate system. 

NJ Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in j-set degrees-of-freedom. 


NK Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in k-set degrees-of-freedom. 


NKEYS Integer. Duplicate value sort option specification. 

NLAM Integer. Number modes to create in LAMAX. 

NLAYERS Integer. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of 

CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis. 

NLFLAG Integer. Output by NLITER. 

NLOADS Integer. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to 

the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current 

boundary condition. 

NLSTRAIN Logical. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of 

OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be 

processed. 

NLTYPE Integer. Nonlinear analysis type. 

0 Statics 

1 Transient response 

NMAT Integer. Number of matrices. 

NMK Integer. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. 

Output by GETMKL. 

NNDFRQ Integer. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon natural 

frequencies.


NOA Integer. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, 

NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-offreedom 

in the a-set. Output by GP4 and GPSP. 

NOABFL Integer. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 

otherwise. Output by BMG. 

NOASM Integer. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly and 

reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the 

SEKR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and 

SEP3. 

NOB2 Integer. B2GG or B2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if B2GG or B2PP is 

generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN. 

NOBGG Integer. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT. Output by 

EMG. 

NOBKGG Integer. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to generate 

slideline contact stiffness. 

NOBSET0 Integer. Number of null columns in PHZ in front of non-null 

columns. Output by DYNREDU. 

NOCEAD Integer. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if complex 

eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set to -1. 

Output by FA1. 

NOCHAR Integer. Number of character value inputs. 

NOCMPX Integer. Number of complex value inputs. 

NOCOMP Integer. Composite stress/strain flag. 

-5 Forces of composites in STRAIN=sid 

-2 Forces of composites in STRESS=sid 

-1 Stresses for all elements (same as 0 except in DMAP) 

0 Stresses for all elements 

1 Stresses for non-composites only 

2 Strain/curvature and forces of composites in STRESS=sid 

3 Strains for all elements and MPCForces 

4 Strains for non-composites only 

5 Strain/curvature of composites in STRAIN=sid 

711

712 


NODLT Integer. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 

otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created. Output by DPD. 

NODR Integer. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data 

recovery requested for any superelement. Output by SEDRDR and 

SEP4. 

NOEDS1 Integer. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is generated. 

Output by STDCON. 

NOEED Integer. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are 

processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created. Output by 

DPD. 

NOEGPSF Integer. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is created. 

NOEGPSTR Integer. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is created. Output 

by GPSTR2. 

NOELDCT Integer. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is generated. 


NOEST Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 38. 

NOESTL Integer. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is generated; -1 

otherwise. Output by TA1. 

NOFORT Integer. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the SENSITY 

Case Control command. Output by DSTA. 

NOFREQ Integer. Number of excitation frequencies. 

NOFRL Integer. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated. Output 

by FRLGEN. 

NOGDS1 Integer. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is generated. 


NOGEOM1 Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 36. 

NOGEOM2 Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 37. 

NOGEOM3 Integer. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created, 

otherwise set to -1. Output by CYCLIC1. 

NOGENL Integer. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no 

general elements. 

NOGOIFP Logical. IFP module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was 

detected. Output by IFP.


NOGOIFPi Logical. IFPi module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was 

detected. Output by IFPi. 

NOGOMEPT Logical. MODEPT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error 

was detected. Output by MODEPT. 

NOGOMGM2 Logical. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error 

is found. Output by MODGM2. 

NOGONL Integer. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to 

terminate. Output by NLTRD2. 

NOGOXSRT Logical. XSORT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was 

detected. Output by XSORT. 

NOGPDCT Integer. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is generated. 


NOGRAV Integer. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data 

entry images, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3. 

NOGUST Integer. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set 

to 1. Output by GUST. 

NOINT Integer. Number of integer value inputs for PRGNAME. 

NOK2 Integer. K2GG or K2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG or K2PP is 

generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN. 

NOK4GG Integer. Differential stiffness or structural damping generation flag. 


On input: 

>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects 

714 


On output: 

0 Generated 

-1 Not generated 

NOKBFL Integer. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise. 

Output by BMG. 

NOKVAL Integer. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX (K) is not in the analysis set 

of harmonic IDs. Output by CYCLIC3. 

NOL Integer. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-freedom belong 

to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom 

in the l-set. Output by GP4. 

NOLASM Integer. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and 

reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the 

SELR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and 

SEP3. 

NOLOAD Integer. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is 

not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3. 

NOLOADF Integer. Number of load cases per excitation frequency. 

NOLOOP Integer. Looping test flag. Output by CASE. 

NOM2 Integer. M2GG or M2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if M2GG or M2PP 

is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN. 

NOMAT Integer. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is 

requested for the current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL 

Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3. 

NOMATi Integer. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; 1 otherwise. 


NOMGEN Integer. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set 

identification number if MFLUID is specified in CASECC. Output by 

MGEN. 

NOMGG Integer. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT. Output by 

EMG. 

NOMPF2E Integer. Flag to generate O*MPF2E data blocks.


NOMR Integer. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and 

damping assembly and reduction is requested for the current 

superelement based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands. 

Output by SEP2DR and SEP3. 

NOMSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or multipoint 

constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output 

by GP4 or PARAML. 

NOMSGSTR Integer. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if MSGSTRES execution 

is not desired. 

NONAMEi Integer. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is generated; -1 

otherwise. Output by MTRXIN. 

NONCUP Integer. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled 

algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are 

diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and offdiagonal 

terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored. GKAM: If 

K2DD, B2DD, and M2dd are purged. then the model is considered 

uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1. 

NONLFT Integer. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are 

processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by 

DPD. 

NONLHT Integer. Nonlinear heat transfer flag. Set to -1 if nonlinear heat 

transfer elements are detected. Output by EMG. 

NOOGS1 Integer. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created. Output by 

GPSTR2. 

NOOPT Integer. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no reexecution. 

Output by FRLGEN. 

NOOSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted 

degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or 

PARAML. 

NOOUT Integer. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are 

specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR. 

NOP2G Integer. P2G generation flag. Set to +1 if P2G is generated; -1 

otherwise. Output by MTRXIN. 

NOPG Integer. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads 

due to upstream superelements. Output by SELA. 

715

716 


NOPGHD Integer. Page header and eject flag. 

0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04 

-1 Do not print page header in f06 

-2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04 

NOPLOT Integer. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are 

specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR. 

NOPNLT Integer. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements. 

NOPRT Integer. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY 

Case Control command. Output by DSTA. 

NOPSDL Integer. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are processed, 

-1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD. 

NOPSLG Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is 

requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV or 

SERESP Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR. 

NOQG Integer. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default 

of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no 

computation. 

NOQMG Integer. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default 

of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no 

computation. 

NOQSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the q-set. 

NORADMAT Integer. Radiation flag. Output by RMG2. 

-2 No radiation 

-1 Initial radiation 

1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity 

2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity 

3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity 

NORAND Integer. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0 otherwise. 

Output by RANDOM. 

NOREAL Integer. Number of real value inputs.


NORM Character. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or 

NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' 

selects normalization by maximum displacement. 

NORSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or supported 

degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or 

PARAML. 

NOSASET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the structure. 

NOSAVE Integer. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the 

SENSITY Case Control command. Output by DSTA. 

NOSDR2 Integer. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set 

output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise. Output by 

VDR. 

NOSE Integer. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no 

superelements; 0 otherwise. In SEP1X only, set to number of 

superelements if superelements exist. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X. 

NOSECOM Integer. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there 

are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands 

specified in CASECC. Output by SEP3. 

NOSEDV Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case 

Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any 

superelement. Output by SDSB. 

NOSEPLOT Integer. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to -1 if there are no 

SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the OUTPUT(PLOT) 

section. Output by SEP4. 

NOSERESP Integer. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP 

Case Control command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not 

requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB. 

NOSET Integer. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=- 

1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-of-freedom 

defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 

otherwise. Output by GP4, GPSP, and TRLG. 

NOSETi Integer. Degree-of-freedom set existence flag. Set to positive integer if 

set i exists. Output by PARAML. 

NOSIMP Integer. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set 

to -1 if there are no simple elements. Output by TA1 and TAHT. 

717

718 


NOSORT1 Integer. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested 

for current superelement. Output by SEDR. 

NOSORT2 Integer. SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested. 

Output by MDATA, SDR2, and VDR. 

NOSORT2S Integer. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format or 

x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise. Output by 

VDR. 

NOSOUT Integer. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution 

set output is requested; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR. 

NOSSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point 

constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or 

PARAML. 

NOSUP Integer. Element summary table request flag. 

1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis) 

2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis) 

NOTEMP Integer. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD 

Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1 

otherwise. Output by GP3. 

NOTFL Integer. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if 

no sets are defined. Output by DPD. 

NOTIME Integer. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further 

iterations but enough time to perform data recovery. Output by 

NLTRD. 

NOTRACK Logical. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking 

was successful. Output by MODTRK. 

NOTRL Integer. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are 

processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. Output by DPD. 

NOUE Integer. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra 

points. Output by DPD or PARAML. 

NOUG Integer. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists for the current 

superelement. Output by SEDR. 

NOUGD Integer. Flag for external input of auxiliary model displacement 

matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.


NOUNIT Integer. Number of Fortran input units. 

NOUP Integer. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no 

superelements connected upstream from the current superelement. 

Output by SEP2DR and SEDR. 

NOXGG Integer. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist. Output by 

MATREDU. 

NOXOUT Integer. SDRX update flag. Output by SDRX and SDRXD. 

0 OEF1X and OES1X are updated 

-1 OEF1X and OES1X are not updated 

NOXPLZER Integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are 

found. Output by MATMOD option 39. 

NOXPP Integer. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist. Output by 

MATREDU. 

NOXYPLOT Integer. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are 

specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR and 

XYTRAN. 

NOYSET Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom with non-null 

columns in PHZ. 

NOZSET Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom. Also number of 

columns in PHZ. 

NQMAX Integer. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per partitioned 

superelement. See NQSET. 

NQSET Integer. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-q-set). 

Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-offreedom. 

NR1OFFST Integer. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized 

to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in R1TABR. Output 

by DSAD. 


to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RSP12R. Output 

by DSAD. 


to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RESP3R. Output 

by DSAD. 

719

720 


NROW Integer. Number of rows. Output by NORM. 

NSEG Integer. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data 

entry. Output by CYCLIC1. 

NSENQSET Integer. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to the 

current superelement. 

NSKIP Integer. Record number in CASECC with special meanings in the 

following applications. Output by GP4, CASE, and BCDR. GP4, 

BCDR, and SDR1: The first subcase of the current boundary 

condition. 

CASE The first subcase of the current boundary 

condition (nonlinear statics only) or current 

FREQ, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, or SDAMP 

condition (frequency response or complex 

eigenvalue analysis). 

AELOOP Trim subcase counter. 

DSARLP Trim subcase counter. 

FRRD1 and 

SOLVIT 

Record number of current subcase in CASECC 

and used only if the SMETHOD command selects 

the ITER Bulk Data entry which specifies values 

for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 

then CASECC is not required and the values are 

taken from the module specification of the values. 

GETCOL Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for 

the STATSUB subcase identification number. 

GNFM Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis 

(SOL 4). 

READ and 

LANCZOS 

Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the 

METHOD set identification number. 

LCGEN Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the 

LOADSET set identification number. 

NLCOMB, 

PCOMB, and 

SDRNL 

Subcase record number to read in CASECC.


NLITER and 

TOLAPP 

On input: Subcase record number to read in 

CASECC. On output: Set to -2 if run is to be 

terminated. 

NSOUT Integer. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are 

output. 

NSTEP Integer. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the 

beginning of the subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

NSWELM Integer. Current spot weld element ID. Output by MODGM2 and 

MODGM4. 

NSWPPT Integer. Current spot weld projection point ID. 

NTIPS Integer. The number of domains (tip superelements to be created 

automatically when ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of 

domains will be set equal to the number of processors. Output by 

SEQP. 

NULLMAT Integer. Null matrix flag. Set to -1 if MAT is null. 

NULLROW Integer. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear 

quantities. 

0 Insert null rows, which is compatible with DRMS1 output 

format 

1 Do not insert null rows, which is required for DRMH3 

processing 

NUMHDOF Integer. The number of modes. 

NUMOUT Integer. Output element quantity flag. 

>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output 

0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute 

value of one or more elements is greater than BIGER. 

-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than 

BIGER. 

-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than 

BIGER. 

NUMPAN Integer. Number of panels. Output by GP5. 

NVECT Integer. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1. Output by PCOMB. 

721

722 


NX Integer. Number of extra aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. Output 

by ADG. 

OADPMAX Integer. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed. 

OBJIN Real. Initial objective value. 

OBJOUT Real. Final objective value. Output by DOM9. 

OBJSID Integer. Superelement identification number associated with 

DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ 

command in a particular superelement subcase. Output by 

MDCASE. 

OBJVAL Real. Objective value. Output by DSAD. 

ODESMAX Integer. Total number of design cycles performed. 

OG Integer. CURV module's grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then 

grid point stresses or strains are computed. 

OLDDT Real. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step 

to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch. Output by 

NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

OLDNAMi Character. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g., 

OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. 

OMEGAJ Real. Imaginary part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos 

method. 

OMID Character. Material output coordinate system flag. If OMID='YES' 

then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the material coordinate 

system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements. 

OPERATN Character. FORTIO operation. 

'EXISTS' Check for assigned physical file existence 

'OPEN' Open file 

'CLOSE' Close file 

OPT Character. DIAGONAL module processing option. 

'COLUMN' Extract diagonal to a column matrix and raise all 

elements to POWER 

'SQUARE' Extract diagonal to a square matrix and raise all 

elements to POWER


'WHOLE' Raise all elements to POWER 

OPTi Integer. Print control parameters in the TABPRT module. 

OPTEXIT Integer. Design optimization termination option. See the 

“OPTEXIT” on page 624 of the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 

OPTFLG Integer. DSVG1P application method: 

1 Statics 

2 Normal modes 

3 Ncceleration load 

OPTION Character. Response summation method for scaled response spectra 

analysis. Possible values are: 

'ABS' Absolute 

SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares 

'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new) 

'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old) 

OSTEP Integer. Restart step number. 

OSWELM Integer. Offset for spot weld element IDs. 

OSWPPT Integer. Offset for spot weld projection point IDs. 

OUTFMP Integer. Number of fluid modes to output. 

OUTOPT Integer. CURV module's output option. 

OUTSMP Integer. Number of structure modes to output. 

OVRWRT Character. DBC database overwrite flag. 

PANAME Character. The name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created. 

Output by ACMG. 

PANELMP Integer. Flag to compute panel participation factors. 

PARM Integer. Equivalence flag on the EQUIVX module. Purge flag on the 

PURGEX module. 

PARMi Logical. Output data block presence flag. Output by DMIIN and 

DTIIN. 

PARTSE Logical. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the current 

superelement is a partitioned superelement. Output by SEP2DR. 

PATH Character. Direction of cyclic transformation: 

723

724 


'FORE' Forward (analysis) 

'BACK' Backward (data recovery) 

PBCONT Integer. Slideline contact flag. 

PDEPDO Integer. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. Output 

by TRLG. 

0 Skip factor is >1. 

-1 Skip factor is 1. 

PEID Integer. Primary superelement identification number. Output by 

SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 

PENFAC Real. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements. 

PEXIST Logical. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present. 

Pi Character. Generic name of the data block DBi to be processed by the 

DBC module. Integer. Inputs to the MATGEN, MATMOD, and 

PARAML module. Any type. Inputs to MESSAGE module. 

PLSIZE Integer. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix 

in the previous subcase in order to detect boundary condition 

changes in the current subcase. Boundary condition changes are not 

allowed in the arc-length method. Output by NLITER. 

PLTCNT Integer. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter. Output by 

SEPLOT. 

On input: 


On output: 

>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command 

PLTNUM Output. Plot frame counter. Output by PLOT, MSGSTRES, and 

XYTRAN. 

PNLPTV Logical. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE, then 

generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition 

the g-set size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix. 

PNQALNAM Character. Name of qualifier for panels. 

POSTU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes data 

recovery information.


POUTF Integer. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is 

not requested. Output by NLITER and TOLAPP. 

POWER Integer. Power of 10 to be multiplied by DET in DCMP and 

DECOMP. Exponent to which the real part of each element in A is 

raised in the DIAGONAL module. 

PREC Integer. Precision of output matrix. 

0 Machine-precision 

1 Single 

2 Double 

PRECOL Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the 

STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also 

corresponds to the column number of static solution vector. Output 

by GETCOL. 

PREFDB Real. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA. 

PREFONLY Integer. Preface execution only flag in SOLVIT module. 

PRESORT Integer. Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted. Output by 


PRGNAME Character. Name of external program called by ISHELL module. 

PRGPST Character. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the 

summary is printed. 

PRNTOPT Character. MATGPR module print options. 

PRJVEROP Character. Operation name. 

'GET' Get current project and version 

'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version 

'SET' Set current project and version 

'LAST' Get the last (bottom) project and version 

'RESTART' Get restart project and version 

PROGRAM Character. DBC database format flag. 

'XL' MSC.Patran 

'GRASP' NX Nastran Access 

PROJ Integer. Project number. Output by PROJVER. 

725

726 


PROPOPT Integer. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties are 

defined as design variables. Output by DSABO. 

PROPTN Integer. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if 

PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and 

the property to design variable relations will be produced. 

PROTYP Integer. Designed property type code. Output by DOPR1. 

1 DVPRELi entries exist 

2 DVCRELi entries exist 

4 DVMRELi entries exist 

>0 For combinations add above values 

PROUT Integer. Print control for the ELTPRT module. 

PRTSWM Logical. UWM 6991 print control flag in NORM module. 

PRTUIM Logical. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA module. 

PSEQOPT Character. P-element append flag. Specifies append (default) or 

insert option for p-elements in the SEQP module. 

PVALNEW Integer. New p-value set identification number. Output by ADAPT. 

Q Real. Dynamic pressure. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP. 

QUALNAM Character. Name of qualifier to be varied when selecting MAPS from 

MAPS* in SEMA, SELA, and SEDR modules. Character. Keyword 

which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data 

section; usually AUXMODEL or SEID. Output by XSORT. 

QUALNAMP Character. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG. 

QUALVAL Integer. QUALNAM value assigned to the Main Bulk Data section. 

R1CNT Integer. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB. Output by 

DOPR3. 

R2CNT Integer. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12. Output 

by DOPR3. 

R3CNT Integer. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table. Output by 

DOPR3. 

RBFAIL Logical. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy 

threshold used by IOPT=10. Output by VEPCLOT.


RCOLLBLi Character. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN' will be printed. 

Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper 

right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then followed by column 

number. 

REACT Integer. For zero-th and first harmonic, set to -1 if no support 

degrees-of-freedom; +1 if support degrees-of-freedom exist. For 

harmonics greater than 1 REACT is always -1. Output by CYCLIC3. 

REAL Real. Real part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML. 

REALD Real double precision. Real value in the next record. 

REALi Real. Real value for PRGNAME. 

RECNUM Integer. Record number of table element. Output by PARAML. 

REFC Real. Output by PARAML of AERO data block. 

REPEAT Integer. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary 

condition; +1 otherwise. Output by GP4. 

RESFLG Integer. Residual vector eigenvalue subheading print flag to be used 

by the OFP module. 

RESPi Character. Response type. 

RESTYP Integer. Optimization results flag. 

RGSENS Logical. Rigid element sensitivity flag. Output by DOPR5 or 

DSVGP4. 

ROWNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows in 


RSEID Integer. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on 

the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 

RSFLAG Logical. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if 

superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data section. Output by 

SEP1X. 

727

728 


RSTEP Integer. Controlled increments counter. Output by NLITER. 

RUNIFPi Logical. IFPi module execution flag. Set to TRUE if IFPi module 

execution is required. Output by IFP. 

RUNMEPT Logical. MODEPT module execution flag. Set to TRUE if MODEPT 

module execution is required. Output by IFP. 

SAERCC Logical. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one 

ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in CASECC and 

CASESAER is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

SCNDRY Integer. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if 

superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with 

PEID>0. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 

SDFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active 

stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data 

entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output 

by DSARLP. 

SDRDENS Integer. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of 

PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full 

data recovery. 

SDRMETH Integer. Data recovery method flag. Output by OUTPRT. 

SDROVR Character. Override for data recovery method flag. 

SDRPOPT Character. Principal stress/strain computation selection: 

'SDRP' Compute in SDRP 

'OFP' Compute in OFP 

SEBULK Logical. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if 

partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified 

for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. 

SEDRCNTL Character. Processing list selection. 

' ' All superelements will be processed (default). 

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID 

parameter will be processed. 

SEDWN Integer. Downstream superelement identification number. Output by 

SEP2DR and SEDRDR.


SEFLAG Logical. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present. Output 

by SEPR1. 

SEID Integer. Superelement identification number. On output from SEP3 

and SEP4, SEID is an initialization flag; i.e., if there are 

superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR and 

SEDRDR; otherwise 0. Output by SEP2DR, SEDRDR, SEP3, and 

SEP4. 

SEP1XOVR Integer. Over-ride bits for module processing. 

Bit(s) Value(s) Description 

1-3 1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection. 

4 8 Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar 

Linkages via internal SECONCT entries. 

5 16 Print RSSCON old/new locations. 

6 32 Print Boundary Search Sequence. 

7 64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output. 

8 128 Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when 

other sets present in the Residual. 


SEP2CNTL Character. Processing selection. 

'ALL' All superelements will be processed 

'PSLGDV' Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case 

Control commands 

'DSLIST' Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case 

Control commands 

'SLIST' Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, 

SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control 

commands. 

'SEDWN' All superelements that have SEDWN as their 

downstream superelement. 

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter 

will be processed. 

SEP4CNTL Integer. Processing list selection. 

729

730 



'ALL' Only superelements specified on SEDR Case Control 

command 

SEPRTN Logical. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore 

SUPER command. 

SEQMETH Integer. Resequencing method. 

SEQOUT Integer. SEQP module output options. 

SETi Character. Degree-of-freedom set name. 

SETKNTR Integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member 

in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then 

SETKNTR is reset to -1. Output by PARAML SET option. 

SETNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name used by IOPT=9 and 10. 

SETNAME Character. Degree-of-freedom set name. SOLVIT, DCMP, READ: For 

maximum efficiency, the rows and columns of the input matrices 

must correspond to or be a partition of the degree-of-freedom 

specified by SETNAME. 

SEQP Specifies size of MAT in SEQP module. 

SETYPE Character. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data 

entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 

'REPEAT' Repeated 

'MIRROR' Mirror 

'COLLTR' Collector 

'EXTRNA' External 

'PRIMARY' Primary 

SHAPEOPT Integer. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is 

activated. Output by DSAM. 

SHAPES Logical. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be 

TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are 

present. 

SHFSCL Real. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be 

greater than 0.0.


SID Integer. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set 

identification number is obtained from the METHOD command in 

CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in 

DYNAMIC. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC. If SID>0, then 

METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is 

selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values 

(METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for 

Lanczos method only. If SID

732 


SMEMCC Logical. Electromagnetic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least 

one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was found in CASECC and 

CASESAER is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

SMPFEPS Real. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes. 

SMSTCC Logical. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one 

ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in CASECC and 

CASESMST is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

SNORM Real. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If 

angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed. 

SNORMPRT Integer. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag. 

0 No print or punch 

1 Punch 

2 Print only 


SORTOPT Integer. Sort option specification. 

SOLAPP Character. Design optimization analysis type. 

SOLCUR Integer. Nonlinear loop identification number. 

SOLTYP Character. Solution method. 

'MODAL' Modal 

'DIRECT' Direct 

SPC Integer. SPC Case Control command set identification number 

specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC. 

SPCGEN Integer. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then 

singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file 

as SPC Bulk Data entries. 

SPSELREC Output. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when 

processing last record. Output by RSPEC. 

SRTELTYP Integer. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element 

types will be filtered and sorted. 

SRTOPT Integer. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER. 

0 Maximum magnitude 

1 Pinimum magnitude


2 Maximum algebraic 

3 Minimum algebraic 

SRTTYP Integer. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on 

item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity. 

START Integer. Number of the grid points at the beginning of the input 

sequence in the SEQP module. 

STARTCOL Integer. Starting column number to extract from I1. 

STATCC Logical. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one 

ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in CASECC and 

CASESTAT is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

STATIC Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for 

dynamic analysis. 

STATOPT Character. Static solution method. 

'DRCT' Direct 

'ITER' Iterative. 

STATSUB Integer. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number 


STFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static 

response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or 

CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 

indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP. 

STIME Real. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated 

time used for restarts. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2. 

STPSCL Real. Shape step size scaling factor. 

STRUCTMP Integer. Number of structure modes to use computing factors. 

SUPAERO Character. Method for supersonic aero; 'ZONA' or 'CPM'. 

SUPER Integer. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special handling 

of multipoint constraints in the SEQP module. 

SUPORT Integer. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number 


SWEXIST Logical. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld 

elements exist. Output by MODGM2. 

733

734 


SYM Integer. Symmetric partition or merge flag. 

0 Symmetric; i.e., CP is used for RP 

0 Asymmetric; i.e., CP and RP are distinct 

SYMFLG Complex. Scale factor. 

SYMXY Integer. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL. 

SYMXZ Integer. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL. 

SYS66 Integer. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply. 

T Integer. Transpose flag for first matrix input to MPYAD. 

1 Transpose 

0 Do not transpose 

TABID Integer. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all 

requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for 

the curve. The table identification number will start at TABID and 

increase by one for each table punched. Output by XYTRAN. 

TABS Real. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 

when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit. 

TEMPSID Integer. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained 

from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use 

in stress recovery of differential stiffness. 

TESTNEG Integer. Load increment method flag in nonlinear static analysis. 

Output by CASE. 

TFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim 

responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no 

response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP. 

TFLID Integer. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is ignored 

if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15. 

THRESH Integer. Exponent of 10 which defines the pivoting threshold for 

unsymmetric decomposition. 

Ti Integer. Transpose flag for first four matrices input to SMPYAD. 

1 Transpose 

0 Do not transpose


TINY Real. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less 

than TINY will not be printed. 

TIPSCOL Integer. The number of tip superelements upstream of each 

downstream collector superelement. See ACMS='YES'. Output by 

SEQP. 

TITLEi Character. Titles for VECPLOT module printed output. 

TOLAPPF Integer. Nonlinear analysis type: 

1 Nonlinear transient 

0 Nonlinear statics 

TOLRSC Real. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor. 

TOTALK Integer. Total number of harmonics. Output by CYCLIC1. 

TOUT Integer. TRLG processing flag. 

736 


UNITNO Integer. Specifies FORTRAN unit number. 

UNSYMF Character. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline contact 

stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for 

slideline contact. 

UPFM Integer. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set 

NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary matrices. 

UPSECC Logical. Superelement analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if 

SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and CASEUPSE is specified in 

the output list. Output by MDCASE. 

USETBIT Integer. Decimal equivalent of bit position of a degree-of-freedom set. 

Output by PARAML. 

USETADD Integer. USET length extension. Extend the size of the USET by this 

amount. 

USETOP Character. Name of desired operation. 

VALUED Complex double precision. Contents of element at IROW-th row and 

ICOL-th column in matrix [A]. Output by SCALAR. 

VERS Integer. Version number. Output by PROJVER. 

VOLS Real. Total volume of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT. 

VREF Real. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices. 

VUBEAM Character. Name for VUBEAM element. 

VUELJUMP Integer. Delta between view-element identification numbers. 

VUENEXT Integer. Starting identification number for next view-element. Output 

by DVIEWP and VIEWP. 

VUEXIST Logical. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist. 

Output by DVIEWP and VIEWP. 

VUGJUMP Integer. Delta between view-grid identification numbers. 

VUGNEXT Integer. Starting identification number for next view-grid. Output by 

DVIEWP and VIEWP. 

VUHEXA Character. Name for VUHEXA element. 

VUPENTA Character. Name for VUPENTA element. 

VUQUAD4 Character. Name for VUQUAD4 element. 

VUTETRA Character. Name for VUTETRA element.


VUTRIA3 Character. Name for VUTRIA3 element. 

WGTS Real. Total weight of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT. 

WGTVOL Integer. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any 


WRDNUM Integer. Word number of table element. Output by PARAML. 

WTMASS Real. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. 

WVFLG Integer. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain 

any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set 

to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified on the DRESP1 

Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. Output by MDCASE. 

XFLAG Integer. Strain energy method selection. 

0 Elemental force 

1 Cross displacement 

XNORM Real. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns. Output 

by NORM. 

XNORMD Real-double precision. Same as XNORM except in double precision. 

XTYPE Integer. Type of element matrix data: 

0 Stiffness 

1 Damping 

2 Mass 

XYSET Character. Degree-of-freedom set type. 

'SOL' Solution set (d-set or h-set) 

'DSET' d-set 

'HSET' h-set 

'PSET' p-set 

XYUNIT Integer. FORTRAN unit number to which the DOM12 module writes 

design optimization x-y plot data. 

ZCOLLCT Integer. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level 

of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT

738 

Parameter Naming Conventions 

LUSET "Length of USET"; i.e., number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

g-set. For example, LUSETD (d-set), LUSETS (superelement) 

Sometimes, and more rightly, called NOGSET. 

NO__SET Number of degrees-of-freedom in the __-set (=-1 if none) 

NORC Set to -1 if there is no c-set and no r-set. 

NO_____ "no" _____ (e.g.; no data block) exists or can be found 

ALWAYS Initialized and always assumed to be -1 

NEVER Initialized and always assumed to be 0 

NP Local usage or dummy 

NOGO Hidden parameter set by module (no "S,N,NOGO" on module 

call) Must be trapped immediately.

CHAPTER 

3 


NASTRAN Data Definition Language 

(NDDL) 

■ NDDL Summary 

■ Detailed Description of NDDL Statements

740 

3.1 NDDL Summary 

The NDDL (NX Nastran Data Definition Language) has several purposes: 

1. The NDDL describes the hierarchical data structure of the NX Nastran 

database. 

2. The NDDL provides the mechanism, in conjunction with the TYPE DMAP 

statement, for determining which NX Nastran generated data blocks or 

parameters or both will be stored on the database. 

3. The NDDL provides the schema necessary for representing the data block 

data structure. 

4. The NDDL and its associated query language provides the means for 

selecting from the hierarchical database structure specific data blocks in the 

form of flat tables, thus admitting them to relational database manipulation. 

5. The NDDL provides the necessary data dependencies for automatic 

modified restarts. 

Descriptions of NDDL Statements 

DATABLK Define a data block’s name, path, and location and describe its 

contents. 

DEPEN Define a data block, parameter, or virtual parameter to be 

dependent upon other data block(s), parameter(s) or virtual 

parameter(s). 

PARAM Define a parameter’s name, type, path, location, and default value. 

PATH List the QUALifiers to be used in accessing the data block or 

parameter via the NDDL. 

QUAL Define a qualifier’s name, type and default value

3.2 Detailed Description of NDDL Statements 

Syntactical Descriptions 

In the descriptions of the NDDL statements, the following notation is used: 

1. Slashes, colons, and parentheses must be specified as shown. 

2. Uppercase letters are keywords and must be specified as shown. 

3. Lowercase letters represent variables, the permissible values of which are 

indicated in the descriptive text. 

4. Shaded words indicate the default. 

5. One or more items in square brackets [] are optional. If the describers are stacked 

vertically, then only one may be specified. 

6. One or more items in braces {} must be specified. If the describers are stacked 

vertically, then only one may be specified. 

741

742 

DATABLK 

Describes data blocks used for NDDL access 

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access 

A data block is a collection of matrix columns or table records and may be broken 

down into the following entities: 

1. Record (or column) is a group of items and/or entries. 

2. Entry is a group of items and/or entries within a record. 

3. Item is a single scalar quantity; such as an integer, real number, complex number, 

character string, or logical. 

Format: 

DATABLK,db_name,PATH=pathname,LOCATION=loc_param, 

where: 

style = the db_description has special rules. Only TABLE(OFP) and 

TABLE(CASE) are allowed. 

SAMEAS = the db_description on another DATABLK, sname statement. 

db_description = one or more record descriptions providing a word-by-word 

description of each record in which each word (or item) is 

assigned a name and type. 

where: 

RECORD 

TYPE 

= 

MATRIX 

UNSTRUCTURED 

= TABLE[ ( style) 

] 

KDICT 

KELM 

SAMEAS,sname 

db_description EOF 

( * ) 

rec_description 

rec_name[ ( h1 [ , h2 [ , h3 ] ] ) ] SAMEAS, srec_name EOR 

, , 

RECORD(*) = rec_description defines all records. It can only be specified once 

following RECORD=HEADER. 

RECORD = rec_name[(h1[,h2[,h3]]] assigns a name to the record and may 

optionally indicate that the record begins with one to three integers 

called header words. This format may be specified more than once. 

Only a few data blocks have this type of record; such as IFP module 

output data blocks.

DATABLK 


rec_description contains one or more of the following rec_components that may be 

repeated and in any order: 

• item_component defines a single item. 

• entry_component defines a description of one or more rec_components that 

may be repeated in the record. 

• either_component defines a description of one or more rec_components that is 

conditional upon the value of another item anywhere in the record. 

item_component has one of the following forms: 

where: 

rep_coun = the number of times the item is repeated. The default is zero. 

t 

C = item_name is referenced by BACK in an either_component or COUNT 

in an entry_component 

• item_type is: 

item_name 

• UNDEF indicates a dummy item that is one machine-word in length. 

entry_component has the following form: 

ENTRY[=entry-name], 

Item Type Description 

I Integer 

RS Real-single precision 

RD Real-double precision 

CS Complex-single precision 

CD Complex-double 

precision 

CHARi Character (i = length) 

LOGICAL Logical 

⎛rep_count⎞ , item_type, 

⎝ C ⎠ 

UNDEF, rep_count, 

743

744 

DATABLK 


where: 

rec_component, 

COUNT = the number of times the entry occurs in the record. item_name 

specifies the name of an item in the record whose value will specify 

the number of occurrences and n specifies a constant integer value 

for the number of occurrences. 

SAMEAS = an entry description specified on another ENTRY=sentry_name 

end_valuei = numeric value(s) that identifies the end of repeating ENTRY... 

ENDENTRY grouping. 

If EOR = specified then no more rec_components follow in the record and 

RECORD or EOF must follow. 

ENDENTRY = required and terminates the entry_components 

either_component has the following form: 

EITHER, 

ENDEITH, 

⎧ ⎫ 

⎪ ⎧ n ⎫ 

COUNT = 

⎪ 

⎪ ⎨ ⎬ 

⎩item_name ⎪ 

⎪ ⎭ ⎪ 

ENDENTRY, 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪ ⎧ EOR 

⎫⎪ 

⎪WITH, ⎨ ⎬⎪ 

⎪ ⎩( end_value1,end_value2,… ) ⎭⎪ 

⎩ ⎭ 

⎧AHEAD ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬( 

item_name) 

= item_val1, 

⎩ BACK ⎭ 

[ OR , item_val2 , rec_component1, 

rec_component2, 

…] 

OR, item_valn, 

[ rec_component, ]

where: 

Keywords: 

Variables: 

DATABLK 


AHEAD or = an item defined elsewhere in the record. 

BACK 

OR = the beginning of an optional description of the item=item_valn. 

ENDEITH = required and terminates the either_component. 

TYPE Defines the class or characteristics of information it contains. 

TABLE A collection of records. 

TABLE (CASE) Special style of table for Case Control tables. 

TABLE (OFP) Special style of table that are suitable for input to the OFP 

module. 

MATRIX A M by N dimensional array of related items obeying the rules 

of matrix algebra. 

UNSTRUCTURED The data block has no description. db_description, and SAMEAS 

will be ignored. 

EOR End of record description. 

EOF End of the data block description. 

db_name Data block name; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first 

character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used 

for datablock-names: A through Z and 0 through 9. 

pathname Name of the path, which is also referenced on a PATH statement. 

loc_param Variable character parameter name with a value that is the DBset 

name. See the PARAM NDDL statement and the INlT FMS 

statement. 

rec_name Record name. Optional. 

entry_name Entry name. Optional. 

item_name Item name. Item_name may have an integer argument and would 

then take the form: item_name(i) where i is an explicit integer 

value. 

745

746 

DATABLK 


Remarks: 

1. In general, the data block completely describes all possible records of a data block. 

At any given instance, some or even all of the records that comprise the 

description may not physically exist in any given data block. 

2. For UNDEF items, DEPENdencies are not checked and for transfer of data 

between machine types they are considered integer zero. 

Examples: 

1. The simplest DATABLK statement might be of the form: 

DATABLK,INDATA,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN,EOF 

A more complex specification of a DATABLK statement is of the form: 

DATABLK,GEOM4S,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,SAMEAS, 

GEOM4,EOF 

In the above statement, SAMEAS,GEOM4 specifies that GEOM4S has the same 

data block description specified under the DATABLK,GEOM4 statement. 

2. Consider the following: 

DATABLK ,EQEXIN,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX, 

RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR, 

RECORD=EXT2INT, 

GRIDID,I,INTERNAL,I, 

EOR, 

RECORD=EXT2SIL, 

GRIDID,I,TENXSIL,I,EOR,EOF 

The NAME(2) above represents a two word item with each word four characters 

in length. The RECORD=EXT2INT gives this particular record the record-name 

EXT2INT. In the record named EXT2INT there are two integer items called 

GRIDID and INTERNAL. These two groups are repeated until the EOR is 

encountered. 

A simple ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping is: 

RECORD=MAT9(2603,26,300), 

MID,I, 

ENTRY=GEES, 

G(21),RS, 

ENDENTRY, 

RHO,RS,..., 

EOR, 

In the above example, the Gs were grouped into an ENTRY-ENDENTRY group 

called GEES with 21 entries. The group items can be accessed as a whole group 

or as individual members. Also note the (2603,26,300) entry. Internally, for many 

records, NX Nastran sees the describer (2603,26,300), rather than the record name 

(e.g., MAT9).

DATABLK 


Another example of an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is as follows: 

RECORD=CYJOIN(5210,52,257), 

SIDE,I,C,I, 

ENTRY, 

G1,I, 

ENDENTRY,WITH,-1, 

EOR, 

In this example the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group in the CYJOIN record consists 

of an indefinite number of G1 data-items. When the value -1 (which is physically 

part of the record) is encountered, repetition of the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group 

will stop. Another similar example is of the form: 

RECORD=MPC(4901,49,17), 

SID,I,..., 

ENTRY, 

G1,I,C1,I,A1,RS, 

ENDENTRY,WITH,(-1,-1,-1),EOR, 

In the above MPC record, the group G1, C1, A1, repeats until -1 -1 -1 is 

encountered in the record. A complex example of ENTRY ... ENDENTRY groups 

is shown next. 

RECORD=RBE3(7101,71,187), 

EID,I,REFGRID,I,REFC,I, 

ENTRY, 

WT1,RS,C1,I, 

ENTRY, 

G1,I, 



ENTRY, 

GM1,I,CM1,I, 


EOR, 

In this example, an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is shown nested within another 

ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group. If an ENTRY .. ENDENTRY group appears in 

another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, it must be entirely contained in the 

particular group. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group of this example uses 

the ElTHER,OR clause to select the ENDENTRY statement. In this particular 

example, the inner ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated by -1. The outer 

ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated when a -2 is encountered. If a -2 is 

encountered, another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group terminating with -3 is 

executed. If -3 is encountered the outer loop terminates. The record is 

continuously repeated in this fashion until the EOR is encountered. 

747

748 

DATABLK 


The next example uses EITHER,OR clauses to select one of several possible table 

formats including an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping. 

RECORD=RELEASE(1310,13,247), 

SEID,I,C,I, 

EITHER,0, 

ENTRY, 

G1,I, 


OR,1, 

G1,I,G2,I, 

OR,-1 

ENDEITH, 

EOR, 

The RELEASE record represents three possible forms of the Bulk Data entry 

RELEASE. The ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group represents an open-ended list of 

grid point identifiers terminated by -1. The first OR represents a “THRU” option 

while the second OR represents a “ALL” option. 

Another use of the SAMEAS clause is as follows: 

,..., 

ENTRY=SOLDSP,SAMEAS,NONLIN,ENDENTRY, 

This statement says that SOLDSP entry has an identical group structure to an 

ENTRY=NONLIN grouping, which is in the same data block and comes 

physically before the SOLDSP entry. 

The COUNT = n is shown in the next example: 

,..., 

RECORD=PBEAM,(5402,54,262) 

PID,I,MID,I,N,I,CCF,I,X,I, 

ENTRY=SECTIONS, 

S0,I,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS, 

C1 ,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,RS, 

ENDENTRY,COUNT=11, 

K1,RS, ... , N2B,RS, 

EOR, ... 

The STATIONS entry is to be repeated 10 times in addition to the entry explicitly 

described. Thus there are 11 such entries. 

The next example shows the use of COUNT = item-id and WITH,EOR 

,..., 

UNUSED(67),I, 

LSEM(C),I, 

ENTRY, 

COEF,RS, 

ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSEM, 

ENTRY=SETS, 

SETID,I, 

LSET(C),I,

ENTRY, 

SET,I, 

ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSET, 

ENDENTRY,WITH,EOR,EOF 

The number of data items in COEFF is LSEM. 

DATABLK 


The entry SETS represents an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, which ends when an 

EOR is reached. SET contains LSET data items for each repetition through the 

ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group. 

The next example shows a use of UNDEF, length. 

RECORD=CCONE(2315,23,0), 

EID,I,PID,I, 

UNDEF,18, 

EOR, 

Here UNDEF,18 says that the next 18 items in the table are undefined. Neither, 

the item-name or data-type are defined. 

The next example shows the use of AHEAD(item-name). 

RECORD=CBAR(2408,24,180), 

EID,I,PID,I,GA,I,GB,I, 

EITHER,AHEAD(F)=1, 

X1 ,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,F,I 

OR,2, 

GO,I,UNDEF,2,F,I, 

ENDEITH, ... 

In this example, AHEAD(F) says read F, which is required to be integer, to 

determine the appropriate description.N 

749

750 

DEPEN 

Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter 

DEPEN Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter 

Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter on another data block, 

parameter, or virtual parameter. 

Format: 

DEPEN 

Meaning: dep_* is dependent upon indep_*. In other words, if any or all of 

indep_* changes, or is also marked for deletion. The RESTART module 

detects changes and marks dep_* for deletion. 

Variables: 

⎧dep_db_name( DB) 

⎫ ⎧indep_db_namei( DB) 

⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎨dep_param_name( P) 

⎬ ⁄ ⎨indep_param_namei( DB) 

[ : desc_loc] 

[ , …] 

⎬ 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎩dep_virtual_name( VP) 

⎭ ⎩indep_virtual_namei( VP) 

⎭ 

dep_* Dependent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by 

DB, P, or VP, respectively. 

indep_* Independent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by 

DB, P, or VP, respectively. 

desc_loc Description locator of the independent record, entry, or item and the 

format is 

[ record_name] 

[ : [ entry_name] 

] [ : [ item_name] 

] 

Remarks: 

1. des_loc is specified in order to isolate the independent data. In other words, the 

dependency is limited to a specific record, entry, and/or item. For example, 

DEPEN A/B $ delete A if any item in B changes 

DEPEN A/B:C $ delete A only if record C changes 

DEPEN A/B:C:D $ delete A only if entry D of record C 

changes 

DEPEN A/B:C:D:E $ delete A only if item E in entry D 

of record C changes 

2. If record_name, entry_name or item_name is not defined in the DATABLK 

description, then leave these fields blank but specify the colon.

Examples: 

1. EPTS example: 

DEPEN 

Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter 

DEPEN EPTS TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEIDI LOCATION=IFPX, 

SAMEAS,EPT,EOF 

DATABLK EPT TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFPI LOCATION=IFPX, 

RECORD=PBAR(52,20,181) 

PID,I,MID,I,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,FE,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS 

,E1,TS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,K1,RS,K2,RS,I12,RS,EOR, 

RECORD=PBEAM(5402,54,262), 

PID,I,MID,I,NI,CCF,I,X,RS, 

ENTRY=SECTIONS, 

SO,RS,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS, 

J,RS,NSM,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS, 

E2,RS,F1,RS,R2,RS,ENDENTRY,COUNT=11, 

K1,TS,K2,RS,S1,RS,S2,RS,NSIA,RS,NSIB,RS,CWA,RS, 

CWB,RS,M1A,RS,M2A,RS,M1B,RS,M2B,RS, 

N1A,RS,N1B,RS,N2A,RS,N2B,RS,EOR, 

DEPEN EPTSK(VP)/EPTS:PBAR::PID,EPTS:PBAR::MID, 

EPTS:PBAR::A, 

. 

. 

. 

EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:A,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I1,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I2, 

2. GEOM1S example: 

DATABLK GEOM1S TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEID LOCATION=IFPX, 

SAMEAS,GEOM1,EOF 

DATABLK GEOM1 TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFP LOCATION=IFPX, 

RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR, 

. 

. 

RECORD=GRID(4501,45,1), 

ID,I,CP,I,X1,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,CD,I,PS,I,SEID,I,EOR, 

. 

. 

RECORD=SEQGP(5301,53,4), 

ID,I,SEQID,I,EOR, 

. 

. 

EOF 

DEPEN NODES(VP)/GEOM1S:GRID::ID,GEOM1S:GRID::CP, 

GEOM1S:GRID:::X1,GEOM1S:GRID::X2,GEOM1S:GRID::X3, 

GEOM1S:GRID::CD $ 

DEPEN GPLS / NODES(VP,SNODES(VP) $ 

DEPEN LUSETS(P) /GPLS,GEOM1S:SEQGP $ 

PARA 

751

752 

PARAM 

Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location 

PARAM Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location 

Defines parameters that require a path and/or dbset location. 

Format: 

PARAM parameter-name[=default-value] TYPE=data-type, 

PATH=path-name LOCATION=dbset-name $ 

Variables: 

parameter-name The name of the parameter; 1 through 8 characters in length. The 

first character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be 

used for parameter-names A through Z and 0 through 9. Any other 

characters are invalid. 

default-value The explicit default value of the parameter. If no default value is 

given, CHARi defaults to a “blank” and all others default to zero. 

data-type The data type. Possible data types are as follows: 

Description data-type 

Integer I 

Real single precision RS 

Real double precision RD 

Complex single 

precision 

Complex double 

precision 

CS 

CD 

Character CHARi, where i = 1 

through 80 

Logical LOGICAL 

path-name The logical name of the hierarchical structure. Refer to the PATH 

statement. 

dbset-name The variable character parameter name with a value that 

corresponds to a DBset name. Its default value must be defined on 

another PARAM NDDL statement and cannot be blank.

PARAM 

Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location 

Remarks: 

1. The TYPE DMAP statement may not override the default set with this statement. 

Any default value set with the TYPE DMAP statement is ignored. 

2. DBset-name parameters in LOCATION must be assigned to MASTER. 

3. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks. 

Examples: 

PARAM,POST=0,TYPE=I,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN 

PARAM,WTMASS=1.0,TYPE=RS,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP 

PARAM,CM1=(1.0,0.0),TYPE=CS,LOCATION=DBDN 

PARAM,MESH=’NO’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP 

PARAM,DBUP=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS, 

LOCATION=MASTER 

PARAM,DBDN=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS, 

LOCATION=MASTER 

753

754 

PATH 

Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements 

PATH 

Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL 

statements. 

Format: 

Variables: 

Example: 

Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM 

NDDL statements 

PATH pathname qual-name1, qual-name2, ... 

path-name Name of the path; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character 

must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for 

path-names: A through Z and 0 through 9. The path-name may be 

referenced on one or more DATABLK and/or PARAM statements 

with PATH=path-name. 

qual-namei A list of qualifiers that are defined on QUAL NDDL statements. 

The path DMSL specifies qualifiers MODEL, SEID, and LID. 

PATH DMSL MODEL,SEID,LID $

QUAL 

Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement 

QUAL Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement 

Defines qualifiers that are referenced on the PATH NDDL statement. 

Format: 

QUAL(qtype) qual-name1=default-value1 

qual-name2=default-value2,... 

Variables: 

qtype Type of qualifier. 

Description qtype 

Integer I 

Real single precision RS 

Real double precision RD 

Complex single precision CS 

Complex double precision CD 

Character CHARi, where i=1,80 

Logical LOGICAL 

qual-namei Name of the qualifier referenced on a PATH NDDL statement. 

default-valuei Default value of the qualifier. Character values must be enclosed in 

single quotation marks. 

Remarks: 

1. qual-namei may be referenced on one or more PATH NDDL statements. 

2. The TYPE,PARM,NDDL DMAP statement must be used to declare the qualifier 

in the subDMAP. 

3. Qualifiers may be modified in the subDMAP in the same manner as variable 

parameters. 

755

756 

QUAL 

Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement 

Example: 

The following statement defines integer qualifiers MODEL, SEID, SOLID, and BASE 

and their defaults. 

QUAL(I) MODEL=0,SEID=0,SOLID=0,BASE=1

CHAPTER 

4 

NX Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide+ 

DMAP Modules and Statements 

■ DMAP Module and Statement List 

■ DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary 

■ Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements

758 

4.1 DMAP Module and Statement List 

Descriptions of the most common and easy-to-use DMAP modules and statements are 

contained in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on 

page 766, arranged alphabetically. Conditional statements IF, IF ( ) THEN, ELSE, ELSE 

IF ( ) THEN, ENDIF, DO WHILE, ENDDO, JUMP, and LABEL are described in 

“Control Statement” on page 33. The Assignment (=) statement is described in 

“Assignment Statement” on page 20, and the Function statements are described in 

“Function Statement” on page 21. Descriptions for all other modules are contained in 

the NX Nastran Programmer’s Manual. 

Matrix Modules 

ADD 

ADD5 

CEAD 

DCMP 

DECOMP 

DIAGONAL 

FBS 

MERGE 

MPYAD 

NORM 

PARTN 

READ 

SMPYAD 

SOLVE 

SOLVIT 

TRNSP 

UMERGE 

UMERGE1 

UPARTN

Utility Modules 

APPEND 

COPY 

DBC 

DBDICT 

DMIIN 

DRMS1 

DTIIN 

ELTPRT 

IFP 

IFP1, . . . IFP9 

INPUTT2 

INPUTT4 

LAMX 

Executive Modules and Statements 

DBVIEW 

DELETE 

EQUIVX 

FILE 

MESSAGE 

PURGEX 

MATGEN 

MATGPR 

MATMOD 

MATPCH 

MATPRN 

MATPRT 

MODTRL 

MTRXIN 

NXNADAMS 

OFP 

OUTPUT2 

OUTPUT4 

PARAML 

PRTPARM 

PVT 

RESTART 

SCALAR 

SEQP 

TABEDIT 

TABPRT 

TABPT 

VEC 

VECPLOT 

XSORT 

759

760 

Miscellaneous Modules and Statements 

ACMG 

ADAPT 

ADG 

ADR 

AELOOP 

AEMODEL 

AMG 

AMP 

APD 

ASDR 

ASG 

AXMDRV 

AXMPR1 

AXMPR2 

BDRYINFO 

BCDR 

BGCASO 

BGICA 

BGP 

BMG 

BNDSPC 

CASE 

CMPZPR 

CURV 

CURVPLOT 

CYCLIC1 

CYCLIC2 

CYCLIC3 

CYCLIC4 

DBDELETE 

DBEQUIV 

DBSTATUS 

DDR2 

DDRMM 

DISDCMP 

DISFBS 

DISOFPM 

DISOFPS 

DISOPT 

DISUTIL 

DIVERG 

DOM10 

DOM11 

DOM12 

DOM6 

DOM9 

DOPFS 

DOPR1 

DOPR2 

DOPR3 

DOPR4 

DOPR5 

DOPR6 

DOPRAN 

DPD 

DRMH1 

DRMH3 

DRMT1 

DSABO 

DSA 

DSADJ 

DSAE 

DSAF 

DSAH 

DSAJ 

DSAL 

DSAM 

DSAN 

DSAP 

DSAPRT 

DSAR 

DSARLP 

DSARME 

DSARMG 

DSARSN 

DSAW 

DSDVRG 

DSFLTE 

DSFLTF 

DSMA 

DSPRM 

DSTA 

DSTAP2 

DSVG1 

DSVG1P 

DSVG2 

DSVG3 

DSVGP4 

DSVGP5 

DUMMOD1-4 

DVIEWP 

DYCNTRL 

DYNREDU 

EFFMAS 

ELFDR 

EMA 

EMAKFR 

EMG 

ESTINDX 

FA1 

FA2 

FORTIO 

FRLG 

FRLGEN 

FRQDRV 

FRRD1 

FRRD2 

GENTRAN

761 

GETCOL 

GETMKL 

GI 

GKAM 

GNFM 

GP0 

GP1 

GP2 

GP3 

GP4 

GP5 

GPFDR 

GPJAC 

GPSP 

GPSTR1 

GPSTR2 

GPWG 

GUST 

IFPINDX 

IFT 

INTERR 

ISHELL 

LANCZOS 

LCGEN 

LMATPRT 

MACOFP 

MAKAEFA 

MAKAEFS 

MAKAEMON 

MAKCOMP 

MAKENEW 

MAKEOLD 

MAKMON 

MATGEN 

MATREDU 

MCE1 

MCE2 

MDATA 

MDCASE 

MGEN 

MKCNTRL 

MKCSTMA 

MKRBVEC 

MKSPLINE 

MODACC 

MODEPF 

MODEPOUT 

MODGDN 

MODGM4 

MODTRK 

MODUSET 

MONVEC 

MPP 

MRGCOMP 

MRGMON 

MSGHAN 

MSGSTRES 

NASSETS 

NLCOMB 

NLITER 

NLTRD 

NLTRD2 

OFPINDX 

OPTGP0 

ORTHOG 

OUTPRT 

PCOMB 

PLOT 

PLTHBDY 

PLTSET 

PLTMSG 

PRESOL 

PROJVER 

RANDOM 

RBMG3 

RBMG4 

RMG2 

RSPEC 

SCE1 

SDP 

SDR1 

SDR2 

SDR3 

SDRCOMP 

SDRHT 

SDRNL 

SDRP 

SDRX 

SDRXD 

SDSA 

SDSB 

SDSC 

SECONVRT 

SEDR 

SEDRDR 

SELA 

SEMA 

SEP1 

SEP1X 

SEP2 

SEP2CT 

SEP2DR 

SEP2X 

SEP3 

PROJVER 

RANDOM 

RMAXMIN 

SHPCAS 

SMA3 

SSG1 

SSG2 

SSG3 

SSG4 

STATICS 

STDCON 

STRSORT 

TA1 

TAFF 

TAHT 

TASNP1 

TASNP2 

TOLAPP 

TRD1 

TRD2 

TRLG 

UEIGL 

UGVADD 

UREDUC 

VDR 

VIEW 

VIEWP 

WEIGHT 

XYPLOT 

XYTRAN

762 

4.2 DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary 

Following is a summary description of the modules described in detail in the next 

subsection and a listing of obsolete modules. 

Matrix Modules 

ADD 

ADD5 

CEAD 

Module Basic Operation 

DECOMP,DCMP 

DIAGONAL 

FBS 

MERGE 

MPYAD 

NORM 

PARTN 

READ, 

LANCZOS 

SMPYAD 

SOLVE, SOLVIT 

TRNSP 

UMERGE 

[ X] 

= α[ A] 

⊕ β[ B] 

[ X] 

= α[ A] 

+ β[ B] 

+ λ[ C] 

+ ∆[ 

D] 

+ ε[ E] 

Solves for p and { φ} 

in [ M]p 

2 

( + [ B] 

p + [ K] 

) { φ} 

= { 0} 

[ A] 

→ [ L] 

[ U] 

[ A] 

→ P 

a or [ A] 

→ P 

ii 

aij [ X] 

( [ L] 

[ U] 

) 1 – = ± [ B] 

[ A] 

→ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

[ X] 

[ A] 

[ B] 

[ C] 

or [ X] 

[ A] 

T = ± ± = ± [ B] 

± [ C] 

[ X] 

= [ A] 

normalized to 1.0 maximum in each column 

[ A] 

← 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

Solves for λ and { φ} 

in ( [ K] 

– λ[ M] 

) { φ} 

= { 0} 

[ X] 

[ A] 

[ B] 

[ C] 

[ D] 

[ E] 

[ F] 

or [ A] 

T = 

± 

[ B] 

[ A] 

[ X] 

[ A] 

1 – [ B] 

or [ A] 

1 – 

= ± 

± 

[ X] 

[ A] 

T 

= 

⎧PHIA ⎫ 

{ PHIF} 

← 

⎨-------------- ⎩PHIO ⎬ 

⎭

UMERGE1 

UPARTN 

Module Basic Operation 

Utility Modules 

Module Basic Function 

APPEND Concatenates two data blocks 

COPY Copies a data block 

DBC Converts data blocks for model generation and results processing 

DBDICT Prints database directory tables with optional user-selectable 

format 

DMIIN Converts DMI Bulk Data entries to data blocks 

DRMS1 Recovers data by mode superposition 

DTIIN Converts DTI Bulk Data entries to data blocks 

ELTPRT Prints Element Summary Information 

IFP1 Reads in the Case Control Section 

IFP, IFP3 

through IFP9 

[ Kii] ← 

[ Kii] ← 

K jj K jl 

K lj K ll 

K jj K jl 

K lj K ll 

or K jl 

K jj K jl 

Converts the output from the XSORT module into several tables 

INPUTT2 Reads data blocks from FORTRAN-readable files 

INPUTT4 Reads matrices from FORTRAN-readable files 

LAMX Edits or generates real or complex eigenvalue summary table 

MATGEN Generates special matrices, such as identities, etc. 

MATGPR Prints matrices with grid point and component identification 

MATMOD Transforms a collection of input matrices into output matrices 

MATPCH Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data 

entries 

MATPRN Prints general matrix data blocks (10 items per line) 

← 

P j 

⎧ ⎫ 

or { Pi} → ⎨---- ⎩P ⎬ 

l ⎭ 

763

764 

Module Basic Function 

MATPRT Prints matrix data blocks (6 items per line) 

MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress data blocks from SDR2 

MESSAGE Prints user defined messages 

MODACC Partitions solution vectors based on the OTIME or OFREQ Case 

Control command 

MODTRL Modifies data block trailer data 

MTRXlN Converts DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks 

NXNADAMS Writes ADAMS Modal Neutral File (MNF) for a superelement. 

OFP Provides user-oriented self-explanatory formats for data blocks 

prepared by other functional modules (e.g., READ, CEAD, SDR2, 

etc.) 

OUTPUT2 Writes tables or matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files 

OUTPUT4 Writes matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files 

PARAML Select parameters from a user input matrix or table 

PRTPARM Prints parameter values and DMAP error messages 

PVT Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data 

PARAM entries 

RESTART Compares two data blocks and/or invokes dependencies defined 

in the NDDL 

SCALAR Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table 

SEQP Generates a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices 

TABEDlT Edits tables 

TABPRT Prints selected table data blocks using user-oriented formats 

TABPT Prints table data blocks 

TIMETEST Compute timing data 

VEC Generates partitioning vector 

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of vectors 

XSORT Reads in the Bulk Data Section

Executive Modules and Statements 

Module or 

Statement 

Obsolete Modules and Statements 

Basic Function 

DBVIEW Creates a virtual data block from an NDDL data block 

DELETE Deletes a data block(s) from the database 

EQUIVX Assign another name to a data block 

FILE Defines special data block characteristics to DMAP compiler 

PURGEX Flags a data block as empty on the database 

TYPE Identifies NDDL data blocks and parameters 

The following modules are obsolete and are either no longer available or not 

recommended: 

DMAP Module or 

Statement 

Alternate Method or Modules 

COND IF and IF ( ) THEN statement 

DBDIR DBDICT statement 

EQUIV EQUIVX module 

INREL SubDMAP SEMR3 

PARAM Function and assignment statements 

PARAMR Function and assignment statements 

PURGE PURGEX module 

RBMG2 DECOMP 

REIGL READ module 

REPT DO WHILE statement 

SCE1 UPARTN 

SETVAL Assignment statement 

SMP2 UPARTN, MPYAD, SMPYAD 

TASN TASNP2 

765

766 

4.3 Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and 

Statements 

The following descriptions of commonly used DMAP modules are in alphabetical 

order.

ACMG Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix 

ACMG 

Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix 

Computes the coupling matrix for fluid/structure interface at all points or only points 

on a given structural panel. 

Format: 

ACMG PANSLT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,ECT,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXIN,EDT/ 

Input Data Blocks: 

Output Data Blocks: 

Parameters: 

⎧ AGG ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎩APART ⎭ 

/ 

LUSET/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH/ 

PNLPTV $ 

PANSLT Panel static load table 

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table 

CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices 

SIL Scalar index list 

ECT Element connectivity table 

EQACST Equivalence between internal fluid grid points and internal structural 

grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. 

NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids 

which lie within the acoustic face. 

EQEXIN Equivalence between external grid/scalar and internal identification 

numbers. 

EDT Element deformation table. Contains SET1 entries. 

AGG Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural 

panel. 

APART Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when PNLPTV=TRUE. 

LUSET Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

g-set. 

MPNFLG Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. 

767

768 

ACMG 


NUMPAN Input-integer-default=1. Number of panels. 

PANAME Output-character-default='NASTPANL'. Name of the panel whose 

coupling matrix is created. 

IPANEL Input-integer-default=1. Number of records to skip to get the required 

data in the PANSLT table. 

MATCH Input-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. 

0matching mesh 

1 nonmatching mesh

ACMG 


PNLPTV Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel participation/partition vector flag. 

If TRUE, then generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used 

to partition the g-set size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling 

matrix. 

Remarks: 

1. MPNFLG, NUMPAN, and MATCH are computed by the GP5 module, whereas 

the IPANEL parameter is incremented in DMAP. 

2. PANSLT, BGPDT, and SIL cannot be purged if fluid structure interaction is to be 

considered. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point references a coordinate 

system other than basic. 

Example: 

Compute global coupling matrices for all points: 

GP5 ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/ 

PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/ 

S,N,MPNFLG//S,N,MATCH/NASOUT $ 

ACMG PANSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXINS/ 

AGG/LUSETS/////MATCH $ 

Compute coupling matrices for all structural panels: 

GP5 ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/ 

MPNSLT,EQACST,MNRTAB/ 

MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH $ 

IPANEL=1 $ 

DO WHILE ( IPANEL

770 

ADAPT 

Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values 

ADAPT Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values 

Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values and generates a new set of 

p-values for next adaptivity loop. 

Format: 

ADAPT CASECC,EPT,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPT,ETT, 

CSTM,PVAL0,ERROR0,PELSET,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT, 

GEOM4,BGPDT,GPSNT,EPSSE,LAMA,GLERR/ 

PVAL1,ERROR1,GLERR1/ 

ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/ 

S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,ADPTEXIT/DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $ 


CASECC Case Control table. 

EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties. 

EDT Element deformation table. Contains ADAPT Bulk Data entries. 

EST Element summary table. 

ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value 

dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body. 

VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship between each 

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids. 

UG Displacement matrix in g-set. 

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties. 

ETT Element temperature table. 

CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices. 

PVAL0 p-value table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement 

or adaptivity loop. 

ERROR0 Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous 

superelement or adaptivity loop. 

PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. 

DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. 

DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. 

DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. 

OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.

ADAPT 


GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom 


BGPDT Basic grid point definition table. 

GPSNT Grid point shell normal table. 

EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work 

LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table 

GLERR Table of global error estimates from previous iteration 


PVAL1 P-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop. 

ERROR1 Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity 

loop. 

GLERR1 Table of global error estimates for current iteration 

Parameters: 

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in pelement 

analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects 

the Full Product Space set. 

APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'STATICS' or 'REIGEN'. 

ADPTIND Input-integer-no default. P-version analysis adaptivity index. 

SEID Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number. 

PVALNEW Output-integer-no default. New p-value set identification number. 

ADPTEXIT Output-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity 

loop. 

DESITER Input-integer-no default. Design optimization iteration number. 

DESMAX Input-integer-no default. Design optimization maximum allowed 

iteration number. 

CNVFLG Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag. 

771

772 

ADAPT 


Remarks: 

1. If superelements are present then CASECC must contain only the residual 

structure. EPT, EST, UG, MPT, CSTM, GEOM4, BGPDT, and GPSNT apply to the 

current superelement only. See Example. 

2. If DATAREC Case Control command and OUTPUT Bulk Data entries are 

specified, then ADAPT will also print or punch out the p-value and error tables 

for specified p-element identification numbers at desired adaptivity loops. 

Example: 

Set up ADAPT module for superelement analysis. 

EQUIVX CASESX/CASE0/-1 $ CAPTURE R.S. CASE CONTROL 

$ FOR ALL SUPERELEMENTS 

EQUIVX PVAL /PVALN/-1 $ COPY NDDL, WITH CURRENT VALUE 

EQUIVX ERROR/ERRORN/-1 $ OF PVALID QUALIFIER, TO SCRATCH. 

DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $ 

IF ( RSONLY ) THEN $ 

SEID = 0 $ 

PEID = 0 $ 

LPFLG=-1 $ EXIT LOOP AFTER THIS PASS 

ELSE $ 

SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LPFLG/ 

S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/ 

S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/'ALL'//-1 $ 

ENDIF $ 

CALL SETQ CASESX//SEID/PEID/S,MTEMP/S,K2GG/S,M2GG/S,B2GG/S,MPC/ 

S,SPC/S,LOAD/S,DEFORM/S,TEMPLD/S,P2G/S,DYRD/S,METH/ 

S,MFLUID $ 

ADAPT CASE0,EPTS,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPTS,ETT,CSTMS, 

PVALN,ERRORN,PELSETS,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,GEOM4S, 

BGPDTS,GPSNTS/ 

PVAL1,ERROR1/ 

ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,FINISH/ 

DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $ 

EQUIVX PVAL1/PVALN/ALWAYS $ ..."ACCUMULATE" UPDATED PVALS 

EQUIVX ERROR1/ERRORN/ALWAYS $ AND ERRORS ACROSS ALL S.E.'S 

DELETE /UG,,,, $ 

IF ( ADPTEXIT ) ADPTEXIT = FINISH $ 

ENDDO $ LPFLG >= 0

ADD Matrix add 

Computes [ X] 

= α[ A] 

⊕ β[ B] 

where α and β are scalar multipliers 

( ⊕ can be the +, *, ÷ or overwrite operators) 

. 

Format: 

ADD A,B/X/ALPHA/BETA/IOPT $ 


A Any matrix (real or complex). 

B Any matrix (real or complex). 

Output Data Block: 

X Matrix. 

Parameters: 

Remarks: 

1. [A] and/or [B] may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the 

matrix sum will be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. 

ADD 

Matrix add 

ALPHA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is α, the scalar 

multiplier for [A]. 

BETA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is β, the scalar 

multiplier for [B]. 

IOPT Input-integer-default = 0. This chooses the operator 

IOPT Operation 

0 

1 

2 

3 

+ , add 

* , multiply 

÷ 

x ij 

, divide 

⎧ 

⎨ 

⎩ 

= 

= 

⎫ 

⎬ 

⎭ 

αAij if Bij = 0 

βBij if Bij ≠ 0 

if Aij or Bij = 0, then Xij = 0 

in xij = αAij ⊕ βBij 2. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [X] is the maximum 

of the types of [A], [B], α, and β. The size of [X] is the size of [A] if [A] is present. 

Otherwise, it is the size of [B]. 

⊕ 

773

774 

ADD 

Matrix add 

3. If A and B are not the same size, then the size of X will be the size of A. For 

example, 

or 

4. If ALPHA or BETA are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; 

e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then they may alternately be specified as real constants; e.g., “5.” See 

examples. 

5. For exponentiation of each element in a matrix see the “DIAGONAL” on 

page 888 module. 

Examples: 

1. Add KDD to MDD: 

ADD KDD,MDD/DDD $ 

2. Multiply MAA by 5.0: 

ADD MAA,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $ 

or 

1 2 5 

3 4 6 

7 8 

ADD MAA,/MAA5/5.0 $ 

3. Overwrite terms of [A] with terms of: 

ADD A,B/X///3 $ 

+ 

+ 

7 8 

1 2 5 

3 4 6 

= 

= 

8 10 5 

3 4 6 

8 10

ADD5 Matrix add 

ADD5 

Matrix add 

To compute [X] = α[A] + β[B] + λ[C] + ∆[D] + ε[E], where α, β, λ, ∆, and ε are scalar 

multipliers. 

Format: 

ADD5 A,B,C,D,E/ 

X/ 

ALPHA/BETA/GAMMA/DELTA/EPSLN/ 

ALPHAD/BETAD/GAMMAD/DELTAD/EPSLND $ 


A,B,C,D,E Must be distinct matrices. (Real or complex). 


X Matrix. 

Parameters: 

ALPHA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is α, the scalar 

multiplier for [A]. 

BETA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is β, the scalar 

multiplier for [B]. 

GAMMA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is λ, the scalar 

multiplier for [D]. 

DELTA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ∆, the scalar 

multiplier for [D]. 

EPSLN Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ε, the scalar 

multiplier for [E]. 

ALPHAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the 

scalar multiplier for [A]. 

BETAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the 

scalar multiplier for [B]. 

GAMMAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the 

scalar multiplier for [C]. 

775

776 

ADD5 

Matrix add 

DELTAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the 

scalar multiplier for [C]. 

EPSLND Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the 

scalar multiplier for [E]. 

Remarks: 

1. Any of the matrices may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the 

matrix sum will be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. 

2. The type (complex or real) of [X] is maximum of the types of A, B, C, D, and E. If 

the imaginary parts of any parameter are nonzero, then X will be complex. The 

precision of [X] is double for short-word machines and single for long-word 

machinesADD5 is more efficient than ADD for sparse matrices. 

3. If the input matrices are incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 

“ATTEMPT TO ADD INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is issued. 

4. If any of the scalar multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part 

is zero; e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then they may be alternately specified as real constants; 

e.g., “5.” See Example 2 below. 

5. If any of the scalar single precision multipliers are specified as constants and their 

imaginary part is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real 

constants; e.g., 5. See Example 2. This alternate specification is not allowed for 

the double precision multipliers and constant double precision values must be 

entered in full: e.g., (2.0D0, 0.0D0). 

6. If ALPHAD, BETAD, GAMMAD, DELTAD, or EPSLND is non-zero then the 

corresponding single precision parameter will be ignored. 

Examples: 

1. Compute 

IOMEGA=CMPLX(0.,OMEGA) 

OMEGSQ=IOMEGA**2 

ADD5 MDD,BDD,KDD,,/DDD/OMEGSQ/IOMEGA $ 

2. Multiply [MAA] by 5.0 

ADD5 MAA,,,,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $ 

or 

ADD5 MAA,,,,/MAA5/5.0 $ 

3. Scale A by a large number. The largest element in A is 1.0. 

TYPE PARM,,CD,SCALER=(1.D40,0.0D0) $ 

ADD5 A,,,,/ASCALED//////SCALER $

4. Change the type of the real double precision matrix A to complex. 

ADD5 A,,,,/ACD//(1.,1.) $ 

ADD5 

Matrix add 

Although the value of the second parameter does not appear in the output, it 

changes the type from real double precision (type 2) to complex double precision. 

777

778 

ADG 

Calculates the downwash matrix 

ADG Calculates the downwash matrix 

Calculates the downwash matrix that specifies the downwash for each of the 

aerodynamic extra points. It also forms the matrices required in the generation of 

stability derivative information and in the specification of the aerodynamic trim 

equations, as well as the hinge moments data matrix. 

Format: 

ADG AECTRL,CSTMA,AERO,AECOMP,W2GJ,ACPT/ 

UXVBRL,WJVBRL,ADBINDX/ 

NJ/NK/SYMXZ $ 


AECTRL Table of aeroelastic model controls. 

CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for 

g-set and ks-set grid points. 


AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table 

W2GJ Matrix of aerodynamic intercepts. Usually input via DMI Bulk Data 

entries. 

ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table 


UXVBRL Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has 

NX rows and NV columns. 

WJVBRL Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points 

due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and 

linear control surfaces. 

ADBINDX Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the 

NV instances created).

Parameters: 

Remarks: 

1. NK, and NJ are computed by the APD module. 

ADG 

Calculates the downwash matrix 

NJ Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic boxes (j-points) 

NK Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic degrees of freedom 

(k-points) 

SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. x-z symmetry flag. 

2. If ACPT is not purged then the DJX matrix is built using ACPT and AECOMP. 

Example: 

PARAML CASECC//'DTI'/-1/224//S,N,TRMFLG $ 

DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0 WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $ 

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $ 

IF( TRMFLG=-1 ) ADG EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT,AERO,AEUSET,AECOMP,ACPT,W2GJ/ 

DJX,TRX,AECTRL,SRKT,HMKT/ 

AUNITS/NJ/NK/S,N,NX/CIDAP/SYMXZ/SYMXY $ 

779

780 

ADR 

Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces 

ADR Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces 

Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces per frequency for each aerodynamic point 

based on the AEROF Case Control command. 

Format: 

ADR UH,CASECC,QKHL,OL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/ 

PKF/ 

BOV/MACH/APP/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ $ 


UH Complex modal displacements matrix - h-set 

CASECC Case Control table 

QKHL Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets 

OL Complex eigenvalue summary table for flutter analysis or frequency 

response output list for aeroelastic analysis. 

AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of 

freedom added (ks-set in AEUSET). 

AEUSET Aerodynamic USET table 


PKF Matrix of k-set forces per frequency 

Parameters: 

BOV Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced 

frequency. 

MACH Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number. 

APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. 

'FREQRESP' – aeroelastic 

'FLUTTER' – flutter 

AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. 

SYMXY Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. 

SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag. 

Remarks: 

1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control 

command is specified.

2. PKF cannot be purged. 

Examples: 

1. ADR in flutter analysis: 

ADR 

Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces 

DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ 

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ 

ADR FPHH,CASEYY,QKHL,FLAMA,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/ 

PKF/ 

BOV/MACH/'FLUTTER' $ 

2. ADR in aeroelastic analysis: 

DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ 

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ 

ADR AUHF,CASES,QKHL,FOL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/ 

PKF/ 

BOV/MACH/'FREQRESP' $ 

781

782 

AELOOP 

Aerodynamic loop driver 

AELOOP Aerodynamic loop driver 

Extracts a single record of Case Control and sets parameter values for the generation 

of aerodynamic matrices or the solution of aerostatic and divergence analyses. 

Format: 

AELOOP CASECC,EDT/ 

CASEA/ 

S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/ 

S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ $ 


CASECC Case Control table. 

EDT Element Deformation Table. Contains all of the entries for related to 

aerostatic and aeroelastic analysis. 


CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC. 

Parameters: 

NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter. 

LPFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is 

another case control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase 

and Mach number. 

MFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is 

another Mach number to process in the current subcase. 

Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase 

MACH Output-real-no default. Mach number. 

Q Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure. 

AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. 

AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. 

SYMXY Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. 

SYMXZ Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

Remarks: 

AELOOP 

Aerodynamic loop driver 

AELOOP performs slightly different functions depending on whether it is used in a 

divergence or trim analysis. In both cases, AELOOP skips to the NSKIP-th subcase in 

CASECC and copies the subcase to CASEA. CASEA is then interrogated for a a TRIM 

or a DIVERG Case Control command. 

1. If it is TRIM, then the NSKIP parameter is incremented by one and the MACH 

and Q values are read from the requested TRIM Bulk Data entry image in EDT. 

2. If it is DIVERG, then MFLG is checked for any remaining MACH numbers in the 

subcase. If any are found, then MFLG is incremented by one and the MFLG-th 

MACH number is read from the requested DIVERG Bulk Data entry image in 

EDT. If the current MACH number is the last MACH number, MFLG is set to 0 

and NSKIP is incremented by one. 

In both cases, if NSKIP is greater than the total number of records in CASECC, 

then LPFLG is set to -1. 

Examples: 

1. Set up for aerostatic analysis. 

DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ 


CASEA/ 

S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q $ 

NSKIP = NSKIP + 1 $ 

ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0 

2. Set up for divergence analysis. 

DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ Loop on number of subcases 

MFLG = 1 $ 

DO WHILE ( MFLG>0 ) $ Loop on Mach number 


CASEA/ 

S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q $ 

ENDDO $ MFLG>0 

ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0 

783

784 

AEMODEL 

Aerodynamic model loop driver 

AEMODEL Aerodynamic model loop driver 

Drives the aerodynamic model loop and sets parameter values for the generation of 

aerodynamic tables. 

Format: 

AEMODEL CASECC,EDT// 

S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SY 


CASECC Table of Case Control command images. 

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, 

aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the 

iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. 


None. 

Parameters: 

NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter. 


another case control record to process. Set to -1 for the last 

aerodynamic subcase. 

AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. 

SYMXZ Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. 

SYMXY Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

AMG Builds aerodynamic influence matrix 

AMG 

Builds aerodynamic influence matrix 

Generates a list of aerodynamic influence matrices (AJJT) and the transformation 

matrices needed to convert these to the aerodynamic grid points (SKJ, D1JK, D2JK). 

Format: 

AMG MKLIST,ACPT/ 

AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JK/ 

NK/NJ/SYMXZ/SYMXY/REFC/S,N,MACH0/MACHNO/ 

KBAR/APP/SUPAERO $ 


MKLIST Aerodynamic matrix generation table 



AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix 

SKJ Integration matrix list 

D1JK Real part of downwash matrix 

D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix 

Parameters: 

NK Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in k-set. 

NJ Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in j-set. 

SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. 


REFC Input-real-no default. 

MACH0 Input/output-real-default=-1.0. Previously processed Mach number. 

MACHNO Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number. 

KBAR Input-real-default = 0.0. Reduced frequency. 

APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. 

'FREQRESP' - aeroelastic 

'FLUTTER' - flutter 

SUPAERO Input-character-default='ZONA'. Method selection for supersonic 

aerodynamics. An alternate method is 'CPM'. 

785

786 

AMG 

Builds aerodynamic influence matrix 

Remarks: 

1. Neither AERO nor ACPT ma be purged. 

2. D2JK is not used in aerostatic analysis. 

Examples: 

1. Set up AMG for aerostatic analysis: 

AMG AERO,ACPT/ 

AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JX/ 

NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/0.0/'STATICS' $ 

2. Set up AMG for aeroelastic or flutter analysis: 

AMG AERO,ACPT/ 

AJJT,SKJ1,D1JK,D2JK/ 

NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/KBAR $

AMP Generates modal aerodynamic matrices 

Generates modal aerodynamic matrices. 

Format: 



AMP 

Generates modal aerodynamic matrices 

AMP AJJT,WSKJF,D1JK,D2JK,GDKI,GPIK,GPKH,D1JE,D2JE, 

MKLIST,LAJJT,UAJJT/ 

QHH,QKH,QHJ/ 

NUMHDOF/NOUE/GUSTAERO/MACH/KBAR $ 

AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix 

WSKJF Weighted integration matrix 

D1JK Real part of downwash matrix 

D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix 

GDKI Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to 

h-set. 

GPIK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set. 

GPKH Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set. 




LAJJT Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT. 

UAJJT Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT. 

QHH Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set 

QKH Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set 

QHJ Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set 

787

788 

AMP 

Generates modal aerodynamic matrices 

Parameters: 

NUMHDOF Input-integer-no default. The number of modes. 

NOUE Input-integer-no default. The number of extra points. 

GUSTAERO Input-integer-default=0. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO

APD Generates aerodynamic geometry tables 

APD 

Generates aerodynamic geometry tables 

Generate boxes, grid points, connectivity, degree-of-freedom sets, coordinate systems 

and control information for aerodynamic analysis. 

Format: 

APD EDT,CSTM/ 

AEECT*,AEBGPDT*,AEUSET*,AECOMP,AERO, 

ACPT,CSTMA,AMSPLINE,MPJN2O/ 

S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,BOXIDF $ 


EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics. 



AEECT* Two aerodynamic element connection tables (ECT) based on 

MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and 

MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example. 

AEBGPDT* Two aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) with the 

degrees of freedom added and based on MODLTYPE qualifier: 

MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See 

Example. 

AEUSET* Aerodynamic USET table defining ks-set based on MODLTYPE 

qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example. 


AERO Control information for control of aerodynamic matrix generation and 

flutter analysis 


CSTMA Aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and 

ks-set grid points 

AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. 

MPJN2O Mapping matrix to map j-set data from neworder to old order. 

789

790 

APD 


Parameters: 

NK Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the 

k displacement set. 

NJ Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the j 

displacement set. 

BOV Output-integer-default=0.0. Value calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY). 

AERTYP Input-character-default='DYNAMICS'. 

Analysis type: 

'STATICS' – aerostatic 

'DYNAMICS' – flutter and aeroelastic 

'STADYN' – all aerodynamic analysis types 

BOXIDF Output-integer-default. Box corner point identification flag. 

Remarks: 

1. AEECT*, AEBGPDT*, and AEUSET* are output family data blocks based on 

qualifiers AEID and MODLTYPE. AEID is not currently being used and is 

always 0. 

2. BGPDT, ECT, and USET0 where MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' are output by GP1, 

GP2, and GP4, respectively. 

Example: 

0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the 

aerodynamic component identification number. 

-1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an 

overlap if they were started with the aerodynamic component 

identification numbers. No display of the corner points is possible. 

MODLTYPE Model DOF set 

STRUCTUR structural p-set 

AEROSTRC aero-structural ks-set 

AEROMESH plotting n/a 

The first statement sets the MODLTYPE qualifier for data blocks BGPDTS and USET. 

The subsequent DBVIEW statements reference the outputs from APD for use in other 

modules.

MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' $ 

APD EDT,xCSTM/ 

ECTS,BGPDTS,USET0,AECOMP,AERO,ACPT,CSTMA/ 

S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,CIDAP $ 

DBVIEW AEBOX=ECTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH') $ 

DBVIEW AEGRID=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH') $ 

DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0 WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') $ 

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') $ 

APD 


791

792 

APPEND 

Concatenate two data blocks 

APPEND Concatenate two data blocks 

Produces the union of either two input data blocks or an input and an output data 

block. Depending on parameter input, APPEND will perform the following types of 

unions: 

Format: 



Parameters:. 

[OUT] = IN1 IN2 

[OUT] = 

OUT IN1 

APPEND IN1,IN2/OUT/IOPT/NULL1/NULL2/ 

REAL/REALD/CMPX/CMPXD/CHAR $ 

IN1,IN2 A pair of data blocks contributing to OUT (matrices or tables). 

OUT Output data block corresponding to first pair of input data blocks. 

IOPT Input-integer-default = 1. IOPT selects the method of appending. 

1 append columns (or records) of IN2 to IN1 as shown in Eq. 3-1 

Eq. 4-1 

Eq. 4-2 

2 append columns (or records) of IN1 to OUT as shown in Eq. 3-2. 

IN2 is ignored. 

10 write NULL2 in the next record of OUT 

11 write REAL in the next record of OUT 

12 write REALD in the next record of OUT 

13 write CMPX in the next record of OUT 

14 write CMPXD in the next record of OUT 

15 write CHAR in the next record of OUT 

16 write NULL2 followed by REAL in the next record of OUT 

17 write NULL2 followed by REALD in the next record of OUT 

18 write NULL2 followed by CMPX in the next record of OUT

APPEND 


19 write NULL2 followed by CMPXD in the next record of OUT 

20 write NULL2 followed by CHAR in the next record of OUT 

NULL1 Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records 

assumed for IN1 if IN1 is purged. In other words, IN2 will be appended 

to a data block with NULL1 number of records or columns. Used only if 

IOPT = 1. 

NULL2 Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records to 

append onto IN1 if IN2 is purged. Used only if 

lOPT = 1. 

793

794 

APPEND 


REAL Input-real-default=0.0. Real value in the next record. 

REALD Input-complex-default=0.D0. Complex value in the next record. 

CMPX Input-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value in the next record. 

CMPXD Input-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Complex double 

precision value in the next record. 

CHAR Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the next 

record. 

Remarks: 

1. Under IOPT = 2, the output matrix data block is actually used as an input and 

must be declared APPEND in a FILE DMAP statement. 

2. Both inputs must be of the same type matrix. 

3. Either IN1 or IN2 may be purged. For IOPT = 2, IN2 must be purged. 

4. In matrix appends, string formatted records are copied from one matrix data 

block to another. 

5. In table appends, the header record is skipped on the appended file and all 

remaining records. Also, the trailer of OUT will be set to that of IN2 (IOPT = 1) or 

IN1 (IOPT = 2). 

6. It is recommended that the OUT data block be a scratch data block. In other 

words, it should not be saved on a permanent DBset. 

7. For values of IOPT -16, -17, -18, -19, or -2 

the order of the parameters written is reversed. For example, IOPT=-20 causes 

CHAR to be written first, then NULL2. 

8. If NULL1>0, then a type indicator value is written in the word mmediately 

preceding the word(s) containing the value of the parameter. The type codes are: 

0:INT, 1:REAL, 2:REALD, 3:CMPX, 4:CMPXD and 8:CHAR. 

9. For IOPT>9, trailer word 1 will contain a count of the number of data records on 

the file and word 2 will contain the value of the NULL1 parameter. 

Examples: 

1. Generate a matrix [U] whose five columns are a vector {US} multiplied by the 

column number. 

DIAG 8 

SOL X 

COMPILE X 

SUBDMAP X 

TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CF $ 

TYPE PARM,,RS,N,FACTOR $

FILE U=APPEND $ 

MATGEN ,/US/5/1/7 $ 

DO WHILE ( FACTOR < 5. ) S 

FACTOR=FACTOR+1. 

CF=CMPLX(FACTOR,0.) $ 

ADD5 US,,,,/UI/CF $ 

APPEND UI,/U/2 $ 

ENDDO $ 

MATPRN U/ $ 

END $ 

CEND 

BEGIN BULK 

ENDDATA 

2. Create a matrix B by appending five null columns to matrix A. 

APPEND A,/B/1//5 $ 

APPEND 


3. Create a table with a one word record that contains the integer value 1001. 

APPEND ,,/OUT1/10//1001 $ 

795

796 

ASDR 

Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements 

ASDR Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements 

Prints the aerodynamic extra point displacements and the aerodynamic pressures and 

forces as requested in Case Control. 

Format: 

ASDR CASEA,UXDAT,AECTRL,FFAJ,ACPT,PAK,AEUSET,AEBGPDT, 

AECOMP,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,MPSIR,MPSRPS,MPSERPS, 

AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,AERO,CSTMA// 

MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/IUNITSOL $ 


CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis. 


displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments. 


FFAJ Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes. 

ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table. 

PAK Matrix of aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes. 

AEUSET Aerodynamic USET table. 

AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of 

freedom added (ksa-set in AEUSET). 

AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table. 

MONITOR Structural monitor point table 

MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding 

inertial loads and static applied loads) 

MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding 


MPSIR Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim 

MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads 

MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static 

applied loads 

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table 

MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim

ASDR 

Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements 

MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim 



g-set + ks-set grid points. 


None. 

Parameters: 

MACH Input-real-no default. Mach number. 

Q Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure. 




IUNITSOL Input-integer-default=0. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being 

supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being 

supplied. 

797

798 

ASG 

Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements 

ASG Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements 

Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements. 

Format: 

ASG CASEA,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPAERV,MPSERV,MPSIR,AEDBUXV, 

MPSERP,AECTRL,EDT,PRBDOFS,DIT,AEDBINDX/ 

UX,UXDAT,UXDIFV/SYMXZ/ISENS $ 


CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis 


MONITOR Structural monitor point table 

MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model 

MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model 


AEDBUXV Matrix of vehicle states 


applied loads 

AECTRL Table of aerodynamic model's control definition 

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics 

PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive." 

Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the 

SUPORT degrees-of-freedom. 


AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data 


UX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements 


displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments 

UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF

Parameter: 

ASG 

Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements 

SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag 

ISENS Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be 

performed 

Remarks: 

1. TR, KRZX, DIT, ERHM, and UXDAT may be purged if ISENS=1. 

2. ASG solves the following equation for UX: 

ZZX 

IP 

AEL 

UX 

= 

where the number of rows in the UX vector is equal to the number of aerodynamic 

extra points. The ZZX and PZ vectors have as many rows as there are r-set 

degrees of freedom. The IP matrix is a pseudo identity matrix with as many rows 

as there are constrained extra points specified on the TRIM Bulk Data entry. The 

IP matrix has ones in the row and columns corresponding to the constrained 

variable and zeros located elsewhere. The Y vector contains the magnitudes of the 

trim variable constraints. The AEL matrix contains the constraint relations (if any) 

specified by AELINK Bulk Data entries. It has as many rows as there are AELINK 

constraints. It is required that the sum of the number of supported degrees of 

freedom plus the number of TRIM constraints and number of AELINK 

constraints equal the number of aerodynamic extra points. 

PZ 

Y 

O 

799

800 

AXMDRV 

Loop driver for auxiliary model processing 

AXMDRV Loop driver for auxiliary model processing 

Loop driver for auxiliary model processing. 

Format: 

AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $ 


AMLIST List of auxiliary model identification numbers. 


None. 

Parameters: 

AUXMID Output-integer-default=0. Auxiliary model identification number. 

AUXMFL Output-logical-default=TRUE. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Set to 

FALSE when processing the last auxiliary model. 

Remarks: 

AXMDRV is intended to be called in a DMAP loop. Each time through the loop 

AXMDRV outputs the current auxiliary model identification number defined in 

AMLIST. AUXMFL is TRUE except for the last call when AUXMFL is set to FALSE, 

i.e., for the last auxiliary model. 

Example: 

AUXMID=-1 $ INITIALIZE 

DO WHILE ( AUXMFL ) $ 

IF ( AUXMID=-1 ) THEN $ 

AUXMID=0 $ 

ELSE $ 

AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $ 

ENDIF $ 

. 

. 

. 

ENDDO $

AXMPR1 Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data sections 

Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data sections. 

Format: 

AXMPR1 CASECC*,BULK*/ 

AMLIST/ 

S,N,AMLFLG $ 


CASECC* Family of auxiliary model Case Control sections. 

BULK* Family of auxiliary model Bulk Data sections. 



Parameters: 

AXMPR1 

Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data sections 

AMLFLG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated. 

Remarks: 

1. All auxiliary model identification numbers that are specified on the AUXCASE 

command in the Case Control section (258th word in CASECC*) are written to the 

AMLIST table. 

2. AXMPR1 checks for the following preliminary errors: 

Verify the AUXCAS Case Control command specifies a unique and existing 

BULK file. 

Verify that each Bulk Data section is identified with a unique auxiliary model 

number. 

Example: 

This is how AXMPR1 is used in subDMAP IFPL. CASEXX and IBULK are generated 

from IFP1 and XSORT. 

DBVIEW CASEXXAF = CASEXX (WHERE AUXMID>0) $ 

DBVIEW BULKAF = IBULK (WHERE AUXMID>0) $ 

AXMPR1 CASEXXAF,BULKAF/AMLIST $ 

801

802 

AXMPR2 

Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model 

AXMPR2 Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model 

Merges the geometry of the primary model and an auxiliary model and create a Case 

Control table with PARTN command specifying auxiliary model grid points. 

Format: 

AXMPR2 GEOM1,GEOM1A/ 

GEOM1C,CASEVEC/ 

AUXMID $ 


GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to 

the primary model. 

GEOM1A Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to 

the auxiliary model identified by AUXMID. 


GEOM1C Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from 

GEOM1 and GEOM1A. 

CASEVEC Case Control table with the PARTN command referencing all of 

auxiliary model's grid identification numbers. 

Parameter: 

AUXMID Auxiliary Model Identification Number 

Remark: 

AXMPR2 merges the primary model geometry (GRID and COORDi Bulk Data entry 

images) in GEOM1 with the auxiliary model in GEOM1A. AXMPR2 also writes the 

grid identification numbers from all of the auxiliary model grid points in GEOM1A to 

CASEVEC as a set referenced by the PARTN command.

BCDR Drives a boundary condition loop 

BCDR 

Drives a boundary condition loop 

Drives a DMAP loop based on the boundary condition Case Control commands SPC 

and MPC. 

Format: 

BCDR CASECC// 

SEID/SOLAPP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/ 

S,N,MPC/S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ/S,N,STATSUB/ 

S,N,BC/ 

BCLABL $ 

Input Data Block: 

CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1. 


None. 

Parameters: 


SOLAPP Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type. 

Currently not used. 

NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC 

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition. 

NLOADS Output-integer-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous 

with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the 

current boundary condition. 

BCFLAG Output-logical-no default. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition. 

SPC Output-integer-default=0. SPC Case Control command set 

identification number specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th 

record of CASECC. 

MPC Output-integer-default=0. MPC Case Control command set 

identification number specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th 


SUPORT Output-integer-default=0. SUPORT Case Control command set 

identification number specified in the 255-th word of the NSKIP-th 


803

804 

BCDR 

Drives a boundary condition loop 

LOAD Output-integer-default=0. LOAD Case Control command set 

identification number specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th 


LSEQ Output-integer-default=0. LOADSET Case Control command set 



STATSUB Output-integer-default=0. STATSUB Case Control command set 



BC Output-integer-default=0. BC Case Control command set identification 

number specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of 

CASECC. 

BCLBL Input-integer-default=0. f06 file page header control. 

Example: 

-1 Clear page header 

0 Initialize page header without page eject 

1 Initialize page header with page eject. 

Here is an excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0: 

BCFLAG=TRUE $ 

NSKIP=0 $ 

DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $ 

BCDR CASES//SEID/' '/ 

S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/S,N,MPC/ 

S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ//S,N,BC $ 

. 

. 

. 

ENDDO $

BDRYINFO 

Generates geometry and connectivity information 

BDRYINFO Generates geometry and connectivity information 

Generate the geometry and connectivity information for an external superelement 

definition based on the ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data entries and requested by the 

EXTSEOUT Case Control command. 

Format: 

BDRYINFO CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,BGPDT,USET/ 

GEOM1EX,GEOM2EX,GEOM4EX $ 


CASECC Table of Case Control command images 


GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and 

scalar points 

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table 

USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set 


GEOM1EX GEOM1 table containing records which define an external 

superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN, and 

GRID Bulk Data records. 


superelement. Specifically, it contains PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data 

records. 


superelement. Specifically, it contains ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data 

records. 

Parameters: 

None. 

805

806 

BGCASO 

Updates Case Control table for contact 

BGCASO Updates Case Control table for contact 

Updates Case Control table for contact region data recovery operations. 

Format: 

BGCASO CONTACT,BTOPO,CASECC,XYCDB/ 

CASECCBO/ 

S,N,NEWCASE/S,N,NBSORT2 $ 




BTOPO Contact regions topological information table. 

XYCDB Table of x-y plotting command. 


CASECCBO Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations. 

Parameters: 

NEWCASE Output-integer-no default. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if 

CASSECBO is generated. 

NBSORT2 Output-integer-default=0. Contact region output sort format flag. 

1 if SORT2 format is requested for printing 

2 if x-y plotting is requested.

BGP Processes geometry for boundary contact regions 

BGP 

Processes geometry for boundary contact regions 

Processes the geometry for the boundary contact regions. Updates the penalty values 

for slideline elements in the contact regions topological information table and creates 

a new boundary grid point element connection table. 

Format: 

BGP CSTM,SIL,KGGT/ 

BTOPO,BGPECT/ 

ADPCON/ISKIP $ 



SIL Scalar index list. 

KGGT Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and 

differential matrices). 


BTOPO Contact regions topological information table. 

BGPECT Boundary grid point element connection table. 

Parameters: 

ADPCON Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on 

restart. Update penalty values if positive. 

ISKIP Input-integer-default=0. Counter to update penalty values; updates on 

first pass and no update later. 

Remarks: 

1. CSTM may be purged. 

2. BTOPO is both input and output. See example. 

Example: 

Excerpt of BGP for a nonlinear loop in SOL 106. 

FILE BTOPSTF=APPEND/BTOPCNV=APPEND $ 

BGP CSTMS,SILS,KGGT/BTOPSTF,BGPECT/ADPCONx/ISKIP $ 

COPY BTOPSTF/BTOPCNV/-1/1 $ 

807

808 

BMG 

Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices 

BMG Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices 

Generates boundary matrices (in DMIG format) for hydroelastic analysis. 

Format: 

BMG MATPOOL,BGPDT,CSTM/ 

BDPOOL/ 

S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $ 


MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary data. 




BDPOOL Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format. 

Parameters: 

NOKBFL Output-integer-no default. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists 

and -1 otherwise. 

NOABFL Output-integer-no default. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists 

and -1 otherwise. 

MFACT Output-complex-no default. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary 

mass matrix. 

Remark: 

MTRXIN must always be used in conjunction with module BMG to produce the 

matrices. See example. 

Example: 

Generate hydroelastic boundary matrices. 

BMG MATPOOL,BGPDTS,CSTMS/ 

BDPOOL/ 

S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $ 

ABFL = NOTL(NOABFL) $ 

IF ( ABFL OR NOTL(NOKBFL) 

) MTRXIN ,,BDPOOL,EQDYN,,/ 

ABFL,KBFL,/ 

LUSETD/NOABFL/NOKBFL/0 $

BNDSPC Processes constraints on superelement boundaries 

BNDSPC 

Processes constraints on superelement boundaries 

Processes constraints and enforced displacements applied on superelement 

boundaries. 

Format: 

BNDSPC SEMAP,USET,BGPDT,YS,YSD/ 

USET1,YS1/ 

SEID/NLOADS $ 


SEMAP Superelement map table. 

USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table. 

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement. 

YS Matrix of enforced displacements. 

YSD Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream 



USET1 USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements. 

YS1 YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream 


Parameters: 

SEID Integer-input-default=0. Superelement identification number. 

NLOADS Integer-input-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous 

with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the 

current boundary condition. 

Remarks: 

1. BNDSPC will perform one of three possible operations, depending on the 

coordinate system alignment at the boundary: 

a. Allow the SPC to be applied in the current superelement. 

b. Move the constraint to a downstream superelement. 

c. Issue a fatal error due to incompatible coordinate systems. 

2. YS cannot be purged. 

809

810 

BNDSPC 

Processes constraints on superelement boundaries 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0 with BNDSPC in a superelement and boundary 

condition loop. 

DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $ 

. 

. 

. 

BCFLAG=TRUE $ 

DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $ 

. 

. 

. 

BNDSPC EMAP,USET0,BGPDTS,YSB,YSD/ 

USET01,YSB1/ 

SEID/NLOADS $ 

EQUIVX USET01/USET0/-1 $ 

EQUIVX YSB1/YSB/-1 $ 

. 

. 

. 

ENDDO $ BCFLAG 

ENDDO $ LPFLG

. 

CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver 

CASE 

Dynamic analysis case control loop driver 

Assembles the appropriate subcases (records) of Case Control for the current loop 

based on various Case Control commands. 

Format: 

⎧PSDL ⎫ 

CASE CASECC, ⎨ ⎬ 

⎩ MPT ⎭ 



Parameters: 

CASEXX/ 

APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP/S,N,LINC/GMAFLG/S,N,MSCHG/ 

S,N,TESTNEG/S,N,IMETHOD/CASCOM1/CASCOM2/CASCOM3/ 

CASCOM4/ 


PSDL Power spectral density list. Required only when APP='FREQ'. 

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images for TSTEPNL, NLPARM, and NLPCI. 

Required only when APP='NONL'. 

CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current loop. 


'CEIG' Complex eigenvalue 

'FREQ' Frequency response 

'TRAN' Transient response 

'NONL' Nonlinear static or transient 

'SLIC' Slice a contiguous subset of CASECC records into CASEXX; 

i.e., NOLOOP number of records starting with the NSKIP-th 

record. 

'COMM' Extract a slice of contiguous subset records, beginning at the 

NSKIP-th record, with the same Case Control command set 

identification numbers for command names specified in 

CASCOMi. 

811

812 

CASE 


NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear 

transient loop identification number. 

Input: 

0 Number of records to skip on CASECC to reach the current 

subset of CASECC. 

Output: 

-1 No more cases. 

>0 and APP'NONL': Indicates the number of records to skip 

on CASECC to reach the next subset of CASECC. 

>0 and APP='NONL': Indicates there are more CASECC records 

to process and NSKIP must be incremented in the DMAP. 

NOLOOP Output-integer-default=-1. Looping test flag 

-1 No DMAP looping is required. 

1 DMAP looping is required. 

LINC Output-integer-default=0. Number of load increments for this subcase. 

Used in nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and 

IMETHOD=0). 

GMAFLG Input-integer-default=0. Test control flag for changes in the set 

identification numbers specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, 

B2PP, and TFL commands. Used only when APP='FREQ' or 'CEIG'. 

0 Do not ignore changes (default) 

1 Ignore changes 

MSCHG Output-integer-default=0. Boundary condition change flag. Used in 

nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0). 

-1 If MPC and SPC Case Control commands for this subcase are 

the same as those in the immediately preceding subcase. 

1 If MPC or SPC commands are different. 

TESTNEG Output-integer-default=-2. Load increment method flag. Used in 

nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0). 

-2 Standard 

1 Controlled increment

CASE 


IMETHOD Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. 

Remarks: 

Input: 

0 Nonlinear static analysis (default) 

0 Nonlinear transient analysis 

Output (nonlinear transient only): 

-1 Auto or TSTEP method (NLTRD module) 

2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module) 

CASCOMi Input-character-default=' '. Case Control command names. See 

APP='COMM'. 

The method of operation depends upon APP and IMETHOD. 

APP='CEIG': Complex eigenvalue analysis 

CASE CASECC,/ 

CASEXX/ 

APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $ 

The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read 

and copied onto CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. 

If this is not possible, NSKIP is set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, 

NOLOOP is set to -1. 

If the next record was read successfully and GMAFLG=0, then the set identification 

numbers specified for the K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, and SDAMPING Case Control 

commands are compared with the previous subcase. If they all agree, this record is 

copied onto CASEXX and the process is nskiped. If they do not agree, NSKIP is 

incremented by 1 and NOLOOP is set to 1 and module is exited. 

APP='FREQ': Frequency response 

CASE CASECC,PSDL/ 

CASEXX/ 

APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $ 

Processing is the same as complex eigenvalue analysis, except that the set 

identification numbers specified for the FREQUENCY Case Control command is also 

compared. If the RANDOM command is specified then the selected set is read from 

PSDL and a list of subcase identification numbers referenced by the RANDPS Bulk 

Data entry images is made. If some subcases referenced by RANDPS Bulk Data entry 

images have not been output on CASEXX, CASE terminates with User Fatal 

Message 3033. 

813

814 

CASE 


APP='TRAN': Linear transient response 

CASE CASECC,/ 

CASEXX/ 

APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP $ 

The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read 

and copied onto CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. 

If this is not possible, NSKIP is set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, 

NOLOOP is set to -1. 

APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0: Nonlinear static analysis 

CASE CASECC,MPT/ 

CASEXX/ 

APP/S,N,NSKIP//S,N,LINC//S,N,MSCHG/S,N,TESTNEG $ 

The first NSKIP records on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied 

onto CASEXX. MSCHG is set to indicate whether the MPC or SPC set identification 

numbers have changed since the previous subcase. NINC is set equal to the value in 

the NINC field on the selected NLPARM Bulk Data entry image. If there is an 

associated NLPCI Bulk Data entry image, the controlled increment method is being 

used, and the TESTNEG parameter is set to indicate this. TEMPERATURE(INITIAL) 

and TEMPERATURE(LOAD) commands are checked for proper specification. 

APP='NONL' and IMETHOD0: Nonlinear transient response 

CASE CASECC,MPT/ 

CASEXX/ 

APP/S,N,NSKIP//////S,N,IMETHOD $ 

IMETHOD is set according to the METHOD field of the selected TSTEPNL Bulk Data 

entry image in MPT. NSKIP is set to the loop identification number.

Examples: 

CASE 


1. Extract the load and subcase identification numbers and a parameter value from 

each subcase. 

SOL 100 


ALTER 2 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,NSKIP $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,Y,MYPRM $ 

NSKIP=0 $ INITIALIZE 

DO WHILE ( NSKIP>=0 ) $ 

CASE CASECC,/CASE1/’TRAN’/S,N,NSKIP $ 

PVT PVT,CASE1/ $ 

PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/1//S,N,SUBID $ 

PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/4//S,N,ILOAD $ 

MESSAGE //’ SUBID=’/SUBID/’ MYPRM=’/MYPRM/ 

’ ILOAD=’/ILOAD $ 

ENDDO $ 

CEND 

SUBCASE 101 

PARAM,MYPRM,1 

LOAD=111 

SUBCASE 102 

PARAM,MYPRM,-6 

LOAD=222 

SUBCASE 103 

PARAM,MYPRM,4 

LOAD=333 

SUBCASE 104 

PARAM,MYPRM,22 

LOAD=444 

SUBCASE 105 

PARAM,MYPRM,-3 

LOAD=555 

SUBCASE 106 

PARAM,MYPRM,77 

LOAD=666 

BEGIN BULK 

ENDDATA 

2. Extract Case Control records 10, 11, and 12. 

CASE CASECC,/CASE10/'SLIC'/10/3 $ 

3. Extract Case Control records with the same MPC, SPC, and SUPORT set 

identification numbers beginning at the NSKIP-th record. 

CASE CASECC,/CASEBC/'COMM'/S,N,NSKIP/ 

//////'MPC'/'SPC'/'SUPO' $ 

815

816 

CEAD 

Complex or unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis 

CEAD Complex or unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis 

Given that [M], [B] and [K] are mass, damping, and stiffness, solve the equation: 

or 

for the eigenvalues p and the associated right eigenvectors { φ} 

or left eigenvectors 

{ } 

. 

φ L 

Format: 

CEAD KXX,BXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,VDXC,VDXR/ 

CPHX,CLAMA,OCEIG,LCPHX,CLAMMAT/ 

S,N,NEIGV/UNUSED2/SID/METH/EPS/ND1/ALPHAJ/OMEGAJ/ 

MAXBLK/IBLK/KSTEP/NDJ $ 


KXX Stiffness matrix. Usually KHH or KDD. 

BXX Viscous damping matrix. Usually BHH or BDD. 

MXX Mass matrix. Usually MHH or MDD. 

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. 



[ M]p 

2 

( + [ B]p 

+ [ K] 

) { φ} 

= 0 

{ φL } T [ M]p 

2 

( + [ B]p 

+ [ K] 

) = { 0} 

(Lanczos only) 

Eq. 4-3 

Eq. 4-4 

VDXC Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in 

KDD, BDD, and MDD. 

VDXR Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD, 

BDD, and MDD. 

CPHX Complex eigenvector matrix. Usually CPHH or CPHD. 

CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table. 

OCEIG Complex eigenvalue extraction report.

CEAD 


LCPHX Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix (Lanczos only). Usually 

LCPHH or LCPHD. 

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. See 

Remark 8. 

Parameters: 

NEIGV Output-integer-no default. NEIGV indicates the number of eigenvalues 

found. If none were found, NEIGV is set to -1. 

UNUSED2 Input-integer-default=1. Unused. 

SID Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number. 

If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the CMETHOD 

command in CASECC and used to select the EIGC entry in DYNAMIC. 

If SID>0, then the CMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGC entry 

is selected by this parameter value. Applicable for all methods 

If SID

818 

CEAD 


KSTEP Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency of solve. Used only when SID

CMPZPR 

Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8 

CMPZPR Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8 

Generates the equivalent PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry images based upon 

data on PCOMP and MAT8 Bulk Data entry images. Functionally equivalent to IFP6. 

Format: 

CMPZPR EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/ 

EPTC,MPTC/ 

S,N,NOCOMP $ 


EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in 

particular, PSHELL and PCOMP entries. 

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in 

particular, MAT2 and MAT8 entries. 


PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the 

PCOMP Bulk Data entry. 


EPTC Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent 

PSHELL records. 

MPTC Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 

records. 

Parameter: 

NOCOMP Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry 

records are found. 

Remarks: 

1. CMPZPR is functionally equivalent to module IFP6. 

2. For each PCOMP entry (with PID100000000) are also stripped off. 

819

820 

COPY 

Explicit data block copy 

COPY Explicit data block copy 

Copies data blocks. 

Format: 

COPY DBI/DBO/PARM/BLOCK $ 


DBI The data block to be copied. 


DBO A copy of DBI. 

Parameters: 

PARM Input-integer-default=-1 (PARM < 0 – the data block is copied. PARM 

> 0 – no action is taken.) 

BLOCK Input-integer-default=1 

Remarks: 

1. If BLOCK < 0 and the block size between DBI and DBO is different, then a fatal 

error will be issued. 

2. This module is preferred over the copy options in MATMOD option 13 and 

TABEDIT. 

Example: 

To copy data block KELM. 

BLOCK < 0 – Block sensitive copy is used. 

BLOCK > 0 – Standard copy is used. 

COPY KELM/KELMX/ALWAYS/-1 $

CURV Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) 

CURV 

Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) 

Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) to the element's material 

coordinate system and/or interpolate the stresses (or strains) to element's connecting 

grid points. Applies to CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements and non-corner stresses only. 

Format: 

CURV OES1,MPT,CSTM,EST,BGPDT/ 

OES1M,OES1G/ 

OUTOPT/OG/NINTPTS $ 


OES1 Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format. 






OES1M Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material 

coordinate system defined on the MAT1 entry. 

OES1G Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from 

the centroidal stress table, OES1M. 

Parameters: 

OUTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Output option: 

822 

CURV 

Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) 

OG Input-integer-default=0. Grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid 

point stresses or strains are computed. 

NINPTPS Input-integer-default=0. Approximate number of surrounding 

independent element interpolation points to be considered when 

interpolating at a grid point for a given material coordinate system. 

Remarks: 

1. CURV computes the CTRIA3 and CQUAD4 element stress and/or strain output 

in a material coordinate system (normal output is in the element or basic 

coordinate system) and/or to interpolate the stresses (or strains) to its connecting 

grid points. 

2. For further details see also “CURV” on page 578 of the NX Nastran Quick Reference 

Guide.

CURVPLOT Converts grid point output tables 

CURVPLOT 

Converts grid point output tables 

Converts grid point output tables; i.e, related to applied loads, SPCforces, 

displacements, stresses and strains in SORT1 format, to tables suitable for x-y plotting 

where the abscissa is grid point locations and the ordinate is the grid point output 

quantity. 

Format: 

CURVPLOT EQEXIN,BGPDT,EDT,XYCDB,OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1G,OSTR1G/ 

OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2GX,OSTR2GX/ 

DOPT $ 


EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar 

identification numbers. 



aerodynamics, p-element analysis, and the iterative solver; and in 

particular, SET1 entries. 

XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. 

OPG1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format. 

OQG1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format. 

OUG1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format. 

OES1G Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format. 

OSTR1G Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format. 


OPG2X Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. 

OQG2X Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format. 

OUG2X Table of displacements in SORT2 format. 

OES2GX Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format. 

OSTR2GX Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format. 

823

824 

CURVPLOT 

Converts grid point output tables 

Parameter: 

DOPT Input-integer-default=0. Scaling method between grid points on the 

abscissa. 

Remarks: 

1. If EDT or XYCDB is purged, then CURVPLOT exits without warning. 

2. EQEXIN and BGPDT cannot be purged. 

3. Any of OPG1, OQG1, OUGV1, OES1G or OSTR1G and any of their corresponding 

outputs may be purged. 

4. OES1G and OSTR1G are computed by CURV. 

5. The grid points used on the abscissa are specified on SET1 entries in EDT. 

6. The output data blocks cannot be printed with OFP. 

7. CURVPLOT is only applicable to static and normal modes analysis. 

Example: 

0 Proportional with respect to total distance 

1 Proportional with respect to x distance only 

2 Proportional with respect to y distance only 

3 Proportional with respect to z distance only 

4 Equally 

Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR. 

CURVPLOT EQEXINS,BGPDTS,EDT,XYCDBDR,OPG1,OQG1,OUGV1,OES1G,/ 

OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/DOPT $ 

XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/XYPLTS/'SET1'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $ 

IF ( NOXYP>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTS/ $

CYCLIC1 

Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices 

CYCLIC1 Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices 

Generates transformation matrices and modifies Case Control and static loads for 

cyclic symmetry analysis. 

Format: 

CYCLIC1 CASECC,GEOM3,GEOM4,DIT,FRL/ 

KVAL,GEOM3N,CASEFR,HARM,FORE,CASEBK,BACK/ 

S,N,NSEG/S,N,CTYPE/APP/S,N,NOGEOM3/S,N,NFREQ/ 

S,N, TOTALK $ 



GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads. 




FRL Frequency response list. 


KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis. 

GEOM3N Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis. 

CASEFR Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in 

cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set 

identification number. 

HARM Table of harmonic indices. 

FORE Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components. 

CASEBK Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every 

column in BACK. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only. 

BACK Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required in 

static and pre-buckling analysis only. 

825

826 

CYCLIC1 

Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices 

Parameters: 

NSEG Output-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on 

CYSYM Bulk Data entry. 

CTYPE Output-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on 


Remark: 

'ROT' rotational 

'AXI' axisymmetric 

'DIH' dihedral 


'STATICS' statics 

'MODES' normal modes 

'BUCKLNG1' pre-buckling (statics) 

'BUCKLNG2' buckling 

'FREQRESP' frequency response 

NOGEOM3 Output-integer-no default. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N 

is created, otherwise set to -1. 

NFREQ Output-integer-no default. Number of frequencies for frequency 

response analysis. 

TOTALK Output-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics. 

CYCLIC1 generates equivalent GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entry images in 

harmonic components.

CYCLIC2 Processes degrees-of-freedom 

CYCLIC2 

Processes degrees-of-freedom 

Processes degrees-of-freedom that are to be constrained between segments for cyclic 

symmetry problems. 

Format: 

CYCLIC2 GEOM4,EQEXIN,USET/ 

CYCD/ 

NSEG/CTYPE $ 








CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components. 

Parameters: 

NSEG Input-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on 


CTYPE Input-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on 


'ROT' Rotational 

'AXI' axisymmetric 

'DIH' Dihedral 

Remarks: 

1. CYCLIC2 is a preprocessor for the CYCLIC3 and CYCLIC4 modules is specified 

before the harmonic index loop in DMAP. 

2. CYCLIC2 processes CYJOIN, CYAX, and CYSUP Bulk Data entry images in 

GEOM4 and identifies the constraints between the degrees-of-freedom in the 

analysis set for the cosine (symmetric) and sine (antisymmetric) models. 

827

828 

CYCLIC2 

Processes degrees-of-freedom 

3. CYCLIC2 can also accommodate the p-set: 

CYCLIC2 GEOM4,EQDYN,USETD/ 

CYCD/ 

NSEG/CTYPE $ 

where EQDYN and USETD are output by DPD.

CYCLIC3 Forms cyclic matrices 

CYCLIC3 

Forms cyclic matrices 

Forms transformation matrices between cyclic components and solution set. Form 

partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom. Perform transformation of 

structural matrices in cyclic components to the solution set. 

Format: 

CYCLIC3 CYCD,KVAL,KAA,MAA,BAA,K4AA/ 

KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/ 

HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $ 


CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components. 

KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis. 

KAA Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set. 

MAA Mass matrix in a-set or d-set. 

BAA Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set. 

K4AA Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set. 


KKK Stiffness matrix in cyclic components. 

MKK Mass matrix in cyclic components. 

BKK Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components. 

K4KK Structural damping matrix in cyclic components. 

GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and 

solution set components. 

GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and 


PVEC Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on 

CYSUP Bulk Data entry. 

Parameters: 

HINDEX Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index. 

NSEG Input-integer-no default. Number of segments. 

NOKVAL Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX is not in the 

analysis set of harmonic IDs. 

829

830 

CYCLIC3 

Forms cyclic matrices 

KGTH Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if all harmonic IDs (in analysis set) 

have been processed. 

REACT Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if no support degrees-of- freedom; 

+1 if support degrees of freedom exist; for k > 2, it will always have 

value of -1. 

Remarks: 

1. For buckling analysis, then the negative of the differential stiffness, -KDAA, may 

be specified in place of MAA. 

ADD KDAA,/KDAAM/-1. $ 

CYCLIC3 CYCD,TKVAL,KAA,KDAAM,,/ 

KKK,MKK,,,GC,GS,PVEC/ 


2. CYCLIC3 can also accommodate the p-set: 

CYCLIC3 CYCD,KVAL,KDD,MDD,BDD,K4DD/ 

KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/ 


3. PVEC is formed in normal modes and static analysis if support degrees-offreedom 

are specified on the CYCSUP Bulk Data entry. PVEC is used to partition 

the solution set (cyclic degrees-of-freedom) into l-set and r-set degrees-of- 

freedom for the zero-th and first harmonics. PVEC will have rows equal to the 

number of columns in the GC matrix.

CYCLIC4 

Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements 

CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements 

Transforms the cyclic components of load vectors associated with a particular 

harmonic into solution set load vectors in the forward path. In the backward path, the 

solution set displacement vectors will be transformed into cyclic components 

associated with the particular harmonic and appended to previous harmonic 

solutions. 

Format: 

⎧PAC ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS, PHK ,LAMA,CASEBK,BACK/ 


⎨ ⎬ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩ UK ⎭ 

⎧ PK ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎨ UX ⎬,LAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩PHX ⎭ 

PATH/HINDEX/APP/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $ 

HARM Table of Case Control command images. 

GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and 


GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and 


PAC Static loads matrix in harmonic components. 

PHK Eigenvectors in solution set components. 

UK Solution vector in solution set components. 

LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for current harmonic. Required for normal 

modes analysis only (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK'). 

CASEBK Case Control Data Block for output requests. Required for normal 

modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK'). 

BACK Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. 

Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and 

PATH='BACK'). 

831

832 

CYCLIC4 



PK Load vector matrix in solution set components. 

UX Solution vector matrix in cyclic components. 

PHX Eigenvector matrix in cyclic components. 

LAMA1 Appended eigenvalue summary table for all harmonics. Required for 

normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK'). 

CASEBK1 Case Control table for data recovery requests for all harmonics. 

Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and 

PATH='BACK'). 

BACK1 Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components 

for all harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only. 

(APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK'). 

Parameters: 

PATH Input-character-no default. Direction of cyclic transformation: 

'FORE' forward (analysis) 

'BACK' backward (data recovery) 

HINDEX Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index. 


'STAT' statics 

'REIG' normal modes 

'BUCK' buckling 

'FREQ' frequency response 

NFREQ Input/output-integer-no default. The number of passes through 

CYCLIC4. NFREQ is incremented by one on each execution of 

CYCLIC4. 

TOTALK Input-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics. If TOTALK>0, 

then CASEBK1 and BACK1 will be created. Required for normal 

modes analysis only.

Examples: 

1. Static analysis: 

CYCLIC4 


FILE UX=APPEND $ 

PARAML KVAL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NKVAL $ NUMBER OF ANALYSIS HARMONICS 

PARAML KVAL//'DTI'/1/NKVAL//S,N,KMAX $ LAST ANALYSIS HARMONIC INDEX 

PARAML KVAL//'IMATCH'/1/S,N,HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $ 

DO WHILE ( HINDEX=0 ) THEN $ 

IF ( NOKVAL>=0 ) THEN $ 

. 

. 

. 

CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,PXF,,,/ 

PKF,,,/ 

'FORE'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ $ 

. 

. 

. 

CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,UKVF,,,/ 

UXVF,,,/ 

'BACK'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ $ 

ENDIF $ NOKVAL>=0 

HINDEX=HINDEX+1 

ENDIF $ DONE>=0 

ENDDO $ DONE>=0 

MPYAD UXVF,BACKF,/UDVF $ 

833

834 

CYCLIC4 


3. Normal modes or buckling analysis: 

FILE CYPHX=APPEND,SAVE/CYLAMA1=APPEND,SAVE/ 

CASEBK1=SAVE/BACK1=SAVE,OVRWRT $ 

PARAML KVALM//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,TOTALK $ 

PARAML KVALM//'DTI'/1/TOTALK//S,N,KMAX $ 

PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $ 

HINDEX=0 $ 

DO WHILE ( HINDEX

DBC 

Database converter for model generation and results processing 

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing 

Converts data blocks to a form usable by NX Nastran Access and MSC.Patran. 

Format: 

DBC DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10,DB11, 

DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15,DB16,DB17,DB18,DB19,DB20// 

P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/ 

P15/P16/P17/P18/P19/P20/SEID/DBCPATH/ 

S,N,CP/APP/CYCLIC/GEOMU/LOADU/ 

POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/OVRWRT/DESITER///// 

ADPTINDX/LUSET $ 


DBi Data blocks for postprocessing. 


None. 

Parameters: 

Pi Character-input-default is blank. The generic name of the 

corresponding data block; e.g., P3 corresponds to DB3, etc. (See table 

below for generic name.) 

SEID Integer-input-default=0. The current superelement ID. If SEID=-1, 

then the current SEID is assumed to be the qualifier value in the path 

of parameter DBCPATH. 

DBCPATH Dummy variable parameter to allow the passing of qualifiers from the 

NX Nastran database to the DBC database. SEID must be -1. 

CP Integer-input/output-default=0. Control parameter. If set to other 

than zero an error has occurred in the module and further attempts to 

execute module will cause a module return without module execution. 

APP Character-input-default is blank. Allowable values of approach code: 

STATICS or blank Statics 

TRANRESP Linear/nonlinear transient response 

FREQRESP Frequency response 

REIG Normal modes 

NLST Nonlinear statics 

BKL1 Buckling 

835

836 

DBC 


BKL0 Statics in a buckling solution 

CEIGEN Complex modes 

AERO Aerodynamics 

CYCLIC Integer-input-default is 0. If CYCLIC = -1, then data will be interpreted 

as cyclic analysis. 

GEOMU Integer-input-default=40; the geometric information will output to this 

FORTRAN unit. 

LOADU Integer-input-default=-1 (LOADU = GEOMU). If LOADU >0 then, the 

static load information will be output to this FORTRAN unit. 

POSTU Integer-input-default=-1 (POSTU = GEOMU). If POSTU >0, then, the 

data recovery information will be output to this FORTRAN unit. 

DBCDIAG Integer-input-default=0. Controls the printing of certain diagnostics 

during the conversion. If several diagnostics are desired, then the sum 

of the following values is required. For example, DBCDIA = 3 

requests the printing of grid relation and element connection record 

diagnostics. 

Value Diagnostic Output 

0 No diagnostics will be printed. 

1 Grid relation record. 

2 Element connection record. 

4 Internal module begin message. 

8 Internal module statistics. 

16 Internal module CPU time and begin message in 

performance summary table. 

32 DBC database dictionary entries. 

64 Messages for null NASTRAN logical file 

connections. 

128 Suppress diagnostics when geometry updates 

occur. 

256 Save the grid point stress surface and volume 

factors. 

512 Do not save the grid point stress surface and 

volume subcase data

Remarks: 

1. Data block name table: 

DBC 


PROGRAM Character-input-default=’XL’. If PROGRAM =’XL’, then the DBC 

database will be suitable for processing in MSC.Patran. If PROGRAM 

=’GRASP’, then the DBC database will be suitable for processing in 

NX Nastran Access. 

OVRWRT Character-input-default=’YES’. DBC data base overwrite flag. If 

OVRWRT =’YES’ and the DBC database was created in a prior run, 

then data blocks pre-existing on the DBC database will be overwritten 

in the current run when the qualifier values are identical. 

DESITER Integer-input-defaul =0. Design optimization loop identification 

number. 

ADPTINDX Integer-input-default=0. When ADPTINDX is not equal to zero, the 

data base object attribute will be qualified by the value of this 

parameter, which denotes intermediate p-element results exist. 

LUSET Integer-input-default=0. NDOF denotes size of the model (number of 

degrees of freedom), which will be saved for p-element iterations 

indexed by the ADPTINDX values and used to correlate the size of the 

model to the p-element iteration index. 

Generic 

Name 

(P1-P20) 

Chapter 2 

Names 

Stored on 

Unit 

Description 

BEPT AEBGPDT --- Aerostructural basic grid point definition 

table 

BGPDT BGPDT GEOMU Basic grid point definition table 

CASECC CASECC POSTU Table of Case Control command images 

CONTAB CONTAB POSTU Table of design constraint attributes 

CONTROL AECTRL POSTU Table of aerodynamic model's control 

definition 

CSTM CSTM GEOMU Table of coordinate system 

transformation matrices 

CVAL CVAL POSTU Matrix of design constraint values 

DBCOPT DBCOPT POSTU Design optimization history table for 

DESTAB DESTAB POSTU Table of design variable attributes 

837

838 

DBC 


Generic 

Name 

(P1-P20) 

Chapter 2 

Names 

Stored on 

Unit 

DIT DIT GEOMU/ 

POSTU 

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images 

DSCM2 DSCM2 POSTU Normalized design sensitivity coefficient 

matrix 

DYNAMIC DYNAMIC GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related 

to dynamics 

ECT GEOM2 GEOMU Element connectivity table 

ELDCT ELDCT POSTU Table of element stress discontinuities 

EMAP SEMAP GEOMU Superelement map table 

EPT EPT GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related 

to element properties 

EQEXIN EQEXIN GEOMU Equivalence between external and 

internal point identification numbers 

EST EST GEOMU Element summary table 

FRM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic 

forces 

FURM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained 

elastic forces 

GEOM1 GEOM1 GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related 

to geometry 

GEOM3 GEOM3 LOADU Table of Bulk Data entry images related 

to static and thermal loads 

GEOM4 GEOM4 GEOMU/ 

LOADU 

Table of Bulk Data entry images related 

to constraints, degree-of-freedom 

membership and rigid element 

connectivity 

GPDCT GPDCT POSTU Table of grid point stress discontinuities 

GPDT GPDT GEOMU Grid point definition table 

GPECT GPECT POSTU Grid point element connection table 

GPL GPL GEOMU/ 

POSTU 

Description 

External grid/scalar point identification 

number list 

GPS EGPSTR POSTU Table of grid point stresses or strains for 

post-processing 

HIS HIS POSTU Table of design iteration history

Generic 

Name 

(P1-P20) 

Chapter 2 

Names 

DBC 


IRM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained inertia 

forces 

IURM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained 

inertia forces 

LAMA LAMA/ 

CLAMA 

Stored on 

Unit 

Description 

POSTU Real or complex eigenvalue summary 

table 

MPT MPT GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related 

to material properties 

OBJTAB OBJTAB POSTU Design objective table 

OEDE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element energy losses 

OEF OEF POSTU Table of element forces in SORT1 or 

SORT2 format 

OEKE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element kinetic energies 

OES OES POSTU Table of element stresses or strains in 

SORT1 or SORT2 format 

OESC OES1C POSTU Table of composite element stresses or 

strains in SORT1 format 

OESE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element strain energies and 

energy densities 

OESNL OESNL1 POSTU Table of nonlinear element stresses in 

SORT1 format 

OGPF OGPFB1 POSTU Table of grid point forces 

OL OL POSTU Transient or frequency response output 

list 

OPG OPG POSTU Table of applied loads in SORT1 or 

SORT2 format 

OQG OQG POSTU Table of single or multipoint forces-ofconstraint 

in SORT1 or SORT2 format 

OUG OUG POSTU Table of displacements in SORT1 or 

SORT2 format 

PERROR ERROR1 POSTU Error-estimate table updated for current 

superelement or adaptivity loop 

R1MAPR R1MAPR POSTU Table of mapping from original first level 

(direct) retained responses 

R1TAB R1TAB POSTU Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk 

Data entry) attributes 

839

840 

DBC 


Generic 

Name 

(P1-P20) 

Chapter 2 

Names 

Stored on 

Unit 

R1VAL R1VAL POSTU Matrix of initial values of the retained 

first level (direct) responses 

R2MAPR R2MAPR POSTU Table of mapping from original second 

level (synthetic) retained responses 

R2VAL R2VAL POSTU Matrix of initial values of the retained 

second level (synthetic) responses 

RESP12 RESP12 POSTU Table of second level (synthetic) 

responses 

RM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic rigid forces 

SCSTM SCSTM GEOMU Table of global transformation matrices 

for partitioned superelements 

SETS SET GEOMU Table of combined sets 

SVF EGPSF POSTU Table of element to grid point 

interpolation factors 

UG --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic 

displacements 

UUG --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained 

elastic displacements 

VIEWTB VIEWTB GEOMU/ 

POSTU 

Description 

View information table, contains the 

relationship between each p-element and 

its view-elements and view-grids 

2. DBCPATH is a parameter defined on a statement in the NASTRAN NDDL; i.e., 

PARAM,DBCPATH = 0,PATH = DBCQUAL 

PATH DBCQUAL QUAL1,QUAL2,QUAL3,etc. 

where QUALi selects the QUALifier values associated with the PATH of the 

input data blocks from NASTRAN to be written along with the input data blocks 

on the DBC database. In other words, the intersection of the PATH DBCQUAL 

and the PATH of the input data blocks will form the set of QUALifiers to be 

written to the DBC database and associated with the input data blocks. Also, the 

PROJECT and VERSION will be written. It is recommended that the input data 

blocks all have the same PATH. 

If it is not NDDL, then only the PROJECT and VERSION will be associated with 

the input data blocks on the DBC database.

DBC 


3. Generic data blocks: ECT, GEOM1, and EQEXIN, must exist on POSTU (when 

PROGRAM =’XL’) or GEOMU (when PROGRAM =’GRASP’) prior to the 

conversion of the following data blocks: OUG, OES, OEF, OPG, OQG, and GPS. 

4. If PROGRAM =’XL’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written 

to one of three databases (FORTRAN units): GEOMU, LOADU, and POSTU. 

GEOMU BGPDT, CSTM, ECT, EMAP, EPT, GPDT, MPT, and SETS 

LOADU GEOM3 and GEOM4 

POSTU CASECC, GPS, EQEXIN, GEOM1, GPL, LAMA, OEF, OES, OESNL, 

OGPF, OESE, OPG, OQG, OUG, OESC, DBCOPT, GPDCT, and 

ELDCT 

5. If PROGRAM =’GRASP’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is 

written only to the database: GEOMU. 

6. Generic data blocks ECT, BGPDT, GPL, and GPDT should be specified 

simultaneously on the same DBC statement. 

7. Generic names OES and OESC must be specified in separate DBC modules and 

may appear only once per DBC module. 

Examples: 

The following examples illustrate how the module might be implemented in a 

superelement solution sequence. The following TYPE statements are used to establish 

authorization and defaults for user parameters that control the module. 

TYPE PARM,,I,Y,DBCDIAG=0,GEOMUNIT,LOADUNIT,POSTUNIT $ 

TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,Y,PROGRAM=’XL’ $ 

1. After generation of IFP module output data blocks. 

DBC CSTM,EPT,MPT,GEOM4,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,,,,,// 

’CSTM’/’EPT’/’MPT’/’GEOM4’/’CASECC’/ 

//////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//GEOMU/ 

LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/ $ 

2. Inside superelement generation loop. Data required for undeformed plotting of 

geometry and loads. 

DBC BGPDTS,GPLS,GPDTS,ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS, 

GEOM3S,GEOM4S,,,,,,,,,,,//’BGPDT’/’GPL’/ 

’GPDT’/’ECT’/’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’/’GEOM3’/ 

’GEOM4’/////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP// 

GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/ 

PROGRAM/ $ 

841

842 

DBC 


3. Inside superelement data recovery loop. 

Grid point stresses: 

DBC GPLS,EGPSTR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//’GPL’/’GPS’/ 

/////////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP/GEOMU/ 

LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM $ 

Forces, stresses, displacements, etc. Note: ECTS, GEOM1S, and EQEXINS are 

repeated here in case the above call was not executed, as in a data recovery restart. 

DBC OPG1,OUGV1,OEF1X,OES1X,OQG1,ONRGY1,OGPFB1, 

ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,,,,,,,,,//’OPG’/’OUG’/ 

’OEF’/’OES’/’OQG’/’OESE’/’OGPF’/’ECT’/ 

’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’//////////SEID//S,N,CP/ 

APP//GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/ 

PROGRAM/ $

DBDELETE Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters 

DBDELETE 

Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters 

Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters. An optional WHERE clause may be 

specified for a more selective deletion. 

Format: 

DBDELETE 

Describers: 

DATABLK Delete data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data 

blocks separated by commas. 

PARAM Delete parameters. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated 

by commas. 

where-expr Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames 

described in Table 2 under the “DBDICT” on page 845 statement. If 

where-expr is true then the named items will be deleted. For example, 

WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID2 AND SEID>0) selects all items 

under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See 

“WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 45 for a further 

description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current 

version and project. See also Remark 1. 

Remarks: 

DATABLK 

PARAM 

* 

( datablk – list) 

1. The where-expr has the following rules: 

= 

= 

* 

( param – list) 

If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or 

parameter then none of that data block or parameter will be deleted. For example, 

given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBDELETE 

statement will not delete any KGG: 

DBDELETE DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10)$ 

[ WHERE( where – expr) 

] $ 

843

844 

DBDELETE 

Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters 

If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or 

parameter), then the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given 

that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBDICT statements are 

equivalent: 

SPC=10 $ 

DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA $ 

or 

DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) $ 

The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not 

already specified in where-expr. For example to delete all KAA where SPC=10 

and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.: 

DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) $ 

Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, 

PROJECT, VERSION, CDATE, etc. 

2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias 

names specified on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must 

specify the name of the data block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.

DBDICT Prints database directory tables 

Prints the following database directory tables: 

• Data blocks described by an NDDL DATABLK statement. 

• Parameters described by an NDDL PARAM statement. 

• All unique paths (KEYs) and their qualifiers values. 

• Qualifiers and their current values. 

• Data blocks not described by an NDDL DATABLK statement. 

• Parameters not described by an NDDL PARAM statement. 

• Project and version information. 

Basic Format: 

DBDICT 

Prints database directory tables 

The basic format of DBDICT specifies which tables to print and prints all items (data 

blocks and parameters) found in the directory. Also, the attributes (colnames) to be 

printed and the print format are predefined. Note that more than one table may be 

specified on the same DBDICT statement. 

DBDICT [DATABLK PARAM PROJVERS QUALCURR QUALIFIERS] 

Examples: 

DBDICT 

DBDICT PARAM PROJVERS 

Full Format: 

The full format permits the selection of items by name and/or by the WHERE 

describer. The full format also permits the attributes to be printed using the SELECT 

describer. In addition, the print format can be specified with the SORT, FORMAT, and 

LABEL describers. Note that the full format only allows the specification of a single 

table on a DBDICT statement. 

DBDICT 

⎛ 

DATABLK 

* ⎞ 

⎜ = 

⎟ 

⎝ DATABLK( LOCAL) 

( datablk-list) 

⎠ 

⎛ PARAM 

* ⎞ 

⎜ = 

⎟ 

⎝ PARAM( LOCAL) 

( param-list) 

⎠ 

PROJVERS 

QUALCURR 

QUALIFIERS 

WHERE(where-expr), 

845

846 

DBDICT 


Describers: 

SELECT(colname[- ‘ col-label’]. . . ), 

FORMAT (FWIDTH = w [.d] DWIDTH = w [.d] AWIDTH = a IWIDTH = i, 

LWIDTH = k COLSPACE = c VALUE = w, 

colname = col-width, . . .), 

⎛ 

SORT colname A 

⎞ 

⎜ = , …⎟, 

⎝ D ⎠ 

⎛ ⎞ 

⎜ RIGHT ⎟ 

LABEL⎜page - title‘ CENTER ⎟ 

⎜ ⎟ 

⎝ LEFT ⎠ 

DATABLK Print the data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined 

data blocks separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the 

non-NDDL-defined data blocks are printed. 

PARAM Print the parameter table. param-list specifies a list of parameters 

separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the 

non-NDDL-defined parameters are printed. 

PROJVERS Print the project-version table. 

QUALIFIERS Print the qualifier table. 

QUALCURR Print the current values of the qualifiers. SORT is ignored. 


described below. For example, WHERE(VERSION = 4 AND SEID 

2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of 

SEID greater than 0 except 2. See “WHERE and CONVERT 

Clauses” on page 45 for a further description. The default for 

VERSION is the current version and PROJECT is the current 

project. The default for qual is * which is all qualifier values found 

on the database. See Remark 12. 

SELECT Specifies a list of column names to be printed. The order of the 

specified colnames will be printed from left to right. If colname is 

not specified then all columns will be printed.

DBDICT 


colname Column name. Colname specifies a particular attribute of the 

database item; such as, data block name (NAME), creation date 

(CDATE), number of blocks (SIZE), or qualifier name (SEID, SPC, 

etc.). The allowable colnames are given in the Remarks. 

col-label The label to printed above the column identified by colname. The 

default for col-label is the colname. col-label may not be specified 

for colnames: QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER. 

FWIDTH = w.d Specifies the default width for single precision real numbers in real 

and complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 12.5). 

DWIDTH = w.d Specifies the default width for double precision real numbers in real 

and complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 17.10). 

AWIDTH = a Specifies the default width for character string qualifiers. Character 

strings are printed with enclosing single quotation marks, even if 

the string is blank. (Integer>0, Default = 8). 

IWIDTH = i Specifies the default width for integer qualifiers. (Integer>0, see 

Remarks for defaults). 

LWIDTH = k Specifies the default width for logical qualifiers. Logical values are 

printed as either “T” for TRUE or “F” for FALSE. (Integer>0, 

Default = 1). 

COLSPACE = c Specifies the default number of spaces between columns. 

(Integer>0, see Remarks for defaults). 

VALUE = w Specifies the default width for parameter values. The values are 

printed as character strings with left justification. Integer>0, 

Default=40. 

col-width The print width of the data under colname or qual-name. For real 

numbers specify w.d where w is the width of the field and d is the 

number of digits in the mantissa. For integers and character strings 

specify w where w is the width of the field. col-width may not be 

specified for colnames: QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER. 

SORT Specifies how the rows are sorted. The sort based on ASCII 

sequence and is performed in order according to each colname 

specified in the list. A “D” following the colname causes the sort to 

be in descending order. An “A” following the colname causes the 

sort to be in ascending order. Colnames QUALSET, QUALALL, and 

TRAILER may not be specified under SORT. Each colname specified 

in SORT must be separated by commas. 

847

848 

DBDICT 


page-title A title to be printed on each page of the directory output. 

RIGHT, 

CENTER, LEFT 

Print justification of the page title. 

Remarks: 

1. DBDICT prints seven different tables according to a default or user-defined 

format. The tables are: 

Describer Description Default Page-Title 

DATABLK Data blocks described 

by a NDDL 

DATABLK 

statement. 

PARAM Parameters described 

by a NDDL PARAM 

statement. 

QUALCURR Current Qualifiers 

and their values. 

QUALIFIERS Qualifiers and their 

values for each key 

number. 

DATABLK(LOCAL) Data blocks not 

described by a NDDL 

DATABLK 

statement. 

PARAM(LOCAL) Parameters not 

described by a NDDL 

PARAM statement. 

See 

Remark 

NDDL DATABLOCKS 2 

NDDL PARAMETERS 3 

CURRENT 

QUALIFIERS 

QUALIFIERS 5 

LOCAL DATABLOCKS 6 

LOCAL PARAMETERS 7 

PROJVERS Project-Version. PROJECT-VERSION 8 

If DBDICT is specified without any describers then the NDDL Data Blocks Table 

will be printed. See Remark 2. 

In an FMS statement, DATABLK(LOCAL) and PARAM(LOCAL) produce no 

output, and QUALCURR produces the default values specified on the NDDL 

QUAL statement. 

4

DBDICT 


The defaults and allowable colnames for SELECT, FORMAT, SORT, and LABEL 

depend on the table. The defaults are described in the following remarks and 

tables. 

2. The default print of the NDDL Data Blocks Table is obtained by: 

DBDICT 

or 

DBDICT DATABLK 

and is equivalent to: 

DBDICT DATABLK , 

SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE, 

CTIME, 

SIZE,KEY,PURGED=’PU’,EQUIVD=’EQ’, 

POINTER=’FILE’,QUALSET) , 

FORMAT(NAME=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,SIZE=5, 

KEY=4 ,PURGED=4,EQUIVD=4,POINTER=8, 

IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1) , 

SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A) , 

LABEL(’NDDL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER) 

and looks like: 

* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * * 

EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 20 

MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 16 

NDDL DATABLOCKS 

NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME SIZE KEY PU EQ FILE SEID PEID LOAD SPC MPC METH 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

AGG MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72340 0 326 1 0 132484 0 0 

AXIC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 0 315 1 0 65764 

BGPDTS MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 2 131332 0 

BGPDTX MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 1 131332 0 

BJJ MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72341 0 332 1 0 132612 0 

BULK MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 2 315 0 0 65700 

CASECC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 1 316 0 2 67428 

Figure 4-1 DBDICT PARAM Example 

849

850 

DBDICT 


The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be 

specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. 

Column 

name 

Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames 

Default 

column 

width 

Default 

column label 

Description 

PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by 

PROJECT statement 

PROJNO 4 PROJ NO Project number associated with 

PROJECT 

VERSION 4 VERSION Version number 

CDATE 6 CDATE Creation Date 

CTIME 6 CTIME Creation Time 

NAME 8 NAME Parameter name 

DATABASE 8 DATABASE MASTER DBset name 

DBSET 8 DBSET DBset name 

RDATE 6 RDATE Revision Date 

RTIME 6 RTIME Revision Time 

SIZE 5 SIZE Number of blocks 

qual-name See Note qualifier name Qualifier name 

KEY 4 KEY Key number 

TRLi 8 TRLi i-th word in the trailer 

TRAILER 8 TRLi All 10 trailer words 

EXTNAME 8 EXTNAME Extended name 

EQUIVD 4 EQ Equivalenced flag 

PURGED 4 PU Purged flag 

EQFLAG 4 EF Scratch equivalenced flag 

SCRFLAG 4 SF Scratch DBSET flag 

POINTER 8 POINTER Directory pointer 

DBENTRY 8 DBENTRY Database entry pointer 

FEQCHAIN 8 FEQCHAIN Forward equivalence chain

Column 

name 

Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames (continued) 

Default 

column 

width 

Default 

column label 

DBDICT 


BEQCHAIN 8 BEQCHAIN Backward equivalence chain 

DBDIR20 9 DBDIR(20) Directory word 20 

QUALALL See Note qualifier name All qualifiers 

Description 

QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all 

qualifiers 

851

852 

DBDICT 


Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, 

AWIDTH=8, and FWIDTH=12. 

3. The default print of the NDDL parameter table is obtained by: 

DBDICT PARAM 


DBDICT PARAM, 

SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE,CTIME, 

KEY,VALUE,QUALSET), 

FORMAT(NAME=8,DATABASE=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6, 

KEY=4,VALUE=40,IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1), 

SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A), 

LABEL(’NDDL PARAMETERS’ CENTER) 





NDDL PARAMETERS 

NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME KEY VALUE SEID PEID LOAD SPC MPC METH 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

ACOUSTIC MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0 

ALTRED MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 NO 

BCHNG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72337 325 FALSE 0 

DBALLX MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72336 318 DBALL -1 -1 

EPSBIG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72339 323 1.000000E+12 0 0 

ERROR MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 -1 

FIXEDB MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0 

Figure 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Example 

The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may 

be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. 

Column 

name 

Default 

column 

width 

Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames 

Default 

column 

label 

Description 

PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by 

PROJECT statement 

PROJNO 5 PROJ Project number associated 

with PROJECT 

VERSION 4 VERS Version number

Column 

name 

Default 

column 

width 

Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames 

Default 

column 

label 

CDATE 6 CDATE Creation Date 

CTIME 6 CTIME Creation Time 


DBDICT 


DATABASE 8 DATABASE MASTER DBset name 

DBSET 8 DBSET DBset name 

RDATE 6 RDATE Revision Date 

RTIME 6 RTIME Revision Time 


VALUE 40 VALUE Parameter value 




Description 

QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all 

qualifiers 

Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, AWIDTH=8, IWIDTH=5, 

LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5. 

853

854 

DBDICT 


4. The default print of the Qualifier Table is obtained by: 

DBDICT QUALIFIERS 


DBDICT QUALIFIERS , 

SELECT(KEY QUALALL) , 

FORMAT(DWIDTH=17.10 AWIDTH=8 IWIDTH=5 LWIDTH=1 , 

FWIDTH=12.5 COLSPACE=2) SORT(KEY=A) , 

LABEL(’QUALIFIERS’ CENTER ) 





QUALIFIERS 

KEY APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ 

FSCOUP GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD 

M2GG M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV 

OPERASYS P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT 

TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

335 ’ ’ F 0 

0 ’ ’ 

’ ’ 0 

’ ’ 0 0 0 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

336 ’ ’ 0 

0 ’ ’ 

0 0 -1 

0 0 0 

Figure 4-3 DBDICT QUALIFIERS Example 

QUALALL selects all qualifiers to be printed. The qualifiers will be printed in 

alphabetic order. QUALSET selects the only the qualifiers SEID, PEID, SPC, MPC, 

LOAD, and METH to be printed.

DBDICT 


Table 4-3 gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be 

specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. QUALALL and 

QUALSET may not be specified in the FORMAT or SORT describers. The 

qualifier names and values are not printed one per row, but rather from left to 

right as one logical line that is allowed to wrap after 132 columns. 

Column 

name 

5. The default print of the current qualifier values table is obtained by: 

DBDICT QUALCURR 


DBDICT QUALCURR SELECT(QUALALL), 

FORMAT(AWIDTH=8,IWIDTH=5,LWIDTH=1,COLSPACE=2), 

LABEL=(’CURRENT QUALIFIERS’ CENTER) 


Table 4-3 DBDICT QUALIFIERS Colnames 

Default 

column width 

Default column label Description 




QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of 

all qualifiers 


and FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL 

statement in the NDDL sequence. 




CURRENT QUALIFIERS 

APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ FSCOUP 

GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD M2GG 

M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV OPERASYS 

P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT 

TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 F 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 F 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 ’ ’ ’ ’ 300 ’ ’ 

’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 

’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 400 0 ’ ’ 0 0 

0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0 

Figure 4-4 DBDICT QUALCURR Example 

855

856 

DBDICT 



be specified in the SELECT describers. 

Column 

name 

Note: DBDICT QUALCURR Colnames. 

6. The default print of the local data block table is obtained by: 

DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) 


DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL), 

SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,SIZE=’BLOCKS’,PURGED=’PU’, 

EQUIVD=’EQ’,POINTER,TRL1,TRL2,TRL3,TRL4, 

TRL5,TRL6,TRL7), 

FORMAT(NAME=8,SUBDMAP=8,IWIDTH=8,COLSPACE=2), 

SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’LOCAL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER) 


Table 4-4 DBDICT QUALCURR Colnames 

Default 

column 

width 

Default 

column 

label 

Description 



QUALSET See Note qualifier name Pre-defined subset of all 

qualifiers 


and FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL 

statement in the NDDL sequence. 




LOCAL DATABLOCKS 

NAME SUBDMAP BLOCKS PU EQ POINTER TRL1 TRL2 TRL3 TRL4 TRL5 TRL6 TRL7 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

CASEW PHASE1DR 1 0 0 131780 201 4 0 308 0 0 0 

Figure 4-5 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Example 

TRLi specifies the data block trailer word i where 1 ≤ i ≤ 

10 . TRAILER selects 

all 10 data block trailer words.

DBDICT 




Column 

name 

7. The default print of the local parameter table is obtained by: 

DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) 


Table 4-5 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames 

Default 

column 

width 

Default 

column 

label 

Description 


SUBDMAP 8 SUBDMAP SubDMAP name 

SIZE 8 BLOCKS Number of blocks 

EQUIVD 8 EQ Equivalenced flag 

PURGED 8 PU Scratch flag 


TRLi 8 TRLi i-th word in the trailer 

TRAILER 8 TRLi All 10 trailer words 

EXTNAME 8 EXTNAME Extended name 

DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,VALUE), 

FORMAT(COLSPACE=4,VALUE=40,AWIDTH=8), 

SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’ LOCAL PARAMETERS’ CENTER) 

857

858 

DBDICT 






LOCAL PARAMETERS 

NAME SUBDMAP VALUE 

---------------------------------------------------------------- 

AERO SESTATIC FALSE 

AERO PHASE1DR FALSE 

ALTRED SESTATIC NO 

ALTRED PHASE1DR NO 

ALTSHAPE SESTATIC 0 

ALWAYS PHASE1DR -1 

ALWAYS PHASE1C -1 

ALWAYS SEKRRS -1 

ALWAYS SESTATIC -1 

APP PHASE1DR STATICS 

APP PHASE1C STATICS 

APP SESTATIC STATICS 

APRCH SESTATIC 

ASING PHASE1DR 0 

ASING SEKRRS 0 

ASING PHASE1C 0 

ASING SESTATIC 0 

Figure 4-6 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Example. 



Column 

name 

8. The default print of Project Version Table is obtained by: 

DBDICT PROJVERS 


Table 4-6 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Colnames. 

Default 

column 

width 

Default 

column 

label 

DBDICT PROJVERS , 

SELECT(PROJECT=’PROJECT NAME’,PROJNO, 

VERSION ,DELFLG=’DELETED’ , 

CDATE=’CREATION DATE’ CTIME=’CREATION 

TIME’) , 

FORMAT(PROJECT=40,PROJ=10,VERS=10,DELFLG=7, 

Description 


SUBDMAP 8 SUBDMAP SubDMAP name 

VALUE 40 VALUE Parameter name


COLSPACE=1 ,CDATE=13,CTIME=13) , 

LABEL(’PROJECT-VERSION’,CENTER) 

SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A) 

DBDICT 





PROJECT-VERSION 

PROJECT NAME PROJ NO. VERSION DELETED CREATION DATE CREATION TIME 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

’LEFT FENDER ’ 1 1 930805 72319 

Figure 4-7 DBDICT PROJVERS Example 



Column 

name 

Default 

column 

width 

Table 4-7 DBDICT PROJVERS Colnames 

Default 

column 

label 

Description 

PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by PROJECT 

statement 

PROJNO 10 PROJ NO Project number associated with 

PROJECT 

VERSION 10 VERSION Version number 

DELFLG 7 DELETED Flag indicating whether this 

project/version has been deleted 

by the RESTART NOKEEP or 

DBCLEAN statements. 

CDATE 13 CREATION 

DATE 

Creation Date 

CTIME 13 CREATION TIME Creation Time 

CDATE is printed as YYMMDD where YY, MM, and DD are the year, month, and 

date, respectively. CTIME is HHMMSS where HH, MM, and SS are the hour, 

minute, and second, respectively. 

9. If a parameter or qualifier value is defined to be a character string, then the value 

will be printed with enclosing single quotation marks. Blank strings will also be 

printed with single quotation marks. 

859

860 

DBDICT 


10. If a given qualifier is not in the path of a given data block or parameter, then blank 

spaces will be printed. 

11. A line will wrap if additional columns need to be printed and not enough space 

is available on the output (which is assumed to be 132). The first column of each 

additional line is to be indented by the width of the first column printed for the 

entry. 


• If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or 

parameter then no directory information will be printed for that data block 

or parameter. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then 

the following DBDICT statement will produce no output: 

DBDICT DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) $ 

• If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data 

block (or parameter) then the qualifier is wildcarded. For example, given that 

SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBDICT statements are 

equivalent: 

DBDICT DATABLK=KAA $ 

DBDICT DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SEID = *) $ 

Examples: 

1. Print the Project Version Table with a title. 

DBDICT PROJVERS SORT(PROJNO,VERSION), 

LABEL(’PROJECT VERSION TABLE’ LEFT) $ 

2. Print a directory of all data blocks qualified with PEID = 10 or SEID = 10. Print 

columns for the NAME and DBSET, and the qualifiers SPC, MPC, and LOAD. 

DBDICT DATABLK SELECT(NAME,SPC,MPC,LOAD,DBSET,SIZE, 

SEID,PEID) , 

SORT(NAME,SIZE=D) WHERE( SEID=10 OR PEID=10) $

DBEQUIV 

Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters 

DBEQUIV Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters 

Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters based upon a qualifiers in 

a CONVERT clause. An optional WHERE and may be specified for a more selective 

equivalence. 

Format: 

DBEQUIV 

Describers: 

DATABLK = 

PARAM = 

* 

(datablk-list) 

* 

(param-list) 

[ WHERE (where-expr) ] , 

CONVERT (convert-expr) [ OVRWRT RESTART] 

$ 

datablk-list Specifies a list of data blocks separated by commas. The default is *, 

which selects all data blocks. The equivalenced data block may be 

renamed by specifying a slash after the old name followed by the 

new name. For example, if KLL is to be renamed to KLL1, then 

DATABLK=(KLL/KLL1) is specified. 

param-list Specifies a list of parameters separated by commas. The default is *, 

which selected all parameters. The equivalenced parameter may be 

renamed by specifying a slash after the old name followed by the 

new name. For example, if LUSETS is to be renamed to LUSET, 

then PARAM=(LUSETS/LUSET) is specified. 


described in Table 2 under the DBDICT statement. If where-expr is 

true then the named items will be equivalenced. For example, 

WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID2 AND SEID>0) selects all 

items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. 

See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 45 for a further 

description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current 

version and project. See Remark 1 for more information. 

861

862 

DBEQUIV 


convert-expr Modifies the values for PROJECT, VERSION, DBSET, and qualifiers 

selected by the where-expr. The format of convert-expr is: 

PROJECT=project-expr;VERSION=version-expr; 

DBSET=DBsetname;quali=qual-expri[;...] 

For example, CONVERT (SEID=100+SEID; SPC=102). 

See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 45 for a further 

discussion on WHERE and CONVERT clauses. The default action 

for VERSION and PROJECT is to convert to the current version-ID 

and current project-ID. But if either PROJECT or VERSION is 

specified in the convert-expr, then both must be specified. 

OVRWRT 

NOOVRWRT 

Remarks: 


If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or 

parameter then none of that data block or parameter will be equivalenced. For 

example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBEQUIV 

statement will not equivalence any KGG: 

DBEQUIV DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $ 

If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or 

parameter), then the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, 

given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBEQUIV statements 

are equivalent: 

SPC=10 $ 

DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA CONVERT(SPC=20) $ 

or 

By default (i.e., NOOVRWRT), duplicate data blocks or parameters 

on the created by DBEQUIV will cause a fatal message. A duplicate 

means that a data block or parameter has not only the same name 

but also the same qualifier values, PROJECT, VERSION, and 

DBSET as the primary data block or parameter. If OVRWRT is 

specified, then the primary data block is overwritten. 

RESTART By default, data blocks and parameters created by DBEQUIV 

cannot be output again in a subsequent DMAP module. If 

RESTART is specified then the selected data blocks and parameters 

may be overwritten once. 

DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $

DBEQUIV 


The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not 

already specified in where-expr. For example to equivalence all KAA where 

SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.: 

DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) CONVERT(SPC=20) $ 

Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, 

PROJNO, VERSION, CDATE, etc. 

2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias 

names specified on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must 

specify the name of the data block or parameter as defined in the NDDL. 

863

864 

SubDMAP DBFETCH 

Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE 

SubDMAP DBFETCH Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE 

Retrieves user-specified data blocks on the database previously stored with 

CALL DBSTORE. 

Format: 

CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/ 

FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $ 


None. 


DBi Data blocks to be fetched. See Remark 3. 

Parameters: 

Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier. 

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier. 

FLAG Integer-input-no default. Name flag: 0 means fetch DBi with name DBi. 

1 means drop the first character of DBi before searching the directory. 

SUCCESS Integer-output-no default. SUCCESS = -1 means all data blocks were 

successfully retrieved. SUCCESS = 0 means otherwise. 

Remarks: 

1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is 

desired. 

2. DBi is equivalenced to the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with 

ZNAME = DBi, ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0. 

3. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data 

block to be stored on the database is the name which appears on the “highest” 

CALL statement that contains DBi. DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual 

name is printed to the F06 file. 

4. If call DBFETCH is being used to obtain data blocks created in a previous run, 

then the RESTART or DBLOCATE FMS statement must be specified. If 

DBLOCATE is used then DATABLK = * or DATABLK = (ZUZR11) must be 

specified on the DBLOCATE statement. 

Example: 

Fetch data block named A (name flag = 1 drops the character E) and assign local name 

as EA. 

CALL DBFETCH /EA,,,,/1/1/1/0/S,EXIST $

SubDMAP DBMGR 

Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE 

SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE 

Performs functions on items stored on the database with this subDMAP and CALL 

DBSTORE. 

Format: 

CALL DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $ 

1. Directory print. Print the contents of the database directory. 

Format: 

CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/ 

’ ’/’ ’/’ ’/’ ’/’ ’ $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

None. 

2. Data block deletion. Deletes up to five data block(s) previously stored with 

CALL DBSTORE. 

Format: 

CALL DBMGR //5/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $ 

Parameters: 

Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi. 

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi. 

DBi Character-input-no default. Names of data blocks to be deleted 

3. Data block equivalence. Assign up to four alias names to one to four data blocks. 

Format: 

CALL DBMGR //7/QP1/QP2/QS1/QS2/0/ 

DBP/DBS1/DBS2/DBS3/DBS4 $ 

865

866 



Parameters: 

QP1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of primary data block (DBP). 

QP2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of primary data block (DBP). 

QS1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi). 

QS2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of secondary data block 

(DBSi). DBP Character-input-no default. Primary data block name. 

DBSi Character-input-no default. Secondary data block names to be 

equivalenced to DBP. 

4. Data block rename. Rename and/or modify the qualifier values of a data block 

previously stored with CALL DBSTORE. 

Format: 

CALL DBMGR //9/QO1/QO2/QN1/QN2/0/ 

DBOLD/DBNEW/’ ’/’ ’ $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

QO1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of previously stored data block 

(DBOLD). 

QO2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of previously stored data 

block (DBOLD). 

QN1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of new name of data block 

(DBNEW). 

QN2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of new name of data block 

(DBNEW). 

DBOLD Character-input-no default. Name of the previously stored data block. 

DBNEW Character-input-no default. New name of the previously stored data 

block. 

5. Store character string. Store up to five character strings with qualifiers.

Format: 

Parameters: 



CALL DBMGR //10/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/STR1/STR2/STR3/STR4/STR5 $ 

Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of STRi. 

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of STRi. 

STRi Character-input-no default. Strings up to 8 characters in length. 

6. Test for presence of a data block or a character string. Test for the presence 

of a data block previously stored by CALL DBSTORE or a character string previously 

stored by CALL DBMGR (OPT=10). 

Format: 

CALL DBMGR //11/Q1/Q2/0/S,PRES1/S,PRES2/ 

DB1/DB2/’ ’/’ ’ $ 

Parameters: 



PRESi Integer-output-no default. 0 means DBi not present. -1 means DBi 

present. 

DBi Character-input-no default. Character strings or the names of data 

blocks. 

Remarks: 


desired. Unused integer parameters can be set to 0 and unused character 

parameters to ‘ ’ (a string with 5 blanks). 

2. If data blocks exist when storing, renaming or equivalencing, then they are 

overwritten. 

3. If CALL DBMGR is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution 

sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified 

immediately preceding CALL DBMGR and PUTSYS(0, 109) should be specified 

immediately following CALL DBMGR. 

867

868 

DBSTATUS 

Checks status of up to ten data blocks 

DBSTATUS Checks status of up to ten data blocks 

Checks the status of up to ten data blocks. 

Format: 

DBSTATUS DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10// 

S,N,NODB1/S,N,NODB2/S,N,NODB3/S,N,NODB4/S,N,NODB5/ 

S,N,NODB6/S,N,NODB7/S,N,NODB8/S,N,NODB9/S,N,NODB10 $ 


DBi Any data block (matrix or table). 


None. 

Parameters: 

NODBi Output-integer-default=-1. Status of the DBi-th data block: 

-1 not generated 

0 empty 

1 generated 

10 offline and empty 

11 offline and generated 

Remarks: 

1. Trailing commas in the input data block list may be omitted without warning. For 

example the following statement: 

DBSTATUS KAA,,,,,,,,,//S,N,NOKAA $ 

may be shortened to: 

DBSTATUS KAA//S,N,NOKAA $ 

2. DBSTATUS is similar to PARAML DB//'PRES' with expanded capability for 

empty and offline data blocks; i.e., PARAML returns -1 for empty data blocks and 

fatally terminates for offline data blocks.

SubDMAP DBSTORE Stores data blocks on the database 

SubDMAP DBSTORE 

Stores data blocks on the database 

Stores user-specified data blocks on the database. Data blocks can only be retrieved by 

CALL DBFETCH. 

Format: 

CALL DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $ 


DBi Data blocks to be stored. See Remark 5. 

Parameters: 



DBSET Character-input-no default. The dbset-name to store DBi. The 

dbset-name must be padded with blanks to 5 characters in length; e.g., 

’DBDN ’. 

COND Integer-input-no default. Conditional store flag. COND = 0 means store 

and COND 0 means do not store. 

Remarks: 


desired. Unused integer parameters can be set to 0. If DBSET is blank; i.e, ’ ’ (a 

string with 5 blanks), then DBi will be stored on DBset DBALL. 

2. DBi is stored under the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with 

ZNAME = DBi, ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0 on DBset = DBSET. 

3. DBSET should not be ’SCRATCH’ or refer to a scratch dbset. 

4. If CALL DBSTORE is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution 

sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified just 

before CALL DBSTORE and PUTSYS(0, 109) just after. See Example 1. 

5. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data 

block to be stored on the database is the name which appears on the “highest” 

CALL statement that contains DBi. DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual 

name is printed to the F06 file. 

869

870 

SubDMAP DBSTORE 

Stores data blocks on the database 

Examples: 

1. Store data block B on dbset DB100: 

PUTSYS(1, 109) $ deactivate restart skipping 

CALL DBSTORE B,,,,//2/2/’DB100’/0 $ 

PUTSYS(0, 109) $ activate restart skipping 

2. The following example computes five variations on a basic matrix [K + λ i M][X] = 

[B], where K, B, and M are input via DMI Bulk Data entries and (λ i , i = 1,5) are 

input via DTI,LAMLST entries. In the first loop, the matrix KPLM is formed and 

decomposed and its factors, L and U, stored. In the second loop, the factors are 

fetched and, along with B, input to the FBS module to solve for X. 

SOL 100 


ALTER 2 $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,LOOPCNT=1,SING=0 $ 

TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,BX $ BLANK STRING 

TYPE PARM,,CS,N,LAMC $ 

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/K,M,B,,,,,,, $ 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/LAMLST,,,,,,,,, $ 

MATPRN K,M,B/ $ 

DO WHILE (LOOPCNT-1) $ 

PARAML LAMLST//’DTI’/1/LOOPCNT/S,N,LAMBDA $ 

LAMC=CMPLX(LAMBDA) $ 

ADD K,M/KPLM//LAMC $ 

DECOMP KPLM/L,U/-1/////S,N,SING $ 

IF (SING>-1) THEN $ 

CALL DBSTORE L,U,,,//0/LOOPCNT/BX/0 $ 

LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $ 

ENDIF $ 

ENDDO $ 

$ 

IF (SING>-1) THEN $ 

CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/BX/BX/BX/BX/BX $ 

LOOPCNT=1 $ 

DO WHILE (LOOPCNT

DBVIEW 

DBVIEW 

Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks 

Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data 

blocks 

Format: 

DBVIEW view-name = data-block 

Describers: 

WHERE (where-expr) 

(WHERE where-expr) 

$ 

view-name Name of the view; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character 

must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for 

view-names: A through Z and 0 through 9. 

data-block Name of a data block. 

where-expr A logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, 

PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION, and DBSET. For example, 

WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID< >2 AND SEID>0) selects all items 

under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See 

“WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 45 and Remark 6. 

Remarks: 

1. DBVIEW is a nonexecutable statement defined only at compilation. It is not 

affected by IF ( ) THEN or DO WHILE blocks. Where-expr, however, is evaluated 

dynamically for the current values of data-block qualifiers at the module where 

view-name is specified for input. 

2. DBVIEW must be specified prior to the first occurrence of the use of the 

view-name. It may only be specified as an input data block to a DMAP module. 

3. If the data-block is “not generated” or if no data blocks satisfy the where-expr, 

then the view-name will be considered as “not generated.” Also, if the 

where-expr contains a qualifier that is not in the path of the data-block then the 

view-name is not generated. 

4. view-name is recognized only in the current subDMAP. 

5. A view-name that results in more than one data block is also called a family. If a 

family is specified as input to a module that does not use families, then the first 

data block stored will be the one that is used. 

6. The values assigned to qualifiers not specified in the where-expr are taken from 

current values. “AND WILDCARD” may be specified in the where-expr to 

indicate that unspecified qualifiers do not have to match their current values to 

satisfy the DBVIEW statement. 

7. A comma may be used in place of the spaces shown under Format to continue the 

DBVIEW statement on more than one line. For example, 

871

872 

DBVIEW 

Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks 

DBVIEW UGX=UG, 

(WHERE SEID=10 AND, 

SPC=20, 

AND VERSION=5) $ 

Examples: 

1. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of KAA data blocks called 

KAA10 for the path qualifier (see the PATH NDDL-Statement) SEID = 10 and for 

the current values of the remaining KAA path qualifiers. 

DBVIEW KAA10 = KAA (WHERE SEID=10) $ 

2. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of the data block BULK, 

which is stored under the version referenced on the RESTART FMS statement and 

gives it the virtual name BULKR to differentiate it from the current data block 

BULK. 

PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPROJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXISTS $ 

DBVIEW BULKR = BULK (WHERE VERSION=RESVER AND 

PROJNO=RESPROJ) $

DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics 

DCMP 

Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics 

Decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L] 

and diagonal matrix [D]. DCMP is identical to DECOMP, but also provides extended 

diagnostics. 

[ A] 

= [ L] 

[ U] 

for unsymmetric [ A] 

[ A] 

[ L] 

[ D] 

[ L] 

T = 

for symmetric [ A] 

Format: 

DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,A,PARTVEC,EQMAP/ 

LD,U,LSEQ/ 

S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/BAILOUT/MAXRATIO/SETNAME/F1/DECOMP/ 

DEBUG/THRESH/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/ 

S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,ERR/LMTROWS $ 




EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal numbers. 

A A square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric). 

PARTVEC Partitioning vector specified when A is a partition of SETNAME. Its 

rowsize is indicated by SETNAME. A is the zero-th partition from 

PARTVEC. 

EQMAP Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain 

decomposition. 


LD Nonstandard lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or 

Cholesky Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition. 

U Upper triangular factor or high ratios matrix. If A is unsymmetric then 

U is the nonstandard upper triangular factor of [A] or the Cholesky 

factor. If A is symmetric and the value of system cell 166 includes the 

value of 8 then U contains the contains the "high ratio terms of the 

factor diagonal ratios". See Remark 4. 

LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A. 

873

874 

DCMP 


Parameters: 

KSYM Input/output-integer-default=1. 

1 Use symmetric decomposition (default). 

0 Use unsymmetric decomposition. 

-1 Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be 

reset to 0 or 1 consistent with actual decomposition type. 

3 Use symmetric partial decomposition. 

CHOLSKY Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM=1 or KSYM=-1 and [A] is 

symmetric then: 

1 Use Cholesky decomposition. 

0 Use standard decomposition (default). 

If KSYM=3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom 

in the o-set. 

BAILOUT Input-integer-default=0. If BAILOUT>0, then the module exits with 

error message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO. If 

BAILOUT

DCMP 


NBRCHG Output-integer-default=0. See the “DECOMP” on page 882 module. 

ERR Output-integer-default=-1. If BAILOUT=-1, this parameter always 

remains at zero. If BAILOUT=0 and the factor to diagonal ratio is 

negative or greater than MAXRATIO, ERR is reset to -1. 

LMTROWS Input-integer-default=0. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to 

the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in 

the DCMP module. 

Remarks: 

1. This module performs all of the functions of the DECOMP module and responds 

to the same system cells. However the DCMP module default for KSYM is 1 

instead of -1, which is the default for DECOMP. All Remarks given for the 

DECOMP module also apply to the DCMP module. 

2. If given unsymmetric matrices (“Form 1"), the mechanism diagnostics are not 

provided. The module is then functionally equivalent to the DECOMP module. 

3. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for 

the most efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not 

the same size as SETNAME. 

4. If A is symmetric then U contains the "MATRIX/FACTOR DIAGONAL RATIO 

values printed under UWM 4698. The mathematical definition of U is 

Diag(A) = Ad, a vector. 

Diag(T) = Dd, a vector. 

In some circumstances T is not a diagonal matrix. The high ratio test being 

defined here has no validity in the regions where there are off-diagonal terms (2 

by 2 pivots), so those rows are ignored in this testing. The ratio is defined as 

Vi = Adi/Ddi 

Regions where the model is approaching singularity have small Ddi terms. They 

are divided into Adi to non-dimensionalize them, and checked against a quality 

parameter value named MAXRATIO. The default value for MAXRATIO is 1.E7, 

but the user is allowed to change its value. Terms less than MAXRATIO are set 

to zero in Vi. If any terms remain, the matrix is identified as singular, and various 

warning and fatal messages may appear, depending on the context in which the 

DCMP module is being called. 

This vector may be used to better identify singularities and provide other actions 

when they are being approached. This feature is used in normal modes analysis, 

where points with high ratios are automatically constrained to ground, to make 

the eigensolution more stable. 

875

876 

DCMP 


Example: 

Inspect the numerical conditioning of the Maa matrix. If the matrix is poorly 

conditioned, diagnostics will be produced. 

DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,MMAA,/LAA,UAA,/////’A’ $ 

DIAGONAL LAA/DLAA $ 

MATPRN DLAA/$ 

m

DDR2 Computes displacements due to mode acceleration 

DDR2 

Computes displacements due to mode acceleration 

Improves accuracy of modal transient or frequency response displacements by 

computing displacements due to mode acceleration. 

Format: 

DDR2 USETD,UD,PD,KDD,BDD,MDD,OL,UNUSED,LLL,DM/ 

UD1,UE,PD1/ 

APP/NOUE/UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $ 


USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. 

UD Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency 

response. Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient 

response. 

PD Dynamic load matrix for the d-set 

KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set. 

BDD Damping matrix for the d-set 

MDD Mass matrix for the d-set 

OL Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency 

output list. 

LLL Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set 

DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set 


UD1 Improved solution matrix for the d-set 

UE Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points) 

PD1 Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the a-set 

Parameters: 


'TRAN': transient response 

'FREQ': frequency response 

NOUE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points. 

877

878 

DDR2 


UNUSED1 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused. 

UNUSED2 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused. 

Remarks: 

1. The solution matrix, UD1, may be used to also improve the data recovery output; 

such as, stress, strain, etc. 

2. USETD, UD, PD, MDD, OL, and LLL may not be purged. 

3. DM may not be purged if support degrees-of-freedom exist. 

4. For transient analysis, the velocities and accelerations (every second and third 

column in UD) are unchanged in UD1. 

5. DDR2 uses a static approximation for the effect of the higher modes. 

Method: 

The equivalent load vector is computed: 

a 

Pd { } { Pd } { Kdd} { ud } [ Bdd] u · { d} 

[ Mdd] u ·· = – 

– 

– { d} 

For a transient analysis problem { ud} , u are given explicitly. For 

frequency response analysis, 

· { d} 

, and u ·· { d} 

Eq. 4-5 

Eq. 4-6 

Eq. 4-7 

where ω is the forcing frequency and { ud} is the complex response vector. ω comes 

a 

from PPF. The vector { Pd} is the sum of applied loads and inertia loads due to the 

motion of the system approximated by its lower modes. The static solution using these 

loads will provide a better answer for displacements. 

If extra points are present, then: 

2 

2 

u · { d} 

= iω { ud } 

u ·· { d} 

ω 2 

= – { ud } 

a 

{ Pd } 

{ ud } 

a 

Pa ⎧ ⎫ 

→ ⎨----- ⎩P ⎬ 

e ⎭ 

a 

ua ⎧ ⎫ 

→ 

⎨----- ⎩u ⎬ 

e ⎭ 

Eq. 4-8 

Eq. 4-9

DDR2 


{ ue} is placed in data block UEVF. Subroutines CALCV and SSG2A perform this 

calculation. If supports are present, then: 

a 

ua Solve for { } : 

a 

{ Pl } 

{ ua } 

This is accomplished in subroutine FBSDRV. If supports are present, then: 

a 

a 

Eq. 4-10 

Eq. 4-11 

Eq. 4-12 

Eq. 4-13 

otherwise, { ua} = { ul } .Subroutine SDR1B performs this calculation. If extra points 

are present, then: 

Note: If the problem type is transient, must be merged with and { } 

. 

P l 

⎧ ⎫ 

→ ⎨----- ⎩P ⎬ 

r ⎭ 

u l 

⎧ ⎫ 

→ ⎨----- ⎩P ⎬ 

r ⎭ 

[ Lll] [ Lll] T { ul } = { Pl } 

a 

{ ua} = 

a 

ul a 

⎧{ } + [ D] 

{ ur } ⎫ 

⎨------------------------------------------ ⎩ u 

⎬ 

r ⎭ 

a 

{ ud } 

a 

ua ⎧ ⎫ 

← ⎨----- ⎩u ⎬ 

e ⎭ 

a 

ud a 

{ } u · { d} 

u ·· d 

Eq. 4-14 

879

880 

DDRMM 

Performs matrix method data recovery 

DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery 

Computes data recovery items (stress, displacements, forces, strains, forces) directly 

from the modal solution in frequency response, transient response, or scaled response 

spectra analysis using the matrix method. 

Format: 

DDRMM CASECC,UH,OL,IUG,IQG,IES,IEF,XYCDB/ 

OUG,OQG,OES,OEF,UNUSED5/ 

OPTION/NOCOMP/PEXIST/ACOUSTIC/ACOUT/PREFDB/SEID $ 




UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal 

displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements, 

velocities, and accelerations in transient response. 


output list. 

IUG Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or 

SORT2 format. 

IQG Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal 

displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

IES Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement in 

SORT1 or SORT2 format. For strains, NOCOMP must be set to 3. 

IEF Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or 

SORT2 format. 



OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

OQG Table of single point forces of constraint SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

UNUSED5 Unused and may be purged.

Parameters: 

DDRMM 

Performs matrix method data recovery 

OPTION Input-character-default='ABS'. Response summation method for 

scaled response spectra analysis only. Possible values are: 

'ABS' absolute 

'SRSS' square root of the sum of the squares 

'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new) 

'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old) 

NOCOMP Input-integer-default=0. Set to 3 if IES is element strains. 

ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. 

PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present. 

0 No fluid elements exist. 

1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists. 

2 fluid/structure coupling exists. 

ACOUT Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in 

fluid-structural analysis. 

'RMS' root-mean-square 

'PEAK' peak 

PREFDB Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in 

units of dB or dBA. 

SEID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number. 

Remarks: 

1. If UD is a real matrix and OL is purged, then a scaled response spectra analysis is 

assumed. 

2. OUG, OQG, OES, and OEF are suitable for printing or punching by the OFP 

module. 

3. SDR2 is used to compute IUG, IQG, IES, and IEF, which are results due to a unit 

modal displacement (eigenvector). 

881

882 

DECOMP 

Matrix decomposition 

DECOMP Matrix decomposition 

To decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L] 

and diagonal matrix [D]. 

Format: 

DECOMP A/LD,U,LSEQ/S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/ 

S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,MAXRAT/DECOMP/ 

DEBUG/THRESH $ 


A Square matrix (real or complex; symmetric, or unsymmetric, or 

indefinite symmetric). 


LD Lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky Factor. 

[LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition. 

U Upper triangular factor or trapezoidal factor for partial decomposition. 

(See Remark 4.) 

LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A. 

Parameters: 

[ A] 

= [ L] 

[ U] 

for unsymmetric [ A] 

[ A] 

[ L] 

[ D] 

[ L] 

T = 

for symmetric [ A] 

KSYM Input/output-integer-default=-1. 

1 Use standard decomposition. 

0 Use unsymmetric decomposition. 

-1 Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be 

reset to 0 or 1 consistent with actual decomposition type 

(default). 

3 Use symmetric partial decomposition. Sparse method is not 

available with partial decomposition. 

CHOLSKY Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM = 1 or KSYM = -1 and [A] is 

symmetric then: 

1 Use Cholesky decomposition.

0 Use standard decomposition (default). 

DECOMP 


If KSYM = 3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of 

freedom in the o-set. 

MINDIAG Output-real double precision-default = 0.0D0. The norm of the 

minimum diagonal term of [U]. 

DET Output-complex single precision-default=(0.0,0.0). The scaled value 

of the determinant of [A]. See the POWER parameter. DET is not 

applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1. 

POWER Output-integer-default=0. Integer POWER of 10 by which DET 

should be multiplied to obtain the determinant of [A]. In other 

words, the determinant of [A] is equal to DET*10 POWER . POWER is 

not applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1. 

SING Output-integer-default=0. SING is set to -1 if [A] is singular. See 

Remark 3. 

NBRCHG Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-integer-default=0. 

NBRCHG is the number of negative terms on the diagonal. 

MAXRAT Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-real-default=0.0. 

MAXRAT is the maximum value of the ratio of the matrix diagonal 

to the factor diagonal. 

DECOMP Input-integer-default=-1. Controls operation of module for 

exceptional conditions as defined in the following table. If 

DECOMP > 0 then DECOMP overrides the value specified on 

NASTRAN SYSTEM(69) statement. 

DECOMP Action 

0 or -1 Print up to 50 messages for null columns and zero 

diagonals (non-sparse method only). 

1 Terminate execution when first null column is 

encountered. 

2 Suppress printing of message when a null column is 

encountered (non-sparse method only). 

4 Terminate execution when first zero diagonal term is 

encountered. 

8 Suppress printing of message when a zero diagonal 

term is encountered (non-sparse method only). 

883

884 

DECOMP 


16 Place 1.0 in diagonal position for all null columns and 

proceed with the decomposition. 

32 Stop the decomposition when zero diagonal terms are 

encountered. 

64 Exit after execution of preface for symmetric 


DEBUG Input-integer-default=-1. Passive column logic control. DEBUG is 

used only by non-sparse method. See the NX Nastran Numerical 

Methods User’s Guide and Remark 8. 

THRESH Input-integer-default=-6. Power of 10 defining the pivoting threshold 

for unsymmetric decomposition. Row pivoting will be done if any 

value on the factor diagonal is less than 10 THRESH . THRESH = -2 is 

recommended for indefinite matrices because accuracy is improved 

even though execution time is increased. 

Remarks: 

1. By default, the DECOMP module uses sparse matrix methods. See the NX 

Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide. 

a. The DECOMP parameter options 0, -1, 2, and 8 are ignored with 

the sparse method. 

b. The precision of A must be equivalent to the machine precision. 

c. Cholesky decomposition is not supported under this method; i.e., 

the parameter CHOLSKY = 1 will be ignored. 

d. NASTRAN statement system cell 166 selects options for the sparse 

method. 

0 No action 

1 If insufficient core is encountered, then switch to conventional 

decomposition and continue (default) 

2 Print diagnostics 

4 Do not issue fatal message if maximum ratios are exceeded. The 

maximum ratios are replaced by 1.0. 

2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the 

efficiency of the back substitution process in module FBS.

DECOMP 


3. If the value of 16 is specified for the DECOMP parameter, then SING is set to one 

if unit values are placed on the diagonal. 

4. If KSYM = 3, the [A] matrix is decomposed through the first n degrees of freedom, 

where n is the value provided by the CHOLSKY parameter. The resulting 

trapezoidal factor is output as [L] and the remaining undecomposed partition of 

the [A] matrix, with contributions from the first n degrees of freedom added, is 

output as [U]. 

5. Cholesky factors (matrix form 10) can be used for all standard matrix operations; 

e.g., ADD, MPYAD, etc. All other factors are packed, nonstandard data blocks as 

described in Remark 2 and cannot be processed by other matrix modules except 

where noted. 

6. The output triangular and trapezoidal matrices will have the following forms in 

the matrix trailer: 

Form Factor Type Matrix Type 

4 Lower triangle Symmetric or unsymmetric 

5 Upper triangle Unsymmetric only 

10 Cholesky Symmetric only 

11 Trapezoidal Symmetric only 

13 Lower triangular Sparse symmetric 

15 Lower or upper 

triangular 

Sparse unsymmetric 

7. In decomposing symmetric matrices, [A] = [L] [D] [L] T , the diagonal factor [D] is 

stored in the diagonal of the [LD] matrix output. The [U] = [L] T factor is not 

output for this case. 

8. Matrices with zero diagonal terms may be reliably solved if the corresponding 

leading minor is nonzero. A more conservative course is to take a fatal error exit 

when zero diagonals occur, regardless of the value of the leading minor. This 

action is obtained by setting DECOMP = 32. 

9. Parallel sparse decomposition is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword 

PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To obtain optimal performance, it is also 

recommended that the SEQP module be used with parameter NEWSEQ = 2. 

885

886 

DECOMP 


Examples: 

1. Solve [A][X] = [B]. 

DECOMP A/L,U,/ $ 

FBS L,U,B/X/ $ 

MATPRN X// $ 

2. Form [K] = [G] T [A][G]. 

Then decompose [K] into [L] [L] T assuming [K] is a symmetric matrix. 

SMPYAD G,A,G,,,/K/3////1////6 $ 

DECOMP K/L,,/ $ 

– 1 

Koa 

3. Calculate Kaa Kaa – Kao Koo using partial decomposition, then form 

given the following: 

• NOOSET integer parameter defining the size of Koo . 

• NOASET integer parameter defining the size of Kaa • NOFSET = NOOSET + NOASET 

and Koa . 

= L oo 

$ FORM PARTITIONING VECTOR 

MATGEN ,/VFOX/6/NOFSET/NOOSET/NOASET $ 

$ MERGE O-SET AND A-SET WITH A-SET LAST 

MERGE KOO,KAO,KOA,KAAB,VFOX,/KFFX/-1/0/6 $ 

$ PARTIALLY DECOMPOSE KFFX 

DECOMP KFFX/LFO,KAA,/3/NOOSET $ 

PARTN LFO, ,VFOX/LOO, LAO, ,/1 $

DELETE Deletes data blocks 

Format: 

DELETE /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5 $ 


None. 


DBi Any table or matrix. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

1. Any or all data blocks may be purged. 

DELETE 

Deletes data blocks 

2. The output from previous module rule does not apply. See ““Output from a 

Previous Module” Rule” on page 39. 

Example: 

DELETE /A,B,C,, $ 

887

888 

DIAGONAL 

Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power 

DIAGONAL Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power 

Extracts the diagonal elements from a matrix, raises each term to a specified power, 

and outputs a vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix. 

Format: 

DIAGONAL A/B/OPT/POWER $ 


A Square or diagonal matrix (real or complex) if OPT ≠ ‘WHOLE’ or 

rectangular (real or complex) matrix if OPT = ’WHOLE’ 


B Real vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix containing the 

terms of A raised to a power 

Parameters: 

OPT Input-character-default='COLUMN'. Type of matrix output. 

’COLUMN’ Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into 

vector B (if A is complex then only the real part is 

extracted) and then raise the elements to the exponent 

POWER. 

‘SQUARE’ Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into 

diagonal matrix B (if A is complex then extract only the 

real part) and then raise the elements to the exponent 

POWER. 

’WHOLE’ Copy rectangular matrix A into rectangular matrix B and 

then raise the elements to the exponent POWER. If A is 

complex and POWER1.0 then extract only the real 

part; however, if POWER=1.0 then B will contain the 

magnitude of the elements. 

POWER Input-real single precision-default=1. Exponent to which the real part of 

each element is raised. See Remarks.

DIAGONAL 

Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power 

Remarks: 

1. OPT = ’COLUMN’ or ’SQUARE’ provide exactly the same functions, except the 

output using COLUMN is a vector, and the output using SQUARE is a square 

diagonal matrix. Both options process only the real part of the diagonal terms of 

the input matrix. 

If POWER = 0., unit column or the identity matrix of the dimension of the input 

matrix is produced. This is an efficient method for producing these useful DMAP 

tools. OPT = ’WHOLE’ operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an 

output matrix of the same dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) 

are not supported with OPT = ’WHOLE’. Each term is processed independently. 

2. OPT = ’WHOLE’ operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output 

matrix of the same dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not 

supported with OPT = ’WHOLE’. Each term is processed independently. 

If POWER = 0., then all nonzero terms of [A] will produce unit terms in [B]. Zero 

terms in [A] will produce zero terms in [B]. This is a means for producing Boolean 

matrices. [A] may be either real or complex. 

If POWER = 1.0, then [B] is a real matrix with terms that are the absolute value of 

the terms of [A]. If [A] is complex then [B] contains the magnitude a of the 

terms of [A]. 

2 

b 2 

( + ) 

3. For fractional values of POWER and OPT = ’WHOLE’, all elements must be 

nonnegative and for OPT = ’COLUMN’ or ’SQUARE’ all diagonal elements must 

be nonnegative. 

4. For whole number values of POWER, only real [A] matrices are allowed. The sign 

of the terms of [A] are properly preserved. 

5. If an illegal operation is requested, a warning message is produced, and [B] is 

purged. 

Examples: 

1. Extract the diagonal terms from LOO and KOO and form the ratio of factor 

diagonal to diagonal terms and print terms less than 10 -3 . 

DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD/’COLUMN’/1. $ 

DIAGONAL KOO/KOOD $ 

ADD LOOD,KOOD/LOVERK///2 $ 

MATMOD LOVERK,,,,/BIGLOVRK,/2////1.E-3 $ 

ADD LOVERK,BIGLOVRK/DIFF//-1.0 $ 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,DIFF//’H’/’O’ $ 

2. Obtain the absolute value of a matrix [A] 

DIAGONAL A/AA/’WHOLE’ $ 

889

890 

DISDCMP 

Performs distributed decomposition 

DISDCMP Performs distributed decomposition 

Performs distributed decomposition which includes the parallel elimination of 

boundary nodes and summation of global schur complement 

Format: 

DISDCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,SCHUR,unused5,EQMAP/ 

LBB,DSFDSC,SCHURS/ 

HLPMETH/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/ 

UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/ 

UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14/UNUSED15 $ 




EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal numbers. 

SCHUR Local Schur complement matrix in sparse factor format. 

Unused5 Unused and may be purged. 




LBB Distributed boundary matrix factor in sparse factor format (contains 

the local panels of the fronts). 

DSFDSC Distributed boundary matrix factor. 

SCHURS Sum of all SCHUR matrices from all processors. 

Parameters: 

HLPMETH Input-integer-default=1. Processing option. 

>0 Summation ONLY. 

=0 Complete boundary decomposition (default). 

Unused2 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified. 


Unused4 Input-real-default=1.E5. Unused and may be left unspecified. 

Unused5 Input-character-default='H'. Unused and may be left unspecified.

DISDCMP 

Performs distributed decomposition 

Unused6 Input-real-default=0.0. Unused and may be left unspecified. 

Unused7 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified. 



Unused10 Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Unused and may be left 

unspecified. 

Unused11 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Unused and may be left 

unspecified. 





891

892 

DISFBS 

Performs distributed forward-backward substitution 

DISFBS Performs distributed forward-backward substitution 

Performs distributed forward-backward substitution. 

Format: 

DISFBS LBB,DSFDSC,EQMAP,UABAR/ 

UA,PABAR,LOO/ 

HLPMETH $ 


LBB Distributed boundary sparse factor matrix (contains the local panels of 

the fronts). 

DSFDSC Table description of boundary sparse factor matrix. 



UABAR Local updated rectangular ("loads") matrix. 


UA Global boundary solution for distributed decomposition. 

PABAR Summed up updated rectangular ("loads") matrix for distributed 


LOO Merged boundary sparse factor matrix for distributed decomposition. 

Parameters: 

HLPMETH Input-integer-default=0. Processing option. 

>0 Summation only. 

0 Complete distributed forward-backward substitution (default). 

4 Summation operation and merging of distributed sparse 

boundary factor matrix. 

Remarks: 

1. LBB and DSFDSC may be purged.

DISOFPM Collects and merges OFP data blocks 

DISOFPM 

Collects and merges OFP data blocks 

Collects and merges OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master 

processor. 

Format: 

DISOFPM OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8/ 

OFP1M,OFP2M,OFP3M,OFP4M,OFP5M,OFP6M,OFP7M,OFP8M/ 

MAXBUFF $ 


OFPi OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format. 


OFPiM Merged OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format. 

Parameters: 

MAXBUFF Input-integer-default=250000. Maximum buffer size in words given to 

each processor for the merging process. 

Remarks: 

1. For SORT1, OFPiM are merged according to normal OFP order of element type, 

subcase number, and element identification number. 

2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must 

correspond; e.g., if the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of 

the second call to DISOFPS then the element stress data block must also appear in 

the first input and output of the second call to DISOFPM. 

893

894 

DISOFPS 

Send OFP data blocks 

DISOFPS Send OFP data blocks 

Send OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor. 

Format: 

DISOFPS OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8 $ 


OFPi OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format. 

Output Data Blocks 

None 

Parameters: 

None 

Remarks: 

1. OFPi may be purged. However if OFPi is not purged then the corresponding 

OFPiM cannot be purged on the DISOFPS and DISOFPM statements. 

2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must 

correspond; e.g., if the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of 

the second call to DISOFPS then the element stress data block must also appear in 

the first input and output of the second call to DISOFPM.

DISOPT 

Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems 

DISOPT Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems 

Performs the approximate discrete optimization problem using design variables, 

constraints, responses, sensitivity information, Design of Experiments (DOE), 

conservative discrete design, rounding-up, and rounding-down approaches. 

Format: 

DISOPT XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ, 

DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT, 

PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG, 

CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T, 

OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT, 

TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI, 

BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDRG,RESP3RG,DISTAB/ 

XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO, 

R3VALO/ 

OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/ 

UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/ 

UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13 $ 


XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables. 

DESTAB Table of design variable attributes. 

CONSBL* Matrix family of constant property values 

DPLDXI* Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design 

variable relationship. 

XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to 

independent design variable linking relationship 

DXDXI Matrix relating linked and independent design variables 

DPLDXT* Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI. 



DXDXIT Matrix transponse of DXDXI. 

PLIST2* Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries. 

OPTPRMG Table of optimization parameters. 

R1VALRG Matrix initial values of the retained first level responses. 

895

896 

DISOPT 


RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level responses. 

R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level responses. 

CNTABRG Table of retained constraint attributes. 


DVPTAB* Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal 

property identification number order. 

PROPI* Matrix family of initial property values. 

CONS1T Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent 


OBJTBG Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response 


COORDO Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values. 

CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design 

coordinates. 

SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates 

and design variables. 

DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable 

relationship. 


EPTTAB* Table family of designed property attributes. 

DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data. 

BCON0 Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship. 

BCONXI Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design 

variables. 


DNODEL Table of designed node list 

RR2IDRG Table of retained referenced type two response identification list. 

RESP3RG Table of retained third level responses in RESP3 table. 

DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets.

Output Data Blocks 

DISOPT 



CVALO Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values. 

R1VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses. 

R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses. 

PROPO Matrix of final (optimized) property values. 

R3VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses. 

Parameters: 

OBJIN Input-real-no default. Initial objective value. 

OBJOUT Output-real-no default. Final objective value. 

PROTYP Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 

UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused. 

Remarks: 

None. 

897

898 

DISUTIL 

Broadcast data blocks between slave and master processors 

DISUTIL Broadcast data blocks between slave and master processors 

Broadcast data blocks between slave and master processors for parallel processing. 

Additional processing may occur on the master processor. 

Format: 

Format for DISMETH=1 or 2: 

DISUTIL B,X,R,EQMAP/ 

EPSSE/ 

NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/1 or 2 $ 

Format for DISMETH=3 on master processor: 

DISUTIL DB,,,////3 $ 

Format for DISMETH=3 on slave processor: 

DISUTIL ,,,,/DB///3 $ 

Format for DISMETH=4 or 5: 

DISUTIL RESMAX,RESMAX0,CASECC,HEADCNTL////4 or 5 $ 

Format for DISMETH=6: 

DISUTIL UG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/UGG///6 $ 

Format for DISMETH=7: 

DISUTIL PG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/PGG///7 $ 

Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on master processor: 

DISUTIL MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $ 

Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on slave processor: 

DISUTIL MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $


DISUTIL 


B Rectangular matrix which is the local load vector (with local 

values in local a-set). 

X Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B] which is the local solution 

matrix (with global values in local a-set). 

R Residual matrix which is local (with local or global values in local 

a-set) 



DB Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave 

processors. 

RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix. 

RESMAX0 Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure. 


HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control 

UG Displacement matrix in g-set for the current processor (local). 

SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. 

GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid 

resides on which processors/partitions for domain 


MATS Any matrix on slave processors. 


EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work. 

UGG Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global). 

PGG Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global). 

DB Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave 

processors. 

MATM Any matrix on master processor. 

899

900 

DISUTIL 


Parameters: 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number in CASECC 

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary 

condition. 

EPSI Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 

if the error ratio is greater than 1.E-3. 

DISMETH Input-integer-default=1. Method. 

Remarks: 

1. All executions of DISUTIL must be synchronized across all processors. 

2. EPSSE may be purged. EPSSE contains: 

a. Sequential number of subcases 

b. Superelement (domain) identification number 

c. Epsilon error ratio 

1 Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set 

components of RUF are local values (which occurs in a 

direct solution).. 

2 Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set 

components of RUF are global values (which occurs in a in 

iterative solution). 

3 Broadcast table or matrix from master to slaves. 

4 Broadcast VECPLOT resultant output from slaves to master 

and combine on master. 

5 Broadcast VECPLOT maxima output from slaves to master 

and combine on master. 

6 Broadcast displacement matrices from slaves to master and 

merge into global displacement matrix on master. 

7 Broadcast force matrices from slaves to master and 

add/merge into global force matrix on master. 

8, -8 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and add all 

matrices on master. DISMETH=8 is recommend for dense 

matrices and -8 for sparse matrices. 

9 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and append 

columnwise all matrices on master.

d. Strain energy (external work) 

3. RESMAX0 may be purged, on the slave processors. 

4. UGG may not be purged on the master processors. 

DISUTIL 


5. For DISMETH=8 or 9 then MATS and MATM must be in machine precision. 

901

902 

DIVERG 

Performs aerostatic divergence analysis 

DIVERG Performs aerostatic divergence analysis 

Performs aerostatic divergence analysis: determines physically meaningful complex 

eigenvalues and saves the eigenvectors that correspond to the divergence roots. 

Format: 

DIVERG CLAMA,DYNAMIC,CASEA,EDT,CPHL,LCPHL/ 

DIVDAT,DCPHL,DLCPHL/ 

IMACHNO/LPRINT $ 


CLAMA Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the 

EIGC Bulk Data entries. 

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the 

EIGC Bulk Data entries. 


Specifies the DIVERG and CMETHOD command set identification 

numbers. 

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence 

analysis. 

CPHL Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set 

LCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set 


DIVDAT Table of divergence data. 

DCPHL Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues 

extracted from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the 

divergence eigenvalues. 

DLCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence 

eigenvalues extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors 

associated with the divergence eigenvalues. 

Parameters: 

IMACHNO Input-integer-no default. Mach number multiplied by 1000 and 

specified as an integer. 

LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for divergence analysis.

Remark: 

DIVERG 

Performs aerostatic divergence analysis 

Divergence eigenvalues are the eigenvalues with a purely imaginary part or with a 

negligible real part. Only the first NROOT number of divergence eigenvalues are 

extracted, where NROOT is specified by the DIVERG Bulk Data entry. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP DIVERGRS: 

FILE DIVDTX=APPEND/PHIDRX=APPEND/PHIDLX=APPEND $ 

DIVERG CLAMAD,DYNAMICS,CASEA,EDT,PHIR,PHIL/ 

DIVDAT,PHIDR,PHIDL/ 

IMACHNO/LPRINT $ OUTPUT DIVERGENCE RESULTS 

APPEND DIVDAT, /DIVDTX/2 $ APPEND DIVERGENCE INFORMATION 

APPEND PHIDR, /PHIDRX/2 $ APPEND RIGHT EIGENVECTORS 

APPEND PHIDL, /PHIDLX/2 $ APPEND LEFT EIGENVECTORS 

903

904 

DMIIN 

Inputs DMI entries to DMAP 

DMIIN Inputs DMI entries to DMAP 

Input matrices referenced on DMI Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/DMI1,DMI2,DMI3,DMI4,DMI5,DMI6,DMI7, 

DMI8,DMI9,DMI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/ 

PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $ 



DMINDX Index into DMI. 


DMIi Matrix data blocks with names that appear in field 2 of the DMI entries 

(e.g., the DMI matrix called DMI1 will be output on data block DMI1). 

See Remark 3. 

Parameters: 

PARMi Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is 

generated, then PARMi=TRUE. 

Remarks: 

1. The input data blocks DMI and DMINDX are output from the preface module 

IFP. 

2. Any output data block may be purged. 

3. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN 

module is specified in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the 

data block name specified on the CALL statement must be the same as the name 

specified on the DMIIN module. 

Example: 

Assume the Bulk Data contains three DMI matrices named A, B, and C. The following 

DMAP instruction will create the data blocks A and C. Matrix B will be ignored. 

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A,C,,,,,,,,/S,N,YESA/S,N,YESC $

DOM10 

Prints initial and final results for design optimization 

DOM10 Prints initial and final results for design optimization 

In design optimization, prints the initial and final results for the approximate 

optimization problem. 

Format: 

DOM1 DESTAB,XINIT,X0,CNTABRG,CVALRG,CVALO,DVPTAB*, 

PROPI*,PROPO*,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,RSP2RG, 

R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,TOL1,FOL1, 

FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMID,RSP3RG,R3VALRG, 

R3VALO// 

DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/ 

RESTYP $ 


DESTAB Table of design variable attributes 

XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variable 


CNTABRG Table of retained constraint attributes 

CVALRG Matrix of initial constraint values 


DVPTAB* Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal 


PROPI* Family of matrices of initial property values. 

PROPO* Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values. 

R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level responses 

R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses 


RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level responses 

R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses 

R2VALO Matrix of final values of the second level responses 

OPTPRMG Table of optimization parameters 



905

906 

DOM10 


DRSTBLG Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for 

each of the response types. 

TOL1 Transient response time output list truncated by the OTIME Case 

Control command. 

FOL1 Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ 

Case Control command. 

FRQRPRG Table containing the number of first level retained responses per 

response type and per frequency or time step. 

DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data 

BCON0 Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship 


variables. 

WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification number. 

RSP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses 

R3VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses 

R3VALO Matrix of final values of the third level responses 


None. 

Parameters: 

DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter or flag. 

-1 initial execution of DOM10 

-2 final execution of DOM10 

>0 design cycle number 

DESMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization 


OBJIN Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value. 

OBJOUT Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value. 

EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. 

1 eigenvalue (radian/time) 

2 frequency (cycle/time)

DOM10 



Examples: 





RESTYP Input-integer-default=0. Optimization results flag. 

0approximate model 

1 exact analysis for fully stessed design optimization 

Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for initial execution: 

DBVIEW TOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MTRAN') $ 

DBVIEW FOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MFREQ' OR SOLAPP='DFREQ') $ 

IF ( DESCYCLE=1 

) DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, , 

DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,, 

RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG, 

TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG// 

-1/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $ 

Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for intermediate executions: 

DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,XO,CNTABRG, CVALRG, CVALO, 

DVPTAB,PROPI,PROPO,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO, 

RSP2RG,R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG, 

TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG// 

DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGENFREQ $ 

Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for final execution: 

DBVIEW FOL1V=FOL1 WHERE(WILDCARD) $ 

DBVIEW TOL2V=TOL2 WHERE(WILDCARD) $ 

IF ( CNVFLG=2 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR OPTEXIT=6 ) DOM10, 

DESTAB,XVAL,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, , 

DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,, 

RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG, 

TOL2V,FOL1V,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG// 

-2/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $ 

907

908 

DOM11 

Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization 

DOM11 Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization 

Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization. 

Format: 

DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB*,PROPO*,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT, 

DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1,GEOM2,MPT,DMATCK/ 

EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N,GEOM2N,MPTN/ 

DESCYCLE/PROTYP $ 



EPTTAB* Family of tables of designed property attributes. 






DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes 

COORDO Table of designed coordinate values. 


coordinates. 



GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry. 


scalar points. 


DMATCK Table of designed material consistency check. 


EPTN Updated (optimized) EPT 

COORDN Updated (optimized) COORDO 

GEOM1N Updated (optimized) GEOM1

GEOM2N Updated (optimized) GEOM2 

MPTN Updated (optimized) MPT 

Parameters: 

Remarks: 

The DOM11 module performs the following functions: 

DOM11 

Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization 

DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter. 


1. Creates the COORDN data block at the beginning of each iteration and updates 

property and shape data blocks EPTN and GEOM1N at the end of each iteration. 

2. Writes iteration information to the punch file. 

3. Punches updated GRID and DESVAR entries. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM: 

DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,,, 

DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/ 

EPTNN,COORDN,JUNKL/0/0 $ 

Initial: 

DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT, 

DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/ 

EPTNNX,COORDN,/0 $ 

Final: 


2DVCRELi entries exist 



DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPO,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT, 

DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1/ 

EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N/DESCYCLE $ 

909

910 

DOM12 

Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization 

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization 

Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization. 

Format: 

DOM12 XINIT,XO,CVAL,PROPI*,PROPO*,OPTPRM,HIS, 

DESTAB,GEOM1N,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT, 

EPTTAB*,DVPTAB*,XVALP,GEOM1P, 

R1TABRG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R2VALRG,PCOMPT/ 

HISADD,OPTNEW,DBCOPT,DESNEW/ 

DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT/ 

DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/ 

EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/PROTYP/BADMESH/XYUNIT/FSDCYC $ 




CVAL Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG. 



OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters. 

HIS Table of design iteration history 


GEOM1N Updated (optimized) Table of Bulk Data entry images related to 

geometry. 

COORDO Matrix of designed coordinate values. 

EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and 

optimization. 

MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the 

new mode numbering. 





EPTTAB* Family of tables of designed property attributes.

DOM12 




XVALP XVAL table from previous iteration. 

GEOM1P GEOM1 table from previous design iteration. 

R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level responses 


RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level responses 





HISADD Table of design iteration history for current design cycle. 

OPTNEW Updated table of optimization parameters. 

DBCOPT Design optimization history table for post-processing. 

DESNEW Update table of design variable attributes. 

Parameters: 

DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter. 

OBJIN Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value. 

OBJOUT Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value. 

CNVFLG Output-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag. 

0 No convergence is achieved 

1 Soft convergence is achieved 

2 Hard convergence is achieved 

CVTYP Input-integer-default=0. Type of convergence test. 

1 Soft convergence is to be checked 

2 Hard convergence is to be checked 

3 Final iteration histories are to be printed 

OPTEXIT Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization termination option. See 

OPTEXIT description in the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 

911

912 

DOM12 


DESMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization 


MDTRKFLG Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking status flag. 

0 Mode tracking was successful 

1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful 

DESPCH Input-integer-default=0. Punch control for updated DESVAR, 

DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries. See DESPCH description in the 

NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 

DESPCH1 Input-integer-default=6. Punch output type flag. 

0 None 

1 Designed analysis property entries 

2 All of the entries of the type as long as 

at least one property entry is designed for the type 

4 Design model entries. 

0 For combinations sum above values. 

>0 Indicates large field format 

0 Mode tracking is requested 




DSAPRT Input-logical-default=FALSE. DSAPRT Case Control command print 

flag. 





>0 For combinations add above values

DOM12 


BADMESH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected. 

XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12 

FSDCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to 

TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle. 

Example: 

1. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following hard convergence: 

DBVIEW XPREV=XINIT 

DBVIEW PROPPV=PROPI 

DBVIEW HISPV=HIS 

(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $ 

(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP AND DPTYPE=*) $ 

(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $ 

DOM12XPREV,XINIT,CVALRG,PROPPV,PROPIF,OPTPRMG, 

HISPV,DESTAB,,,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT, 

EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,/ 

HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/ 

DESCYCLE/OBJPV/OBJIN/S,N,CNVFLG/2/OPTEXIT// 

MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/ 

DSAPRT/PROTYP $ 

APPENDHISADD,/HISX/2 $ 

EQUIVXHISX/HIS/-1 $ 

DBSTATUS NEWPRM,NEWDES//S,N,NONEWP/S,N,NONEWD $ 

IF ( NONEWP>0 ) EQUIVX NEWPRM/OPTPRMG/-1 $ 

IF ( NONEWD>0 ) EQUIVX NEWDES/DESTAB/-1 $ 

2. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following soft convergence: 

DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI 

DBVIEW PROPOF=PROPO 

DBVIEW EPTTABF =EPTTAB 

DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB 

WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $ 

(WHERE DPTYPE = *) 



DOM12XINIT,XO,CVALO,PROPIF,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB, 

GEOM1N,COORDO,,,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,/ 

HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/ 

DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/1/OPTEXIT// 

MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ//PROTYP $ 

APPENDHISADD,/HISX/2 $ 

EQUIVXHISX/HIS/-1 $ 

913

914 

DOM12 


3. Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for termination: 

IF ( CNVFLG>0 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR OPTEXIT>3 OR 

DSPRINT OR DSUNFORM OR DSEXPORT OR MODETRAK>0 OR 

BADMESH ) DOM12, 

,XVAL,,,PROPOF,,HIS,DESTAB,GEOM1,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK, 

EPT,GEOM2,MPT,EPTTABF,DVPTABF,XVALP,GEOM1P/ 

,,DBCOPT,/ 

DESCYCL1///CNVFLG/3/OPTEXIT/DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/ 

DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/PROTYP/ 

BADMESH/XYUNIT $

DOM6 Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints 

DOM6 

Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints 

Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints with respect to independent design 

variables. 

Format: 

DOM6 XINIT,DPLDXI*,CONSBL*,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,DSCMG,RSP2RG, 

DEQATN,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DXDXIT,DCLDXT,COORD,DESTAB, 

dVPTAB*,TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,DPLDXT*,DNODEL,RR2IDR, 

RSP3RG,R3VALRG/ 

DSCM2/ 

PROTYP/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/ 

UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/UNUSED12 $ 


XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variable 

DPLDXI* Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design 


CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values 






PLIST2* Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries. 


DXDXIT Matrix of coefficients in the design variable linking relationship 

DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship 

COORD Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or 

COORDN. 






915

916 

DOM6 

Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints 


DPLDXT* Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI. 

DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations 

RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response identification list 




DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

Parameters: 






UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem 

DOM9 

Performs the approximate optimization problem 

Performs the approximate optimization problem using design variables, constraints, 

responses and sensitivity information. 

Format: 

DOM9 XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ, 

DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT, 

PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG, 

CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T, 

OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT, 

TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI, 

BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDR,RESP3RG/ 

XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,R3VALO/ 

OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/PROPTN $ 


XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variable. 


CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values. 




independent design variable linking relationship. 


DPLDXT* Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI. 

DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP. 

DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP. 




R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses. 


R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level responses. 


917

918 

DOM9 










COORDO Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values. 


coordinates. 



DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable 

relationship. 






variables. 


DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations. 

RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response identification list. 

RESP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses. 





R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.


Parameters: 

DOM9 


R3VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses. 

OBJIN Input-real-no default. Initial objective value. 

OBJOUT Output-real-no default. Final objective value. 






PROPTN Input-integer-default=0. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, 

if PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and 

the property to design variable relations will be produced. 

UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused. 

919

920 

DOPFS 

Performs optimization of the fully stressed design 

DOPFS Performs optimization of the fully stressed design 

Performs optimization of the fully stressed design. 

Format: 

DOPFS R1TABRG,CNTABRG,DESELM,DVPTAB*,CVALRG, 

PROPI,OPTPRMG,DPLDXT*,CONSBL*,DESTAB, 

XINIT,DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DEQATN, 

EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,XZ,DXDXI,DXDXIT/ 

XO,PROPO $ 


R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses. 


DESELM Table of designed elements. 

DVPTAB* Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal 


CVALRG Matrix of initial constraint values. 

PROPI Matrix of initial property values. 


DPLDXT* Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI. 

CONSBL* Matrix family of constant property values. 



DPLDXI* Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design 


PLIST2* Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries. 



EPTTAB* Table family of designed property attributes. 


XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent 

design variable linking relationship.

DOPFS 

Performs optimization of the fully stressed design 






Remarks: 

None. 

921

922 

DOPR1 

Preprocesses design variables and designed property values 

DOPR1 Preprocesses design variables and designed property values 

Preprocesses design variables and designed property values. 

Format: 

DOPR1 EDOM,EPT,DEQATN,DEQIND,GEOM2,MPT/ 

DESTAB,XZ,DXDXI,DTB,DVPTAB*,EPTTAB*,CONSBL*, 

DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,XINIT,PROPI*,DSCREN,DTOS2J*, 

OPTPRM,CONS1T,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,DMATCK,DISTAB/ 

S,N,MODEPT/S,N,MODGEOM2/S,N,MODMPT/DPEPS/ 

S,N,PROTYP/S,N,DISVAR $ 



optimization. 










independent design variable linking relationship. 

DXDXI Matrix relating linked and independent design variables 

DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry 




CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values 




XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables.


Parameters: 

DOPR1 

Preprocesses design variables and designed property values 


DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property 







variables. 


DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets. 

MODEPT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element property 

modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is 

overriding element properties in the analysis model. 

MODGEOM2 Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model connectivity 


overriding connectivity in the analysis model. 

MODMPT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model material property 


overriding material properties in the analysis model. 

DPEPS Input-real-default=1.0E-4. Tolerance for design model override of 

analysis model properties. See further description in the NX Nastran 







DISVAR Output-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete optimization variable flag. 

Set to TRUE if discrete optimization design variables are specified. 

923

924 

DOPR2 

Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors 

DOPR2 Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors 

Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors. 

Format: 

DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT, 

CASECC,AMLIST,DVIDS/ 

DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP, 

CASEP,DNODEL/ 

LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $ 



optimization. 



BASVEC Auxiliary displacement matrix. 






DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the 

boundary dvgrid option. 


DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes. 

COORDO Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each 

design cycle. 

SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors—coefficients relating designed grid coordinates 


DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship. 

CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates. 

DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.

Parameters: 

DOPR2 

Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors 

DESVCP Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations 

with extra columns for property/dummy variables. 

CASEP Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors. 


LUSET Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the gset. 

NOUGD Input-integer-default=-1. Flag for external input of auxiliary model 

displacement matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists. 


DVGRDN Input-character-default='NO'. Flag for skipping basis vector 

components associated with all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If 

DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped. 

Remarks: 

1. BASVEC may be DBLOCATE'd or internally generated. 

2. CON is an offset vector that ensures the geometry at the beginning of a design 

cycle is same as that in the analysis model. It is in the basic coordinate system. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT: 

DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX, 

AMLIST,DVIDS/ 

DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/ 

LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $ 

Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM: 

DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT, 

CASEXX,,/ 

DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/ 

LUSET/NOUGD $ 

Excerpt from subDMAP SCSHBV: 

DOPR2 EDOMSX,BGPDTS,CSTMS,,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,,/ 

DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCPS,CASEP/ 

LUSETS/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $ 

925

926 

DOPR3 

Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 

DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 

Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries per analysis type 

and superelement. Creates tables related to the design objective and a Case Control 

table for recovering design responses. 

Format: 

DOPR3 CASE,EDOM,DTB,ECT,EPT,DESTAB,EDT,OL,DEQIND,DEQATN, 

DESGID,DVPTAB,VIEWTB,OINT,PELSET/ 

OBJTAB,CONTAB,R1TAB,RESP12,RSP1CT,FRQRSP,CASEDS, 

OINTDS,PELSETDS,DESELM,RESP3/ 

DMRESD/S,N,DESGLB/S,N,DESOBJ/S,N,R1CNT/S,N,R2CNT/ 

S,N,CNCNT/SOLAPP/SEID/S,N,EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/DSNOKD/ 

SHAPES/S,N,R3CNT $ 


CASE Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and 

superelement. 


optimization. 

DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry. 

ECT Element connectivity table. 






OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time 

output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by 

FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ. 

DEQIND Index table to DEQATN. 


DESGID Table relating the designed grid coordinates and a reduced basis 

vector. 

DVPTAB Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property 

identification number order. Output by DOPR1.

DOPR3 




OINT P-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. 




OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. 

Objective attributes with retained response identification number. 

CONTAB Table of constraint attributes. 

R1TAB Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes. 

RESP12 Table of second level responses. 

RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in 

R1TAB. 

FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response 

type per frequency or time step. 

CASEDS Case control table for the data recovery of design responses. 

OINTDS P-element output control table for constrained elements. 

PELSETDS P-element set table for constrained elements. 

DESELM Table of designed elements. 

RESP3 Table of third level responses. 

Parameters: 

DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design 

model is limited to the residual structure. 

DESGLB Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set 


DESOBJ Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set 


R1CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 1 responses in data 

block R1TAB. 

R2CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 2 responses in data 

block RESP12. 

CNCNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for constraints in CONTAB. 

927

928 

DOPR3 


SOLAPP Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type. 

SEID Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number. 

EIGNFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. 

1 eigenvalue (radian/time) 

2 frequency (cycle/time) 






DSNOKD Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in 

buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user 

parameter. 

SHAPES Input-logical-no default. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence 

flag. Must be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data 

entries are present. 

R3CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 3 responses in the 

RESP3 table. 

Remarks: 

1. DOPR3 must be executed in two nested DMAP loops based on every analysis 

type and superelement. See subDMAP PRESENS for an example. 

2. R1CNT, R2CNT, and CNCNT are accumulations of the number of records in 

R1TAB, RESP12, and CONTAB.

DOPR4 

Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables 

DOPR4 Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables 

Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables. 

Format: 

DOPR4 DTOS2J*,DTOS4J,DESTAB/ 

TABDEQ,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K/ 

PROTYP $ 


DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property 

DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system. 




DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in 

each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable ID in the 

first TABDEQ record. 

DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the ID in each five-word entry is the 

position of an internal design variable ID in the first TABDEQ record. 

Parameters: 






929

930 

DOPR5 

Updates design sensitivity tables 

DOPR5 Updates design sensitivity tables 

Updates design sensitivity tables. 

Format: 

DOPR5 XINIT,EPTTAB*,PROPI*,DESTAB,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K, 

TABDEQ,DELBSH,GEOM4,DESGID/ 

DTOS2*,DTOS4,DELBSX/ 

STPSCL/S,N,RGSENS/PROTYP $ 






DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in 

each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable ID in the 

first TABDEQ record. 

DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the ID in each five-word entry is the 

position of an internal design variable ID in the first TABDEQ record. 







DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF 

in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the 

corresponding design variable value. 

DTOS4 Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains 

the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size. 

DELBSX Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a 

prescribed small value.

Parameters: 

STPSCL Input-real-default=1.0. Shape step size scaling factor. 

DOPR5 

Updates design sensitivity tables 

RGSENS Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag. 






931

932 

DOPR6 

Generates tables relating to grid perturbations 

DOPR6 Generates tables relating to grid perturbations 

Generates tables relating to grid perturbations. 

Format: 

DOPR6 DTOS4,GPECT,EQEXIN,DESGID,EST,GEOM4,MIDLIS/ 

DGTAB,ESTDVS,TABEVS/ 

RSONLY/RGSENS $ 


DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. 

GPECT Grid point element connection table 







MIDLIS Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification 

numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs. 


DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data 

ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations. 

TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element/ design 

variable identification numbers 

Parameters: 

RSONLY Input-logical-no default. Residual structure only flag. 

FALSE : Superelements are specified 

TRUE : Superelements are not specified 

RGSENS Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

DOPR6 

Generates tables relating to grid perturbations 

Remarks: 

1. DOPR6 prepares tables to generate new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, 

etc. taking into account shape design variable perturbations, i.e., K+DELTAK, 

M+DELTAM etc. This is accomplished by generating an EST for all elements 

which are referred to by design variables. The generated EST is in the same 

ascending order as the original EST. TABEVS is a cross reference table between 

the generated EST (ESTDVS) and the original EID/design variables. 

2. DOPR6 also retains those designed grids which are not associated with any 

structural elements but are referenced by a rigid element. 

933

934 

DOPRAN 

Preprocess RMS responses 

DOPRAN Preprocess RMS responses 

Preprocess RMS responses in design optimization. 

Format: 

DOPRAN DYNAMIC,DIT,OL,R1TAB,BGPDT,CASE/ 

RMSTAB,CFSAB,PPVR/ 

LUSET $ 


DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics, specifically 

RANDPS. 

DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images, specifically TABRND1. 


output list or frequency response frequency output list. 

R1TAB Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes. 


CASE Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and 

superelement. 


RMSTAB Table of RMS responses. 

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS calculations. 

PPVR Partitioning vector for random responses. 

Parameters: 

LUSET Input-integer-default=-1. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

g-set. 

Remarks: 

None.

DPD 

DPD 

Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis 

Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis. 

Format: 



Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic 

analysis 

DPD DYNAMIC,GPL,SIL,USET,UNUSED5,PG,PKYG,PBYG,PMYG,YG/ 

GPLD,SILD,USETD,TFPOOL,DLT,PSDL,RCROSSL,NLFT,TRL, 

EED,EQDYN/LUSET/S,N,LUSETD/S,N,NOTFL/S,N,NODLT/ 

S,N,NOPSDL/DATAREC/ 

S,N,NONLFT/S,N,NOTRL/S,N,NOEED/UNUSED10/S,N,NOUE/ 

UNUSED12/SEID $ 


GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list. 


USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. 

SLT Table of static loads. 

UNUSED5 Unused and may be purged. 

PG Static load matrix for the g-set. 

PKYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the gset. 

PBYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set. 

PMYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the gset. 

YG Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures for the g-set. 

GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL 

appended with extra point data). 

SILD Scalar index list for p-set. (SIL appended with extra point data). 

USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. (USET appended 

with extra point data). 

TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. 

DLT Table of dynamic loads. 

935

936 

DPD 


PSDL Power spectral density list. 

RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. 

UNUSED7 Unused. 

NLFT Nonlinear Forcing function table. 

TRL Transient response list. 

EED Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters. 

EQDYN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra 

point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point 

data). 

Parameters: 


g-set. 

LUSETD Output-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

p-set. 

NOTFL Output-integer-no default. The number of transfer function Bulk Data 

entries. Set to -1 if no sets are defined. 

NODLT Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries 

are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created. 

NOPSDL Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries 

are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. 

DATAREC Input-integer-default=0. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD 

will not perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are 

not needed in data recovery. 


NONLFT Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk 

Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. 

NOTRL Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk 

Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. 

NOEED Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data 

entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created. 

UNUSED10 Input-integer-no default. Unused. 

NOUE Output-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are 

no extra points.


DPD 



Remarks: 

1. DPD is the principal data processing module for dynamics analysis. New tables 

are assembled to account for any extra points in the model and the additional 

displacement sets used in dynamics. 

2. DYNAMIC can be purged if TFPOOL, DLT, PSDL, NLFT, TRL, and EED are also 

purged. SLT and PG cannot be purged if static loads are referenced by dynamic 

loads via the LSEQ Bulk Data entry. 

3. USET, SIL, GPL, GPLD, and SILD may be purged if USETD, DLT, and EED are 

purged. 

937

938 

DRMH1 

Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables 

DRMH1 

Converts data recovery tables (e.g., displacements, stresses, strains, forces, SPCforces, 

and MPCforces) to matrices and associated directory tables. Similar to DRMS1 

module. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory 

tables 

DRMH1 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/ 

TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/ 

NCOL/NULLROW/TRL5T1/TRL5T2/TRL5T3/TRL5T4 $ 

OFPi Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module. 

TOFPi Directory table for MOFPi. 

MOFPi Matrix form of the i-th output table. 

NCOL Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, 

time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, 

all data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is 

less than the number of data records in the input table, then the first 

NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored. 

NULLROW Input-integer-default=1. Flag to insert null rows in the output 

matrices for nonlinear quantities. See Remark 1. 

0: Insert null rows. Compatible with DRMS1 output format 

1: Do not insert null rows. Required for DRMH3 processing 

TRL5Ti Output-integer-default=0. Specifies value for the fifth word in 

TOFPi's trailer.

DRMH1 

Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables 

Remarks: 

1. DRMH1 is a similar to the DRMS1 module except that only the linear quantities 

(e.g., axial stress) are output to the matrix. However, if NULLROW=0, then null 

rows will be inserted for the nonlinear quantities (e.g., margin-of-safety). 

2. DRMH1 will convert tables with complex numbers to a matrix. However, the 

matrix contains complex numbers. As a result only the item codes specified in the 

real side of the plot code tables are utilized. 

3. The DRMH3 module performs the inverse operation: convert matrices into OFP 

tables 

Example: 

In SOL 108, we wish to double the stress output in the OES1 table: 

SOL 108 

MALTER ’, ETC. DATA RECOVERY, SORT1’(,-1) 

DRMH1 OES1,,,/TES,MES,,,,,, $ 

ADD5 MES,,,,/MES2/2. $ 

DRMH3 TES,MES2,,,,,,,OL2,CASEDR/OES12,,,/APP1 $ 

OFP OES12/ $ 

CEND 

939

940 

DRMH3 

Partitions tables for each superelement 

DRMH3 Partitions tables for each superelement 

Converts data recovery matrices and associated directory tables (DRMH1 module 

outputs) to SORT1 formatted tables suitable for printing by the OFP module or 

processing by other modules; e.g., DDRMM and SDR3. 

Format: 

DRMH3 TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4, 

OL,CASECC/ 

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/ 

APP/DTM1/DTM2/DTM3/DTM4 $ 






FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ. May also be output by MODACC if 

truncated via the OFREQ and OTIME Case Control commands. 



OFPi Output table in SORT1 format identical in format to data blocks created 

by the SDR2 module. 

Parameters: 

APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable types are: 

'STATICS' : statics 

'REIG' : normal modes 

'CEIGEN' : complex modes 

'FREQRESP' : frequency response 

'TRANRESP' : transient response 

DTMi Input-integer-default=0. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix 

flag. If DTMi0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based 

displacement matrix and, therefore, velocities and accelerations will not 

be output to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one 

column per time step instead of the usual three.

DRMH3 


Remarks: 

1. If CASECC is purged, then all input data blocks will be converted. Otherwise, the 

inputs will be converted based on the output commands specified in CASECC. 

2. If the number of entries in a matrix does not match the associated table, the 

following will occur: 

If the number of rows (output quantities; e.g., stresses) does not match, a warning 

message will be printed with the identification of the matrix and table name. 

If the number of columns (e.g., subcases or mode) does not match, then a warning 

message will be printed and the module will continue. This will allow the user to 

combine modal results using any desired method into a single set of results (or 

more) and not be required to modify the table. 

Example: 

See the “DRMH1” on page 938 module description. 

941

942 

DRMS1 

Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1 

DRMS1 Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1 

To compute output transformation matrices for displacements, SPC forces, stresses, 

and element forces. The input data blocks are the type generated by the SDR2 module 

and formatted for the OFP module. 

Format: 

DRMS1 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/ 

TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/ 

NCOL $ 


OFPi Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module. 




Parameter: 

NCOL Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, 

time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all 

data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less 

than the number of data records in the input table, then the first NCOL 

records are converted and the remaining records are ignored. 

Remarks: 

1. SDR2 output data blocks (OFPi) are input data blocks for this module. Module 

DRMS1 generates the output transformation matrix (MOFPi) and associated 

directory table (TOFPi) from each of the input data blocks. 

2. There are some data in OFPi for the output transformation that may not be given 

linear combination operations, such as margins of safety and principal stresses. 

This irrelevant data will be eliminated from the output transformation matrix. 

Components that are retained in the matrix MOFPi are indicated in the table of 

element stress output data description. 

3. All the output transformation matrices will have as many columns as the number 

of modes or loading conditions specified in PARAM, NCOL. Each column will 

contain all the relevant components of GRIDs (T1, T2, etc.) or elements (σ x , σ y, etc.) 

for all the GRIDs or elements retained in the input data blocks.

4. Directory tables contain the mapping information as follows: 

• RECORD 0 - Header record, indicating. 

• Type of data (φ, q, σ, or F). 

DRMS1 

Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1 

• Format code (real, real/imaginary or magnitude/phase). 

• RECORD 1 - Identification of the columns, providing 

• Column numbers of the associated matrix. 

• Natural frequencies (f n ). 

• RECORD 2 - Identification of the rows, providing 

• Type code of points or elements. 

• ID number of points or elements. 

• Number of components of the point or element retained in the 

associated matrix. 

• Starting row number of the point or element with reference to the 

associated matrix. See the OES, OEF, OUG, and OQG table 

descriptions in “+” on page 757. 

• Matrix trailer output, indicating the size of the associated matrix. 

943

944 

DSABO 

Incorporates element property design variable perturbations 

DSABO Incorporates element property design variable perturbations 

Incorporates element property design variable perturbations into tables required for 

stiffness, mass, damping, and load generation. 

Format: 

DSABO ECT,EPT,EST,DTOS2*,ETT,DIT,MPT,DMATCK,PCOMPT/ 

ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP,MIDLIS,ESTDVM,PCOMPTX/ 

S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB/PROTYP/PEXIST $ 





DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF 

in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the 

corresponding design variable value. 








ESTDVP EST with element property design variable perturbations. 

MPTX MPT with design variable perturbations. 

EPTX EPT with design variable perturbations. 

TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and 

design variable identification numbers. 



ESTDVM EST with updated material property identification numbers. 

PCOMPTX PCOMPT with design variable perturbations.

Parameters: 

DSABO 

Incorporates element property design variable perturbations 

PROPOPT Output-integer-default=0. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 

if element properties are defined as design variables. 

DELTAB Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move 

parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and 

stored in the OPTPRM data block. 






PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. P-element flag. Set to TRUE if 

p-elements are present. 

Remarks: 

1. The main purpose of module DSABO is to prepare tables which will generate a 

new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc., while taking into account the 

design variable perturbations, i.e., K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. These 

calculations are completed by generating an EST for all elements which are 

referred to by the design variables which is in the same ascending order as the 

original EST. The EPT portion of the generated EST includes all the perturbations 

necessary to build K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. EMG and SSG1 use ESTDV 

to generate K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM and P + DELTAP due to temperature 

effects. DSVG1 and DSVG2 then calculate DELTAK * u, DELTAP etc. 

2. If central difference is requested then DSABO must be executed for the backward 

tables. For example, in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSABO is used as follows: 

DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/ 

ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP/ 

S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB $ 

IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) THEN $ 

DELTABX=-DELTAB $ 

DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/ 

ESTDVPB,MPTXB,EPTX,TABEVP/ 

S,N,PROPOPT/DELTABX $ 

ENDIF $ CDIFX='yes' 

945

946 

DSAD 

Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation 

DSAD 

Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation, constraint screening 

and load case deletion. 

Format: 


Processes tables related to design sensitivity response 

evaluation 

DSAD RSP1CT,R1TAB,RESP12,OBJTAB,CONTAB, 

BLAMA,clama,LAMA,DIVTAB,AUXTAB,STBTAB, 

FLUTAB,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OSTR1DS,OEF1DS, 

OEFITDS,OES1CDS,OSTR1CDS,OQG1DS,DSCREN, 

XINIT,COORDN,OL,FRQRSP,CASEDS, 

CASERS,UGX,OPTPRM,DVPTAB*,PROPI*, 

BGPDT,DNODEL,WGTM,ONRGYDS, 

GLBTABDS,GLBRSPDS,RESP3,RMSTAB,RMSVAL/ 

R1VAL,R2VAL,RSP2R,R2VALR,CVAL, 

CVALR,OBJTBR,CNTABR,R1TABR,R1VALR, 

DRSTBL,FRQRPR,UGX1,AUG1,R1MAPR, 

R2MAPR,CASDSN,CASDSX,DRDUG,DRDUTB, 

CASADJ,LCDVEC,RR2IDR,R3VAL,R3VALR,RESP3R,RMSTABR, 

RMSVALR/ 

WGTS/VOLS/S,N,OBJVAL/S,N,NR1OFFST/S,N,NR2OFFST/ 

S,N,NCNOFFST/APP/DMRESD/SEID/DESITER/ 

EIGNFREQ/S,N,ADJFLG/PEXIST/MBCFLG/RGSENS/ 

PROTYP/AUTOADJ/FSDCYC/S,N,NR3OFFST $ 

RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in 

R1TAB. Output by DOPR3. 

R1TAB Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes. 

RESP12 Table of second level responses. 

OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. 

Objective attributes with retained response identification number. 

CONTAB Table of constraint attributes. 

BLAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table. 


LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table. 

DIVTAB Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.

DSAD 


AUXTAB Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, 

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments for all 

subcases. 

STBTAB Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases. 


OUG1DS Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OES1DS Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OSTR1DS Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OEF1DS Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 

format for design responses. 

OEFITDS Table of composite element failure indices for design responses. 

OES1CDS Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 

OSTR1CDS Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 

OQG1DS Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 



COORDN Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values. 



FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ. 

FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response 

type per frequency or time step. 

CASEDS Case Control table for the data recovery of design responses. 








947

948 

DSAD 


WGTM Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. 

ONRGYDS Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design responses. 

GLBTABDS Global results correlation table 

GLBRSPDS Global results matrix 

RESP3 Table of third level responses. 


RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values. 


R1VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses. 

R2VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses. 

RSP12R Table of retained second level responses in RESP12 

R2VALR Matrix of retained second level responses. 

CVAL Matrix of constraint values. 

CVALR Matrix of retained constraint values. 

OBJTBR Table of design objective attributes with retained response 


CNTABR Table of retained constraint attributes. 

R1TABR Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes. 

R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses. 

DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for 


FRQRPR Table containing the number of first level retained responses per 


UGX1 Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted 

responses. 

AUG1 Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis. 

R1MAPR Table of mapping from original first level retained responses. 

R2MAPR Table of mapping from original second level retained responses. 

CASDSN Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, 

excluding static aeroelastic subcases 

CASDSX Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted

DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set 

DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes 

Parameters: 

DSAD 


CASADJ Case Control table associated with adjoint method 

LCDVEC Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same 

number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in 

UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results related 

to inertia relief and SPCforces. 

RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response identification list 

R3VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. 

R3VALR Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. 

RESP3R Table of retained third level responses in RESP3. 

RMSTABR Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB. 

RMSVALR Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL. 

WGTS Input-real-default=0.0. Total weight of analysis model. 

VOLS Input-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model. 

OBJVAL Output-real-default=0.0. Objective value. 

NR1OFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 1 

responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the 

number of records in R1TABR. 



number of records in RSP12R. 

NCNOFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained constraints. The 

value is initialized to 1 in and is incremented by the number of 

records in CNTABR. 

APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 

'STATICS':statics 

'FREQRESP':frequency response 

'TRANRESP':transient respsonse 

DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the 

design model is limited to the residual structure. 


949

950 

DSAD 


DESITER Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization iteration number. 




ADJFLG Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag. 

0 No adjoint sensitivity 

1 Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis 

2 Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis 

PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. P-element existence flag. Set to TRUE if 

p-elements are present. 

MBCFLG Input-logical-default=FALSE. Multiple boundary condition in static 

analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are 

specified in static analysis. 

RGSENS Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag. 


1 1: DVPRELi entries exist 

2 2: DVCRELi entries exist 

4 4: DVMRELi entries exist 

>0 >0: For combinations add above values 

AUTOADJ Input-character-no default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection 

flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically 

selected if appropiate. Usually input via user parameter. 

FSDCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to 

TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle. 



number of records in RESP3R.

DSAD 



Remarks: 

1. DSAD first extracts the response quantities that are defined as type one responses 

in the design model. The type two responses are evaluated followed by the 

objective and any constraints associated with either response type. The 

constraints and corresponding responses are screened and load case deletion is 

performed. 

2. DSAD is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement, and 

therefore many of the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by 

superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP DESCON for an example. 

951

952 

DSADJ 

Creates sensitivity of grid responses 

DSADJ Creates sensitivity of grid responses 

Creates sensitivity of grid responses with respect to design variables based on the 

combination of adjoint and analysis solution matrices and element sensitivity data. 

Applicable in frequency response or static analysis only. 

Format: 

DSADJ XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,CSTM,XDICTX,XELMX,UGX,ADJG, 

DRDUTB,DSPT1/ 

ADELX/ 

NOK4GG/WTMASS/XTYPE/CDIF/COUPMASS/SHAPEOPT $ 


XDICTDS Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. 

XELMDS Table of perturbed element matrices. 



XDICTX Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed 

element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'. 

XELMX Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices if 

CDIF='YES'. 


ADJG Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or p-set. 

DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. 

DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table 


ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities 

Parameters: 

NOK4GG Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag. 

-1 Do not generate 

0 Generate 

WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass 

matrix.

XTYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of element matrix data: 

0 Stiffness 

1 Damping 

2 Mass 

CDIF Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme. 

'YES' Central 

'NO' Forward 

COUPMASS Input-integer-default=0. Coupled mass generation flag. 

-1 Lumped 

0 Coupled 

DSADJ 

Creates sensitivity of grid responses 

SHAPEOPT Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape 

optimization is activated. 

953

954 

DSAE 

Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration 

DSAE 

Merges tables for the two sets of design variables in order to evaluate responses for 

the perturbed configuration for each load case and for each design variable. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

None. 

Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed 

configuration 

DSAE ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/ 

ESTDV2,TABEV2 $ 


ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations. 



TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design 

variable identification numbers. 


ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable 

perturbations. 


Remarks: 

1. TABEV2 is in the ascending alphanumeric EST sort. IVEIDs are assigned to 

ensure that internal element IDs are unique and in ascending order. 

2. For purposes of computational efficiency, the sizing design variables have been 

split into two sets. The first set consists of those design variables which affect the 

stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., cross-sectional area of rod, thickness of plate etc. 

The second set consists of those variables which may affect the responses, but 

have no effect on stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., recovery points in a beam or 

plate.

DSAE 

Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration 

3. If central difference is requested then DSAE must be executed for the backward 

tables. For example in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSAE is used as follows: 

DSAE ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/ 

ESTDV2F,TABEV2 $ 

IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) DSAE, 

ESTDVPB,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/ 

ESTDV2B,TABEV2 $ 

955

956 

DSAF 

Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses 

DSAF Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses 

Generates element summary and temperature tables that incorporate the effect of 

retained first level responses. 

Format: 

DSAF R1TABR,EST,ESTDV2,TABEV2,ETT,MIDLIS,KELM,KDICT, 

PTELEM,KELMDS,KDICTDS,PTELMDSX,ECT,VELEM,VELEMN/ 

ESTDCN,TABECN,ETTDCN,KELMDCN,KDICTDCN,PTELMDCN, 

VELEMDCN/ 

NDVTOT/PESE $ 




ESTDV2 Merged element summary table with grid and element property design 

variable perturbations. 





KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential 

stiffness, or follower stiffness. 

KDICT KELM dictionary table. 

PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system. 

KELMDS Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is 

the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. 

KDICTDS Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then 

this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. 

PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the 



VELEM Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes. 

VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed 

configuration.


DSAF 

Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses 

ESTDCN Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and 

design variables 

TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of 

constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR 

ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers 

for the effects of temperature 

KELMDCN Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential 

stiffness, or follower stiffness which incorporates combined constraints 


KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table which incorporates combined constraints and 

design variables 

PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which 


VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates 

combined constraints and design variables. 

Parameters: 

NDVTOT Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design 

variables. 

PESE Input-integer-default=0. Element strain energy flag for static analysis. 

957

958 

DSAH 

Generates data blocks required for DSAL module 

DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module 

Generates data blocks required for the DSAL module to compute sensitivities. 

Format: 

DSAH DRSTBL,R1TABR,CASDSN,TABECN,BLAMA*,LAMA*,OL,DIVTAB, 

FRQRPR,VIEWTBDS,CASERS,CSNMB,BUG*,PHG*,GEOM2,GEOM3, 

FRQRMF,DFFDNF,CASEFREQ/ 

DBUG,DPHG,CASEDSF,LBTAB,BDIAG,LFTAB,COGRID,COELEM, 

DSEDV,OINTDSF,PELSDSF,DGEOM2,DGEOM3/ 

APP/DMRESD/NDVTOT/ADJFLG/SEID/DSNOKD/S,N,NNDFRQ $ 



each of the response types. Output by DSAD. 



excluding static aeroelastic subcases. 


constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR. 

BLAMA* Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables. 

LAMA* Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables. 


output list. 




VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each pelement 

and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed 

model. 

CASERS Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type. 

CSNMB Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types. 

BUG* Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set 

PHG* Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the g-set 


scalar points.

DSAH 


GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads. 

FRQRMF FRQRPR table for frequency response. 

DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to 

natural frequencies. 

CASEFREQ Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and 

based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ. 


DBUG Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed 

(active) eigenvalues 

DPHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed 

(active) eigenvalues 

CASEDSF Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the 


LBTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling 

eigenvalue responses 

BDIAG Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized 

differential stiffness matrix 

LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode 


COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement 

responses 

COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses 


OINTDSF P-element output control table for the perturbed configuration. 

PELSDSF P-element set table for the perturbed configuration. 

DGEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and 

scalar points for the perturbed configuration. 

DGEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed 


959

960 

DSAH 


Parameters: 

APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. 

Allowable values are: 

STATICS'statics 

'FREQRESP'frequency response 

'TRANRESP' transient respsonse 

DMRESD Input-integer-default=0. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design 

model is limited to the residual structure. 


variables. 

ADJFLG Output-integer-default=-1. Adjoint sensitivity method flag. 


1 adjoint sensitivity for static analysis 



DSNOKD Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in 

buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user 

parameter. 

NNDFRQ Output-integer-default=0. Number of forcing frequencies which 

depend upon natural frequencies.

DSAJ 

Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable 

DSAJ Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable 

Generates the g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable and the 

corresponding design variable correlation table. 

Format: 

DSAJ EDOM,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,BASVEC0,CASECC,GEOM4/ 

DESVEC,DVIDS,CASEP,DESVECP/ 

LUSET $ 



optimization. 






BASVEC0 Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input. 





DESVEC Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from 

DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its 

components are defined in the basic coordinate system. 

DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the 

boundary DVGRID option. 

CASEP Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the 

number of Case Control records 

DESVECP Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from 

DVGRID bulk data entries and from columns of basvec matrix its 

components are expressed in the global coordinate system 

961

962 

DSAJ 

Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable 

Parameter: 


g-set.

DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

DSAL 

Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

Generates the design sensitivity coefficient matrix; i.e., the sensitivity coefficients for 

the retained set of constraints specified in the design model for each design variable. 

Format: 

DSAL DRSTBL,DELWS,DELVS,DELB1,DELF1, 

COGRID,COELEM,OUGDSN,OESDSN,OSTRDSN, 

OEFDSN,OEFITDSN,OESCDSN,OSTRCDSN,R1VALR, 

OQGDSN,ONRGYDSN,TABDEQ,OL,DSDIV, 

DELX,DELS,DELFL,DELCE,FRQRPR,DELBSH, 

DRDUTB,ADELX,R1TABR,DRMSVL/ 

DSCM/NDVTOT/DELTAB/EIGNFREQ/ADJFLG/SEID $ 


DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase 

for each of the response types. 

DELWS Matrix of delta weight for all design variables 

DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables 

DELB1 Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables 

DELF1 Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables 

COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement 

responses. 

COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element 

responses. 

OUGDSN Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the 


OESDSN Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed 

configuration 

OSTRDSN Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed 

configuration 

OEFDSN Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 

format for the perturbed configuration 

OEFITDSN Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed 

configuration 

OESCDSN Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the 


963

964 

DSAL 


OSTRCDSN Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed 

configuration 

R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses. 

OQGDSN Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design 

responses for the perturbed configuration. 

ONRGYDSN Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1 

format for design responses for the perturbed configuration. 




DSDIV Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables 

DELX Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables 

DELS Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables 

DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables 

DELCE Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables 




DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. 

ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities. 

R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) 

attributes. 

DRMSVL Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables. 


DSCM Design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

Parameters: 

NDVTOT Input-integer-no default. Number of unique referenced design 

variables. 

DELTAB Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as 

specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the 

OPTPRM data block. 

EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

Remark: 



DSAL 


ADJFLG Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag. 



2 Aadjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis 


DSAL is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement and hence, 

many of the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or 

analysis type. See subDMAP RESPSEN for an example. 

965

966 

DSAM 

Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation 

DSAM Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation 

Creates geometry for the backward and forward (or central) perturbation. 

Format: 

DSAM DTOS4,DGTAB,BGPDT/ 

BGPDVP,BGPDVB/ 

S,N,SHAPEOPT/CDIF $ 


DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K 

except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of 

those in DTOS4K and the shape step size. 

DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table 

of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration. 


BGPDVP Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed 


BGPDVB Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed 


Parameters: 

SHAPEOPT Output-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape 

design variables are defined. 

CDIF Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme. 

'YES' Central 

'NO' Forward

DSAN Generates design sensitivity processing table 

DSAN 

Generates design sensitivity processing table 

Generates design sensitivity processing table and update element temperature table. 

Format: 

DSAN TABEV2,ETT/ 

DSPT1,ETTDV $ 





DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. 

ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification 

numbers have been converted to new design variable identification 

numbers. 

Parameters: 

None. 

967

968 

DSAP 

Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix 

DSAP Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix 

Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix according to the following summation for 

frequency response and normal modes: 

where: 

or for complex eigenvalues: 

where: 

Format: 

DSAP MUX,BUX,KUX,OL,DSPT1/ 

PX/ 

APP $ 


nfreq 

∑ 

j = 1 

MUX Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors. 

BUX Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors. 

KUX Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors. 

OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, or frequency response 

frequency output list. 

DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. See Remarks. 


nfreq 

∑ 

j = 1 

2 * MUx 

– wj [ ] + iwj* BUx PX Inertial or pseudo-load matrix. 

w j 

= 

freq j * 2pi 

[ ] + [ KUx] 2 

pj * [ MUx] 

+ pj* [ BUx] + [ KUx] p j 

= 

r 

wj + 

i 

iwj Eq. 4-15 

Eq. 4-16

Parameters: 

DSAP 

Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix 

APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values: 

'FREQ'Frequency response 

'CEIG'Complex eigenvalue 

'REIG'Normal modes 

Remarks: 

1. The number of rows PX is equal to the number of rows in the input matrices. The 

number of columns in PX is also equal to the number of columns in the input 

matrices unless DSPT1 is specified, in which case the number of columns is equal 

to the number of columns in the input matrices times the design variables defined 

in DSPT1. 

2. If the number of columns in the MUX, BUX, and KUX is less than the number of 

frequencies in OL then PX will be truncated accordingly. 

3. Any of the inputs may be purged except for OL. If DSPT1 is specified then APP 

can only be equal to 'FREQ' and the summation is repeated for each design 

variable and the result is called pseudo-loads. Also, the result is the negative of 

the equation above. 

4. The input matrices can have any number of rows. For example, the number of 

rows could relate to a degree-of-freedom set. 

969

970 

DSAPRT 

Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

DSAPRT Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix according to the DSAPRT 

Case Control command request. 

Format: 

DSAPRT CASECC,DESTAB,DSCMCOL,DSCM2,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,R3VALRG, 

DSIDLBL// 

DSZERO/EIGNFREQ/XYUNIT/DESCYCLE $ 




DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses. 

R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) 

responses. 


DSIDLBL Table of design response labels. 


None. 

Parameters: 

DSZERO Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If 

the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the 

coefficient will be printed. 




XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12 

module writes design optimization x-y plot data. 

DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter.

DSAR 

Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix 

DSAR Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix 

Extracts and truncates the displacement, velocity, acceleration, and dynamic loads 

from the transient solution matrix into separate matrices. 

Format: 

DSAR UXT,TOL,TOL1,PXT/ 

UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,UXT1,PXT1/ 

EXTRPL/NDEL $ 


UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis. 

TOL Transient response time output list consistent with columns in UXT 

and PXT. 

TOL1 Reduced transient response time output list. Subset of time steps in 

TOL and consistent with columns in outputs. 

PXT Transient load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for time steps in 

TOL. 


UDISP Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response 

analysis. 

UVELO Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis. 

UACCE Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response analysis. 

UXT1 Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis. 

PXT1 Reduced transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set. 

Parameters: 

EXTRPL Input-integer-default=1. Extra solution column flag. An extra 

column is or is not appended to UDISP, UVELO, and UACCE 

accordingly: 

0 Not appended 

1 From the last time step 

2 By extrapolation 

NDEL Input-integer-default=3. If NDEL is -1, an unneeded load vector is 

deleted for the final time step for each design variable 

971

972 

DSAR 

Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix 

Remarks: 

1. PXT, UXT1 and PXT1 may be purged. 

2. If no truncation is desired then specify TOL for TOL1. For example, 

DSAR UXT,TOL,TOL,/ 

UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,,/0 $ 

3. UXT and PXT can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows 

could relate to a degree-of-freedom set. 

4. All outputs have columns which are consistent with time steps in TOL1.

DSARLP 

DSARLP 

Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability 

Calculates the pseudo-displacements used in calculating the sensitivities of stability 

derivatives and determines the parameters required for all of the static aeroelastic 

sensitivity analyses. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of 

stability derivatives 

DSARLP DRSTBL,R1TABR,AECTRL,CASECC,EDT/ 

CASEA,UXU,UXR/ 

S,N,STFLG/S,N,TFLG/S,N,SDFLG/S,N,NSKIP/ 

S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/S,N,AEQRATIO $ 

DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase 

for each of the response types. 


attributes. 







UXU Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the 

sensitivity of unrestrained stability derivatives 

UXR Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the 

sensitivity of restrained stability derivatives 

STFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current 

subcase has active static response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, 

CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 

indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. 

TFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current 

subcase has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data 

entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. 

973

974 

DSARLP 

Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives 

SDFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current 

subcase has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the 

DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an 

active response. 

NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. Trim subcase counter. 


another Case Control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase 

and Mach number. 

MACH Output-real-no default. Mach number. 

Q Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure. 

AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. 

Remarks: 

DSARLP performs a function for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis that is similar to 

the AELOOP module for static aeroelastic analysis.

DSARME Computes RMS values 

Computes the RMS values for random response analysis in design sensitivity. 

Format: 

DSARME UPDST,RMSTAB,CFSAB/ 

RMSVAL $ 


UPDST Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations. 



Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

None. 

DSARME 

Computes RMS values 

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS calculations. 

RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values. 

975

976 

DSARSN 

Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives 

DSARSN 

Calculates and stores the delta response values for trim variables and stability 

derivatives. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability 

derivatives 

DSARSN CASEA,R1TABR,AECTRL,DUX,TR,AERO,DSTABU,DSTABR/ 

DELX1,DELS1/ 

TFLG/SDFLG/Q $ 



attributes. 


DUX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed 


TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic 

reference point. 


DSTABU Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives 

DSTABR Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives 

DELX1 Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a 

single trim subcase. 

DELS1 Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for 

a single trim subcase. 

TFLG Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase 

has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 

indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. 

SDFLG Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase 

has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk 

Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. 

Q Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.

DSARSN 

Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives 

Remarks: 

1. DSARSN is called inside a loop for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis whenever 

TFLG or SDFLG is greater than zero. See subDMAP SAERSENS for an example. 

977

978 

DSAW 

Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable 

DSAW Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable 

Calculates the delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable. 

Format: 

DSAW DRSTBL,TABEV2,VELEM,VELEMN,R1TABR/ 

DELVS,WTCRID,WTDSCP/ 

CFDFLG $ 






VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed 



attributes. 


DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables 

WTCRID Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in 

rigid mass matrix 

WTDSCP Partitioning vector for weight 

Parameter: 

CFDFLG Input-integer-default=0. Central finite difference flag. 1 means forward 

and -1 backward.

DSDVRG 

DSDVRG 

Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities 

Computes the weighting factors required in the calculation of the retained divergence 

response sensitivities. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

None. 

Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence 

response sensitivities 

DSDVRG DSEDV,DIVTAB,PHIDRLR,PHIDLLR,QLLX/ 

DELDV $ 



PHIDRL Retained right divergence eigenvector responses 

PHIDLL Retained left divergence eigenvector responses 

QLL Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis 

DELDV Matrix of divergence sensitivity 

979

980 

DSFLTE 

Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue 

DSFLTE Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue 

Calculates the right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue that has been 

extracted in a flutter analysis and has been flagged for sensitivity analysis. Selected 

complex scalar quantities required for flutter sensitivity analysis are also computed. 

Format: 

DSFLTE KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,FLUTAB,R1TABR,CASECC,CPHP,LCPHP/ 

CPHFL,CPHFR,VTQU/FCSENS $ 


KHH Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix 






attributes. 


CPHP Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set. 

LCPHP Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set. 


CPHFL Left flutter eigenvector - h-set 

CPHFR Right flutter eigenvector - h-set 

VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data 

Parameters: 

FCSENS Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag. 

Remark: 

1: Flutter sensitivity 

2: Complex eigenvalue sensitivity 

The calculations in DSFLTE closely follow those used in module FA1 to perform the 

p-k method of flutter analysis.

DSFLTF Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses 

Calculates the sensitivity of active flutter responses. 

Format: 

DSFLTF VTQU,CDELK,CDELB,CDELM/DELFL/FCSENS $ 


CDELK Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity 

CDELB Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity 

CDELM Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity 

VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data. 


Parameters: 

DSFLTF 

Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses 

DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables 

FCSENS Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag. 

1: Flutter sensitivity 

2: Complex eigenvalue sensitivity 

981

982 

DSMA 

Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix 

DSMA Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix 

Generates the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old 

Design Sensitivity Analysis only. 

Format: 

DSMA DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/ 

DSCMR,UNUSED2/ 

APP $ 

Format for statics: 

Format for normal modes: 

DSMA DSPT2,DSEGM,,,,/ 

DSCMR,/ 

APP $ 


DSPT2 Old design sensitivity processor table two 

DSEGM Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix 

OUG1DS Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OES1DS Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OEF1DS Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses. 

OES1CDS Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design 

responses. 

OEFITDS Table of composite element failure indices for design responses. 




Parameters: 

APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. 


'STATICS'Statics 

'BUCKL'Buckling 

'MODES'Normal modes

Remarks: 

1. DSMA is applicable only to old sensitivity analysis. 

2. DSPT2 may not be purged. 

3. DSEGM must be present for normal modes or buckling. 

DSMA 

Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix 

4. OUG1DS, OES1DS, and OEF1DS are required only if selected by DSPT2 entries. 

983

984 

DSPRM 

Sets design sensitivity parameters 

DSPRM Sets design sensitivity parameters 

Sets design sensitivity parameters based on retained responses for DMAP flow 

control. 

Format: 

DSPRM DRSTBL// 

S,N,WGTVOL/S,N,DOBUCK/S,N,DOMODES/S,N,DOSTAT/ 

S,N,FAILI/S,N,CSTRES/S,N,CSTRN/S,N,DOFREQ/ 

S,N,DOCEIG/S,N,DOMTRAN/S,N,DODIVG/S,N,DOSAERO/S,N, 

DOFLUT/ 

S,N,DOANALY/S,N,DOSASTAT/ADJFLGG/S,N,DOFSPCF/ 

S,N,DOTSPCF/S,N,DOWGHT/S,N,DOESE/S,N,DOSSPCF/ 

S,N,DORMS $ 





None. 

Parameters: 

WGTVOL Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set 

to >0 if any retained response. 

1 Weight onl 

2 Volume only 

3 Weight And volume 

DOBUCK Output-integer-default=0. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any 

constraint. 

DOMODES Output-integer-default=0. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if 

any constraint. 

DOSTAT Output-integer-default=0. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any 

constraint. 

FAILI Output-integer-default=0. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set 

to >0 if any constraint. 

CSTRES Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set 

to >0 if any constraint.

DSPRM 


CSTRN Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set 

to >0 if any constraint. 

DOFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained response flag. 

Set to >0 if any retained response. 

DOCEIG Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue response retained 

response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. 

DOMTRAN Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained response flag. 


DODIVG Output-integer-default=0. Divergence analysis retained response flag. 


DOSAERO Output-integer-default=0. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative 

retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. 

DOFLUT Output-integer-default=0. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to 


DOANALY Output-integer-default=0. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to 


DOSASTAT Output-integer-default=0. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. 


ADJFLG Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag. 




DOFSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained SPCforce 


DOTSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained SPCforce 


DOWGHT Output-integer-default=0. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if 

any retained response. 

DOESE Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained element strain 

energy response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. 

985

986 

DSPRM 


DOSSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained SPCforce response 

flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. 

DORMS Output-integer-default=0. RMS response retained response flag. Set to 


Remark: 

RSP1CT may be specified as input to DSPRM.

DSTA 

Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only 

DSTA Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only 

Creates tables related to the design perturbation in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis 

only. 

Format: 

⎧ UG ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

DSTA ECT,EPT,EST,CASECC,EDOM, ⎨ LAMA ⎬,CASECCX,ETT, 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩BLAMA ⎭ 



DIT,MPT/ 

ESTDVP,ESTDCN,CASEDS,ETTDCN,DSPT1,DSPT2, 

DSROWL,DSCOLL,ETTDV,MPTC,EPTC/ 

APP/S,N,NOPRT/S,N,NOSAVE/S,N,NOFORT/NEIG $ 




CASECC Table of Case Control command images. of static loads. 


optimization. 

UG Displacement matrix in g-set from static analysis. 


BLAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table. 

CASECCX Table of Case Control command images used to generate static loads. 







CASEDS Case control table for the data recovery of design responses. 

987

988 

DSTA 


DSESM Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix - Boolean operator to 

select eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling and 

normal modes only). 

ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers 

for the effects of temperature. 


DSPT2 Old Design sensitivity processor table two. 

DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, 

DSCMR. 

DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix, 

DSCMR. 

ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification 

numbers have been converted to new design variable identification 

numbers. 


records. 



Parameters: 



'STATICS'statics 

'BUCKL' buckling 

'MODES'normal modes 

NOPRT Output-integer-default=0. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on 

the SENSITY Case Control command. 

NOSAVE Output-integer-default=-1. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is 

requested on the SENSITY Case Control command. 

NOFORT Output-integer-default=-1. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is 

requested on the SENSITY Case Control command. 

NEIG Input-integer-default=0. Number of eigenvalues to keep. 

0 Keep all eigenvalues 

>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues

DSTA 


Remarks: 

1. ETT, ETTDV, and ETTDC may be purged if no element temperature data exists. 

2. DSTA generates the tables necessary to drive other modules that calculate design 

sensitivity data. These modules include EMG, SSG1, DSVG1, DSVG2, DSVG3, 

SDR2, DSMAS and LMATPRT. 

989

990 

DSTAP2 

Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

DSTAP2 

Creates a correlation table for the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient 

matrix 

DSTAP2 R1TABRG,RSP2RG,RSP3RG/ 

DSCMCOL,DSIDLBL/ 

UNUSED1/UNUSED2/UNUSED3 $ 

R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses. 

RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses. 


DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

DSIDLBL Table of design response labels. 

UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

DSVG1 

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis 

DSVG1 Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis 

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in the sensitivity analysis. 

Format: 

DSVG1 



⎧UGX ⎫ 

XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICT,XELM, ⎨ ⎬,VG, 

⎩AGX ⎭ 

LAMA,DSPT1/ 

EGX/ 

NOK4GG/WTMASS/IAPP/DSVGSF/NOPSLG $ 

XDICTDS Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the 

forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary. 

XELMDS Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the 

forward or backward perturbed element matrices. 




XDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table. 

XELM Baseline element matrices. 

UGX Displacement matrix in g-set. For transient response analysis, UGX 

could also represent velocity or acceleration. 

AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, 

forward, or backward perturbed configuration. 

VG Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter 

analysis only. 

LAMA Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table. 


EGX Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set. 

991

992 

DSVG1 

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis 

Parameters: 



0 Generate 

WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass 

matrix. 

IAPP Input-integer-default=1. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 

1 Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response 

2 Buckling or normal modes 

4 Flutter or divergence 

DSVGF Input-integer-default=0. Specifies scaling of solution vector by 

eigenvalue. 

0 No scaling 

1Scale 

NOPSLG Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no 

load generation is requested for the current superelement based on 

the SEDV Case Control command. 

Remarks: 

1. DSVG1 must be executed for mass, stiffness, viscous damping, and structural 

damping and, if CDIF='YES', forward and backward perturbed configurations. 

2. For transient analysis, DSVG1 must be invoked three times for displacement, 

velocity, and acceleration which are obtained from the DSAR module. 

3. If NOPSLG ≠ 

0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.

DSVG1P 

DSVG1P 

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis 

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required for p-elements in design sensitivity 

analysis. 

Format: 



Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design 

sensitivity analysis 

DSVG1P ESTDVM,ESTDV2,BGPDVP,CSTM,MPTX,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND, 

UGX,LFTAB,DSPT1,GPSNT,ESTDVB/ 

EGK,EGM/ 

COUPMASS/K6ROT/ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/NOPSLG/OPTFLG/ 

UNUSED7 $ 

ESTDVM EST with updated material property identification numbers. 

ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable 

perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation. 




MPTX MPT with design variable perturbations. 






LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode 



ESTDVB Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration. 

Required only if CDIF='YES'. 

EGK Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness. 

EGM Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass. 

993

994 

DSVG1P 

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis 

Parameters: 

COUPMASS Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag. 

Remark: 

-1 Lumped 

0Coupled 

K6ROT Input-real-default=-1.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for 

CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements. 


analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects 


WTMASS Input-real-default=-1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass 

matrix. 

NOPSLG Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no 

load generation is requested for the current superelement based on 

the SEDV Case Control command. 

OPTFLG Input-integer-default=0. DSVG1P application method: 

1Statics 

2Normal modes 

3 Acceleration load 


If NOPSLG ≠ 

0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.

DSVG2 

Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load 

DSVG2 Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load 

Generates the pseudo-load matrix which reflects equilibrium changes in the thermal 

load due to variations in the design variables. 

Format: 

DSVG2 BGPDVX,CSTM,SIL,KDICTX,CASDSN,PTELEM, 

⎧UGX ⎫ 

PTELMDSX, ⎨ ⎬DSPT1/ 

⎩AGX ⎭ 

EGTX/ 

PEXIST/HPFLAG $ 


BGPDVX Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward 




KDICTX Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for h-elements or 

p-elements. 


excluding static aeroelastic subcases. 

PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system 

PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the 



AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, 

forward, or backward perturbed configuration. 



EGTX Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the 

thermal load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward 


995

996 

DSVG2 

Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load 

Parameters: 


HPFLAG Input-integer-default=1. Element type processing flag. 

Remark: 

1 h-element 

2 p-element 

CSTM and BGPDT may be purged.

DSVG3 

DSVG3 

Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only 

Combines and appends the solution matrices from the analysis and pseudo-loads due 

to design variable changes in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only. 

Format: 

DSVG3 UG,UGDS/ 

UGDS1 $ 



Parameters: 

None. 

Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity 

Analysis only 

UG Displacement matrix in g-set from the analysis. 

UGDS Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads. 

UGDS1 Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation. 

997

998 

DSVGP4 

Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix 

DSVGP4 Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix 

Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix for rigid element 

shape sensitivity analysis. 

Format: 

DSVGP4 DGTAB,EQEXIN,GEOM4,RMG,GM,USET,CSTM,BPGDVP/ 

DELTGM,DVSLIS/ 

LUSET/NDVTOT/S,N,RGSENS $ 


DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table 

of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration. 





RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix 

GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set. 






DELTGM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed 



Parameters: 

LUSET Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

g-set. 


variables. 

RGSENS Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

Remark: 

DSVGP4 

Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix 

Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i 

rows by j columns (if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns. 

999

1000 

DSVGP5 

Performs multiplication of two matrices 

DSVGP5 Performs multiplication of two matrices 

Performs multiplication of two matrices with one matrix having multiple submatrices 

and, optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product. For example, the default 

(IOPT=0 or T=0) result is: 

[ A 1 * B | A 2 * B | A 3 * B | . . . A n * B ] + [ C 1 | C 2 | C 3 | . . . | C n ] 

Format: 

DSVGP5 A,B,C,DVSLIS/ 

D/ 

NSMATS/T/IOPT $ 


A Matrix with NSMATS number of submatrices. 

B Submatrix multiplier 

C Additive matrix to be added to product of A and B. Used only if 

IOPT=0 or 2. 



D Matrix product 

Parameters: 

NSMATS Input-integer-default=0. Number of submatrices in A. 

T Input-integer-default=0. A i submatrix transpose flag. Applicable only 

when IOPT=0. 

0 No transpose of A i (default) 

1 Transpose A i 

IOPT Input-integer-default=0. DSVGP5 method. T is ignored when 

IOPT>0. 

0 A i * B + C i (default) 

1 B * A i 

2 Same as 0 except diagonal is extracted from Ai * B + Ci and stored 

as a column in D.

Remark: 

DSVGP5 

Performs multiplication of two matrices 

Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i 

rows by j columns (if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns. 

100

1002 

DTIIN 

Input DTI entries to DMAP 

DTIIN Input DTI entries to DMAP 

Input tables referenced on DTI Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/DTI1,DTI2,DTI3,DTI4,DTI5,DTI6,DTI7, 

DTI8,DTI9,DTI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/ 

PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $ 


DTI Collection of tables specified on DTI Bulk Data entries (from IFP). 

DTlNDX Index into DTI (from IFP). 


DTIi Names that appear on field 2 of the DTI entries (i.e., the DTI table called 

DTI1) will be output on data block DTI1. 

Parameters: 

PARMi Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is 

generated then PARMi=TRUE. 

Remarks: 

1. The input data blocks DTI and DTINDX are output from the preface module IFP. 


Example: 

Assume the Bulk Data contains three DTI tables named T1, T2, and T3. The following 

DMAP instruction will create the data blocks T1 and T3. 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/T1,T3,,,,,,,,/S,N,YEST1/S,N,YEST3 $

DUMMOD1 

DUMMOD1 

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules 

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines 

and modules 

DUMMOD1 IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ 

ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/ 

IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/ 

CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $ 

IDBi Table or matrix. 

ODBi Table or matrix. 

IPARMi Input/output-integer-default=-1. 

RPARMi Input/output-real-default=-1.0. 

CHPARM Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'. 

RDPARM Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0. 

CPARM Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0). 

CDPARM Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0). 

100

1004 

DUMMOD2 


DUMMOD2 


Format: 



Parameters: 

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written 

subroutines and modules 

DUMMOD2 IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ODB1,ODB2, 

ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/ 



IDBi Table or matrix. 

ODBi Table or matrix. 






CDPARM Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).

DUMMOD3 

DUMMOD3 



Format: 



Parameters: 

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written 

subroutines and modules 





IDBi Table of matrix. 

ODBi Table of matrix. 






CDPARM Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0). 

100

1006 

DUMMOD4 


DUMMOD4 


Format: 



Parameters: 

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines 

and modules 





IDBi Table of matrix. 

ODBi Table of matrix. 






CDPARM Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).

DVIEWP 

DVIEWP 

Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements 

Generates the view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements in 

design sensitivity analysis. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing 

p-elements 

DVIEWP CASECC,OINT,PELSET,ESTDCN,TABECN,BGPDVP,CSTM/ 

VIEWTBDS/ 

S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/ 

VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/ 

S,N,VUEXIST $ 


OINT P-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT and OUTRCV Bulk 

Data entries. 





constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR. 




VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each 

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed 

model. 

VUGNEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next 

view-grid. 

VUENEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next 

view-element 

VUGJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-grid identification 

numbers. 

100

1008 

DVIEWP 

Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements 

VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-element identification 

numbers. 

VUHEXA Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element. 

VUPENTA Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element. 

VUTETRA Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element. 

VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element. 

VUTRIA3 Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element. 

VUBEAM Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element. 

VUEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if 

view-elements exist.

DYNREDU Computes approximate eigenvectors 

Computes approximate eigenvectors. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Remark: 

DYNREDU 

Computes approximate eigenvectors 

DYNREDU LXX,MXX,CASECC,DYNAMIC/ 

PHZ,MZZ/ 

NOZSET/NOYSET/EPSMALC/EPSBIG/S,N,NOBSET0/NORSET $ 

LXX Lower triangular factor/diagonal of shifted stiffness matrix. 

MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set. 



PHZ Generalized degree-of-freedom transformation matrix 

MZZ Generalized mass matrix based on PHZ. 

NOZSET Input-integer-no default. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom. 

Also number of columns in PHZ. 

NOYSET Input-integer-no default. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom 

with non-null columns in PHZ. 

EPSMALC Input-real-no default. Small number for tuning. 

EPSBIG Input-real-no default. Large number for tuning. 

NOBSET0 Output-integer-default=0. Number of null columns in PHZ in front of 

non-null columns. 

NORSET Input-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. 

We recommend that NOZSET equal to NOYSET and NOBSET not be specified; i.e., 

DYNREDU LXX,MXX,CASECC,DYNAMIC/ 

PHY,MYY/ 

NOYSET/NOYSET/EPSMALC/EPSBIG//NORSET $ 

100

1010 

EFFMASS 

Computes modal effective mass 

EFFMASS Computes modal effective mass 

Compute the modal effective mass based on the normal modes. 

Format: 

EFFMASS CASECC,MAA,PHA,LAMA,USET,BGPDT,UNUSED,CSTM,VGQ/ 

TEMF,EMM,DMA,MEMF,MPFEM,MEM,MEW/ 

SEID/WTMASS/S,N,CARDNO/SETNAM/IUNIT $ 



MAA Mass matrix in a-set or g-set. 

PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set or g-set. 




UNUSED Unused. 


VGQ Partitioning vector which is g-set size and contains values of 1.0 at rows 

corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set. 


TEMF Total effective mass fraction table 

EMM Effective mass matrix 

MA Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set 

MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table 

MPFEM Modal participation factors for effective mass 

MEM Modal effective mass matrix 

MEW Modal effective weight matrix 

Parameters: 


WTMASS Input-real-no default. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. See the NX 

Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

EFFMASS 

Computes modal effective mass 

CARDNO Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is 

incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also 

written into columns 73-80 of each line. 

SETNAM Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name. 

IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the Fortran unit number on which 

the data blocks are to be written if the PLOT option is requested. 

Remarks: 

None. 

101

1012 

ELFDR 

Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module 

ELFDR Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module 

Transforms grid point force balance output (from GPFDR module) from the global 

coordinate system to the elemental coordinate systems or to the edges of adjacent 

elements. Applicable to line and shell elements only. 

Format: 

ELFDR OGPFB1,GPECT,CSTM,SIL,GPL,BGPDT/ 

OELOF1,OELOP1/ 

NOELOF/NOELOP/UNUSED3 $ 


OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces in SORT1 format. 

GPECT Grid point element connection table. 






OELOF1 Table of element oriented forces connected to common grid points in 

SORT1 format. 

OELOP1 Table of element-oriented forces oriented along adjacent element edge 

directions and summations of these components on equivalent edges in 

SORT1 format. 

Parameters: 

NOELOF Input-integer-default=0. OELOF1 generation flag. 

. 

ELTPRT Prints element summary information 

Prints information on elements. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

ELTPRT 

Prints element summary information 

ELTPRT ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/ 

VELEM/ 

PROUT/S,N,ERROR/WTMASS $ 







MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for 

ELSUM command. 

DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images for ELSUM command. 



PROUT Input-integer-default = 0. Print control for options 1, 2, and 4 is listed in 

Remark 1. This parameter is only meaningful if the input data block 

ECT is specified. 

For options 1 and 2, if PROUT is set to a positive integer value or to zero 

(default), the output will include a list of the element types and the 

identification numbers of all elements. 

For option 4, if PROUT = 0 or 1, then VELEM is computed and printed. 

If PROUT = 2, VELEM is computed but not printed. 

101

1014 

ELTPRT 


ERROR Integer-output-default = 0. If duplicate element identification numbers 

exist, ERROR is set to -1. This parameter is only meaningful when the 

input data block ECT is not purged. 

WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. 

Remarks: 

1. Selected combinations of the input data blocks may be omitted in order to 

suppress the output of one or more of the four output options listed below. These 

combinations are indicated in the table below. 

Option 1: A sorted list of element identification numbers. 

Option 2: A list of duplicate element identification numbers. 

Option 3: A list of grid points with the elements that connect to each grid point. 

Both the element type and element identification number are listed. 

Option 4: Compute and print an element measure (length for 1-D elements; area 

for 2-D elements; or volume for 3-D elements and elements of revolution). If a 

volume can be calculated for 1-D or 2-D elements, then it will also be printed. 

Create data block with element volumes. 

Option 

1 

2 

3 

4 

2. For Options 1 and 2 the output will contain the following items. 

• Identify all duplicate elements, e.g., 

10 ROD. 

**** 10 BAR. 

Data Blocks to Be Included to Activate 

Output Options 

ECT GPECT BGPDT EST CSTM 

• Identify each element type and the range of element IDs for the element type, 

e.g., 

"THERE ARE 10 ROD ELEMENTS. FIRST ID = 34 LAST ID = 470"

ELTPRT 


Examples: 

1. Duplicate element identification numbers are not allowed in the superelement 

solution sequences. The following will cause the run to terminate if duplicate IDs 

exist (options 1 and 2). 

ELTPRT ECT,,,,//1/S,N,ERROR $ 

IF (ERROR

1016 

EMA 

Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices 

EMA Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices 

Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices. 

Format: 

EMA GPECT,XDICT,XELM,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICTP,XELMP/ 

XGG,UNUSED2/ 

NOK4GG/WTMASS $ 



XDICT Element matrix dictionary table. 

XELM Table of element matrices. 




XDICTP Element matrix dictionary table for p-elements. 

XELMP Table of element matrices for p-elements. 


XGG Global matrix of g-set size. 

UNUSED2 Not used and may be purged. 

Parameters: 


Remark: 


0 Generate; i.e., apply GE (on MATi entry) to stiffness 

WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix. 

EMA is used to generate stiffness (KGG), mass (MGG), damping (BGG), and 

structural damping (K4GG) matrices.

EMAKFR Generates stiffness for follower forces 

EMAKFR 

Generates stiffness for follower forces 

Generates the stiffness for follower forces due to rotational velocity and/or 

accelerations. 

Format: 

EMAKFR BGPDT,CSTM,SLT,MGG,CSTM0,SCSTM/ 

KRFGG/ 

LOADID/LOADIDP/SEID/LOADFACR/SYS66 $ 





MGG Mass matrix in g-size. 

CSTM0 Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual 

structure. 

SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements. 

Output: 

KRFGG Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set. 

Parameters: 

LOADID Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current 

subcase. 

LOADIDP Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the 

previous subcase. 


LOADFACR Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same 

as LOADFAC except real). 

SYS66 Input-integer-default=255. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply. 

Remarks: 

1. Rotational forces are derived from the RFORCE Bulk Data entry. 

2. LOADFACR is applied in the following manner to compute the total load: 

Ptotal = 

LOADFACR • PLOADID + ( 1.0 – LOADFACR) 

• PLOADIDP 101

1018 

EMG 

Computes elemental matrices 

EMG Computes elemental matrices 

Computes elemental matrices for stiffness, differential stiffness, mass, damping, heat 

conduction, or heat capacity. 

Format: 

EMG EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,UNUSED5,UG,ETT,EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND, 

BGPDT,GPSNT,ECTA,EPTA,EHTA,DITID/ 

KELM,KDICT,MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT/ 

S,N,NOKGG/S,N,NOMGG/S,N,NOBGG/S,N,NOK4GG/S,N, 

NONLHT/COUPMASS/TEMPSID/DEFRMSID/PENFAC/NOPNLT/ 

LUMPD/LUMPM/MATCPX/KDGEN/TABS/ 

SIGMA/K6ROT/LANGLE/NOBKGG/ALTSHAPE/ 

PEXIST/FREQTYP/FREQVAL/FREQWA/UNSYMF/ 

S,N,BADMESH $ 







UG Displacement matrix in g-set. Required only for differential 

stiffness generation. 


EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation. 

Required only for differential stiffness generation. 





ECTA Secondary element connectivity table. 

EPTA Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

properties. 

EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table. 

DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT.


EMG 


KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential, 

or follower stiffness. 


MELM Table of element mass matrices. 

MDICT MELM dictionary table. 

BELM Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices. 

BDICT BELM dictionary table. 

Parameters: 

NOKGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. KELM and KDICT generation flag. 

Input 

> Generate 


Output 

> Generated 

-1 Not generated 

NOMGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for 

MELM and MDICT. 

NOBGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for BELM 

and BDICT. 

NOK4GG Input/output-integer-default=1. Structural damping generation 

flag. Set to -1 if a nonzero damping constant (GE field on MATi 

Bulk Data entry) is not found for any element. 

NONLHT Output-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear heat transfer or differential 

stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements 

are detected. 

On input: 

>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects 

1020 

EMG 


1Otherwise 


-1 Lumped 

0Coupled 

TEMPSID Input-integer-default=-1. Temperature set identification number. 

Usually obtained from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. 

Required for use in stress recovery of differential stiffness. 

DEFRMID Input-integer-default=-1. Element deformation set identification 

number. Usually obtained from the DEFORM Case Control 

command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential 

stiffness. 

PENFAC Input-real-default=0.0. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements. 

NOPNLT Input-integer-default=-1. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic 

elements. 

LUMPB Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic 

damping. 

LUMPM Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass. 

MATCPX Input-integer-default=-1. Complex material properties flag for 

electromagnetic elements. 

KDGEN Input-integer-default=0. Differential or follower stiffness matrix 

generation flag. Usually the column number in UG to use in 

differential stiffness matrix generation. If KDGEN is negative then 

follower stiffness will be generated. 

TABS Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For 

example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 

459.69 in Fahrenheit. 

SIGMA Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to 

compute radiant heat flux. 

K6ROT Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for 

CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements. 

LANGLE Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 

1 Fimbal angle 

2Rotation vector 

NOBKGG Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. 

Set to 1 to generate slideline contact stiffness.

EMG 


ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in 

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 

selects the Full Product Space set. 

PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. P-element flag. Set to TRUE if 

p-elements are present and to be processed. 

FREQTYP Input-character-default=' '. Frequency dependent element 

processing mode 

'ESTF'Compute frequency dependent stiffness 

'ESTNF'Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness 

FREQVAL Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value for frequency dependent 

element generation. 

FREQWA Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

UNSYMF Input-character-default='NO'. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for 

slideline contact stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be 

unsymmetric for slideline contact. 

BADMESH Output-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected. 

Remarks: 

1. CSTM may be purged. MPT may be purged only if elements which do not 

reference any material data are used. The DIT may be purged only if the material 

properties are not temperature dependent. 

2. If either of a matrix-dictionary data block pair is purged, that particular data block 

pair will not be formed. 

102

1022 

EQUIVX 

Data block name equivalence 

EQUIVX Data block name equivalence 

Attaches a second name to an existing data block. 

Format: 

EQUIVX DBP/DBS/PARM $ 


DBP Primary data block. 


DBS Secondary data block. 

Parameter: 

PARM Input-integer-default = 0. Equivalence flag. See Remark 3. 

Remarks: 

1. The main purpose of the EQUIVX is to save either storage space or l/O time or 

both. 

2. If DBP and DBS reside on different DBsets and PARAM < 0, then a copy of DBP 

is made to the DBset on which DBS resides. The equivalence flag is broken and 

the data blocks become separate. These rules apply only if the secondary data 

block resides on a permanent DBset or DBS is not referenced on a TYPE DB 

statement and its DBset is a scratch DBset. Therefore, it is recommended that DBS 

is referenced on a TYPE statement and defined in the NDDL sequence with its 

location assigned to the scratch DBset. 

3. The following tables summarize the relationship between primary and 

secondary: 

Status with PARM < 0 

DBP prior to EQUIVX DBS prior to EQUIVX DBS after EQUIVX 

Generated Any Equivalenced 

Purged or Not 

Generated 

Any Purged and not 

equivalenced

EQUIVX 

Data block name equivalence 

4. If DBS is also declared on the FILE DBS=APPEND statement then User Warning 

Message 81 will be issued. If the EQUIVX.../DBS statement is executed only once 

and is not re-executed in the DMAP loop, then the message may be safely 

ignored. However, if the EQUIVX statement is potentially re-executed then it 

should be replaced with the DELETE and COPY module. 

For example, 

FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $ 

EQUIVX ESTNL/ESTNCH/-1 $ 

should be replaced with: 

FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $ 

DELETE /ESTNCH,,,, $ 

COPY ESTNL/ESTNCH $ 

Examples: 

Data blocks A and B reside on the same DBset. 

EQUIVX A/B/ALWAYS $ 

A and B are equivalenced. 

EQUIVX A/B/NEVER $ 

Status with PARM > 0 

DBP prior to EQUIVX DBS prior to EQUIVX DBS after EQUIVX 

Generated Not Equivalenced Unchanged 

Generated Equivalenced Purged and Not 

Generated 

Purged or Not 

Generated 

The equivalence is broken, and B is deleted. 

Any Unchanged 

102

1024 

ESTINDX 

Creates an index, keyed by element identification number 

ESTINDX Creates an index, keyed by element identification number 

Creates an index, keyed by element identification number, for the EST table. 

Format: 

ESTINDX /EST $ 


None. 



Parameters: 

None. 

Remark: 

EST must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.

FA1 

Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis 

FA1 Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis 

Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis. Also performs the 

eigenvalue analysis for the KE or PK method. 

Format: 

FA1 KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,CASECC,EDT/ 

FSAVE,KHH1,BHH1,MHH1/ 

S,N,FLOOP/S,N,TSTART/S,N,NOCEAD/LPRINT $ 











FSAVE Flutter storage save or answer table 

KHH1 Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. 

BHH1 Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix 

MHH1 Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix 

Parameters: 

FLOOP Input/output-integer-no default. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop 

counter. Set to zero for initial entry and incremented by one for each 

loop until the last loop then set to -1. 

TSTART Output-integer-no default. CPU clock time at entry to module. 

NOCEAD Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if 

complex eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set 

to -1. 

LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis. 

102

1026 

FA1 

Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis 

Remarks: 

BHH may be purged for the K and PK methods. BHH is ignored for the KE method. 

If BHH is purged, BHH1 may be purged for the K method.

FA2 Collects aeroelastic flutter data 

FA2 

Collects aeroelastic flutter data 

Collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and presentation for each loop through 

the configuration parameters. 

Format: 

FA2 CPH1,CLAMA1,FSAVE/ 

CPH2,CLAMA2,CASEYY,OVG/ 

S,N,TSTART/VREF/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXY/LPRINT $ 


CPH1 Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. 

CLAMA1 Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. 

FSAVE Flutter storage save table 


CPH2 Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. 

CLAMA2 Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. 

CASEYY Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis. 

OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves 

Parameters: 

TSTART Input/output-integer-no default. On input, TSTART is the CPU clock 

time at entry to FA1. On output, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for 

another DMAP loop. 

VREF Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices. 


SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. 


LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis. 

Remarks: 

All output data blocks are must be declared on the FILE statement with APPEND 

keyword in order to append outputs from previous loops. 

102

1028 

FBS 

Matrix forward/backward substitution 

. 

FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution 

To solve the matrix equation [ A] 

[ X] 

= ± [ B] 

(right-hand solution) or [ X] 

(left-hand solution) using the triangular factors computed by DCMP or DECOMP. 

Forward-only and backward-only of right-hand solutions can also be provided for 

factors of symmetric matrices (see Remark 6). 

T[ A] 

[ B] 

T = 

Format: 

FBS LD,U,B/X/KSYM/SIGN/FBTYP $ 


LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal, or Cholesky factor. 

U Upper triangular factor. Purged unless [A] is unsymmetric. 

B Rectangular matrix. 


X Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions as [B]. 

Parameters: 

KSYM Input-integer-default = -1. Symmetry flag. 

-1 choose symmetric if [U] is purged, otherwise unsymmetric 

(default). 

0 matrix [A] is unsymmetric. 

1 matrix [A] is symmetric. 

2 perform left-handed solution. 

SIGN Input-integer-default = 1. Sign of [B]. 

1 solve [A] [X] = [B] (default). 

-1 solve [A] [X] = -[B] (default). 

FBTYP Input-integer-default = 0. Forward or backward pass selection. 

-1 perform backward pass only. 

0 perform forward and backward passes (default). 

1 perform forward pass only.

FBS 


Remarks: 

1. FBS employs one of two methods--sparse or non-sparse--based on the 

decomposition method used by DCMP or DECOMP in computing the factor 

matrices. For example, if sparse methods were used to compute the factors, then 

FBS uses the sparse method. The default decomposition and FBS method is 

sparse. There also submethods (FBSOPT0) which only apply to non-sparse 

methods and are ignored for sparse methods. See Remark 5. 

2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the 

efficiency of the backward substitution process. 

3. Solutions with Cholesky factors will be performed if the lower triangular factor 

matrices are form 10. 

4. The diagonal factor of symmetric matrices is stored as the diagonal of [D]. When 

using the forward-pass only and backward-pass only options, [D] is included in 

the forward pass. 

5. The keyword FBSOPT (or SYSTEM(70)) on the NASTRAN statement may be used 

for FBS method selection (non-sparse only). If the FBSOPT keyword is not used, 

the program will select the FBS method, which results in the lower sum of CPU 

and I/O time. 

FBSOPT Non-sparse Submethod Selection 

-2 Method 1A 

-1 Method 1 

0 Automatic selection method based on minimum of l/O + CPU 

time 

+1 Method 2 

6. The equation for forward-only solution is [ L] 

[ X] 

= ± [ B] 

, and for backward-only 

the solution is [ L] 

. Both are right-hand solutions. 

T[ X] 

= ± [ B] 

7. Left-hand solutions (KSYM = 2) are available for factors of symmetric or 

unsymmetric matrices. Also, the NASTRAN keyword FBSLEFT=n or 

SYSTEM(72)=n in the FMS section, or PUTSYS(n,72) in the DMAP sequence, 

specifies the transpose flag on [B]: 

If n=0 then FBS solves 

If n=1 then FBS solves 

[ L] 

[ U] 

[ B] 

T = ± 

[ X] 

T[ L] 

[ U] 

[ B] 

T = 

± 

102

1030 

FBS 


8. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the 

NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel 

processing, also specify NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2, SPARSE = 0. 

9. For the sparse method the B matrix must be in machine precision. See Remarks 

under the “DECOMP” on page 882 module description. 

10. See the NX Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for further details on the 

FBS module and related topics. 

Examples: 

1. Solve [A] [X] = [B] where [A] could be either symmetric or unsymmetric. 

DECOMP A/LD,U, $ 

FBS LD,U,B/X/ $ 

MATPRN X// $ 

2. Solve [A] [X] = [B] assuming [A] is symmetric (form = 6 in matrix trailer). 

DECOMP A/LD,, $ 

FBS LD,,B/X/ $ 

MATPRN X// $ 

3. Solve [LD] [X] = [C] where [LD] is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 

2. 

FBS LD,,C/X///1 $ FORWARD PASS ONLY 

4. Solve [LD] T [X] = [C] where [LD] is the lower triangular factor obtained in 

Example 2. 

FBS LD,,C/X///-1 $ BACKWARD PASS ONLY 

5. Given that [M] and [K] are symmetric and [M] is also positive definite, find 

[[LD] T ] -1 [K] [LD] T , where [M] = [LD] [LD] T . 

DECOMP M/LD,,//1 $ CHOLESKY 

FBS LD,,K/Y///1 $ FWD.ONLY,Y AN INTERMEDIATE RESULT 

FBS LD,,Y/J/2//1 $ FWD.ONLY, LEFT-HAND

FILE Data block declaration 

Declares special characteristics of a data block(s). 

Format: 

FILE DB1=[SAVE,APPEND,OVRWRT]/DB2=[SAVE,APPEND, 

OVRWRT]/... $ 

Data Blocks: 

DBi Names of the data blocks possessing special characteristics. 

Parameters: 

FILE 

Data block declaration 

SAVE Indicates data block is to be saved for possible looping in DMAP 

program. 

APPEND Same as SAVE and also allows a module to append other data blocks to 

DBi on successive passes through a DMAP loop. 

OVRWRT Allows a data block to be overwritten. 

Remarks: 

1. FILE is a nonexecutable DMAP instruction that is used only by the DMAP 

compiler for information purposes. It may appear anywhere in subDMAP. It is 

also a local declaration; i.e., it must be declared in all subDMAPs where the SAVE, 

APPEND, or OVRWRT is needed. 

2. A data block name may appear only once in all FILE statements within a 

subDMAP; otherwise, the first appearance will determine all special 

characteristics applied to the data block. 

3. The APPEND keyword should only be applied to local scratch data blocks. In 

other words, the data block should not be referenced on a TYPE DB statement. It 

is also recommended that the APPEND keyword not be applied to data blocks 

that appear as output on the EQUIVX module. See the “EQUIVX” on page 1022 

module description for further details. 

Example: 

1. Data block C is created only in the first pass through the loop and must be "saved" 

for subsequent passes: 

FILE C=SAVE $ 

TYPE PARM,,CS,N,R=(1.,0.) $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,COUNT=1 $ 

. 

. 

. 

103

1032 

FILE 

Data block declaration 

DO WHILE ( COUNT

FORTIO Opens or closes a FORTRAN file 

Opens or closes a FORTRAN file. 

Format: 

FORTIO //OPERATN/UNITNO/CLOSEOPT/IOSTAT $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

OPERATN Input-character-no default. FORTIO operation. 

'EXISTS'Check for assigned physical file existence 

'OPEN'Open file 

'CLOSE'Close file 

UNITNO Input-integer-no default. Specifies FORTRAN unit number. 

CLOSEOPT Input-integer-default=2. FORTIO close options. 

1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open) 

2 Close/keep (default) 

3 Close/delete 

IOSTAT Output-integer-no default. FORTIO status return code. 

For OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE': 

0 Successful 

1 Unsuccessful 

For OPERATN='EXISTS': 

0 Assigned physical file exists 

1 Assigned physical file does not exist 

FORTIO 

Opens or closes a FORTRAN file 

103

1034 

FORTIO 

Opens or closes a FORTRAN file 

Remarks: 

1. Units must be assigned a physical file name using an ASSIGN statement. 

2. Errors encountered in FORTIO will not terminate the NX Nastran execution. But 

IOSTAT will return a nonzero value in the event of error(s) that terminate the 

request. 

Example: 

Close FORTRAN unit 24: 

FORTIO //'CLOSE'/24/2/S,N,IOSTAT $

FRLG 

Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads 

FRLG Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads 

Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads via Fourier transform 

for frequency response analysis. 

Format: 

FRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,FRL,GMD,GOD,DIT,PHDH/ 

PPF,PSF,PDF,FOL,PHF,YPF/ 

SOLTYP/S,N,FOURIER/S,N,APP $ 






GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by 

ne-set. 

GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, oset 

by d-set. 


PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to modal coordinates 


PPF Frequency response load matrix in the p-set 

PSF Frequency response load matrix in the s-set 

PDF Frequency response load matrix in the d-set 

FOL Frequency response frequency output list. 

PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) 

YPF Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set 

103

1036 

FRLG 

Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads 

Parameters: 

SOLTYP Input-character-no default. Solution method. 

'MODAL'Modal; i.e, compute PH 

'DIRECT'Direct; i.e, do not compute PH 

FOURIER Output-integer-default=-1. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk 

Data entries are referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in 

CASECC. 

APP Output-character-default='FREQ'. Dynamic load type. Set to 'FREQ', if 

RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 

or TLOAD2 entries are referenced. 

Remarks: 

1. CASECC, FRL, and FOL cannot be purged. 

2. DLT can be purged if PP, PS, PD, and PH are purged. 

3. If USETD is not purged, then PS cannot be purged if single-point constraints exist. 

Also, GMD and GOD cannot be purged if multipoint constraints or omitted 

degrees-of-freedom exist. 

4. PHDH and PH cannot be purged if SOLTYP='MODAL'. 

5. DIT cannot be purged if a dynamic load references TABLEDij Bulk Data entries. 

6. PS, PD, and PH can be purged if USETD is also purged. 

7. If TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 Bulk entries are referenced then the loads are computed 

and transformed to the frequency domain.

FRLGEN 

Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries 

FRLGEN Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries 

Creates the frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 

FRLGEN DYNAMIC,LAMAS,LAMAF/ 

FRL,FRL1,DFFDNF/ 

S,N,NOFRL/S,N,NOOPT/DFREQ $ 



LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of 

the model. 

LAMAF Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the 

model. 



FRL1 Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed 

processing is requested. 

DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to 

natural frequencies. 

Parameters: 

NOFRL Output-integer-default=0. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not 

generated. 

NOOPT Output-integer-default=0. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no 

reexecution. 

DFREQ Input-real-default=1.E-5. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two 

frequencies, f 1 and f 2 , are considered duplicates if 

Remarks: 

LAMAF may be purged. 

f1 – f2 < 

DFREQ * fmax – fmin where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across 

all FREQi Bulk Data entries. 

103

1038 

FRQDRV 

Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries 

FRQDRV Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries 

Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries and is intended for 

frequency-dependent element processing. 

Format: 

FRQDRV CASECC,FRL/ 

FRLI/ 

S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $ 



FRL Frequency response list 


FRLI Frequency response list for a single frequency. 

Parameters: 

FRQLOOP Input/output-integer-no default. Frequency loop counter. On input, 

FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, 

FRQLOOP is incremented by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP 

is negated. For example, if the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP 

is output as -5. 

FREQVAL Output-real-no default. Frequency value for frequency dependent 

element generation. 

Example: 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,FRQLOOP=0 $ 

DO WHILE ( FRQLOOP>=0 ) $ 

FRQDRV CASES,FRL/FRLI/S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $ 

. 

. 

. 

ENDDO $ FRQLOOP>=0

FRRD1 

Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution 

FRRD1 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution 

Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement 

solution using iterative or direct methods. 

Format: 

FRRD1 CASECC,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,K4XX,PXF,FRL,FOL,EDT, 

SILD,USETD,PARTVEC/ 

UXF,FOLT/ 

SOLTYP/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/NSKIP/FRRD1SEL/ 

S,N,FIRSTBAD/SETNAME/FREQDEP $ 




KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set. 

BXX Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set. 

MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set. 

K4XX Structural damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set. 



PXF Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set. 




SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during 

symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of 

the d-set (SETNAME='D'). 

103

1040 

FRRD1 


USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for 

maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX 

represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). 

PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to 

degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain 

KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric 

decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set 

(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set. 

See SETNAME parameter description below. 


UXF Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set. 

FOLT Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency 

truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated. 

Parameters: 


'MODAL'modal; usually for h-set matrices 

'DIRECT'direct; usually for d-set matrices 

NONCUP Input-integer-no default. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests 

uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX 

are diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and offdiagonal 

terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored. 

ITSEPS Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter 

epsilon for iterative solution method. 

ITSMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative 

solution method. 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC 

and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data 

entry which specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If 

NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values are taken from 

the module specification of the values. 

ZFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 

then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL. 

FIRSTBAD Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to 

TRUE if first frequency is truncated.

FRRD1 


SETNAME Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented 

by KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for 

maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must 

correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by 

SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then PARTVEC must also 

be specified. 

FREQDEP Input-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set 

to TRUE if processing frequency-dependent elements. 

Remarks: 

1. CASECC, FRL, FOL, and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, and MXX can be 

purged. 

2. If SOLTYP='DIRECT', then K4XX can be used to simulate viscoelastic materials. 

See the NX Nastran Reference Manual. Otherwise it may be purged. If 

SOLTYP='MODAL', then K4XX is ignored and may be purged. 

3. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency 

improvements and viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs 

special operations with the aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL. 

4. EDT is required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case 

Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged. 

104

1042 

FRRD2 


FRRD2 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution 

Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement 

solution using iterative or direct methods. 

Format: 

FRRD2 KXX,BXX,MXX,QHHL,PXF,FOL,CASECC,EDT,SILD, 

USETD,PARTVEC/ 

UXF,FOLT/ 

BOV/Q/MACH/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/SETNAME/ 

FRRD2SEL/S,N,FIRSTBAD $ 





QHHL Aerodynamic matrix list. 

PXF Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set. 







symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of 

the d-set (SETNAME='D'). 








(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set. 

See SETNAME parameter description below.


Parameters: 

FRRD2 



FOLT Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency 

truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated. 

BOV Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced 

frequency. 

Q Output-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure. 

MACH Output-real-default=0.0. Mach number. 

NONCUP Input-integer-default=-1. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests 

uncoupled algorithm if KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=- 

2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, 

and MXX will be ignored. 

ITSEPS Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter 

epsilon for iterative solution method. 








be specified. 

ZFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 

then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL. 

FIRSTBAD Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to 

TRUE if first frequency is truncated. 

Remarks: 

1. FOL and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, MXX, and QHHL can be purged. 

2. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency 

improvements and viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs 

special operations with the aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL. 

3. CASECC and EDT are required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the 

SMETHOD Case Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise 

it may be purged. 

104

1044 

GENTRAN 

Generates a transformation matrix 

GENTRAN Generates a transformation matrix 

Generates a transformation matrix that will convert the upstream boundary 

coordinate system to the downstream coordinate system. 

Format: 

GENTRAN SEMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/ 

MAPS/ 

SEID $ 



BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement. 

CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the current 

superelement. 

BGPDTD Basic grid point definition table for the downstream superelement. 

CSTMD Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the downstream 

superelement. 



MAPS Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate 

transformation matrix. 

Parameter: 


Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0. 

DO WHILE ( NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG-1 AND SEBULK ) $ 

SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/ 

S,N,LPFLG/////////SEP2CNTL//-1/S,N,PARTSE/ 

S,N,SETYPE/S,N,REID $ 

IF ( PARTSE ) THEN $ 

NP=SEDWN $ 

DBVIEW BGPDTD=BGPDTS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $ 

DBVIEW CSTMD =CSTMS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $ 

GENTRAN EMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/ 

MAPS/SEID $ 

ENDIF $ PARTSE 

ENDDO $ NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG-1 AND SEBULK

GETCOL 

Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase ID number 

GETCOL Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase ID number 

Reads the STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number and 

converts it to the equivalent column number in the static solution matrix. 

Format: 

GETCOL CASEBUCK,CASESTAT// 

NSKIP/S,N,BCKCOL/S,N,PRECOL $ 


CASEBUCK Table of Case Control command images for buckling analysis. 

CASESTAT Table of Case Control command images for static analysis. 


None. 

Parameters: 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in 

CASEBUCK for the STATSUB subcase identification number. 

BCKCOL Output-integer-no default. Subcase record number in CASESTAT 

referenced by the STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification 

number. BCKCOL also corresponds to the column number of static 

solution vector. 

PRECOL Output-integer-default-0. Subcase record number in CASESTAT 

referenced by the STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification 

number. PRECOL also corresponds to the column number of static 

solution vector. 

Remarks: 

If the STATSUB subcase identification number is not found in CASEBUCK then the 

BCKCOL is set to 1. If the subcase identification number specified by the STATSUB 

command is not found in CASESTAT then a fatal message is issued. 

104

1046 

GETMKL 

Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs 

GETMKL Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs 

Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs. 

Format: 

GETMKL EDT/MKLIST/S,N,NMK $ 







Parameters: 

NMK Output-integer-default=0. Number of Mach number and reduced 

frequency pairs.

Generates the aerodynamic spline transformation matrix. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

None. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP AERO0: 

GI 

Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix 

GI Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix 

⎧ SPLINE ⎫ 

GI AERO, ⎨ ⎬,BGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA/ 

⎩AMSPLINE ⎭ 

GPGK,GDGK $ 

AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by APD. 

SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with 

external grid identification numbers. 

AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. 


AEBGPDT The basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of 

freedom added (ks-set in AEUSET). 

AEUSET Aerodynamic USET table 




GPGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set. 

GDGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set 

to g-set. 

DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0 WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $ 

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $ 

GI AERO,SPLINE,XBGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA/ 

GPGK0,GDGK0 $ 

104

1048 

GKAM 

Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices 

GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices 

Assembles the modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices. 

Format: 

GKAM USETD,PHA,MI,LAMA,DIT,M2DD,B2DD,K2DD,CASECC/ 

MHH,BHH,KHH,PHDH/ 

NOUE/LMODES/LFREQ/HFREQ/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/ 

S,N,NONCUP/S,N,FMODE/KDAMP/FLUID/UNUSED12 $ 



PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set. 

MI Modal mass matrix. See Remark 5. 



M2DD Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and 

reduced to the d-set. 

B2DD Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP 

Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response 

analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping effects. 

K2DD Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command 

and reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may 

also include structural damping effects. 







Parameters: 

NOUE Input-integer-no default. The number of EXTRA points. Set to -1 if 

there are no extra points. 

LMODES Input-integer-no default. The number of lowest modes to use in modal 

transformation. All outputs will have LMODES number of columns.

GKAM 

Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices 

LFREQ Input-real-no default. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal 

transformation. 

HFREQ Input-real-no default. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal 

transformation. 




NONCUP Output-integer-no default. If K2DD, B2DD, and M2DD are purged. 

then the model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1. 

FMODE Output-integer-default=1. The lowest mode number resulting from 

LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ. 

KDAMP Input-integer-default=1. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If 

set to -1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control 

command) will be included in the stiffness matrix as structural 

damping. 

FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fluid damping processing flag. If TRUE, 

then the modal damping set identification number is obtained from 

the SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control command. 

UNUSED12 Input-logical-default=FALSE. Unused. 

Remarks: 

1. USETD may be purged if there are no extra points (NOUE0. 

8. See the NX Nastran Reference Manual for further details. 

104

1050 

GNFM 

Computes element forces due to large displacements 

GNFM Computes element forces due to large displacements 

Computes the element forces due to large displacements and optionally computes the 

elemental stiffness matrices associated with incremental deflections. 

Format: 

GNFM KELM,KDICT,KDELM,KDDICT,EST,CSTM,UG,BGPDT/ 

FG,KELM1,KDICT1/ 

SKPMTX/LUSET/NSKIP $ 


KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness. 


KDELM Table of element matrices for differential stiffness. 

KDDICT KDELM dictionary table. 






FG Element forces due to large displacements 

KELM1 Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness. 

KDICT1 KELM1 dictionary table. 

Parameters: 

SKPMTX Input-integer-default=0. If SKPMTX0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 

will be generated. 


g-set. 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear 

analysis (SOL 4). 

Remarks: 

1. FG cannot be purged. 

2. KELM1 and KDICT1 may be purged if SKPMTX0.

GP0 Modifies tables to include p-element information 

GP0 

Modifies tables to include p-element information 

Modifies geometry, connectivity, loads, and constraints tables to include p-element 

information and also create edge, face, and body tables. 

Format: 

GP0 CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT, 

EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,PELSET,PVAL0/ 

GEOM1M,GEOM2M,GEOM2A,GEOM3M,GEOM4M, 

EHT,EHTA,MEDGE,MFACE,GDNTAB,MBODY/ 

ALTSHAPE/UNIT1/UNIT2/S,N,PVALID/S,N,PEXIST/ 

GNSTART/S,N,GNMAX/GMTOL/INITAPI/PEDGEP/GNPROC $ 






GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads. 









PELSET P-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET. 

PVAL0 P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous 

superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run. 


GEOM1M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for 

the current p-level. 

GEOM2M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and 

scalar points and updated for the current p-level. 

105

1052 

GP0 

Modifies tables to include p-element information 

GEOM2A Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and updated for the current p-level. 

GEOM3M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and 

updated for the current p-level. 

GEOM4M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom 

membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for 


EHT Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. 

EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. 

MEDGE Edge table for p-element analysis. 

MFACE Face table for p-element analysis. 


MBODY Body table for p-element analysis. 

Parameters: 


p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 


UNIT1 Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing edge table 

information. 

UNIT2 Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing face table 

information. 

PVALID Output-integer-default=0. P-value set identification number. 

PEXIST Output-logical-default=TRUE. Set to FALSE if p-elements are not 

present. 

GNSTART Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M. 

GNMAX Output-integer-no default. Maximum grid identification number in 

GEOM1M. 

GMTOL Input-real-default=1.E-5. Geometric tolerance. 

INITAPI Input-logical-default=TRUE. API flag. 

PEDGEP Input-integer-default=0. 

GNPROC Input-logical-default=TRUE. Grid-n processing flag. If set to TRUE 

grid-n information is processed.

GP1 Performs basic geometry processing 

Performs basic geometry processing. 

Format: 



GP1 

Performs basic geometry processing 

GP1 GEOM1,GEOM2,geom3,GDNTAB,MEDGE,SGPDT,DYNAMIC/ 

GPL,EQEXIN,GPDT,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,VGF,GEOM3B, 

DYNAMICB/ 

S,N,LUSET/S,N,NOCSTM/S,N,NOPOINTS/ 

UNIT/UPERM/UPRMT/NUFLAG/SEID $ 





UNUSED Unused and may be purged. 



SGPDT Superelement basic grid point definition table. 





GPDT Grid point definition table. 




VGF Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows 

corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom. 

105

1054 

GP1 

Performs basic geometry processing 

GEOM3B Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with 

DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT 

entry images. 

DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA 

entry images. 

Parameters: 


g-set. 

NOCSTM Output-integer-no default. Number of coordinate systems found in 

GEOM1. Set to -1 if none are found. 

NOPOINTS Output-integer-no default. Grid point flag. Set to -1 if none are found. 

Otherwise, set to 1. 

UNIT Input-real-default=1.0. AUNIT record factor for electromagnetic 

analysis. 

UPERM Input-real-default=1.2566E-06. Permeability for electromagnetic 

analysis. 

UPRMT Input-real-default=8.8542E-12. Permittivity for electromagnetic 

analysis. 

NUFLAG Input-integer-default=10. Unit type for electromagnetic analysis. 


Remarks: 

1. GP1 assembles a list of all grid and scalar points and places them in internal order, 

computes coordinate system transformation matrices, and transforms all grid 

points to the basic coordinate system. 

2. No output data block, except VGF, may be purged.

GP2 Processes element connectivity 

Processes element connectivity. 

Format: 

GP2 GEOM2,EQEXIN,EPT,GEOM2A,UNUSED5/ 

ECT,ECTA/ 

S,N,ACOUSTIC $ 



Parameter: 

Remarks: 

1. EQEXIN and ECT may not be purged. 

2. ECTA may be purged if GEOM2A is purged. 

GP2 

Processes element connectivity 





EPT Element property table. 

GEOM2A Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element 

connectivity and updated for the current p-level. 




ACOUSTIC Output-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. 

0 No fluid elements exist 

1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists 

2 Fluid/structure coupling exists 

105

1056 

GP3 

Processes static and thermal loads 

GP3 Processes static and thermal loads 

Processes static and thermal loads. 

Format: 

GP3 GEOM3,BGPDT,GEOM2,EDT,UGH,ESTH,BGPDTH,CASEHEAT/ 

SLT,ETT/ 

S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOGRAV/S,N,NOTEMP $ 









UGH Temperature matrix in g-set from a heat transfer analysis. 

ESTH Element summary table from a heat transfer analysis. 

BGPDTH Basic grid point definition table from a heat transfer analysis. 

CASEHEAT Case Control table from a heat transfer analysis. 




Parameters: 

NOLOAD Output-integer-no default. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no 

static loads and SLT is not created, +1 otherwise. 

NOGRAV Output-integer-no default. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no 

GRAV Bulk Data entry images, +1 otherwise. 

NOTEMP Output-integer-no default. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no 

TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not 

created, +1 otherwise. 

Remarks: 

1. BGPDTH may not be purged. 

2. SLT may be purged if there are no static loads.

3. ETT may be purged if there are no thermal loads 

GP3 

Processes static and thermal loads 

4. If UGH is present in structural analysis run, then GP3 will create a new 

temperature set based on UGH with set identification numbers obtained from 

TSTRUC command in CASEHEAT. BGPDTH is used to correlate UGH to grid 

points. For h-elements ESTH is not required. For p-elements ESTH is appended 

to element ETT record for interpolation purposes in element decks. Here are the 

DBVIEW statements that are used to define these inputs in SOLs 101-200: 

DBVIEW UGH=UG 

DBVIEW ESTH=EST 

DBVIEW BGPDTH=BGPDTS 

(WHERE APRCH='HEAT ' AND WILDCARD) $ 

(WHERE APRCH='HEAT ' ) $ 

(WHERE APRCH='HEAT ') $ 

CASEHEAT can come from the CASE module or DBLOCATE DATABLK= 

(CASECCR/CASEHEAT) in the FMS. 

105

1058 

GP4 

Generates the degree-of-freedom set table 

GP4 Generates the degree-of-freedom set table 

Generates the degree-of-freedom set table, based on single point constraints, 

multipoint constraints, rigid elements, and set membership assignment Bulk Data 

entries (e.g., ASET). Also generate the enforced displacement matrix and multipoint 

constraint equation matrix. 

Format: 

GP4 CASECC,GEOM4,EQEXIN,SIL,GPDT,BGPDT,CSTM, 

MEDGE,MFACE,MBODY,GEOM2,GDNTAB/ 

RMG,YS0,USET0,DEPDOF/ 

LUSET/S,N,NOMSET/S,N,MPCF2/S,N,NOSSET/S,N,NOOSET/ 

S,N,NORSET/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,REPEAT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NOL/ 

S,N,NOA/SEID/ALTSHAPE/SEBULK $ 
















GDNTAB Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.


RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix. 

YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements. 

USET0 Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. 

DEPDOF List of dependent dof when AUTOMPC is active. 

Parameters: 

GP4 



g-set. 

NOMSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set 

or multipoint constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are 

none. 

MPCF2 Output-integer-no default. Multipoint constraint set identification 

number change flag. Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different 

multipoint constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1 otherwise 

or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current subcase. 

NOSSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. 

or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none. 

NOOSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set 

or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. 

NORSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. 

or supported degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. 

NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC 


REPEAT Output-integer-no default. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at 

the last boundary condition; +1 otherwise. 

NOSET Output-integer-no default. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to 

-1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no 

degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data 

entries); +1 otherwise. 

NOL Output-integer-default=1. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-offreedom 

belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the 

degrees-of-freedom in the l-set. 

NOA Output-integer-default=1. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if 

NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of 

degrees-of-freedom in the a-set. 


105

1060 

GP4 



p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects 


SEBULK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. 

Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER 

is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. 

Remarks: 

1. YS will be purged if SPCD or SPC Bulk Data entries do not specify nonzero values 

for displacement. 

2. GEOM4 may be purged. 

3. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are used.

GP5 

GP5 

Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis 

Creates a table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure 

analysis 

GP5 ECT,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EDT,SIL/ 

PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/ 

S,N,MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH/NASOUT/GETNUMPN $ 









PANSLT Panel static load table. 

EQACST Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal 

structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. 


NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids 

which lie within the acoustic face. 

MPNFLG Output-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. 

NUMPAN Output-integer-default=1. Number of panels. 

MATCH Output-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. 

0 Matching mesh 

1 Non-meshing mesh 

106

1062 

GP5 

Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis 

NASOUT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh 

matching summary. 

GETNUMPN Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel static load computation flag. If 

TRUE then get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel 

static loads.

Computes grid point forces and element strain energy. 

Format: 


GPFDR 

Computes grid point forces and element strain energy 

GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy 

GPFDR CASECC,UG,KELM,KDICT,ECT,EQEXIN,GPECT,PG,QG, 

⎧LAMA⎫ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ FOL ⎪ 

BGPDT, ⎨ ⎬ ,CSTM,VELEM,PTELEM,QMG,NFDICT,FENL, 

⎪ TOL ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩ 

OLF 

⎪ 

⎭ 

MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT/ 

ONRGY1,OGPFB1,OEKE1,OEDE1/ 

APP/TINY/XFLAG/CYCLIC/WTMASS $ 



KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness. 






PG Static load matrix for the g-set. 

QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set. 


LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for normal modes. Required for 

APP='REIG' 

FOL Frequency output list. Required for APP='FREQRESP' 

TOL Time output list. Required for APP='TRANRESP' 

OLF Nonlinear static load factor list. Required for APP='NLST' 



106

1064 

GPFDR 




QMG Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set. 

NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table 

FENL Element energy and forces in nonlinear matrix format 

MELM Elemental matrices for mass 

MDICT Dictionary table for MELM 

BELM Elemental matrices for damping 

BDICT Dictionary table for BELM 


ONRGY1 Table of element strain energies and energy densities. 

OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces. 

OEKE1 Elemental kinetic energy 

OEDE1 Elemental energy loss 

Parameters: 

APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable types are: 

'STATICS' Linear statics 

'REIG' Normal modes 

'FREQRESP' Frequency response 

'TRANRESP' Transient response 

'NLST' Nonlinear static

GPFDR 


TINY Input-real-default=1.E-03. Small element strain energy value. Element 

strain energies less than TINY will not be printed. 

XFLAG Input-integer-default=0. Strain energy method selection. 

Remarks: 

1. GPFDR creates the grid point force balance table for a user-selected set of points. 

This table lists the forces acting at each selected point due to element constraints, 

single-point constraints, and applied loads. Also listed is the sum total of these 

forces which represents the balance in an opposite direction due to multipoint 

constraints, general elements, round-off errors, and other nonlisted sources. 

Subtotals for element sets and element types are also provided. 

2. GPFDR creates the element strain energy table for a user-selected set of elements. 

These selected elements are listed by type with their strain energy, percent of total 

strain energy with respect to all elements and strain energy density. The strain 

energy is computed by one of the following equations: 

If XFLAG=0 (default): 

If XFLAG=1: 

0 Elemental force 

1 Cross displacement. See Remark 2. 

CYCLIC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE for cyclic symmetry models. 

WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on elemental mass matrix. 

⎧ 1⎫ 

⎨ue⎬ ⎩ ⎭ 

W e 

W e 

= 

= 

1 

-- { F 

2 e} 

T { ue } 

1⎧ 

1 ⎫⎧ T ⎫⎧ i ⎫ 

-- u 

2 

⎨ e ⎬⎨Ke⎬⎨ue⎬ 

⎩ ⎭⎩ 

⎭⎩ 

⎭ 

where is the displacement for the first subcase or mode and 

⎧ i ⎫ 

⎨ue⎬ ⎩ ⎭ 

where is the displacement for the i-th subcase or mode. 

Eq. 4-17 

Eq. 4-18 

3. The strain energy density is computed by dividing the strain energy by the 

element volume. The total energy is computed by summing the element strain 

energies of all elements for which stiffness matrices exist. General elements are 

not included. 

106

1066 

GPJAC 

Checks element Jacobians 

GPJAC Checks element Jacobians 

Checks element Jacobians. 

Format: 

GPJAC ECT,BGPDT//S,N,JACDET $ 





None. 

Parameter: 

JACDET Output-integer-default=0. Bad Jacobian detection flag. Set to 1 if a bad 

Jacobian is detected. 

Remark: 

By default the run will terminate if bad Jacobians are detected. If system cell 213 is 

equal to 1 then the run will not terminate.

GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation 

Performs auto-SPC operation; i.e., identifies and automatically constrains 

singularities. 

Format: 

GPSP 



⎧KNN ⎫ ⎧KMM ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬,USET0,SIL,GPL,YS0,GEOM4,EQEXIN/ 

⎩KGG ⎭ ⎩RMG ⎭ 

USET,YS,BD3X3/ 

S,N,NOSSET/AUTOSPC/PRGPST/SPCGEN/EPZERO/ACON/ 

S,N,SING/EPPRT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NGERR/MPCMETH $ 

GPSP 

Performs auto-SPC operation 

KNN Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction. 


KMM Stiffness matrix in m-set. 


USET0 Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. 



YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements. 






YS Matrix of enforced displacements in the s-set. 

BD3X3 3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for 

parallel domain decomposition. 

106

1068 

GPSP 


Parameters: 

NOSSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. 

or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none. 

AUTOSPC Input-character-default='YES'. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', 

then singularities will be constrained. 

PRGPST Input-character-default='YES'. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 

'YES', then the summary is printed. 

SPCGEN Input-integer-default=0. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, 

then singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH 

file as SPC Bulk Data entries. 

EPZERO Input-real-default=1.E-8. Singularity test parameter. Singularities 

greater than EPZERO will not be constrained. 

ACON Input-integer-default=0. B-set constraint flag. If ACON

Remarks: 

1. YS0 and YS may be purged. 

GPSP 


2. For the most reliable identification and constraint of singularities on independent 

degrees-of-freedom connected multipoint constraints or rigid elements then 

GPSP should be executed after MCE1 and MCE2. Then KNN and KMM should 

be specified for the first two inputs and 'KMM' should be specified for 

MPCMETH. For example, from subDMAP SEKR0: 

UPARTN USET0,KGG/KMM,,,/'G'/'M'/'N' $ 

MCE2 USET0,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $ 

GPSP KNN,KMM,... 

...S,N,NGERR/'KMM' $ 

If KMM is purged then some singular rotational independent degrees-of-freedom 

may not be identified unless all rotations at a given point are independent. 

3. If GPSP is executed before MCE1 and MCE2 then KGG and RMG should be 

specified. Also, the default for MPCMETH should be used. 

GPSP KGG,RMG,... 

If RMG is purged then singular independent degrees-of-freedom connected to 

multipoint constraints or rigid elements will not be identified or constrained. 

4. ACON should be set to -1 if processing a superelement. 

106

1070 

GPSTR1 

Computes element to grid point interpolation factors 

GPSTR1 Computes element to grid point interpolation factors 

Computes element to grid point interpolation factors for grid point stress 

computations. 

Format: 

GPSTR1 POSTCDB,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,ELSET,ESTNL,UNUSED7,CASECC/ 

EGPSF/ 

S,N,NOEGPSF $ 


POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) section of Case Control. 




ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION 

section of Case Control. 

ESTNL Nonlinear element summary table. 




EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors 

Parameter: 

NOEGPSF Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is 

created. 

Remark: 

CSTM may be purged.

GPSTR2 Computes grid point stresses or strains 

GPSTR2 

Computes grid point stresses or strains 

Computes grid point stresses or strains interpolated from element centroid stresses or 

strains. 

Format: 

GPSTR2 CASECC,EGPSF,BGPDT,OES1,OESNLXR/ 

OGS1,EGPSTR/ 

S,N,NOOGS1/S,N,NOEGPSTR/APP/NLSTRAIN $ 



EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors. 


OES1 Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format. 

OESNLXR Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for 

all subcases. 


OGS1 Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format. 

EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC 

module. 

Parameters: 

NOOGS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is 

created. 

NOEGPSTR Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is 

created. 

APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values 

are: 

'STATICS'statics 

'REIGEN'normal modes 

'TRANRESP'transient response 

NLSTRAIN Logical-input-default=FALSE. Nonlinear strain data recovery, 

otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if 

nonlinear strains are to be processed. 

107

1072 

GPSTR2 

Computes grid point stresses or strains 

Remarks: 

1. The GPSTRESS Case Control command controls the contents of OGS1. 

2. The STRFIELD Case Control command controls the contents of EGPSTR.

GPWG 

Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point 

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point 

Computes the center of mass of the structure relative to a given point and the principal 

inertias about the center of gravity. 

Format: 

GPWG BGPDT,CSTM,UNUSED3,MGG,MEDGE,UNUSED6/ 

OGPWG/ 

GRDPNT/WTMASS/ALTSHAPE/SEID $ 










Parameters: 

GRDPNT Input-integer-default=-1. Reference grid point identification number. 

Inertias are computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the 

basic coordinate system is used. 






Remarks: 

1. BGPDT and OGPWG cannot be purged. If MGG is purged or null, GPWG will 

return. CSTM must be present if coordinate systems are used to define the 

location of one or more grid points. MEDGE must be present if p-elements are 

present. 

2. GPWG is identical to Option 7 in the VECPLOT module. 

107

1074 

GPWG 

Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point 

3. GPWG calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general 

mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the [Mgg] 

matrix by using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation is 

defined by the global coordinate displacements resulting from unit translations 

and rotations of the whole body about a reference point. 

4. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, 

and the center of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the 

output by giving for each of the three masses, its own direction and center of 

gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the directional mass effects. 

The axes about which the inertia terms are calculated may not intersect. However, 

these axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. 

This is the significance of the term "center of gravity". If the structural model has 

been constructed using only real masses, the three masses printed out will be 

equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms will 

intersect at the center of gravity.

GUST Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis 

GUST 

Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis 

Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis that are associated with aerodynamic flow. 

Format: 

GUST CASECC,DLT,FRL,DIT,QHJL,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,ACPT, 

CSTMA,PHF/ 

PHF1,WJ,QHJK,PFP/ 

S,N,NOGUST/BOV/MACH/Q $ 






QHJL Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. 



ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table. 

CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for gset 

and ks-set grid points. 

PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal). 


PHF1 Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with 

gust loads. 

WJ Gust matrix. 

QHJK Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. 

PFP Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads. 

Parameters: 

NOGUST Output-integer-no default. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads 

exist; otherwise set to 1. 

BOV Input-real-default=0.0. Conversion from frequency to reduced 

frequency. 

107

1076 

GUST 

Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis 

MACH Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number. 

Q Input-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure. 

Remarks: 

1. If DIT is purged, GUST will return (setting NOGUST = - 1). 

2. CSTMA may be purged. 

3. Often the shape (time dependence) of the gust is unknown, except for certain 

statistical information, e.g., power spectral density and RMS value. In these cases 

the GUST module must create frequency-dependent loads. Sometimes the gust 

shape is specified as a function of time, which will be analyzed by Fourier 

transform techniques. Then the frequency dependent loads are calculated by 

Fourier transform. 

The value of the load is calculated from the downwash distribution. The 

calculation involves the aerodynamic formulation. For all methods (except strip 

theory) the downwash is a part of the aerodynamic theory used in the AMG-AMP 

modules. The downwash is associated with the j-set, which corresponds to the Ajj 

matrix. The loads are computed from the downwash using aerodynamic 

matrices. 

The downwash to be provided comes from a simple model of the atmosphere. 

The velocity is vertical (in the z-direction of the aerodynamic coordinate system), 

and appears (to an observer) in the airplane coordinates to sweep back toward the 

+x direction. This implies that the downwash vector has two properties: 

It is proportional to the cosine of the dihedral angle for any panel. 

There is a time delay of amount X/U for the arrival at any point. (X is streamwise 

coordinate.)

IFP Reads Bulk Data Section 

Reads in the Bulk Data and outputs the finite element model in table form. 

Format: 



IFP 

Reads Bulk Data Section 

IFP BULK/ 

GEOM1,EPT,MPT,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2, 

GEOM3,GEOM4,EPTA,UNUSED11,MATPOOL,AXIC,PVT,DMI, 

DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM,DEQATN,DEQIND, 

CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED25/ 

S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/ 

S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/ 

S,N,RUNIFP9/SEID/S,N,RUNMEPT $ 

BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries. 








DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. 






EPTA Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element 

properties. 


MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat 

transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. 

107

1078 

IFP 


AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydroelastic, 

and acoustic cavity analysis. 

PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry 

images. 


DMINDX Index into DMI. 

DTI Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries. 

DTlNDX Index into DTI. 

DEFUSET Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images. 


optimization. 






Parameters: 

NOGOIFP Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected. 

RUNIFPi Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is 

required. 

SEID Integer-input-default=-1. Superelement identification number. 

RUNMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module 

execution is required. 

Remarks: 

1. IFP does not stop on error detection, therefore, the DMAP sequence must contain 

a statement to terminate the run. For example, 

IF (NOGOIFP) EXIT$ 

2. IFP must appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence after the IFP1 and 

XSORT modules and before any other module.

Example: 

IFP 


Read the Bulk Data section and update applicable records for acoustic, hydroelastic, 

hyperelastic, composite beam and shell, axisymmetric, and beam library analyses. 

IFP BULK/ 

GEOM1.1,EPT.1,MPT.1,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2.1,GEOM3.1,GEOM4.1, 

EPTA,,MATPOL.1,AXIC,PVT,DMI,DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM, 

DEQATN,DEQIND,CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED2/ 

S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/ 

S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/S,N,RUNIFP9//S,N,RUNMEPT $ 

IF ( RUNIFP3 ) THEN $ 

IFP3 AXIC/GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM3,GEOM4.3/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX GEOM1.1/GEOM1.3/-1 $ 


EQUIVX GEOM3.1/GEOM3/-1 $ 


ENDIF $ 


IFP4 AXIC,GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM4.3,MATPOL.1/ 

GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4,GEOM4,MATPOOL/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX GEOM1.3 /GEOM1.4/-1 $ 

EQUIVX GEOM2.3 /GEOM2.4/-1 $ 

EQUIVX GEOM4.3 /GEOM4/-1 $ 

EQUIVX MATPOL.1/MATPOOL/-1 $ 

ENDIF $ 


IFP5 AXIC,GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4/GEOM1.5,GEOM2.5/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX GEOM1.4/GEOM1/-1 $ 


ENDIF $ 


IFP6 EPT.1,MPT.1,DIT/EPT.6,MPT.6/S,N,NOGOIFP6/NOCOMP $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX EPT.1/EPT.6/-1 $ 

EQUIVX MPT.1/MPT.6/-1 $ 

ENDIF $ 


IFP7 GEOM2.5,EPT.6,MPT.6,DIT/EPT.7/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $ 

ELSE $ 


ENDIF $ 


IFP8 MPT.6,DIT/MPT/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX MPT.6/MPT/-1 $ 

ENDIF $ 


IFP9 EPT.7/EPT.9/S,N,NOGOIFP9 $ 

ELSE $ 


107

1080 

IFP 


ENDIF $ 

IF ( RUNMEPT ) THEN $ 

MODEPT EPT.9,DIT/EPT $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX EPT.9/EPT/-1 $ 

ENDIF $ 

MODGM2 EPT,GEOM2.5/GEOM2 $

IFP1 Reads Case Control Section 

Reads the Case Control Section. 

Format: 


Parameter: 

IFP1 

Reads Case Control Section 

IFP1 /CASECC,PCDB,XYCDB,POSTCDB,FORCE/S,N,NOGOIFP1/ 

S,N,LASTCC/S,N,BEGSUP $ 


PCDB Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands. 



FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the 

OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field 

information. 

NOGOIFP1 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in 

the Case Control Section. 

LASTCC Integer-output-default=0. Set to 2 if the last auxiliary model Case 

Control section is being processed. 

BEGSUP Logical-output-default=FALSE. BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if the 

first Bulk Data section begins with BEGIN SUPER instead of BEGIN 

BULK. 

Remarks: 

1. IFP1 does not stop if an error is detected in the Case Control section; therefore, the 

following statement should appear after the module: 

IF (NOGOIFP1) EXIT $ 

2. IFP1 may be executed only once and should appear at the beginning of the DMAP 

sequence before any other module. 

108

1082 

IFP1 

Reads Case Control Section 

Example: 

Read multiple Case Control sections in a loop. Each Case Control section is prefaced 

with the AUXCASE and AUXMODEL commands. The outputs from IFP1 are to be 

qualified on auxiliary model identification number. 

DO WHILE ( LASTCC2 ) $ 

IFP1 /XCASECC,XPCDB,XXYCDB,XPOSTCDB,XFORCE/ 

S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC $ 

PARAML XCASECC//'DTI'/1/258//S,N,AUXMID $ 

EQUIVX XCASECC/CASEXX/-1 $ 

EQUIVX XPCDB/PCDB/-1 $ 

EQUIVX XXYCDB/XYCDB/-1 $ 

EQUIVX XPOSTCDB/POSTCDB/-1 $ 

EQUIVX XFORCE/FORCE/-1 $ 

ENDDO $

IFP3 Modifies Bulk Data entry records 

IFP3 

Modifies Bulk Data entry records 

Modifies Bulk Data entry records related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis. 

Format: 

IFP3 AXIC/GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM3X,GEOM4X/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $ 


AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell, 

hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. 


GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis. 




Parameter: 

NOGOIFP3 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected 

in the Bulk Data entries. 

Remarks: 

1. IFP3 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. 

NOGOIFP3 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module 

2. IFP3 must appear after the IFP1 and before the IFP4 modules. 

3. The axisymmetric Bulk Data entry records modified by IFP3 are: 

Bulk Data 

Entry Record 

Output Records Output Data Blocks 

AXIC None None 

CCONEAX CCONE GEOM2 

FORCEAX FORCE GEOM3 

MOMAX MOMENT GEOM3 

MPCAX MPC GEOM4 

OMITAX OMIT GEOM4 

POINTAX MPC GEOM4 

108

1084 

IFP3 


4. The other Bulk Data entries recognized and processed by IFP3 are: 

Example 

Bulk Data 

Entry Record 


GRID GEOM1 

PRESAX PLOAD GEOM3 

RINGAX SPC GEOM4 

GRID GEOM1 

SECTAX MPC GEOM4 

GRID GEOM1 

SPCAX SPC GEOM4 

SUPAX SUPORT GEOM4 

TEMPAX TEMP GEOM3 

FORCE, GRAV, LOAD, MOMENT, TEMPD, TEMP, GRID, 

MPCADD, OMIT, SEQGP, SPC, SPCADD, and SUPORT 

See the example in the “IFP” on page 1077 module description.

Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records. 

Format: 



Parameter: 

IFP4 

Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records 

IFP4 Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records 

IFP4 AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,MATPOOL/ 

GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM4X,MATPOOLX/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $ 










GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to hydroelastic analysis. 



MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. 

NOGOIFP4 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the 


Remarks: 




108

1086 

IFP4 

Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records 

3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP4: 

Example: 

Bulk Data 

Entry Record 


AXIF None None 

BDYLIST Various MATPOOLX 

CFLUID2 CFLUID2 GEOM2X 



FLSYM Various MATPOOLX 

FREEPT SPOINT GEOM2X 

MPC GEOM4X 

FSLIST CFSMASS GEOM2X 

SPC GEOM4X 

GRIDB GRID GEOM1X 

PRESPT SPOINT GEOM2X 

MPC GEOM4X 

RINGFL GRID GEOM1X 

SEQGP GEOM1X 

DMIAX DMIG MATPOOLX 


Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records. 

Format: 



Parameter: 

IFP5 

Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records 

IFP5 Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records 

IFP5 AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2/ 

GEOM1X,GEOM2X/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $ 






GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to acoustic cavity analysis. 

GEOM2X GEOM2 table related to acoustic cavity analysis. 

NOGOIFP5 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected 

in the Bulk Data entries. 

Remarks: 




3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP5.: 

Input Record 

Input Data 

Block 

Output 

Record 

AXSLOT AXIC None None 

Output Data 

Block 

CAXIF2 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X 


CSLOT3 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X 

CSLOT4 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X 


108

1088 

IFP5 

Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records 

Example: 

Input Record 

Input Data 

Block 

Output 

Record 

GRIDF AXIC GRID GEOM1X 

GRIDS AXIC GRID GEOM1X 

SLBDY AXIC CELAS2 GEOM2X 

See the example in the “IFP” on page 1077 module description. 

Output Data 

Block

IFP6 Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records 

IFP6 

Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records 

Create PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PCOMP and 

MAT8 bulk data entry records. 

Format: 

IFP6 EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/ 

EPTC,MPTC,PCOMPTC/ 

S,N,NOGOIFP6/S,N,NOCOMP/DSFLAG $ 


EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in 

particular, PSHELL and PCOMP entries. 

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in 

particular, MAT2 and MAT8 entries. 


PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. 





records. 

PCOMPTC Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the 


Parameter: 



NOCOMP Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data 

entry records are found. 

DSFLAG Input-logical-default=FALSE. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for 

design sensitivity job. 

Remarks: 



2. IFP6 must appear after the IFP and before the IFP7 modules. 

108

1090 

IFP6 

Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records 

Example: 


IFP7 Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records 

IFP7 

Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records 

Create PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBCOMP Bulk Data entry 

records. 

Format: 

IFP7 GEOM2,EPT,MPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $ 




EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in 

particular, PBCOMP entries. 




EPTX Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent 

PBEAM records. 

Parameter: 



Remarks: 




Example: 


109

1092 

IFP8 

Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records 

IFP8 Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records 

Create MATHP Bulk Data entry records based upon data on the TABLES1 Bulk Data 

entry records for use in hyperelastic analysis. 

Format: 

IFP8 MPT,DIT/MPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $ 





MPTX Copy of MPT except applicable MATHP records are updated to include 

referenced TABLSE1 Bulk Data entry information 

Parameter: 



Remarks: 




3. IFP8 modifies the MATHP Bulk Data entry records using least squares fitting of 

experimental data referenced on TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records to analytically 

obtained solutions. 

Example: 


IFP9 Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records 

IFP9 

Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records 

Create PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBARL and 

PBEAML Bulk Data entry records. 

Format: 

IFP9 EPT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP9 $ 



particular, PBARL and PBEAML entries. 


EPTX Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are replaced by 

equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records 

Parameter: 



Remarks: 



2. IFP9 must appear after the IFP modules. 

Example: 


109

1094 

IFPINDX 

Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number 

IFPINDX Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number 

Creates an index, keyed by identification number for any IFP table. 

Format: 

IFPINDX /IFPDB $ 


None. 


IFPDB Any table data block output by modules IFP, IFPi, MODEPT, 

MODGM2, and MODGM4. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

1. IFPDB must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement. 

2. IFPDB must contain a key word in the first word of each tuple of the ifp header 

word. Currently only fixed length Bulk Data entries are supported.

IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform 

IFT 

Performs an inverse Fourier transform 

Performs an inverse Fourier transform to convert the frequency response solution 

matrix to the time domain. 

Format: 

IFT UXF,CASECC,TRL,FOL/ 

UXT,TOL/ 

IFTM $ 







UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set. 

TOL Transient response time output list. 

Parameters: 

IFTM Input-integer-default=1. Fourier transform method. 

0 Constant 

1 Piecewise linear (default) 

2 Cubic spline 

109

1096 

INPUTT2 

Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit 

INPUTT2 Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit 

Recovers up to five tables or matrices from a FORTRAN unit. This unit may have been 

written either by a FORTRAN program or by the companion module OUTPUT2. 

Format: 

INPUTT2 /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL $ 


DBi Data blocks to be input from the FORTRAN unit. 

Parameters: 

ITAPE Input-integer-default = 0. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before 

INPUTT2 attempts to extract any data blocks. The following controls 

are available. 

ITAPE 

Value 

Action 

+n Skip forward n data blocks before reading. 

0 Data blocks are read starting at the current position. 

-1 Rewind before reading, position tape past label (LABL). 

-3 Print data block names and then rewind before reading 

(checks LABL). 

IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number from 

which the data blocks are to be read. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended. 

LABL Input-character-default = ’XXXXXXXX’. LABL is the label on the 

FORTRAN unit. A check of the label may or may not be performed 

based on the value of ITAPE as indicated in the following table.

ITAPE 

Value 

+n No 

0 No 

-1 Yes 

Tape Label Checked? 

-3 Yes (Warning Check) 

INPUTT2 

Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit 

Remarks: 

1. Any or all of the output data blocks may be purged. Only nonpurged data blocks 

will be taken from the tape. The data blocks will be taken sequentially from the 

tape starting from a position determined by the value of the first parameter. Note 

that the output data block sequence A,B,,, is the same as ,A,,B, or ,,,A,B. 

2. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. 

Certain FORTRAN units are reserved, see “Making File Assignments” in the NX 

Nastran Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units. 

3. Data blocks will be read from the FORTRAN unit in either binary or neutral 

format, depending upon the FORM option of the ASSIGN FMS statement. If no 

ASSIGN FMS statement is specified, then binary input is assumed. 

4. The format of the FORTRAN binary file is given in the OUTPUT2 description 

5. Factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13 and 15) cannot be processed by INPUTT2. 

109

1098 

INPUTT4 

Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit 

INPUTT4 Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit 

Reads an ASCII or binary file from a FORTRAN unit and creates a matrix suitable for 

input to other modules. OUTPUT4 module output may also be used as input. 

Format: 

INPUTT4 /M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/NMAT/IUNIT/ITAPE/UNUSED4/BIGMAT $ 


Mi Matrices 

Parameters: 

NMAT Input-integer-default=1. NMAT is the number of matrices that have 

been written on the user-supplied unit. Must be less than or equal to 5. 

IUNIT Input-integer-no default. The value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit 

number on which the user-supplied matrix was written. 

ITAPE Input-integer-default=-1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before 

INPUTT4 tries to extract any matrices as follows: 

ITAPE Action 

0 None. 

-1 Rewind IUNIT before read. 

-2 Rewind IUNIT at end. 

-3 Both. 


BIGMAT Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT = FALSE selects the format that 

uses a string header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has 

more than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE 

regardless of the value specified.

INPUTT4 


Remarks: 

1. Each matrix is read from IUNIT according to its ASSIGN FMS statement, and the 

BIGMAT as shown in the remarks of the OUTPUT4 description. 

2. Each real or complex matrix must have been written on IUNIT according to the 

format below. 

• For example, in the nonsparse format and binary format (ASSIGN 

FORM=UNFORMATTED), each matrix could be created (assumed on 

FORTRAN unit 8) as follows: 

Record 1-four word record 

Record 2,3,etc. 

WRITE(8) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE 

WRITE(8) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW) 

• If the ASCII format (ASSIGN FORM=FORMATTED) and the nonsparse 

format is desired, then each matrix must be created as follows: 

Record 1 

WRITE(8,100) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE 

100 FORMAT(4I8) 

Record 2,3,etc. 

WRITE(8,200) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW) 

200 FORMAT(3I8,(1P,5E16.9)) 

The format for X(I) above must be (1P,rEw.d), 

where d is the number of digits in the fractional part, w must be greater than 

d+7, and r is the integer part of 80/w. 

• The NX Nastran "util" directory contains a utility subroutine called MAKIDS 

in a file called mattst.f (or .for) which will write a matrix into the format 

suitable for INPUTT4. See “Building and Using MATTST” in the NX 

Nastran Installation and Operations Guide. 

• Zero terms must be explicitly present from the first nonzero in any column 

to the last nonzero term unless the sparse matrix option is used. 

• Null columns need not be input (they will be properly handled if they are 

input). 

109

1100 

INPUTT4 


3. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. 

Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. If the ASSIGN 

statement is not provided, then the format of the matrices on IUNIT is assumed 

to be nonsparse and binary. The ASCII format requires an ASSIGN FMS 

statement with the FORM = FORMATTED option. Certain FORTRAN units are 

reserved, see “Making File Assignments” in the NX Nastran Installation and 

Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units. 

4. The memory required is from the first nonzero entry in the column to the last 

nonzero entry. 

5. Factor matrices from DECOMP and DCMP (matrix forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) 

cannot be processed by INPUTT4. 

6. If you select any of the options for endianness using the ASSIGN FMS statement, 

the resulting files will be fortran readable only on systems that have the same 

endianness.

INTERR 

Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum 

INTERR Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum 

Generates the modal components of base motion from a response spectrum. 

Format: 

INTERR CASECC,DIT,DYNAMIC,ZETAH,FN,SPECSEL,PSI/ 

UHR/ 

CLOSE/OPTION $ 





ZETAH Mass-normalized damping 

FN Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness) 

SPECSEL Response spectra input correlation table 

PSI Modal partitioning factor matrix 


UHR Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis 

Parameters: 

CLOSE Input-real-no default. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the 

OPTION='ABS' method, close natural frequencies will be summed if 

the natural frequencies satisfy: 

fi+1 < CLOSE * fi OPTION Input-character-no default. Response summation method for scaled 

response spectra analysis only. Possible values are: 

Remark: 

'ABS'Absolute 

'SRSS'Square root of the sum of the squares 

'NRL'Naval Research Laboratory (new) 

'NRLO'Naval Research Laboratory (old) 

Only FN may be purged, in which case INTERR returns. 

110

1102 

ISHELL 

Invokes an external program 

ISHELL Invokes an external program 

Invokes an external program. 

Format: 

ISHELL //PRGNAME/S,N,IRTN/NOINT/NOREAL/NOCMPX/NOCHAR/NOUNIT/ 

INT1 /INT2 /INT3 /INT4 / 

REAL1/REAL2/REAL3/REAL4/ 

CMPX1/CMPX2/CMPX3/CMPX4/ 

CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4/ 

IUNIT1/IUNIT2/IUNIT3/IUNIT4 $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

PRGNAME Input-character-no default. Name of external program. 

IRTN Output-integer-default=0. External program return code. 

-1 indicates failure. 

NOINT Input-integer-default=0. Number of integer value inputs 

NOREAL Input-integer-default=0. Number of real value inputs. 

NOCMPX Input-integer-default=0. Number of complex value inputs 

NOCHAR Input-integer-default=0. Number of character value inputs. 

NOUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Number of Fortran input units. 

INTi Input-integers-default=0. Integer values. 

REALi Input-real-default=-1.0. Real values. 

CMPXi Input-complex-default=(-1.0,0.0). Complex values. 

CHARi Input-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character values. 

IUNITi Input-character-default=0. Fortran unit numbers.

ISHELL 

Invokes an external program 

Remarks: 

1. The external program identified by PRGNAME will be passed arguments from 

NX Nastran as specified by the ISHELL parameters. The external program can be 

either a shell script or an executable program. It can either mimic an internal 

module or provide any user-defined functionality that requires access to NX 

Nastran's data structures. 

2. NX Nastran remains in a "wait" state until the external program is completed. 

3. OUTPUT2, OUTPUT4, INPUTT2 and INPUTT4 modules are required to pass 

tables and/or matrices into the external program. 

4. ISHELL capability is supported on UNIX platforms only. 

5. The name of external program must be uppercase and limited to 8 characters. 

6. The unit numbers must have associated ASSIGN statements. Based on the 

ASSIGN statements, the module will automatically pass the physical filenames 

associated with unit numbers to the external program. These filenames are passed 

at the positions 31 through 34. 

7. Errors encountered in ISHELL will not terminate the NX Nastran execution. 

8. IRTN=-1 indicates a failure during invocation of PRGNAME. It is not related to 

errors encountered within the invoked script or executable. For example, 

PRGNAME cannot be found or does not have execute permission. 

9. You will need a utility program to parse the arguments for your external 

program. For example, use set -A argarray "$@" or a similar technique. 

10. The FORTIO module must be used with ISHELL to OPEN and CLOSE FORTRAN 

units referenced by the external program. 

Example: 

Invoke user executable DOITPGM: 

ISHELL //'DOITPGM' $ 

110

1104 

LAMX 

Eigenvalue Table Editor 

LAMX Eigenvalue Table Editor 

Modifies, creates, or converts to matrices the LAMA (real eigenvalues) and CLAMA 

(complex eigenvalues) tables. 

Formats: 

Modify LAMA: 

LAMX EMAT, LAMA/LAMAX/NLAM/RESFLG $ 

Create LAMA from a matrix: 

LAMX FREQMASS,/LAMA/NLAM/RESFLG $ 

Convert LAMA into a matrix: 

LAMX ,,LAMA/LMAT/-1/RESFLG $ 

Create CLAMA from a matrix: 

LAMX CLAMMAT,/CLAMA/-1 $ 

Convert CLAMA into a matrix: 

LAMX ,,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $ 


EMAT Matrix of editing parameters. See Remark 1. 


FREQMASS Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses. See Remark 2. 


CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. 


LAMAX Modified LAMA table. 

LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table created from FREQMASS. 

LMAT Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix. See 

Remark 3. 

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal.

Parameters: 

LAMX 


NLAM Integer-input-default=0. The maximum number of modes in the output 

data block LAMAX. If NLAM = 0, the number of modes in LAMAX will 

be the same as that of LAMA or FREQMASS. If NLAM = -1, the matrix 

LMAT is produced instead. 

RESFLG Integer-input-default=0. Subheading print flag used by the OFP 

module for residual vector eigenvalues. 

1 ”Print “BEFORE AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS 

2 Print “AFTER AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS” 

0 No print 

Remarks: 

1. The EMAT matrix has three rows and one column for each mode which are used 

to modify the frequency and generalized mass. 

0 

0 

• If R3j ≥ 0 then the frequency f and generalized mass m will be 

j 

j 

extracted from LAMA and modified accordingly: 

• frequency: 

fixed shift: 

fractional change: 

• Generalized mass: 

Number of Modes 

R 1j 

R 2j 

R 3j 

fj = Rij + ( 1.0 + R2j )f 

j 

R1j = shift and R2j = – 1.0 

3 

R1j = 0.0 and R2j = fraction 

m j 

= 

0 

⎧R 

3j ( if R3j > 0) 

⎪ 

⎨ 0 

⎪ mj ( if R3 = 0) 

⎩ 

110

1106 

LAMX 


• Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are based on the 

modified frequency and generalized mass: 

radians: ωj = 2πf j 

eigenvalue: 

λ j 

= 

2 

ω 

j 

generalized stiffness: Kj = λj mj • If R3j = – 1 then mode j is not copied to LAMAX. 

• If R1j = 0 , R2j = 0 and R3j = 0 then mode j is copied from LAMA to 

LAMAX without modification. 

2. The FREQMASS matrix has three rows and one column for each mode. The 

first row contains the frequencies and the third row contains the generalized 

masses. The second row is null. Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized 

stiffness are computed as in Remark 3. 

Number of Modes 

f j 

0.0 

m j 

3. In the LMAT matrix each row corresponds to a mode. Each column 

corresponds to eigenvalue, radians, frequency, generalized mass, and 

generalized stiffness. 

Number of 

Modes 

5 

λ i ω i f i M i k i 

· 

· 

· 

· 

3

LAMX 


Examples: 

1. For LAMA (real) tables: 

• Assume that 10 modes are defined in the LAMA table. It is now desired to 

modify the frequency data of the LAMA table in the following way: 

Mode(s) 

The DMI header record entry is also required: DMI,EMAT,0,2,1,1,,3,10 

The DMAP is: 

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/EMAT,,,,,,,,, $ 

LAMX EMAT,LAMA/LAMB/9 $ 

EQUIVX LAMB/LAMA/ALWAYS $ 

• Create a LAMB table with f j = 10.0, 20,0, 30.0, 40, and m j = 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 2.0. 

DMI, FREQMASS, 0, 2, 1, 1, , 3, 4 

DMI, FREQMASS, 1, 1, 10.0, 00, 1.0 

DMI, FREQMASS, 2, 1, 20.0, 0.0, 1.0 

DMI, FREQMASS, 3, 1, 30.0, 0.0, 1.0 

DMI, FREQMASS, 4, 1, 40.0, 0.0, 2.0 


DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/,,,,,,,,,$ 

LAMX FREQMASS,/LAMB $ 

OFP LAMB//$ 

• Generate a matrix LMAT from a LAMA table. 


LAMX, ,LAMA/LMAT/-1 $ 

Desired 

Modification 

1 through 3 none --- 

DMl Format for EMAT 

4 multiply f 4 by 0.8 DMI,EMAT,4,2,-0.2 

5 none --- 

6 delete DMI,EMAT,6,3,-1.0 

7 replace f 7 by 173.20 DMI,EMAT,7,1,173.20,-1.0 

8 replace m 8 by 2.98 DMI,EMAT,8,3,2.98 

9 none --- 

10 delete DMI,EMAT,10,3,-1.0 

2. For CLAMA (complex) tables: 

• Create a CLAMA table with eigenvalues -1.0, -1.0, -2.0, -2.0, and -3.0, +1.0. 

110

1108 

LAMX 


The DMI data for CLAMMAT would be: 

DMI, CLAMMAT, 0,6,3,3, ,3,3 

DMI, CLAMMAT, 1,1,-1.0,-1.0 

DMI, CLAMMAT, 2,2, -2.0, -2.0 

DMI, CLAMMAT, 3,3, -3.0, +1.0 


DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/CLAMMAT,,,,,,,,,/$ 

LAMX CLAMMAT,/CLAMB/-1 $ 

• Generate a matrix CLAMMAT from a CLAMA table. 


LAMX, ,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $

LANCZOS Performs real eigenvalue analysis 

LANCZOS 

Performs real eigenvalue analysis 

Performs real eigenvalue analysis on real symmetric mass and stiffness matrices using 

the Lanczos method for the eigensolution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for 

constraint processing. Also designed and implemented to take advantage of 

distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers. 

Format: 

LANCZOS KGG,MGG,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,DYNAMIC,INVEC/ 

PHG,MI,LAMA,LAMMAT,QG,QMG/ 

FORMAT/NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/EPSORTH/ 

SID/F1/F2/NDES/MSGLVL/ 

MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/EPSNO/NOQG/ 

NOQMG $ 



MGG Mass matrix in g-set. 










INVEC Starting vector(s). 


PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. 


LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. 

MI Modal mass matrix. 

110

1110 

LANCZOS 




Parameters: 

FORMAT Input-character-no default. Problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. 

Buckling problems are not supported. 

NEIGV Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 

if none were found. 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for 

the METHOD set identification number. 

FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. METHOD command option (FLUID or 

STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from 

METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command. 

EPSORTH Input-real-default=1.0E-10. Unused. 


If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD 

command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL 

entries in DYNAMICS. 

If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or 

EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter 

values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. 

If SID

3 Detailed output on cost and convergence 

Remarks: 

1. Buckling is not supported. 

2. KGG and MGG must be real and symmetric 

3. INVEC may be purged. 

LANCZOS 


4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra 

arithmetic to check on orthogonality 

MAXSET Input-integer-default=7. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. 

The actual value of block size may be reduced depending on available 

memory and problem size. 

SHFSCL Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. 

SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0. 

NORM Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By 

default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. 

NORM='MAX' selects normalization by maximum displacement. 

EPSNO Input-integer-default=-1. Number of eigensolutions to check and the 

quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the 

highest epsilon for the first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are 

printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO 

are printed. 

NOQG Input-integer-default=1. Single point forces of constraint matrix 

creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 

to request no computation. 

NOQMG Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation 

flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to 

request no computation. 

4. QG and QMG are created only if USET is specified and NOQG and NOQMG are 

specified to 1. 

111

1112 

LCGEN 

Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries 

LCGEN Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries 

Expands the Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 

LCGEN CASECC,SLT,ETT,DYNAMIC,GEOM4/ 

CASESX/ 

NSKIP/IOPT/APP/ENFM $ 





DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA 

entry images. LCGEN reads the RLOADi and TLOADi records to 

determine unique DAREA identification numbers. 


membership and rigid element connectivity. LCGEN matches 

the SPCD and SPC IDs with TLOADi and RLOADi images for possible 

enforced motion. 


CASESX Expanded Case Control table. 

Parameters: 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for 

the LOADSET set identification number. 

IOPT Input-integer-default=0. LOADSET Case Control command processing 

flag. If IOPT =0, then the LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ 

entries will be used to expand CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those 

LSEQ entries selected by the LOADSET command will be used. 

APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable types are: 

blank Not dynamics 



ENFM Output-integer-no default. Enforced motion flag. IF ENFM=0, no 

enforced motion. If ENFM=1, enforced motion via SPCD exists.

LMATPRT 

Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix 

LMATPRT Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix 

Prints the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design 

Sensitivity Analysis only. 

Format: 

LMATPRT DSCMR,DSROWL,DSCOLL// 

DSZERO $ 



DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, 

DSCMR. 

DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix, 

DSCMR. 


None. 

Parameter: 

DSZERO Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If 

the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the 

coefficient will be printed. 

111

NX Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide. . 4. DMAP Modules and Statements 

MACOFP 

Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output 

MACOFP Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output 

Creates a FORTRAN file containing selected output normally printed by the OFP 

module. 

Format: 

MACOFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7// 

ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3 $ 


OFPi Any table that is suitable for printing by the OFP module. 


None. 

Parameters: 

ITAPE Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit positioning option. 

0 No action before write. 

-1 Rewind before write. 

-2 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end. 

-3 Rewind at start and end. 

-4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit. 

IUNIT Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number. 

UNUSED3 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Unused. 

111

1115 

MAKAEFA 

Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries 

MAKAEFA 

Extracts data specified on the AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries that 

reference UXVEC, DMIJ and DMIK Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 



Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk 

Data entries 

MAKAEFA EDT,MATPOOL,AECTRL,AEBGPDTJ*,AEBGPDTI*,AEBGPDTK*/ 

AEDWIDX,UXVW,AEDW,AEIDW,AEPRSIDX,UXVP,AEPRE, 

AEIPRE,AEFIDX,UXVF,AEFRC/ 

MACHNO/SYMXZ/SYMXY $ 


MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images containing DMIJ, DMIJI and DMIK 

entries. 


AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic 

degrees of freedom. 

AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set 

aerodynamic degrees of freedom. 

AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic 

degrees of freedom. 

AEDWIDX Index to the AEDW tables 

UXVW Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries 

AEDW Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries 

referenced by the AEDW entries 

AEIDW Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data 

entries referenced by the AEDW entries 

AEPRSIDX Index to the AEPRESS tables 

UXVP Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data entries 

AEPRE Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries 

referenced by the AEPRESS entries

MAKAEFA 

Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries 

AEIPRE Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data 

entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries 

AEFIDX Index to the AEFORCE tables 

UXVF Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data entries 

AEFRC Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries referenced 

by the AEFORCE entries 

Parameters: 




Remarks: 

None. 

111

1117 

MAKAEFS 

Generates an index and associated matrices 

MAKAEFS Generates an index and associated matrices 

Generates an index and the associated matrices based on the AEFORCE Bulk Data 

entry with MESH='STRUCT'. 

Format: 

MAKAEFS EDT,AECRTL,BGPDT,GEOM3,CSTMA/ 

AEDBIDX,UXVST,PGVST/ 

MACH/SYMXZ/SYMXY $ 









AEDBIDX Index table consisting of the triples. 

UXVST Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix. 

PGVST Static load vector matrix (g-set). 

Parameters: 




Remarks: 

None.

MAKAEMON Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points 

MAKAEMON 

Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points 

Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points and merges with previously defined 

monitor points if present. Also generates a new full vehicle (COEF) monitor point. 

Format: 

MAKAEMON AERO,EDT,AEMONOLD/ 

AEMONPT,MONITOR/ 

AECONFIG $ 



EDT Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records, 

specifically AESURF and AESURFS. 

AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points. 


AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points (COEF and HM only) 

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points (COEF and HM only) 

Parameters: 

AECONFIG Input-character-default='REFCSTOT'. Aerodynamic configuration. 

Remarks: 

None. 

111

1119 

MAKCOMP 

Extracts components from EDT 

MAKCOMP Extracts components from EDT 

Extract components from EDT and merge with previously defined components if 

OLDCMP is present. 

Format: 

MAKCOMP EDT,AECOMP,AECMPOLD/ 

⎧AEROCOMP⎫ ⎨ ⎬/ 

⎩STRUCOMP⎭ MESH $ 



specifically monitor and component input. 

AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table (CAEROi Bulk Data 

entries). 

AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP. 




Parameters: 

MESH Input-character-no default. Mesh type. 

Remarks: 

None.

MAKMON Builds table of monitor points 

Builds a table of monitor points. 

Format: 

⎧AEROCOMP⎫ MAKMON EDT, ⎨ ⎬ / 

STRUCOMP 



Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

None. 

AEMONPT 

⎧ ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎩MONITOR⎭ ⎩ ⎭ 

$ 

MAKMON 

Builds table of monitor points 


specifically monitor and component input. 



AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points 

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points 

112

1121 

MAKENEW 

Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format 

MAKENEW 

Converts tables from their pre-Version 69 format to their Version 69 (or greater) 

format. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) 

format 

MAKENEW OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/ 

NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/ 

OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 

NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5 $ 

OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks. 

NEWDBi Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. See Remarks. 

OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the 

corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. 

See Remarks. 

NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding 

input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See 

Remarks. 

Remarks: 

1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are: 

AXIC Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries 







GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to degree-of-freedom set 

membership and constraints. 

GPDT Grid point definition table.

MAKENEW 

Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format 




2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the 

parameters are in the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For 

example, the following specifications are equivalent. 

MAKENEW GEOM1,AXIC,,,/NGEOM1,NAXIC,,,/ 

'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $ 

MAKENEW AXIC,GEOM1,,,/NAXIC,NGEOM1,,,/ 

'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $ 

3. In order to create BGPDT, EST, and CSTM, MAKENEW requires multiple inputs. 

For example, 

MAKENEW BGPDT,EQEXIN,SIL,GPL,/NBGPDT,,,,/ 

'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL'//'BGPDT' $ 

MAKENEW EST,EQEXIN,SIL,,,/NEST,,,,/ 

'EST'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'///'EST' $ 

MAKENEW CSTM,EQEXIN,GPL,,,/NCSTM,,,,/ 

'CSTM'/'EQEXIN'/'GPL'///'CSTM' $ 

4. The generation of the new data organization on 32 bit platforms does not increase 

the precisional values of the data items. 

5. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKENEW. 

112

1123 

MAKEOLD 

Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format 

MAKEOLD 

Converts tables from their Version 69 (or greater) format to their pre-Version 69 

format. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 

format 

MAKEOLD NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/ 

OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/ 

NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5/ 

OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 $ 

NEWDBi Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. See Remarks. 

OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks. 

NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding 

input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See 

Remarks. 

OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding 

output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks. 

Remarks: 

1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are: 

AXIC Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries 








GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list.



MAKEOLD 

Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format 

2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the 

parameters are in the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For 

example, the following specifications are equivalent. 

MAKEOLD GEOM1,AXIC,,,/OGEOM1,OAXIC,,,/ 

'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $ 

MAKEOLD AXIC,GEOM1,,,/OAXIC,OGEOM1,,,/ 

'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $ 

3. If BGPDT is specified as input then MAKEOLD creates four tables BGPDT, 

EQEXIN, SIL, and GPL. For example, 

MAKEOLD BGPDT,,,,/OBGPDT,OEQEXIN,OSIL,OGPL,/ 

'BGPDT'/////'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL' $ 

4. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKEOLD. 

112

1125 

MAKETR 

Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom 

MAKETR 

Generates transformation matrix to transform forces from the support point degreesof-freedom 

to the reference point. 

Format: 



Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-offreedom 

MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,BGPDT,USET,TRX/ 

TR,PRBDOFS,URDDIDX,URDDUXV,TRANTR/ 

AUNITS $ 






TRX Acceleration selection matrix for the list of aerodynamic extra-points 

(6 rows by NX columns). 

TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic 

reference point. 

PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". 



URDDIDX An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries. 

URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are 

non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define 

AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this 

symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric 

analysis). 

TRANTR Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the 

URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin rigid 

body degrees-of-freedom.

Parameters: 

MAKETR 

Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom 

AUNITS Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in 

gravity units to units of length per time squared. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP AESTATRS: 

DBVIEW STBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ 

DBVIEW STUSET=USET WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ 

MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,STBGPDT,STUSET/TR $ 

112

1127 

MATGEN 

Matrix generator 

MATGEN Matrix generator 

To generate different kinds of matrices for subsequent use in other matrix operation 

modules. 

Format: 

MATGEN T/MAT/P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13 $ 


T Optional tabular data for use in generating the matrix. 


MAT Matrix data block. 

Parameters: 

P1 Input-integer-no default. Option selection parameter as described 

below. 

P2 through 

P11 

Remarks: 

The operation performed by MATGEN depends on the option selected by parameter 

P1. The following sections describe the corresponding operation for each P1 

parameter value. 

Option P1 = 1 

Generate a real identity matrix. 

Format: 


None. 


Input-integer-default=0. Provide parametric data depending on P1. 

P12 Input-character-default='A'. See Option P1 = 11. 

P13 Input-character-default='L'. See Option P1 = 11. 

MATGEN ,/MAT/1/P2/P3/P4 $ 

MAT Real identity matrix.

Parameters: 

P2 Order of matrix. 

P3 Skew flag. If nonzero, generate a skew-diagonal matrix. 

P4 Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision. 

Example: 

Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix: 

MATGEN ,/I10X10/1/10 $ 

Option P1 = 2 

Generates an identity matrix trailer. 

Format: 

MATGEN ,/MAT/2/P2 $ 


None. 


MAT Real identity matrix. See Remarks. 

Parameters 

P2 Order of matrix. 

MATGEN 


This option differs from P1 = 1 in that only the trailer is generated (form = 8) and the 

matrix is not actually generated. Only certain DMAP modules are prepared to accept 

this form (e.g., MPYAD, FBS, CEAD). P1 = 1 is the preferred option. 

Example: 

Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix trailer: 

MATGEN ,/TI10X10/2/10 $ 

Option P1 = 3 

Generate a data block of prescribed size. 

Format: 

MATGEN ,/DB/3/P2 $ 

112

1129 

MATGEN 



None. 


DB Data block. See Remarks. 

Parameters: 

P2 Number of GINO blocks to be written. 

This option was primarily designed to generate data blocks of various sizes for data 

base testing. Each data block contains two files; a short two-record descriptor file and 

a file with records that contain 100 words of zero. 

Option P1 = 4 

Generate a pattern matrix. 

Format: 

MATGEN ,/MAT/4/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $ 


None. 


MAT Pattern matrix. 

Parameters: 

P2 Number of columns. 

P3 Number of rows. 

P4 Precision 

P5 Number of values in nonzero string 

P6 Row number increment between nonzero strings after first nonzero string 

(P7-1). Produces (P6-1) zeros. 

P7 Row number of first nonzero value in first column. Produces (P7-1) zero 

values.

P8 Row number increment to first nonzero string in second and subsequent 

Remark: 

The nonzero values in each column will be the column number. 

MATGEN 


P9 Number of columns in overall pattern. Overall pattern is repeated at column 

number P9+1. 

P3 

P7-1 

P5 

P6-1 

P5 

{ 

Examples: 

1. To generate a 10 x 10 diagonal matrix with the column number in each diagonal 

position, code: 

MATGEN ,/DIAG/4/10/10/0/1/10/1/1/10 $ 

2. Generate a 12x1 partitioning (Boolean) vector with a nonzero value at every third 

row: 

MATGEN ,/ASTRIP/4 /1 /12/ /1 /3 /3 $ 

. 

P8-1 

P5 

P6-1 

P5 

. 

P7-1 

P6-1 

3. Generate a 5x5 matrix with nonzero values in its lower triangle: 

P9 

. . . 

. . . 

P2 

P5 

P5 

. 

P8-1 

P5 

P6-1 

P5 

. 

. 

. 

113

1131 

MATGEN 


MATGEN ,/LOW/4/5 /5 / / / /2 /1 /5 $ 

Option P1 = 5 

Generate a matrix of pseudorandom numbers. The numbers span the range 0 to 1.0, 

with a uniform distribution. 

Format: 

MATGEN ,/MAT/5/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $ 


None. 


[ LOW] 

[ ASTRIP] 

MAT Matrix of pseudo-random numbers. 

= 

= 

0 0 0 0 0 

1 0 0 0 0 

1 2 0 0 0 

1 2 3 0 0 

1 2 3 4 0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1

Parameters: 



P4 Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision. 

Option P1 = 6 

Generate a partitioning vector for use in PARTN or MERGE. 

Format: 


None. 


Parameters: 

Remarks: 

1. If ∑ Pi < P2, then the remaining terms contain zeros. 

2. If ∑ 

Pi > P2, then the terms are ignored after P2. 

Example: 

MATGEN 


P5 Seed for random number generation. If P5 ≤ 0, the time of day (seconds past 

midnight) will be used. 

P6 Output-integer-mean of all random numbers multiplied by 100,000. 

MATGEN ,/CP/6/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10 $ 

CP Column partitioning vector. 


P3, P5, P7, P9 Number of rows with zero coefficients. 

P4, P6, P8, P10 Number of rows with unit coefficients. 

10 

i = 3 

10 

i = 3 

Generate a vector of 5 unit terms followed by 7 zeros followed by two unit terms: 

MATGEN ,/UPART/6/14/0/5/7/2 $ 

113

1133 

MATGEN 


Option P1 = 7 

Generate a null matrix. 

Format: 

MATGEN ,/MAT/7/P2/P3/P4/P5 $ 


None. 


MAT Null matrix. 

Parameters: 



P4 Form; if P4 = 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 6 (symmetric). If P4 = 0 and 

P2 = P3, then the form will be 2 (rectangular). 

P5 Type: if P5 = 0, the type will be the machine precision. 

Example: 

Generate a 20 row by 15 column null matrix. 

MATGEN ,/N20X15/7/20/15 $ 

Option P1 = 8 

Generate a matrix from equations based on its indices. The matrix is in single 

precision. 

Format: 

MATGEN ,/MAT/8/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $ 


None. 


MAT Matrix with element values based on its indices.

Parameters: 

T DTI table input. 

P2 = 0 generate all terms. 

��≠ 0 generate only diagonal terms. 



P5 Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define real 

coefficients. 

P50 Data pairs from record P5 interpreted as above. 

MATGEN 


P6 Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define imaginary 

coefficients D1. 

P6 ≤ 0 No coefficients defined. 

P6 > 0 Data pairs from record P6 interpreted as above where 

= 

( ) . 

P7 form of output matrix. 

P7 ≤ 0 form chosen to be 1 or 2, depending on P3 and P4. 

P7 > 0 form set to P7. 

P8 coefficient print flag. 

C( ν1) = ν2 ( ν1) ν2 D( ν1) ν2 P8 = 0 do not print coefficient lists. 

P8 ≠ 0 print coefficients lists C and D from the DTI input. (Print D list 

only if P6 > 0). 

113

1135 

MATGEN 


The equation used to determine the coefficient of the (l,J)th term of the output matrix 

is: 

MAT(,) I J [ C1 ⋅ I + C2 ⋅ J + C3 ⁄ I + C4 ⁄ J + 

C5 C6 I + C7 ( p, C)8 

I 

⋅ ⋅ + C9 ⁄ ( I + J – 1) 

+ 

C10 C11 I – 

+ C12 C13 J – ⋅ 

⋅ ] + – 1[ 

D1 ⋅ I + 

D2 J D3I D4J D5D6 I D7 D8 J 

⋅ + ⁄ + ⁄ + ⋅ + ⋅ + 

D9 ⁄ ( I + J – 1) 

D10 D11 1 – 

D12 D13 J – = 

+ ⋅ + ⋅ ] 

The Ci terms are input on two DTI Bulk Data entries. The entry referenced by P5 

generates the real part of the term. The entry referenced by P6 generates the imaginary 

part of the term. The terms referenced by P5 may be input using only the first physical 

entry of the DTI entry (P5 < 0). The coefficients are defined by adjacent pairs of 

numbers on the DTI entry. The first number of the pair is an integer that names the 

coefficient being defined. For example, a value of 9 means the C9 value is to follow. 

The second number of a pair is a real number that defines the value of the coefficient. 

Zero coefficients need not be defined. 

Bulk Data Entry: 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

DTI AB 0 7 1 8 4 

2 3.5 1 -5.2 

DTI AB 1 3 0.01 4 7.9 

DTI AB 2 12 -21.8 13 6.6 

DTI AB 3 9 1.0 

For M1 IJ = ; I = 1, 100, J = 1200 : 

(,) 4 J 

MATGEN AB/Ml/8//100/200/-1 $ 

For M2(,) IJ = 3.5J– 5.21 = 1100J = 1200 : 

MATGEN AB/M2/8//100/200/0 $ 

For M3(,) IJ = ( 21.8⋅ 

) + – 1 --------- + ------ ; I = 1, 100 and J = 1200 : 

– 6.6 J 

MATGEN AB/M3/8//100/200/2/1 $ 

⎛0.01 7.9⎞ 

⎝ I J ⎠ 

For HILBERT(,) IJ = 1.0⁄ ( I+ J – 1) 

; IJ , 

= 110 , : 

MATGEN AB/HILBERT/8//10/10/3 $ 3RD RECORD

Option P1 = 9 

MATGEN 


Generate a transformation between external and internal sequence matrices for g-set 

size matrices. 

Format: 

MATGEN EQEXIN/TRANS/9/P2/P3 $ 





TRANS Transformation matrix. 

Parameters: 

T EQEXIN table output by module GP1. 

P2 0 Output nontransposed factor where [UINT]=[MAT][UEXT]. 

Examples: 

Transform a g-set size vector UGV to external sequence. 

MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9//LUSET $ 

MPYAD INTEXT,UGV,/UGVEXT/1 $ 

Transform an a-set size matrix to external sequence. 

VEC USET/VATOG/’G’/’A’/’COMP’ $ 

MERGE KAA,,,,VATOG,/KAGG/ $0 EXPAND TO 

$ G- SIZE, INTERNAL SORT 

MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/LUSET $ 

SMPYAD INTEXT,KAGG,INTEXT,,/KAAGEXT/3////1////6 $ 

$ (KAAGEXT) = TRANSPOSE(INTEXT)*(KAAG)* 

$ (INTEXT) ITS FORM IS 6 (SYMMETRIC) 

By default in SOLs 1 through 200, PARAM, OLDSEQ is -1, which means this operation 

is not required. 

Option P1 = 10 

Not used. 

1 Output transposed factor where [UEXT]=[MAT][UINT] 

P3 Number of terms in g-set. The parameter LUSET, which is output by the GP1 

module, contains this number in most solution sequences. 

113

1137 

MATGEN 



Generate a rectangular matrix, driven by USET table 

Format: 

MATGEN USET/MAT/11/P2/P3/////////SET1/SET2 $ 




MAT Rectangular matrix based on the USET table. 

Parameters:. 

T USET table output by module GP4 

P2 Input-integer-default=0. Null matrix generation option flag. 

Remark: 

1. If P2≠1, and one or both of the sets requested in SET1 and SET2 does not exist, 

then MAT is returned purged, and P5 is returned with the value of -1. If MAT does 

exist, P5 is returned with the value of 0. 


Generate a rectangular matrix of prescribed properties. 

Format: 


None. 

=1 Generate a null matrix P3 columns and a-set size rows 

≠0 Generate a null matrix with an identity sub-matrix based on SET1 and 

SET2 degree-of-freedom sets. 

P3 Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns in MAT. Applies only to P2=1. 

SET1 Input-character-default='A'. Degree-of-freedom set name which 

corresponds to the number of rows in MAT. Applies only when P2≠1. 

SET2 Input-character-default='L'. Degree-of-freedom set name which 

corresponds to the number of columns in MAT. Applies only when P2≠1. 

MATGEN ,/MAT/12/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $


MAT Rectangular matrix. 

Parameters: 



P4 Type of elements in the matrix: 

1 Real single precision. 

2 Real double precision. 

3 Complex single precision. 

4 Complex double precision. 

P5 Density of the matrix times 10000. 

P6 Average string length. 

P7 Total number of strings in the matrix. 

P8 Number of null columns. 

P9 Average bandwidth. 

MATGEN 


Remarks: 

1. The default value for parameters P2, P3, P4, P5, and P7 is zero. Therefore, in order 

to successfully create the matrix, nonzero values for these parameters must be 

input. 

2. The average string length is internally computed based on the other properties of 

the matrix. P6 is only used as a check. If the value computed is not the same as P6, 

a user warning message to that effect is issued. 

3. In order to verify the properties of the output matrix, set DIAG 8 and check the 

matrix trailer information. 

113

1139 

MATGPR 

Degree-of-freedom matrix printer 

MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer 

Prints nonzero terms of matrices along with the external grid point and component 

identification numbers corresponding to the row and column position of each term. 

Formats: 

1. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid or scalar points (g-set): 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY/F1$ 

MATGPR GPL,USET,SIL,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY/F1$ 

2. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid, scalar or extra points 

(p-set): 

MATGPR GPLD,USETD,SILD,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/ 

TINY/F1 $ 

3. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to aerodynamic elements 

(ks-set): 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/ 

TINY/F1 $ 

4. Print a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a userdefined 

column label and page header. 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX// 

'OFP'/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY//// 

LCOLLBL1/LCOLLB2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/ 

RCOLLBL1/RCOLLB2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/ 

HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/ 

HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8/ 

PUNCH/S,N,CARDNO $ 



GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL 

appended with extra point data). 




SILD Scalar index list for the p-set.

MATRIX Any matrix related to degrees-of-freedom. 


Parameters: 

MATGPR 


BGPDT* Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements. 

USET* Family of USET tables. 

COLNAM Input-character-no default. Set name for columns in MATRIX. 

ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If 

ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM. 

PRNTOPT Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values: 

Option Action 

NULL Only null columns will be identified. 

ALL Print all nonzero terms in matrix. 

ALLP Print numbers converted to 

magnitude/phase. 

TINY Real-default = 0.0. If F1 = 0 and TINY ≥ 0, printed output will be 

provided only for those matrix terms, aij , that satisfy the relation |aij | ≥ 

TINY. If F1 = 0 and TINY ≤ 0, printed output will be provided only for 

those matrix terms, aij, that satisfy the relation |aij | ≤ TINY. If TINY = 

1.E37, MATGPR will return. If F1 is nonzero, see the following 

description of F1. 

F1 Real-default = 0.0. If F1 is not zero, then printed output will be 

provided for only those matrix terms that satisfy a ij > TINY or a ij

1141 

MATGPR 


PUNCH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag. (DELAY) 



written into columns 73-80 of each line. (DELAY) 

Remark: 

The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:

Sets 

m 

sb 

sg 

o 

q 

r 

c 

bf 

be* 

e 

k 

sa 

j 

MATGPR 


5. If the value specified for COLNAM is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, 

then the columns will be labeled 1,2,3..., etc. without grid and component labels. 

6. If the value specified for R is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the 

terms in each column will be labeled “1 H”, “2 H”, “3 H”, etc. without grid and 

component labels. The user must know which sets correspond to the rows and 

columns of the matrix to be printed. This is usually apparent from the DMAP 

name of the matrix data block. 

7. When using Format 1 this module may not be scheduled until after GPSP since 

data blocks generated by GPSP are required inputs. (This module may be 

scheduled after GP4 if USET0 is specified for input to MATGPR instead of USET.) 

When using Format 2 this module may not be scheduled until after DPD since 

data blocks generated by DPD are required inputs. When using Format 3, 

MATGPR must be scheduled after the APD module. 

8. If MATRIX is purged, no printing will be done. 

9. The rows and columns of A must correspond to the order of the degrees-offreedom 

defined in GPL, USET, SIL, BGPDT, etc.; i.e., internal sequence. 

Examples: 

1. Print terms of KGG: 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’ $ 

2. Print null columns of KLL: 

b 

s 

l 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KLL//’L’/’L’/’NULL’ $ 

t 

a 

d 

Supersets 

*The be set is reserved for a future capability. 

f 

fe 

n 

ne 

g 

js 

p 

ks 

114

1143 

MATGPR 


3. Print small terms on diagonal of LOO: 

DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD $ 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,LOOD//’H’/’O’//-1.E-2 $ 

4. Print PHIA, H columns by A rows: 

Also good for any single column 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,PHIA//’H’/’A’ $ 

5. Print all terms of KGG outside the range of 0 through 10 7 : 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’/’G’//1.E7/0. $ 

6. Print aerodynamic spline matrices: 

NP=SEID $ 

DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE ( 

(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') OR 

(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') ) $ 

DBVIEW USETFF=USET0 WHERE ( 

(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND SPC=* 

AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) OR 

(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' AND SPC=* 

AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) ) $ 

MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GPJK//'K'/'G' $ 

MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GDJK//'K'/'G' $ 

7. Print g-size matrix GCF similarly to displacement output: 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,GCF//'ofp'/'g' $ 

MATRIX GCF 

POINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3 

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09 

3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09 

4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0 

6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10 

7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10 

9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 

10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 

8. Same as example 7 except modify header labeling. 

MATGPR BGPDTS,USET,,GCFF//'OFP'/'G'////// 

'DIRECTIO'/'N'/// 

//// 

'G R O U '/'N D C '/'H E C K '/' F O R '/ 

'C E S ('/' G - S E'/' T )' $ 

COLUMN 1

G R O U N D C H E C K F O R C E S ( G - S E T ) 

MATGPR 


DIRECTION 1 

POINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3 

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09 

3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09 

4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0 

6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10 

7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10 

9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 

10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 

114

1145 

MATMOD 

Matrix modification 

MATMOD Matrix modification 

Transforms matrix or table data blocks according to one of many options into output 

matrix or table data blocks. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/ 

O1,O2/ 

P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/p13/p14/p15 $ 


Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required; I2 through I6 may not be necessary 

depending on the value P1. 


Oi Output data blocks. 

Parameters: 

P1 Input-integer-no default. Option selection described in the table that 

follows. 

P2, P3, P4 Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1. 

P5, P6 Input/output-real-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1. 

P7 through 

P11 

Remark: 

Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1. 

P12 Input/output-character-default=blank. Parametric data depending 

on P1. 

P13 Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1. 



Each option corresponds to a different value of the first parameter, P1. The following 

summary table provides descriptions of the options.

Option P1 = 1 

Extract a block(s) of columns from a matrix. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/1/STARTCOL/ENDCOL/COLINC $ 


I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex). 


O1 Column vector containing column P2 of I1. 

Parameter: 

STARTCOL Input-integer. Starting column number to extract from I1. 

ENDCOL Input-integer. Ending column number to extract from I1 

COLINC Input-integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th 

column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL. 

Remarks: 

1. If ENDCOL is zero then ENDCOL=STARTCOL. 

MATMOD 


2. If COLINC is zero then every column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL is 

extracted. 

Examples: 

1. Extract the seventh column from A and call it A7. 

MATMOD A,,,,,/A7, /1/7 $ 

2. Extract the third, fourth, and fifth columns from A. 

MATMOD A,,,,,/A345, /1/3/3 $ 

Option P1 = 2 

Filter small magnitude terms of a matrix. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/2/PURGE///FILTER $ 



114

1147 

MATMOD 



O1 Copy of I1 with terms smaller in magnitude than P5 set to 0.0. 

Parameter: 

PURGE Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE=0, and the input matrix has no 

nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE≠ 0, 

and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the output matrix will 

be null. 

FILTER Input-real-default=0.0. Value of filter. Terms in I1 with an absolute 

magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero. 

Example: 

Print terms in A smaller in magnitude than 100.0. 

MATMOD A,,,,,/AFILTER,/2////100.0 $ 

ADD A,AFILTER/ASMALL//-1 $ 

MATPRN ASMALL// $ 

Option P1 = 3 

Zeros out rows and columns of a matrix according to degree of freedom component 

number. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/3/CODE $ 




O1 I1 with rows and columns according to DOFs described by P2. 

Parameter: 

CODE Input-integer-default=0. Packed DOF code that identifies rows and 

columns of I1 to be made null (e.g., 136 means degrees of freedom 1, 3, 

and 6 for each grid point will be set to zero). 

Remark: 

I1 is assumed to consist only of grid point degrees of freedom. A code of 345 simply 

zeros rows and columns 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, etc. of matrix I1. Users should 

exercise caution when selecting this option on a resequenced matrix.

Example: 

Zero out degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 6 in stiffness matrix KGG. 

MATMOD KGG,,,,,/KGG1,/3/126 $ 

EQUIVX KGGQ/KGG/ALWAYS $ 

Option P1 = 4 

MATMOD 


Replicates a matrix six rows by N columns row-wise to a g-row by N-column matrix. 

The input matrix is replicated for each grid point. 

Format: 

Form 1 

MATMOD I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/4 $ 

Form 2 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/4/LUSET $ 


I1 Any six-row by N-column matrix. (Real or complex). 

SIL Scalar index list (SIL) table generated by the GP1 module. 


O1 g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point. 

Parameter: 

LUSET Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set 

when SIL is purged. 

Remarks: 

1. If SIL is purged, then MATMOD used LUSET for the size of the g-set. The 

assumption is made that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if 

SIL is purged. 

2. If SIL is not purged, then LUSET is ignored. I1 is inserted at the rows of every grid 

point. Scalar and extra points are ignored. 

114

1149 

MATMOD 


Option P1 = 5 

Accepts a DMI matrix six rows by six columns and output a g-row by g-column matrix 

where the input matrix is inserted at the diagonal 6x6 of each grid point or output a 

g-row by g-column transform matrix. 

Format: 

Form 1 (Inserts 6x6 matrix along diagonal) 

MATMOD I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/5/LUSET/0 $ 

Form 2 (Generates specified coordinate system to basic coordinate system 

transformation matrix) 

MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/01,/5/LUSET/P3 $ 

Form 3 (Generates a global-to-basic coordinate system transformation matrix) 

MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/01,/5//-1 $ 


I1 Any six-row by six-column matrix. (Real or complex). 

SIL Scalar index list table output from the GP1 module. 



O1 g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point. 

Parameter: 

LUSET Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when 

SIL is purged. This parameter is valid for Forms 1 and 2 only. 

P3 Integer-input-default=0. Coordinate system identification number. 

This parameter is valid for Form 3 only. 

Remarks: 

1. If P3 = 0, this option accepts a six row by six column matrix and the SIL table. The 

output is a g-size square matrix containing the 6 x 6 input matrix along the 

diagonal at every grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 0.0 values.

MATMOD 


If P3 > 0, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the transformation matrix from 

the coordinate system with the coordinate ID = P3 to the basic system. If P3 points 

to a cylindrical or spherical coordinate system, then the transformation location 

is at the origin of the P3 system. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0. 

If P3 = -1, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the global-to-basic 

transformation for each grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0. 

2. If SIL is purged, the MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The 

assumption is made that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if 

SIL is purged. 

Examples: 

Transform KGG to another coordinate system. 

1. Assume TRANS to be a 6 x 6 transformation matrix and KGG was formed using 

only one coordinate system (global coordinate system is the same at each grid 

point). Transform KGG using TRANS. 

MATMOD TRANS,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5 $ 

TRNSP TRANS/TRANSGT $ 

SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGPRIME/3 $ 

2. Assume KGG was formed using coordinate system 10 as the global coordinate 

system for all grid points. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system. 

MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5//10 $ 

TRNSP TRANSG/TRANSGT $ 

SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $ 

3. Assume KGG was formed using arbitrary coordinate systems as the global 

coordinate system for each grid point. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate 

system. 

MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/TRANSG,/5//-1 $ 

TRNSP TRANSG/TRANSGT $ 

SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $ 

Transform KGGBASIC coordinate system 10. 

MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANS10,/5//10 $ 

TRNSP TRANS10/TRANST10T $ 

SMPYAD TRANS10T,KGGBASIC,TRANS10,,,/KGG10/3 $ 

Option P1 = 6 

Find the maximum absolute value for each row over all columns of a matrix. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/6 $ 

115

1151 

MATMOD 



I1 Any matrix. (Real only). 


O1 Column vector with terms that represent the absolute maximum over 

all columns of I1 for each row. 

Example: 

Find the maximum displacements over all loading conditions. 

MATMOD UG,,,,,/UGMAX,/6 $ 

Option P1 = 7 

Find the maximum absolute value for each column over all the rows of a matrix. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/7 $ 


I1 Any matrix. (Real only). 


O1 Column vector with a term that represents the absolute maximum 

over all rows of I1 for each column. 

Example: 

Find the maximum displacement for each loading condition. 

MATMOD UG,,,,,/MAXDISP,/7 $ 

Option P1 = 8 

Normalize matrix. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/8////S,N,NORMREAL/ 

S,N,NORMIMAG $ 


I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex).


Parameters: 

Option P1 = 9 

Find the maximum (absolute magnitude) value of each three columns of 

UHT-transient response solution matrix. (The columns of UHT represent 

displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time step.) 

Format: 



Example: 

Find and output maximum transient response. 

MATMOD UHT,,,,,/UHTMAX,/9 $ 

DDRMM CASEXX,UHTMAX,PHIP1,,,,/OUPMAX,,,,/ $ 

OFP OUPMAX,,,,// $ 


Convert matrix I1 into its complex conjugate. 

MATMOD 


O1 Matrix shaped like I1 with every term divided by the term in I1 with 

the largest absolute value. 

NORMREAL Output-real single precision. Set to the real part of the normalizing 

factor. 

NORMIMAG Output-real single precision. Set to the imaginary part of the 

normalizing factor if I1 is complex. 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/9 $ 

I1 Transient response solution matrix consisting of H rows by three 

column matrices (which represent displacement, velocity, and 

acceleration for each output time step) appended to form a matrix H 

rows by three times the number of output time steps columns. (Real 

only). 

[ [ { u1 } { v1 } { a1 } ] [ { u2 } { v2 } { a2 } ]…[ { ui } { vi } { ai } ] ] 

O1 H-row by three column matrix of peak displacements, velocities, and 


115

1153 

MATMOD 


Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/10 $ 




O1 Matrix shaped like I1 with every term converted to its complex 

conjugate. 

Example: 

Find the magnitude of terms of a complex vector. 

MATMOD CMPLX,,,,,/CMPLXC,/10 $ 

ADD CMPLX,CMPLXC/CMPLXSQ///1 $ 

DIAGONAL CMPLXSQ/CMLPXMAG/’WHOLE’/0.5 $ 


Form a new BGPDT (Basic Grid Point Definition Table) with grid locations that are 

given by I1. 

Format: 

MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTN,/11 $ 


LOCVEC G-size vector with values that represent grid locations in the basic 




BGPDTN New BGPDT table with grid point locations that are displaced by 

LOCVEC.

Example: 

Build new BGPDT table based on the deformed state. 

$ Convert displacement vector to basic 

$ coordinate system 

PARAML CSTM//’PRESENCE’////S,N,NOCSTM 

IF (NOCSTM > -1) THEN $ 

MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/TRANS,/5//-1 $ 

MPYAD TRANS,UG/UGBASIC $ 

ELSE $ 

EQUIVX UG/UGBASIC/ALWAYS $ 

ENDIF $ 

$ Form vector containing new grid locations in 

$ basic coordinate system 

VECPLOT UGBASIC,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/ 

LOCVEC/0/0/3 $ 

$ Generate new BGPDT 

MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTNEW,/11 $ 


Perform simultaneous null column search on up to three matrices. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/12/S,N,NONULL/ 

NMATRIX $ 



Parameters: 

MATMOD 


I1, I2, I3 Matrices to search for simultaneous null columns. (Real or complex). 

O1 Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where all matrices selected 

for searching have null columns. 

O2 Square symmetric matrix which has 1.0 on the diagonal of those 

columns where all matrices selected for searching have null columns. 

NONULL Output-integer. Set to -1 if no simultaneous null columns found; 

otherwise, it is set to the number of simultaneous null columns. 

NMATRIX Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrices to be included in null 

column search. 

115

1155 

MATMOD 


Remarks: 

1. I2 and I3 may be purged. 

2. O2 may be purged. 

Example: 

Search for simultaneous null columns in the g-size mass, damping, and stiffness 

matrices and remove rows and columns corresponding to these columns. 

MATMOD MGG,BGG,KGG,,,/PARTNULL,/12/S,N,NONULL/3 $ 

IF (NONULL > 0) THEN $ 

PARTN MGG,PARTNULL,/MGGNEW,,,/-1 $ 

EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $ 

PARTN BGG,PARTNULL,/BGGNEW,,,/-1 $ 

EQUIVX BGGNEW/BGG/ALWAYS $ 

PARTN KGG,PARTNULL,/KGGNEW,,,/-1 $ 

EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $ 

ENDIF $ 


Copies any data block. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/13 $ 


I1 Any data block. (Table or matrix). 


O1 Copy of I1. 

Remark: 

COPY module is preferred over this option. 


Filter small magnitude terms from a matrix; more capabilities than option 2. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/14/PURGE/UPLOW/STRTR/ 

FILTER/RELFLT/TRUNC $ 


I1 Matrix to be filtered. (Real or complex).


O1 I1 modified according to specifications set by parameters. 

Parameters: 

Remarks: 

1. If FILTER = 0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1. 

2. If relative filtering is desired, then FILTER must be zero (default). 

3. If FILTER ≠ 0 or RELFLT < 0, then the absolute filter technique is used. 

MATMOD 


PURGE Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE = 0, and the input matrix has no 

nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE≠ 0, 

and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the output matrix will 

be null. 

UPLOW Input-integer-default=0. If UPLOW < 0, then all lower triangular terms 

are set to zero. If UPLOW > 0, then all upper triangular terms are set to 

zero. If UPLOW = 0, then the action of this parameter is ignored. 

STRTR Input-integer-default=0. If STRTR=0, then string trailer will be written. 

FILTER Input-real single precision-default=0.0. Terms in I1 with an absolute 

magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero. 

RELFLT Input-real single precision-default=0.0. If RELFLT≠ 0.0, then terms of I1 

are set to zero when 

4. If I1 is not square and the relative filtering option is selected, then FILTER will be 

set to RELFLT and the absolute filtering technique will be used. A user warning 

message will also be issued. 


Not implemented. 

TERM(,) I J 

---------------------------------------------------------------- < RELFLT 

TERM(,) i i ⋅ TERM(,) J J 

I1 must be square for this option 

TRUNC Input-integer-default=0. If TRUNC ≠ 0, then truncate terms of I1 

accordingly 

1 

TERM(,) I J * 1 

10 TRUNC 

⎛ 

⎝ 

– ----------------------- ⎞ 

⎠ 

115

1157 

MATMOD 



Put matrix into MATPOOL format, optional DMIG punched output. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,I2,,,,/O1,/16/PNDMIG// 

TYPOUT////////CCHAR $ 


I1 Any matrix of g-rows arranged in external (ascending by GRID ID) 

sequence. (Real or complex). 

I2 EQEXIN table from module GP1. 


O1 Table data block in MATPOOL format containing I1. 

Parameters: 

PNDMIG Input-integer-default=0. If PNDMIG≠ 0, then I1 will be printed in 

DMIG format to the punch output file (.pch). 

TYPOUT Input-integer-default=0. Default is to set DMIG precision to 

machine precision. The default may be overridden by specifying: 

1 Real single-precision output 

2 Real double-precision output 

3 Complex single-precision output 

4 Complex double-precision output 

CCHAR Input-character-default = blank. Continuation characters to be 

used for DMIG output. If nonblank continuation characters are 

specified, then a maximum of 9999 DMIG entries can be printed for 

any single matrix. Only the first two characters of the nonblank 

mnemonic are used for the continuation string. 

Remarks: 

1. I1 must be a g-row size matrix arranged in external sequence (see PARAM, 

OLDSEQ, and MATGEN Option 9). The rows are always labeled with the 

external sequence (grid or scalar IDs and component numbers). If the input 

matrix form is 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric) the columns are also labeled with the

MATMOD 


external sequence, and the IFO entry on the generated DMIG entry is set to 1 or 6. 

If the form is 6 only the terms in one triangle are output. If the input matrix form 

is 2 (rectangular form) the columns are labeled sequentially, starting with unity. 

The IFO is set to 9. If the form is not 1, 2, or 6, the module returns with no output. 

2. EQEXIN table must not be purged. 

Example: 

Output KGG and PG matrices in MATPOOL formatted table and punch to DMIG 

Bulk Data entries (MATGEN Option 9 is being used to resequence them from internal 

to external sort). 

MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/LUSET $ 

MPYAD INTEXT,KGG,/KGGE/1 $ 

MPYAD KGGE,INTEXT,/KGGEXT $ 

MATMOD KGGEXT,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOL1,/16/1 $ 

MPYAD INTEXT,PG,/PGEXT/1 $ 

MATMOD PGEXT,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOL2,/16/1 $ 


Generate a g-size partitioning vector from a user-defined set of grid and/or scalar 

points or from a user-supplied bit position that designates one of the USET sets. 

Format: 

MATMOD EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/CP/17/UBIT/SETFLG/ 

S,N,NOCP////////SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $ 









115

1159 

MATMOD 


Parameters: 

UBIT Input-integer-default=0. Obsolete method for set selection. For a more 

user-friendly method use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets for UBIT, 

add the corresponding decimal equivalent numbers from the table below. 

For example, sets R, O, and M, UBIT=8+4+1=13. For supersets, add the 

decimal equivalent numbers of the mutually exclusive sets which are 

contained in the superset. For example, set S combines the SB and SG set 

and therefore UBIT=1024+512=1536. The presence of any grid point degree 

of freedom in the associated sets causes all degrees of freedom associated 

with that grid point to be given a value of 1.0 in the output vector. 

Set 

Name 

Decimal 

Equivalent 

Number 

Q 4194304 

BE 2097152 

C 1048576 

K 262144 

SA 131072 

E 2048 

SB 1024 

SG 512 

R 8 

O 4 

BF 2 

M 1

Remarks: 

1. None of the data blocks may be purged. 

2. UBIT entry must be a legitimate value. 

MATMOD 


SETFLG Input-integer-default=0. If SETFLG ≠ 0, then SETFLG selects a set 

of grid point identification numbers of which all degrees of 

freedom associated with each point will be assigned a value of 1.0 

in the corresponding row of CP. If no SET command is found, then 

the UBIT parameter is used. 

Example: 

Generate a partitioning vector from a set of grid points defined in the Case Control 

Section. 

The Case Control Section contains: 

SET 10 = 1 THRU 50 

PARTN = 10 


Insert or modify a GEOM3 table temperature record. 

Format: 

• If SETFLG>0 then the PARTN=SID Case Control command 

selects the SET command. 

• If SETFLG

1161 

MATMOD 



GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal 

loads. 


UG Temperature matrix in g-set. 


GEOM3T GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures. 

Parameter: 

SID Input-integer. Temperature set to be modified or added. 

Remarks: 

1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis. 


3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are modified. 

Example: 

Put data from the temperature vector UG into a record for SID = 30. 

MATMOD GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3NEW,/18/30 $ 


Extract a temperature vector from a GEOM3 table. 

Format: 

MATMOD GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGT,/19/SID 



loads. 




UGT Updated temperature matrix in g-set. 

Parameter: 

SID Input-integer. Temperature set to extract.

Remarks: 

1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis. 


3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are extracted. 

Example: 

Extract the temperature vector UGN for SID = 40. 

MATMOD GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGN,/19/40 $ 


Print the magnitude of the largest terms of up to six matrices. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/O1,/20////S,N,SUM $ 


I1 though I6 Any matrix. (Real or complex). 


O1 Dummy output data block. 

Parameter: 

Remarks: 

1. Any input matrix may be purged. 

MATMOD 


SUM Output-real. Sum of the absolute values of the largest terms in the 

input matrices. 

2. All computations are performed in single or double precision depending on the 

matrix type. The magnitudes of the largest terms and SUM are converted to single 

precision for output. 


Extracts the components of a factor matrix and converts them to a standard form 

suitable for input to any matrix module. 

Format: 

MATMOD LD,,,,,/T,LP/21 $ 

116

1163 

MATMOD 



LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal matrix. 


T Diagonal from symmetric decomposition. 

LP Lower triangular [L] and permutation matrix appended together. 

Remark: 

Symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a symmetric 

matrix. 

[A] =[P} T [L] [D] [L] T [P] 

where P is a permutation matrix (row and column interchange used to improve 

efficiency), L, a lower triangular matrix, and D, a tridiagonal matrix. Option 21 

extracts P, L, and D and converts them to a standard form, suitable for input to any 

matrix module. L and P are appended column-wise in output D. 

Example: 

Extract components of factor matrix LLL: 

MATMOD LLL,,,,,/TT,LP/21 $ 

PARAML KLL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NL $ 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,TUNL $ 

TUNL = 2 * NL $ 

MATGEN ,/V21/6/TUNL/NL/NL $ 

PARTN LP,V21,/LL,,PP,/0 $ 


Generate special aeroelasticity matrix with modified trailers. 

Format: 

MATMOD MKLIST,Qij,,,,/QijL/22 $ 



Qij Aerodynamic matrix. 


QijL Special aerodynamic matrix with modified trailers. 

Option P1 = 23

MATMOD 


Determines type of eigenvalue analysis requested and optionally extracts values from 

the selected EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry. 

Format: 

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/ 

S,N,METHTYP/S,N,LANCZOS/S,N,EIGRVALI/S,N,EIGRVALR// 

S,N,NFOUND/ICASE////S,N,EIGRFLD $ 




Parameters: 

METHTYP Output-integer. Set to 1 if Inverse Power or Lanczos method selected; 

otherwise, set to zero. 

LANCZOS Output-integer. Set to -1 if Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set to 

zero. 

EIGRVALI Output-integer-default=0. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or 

EIGRL entry. 

EIGRVALR Output-real-default=0.0. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL 

entry 

NFOUND Output-integer-default=0. EIGR* entry found flag; 0 if entry was found 

and -1 if entry was not found. 

ICASE Input-integer-default=1. Case Control record number which contains 

the METHOD command. 

EIGRFLD EIGRFLD Input/output-character-default=' '. Field name of EIGR or 

EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the field value is a character 

string. 

Examples: 

1. Determine method type on the EIGR entry: 

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/S,N,METHTYP $ 

IF ( METHTYP=1 ) THEN $ 

MESSAGE //' LANCZOS OR SINV IS SELECTED.' $ 

ELSE $ 

MESSAGE //' GIVENS OR HOUSEHOLDER IS SELECTED.' $ 

ENDIF $ 

116

1165 

MATMOD 


2. Extract the F2 field value from the EIGR entry: 

3. Extract the NORM field value from the EIGR entry: 


Generate a square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null 

column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Remark: 

Any two input matrices may be purged. 

Example: 

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23////S,N,F2///////'F2' $ 

NORM='NORM' $ initialize and will change on output 

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23///////////S,N,NORM $ 

MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,/24/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/S,N,NRNENC $ 

I1, I2, I3 Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex). 

O1 Square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row 

and null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously. 

NOOUT Output-integer. Set to -1 if O1 is null. 

NMATX Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for 

search, starting from the first input. 

NRNENC Output-integer. Set to -1 if the number of null rows does not equal 

the number of null columns. 

Add a unit value to the stiffness matrix for degrees of freedom that have no associated 

mass, damping, or stiffness. This is usually done to prevent potential singularities 

during direct transient and frequency analyses. 

MATMOD MAA,BAA,KAA,,,/KAAX,/24/S,N,NOADD/3/S,N,NRNENC $ 

IF (NRNENC < 0) THEN $ 

MESSAGE//’ERROR: MATRICES ARE NOT’/ 

’ SYMMETRIC’ $

EXIT $ 

ENDIF $ 

IF (NOADD < -1) THEN 

ADD KAA,KAAX/KAANEW $ 

EQUIVX KAANEW/KAA/ALWAYS $ 

ENDIF $ 


MATMOD 


Generate vectors that have 1.0 corresponding to each null row and null column in I1, 

I2, and I3 simultaneously. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/25/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/ 

S,N,NRNENC///S,N,SYM $ 


I1, I2, I3 Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex). 


O1 Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null row in I1, I2, and I3 

simultaneously. See Remark 1. 

O2 Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null column in I1, I2, and I3 

simultaneously. 

Parameters: 

NOOUT Output-integer. Set to -1 if both output vectors are null, set to zero 

otherwise. 

NMATX Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for 

search, starting from the first input. 

NRNENC Output-integer. Set to -1 if number of null rows does not equal the 

number of null columns; otherwise zero. 

SYM Output-integer. Set to -1 if I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric; otherwise zero. 

See Remark 2. 

Remarks: 

1. Any two input matrices may be purged. 

2. If I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric, then O2 is purged. 

Example: 

Remove null rows and columns from matrix A. 

116

1167 

MATMOD 


MATMOD A,,,,,/RPARTN,CPARTN/25/S,N,NOOUT/1////S,N,SYM $ 

IF (NOOUT > -1) THEN $ 

PARTN A,CPARTN,RPARTN/ANEW/SYM $ 

EQUIVX ANEW/A/ALWAYS $ 

ENDIF $ 


Used internally for development testing. 


Convert a diagonal matrix (form 3) to a symmetric matrix (form 6). 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/27 $ 


I1 Diagonal matrix of form 3. (Real or complex). 


O1 Symmetric matrix of form 6 containing diagonal terms of I1. 

Remarks: 

1. Form 3 matrices are not output by any module. They are only allowed as input by 

the INPUTT2, INPUTT4, and DMIIN modules. 

2. The SMPYAD, MPYAD, and ADD modules will not accept form 3 matrices. The 

matrices should now be converted to form 6 before use in these modules. 

Example: 

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A3,,,,,,,,, $ 

MATMOD A3,,,,,/A6,/27 $ 

where A3 is the DMI matrix defined by the Bulk Data entries 

DMI,A3,0,3,1,1,,4,1 

DMI,A3,1,2,2.0,3.0,4.0 

and A6 is the matrix 

0. 0. 0. 0. 

0. 2. 0. 0. 

0. 0. 3. 0. 

0. 0. 0. 4.


MATMOD 


Convert the first column of a matrix to a symmetric matrix (form 6) with the terms of 

the first column along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero. 

Format: 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/28 $ 


I1 Any matrix of form 1, 2, or 6. (Real or complex). 


O1 Symmetric matrix (form 6) with terms of the first column of I1 

along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero. 

Example: 

MATMOD B,,,,,/BDIAG,/28 $ 

If B is the matrix 

then BDIAG will be 


Used internally for development testing. 


Print data blocks or a portion of data blocks as a table of hexadecimal values. 

Format: 


1. 2. 

3. 4. 

1. 0. 

0. 3. 

MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/,/30/BBLK/EBLK $ 

Ii Any data block. (Matrix or table). 

116

1169 

MATMOD 


Parameters: 

BBLK Input-integer-default=1. Beginning GINO block number. 

EBLK Input-integer-default=-1. Ending GINO block number. Default value 

implies the total number of blocks. 

Option P1=31 

Writes the bit map of a matrix to the punch file. 

Format: 

MATMOD MAT,,,,,/,/31/MAXSIZ $ 


MAT Any matrix. 


None. 

Parameter: 

MAXSIZ Input-integer-default=0. Maximum size of the bit map matrix (row 

and/or column). 

Option P1=32 

Convert tables created by DRMH1 into DTI Bulk Data entry format and write to the 

punch file. Also converts DRMH1 directory tables in DTI Bulk Data entry format into 

DRMH1 output table format. 

Format: 

MATMOD TXY,,,,,/TOUT,/32/CONVERT $ 


TXY DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format. 


TOUT DRMH1 directory table in table data block format or DTI format. 

Parameter: 

CONVERT Input-integer-default=0. Convert option. 

0 Ttable data block format to DTI format 

1 DDTI to table data block format

Remark: 

MATMOD 


Table record 3 is all character and reading DTI entries will produce all numbers. 

Therefore CONVERT=1 will convert the DTI numbers and to character values. 

Option P1=33 

Create a single column matrix from the frequency response output list table, FOL. The 

frequencies are also converted to radian units. 

Format: 

MATMOD FOL,,,,,/FOLMAT,/33 $ 




FOLMAT Matrix of frequencies in radian units. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Option P1=34 

Extract the real and imaginary parts of complex matrix into two real matrices. 

Format: 

MATMOD CMAT,,,,,/RMAT,IMAT/34//PREC $ 


CMAT Complex matrix. 


RMAT Matrix containing real part of CMAT. 

IMAT Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT. 

Parameter: 

PREC Input-integer-default=0. Precision of output matrices. 

0 Mmachine-precision (default) 

1 Single 

2 Double 

117

1171 

MATMOD 


Option P1=35 

Sorts row term values in a selected column of the input matrix and produces a list 

vector and/or a Boolean matrix that contains the indices of the sorted terms. 

Format: 

MATMOD IM,,,,,/ 

SORTLIST,SORTBOOL/S,N,P1/COLNUM/S,N,PRESORT/ 

SORTOPT/// NKEYS $ 


IM Any matrix. 


SORTLIST Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the 

sorted terms. 

SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column 

associated with the sorted row terms. 

Parameters: 

P1 Input/output-integer-no default. On output, P1=-1 if the input 

matrix is purged or both output data blocks are purged. 

COLNUM Input-integer-default=0. Selects the column number of the input 

matrix that will be sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. 

Default selects the first column. 

PRESORT Output-integer-default=0 Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is 

already sorted. 

SORTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Sort option specification. 

-2 Absolute value in descending order 

-1 Algebraic value in descending order 

0 Implies SORTOPT=1 if IM is real and SORTOPT=2 if IM is 

complex. 

1 Algebraic value in ascending order 

2 Absolute value in ascending order 

NKEYS Input-integer-default=1. Duplicate value sort option specification.

Remark: 

For complex matrices, only SORTOPT=2 or -2 is allowed. 

Example: 

1 Single key sort 

MATMOD 


2 Double key sort to maintain original order of terms in case of 

duplicate terms 

Given the input matrix, IM, generate an algebraic ascending order sort. The input 

matrix and its sorted order (algebraically ascending) are: 

IM = 

The MATMOD call would look like: 

P1=35 $ 

MATMOD IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////2 $ 

and the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=2 would contain 

LIST = 

⎧ 

– 2.0 

⎫ 

⎪ 0.0 ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪– 1.0⎪ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪ 4.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎪ 

1.0 

⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩ 0.0 ⎭ 

⎧ 

1.0 

⎫ 

⎪3.0 ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪2.0 ⎪ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪6.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎪ 

5.0 

⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩4.0 ⎭ 

For NKEYS=1, it is equally likely that the indices for equal values may be in a different 

order. For example, if the MATMOD call statement were 

117

1173 

MATMOD 


P1=35 $ 

MATMOD IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////1 $ 

then the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=1 could contain either 

LIST = 

or 

LIST = 

since there are duplicate terms (0.0's) in the input matrix column and a single key sort 

was used. 

The Boolean square matrix contains unit values in the appropriate positions so that it 

can be used to create the sorted input matrix by means of a simple matrix multiply as 

in: 

MPYAD BOOL,IM,/IMS/1 $ 

producing the sorted IM matrix, IMS, as 

IMS = 

⎧ 

1.0 

⎫ 

⎪3.0 ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪6.0 ⎪ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪2, 0⎪ 

⎪ 

⎪ 

5.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩4.0 ⎭ 

⎧ 

1.0 

⎫ 

⎪3.0 ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪2.0 ⎪ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪6.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎪ 

5.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩4.0 ⎭ 

⎧ 

– 2.0 

⎫ 

⎪– 1.0 ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ 0.0 ⎪ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪ 0.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎪ 

1.0 

⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩ 4.0 ⎭

MATMOD 


Remarks: 

1. If the matrix input into this option contains more than one column and 

SORTBOOL is used subsequently to operate on this matrix, all columns will have 

their rows re-ordered according to the sort obtained from the column processed 

by the MATMOD operation. In this case, the column that was selected during the 

MATMOD operation to produce the sorted ordering will be guaranteed in sort. 

Other columns may or may not have their rows in sorted order. 

2. The output data blocks are in machine precision, regardless of the precision of the 

input matrix. 

3. NKEYS=2 provides a more repeatable sort in the presence of equal values in the 

input, at the cost of longer run times. A test on a typical vector showed a 

difference of a factor of approximately ten. If repeatability is not essential, 

NKEYS=1 is the preferred choice. 

Option P1=36 

Reduce the GRID record in the GEOM1 table to the entries corresponding to grid 

identification numbers specified in a Case Control set. 

Format: 

MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/GEOM1R,/36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $ 



CASECC Table of Case Control command selections. 


GEOM1R GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record. 

Parameters: 

GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which 


NOGEOM1 Output-integer. Processing status flag. 

+1 no grid data found matching gridset. 

0 GRIDSET found and contents match some GRIDs in GEOM1. 

-1 GRIDSET found and contents matches all GRIDs in GEOM1. 

117

1175 

MATMOD 


Remark: 

1. Only the GRID record is processed and all other GEOM1 records are copied as is 

to GEOM1R. 

Option P1=37 

Reduce the element and SPOINT records in the GEOM2 table to the entries 

corresponding to element or SPOINT identification numbers specified in a Case 

Control set. 

Format: 

MATMOD GEOM2,CASECC,,,,/GEOM2R,/37/ 

ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $ 





GEOM2R GEOM2 table with reduced element record. 

Parameters: 

ELEMSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number 

which contains a list element point identification numbers. 

GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number 

which contains a list SPOINT identification numbers. 

NOGEOM2 Output-integer. Processing status flag. 

Option P1=38 

+1 no element and SPOINTs found matching ELEMSET and 

GRIDSET. 

0 ELEMSET and GRIDSET found and contents match some elements 

and SPOINTs in GEOM2. 

-1 ELEMSET and GRIDSET found and contents match all elements 

and SPOINTs in GEOM2. 

Reduce the records in the EST table to the entries corresponding to element numbers 

specified in a Case Control set.

Format: 

MATMOD EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/ 

ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $ 


EST Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry. 



ESTR EST table with reduced records. 

Parameters: 

Option P1=39 

Remove and identify explicit zero terms in a matrix. 

Format: 



MATMOD 


ELEMSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number that 

contains a list element point identification numbers. 

GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which 


NOEST Output-integer. Processing status flag. 

+1 No element found matching contents of ELEMSET 

0 ELEMSET found and contents match some elements in EST 

-1 ELEMSET and contents match all elements and SPOINTs in EST 

MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,O2/39/S,N,NOXPLZER $ 

I1 Any matrix. 

O1 Matrix I1 with explicit zero terms removed. 

O2 Matrix containing a 1.0 at the row and column, where an explicit zero 

was found in I1. 

117

1177 

MATMOD 


Parameter: 

NOXPLZER Output-integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros 

are found.

MATPCH Punches contents of Matrix Data Blocks 

MATPCH 

Punches contents of Matrix Data Blocks 

Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 

MATPCH I1,I2,I3,14,I5//IVNIT/N1/N2/N3/N4/N5 $ 


Ii Any real matrix data block. 


None. 

Parameters: 

IVNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number. If this parameter is 

negative, an echo of the DMI Bulk Data entries generated will be 

printed on the FORTRAN unit given by the absolute value of 

PRINTOPT. 

Ni Input-character-default=blank. Continuation entry prefix. Used to form 

a unique continuation string for the DMI Bulk Data entries. For 

example, if Ni=’xx’, then this produces continuations of the form (xx 1), 

(xx 2), etc. The default value causes the blank continuation option to be 

used. See Remark 4 if explicit continuations are desired. 

Remarks: 

1. The nonzero elements of each matrix are punched on double-field DMI entries as 

shown in the example below. The name of the matrix is obtained from the header 

record of the data block. Field 10 contains the three-character parameter value in 

columns 74 through 76 and an incremented integer record count in columns 77 

through 80 if nondefault values are used for the Ni parameters. 

2. Double precision matrices will be converted to single precision. Only the real part 

of complex matrices will be used. 

3. All matrices are output on double-field entries in single precision. 

4. If Ni is specified, then Ni must be different for each corresponding input matrix. 

Also, the maximum number of records that may be punched is 99999. If full 

square matrices are considered, a maximum order of 629 is allowed. If matrices 

larger than this are desired, use the OUTPUT2 or OUTPUT4 modules to produce 

a FORTRAN readable file. 

117

1179 

MATPCH 

Punches contents of Matrix Data Blocks 

5. Only sufficiently small nonpurged data blocks will be punched onto DMI Bulk 

Data entries. 

Example: 

Let the data block MAT contain the matrix 

The DMAP statement 

MATPCH MAT// $ 

will produce the following DMI entries: 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

DMI MAT 0 2 1 2 5 6 

DMI MAT 1 1 1.000000E 00 

* 3 2.000000E 00 5 3.000000E 00 

DMI* MAT 2 3 4.000000E 00 

* 5.000000E 00 

[ MAT] 

DMI* MAT 3 1 6.000000E 00 

* 7.000000E 00 5 8.000000E 00 

= 

1.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 

0.0 0.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 

2.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 

0.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.0 

3.0 0.0 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 

DMI* MAT 6 4 9.000000E 00

MATPRN General matrix printer 

Prints general matrix data blocks. 

Format: 

MATPRN M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/ $ 


Remarks: 

1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged. 

2. If any data block is not a matrix, it will be printed as if it were a table. 

MATPRN 

General matrix printer 

Mi Matrix data blocks, any of which may be purged. (Real or complex). 

3. MATPRN prints the row index for the term that begins each line of printout. 

4. MATPRN will not print out two or more consecutive lines of zeroes, but instead 

will issue a message of the form: 

ROW POSITIONS xxxx THRU yyyy NOT PRINTED – ALL = 0.0. 

5. If DIAG 30 is set by the DIAGON function before MATPRN (see Example 3), and 

turned off after MATPRN, most of the digits of the internal representations will 

be printed. Normally, the output is truncated to five or six digits. 

6. For large, sparse matrices with scattered terms, the user is advised to use either 

the MATPRT or MATGPR modules. 

Examples: 

1. MATPRN KGG/$ 

2. MATPRN KGG,PL,PG,BGG,UPV//$ 

3. DIAGON(30) $ PRINT EXTENDED PRECISION 

MATPRN KGG/$ 

DIAGOFF(30) $ 

118

1181 

MATPRT 

Matrix printer 

MATPRT Matrix printer 

Prints a matrix. 

Format: 

MATPRT MATRIX//PRNTLABL/PRNTFLAG $ 


MATRIX Matrix data block to be printed. If [X] is purged, then nothing is done. 

Parameters: 

PRNTLABL Integer-input-default=0. Print label. If PRNTFLG=1, then the matrix is 

labeled with “ROW n”; otherwise it is labeled with “COLUMN n.” 

PRNTFLAG Integer-input-default=0. Print flag. If PRNTFLAG < 0, do not print [X]; 

Y ≥ 0, print [X]. 

Remark: 

Each column (or row) of the matrix is broken into groups of six terms (3 terms if 

complex) per printed line. If all the terms in a group are 0, the line is not printed. If the 

entire column (or row) is 0, it is not printed. If the entire matrix is null, it is not printed. 

Example: 

Print the mass matrix: 

MATPRT MGG// $

MATREDU 

Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set 

MATREDU Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set 

Reduces a square matrix from the g-set to the a-set or p-set to the d-set. Optionally 

produces the s-set by f-set partition following multipoint constraint elimination and 

reduction. 

Format: 

MATREDU 



⎧XGG⎫ ⎧ USET ⎫ ⎧ GM ⎫ ⎧GOA⎫ ⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬ / 

⎩XPP⎭ ⎩USETD ⎭ ⎩GMD ⎭ ⎩GOD⎭ ⎧XAA⎫ ⎨ ⎬, 

XSF , XSS / 

⎩XDD⎭ ⎧NOXGG ⎫ 

S,N, ⎨ ⎬ $ 

⎩NOXPP ⎭ 

XGG Square matrix in g-set. 

XPP Square matrix in p-set. 





ne-set. 

GOA Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set. 

GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, oset 

by d-set. 

XAA Reduced square matrix in a-set. 

XDD Reduced square matrix in d-set. 

XSF S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint 

elimination and reduction. 

XSS S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint 

elimination and reduction. 

118

1183 

MATREDU 

Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set 

Parameters: 

NOXGG Output-integer-default=1. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG 

does not exist. 

NOXPP Output-integer-default=1. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP 

does not exist. 

Remarks: 

1. If XGG or XPP is not symmetric, then unsymmetric formulation of reduction is 

used. 

2. XGG or XPP may be purged, in which case MATREDU returns with NOXAA=-1 

or NOXDD=-1. 

3. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and oset 

degrees-of-freedom do not exist. 

4. XSF may be purged. 

5. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules 

UPARTN, UMERGE1, SMPYAD, and MCE2.

MCE1 Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix 

Creates the multipoint constraint transformation matrix. 

Format: 

MCE1 USET,RMG/ 

GM $ 





Parameters: 

None. 

MCE1 

Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix 


118

1185 

MCE2 

Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction 

MCE2 Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction 

Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction on up to four g-set size 

square matrices. 

Format: 

MCE2 USET,GM,XGG1,XGG2,XGG3,XGG4/ 

XNN1,XNN2,XNN3,XNN4 $ 




XGGi Square matrices in g-set. 


XNNi Square matrices in n-set. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remark: 

Any or all of XGGi and XNNi may be purged. However, if any of XGGi is specified 

then the corresponding XNNi must also be specified. 

Example: 

Reduce K gg to K nn : 

MCE2 USET,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $

MDATA 

MDATA 

Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass 

Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid 

mass 

MDATA CASECC,XYCDB,MAR,MEA,UAX,OL/ 

OEP/ 

APP/S,N,NOSORT2/FREQINDX $ 

CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the primary model. 


MAR Table of virtual mass element areas. 

MEA Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set. 

UA Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set. 

OEP Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2 

format. 

APP Input-character-no default. Type of analysis. Allowable values are: 

'REIG'Normal modes 

'CEIG'Complex eigenvalues 

'FREQ'Frequency response 

'TRAN'Transient response 

NOSORT2 Input-integer-default=-1. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested. 

FREQINDX Input-integer-default=0. Frequency or time step index. Selects 

frequency associated with UA. 

Remarks: 

1. XYCDB nay be purged. 

2. MDATA is only available for normal modes, complex modes, frequency 

response, and transient response using direct methods only. 

118

1187 

MDCASE 

Partitions the Case Control table 

MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table 

Partitions the Case Control table into separate Case Control tables based on the 

ANALYSIS Case Control command. 

Format: 

MDCASE CASECC,EDOM/ 

CASESTAT,CASEMODE,CASEBUCK,CASEFREQ,CASECEIG, 

CASEMTRN,CASESAER,CASEDVRG,CASEFLUT,CASESMST, 

CASESMEM,CASEHEAT,CASEUPSE,CASESADV,CASESNMB, 

CASEXX/ 

S,N,STATCC/S,N,MODECC/S,N,BUCKCC/S,N,DFRQCC/ 

S,N,MFRQCC/S,N,DCEIGCC/S,N,MCEIGCC/S,N,MTRNCC/ 

S,N,SAERCC/S,N,DVRGCC/S,N,FLUTCC/S,N,SMSTCC/ 

S,N,SMEMCC/S,N,HEATCC/S,N,UPSECC/S,N,DESOBJ/ 

S,N,DESGLB/S,N,OBJSID/SEPRTN /S,N,WVFLG $ 




optimization. 


CASESTAT Case Control table for static analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=STATICS. 

CASEMODE Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=MODES. 

CASEBUCK Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=BUCK. 

CASEFREQ Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis 

and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ. 

CASECEIG Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis 

and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG. 

CASEMTRN Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=MTRAN. 

CASESAER Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=SAERO.

MDCASE 


CASEDVRG Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=DIVERG. 

CASEFLUT Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER. 

CASESMST Case Control table for structural analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=STRU. 

CASESMEM Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=ELEC. 

CASEHEAT Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on 

ANALYSIS=HEAT. 

CASEUPSE Case Control table for upstream superelements only. 

CASESADV Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or 

CASEDVRG. 

CASESNMB Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT, 

CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and 

CASEFLUT. 

CASEXX Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix generation, assembly 

and reduction. 

Parameters: 

STATCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to 

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in 

CASECC and CASESTAT is specified in the output list. 

MODECC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. 

Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found 

in CASECC and CASEMODE is specified in the output list. 

BUCKCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to 

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in 

CASECC and CASEBUCK is specified in the output list. 

DFRQCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct frequency response analysis 

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ 

command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the 

output list. 

118

1189 

MDCASE 


MFRQCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal frequency response analysis 

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ 

command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the 

output list. 

DCEIGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis 

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command 

was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. 

MCEIGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis 

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG 

command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the 

output list. 

MTRNCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal transient response analysis 

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN 

command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is specified in the 

output list. 

SAERCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set 

to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in 

CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list. 

DVRGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic divergence analysis 

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG 

command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is specified in the 

output list. 

FLUTCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to 

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in 

CASECC and CASEFLUT is specified in the output list. 

SMSTCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set 

to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in 

CASECC and CASESMST is specified in the output list. 

SMEMCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Electromagnetic analysis subcase 

flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was 

found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list. 

HEATCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. 

Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found 

in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified in the output list.

Remarks: 


MDCASE 


UPSECC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Superelement analysis subcase flag. 

Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and 

CASEUPSE is specified in the output list. 

DESOBJ Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set 


DESGLB Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set 


OBJSID Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number 

associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user 

specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase. 

SEPRTN Input-logical-default=FALSE. SUPER command processing flag. Set 

to TRUE to ignore SUPER command. 

WVFLG Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC 

does not contain any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling 

subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified 

on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. 

2. EDOM may be purged it WVFLG is not required. 

3. CASEXX is a copy of one of the following in the order that they appear and if they 

exist: 

CASESTAT 

CASESAER 

CASEDVRG 

CASEMODE 

CASEFREQ 

CASEMTRN 

CASEFLUT 

119

1191 

MERGE 

Matrix merge 

MERGE Matrix merge 

Forms a matrix from its partitions. 

Format: 

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/SYM/TYPE/FORM $ 


Aij Matrix partitions. (Real or complex). 


RP Row partitioning vector. 


A Merged matrix from Aij. 

Parameters: 

SYM Input-integer-default=-1. SYM < 0, {CP} is used for {RP}. SYM ≥ 0, {CP} 

and {RP} are distinct. 

TYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of [A]. If TYPE is 0, the type of the 

output matrix will be the maximum type of [A11], [A21], [A12], and 

[A22]. 

FORM Input-integer-default=0. Form of [A]. (See Remark 3.) 

Remarks: 

1. MERGE is the inverse of PARTN in the sense that if [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] 

were produced by PARTN using {RP}, {CP}, FORM, SYM and TYPE from [A], 

MERGE will produce [A]. The operation of MERGE is dependent upon the 

partitioning vectors, {CP} and {RP}, and the symmetry flag, SYM. 

[ A] 

→ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22

MERGE 

Matrix merge 

Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and 

{RP} be a mx1 vector containing p zero elements.Partition [A11] will consist of all 

elements A ij of [A] for which CP j = RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in 

[A]. Partition [A12] will consist of all elements A ij of [A] for which CP j ≠ 0.0 and 

RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A]. Partition [A21] will consist of all 

elements A ij of [A] for which CP j = 0.0 and RP i ≠ 0.0 in the same order as they 

appear in [A]. The following describes the operations: 

Let NC = number of nonzero terms in {CP}. 

NR = number of nonzero terms in {RP}. 

NROWA = number of rows in [A]. 

NCOLA = number of columns in [A]. 

Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0: 

MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $ 

[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix. 

[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix. 

[A12] is not written. 


Case 2: (RP) is purged and SYM ≥ 0: 

MERGE A11,,A12,,CP,/A/1 $ 

[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA - NC) matrix. 


[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. 


Case 3: {RP} is purged and SYM < 0: 

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,/A $ 

[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix. 

[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA – NC) matrix. 

[A12] is a (NROWA – NR) by NC matrix. 

[A22] is a NC by NC matrix. 

A11 

A21 

A11 A12 

→ [ A] 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

→ [ A] 

→ 

[ A] 

119

1193 

MERGE 

Matrix merge 

Case 4: Neither {CP} nor {RP} are purged and SYM ≥ 0: 

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $ 

[A11] is a (NROWA – NR) by (NCOLA – NC) 

matrix. 

[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA – NC) matrix. 

[A12] is a (NROWA – NR) by NC matrix 

[A22] is a NR by NC matrix. 

2. [A11], [A12], [A21], and [A22] must be unique matrices. 

3. When FORM = 0, a compatible matrix [A] results as shown in the following table: 

4. Any or all of [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] may be purged. When all are purged, this 

implies [A] = 0. 

5. Both {RP} and {CP} may not be purged. 

Form of [A22] 

Square Rectangular Symmetric 

Square Square Rectangular Rectangular 

Form of [A11] Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 

Symmetric Rectangular Rectangular Symmetric 

Examples: 

1. Let A11, A12, A21, A22, {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows: 

[ A11] 

= 

2.0 

[ A12] 

6.0 

= 

1.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 7.0 8.0 

[ A21] 

= 10.0 [ A22] 

= 9.0 11.0 12.0 

( CP) 

⎧1.0 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪0.0 ⎪ 

= 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪1.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩ 

1.0 ⎪ 

⎭ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

→ [ A]

Then, the DMAP instruction 

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $ 

will create the real matrix: 

2. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as 

MERGE A11,A12,,,CP,/A/1 $ RP,CP distinct 

the input matrices would be 

[ A11] 

[ A] 


MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $ 

the input matrices would be 

4. If the DMAP instruction is written as 

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,,RP/A/-1 $ 

and the input matrices are: 

= 

( RP) 

= 

⎧0.0 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎨0.0 ⎬ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩1.0 ⎭ 

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 

9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 

= 

2.0 

6.0 

10.0 

[ A12] 

[ A11] 

= 

= 

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 

[ A21] 

= 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 

[ A11] 

= 

1 2 

[ A12] 

5 6 

1.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 7.0 8.0 

9.0 11.0 12.0 

3 

7 

[ A21] 

= 9 10 [ A22] 

= 

11 

= 

MERGE 

Matrix merge 

119

1195 

MERGE 

Matrix merge 

then the resulting matrix would be 

[ A] 

= 

1 2 3 

5 6 7 

9 10 11

MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress output 

MERGEOFP 

Merges linear and nonlinear stress output 

Merges OESL (linear element stresses from SDR2) with OESNL (nonlinear element 

stresses from SDRNL). 

Format: 

MERGEOFP OES1,OESN1/OES1X $ 


OES1 Table of element stresses in SORT1. 

OESNL1 Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format. 


OES1X Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in the SORT1 and linear 

element format. 

Remark: 

The linear and nonlinear element stress files are read concurrently. The output file is 

produced with the same order of files as the input files, but where the same element 

name and ID appears on each input file, the linear element stress data block for the 

element will immediately precede the nonlinear element stress data block on the 

output file. 

119

1197 

MESSAGE 

Prints messages 

MESSAGE Prints messages 

Prints messages to the standard NX Nastran output file. 

Format: 

MESSAGE //P1/P2/.../Pn $ 

Parameter: 

Pi Input-default is blank. Cannot exceed 80 characters in length. 

Remarks: 

1. Parameter inputs may be parameter names, actual values, or character strings. 

2. Variable parameters must have been typed prior to this statement. 

3. The number of parameters is limited only by the size of VPS. 

4. The MESSAGE module normally prints to the .f06 standard NX Nastran output 

file (FORTRAN Unit 6). To have the print also appear in the Performance 

Summary Table (FORTRAN Unit 4 or dayfile), DIAG 53 must be turned on by the 

DIAG Executive Control Statement. 

Example: 

MESSAGE //’USER DMAP MSG’/10/’ERROR IN ITER. NO.’/COUNT $

MGEN Creates virtual fluid mass matrices 

Creates virtual fluid mass matrices. 

Format: 

MGEN CASECC,MATPOOL,EST,CSTM,BGPDT/ 

MCHI,MLAM,GEG,MAR,MCHI2,MLAM2/ 

LUSET/S,N,NOMGEN/UNUSED3/WTMASS/UNUSED5 $ 




Parameters: 

MGEN 

Creates virtual fluid mass matrices 






MCHI Matrix relating displacements to source strengths 

MLAM Matrix relating element forces to source strengths 

GEG Element displacement interpolation matrix 

MAR Table of virtual mass element areas. 

MCHI2 Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths 

MLAM2 Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths 


g-set. 

NOMGEN Output-integer-default=-1. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the 

MFLUID set identification number if MFLUID is specified in CASECC. 

unused3 Input-real-default=0.0. Unused. 


unused5 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused. 

119

1199 

MKCNTRL 


MKCNTRL Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets 

Assembles a description of the set of aerodynamic controllers. 

Format: 

MKCNTRL EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT/ 

AECTRL,TRX,AECSTMHG/ 

SYMXZ/AUNITS $ 


EDT Element deformation table. 



AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-offreedom. 



TRX Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic 

extra points 

AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices that 

only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems if not 

null. 

Parameters: 

SYMXZ Input-real-no default. x-z symmetry flag. 

AUNITS Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in 

gravity units to units of length per time squared. 

Remarks: 

None.

MKCSTMA 

MKCSTMA 


Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic 

models. 

Format:. 



Parameters: 

None. 

Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural 

and aerodynamic models. 

MKCSTMA CSTM1,CSTM2/CSTMM $ 

CSTMi Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices. 

CSTMM Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices. 

120

1201 

MKSPLINE 

Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model 

MKSPLINE 

Generates splines to interpolated results from the structural model to the aero model. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

None. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0. 

Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero 

model 

MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP/ 

SPLINE $ 






AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. 

AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table. 

SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with 

external grid identification numbers. 

DBVIEW AEGRID=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' AND WILDCARD) $ 

MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP/SPLINE $

MODACC OFREQ and OTIME command processor 

MODACC 

OFREQ and OTIME command processor 

Removes columns in solution and load matrices based on the OTIME and OFREQ 

Case Control commands. 

Format: 

MODACC CASECC,OL,U,P1,P2,P3/ 

OL1,U1,P11,P21,P31/APP $ 





U Solution matrix from normal modes, complex modes, transient 

response, or frequency response. 

Pi Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues, 

frequencies, or time steps in OL. 


OL1 OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command. 

U1 U truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command. 

Pi1 Pi truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command. 

Parameter: 

APP Character-input-default='TRAN'. Analysis type. 

'REIGEN' Normal modes 



'CEIGEN' Complex eigenvalues 

120

1203 

MODACC 


Remarks: 

1. MODACC selects vectors based on OTIME or OFREQ commands in CASECC. If 

APP = ’CEIG’, the selection is based on the imaginary part of the complex 

eigenvalue. If APP = ’REIG’, the selection is based on the frequency (f = ω/2π) 

2. Here are typical data block names and the appropriate value of APP: 

LAMA APP = ‘REIG’ 

CLAMA APP = ‘CEIG’ 

FOL APP = ‘FREQ’ 

TOL APP = ‘TRAN’ 

3. If APP=’CEIGEN,’ then P11 must not be purged.

MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors 

MODEPF 


Computes mode participation factors for fluid-structure models in frequency 

response analysis. 

Format: 

MODEPF BGPDT,USET,CASECC,EDT,ABESF*, 

PHASH2,UHFS,PHDFH,MFHH,BFHH, 

KFHH,FOL,ABEH*,PHDFH1,PHDFH2, 

UHFF,AH,PFHF,UNUSED,PNLLST, 

VGA/ 

GPMPF,FMPF,SMPF,PMPF,LMPF, 

MPFMAP/ 

NOFREQ/NOLOADF/GRIDFMP/NUMPAN/PNQALNAM/ 

SYMFLG/MPNFLG/FLUIDMP/STRUCTMP/PANELMP/ 

GRIDMP/NOSASET/FILTERF/FILTERS $ 





EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing SET1 entries. 

ABESF* Family of a-set size panel area matrices. 

PHASH2 Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also 

partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP. 

UHFS Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also 

partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP. 

PHDFH Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. 

MFHH Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH. 

BFHH Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH. 

KFHH Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH. 

FOL Table of forcing frequencies. 

ABEH* Family of signed modally reduced area matrices 

PHDFH1 Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH reduced to 

a-set size. 

PHDFH2 PHDFH1 partitioned by parameter FLUIDMP. 

120

1205 

MODEPF 


UHFF Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned 

column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP. 

AH Signed global modally reduced area matrix 

PFHF Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix. 

UNUSED Unused. 

PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL 

qualifier values 

VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows 

corresponding to the a-set 


GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors 

FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors 

SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors 

PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation 

factors 

LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors 

MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices 

Parameters: 

NOFREQ Input-integer-no default. Number of excitation frequencies 

NOLOADF Input-integer-no default. Number of load cases per frequency 

GRIDFMP Input-integer-no default. Case Control set identification number of 

fluid grids that will be output: 

0 Case Control set that contains grid list to be output 

NUMPAN Input-integer-no default. Number of panels. 

PNQALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier for panels. 

SYMFLG Input-complex-default=(1.,0.). Scale factor. 

MPNFLG Input-integer-no default. Panel existence flag.

Remarks: 

1. VGA may be purged if no diagnostic printouts are desired. 

2. If STRUCTMP>0 then these are the output options: 

• Compute structural mode participation factors. 

MODEPF 


FLUIDMP Input-integer-default=-1. Number of fluid modes to use in 

computing factors. If FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first 

FLUIDMP modes. 

STRUCTMP Input-integer-default=-1. Number of structure modes to use 

computing factors. 

PANELMP Input-integer-default=-1. Flag to compute panel participation factors. 

See Remark 2. 

GRIDMP Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number for a 

set of fluid grids. 

NOSASET Input-integer-default=-1. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set 

of the structure. 

FILTERF Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for fluid factor matrices. 

FILTERS Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for structure factor matrices. 

• If MPNFLG>0 and PANELMP>-1 then compute panel mode participation 

factors, PMPF. 

• Compute load mode participation factors, LMPF. 

• If MPNFLG>0 and GRIDMP>-1 then compute fluid grid mode participation 

factors, GMPF. 

120

1207 

MODEPOUT 


MODEPOUT Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice 

Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrices. Also create table data 

blocks suitable for XY plots and power spectral density calculations. 

Format: 

MODEPOUT LAMAF,LAMAS,CASECC,FMPF,SMPF, 

PMPF,LMPF,GMPF,MPFMAP/ 

OFMPF2E,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2E,OSMPF2M,OPMPF2E, 

OPMPF2M,OLMPF2E,OLMPF2M,OGMPF2E,OGMPF2M, 

UNUSED1,UNUSED2,UNUSED3,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/ 

OUTFMP/OUTSMP/FMPFEPS/SMPFEPS/MPFSORT/ 

NOMPF2E $ 


LAMAF Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the 

model. 

LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of 

the model. 


FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors 

SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors 

PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation 

factors 

LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors 

GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors 

MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices 


OFMPF2E Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies 

OFMPF2M Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode 

OSMPF2E Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies 

OSMPF2M Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode 

OPMPF2E Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies 

OPMPF2M Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode 

OLMPF2E Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies

OLMPF2M Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode 

Parameters: 

MODEPOUT 


OGMPF2E Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies 

OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode 

UNUSEDi Unused. 

OUTFMP Input-integer-default=0. Number of fluid modes to output. 

OUTSMP Input-integer-default=0. Number of structure modes to output. 

FMPFEPS Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor 

magnitudes. 

SMPFEPS Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor 

magnitudes. 

MPFSORT Input-integer-default=11. Sort flag. 

10 sort on absolute value (magnitude) 

20 sort on real portion 

30 sort on complex portion 

40 sort on phase angle (must convert) 

1 descending sort 

2 ascending sort 

NOMPF2E Input-integer-default=-1. 

0 generate 

-1 do not generate 

Remarks: 

1. The O*MPF2E data blocks are suitable for input to the XYTRAN module. 

2. The O*MPF2M data blocks are suitable for input to the RANDOM module. 

120

1209 

MODEPT 

Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records 

MODEPT Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records 

Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records based upon data on 

TABLEDi Bulk Data entry records. 

Format: 

MODEPT EPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOMEPT $ 



particular, PACABS and PACABR entries. 



EPTX Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with 

TABLEij references. 

Parameter: 

NOGOMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is 

detected in the Bulk Data entries. 

Remarks: 

1. MODEPT does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data 

entries. NOGOMEPT should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 

2. MODEPT must appear after the IFP. 

Example: 

See the example in the IFP module description.

MODGDN 

MODGDN 

Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements 

Updates the geometry table for the existence of p-elements and superelements. 

Format: 



Parameter: 

Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and 

superelements 

MODGDN GEOM1,SEMAP,MFACE,MEDGE,MBODY/ 

GEOM1P/ 

S,N,NOSEMAP $ 






GEOM1P Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for 

p-elements and superelements. 

NOEMAP Output-integer-default=0. Superelement map table flag. Set to -1 if 

SEMAP does not exist. 

121

1211 

MODGM2 

Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data 

MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data 

Creates internal records in the element connectivity table based on the presence of 

PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data entry records. Internal records are also created 

from fluid elements defined on the PSOLID Bulk Data entry. 

Format: 

MODGM2 EPT,GEOM2,GEOM1/ 

GEOM2X,GEOM1X/ 

S,N,ACFLAG/OSWPPT/OSWELM/S,N,NSWPPT/ 

S,N,NSWELM/S,N,SWEXIST/S,N,NOGOMGM2 $ 


EPT Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records. 

GEOM2 Table containing element connectivity Bulk Data entry records. 



EPTX Copy of EPT except for the records shown in Remark 2. 

GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, 

acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis. 

Parameter: 

ACFLAG Integer-output-default=0. ACFLAG>0 indicates fluid elements: 

0 No fluid elements 

1 Fluid elements 

2 Fluid/structure coupling 

OSWPPT Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld projection point IDs. 

OSWELM Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld element IDs. 

NSWPPT Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld projection point ID. 

NSWELM Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element ID. 

SWEXIST Output-logical-no default. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to 

TRUE if spot weld elements exist. 

NOGOMGM2 Output-logical-no default. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to 

TRUE if an error is found.

Remarks: 

1. MODGM2 must appear after the IFP. 

MODGM2 

Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data 

2. The following GEOM2 Bulk Data entry records are replaced by the internal 

records in GEOM2X: 

Example: 

GEOM2 GEOM2X record 

Record Fluid Hyperelastic 

------ -------------------- 

CQUAD4 n/a QUAD4FD 

CQUAD8 n/a QUAD8FD 

CTRIA3 n/a TRIA3FD 

CTRIA6 n/a TRIA3FD 

CQUAD n/a QUADFD 

CTRIAX n/a TRIAXFD 

CQUADX n/a QUADXFD 

CHEXA HEXPR HEXAFD 

CPENTA PENPR PENTAFD 

CTETRA TETPR TETRAFD 

See the example in the IFP module description. 

121

1213 

MODGM4 

Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records 

MODGM4 

Reads the SPCs and SPCDs that were defined by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD 

Bulk Data entries and generates the unique SPC and SPCD records. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD 

records 

MODGM4 CASECC,GEOM2M,GEOM4M,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,BGPDTM,EPT/ 

GEOM4P/ 

GNSTART/S,N,MODGM4/ALTSHAPE/S,N,NSWELM $ 




GEOM4M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom 

membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for 





BGPDTM Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level. 

EPT Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records. 

GEOM4P Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, updated for the 

constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data 

entries. 

GNSTART Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M. 

MODGM4 Output-logical-default=FALSE. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if 

GEOM4M is updated. 

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-no default. Specifies set of displacement functions in 



NSWELM Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element ID.

MODTRK 

MODTRK 

Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle 

Compares the mode set of the current design cycle with those of the previous design 

cycle, identifies or tracks these modes, and reorders the eigenvalues and eigenvectors 

to be consistent with the previous design cycle. 

Format: 



Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous 

design cycle 

MODTRK CASECC,EDOM,R1TABR,LAMA,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHA,PHGREF, 

PHAREF/MTRAK,LAMA1,PHG1,PHA1,PHGREF1,PHAREF1/ 

DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $ 



optimization. 


attributes. 



MAA Mass matrix in a-set. 

PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. 


PHGREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior 

design cycle output of MODTRK. 

PHAREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set from the prior 

design cycle output of MODTRK. 

MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the 

new mode numbering. 

LAMA1 Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode tracking. 

PHG1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode 

tracking. 

PHA1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode 

tracking. 

121

1215 

MODTRK 

Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle 

PHGREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for 

mode tracking. 

PHAREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for 

mode tracking. 

Parameters: 

DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter. 

NOTRACK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Mode tracking success flag. Set to 

TRUE if mode tracking was successful. 

Remarks: 

MODTRK prints a report on mode switching activity for the current design cycle and 

punches out updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entries that correspond to the new mode 

positions. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP FEA: 

DESITERP=DESITER-1 $ 

DBVIEW PHAREF0=PHAREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $ 

DBVIEW PHGREF0=PHGREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $ 

MODTRK CASEM,EDOM,LAMAS,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHSA,PHGREF0,PHAREF0/ 

MTRAKS,NEWLAMA,NEWPHG,NEWPHA,PHGREF,PHAREF/ 

DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $

MODTRL Modify trailer 

Modify data block trailer data. 

Format: 

MODTRL DB//P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $ 


DB Data block with trailer that is to be modified. 

Parameters: 

Pi Input-integer-default=-1. New value for i-th trailer word. 

MODTRL 

Modify trailer 

Remarks: 

1. Negative parameters are ignored. Nonnegative parameters cause the 

corresponding word of the data block trailer to be replaced by the value of the 

parameter. 

2. MODTRL should be scheduled immediately after the functional module that 

generates the data block. For example: 

ADD I1,I2/O1 $ 

MODTRL O1////6 $ 

EQUIVX Ol/O2/ALWAYS $ 

3. If MODTRL is used to increase the number of columns in a matrix, then the 

resulting matrix is unusable in most modules, including MATPRN and ADD. 

4. The correspondence between the parameters and the content of a matrix trailer is 

as follows: 

Parameter Matrix Trailer 

P1 Number of columns 

P2 Number of rows 

P3 Form 

P5 Number of nonzero words 

For matrices, P4 and P6 must be -1 or unspecified. See Examples 2 and 3. 

5. For table trailer contents, see “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2. 

121

1217 

MODTRL 

Modify trailer 

Examples: 

1. To make KAA symmetric (form=6) (MPYAD will label it square (form=1)): 

MPYAD GO,KOA,KAAB/KAA/1 $ 

MODTRL KAA////6/ $ 

2. In order to change the precision of a matrix, use ADD5. If the new precision does 

not match the machine precision specify PUTSYS (newprecision,55) before 

ADD5. For example, on a double-word machine: 

• Single to double 

ADD5 SINGLE,,,,/DOUBLE $ 

• Double to single 

PUTSYS(1,55) $ 

ADD5 DOUBLE,,,,/SINGLE $ 

PUTSYS(2,55) $ 

3. In order to change the type (complex or real) of a matrix, use ADD to convert real 

to complex and MATMOD(34) for complex to real. For example, 

• Real to complex 

ADD REAL,/CMPLX//(0.,1.) $ 

• Complex to real 

MATMOD CMPLX,,,,,/REAL,/34 $

Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET). 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Remarks: 

1. The values and actions for USETOP are: 

MODUSET 

Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET) 

MODUSET Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET) 

MODUSET UNUSED1,USET/ 

USETM/ 

USETOP/MAJOR/SET0/SET1/USETADD/UNUSED6/UNUSED7 $ 

EDITVEC Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under USETOP='FILTER'. See 

Remark 2. 


USETM Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. 

USETOP Input-character-default='UNION'. Name of desired operation. See 

Remark 1. 

MAJOR Input-character-default='U3'. Name of the major set. The major set 

must be larger then the subsets defined by SET0 and SET1. 

SET0 Input-character-default='U2'. Name of the "zeros" subset of MAJOR. 

SET1 Input-character-default='U1'. Name of the "ones" subset of MAJOR. 

USETADD Input-integer-default=1. USET length extension. If USETOP='EXPAND' 

then extend the size of the USET by this amount. 



UNION Combine SET0 and SET1 into MAJOR. 

COMP0 Form SET0 from compelement of MAJOR and SET1 

COMP1 Form SET1 from compelement of MAJOR and SET0 

DELETE Remove degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR 

TURNON Add degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR 

121

1219 

MODUSET 

Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET) 

COPY Copy degrees-of-freedom from SET0 to MAJOR 

EXPAND Extend uset length by USETADD. 

MOVE Move SET0 degrees-of-freedom to MAJOR 

FILTER Remove degrees-of-freedom from USET that correspond to zero 

rows in EDITVEC. 

2. EDITVEC may be purged if USETOP≠'FILTER'. 

Examples: 

1. Scalar degrees-of-freedom 1 through 5 will be defined in the u1-set and u3-set and 

scalar degrees-of-freedom 6 through 10 in the u2-set and u3-set. 

SOL ... 

COMPILE ... 

ALTER ... 

MODUSET ,,USET/USET1 $ 

CEND 

BEGIN BULK 

SPOINT,1,THRU,10 

USET1,U1,0,1,THRU,5 

USET1,U3,0,6,THRU,10 

2. The u1-set will be empty. The u2-set will contain the a-set and the u3-set will 

contain the f-set. 

MODUSET ,,USET/VSET/'COMP0'/'F' /'U1'/'A' $ 

MODUSET ,,VSET/WSET/'COMP1'/'F' / /'U2' $ 

MODUSET ,,WSET/XSET/'UNION'/'U3'/'U1'/'U2' $ 

3. The following alter puts all degrees-of-freedom automatically constrained by 

GPSP into the sg-set. 

COMPILE SEKR0 

ALTER 'GPSP'(,-1) $ BEFORE GPSP 

$ MOVE DOF IN SET SB INTO SET U3 

MODUSET, ,USET0/VSET/'MOVE'/'U3'/'SB'/ $ 

EQUIVX VSET/USET0/ALWAYS $ 

MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY - CHECK BELOW'/ $ 

TABPRT USET0,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 

ALTER 'GPSP' $ AFTER GPSP 

MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY AUTOSPC DOF - CHECK BELOW'/ $ 

TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 

$ MOVE CURRENT SB (ALL FROM AUTOSPC) INTO SG 

MODUSET, ,USET/VSET1/'MOVE'/'SG'/'SB'/ $ 

MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY,SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $ 

TABPRT VSET1,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 

$ NOW MOVE SET U3 BACK INTO SB 

MODUSET, ,VSET1/VSET2/'MOVE'/'SB'/'U3'/ $ 

EQUIVX VSET2/USET/ALWAYS $ 

MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY SPC DOF'/ 

' SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $ 

TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $

MONVEC Forms monitor point rigid body vectors 

Forms rigid body vectors for monitor points. 

Format: 

MONVEC 


AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points 

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points 


Parameters: 

None. 

⎧AEMONPT ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ 

, 

⎩MONITOR ⎭ 

AEROCOMP 

⎧ ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ , AEBGPDT , CSTMA / 

⎩STRUCOMP ⎭ 

SRKS $ 

MONVEC 

Forms monitor point rigid body vectors 



AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-offreedom. 



SRKS Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors. 

122

1221 

MPP 

Prints monitor point results 

MPP Prints monitor point results 

Prints monitor point results for either trim subcase or for any one UXDAT instance or 

for any one UXDAT instance by interpolation of the UXV. 

Format: 

MPP 

⎧MONITOR ⎫ 

AECTRL,UXDAT, ⎨ ⎬, 

⎩AEMONPT ⎭ 

⎧MPSR ⎫ ⎧MPSER ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬ ,MPEU, 

⎩MPAR ⎭ ⎩MPAER ⎭ 



None. 

MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,UXV,ADBINDX// 

MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/MESH $ 



displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments. 

MONITOR Monitor point table 


MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim 

(excluding inertial loads and static applied loads) 

MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim 

MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding 


MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim 

MPEU Elastic unrestrained loads on monitor points either at trim or across 

ADB/AEDB 


MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads 


applied loads 

UXV Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB 

ADBINDX Index of ADB or AEDB

Parameters: 


Q Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure. 




MESH Input-character-no default. Mesh type 

Examples: 

1. Print structural monitor point loads at trim. 

MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,,// 

MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'STRUCT' $ 

2. Print aerodynamic monitor point loads at trim. 

MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,,,,,,// 

MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'AERO' $ 

MPP 

Prints monitor point results 

122

1223 

MPYAD 

Matrix multiply and add 

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add 

Perform the multiplication of two matrices and optionally, the addition of a third 

matrix to the product. 

Format: 

MPYAD A,B,C/X/T/SIGNAB/SIGNC/PREC/FORM $ 


A Left-hand matrix in the matrix product. 

B Right-hand matrix in the matrix product. 

C Matrix to be added to the product. 


X Matrix product. 

Parameters: 

T Integer-input-default = 0. Transpose flag. 

T = 1, perform 

T = 0, perform 

SIGNAB Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of product flag. 

SIGNAB = +1, perform 

SIGNAB = -1, perform 

SIGNC Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of [ C] 

flag. 

SIGNC = +1, add 

SIGNC = -1, subtract 

[ X] 

[ A] 

T 

= ± [ B] 

± [ C] 

[ A] 

T [ B] 

[ A] 

[ B] 

[ C] 

[ A] 

[ B] 

– [ A] 

[ B] 

[ C]

PREC Integer-input-default = 0. Precision. 

PREC = 1, element of [ X] 

will be output in single precision 

PREC = 2, elements of [ X] 

will be output in double precision 

PREC = 0, elements of [ X] 

will be output in the precision of the 

computer 

FORM Integer-input-default = 0. Form of [ X] 

. 

FORM = 0, form of [ X] 

will be 1 (square) or 2 (rectangular) 

Remarks: 

1. If no matrix is to be added, [C] must be purged. [A] may be Form 3. 

MPYAD 


2. [A] and [B] may be the same data block, but both must be different from [C]. 

3. If [A] or [B] is purged, and [C] is purged, then [X] is purged. [C] may not be Form 

3. 

4. If [A] and/or [B] is purged, but [C] exists, the purged matrices are equivalent to 

null matrices, and [X] will be output. 

5. [X] may not be purged. 

6. If the precision of the computer is double precision and B is single precision, and 

Methods 1, 2, 3 are deselected, then PREC must be set equal to 1. 

7. The MPYAD keyword (or SYSTEM(66)) and the SPARSE keyword (or 

SYSTEM(126)) on the NASTRAN statement is used for MPYAD method 

deselection. (The SPARSE keyword is described in Remark 11.) The Deselection 

Values in the table below are used to deselect or disable a single method or several 

methods. If MPYAD=0 and SPARSE=1, which are the defaults, then the method 

that results in the lowest CPU and I/O time will be selected. If all transpose 

methods are deselected, then T must be equal to zero (default). If all nontranspose 

methods are deselected, then T must be equal to 1. 

Method 

Storage 

Technique 

MPYAD 

Keyword 

Deselection 

Value 

1 Nontranspose 1 1 

1 Transpose 1 2 

2 Nontranspose --- 4 

2 Transpose --- 8 

122

1225 

MPYAD 


Method 

Storage 

Technique 

MPYAD 

Keyword 

Deselection 

Value 





1 Nontranspose A 256 

1 Nontranspose B 512 

1 Nontranspose C 1024 

1 Nontranspose D 2048 

1 Nontranspose E 4096 

1 Nontranspose F 8192 

1 Transpose A 16384 

1 Transpose B 32768 

1 Transpose C 65536 

1 Transpose D 131072 

• For methods 2, 3, and 4, a combination of methods is selected by subtracting 

the sum of their Deselection Values from 255. For example, NASTRAN 

MPYAD = 243 (which is obtained from 255-(4+8)) selects only Methods 2 

Transpose and Nontranspose. 

• For Method 1 Submethods (storage techniques), a combination of methods is 

selected accordingly. First sum their Deselection Values and then add 1, if 

Nontranspose, and/or 2, if Transpose. This total is then subtracted from 

262143. See examples below. 

Example 1: If only Method l Nontranspose with storage techniques D, 

E, and F are desired, then NASTRAN MPYAD=247806 

(which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 + 1)). 

Example 2: If Method 2 is also desired in Example 1, then NASTRAN 

MPYAD=247794 (which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 

4096 + 8192 + 8 + 4 + 1)).

MPYAD 


8. As an alternative to the deselection procedure described above, the MPYAD 

keyword value may be set to select a single method while deselecting all other 

methods and submethods. To select a single method, add 1048576 to the selection 

value of the desired method shown in the table below. For example, if Method 1 

Nontranspose Storage Submethod C is desired, then MPYAD = 1048586; 

computed from 1048576 + 10. 

Method 

Storage 

Submethod 

Method Storage 

Submethod 

Selection 

Value 

Selection 

Value 

1 Nontranspose 1 0 

1 Transpose 1 1 







1 Nontranspose A 8 

1 Nontranspose B 9 

1 Nontranspose C 10 

1 Nontranspose D 11 

1 Nontranspose E 12 

1 Nontranspose F 13 

1 Transpose A 14 

1 Transpose B 15 

1 Transpose C 16 

1 Transpose D 17 

122

1227 

MPYAD 


If a Storage Submethod under Method 1 is selected in this manner, then a printout 

of timing estimates for the other submethods may be requested by adding 

3145728 to the selection value above. Using the previous example, MPYAD = 

3145738, computed from 3145728 + 10. 

9. Sparse methods are deselected or selected by the SPARSE keyword (or 

SYSTEM(126)) on the NASTRAN statement. The default SPARSE = 1 causes the 

automatic selection of sparse methods if their CPU and I/O estimates are lower 

than those estimated for the methods in Remark 7. If the sparse method is not 

desired, then specify SPARSE = 0 or 6. 

• In order to select or force one or both methods below, then add l to its 

value(s) below. 

Sparse 

Method 

SPARSE Keyword 

Value 

Nontranspose 2 

Transpose 4 

Example 1: To force the sparse nontranspose method, then specify 

SPARSE = 3, computed from 1 + 2. 

Example 2: To force the sparse methods, then specify SPARSE = 7, 

computed from 1 + 2 + 4. 

Note that if SPARSE = 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7, then all methods in Remark 2 are turned 

off or deselected, and the MPYAD keyword must be equal to zero. 

• The SPARSE keyword is also used for sparse method selection within all 

modules which perform matrix decomposition and forward-backward 

substitution; e.g., DCMP, DECOMP, FBS, and SOLVE. 

10. The diagonal matrix format (FORM = 3) for input matrices is not supported for 

the transpose option (T = 1), and will cause an “ILLEGAL INPUT” fatal message. 

[A] can be transposed with the TRNSP module.

MPYAD 


11. Parallel processing in this module (Methods 1 Nontranspose Storage E and 

Transpose Storage C only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword 

PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)) which is set to the number of parallel processors 

(default = 0). To force parallel processing, the MPYAD keyword must be set to 

one of the following values: 

MPYAD 

Keyword 

Examples: 

1. [X] = [A][B] + [C] 

MPYAD A,B,C/X/ $ 

2. [X]=[A] T [B] - [C] 

MPYAD A,B,C/X/1//-1/ $ 

3. [X] = -[A] [B] 

MPYAD A,B,/X//-1 $ 

Storage 

Technique 

1048592 Transpose C 

1048588 Nontranspose E 

192512 Both 

122

1229 

MRGCOMP 

Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables 

MRGCOMP Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables 

Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables. 

Format: 

MRGCOMP COMP1,COMP2/ 

COMP/ 

COMPRPLC $ 


COMPi Table of aerodynamic or structural components 


COMP Merged table of components 

Parameter: 

COMPRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE then components with 

duplicate names will be copied from COMP1 into COMP. 

Remark: 

Duplicate component names will cause a fatal message to be issued unless 

COMPRPLC is true.

MRGMON Merges two monitor point tables 

MRGMON 

Merges two monitor point tables 

Merges two monitor point tables and optionally output their associated matrices. 

Format: 

MRGMON MON1,MON2,SZR1,SZR2/ 

MON,SZR/ 

MONRPLC $ 


MONi Monitor tables 

SZRi Associated monitor matrices 


MON Merged monitor table 

SZR Merged monitor matrices 

Parameter: 

MONRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE, then components with 

duplicate names will be copied from MON1 into MON. 

Remarks: 

1. Duplicate monitor points will cause a fatal message to be issued unless 

MONRPLC is true. 

2. SZR1, SZR2, and SZR may be purged. 

3. SZR is created only if both SZR1 and SZR2 exist. 

123

1231 

MSGHAN 

Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API 

MSGHAN Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API 

Passes the message number of a message for processing by the MSGPOP API. 

Format: 

MSGHAN //MSGNUM/MSGINP1/MSGINP2/S,N,MSGOUT $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

MSGNUM Input-integer-default=0. Message number. 

MSGINP1 Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input. 

MSGINP2 Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input. 

MSGOUT Output-integer-default=0. Optional integer output.

MSGSTRES 

Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH 

MSGSTRES Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH 

Computes grid point stresses, maximum and minimum stresses, and stress contour 

plots based on fields generated by MSGMESH. 

Format: 

MSGSTRES FORCE,OES1X// 

S,N,PLTNUM/NOMSGSTR $ 


FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the 

OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field 

information. 



None. 

Parameters: 

PLTNUM Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter. 

NOMSGSTR Input-integer-default=0. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if 

MSGSTRES execution is not desired. 

123

1233 

MTRXIN 

Converts DMIG entries to matrices 

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices 

Converts matrices input o DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks. 

Format: 

Form 1 – Simplified (CASECC is purged) 

⎧EQEXIN ⎫ 

MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL, ⎨ ⎬,,/ 

⎩ EQDYN ⎭ 

NAME1,NAME2,NAME3/ 

⎧ LUSET ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬/S,N,NONAME1/S,N,NONAME2/S,N,NONAME3 

$ 

⎩LUSETD ⎭ 

Form 2 – Case Control Command Selection of stiffness, mass, and damping (or square) 

matrices (IOPT=1 for K2GG, etc., and IOPT=0 for K2PP, etc., and TF) 

⎧EQEXIN ⎫ ⎧ ⎫ 

MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL, ⎨ ⎬,, 

⎨ ⎬/ 

⎩ EQDYN ⎭ ⎩TFPOOL ⎭ 

⎧K2GG,M2GG,B2GG ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎩K2PP,M2PP,B2PP ⎭ 

⎧ LUSET ⎫ ⎧1⎫ ⎨ ⎬/S,N,NOK2/S,N,NOM2/S,N,NOB2/ 

⎨ ⎬ $ 

⎩LUSETD ⎭ 

⎩0⎭ Form 3 – Case Control Command selection of load (or rectangular) matrix (IOPT=2) 

MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/ 

P2G,,/ 

LUSET/S,N,NOP2G///2 $

MTRXIN 


Form 4 – Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI by data block names MATKi, MATJi, 

and MATJIi. 

MTRXIN 

⎧AEBGPDTK ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

,,MATPOOL, ⎨AEBGPDTJ ⎬,, 

/ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩AEBGPDTI ⎭ 

⎧S,N,LKSET ⎫ ⎧3⎫ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎨S,N,LJSET ⎬ /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/ ⎨4⎬ $ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩S,N,LISET ⎭ 

⎩5⎭ Form 5 – Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) matrices by 

K2PNAM, etc. input parameter values (IOPT=10 through 12). 

MTRXIN 

⎧MATK1 ⎫ ⎧MATK2 ⎫ ⎧MATK3 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎨MATJ1 ⎬, 

⎨MATJ2 ⎬, 

⎨MATJ3 ⎬ / 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎩MATI1 ⎭ ⎩MATI2 ⎭ ⎩MATI3 ⎭ 

⎧ EQDYN ⎫ ⎧TFPOOL ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

,,MATPOOL, ⎨EQEXIN ⎬ ,, ⎨ ⎬ / 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎩EQEXIN ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ 

⎧MATP1 ⎫ ⎧MATP2 ⎫ ⎧MATP3 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎨MATG1 ⎬, 

⎨MATG2 ⎬, 

⎨MATG3 ⎬ / 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎩RMATG ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ 

⎧LUSETD ⎫ ⎧10 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎨ LUSET ⎬/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/ 

⎨11 ⎬ / 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩ LUSET ⎭ 

⎩12 ⎭ 

⎧TFLID ⎫ 

MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3/ ⎨ ⎬ /NFEXIT $ 

⎩ ⎭ 

123

1235 

MTRXIN 


Form 6 - Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI matrices by the MATNAMi input 

parameter values (IOPT=13 through 15) 

MTRXIN 


⎧AEBGPDTK ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

,,MATPOOL, ⎨AEBGPDTJ ⎬,,/ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩AEBGPDTI ⎭ 

⎧MATK1 ⎫ ⎧MATK2 ⎫ ⎧MATK3 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎨MATJ1 ⎬, 

⎨MATJ2 ⎬ , ⎨MATJ3 ⎬ / 

⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 

⎩MATI1 ⎭ ⎩MATI2 ⎭ ⎩MATJ3 ⎭ 

⎧S,N,LKSET ⎫ ⎧13 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎨S,N,LJSET ⎬/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/ 

⎨14 ⎬/ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩S,N,LISET ⎭ 

⎩15 ⎭ 

MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3 $ 








data). 

TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. 

AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees of 

freedom. 

AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees of 

freedom. 

AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set interference 

degrees of freedom


NAMEi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries. 

Parameters: 

MTRXIN 


K2GG, etc. Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the 

K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G Case Control 

commands. 

MATPi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the 

p-set. 

MATGi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the g-set. 

RMATG Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have 

an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G. 

MATKi Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries. 

MATJi Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries. 

MATIi Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries. 


g-set. 

LUSETD Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

p-set. 

NONAMEi Output-integer-default=-1. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi 

is generated; -1 otherwise. 

NOK2, etc. Output-integer-default=-1. K2GG, etc. generation flag. Set to +1 if 

K2GG, etc. is generated; -1 otherwise. 

IOPT Input-integer-default=0. Case Control command selection flag. 

0 No Case Control command selection (see Form 1) or K2GG, etc., 

and TFL Case Control command selection (see Form 2) 

1 K2GG, etc. Case Control command selection (see Form 2) 

3 P2G Case Control command selection (see Form 3) 

3 DMIK selection by output data block name (see Form 4) 

4 DMIJ selection by output data block name (see Form 4) 

5 DMIJI selection by output data block name (see Form 4) 

10 K2PP, M2PP, and B2PP selection by input parameter value (see 

Form 5) 

123

1237 

MTRXIN 


LKSET, 

LJSET, 

LISET 

11 K2GG, M2GG, and B2GG selection by input parameter value (see 

Form 5) 

12 P2G selection by input parameter value (see Form 5) 

13 DMIK selection by input parameter value (see Form 6) 

14 DMIJ selection by input parameter value (see Form 6) 

15 DMIJI selection by input parameter value (see Form 6) 

Output-integer-default=0. Size of ks-set, js-set, and inteference 

js-set extracted from the AEBGPTK, AEBGPDTJ and AEBGPDTI 

tables. 

NOMATi Output-integer-default=1. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is 

generated; 1 otherwise. 

MATNAMi Input-character-default=' '. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, 

DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data entries. 

TFLID Input-integer-default=0. Transfer function set identification 

number. TFLID is ignored if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15. 

NFEXIT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Termination flag. If FALSE do not 

issue User Fatal Message 2070 and do not terminate the module if 

the matrix is not found. 

Remarks: 


2. Form 1 is used to input matrices from DMIG entries named in the DMAP 

statement output section. No Case Control commands are required. 

3. Forms 2 and 3 are used to select the matrices with Case Control commands: 

K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G. “-2GG” matrices are of 

dimension g by g. “-2PP” matrices are of dimension p by p. The P2G matrix has 

g-rows, with the number of columns determined by the several methods used to 

input rectangular matrices described on the DMIG entry. 

4. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN 

module is specified in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the 

data block name specified on the CALL statement must be the same as the name 

specified on the DMIIN module.

MTRXIN 


Examples: 

1. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, named M1 and M2, which 

reference grid and/or scalar points only. The following set of DMAP instructions 

will generate these two matrices in matrix format, multiply them together and 

print the result. 

MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/Ml,M2,/LUSET/S,N,NOMl/S,N,NOM2$ 

IF (NOM1 > -1 AND NOM2 > -1) THEN $ 

MPYAD M1,M2,/PRODUCT $ 

MATPRN PRODUCT//$ 

ENDIF $ 

2. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, MASS and STIFF, which 

reference grid and/or scalar points only. The following Case Control and DMAP 

instructions will generate these two matrices in matrix format and add them to 

the structural mass and stiffness. 

Case Control: 

M2GG = MASS 

K2GG = STIFF 

DMAP instructions: 

MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/STIFF,MASS,/ 

LUSET/S,N,NOSTIFF/S,N,NOMASS//1 $ 

IF (NOSTIFF > -1) THEN $ 

ADD KGG,STIFF/KGGNEW $ 

EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $ 

ENDIF $ 

IF (NOMASS > -1) THEN $ 

ADD MGG,MASS/MGGNEW $ 

EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $ 

ENDIF 

123

1239 

NASSETS 

Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 

NASSETS Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 

Combines all element sets defined in Case Control, including OUTPUT(PLOT) 

sections, for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 Bulk Data entries. 

Format: 

NASSETS CASECC,ELSET,EDT/ 

SET/ 

MESHSET $ 



ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION 

section of Case Control. 





SET Table of combined sets. 

Parameter: 

MESHSET Input-integer-default=0. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, 

then combine mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.

NLCOMB 

Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads 

NLCOMB Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads 

Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads for the current 

nonlinear analysis iteration. 

Format: 

NLCOMB CASECC,ESTNL,KDICTNL,BKDICT,ETT,PTELEM0,PTELEM, 

UNUSED8,MPT,EQEXIN,SLT,DLT,BGPDT/ 



⎧SLT1 ⎫ 

ELDATA, ⎨ ⎬/ 

⎩DLT1 ⎭ 

NSKIP/LSTEP/LINC/STATIC/LGDISP/OSTEP $ 


EST Element summary table containing geometric and/or material 

nonlinear elements. 

KDICTNL KELMNL dictionary table. 

BKDICT BKELM dictionary table. 


PTELEM0 Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior 

subcase. 

PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the 

current subcase. 

UNUSED8 Not used and may be purged. 







ELDATA Table of combined nonlinear information data. 

124

1241 

NLCOMB 

Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads 



Parameters: 

NSKIP Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC. 

LSTEP Input-integer-no default. Load step. The current iteration step at the 

subcase level for static solutions. 

LINC Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase. 

STATIC Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static 

analysis and one for dynamic analysis. 

LGDISP Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement flag. Set to 1 for large 

displacement analysis. 

OSTEP Input-integer-default=0. Restart step number.

NLITER 

Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables 

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables 

Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to static 

structural or steady state heat transfer analysis. 

Format: 

NLITER CASECC,CNVTST,PLMAT,YSMAT,KAAL, 

ELDATA,KELMNL,LLLT,GM,MPT, 

DIT,MGG,SLT1,CSTM,BGPDT, 

SIL,USET,RDEST,RECM,KGGNL, 

ULLT,GPSNT,EDT,DITID,DEQIND, 

DEQATN,FENL,EPT,PCOMPT/ 

UGNI,FGNL,ESTNLH,CIDATA,QNV, 

FFGH,MUGNI,MESTNL,DUGNI,BTOPCNV, 

BTOPSTF,FENL1/ 

S,N,LOADFAC/S,N,CONV/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,NEWP/ 

S,N,NEWK/S,N,POUTF/S,N,NSKIP/LGDISP/ 

S,N,NLFLAG/S,N,ITERID/S,N,KMATUP/S,N,LSTEP/ 

S,N,KTIME/S,N,SOLCUR/TABS/ 

S,N,KFLAG/S,N,NBIS/NORADMAT/S,N,LASTCNMU/ 

SIGMA/S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSIGN/S,N,TWODIV/ 

LANGLE/S,N,ITOPT/S,N,ITSEPS/ITSMAX/ 

S,N,PLSIZE/IPAD/IEXT/ 

S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/GPFORCE $ 



CNVTST Convergence test matrix. 

PLMAT Initial and final load matrices for subcase. 

YSMAT Initial and final enforced displacement matrices. 

KAAL Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set. 


KELMNL Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements. 

LLLT Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, 

slideline, and differential stiffness effects. 




124

1243 

NLITER 


MGG Radiation matrix in g-size. 






RDEST Radiation element summary table. 

RECM Radiation exchange coefficient matrix. 

KGGNL Stiffness matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only. 

ULLT Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, 

slideline, and differential stiffness effects. 





DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT. 



FENL Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous 

load step in nonlinear matrix format 






FGNL Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration. 


CIDATA Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method. 

QNV Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors. 

FFGH Follower force for OLOAD output.

MUGNI Displacement matrix for stiffness update. 


Parameters: 

NLITER 


DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged steps. 

BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. 


FENL1 Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load 

step in nonlinear matrix format 

LOADFAC Input/output-complex-no default. Load factor. The real part is the 

load factor for the current iteration, having a fractional value 

between 0 and 1. 

CONV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence 

flag. 

On input: 


On output: 

-1 Convergence has not been achieved. 


RSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Controlled increments counter. 

NEWP Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. 



NEWK Output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. 


1 Update stiffness. 

2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has 

been reached. 

POUTF Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if 

intermediate output is not requested. 

124

1245 

NLITER 


NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. 

On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC. 

On output: Set to -2 if run is to be fatally terminated. 

LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force 

flag. 


considered. 

1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be 

considered. 

2 Only large displacement effects will be considered. 

NLFLAG Output-integer-default=0. 

ITERID Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count. 

KMATUP Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness matrix update count 

within the increment. 

LSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Load step. The current iteration 

step at the subcase level for static solutions. 

KTIME Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is 

positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the 

stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the 

last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the 

stiffness update time from the last stiffness update. 

SOLCUR Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear loop identification 

number. 




KFLAG Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to 

update stiffness before starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and 

CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness update. See 

Remark 6. 

NBIS Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter. 

NORADMAT Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag. 

-2 No radiation.

-1 Initial radiation. 

NLITER 


1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity. 

2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity. 

3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity. 

LASTCNMU Input/output-real-default=0.0. Last converged value of the arclength 

load factor. 



ARCLG Input/output-real-default=1.0. The arc length at the last converged 

step. 

ARCSGN Input/output-integer-default=1. The sign of PDD P at the beginning 

of the subcase. This is used in restarts in the post-buckling region. 

TWODIV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis divergence 

flag. 

0No previous divergence on this load step. 

1One previous divergence on this load step. 




ITOPT Input-integer-default=0. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. 

See the “SOLVIT” on page 1412 module description. 

ITSEPS Input/output-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence 

parameter epsilon for iterative solution method. On output, set to 0 

for convergence and 1 for no convergence. 

ITSMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for 

iterative solution method. 

PLSIZE Input/output-integer-default=0. Size of the load matrix. Compared 

to the size of load matrix in the previous subcase in order to detect 

boundary condition changes in the current subcase. Boundary 

condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method. 

IPAD Input-integer-default=0. Padding level for reduced incomplete 

Cholesky factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1412 module 

description. 

124

1247 

NLITER 


IEXT Input-integer-default=0. Extraction level for reduced incomplete 

Coolest factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1412 module 

description. 

ADPCON Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for 

adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if 

positive. 

PBCONT Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag. 

NBCONT Output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline 

contact. 

GPFORCE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of columns in FENL. If 

GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE 

command is present. 

Remarks: 

1. NLITER updates the displacement vector for as many iterations as are necessary 

to attain an equilibrium between the applied loads and the forces. NLITER 

calculates nonlinear forces and follower forces which are used to obtain new 

displacements until a converged solution is found, or a new stiffness matrix is 

necessary, or a bisection of the load step is necessary. 

2. KGGNL is needed for the reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization in the 

iterative solver only. Otherwise it may be purged. 

3. MGG, RDEST, RECM are only required for heat transfer analysis. Otherwise they 

may be purged. 

4. ULLT is required only for unsymmetric stiffness. Otherwise it may be purged. 

5. TABS is required for creep analysis. 

6. KFLAG is further explained below: 

-1 Solution had converged, but no stiffness update had been made or 

solution had not converged, and a stiffness matrix update had been 

made. A new stiffness matrix is required before starting bisection. 

1 Solution had converged and a stiffness update had been made. No new 

stiffness matrix is required before starting bisection.

NLTRD 

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables 

NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables 

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to 

dynamic structural analysis only. 

Format: 

NLTRD CASECC,MESTNL,PDT,YS,KRDD, 

ELDATA,KELMNL,LAM1DD,GM,MPT, 

DIT,UAM1DD,DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT, 

SIL,USETD,AM2,AM3,NLFT, 

KSGG,DITID/ 

ULNT,IFG,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1, 

PNL,TEL/ 

BETA/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/ 

S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/ 

S,N,MU/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/ 

S,N,NOTIME/MAXLP/UNUSED17/UNUSE18/UNUSE19/ 

TABS/LANGLE $ 




PDT Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set. 


KRDD Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set. 



LAM1DD Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set. 




UAM1DD Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set. 





124

1249 

NLTRD 


USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. 

AM2 Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the 

negative of the time step delta. 

AM3 Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the 

reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time step 

delta, respectively. 


KSGG S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material 

nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size. 



ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set. 

IFG Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time 

steps. 


IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output 

time steps. 


PNL Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. 

TEL Transient response time output list appended from each subcase. 

Parameters: 

BETA Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter. 

CONV Input/output-integer-default=1. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. 

On input: 


On output: 



STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and 

on output, accumulated time used for restarts. 

NEWP Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.

NLTRD 




NEWK Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. 


>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time 

steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the 

solution process is terminated. 

OLDDT Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the 

previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or 

subcase switch. 

NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, 

set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase. 

LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag. 

-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 

1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 


CONSEC Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 

10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number 

of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, 

then solution process is terminated. 


MU Input/output-real-default=0.0. The magnitude of the last g-set 

displacement matrix. 


positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness 

update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit 

from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update 

time from the last stiffness update. 

LASTUPD Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last 

stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the 

CGAP element during the iteration. 

NOGONL Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue 

or -1 to terminate. 

125

1251 

NLTRD 


NOTIME Output-integer-default=0. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left 

for further iterations but enough time to perform data recovery. 

MAXLP Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation 

iteration and the material subincrement processes. 




TABS Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, 

set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in 

Fahrenheit. 




Remarks: 

1. NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk 

Data entry. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". 

2. NLTRD does not support heat transfer, slideline contact, or shell normals. Use 

NLTRD2. 

3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps 

during the direct integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also 

contains acceleration for the output time steps.

NLTRD2 


NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables 

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to 

dynamic structural or transient heat transfer analysis. 

Format: 

NLTRD2 CASECC,PDT,YS,ELDATA,KELMNL, 

KDD,GM,MPT,DIT,KBDD, 

DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,USETD, 

BRDD,MDD,NLFT,RDEST,RECM, 

BDD,GPSNT,DITID,DEQIND,DEQATN/ 

ULNT,IFS,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1, 

PNL,TEL,MULNT,MESTNL,BTOPCNV, 

BTOPSTF,OESNLB1/ 

KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/ 

S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP /S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/ 

ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/ 

MAXLP/TSTATIC/LANGLE/NDAMP/TABS/ 

SIGMA/NORADMAT/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/ 

S,N,NBCONT $ 



PDT Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set. 




KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only. 




KBDD Tangential stiffness in d-set. 





125

1253 

NLTRD2 


USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. 

BRDD Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat 

capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set. 

MDD Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set 




BDD Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements 

only. 






ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set. 

IFS Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output 

time steps. 


IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output 

time steps. 




MULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set 

from the previous subcase. 


BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. 


OESNLB1 Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.

Parameters: 

NLTRD2 


KRATIO Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for 

time step adjustment. 

CONV Input/output-integer-default=1. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. 

On input: 


On output: 



STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and 

on output, accumulated time used for restarts. 

NEWP Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. 



NEWK Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. 


>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time 

steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the 

solution process is terminated. 

OLDDT Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the 

previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or 

subcase switch. 

NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for 

subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase. 

LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag. 


considered. 



125

1255 

NLTRD2 


CONSEC Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 

10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number 

of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If 

CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated. 


ITIME Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a subcase. 


positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness 

update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit 

from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update 

time from the last stiffness update. 

LASTUPD Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last 

stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the 

CGAP element during the iteration. 

NOGONL Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to 

continue or -1 to terminate. 

NBIS Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter. 

MAXLP Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element 

relaxation iteration and the material subincrement processes. 

TSTATIC Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia 

and damping forces. 




NDAMP Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping. 






NORADMAT Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag. 

-2 No radiation. 

-1 Initial radiation.

NLTRD2 


1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity. 

2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity. 

3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity. 

ADPCON Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for 

adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive. 

PBCONT Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag. 

NBCONT Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to 

slideline contact. 

Remarks: 

1. NLTRD2 utilizes an automatic method of time integration to compute solutions 

to nonlinear transient problems (METHOD="ADAPT" on the TSTEPNL Bulk 

Data entry). NLTRD2 performs the time increment and the vector iteration steps 

until convergence has been attained. NLTRD2 uses line search and quasi-Newton 

vector techniques when appropriate. 

2. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". NLTRD supports only 

METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry. 

3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps 

during the direct integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also 

contains acceleration for the output time steps. For thermal analysis, the 

displacements, velocity and accelerations are temperature, enthalpy, and the 

enthalpy time derivative. 

125

1257 

NORM 

Normalize a matrix 

NORM Normalize a matrix 

To normalize a matrix, each column by its largest element or compute the square root 

of the sum of the squares for each row of a matrix (SRSS). 

Format: 

NORM A/ANORM/S,N,NCOL/S,N,NROW/S,N,XNORM/IOPT/ 

S,N,XNORMD/PRTSWM $ 




ANORM Normalized matrix. 

Parameters: 

NCOL Number of columns in A. 

NROW Integer-output-default=0. Number of rows in A. 

XNORM Real-output-default=0.0. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all 

columns. 

IOPT Integer-input-default=1. Normalization option. 

1 Normalize by largest element 

2 Compute SRSS 

XNORMD Real double precision-output-default=0.D0. Same as XNORM except in 

double precision. 

PRTSWM Logical-input-default=TRUE. If PRTSUM=FALSE, System Warning 

Message 6991 is suppressed. This message is printed when the 

maximum term exceeds the single precision limit for the machine type. 

When it is TRUE the message is printed. 

Remarks: 

1. If IOPT=1 then ANORM is the same as A except each column has been 

normalized by its maximum absolute value. 

2. If IOPT=2 then ANORM is a column vector where the i-th row is the sum of the 

magnitudes of the terms in the i-th row of A.

Examples: 

1. Normalize PHIG so that the maximum deflection is 1.0 (or -1.0): 

NORM PHIG/PHIG1 $ 

NORM 

Normalize a matrix 

2. Compute complex eigenvectors that have been normalized such that the product 

[ CPHG] 

produces a square matrix with off-diagonal terms of 

computational zero, and complex diagonal terms whose magnitude is unity. 

T [ CPHG] 

TRNSP CPHG/CPHGT $ 

NORM CPHGT/CX2////2 $ 

MATMOD CX2,,,,,/INORM22,/28 $ DIAGONALIZE 

DIAGONAL INORM22/NORM22/'WHOLE'/-1.0 $ INVERT 

MPYAD CPHG,NORM22,/CPHGNORM $ NORMALIZE 

MPYAD CPHGNORM,CPHGNORM,/N22/1 $ SHOULD BE IDENTITY IN MAGNITUDE 

DIAGONAL N22/N22MAG/'WHOLE'/1.0 $ FIND MAGNITUDES 

125

1259 


Creates an ADAMS MNF for a superelement. 

NXNADAMS Creates an ADAMS MNF for a superelement. 

Creates an ADAMS Modal Neutral File (MNF) for a superelement. The output is 

based on the definitions in the ADAMSMNF case control command and the 

DTI,UNITS bulk data entry. 

Format: 

NXNADAMS UNITS,CASES,BGPDTS,GEOM2,USET,LAMA,PHIG, 

MGGDIAG,PCDB,OGPWG,OGSR1,OGSTRR1,CSTMS// 

SEID/FLXONL/FLXERR/WTMASS/GRDPNT $ 


UNITS UNITS data block from the DTI,UNITS bulk data entry. 

CASES Case Control table associated with superelement. 

BGPDTS Basic Grid Point Definition Table associated with superelement. 

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity. 

USET Table of degree-of-freedom sets. 

LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for superelement. 

PHIG Matrix of eigenvectors (g-set size) corresponding to LAMA 

MGGDIAG Column vector of diagonal values from superelement mass matrix 

(g-set size). 

PCDB Plot Control Data Block from OUTPUT(PLOT) case control. 

OGPWG Output table of Grid Point Weight Generator of superelement. 

OGSR1 Output table of grid point stresses of superelement. 

OGSTRR1 Output table of grid point strains of superelement. 

CSTMS Coordinate System Transformation Matrices for superelement. 

Parameters: 

SEID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement ID number (0 for residual-only 

analysis). 

FLXONL Output-integer-no default. Value of FLEXONLY keyword from 

ADAMSMNF case control command. Options are: 

0 Continue with solution of residual structure 

1 Do not perform solution of residual structure

FLXERR Output-integer-no default. Error flag. Options are: 

0 No error 

1 Error occurred creating MNF; terminate processing. 


Creates an ADAMS MNF for a superelement. 

WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Value of WTMASS parameter from 

PARAM,WTMASS,value. 

GRDPNT Input-integer-default=-1. Value of GRDPNT parameter from 

PARAM,GRDPNT,value. 

Remarks: 

1. The MNF naming convention is as follows: ‘jid_SEID.mnf’, where jid is the “job 

ID” of the run (i.e. the name of the job input file) and SEID is the superelement ID 

number (i.e. the SEID parameter). The location of the created MNF is the same as 

the jid.f06 file. 

126

1261 

OFP 

Output file processor 

OFP Output file processor 

To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by other modules in user-oriented, 

self-explanatory formats. 

Format: 

OFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6, 

CSTM,BGPDTVU,ERROR1,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT// 

S,N,CARDNO/ODCODE/PVALID $ 


OFPi Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. See Remark 2. 



BGPDTVU Basic grid point definition table for a superelement and related to 

geometry with view-grids added. 


loop. 



DIT Table of TABLEDi Bulk Data entry images. 


None. 

Parameters: 




ODCODE Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. See Remark 4. 

ODCODE overrides the code stored in the DBi's according to the 

following table: 

ODCODE Output Directed to: 

1 Print 

2 Plot 

3 Print and Plot

Remarks: 

1. Any or all data blocks may be purged. 

OFP 

Output file processor 

2. DMAP modules READ (LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMX), CEAD (CLAMA and 

OCEIGS), and LAMX (LAMB) are matrix operation modules that prepare OFP 

formatted data blocks. Modules SDR2, SDR3, VDR, VDRE, ADR, CURV, 

DDRMM, DRMH3, ELFDR, GPFDR, GPWG, LAMX, MDATA, SDRCOMP, 

SDRX, and SDRHT also prepare OFP formatted data blocks. 

3. Parameter ODCODE is not honored by data blocks LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, 

CLAMA, and OGPWG, which are created by READ, CEAD, LAMX, and GPWG. 

4. CSTM, EHT, BGPDTVU, and ERROR1 are required if p-elements are specified 

and only for data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc. 

5. CSTM, DEQATN, DEQIND, and DIT are required if the CORD3G Bulk Data 

entry is present and only for element data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, 

strain, etc. 

Example: 

Print the OUG1 table from the SDR2 module: 

OFP OUG1/ $ 

4 Punch 

5 Print and Punch 

6 Plot and Punch 

7 Print, Plot, and 

Punch 

PVALID Input-integer-default=0. P-element adaptivity loop identification 

number. 

126

1263 

OPTGP0 

p-element analysis preprocessor 

OPTGP0 p-element analysis preprocessor 

Preprocesses the input design optimization shape basis vectors for p-element analysis. 

Format: 

OPTGP0 GEOM1M,GEOM2M,MEDGE,EDOM,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7, 

DEQATN,DEQIND/ 

EDOMM/ 

DELG $ 


GEOM1M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for 






optimization. 

unused5 Unused and may be purged. 






EDOMM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and 

optimization updated for p-element analysis. 

Parameter: 

DELG Input-real-default=0.1. Scale factor on perturbed length. 

Remark: 

OPTGP0 preprocesses the shape basis vectors defined at the p-element geometry level 

for both the GMCURV or POINT option and generates DVGRID entry images at the 

grid-n points (a point on an FEEDGE, FEFACE or FEBODY entity with variable 

number of degrees-of-freedom).

ORTHOG Generates orthonormal set of vectors 

ORTHOG 

Generates orthonormal set of vectors 

Generates an orthonormal set of vectors from a given set of vectors. For example, 

orthogonalize with respect to an identity matrix or mass matrix. 

Format: 

ORTHOG A,M/ 

Q,R/ 

ORTHOPT/ORTHCON/S,N,ORTHEPS/ORTHREPT/ORTHTOL $ 


A Rectangular matrix of m columns (vectors) by n rows to be 

orthogonalized where m

1265 

ORTHOG 

Generates orthonormal set of vectors 

Remark: 

ORTHOG generates an orthonormal set of vectors [Q] from a given set of vectors [A] 

such that: 

[A] = [Q][R] 

1 let Rii = -Rii and continue if M is not at least a positive 

semi-definite matrix. R contains the partitioning vector 

ORTHEPS Output-real-no default. Level of orthogonality. ORTHEPS is the 

largest lower triangular term of the matrix R and is computed with 

the Householder method. 

ORTHREPT Input-real-default=0.707. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt algorithm 

repeat flag. The default is approximately the square root of 0.5. 

ORTHTOL Input-real-default=0.0. Linear dependence tolerance. By default, 

ORTHTOL is set to the square root of the minimum machine value. 

and if [M] is not given: [Q] T [M] [Q] = [I] 

or if [M] is not given: [Q] T [Q] = [I] 

where [I] is an identity matrix.

OUTPRT 

OUTPRT 

Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors 

Constructs partitioning vectors to be used in sparse load reduction and sparse data 

recovery. 

Format: 


Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning 

vectors 

OUTPRT CASECC,ECT,BGPDT,SIL,XYCDB,DYNAMIC,MATPOOL,PG,VGFD, 

TABEVP,TABEVS/ 

PVGRID,PVSPC,PVMPC,PVLOAD/ 

S,N,SDRMETH/NOSE/SDROVR/SDRDENS $ 







MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, 

heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. 

PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set. 

VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom 

connected to frequency-dependent elements. 



TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and 


126

1267 

OUTPRT 

Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors 


PVGRID Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom 

connected to elements or grids specified on the following 

Case Control commands: 

DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS, 

STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, 

EDE, GPKE 

PVSPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom 

connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE 

Case Control command 

PVMPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom 

connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE 

Case Control command 

PVLOAD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom 

at which static and dynamic loads are applied. 

Parameters: 

SDRMETH Output-integer-no default. Data recovery method flag: 

-1 sparse data recovery 

0 full (or standard) data recovery 

1 no data recovery is requested or required 

NOSE Input-integer-default=0. 

Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. Superelement 

presence flag. 

SDROVR Input-character-default='AUTO'. Override for data recovery method 

flag, SDR: 

AUTO Choose full or sparse data recovery based on SDRDENS. 

FULL Choose full data recovery. 

SPARSE Choose sparse data recovery. 

SDRDENS Input-integer-default=0. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the 

density of PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then 

choose full data recovery.

OUTPUT2 

Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file 

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file 

Writes a table or matrix data block(s) onto a binary or "compressed ASCII" (or 

“neutral”) file for user postprocessing or for subsequent input (via INPUTT2) into 

another NX Nastran run. 

Format: 

OUTPUT2 DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/ 

NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/ 

NDDLNAM5 $ 


DBi Any data block (table or matrix) name to be output. DBi cannot be a 

factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15). Any or all of the input 

data blocks may be purged. 

Parameters: 

ITAPE Input-integer-default=0. ITAPE is used to select the file positioning 

option as follows: 

+n Skip forward n data blocks before writing (only used if file has 

no label). 

0 Data blocks are written starting at the current position. If this is 

the first use, no label is written. 

-1 Rewind IUNIT before writing and label file. 

-3 Rewind IUNIT, print data block names and then write after the 

last data block on IUNIT (file must have a label). 

-9 Write a final EOF on IUNIT (must be used before -3 option and 

as last I/O use of unit) then rewind IUNIT. 

IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on 

which the data blocks are to be written. IUNIT=0 is not 

recommended. See Remark 7. 

LABL Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is used for file 

identification. The label is written only if ITAPE=-1 and is checked 

only if ITAPE=-3. 

126

1269 

OUTPUT2 


MAXR Input-integer-default=2 * BUFFSIZE words. Maximum physical 

record size. (See Remarks.) 

NDDLNAMi Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 

through DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding 

NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'. (See Remarks.) 

Remarks: 

1. A data block (table or matrix) consists of logical records: 

• In matrices, each column is contained in one logical record. Each record 

begins with the row position of the first nonzero term in the column followed 

by the first through the last nonzero term in the column. 

• In tables, the contents of logical records vary according to the table but are 

described in “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2. 

2. The FORTRAN binary file consists of physical records of data from the data block 

and KEYs that are provided to assist in the reading of the file. Each physical 

record of data is separated by one-word records called KEYs. The KEYs will 

indicate one of the following depending on its location in the binary file: 

KEY Description 

>0 The length of the next physical record. It may also indicate the 

start of a new logical record. 

0 End-of-File (data block) (EOF) or End-of-Data (EOD). 

OUTPUT2 


6. Tables and matrices may be processed as sequential data blocks. 

7. The “ASSIGN” on page 46 of the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide FMS 

statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a 

proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. Refer to the “Making File 

Assignments” in the NX Nastran Installation and Operations Guide. 

8. No physical record will exceed the value specified by the parameter MAXR which 

has a default that is two times BUFFSIZE words. Furthermore, the value specified 

for MAXR should not exceed the maximum allowable record size for the 

receiving disk device. See the “Keywords” in the NX Nastran Installation and 

Operations Guide for the maximum allowable values. 

9. When the neutral format option is selected via FORM=FORMATTED or an 

endianness conversion is selected via FORM=LITTLEENDIAN or 

FORM=BIGENDIAN on the ASSIGN FMS statement (associated with OUTPUT2 

parameter IUNIT), then MAXR and NDDLNAMi are interpreted as follows: 

MAXR Represents the maximum physical record size (in words) on the 

target machine(s) for the machine binary-formatted file. For 

neutral files, this applies to the binary file after it has been 

converted from neutral to binary via the supplied conversion 

utility RCOUT2. 

NDDLNAMi Correlates the DMAP data block name with the corresponding 

NDDL-defined name. If this parameter is left blank, then the 

corresponding DMAP name (DB1 through DB5) is assumed to 

be the NDDL-defined name. 

The following is a partial list of the table data block names available for OUTPUT2 

neutral file formatting. For a more complete list see the NDDL. 

AXIC GEOM1 GPLS OEIGS OESNL2 OQG2 

CASES GEOM1Q LAMA OEP OESNLX OSTR1 

CLAMA GEOM2 MATPOOL OES1 OGPWG OSTR2 

CSTMS GEOM2S MPT OES1C OGS1 OUGV1 

DIT GEOM3 MPTS OES1X OPG1 OUGV2 

DYNAMICSGEOM3S OEF1 OES1X1 OPG2 PSDF 

EPT GEOM4 OEF1X OES2 OPNL1 PVT 

EPTS GEOM4S OEF2 OESNL1 OQG1 USET 

FOL GPDTS 

127

1271 

OUTPUT2 


In addition, all matrices defined with a TYPE DB, may also be neutral formatted. 

If a matrix is not an NDDL data block, then the NDDLNAMi='MATRIX' should 

be used. For example, to write the matrix MYMATRIX use 

OUTPUT2 MYMATRIX,,,,//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/'MATRIX' $ 

Note and the neutral format is a machine-neutral format that allows the transfer 

of the OUTPUT2-generated files between different machine types. See 

“RCOUT2” in the NX Nastran Installation and Operations Guide for a discussion of 

this transfer process and the supplied conversion utility RCOUT2. 

10. The following formats describe each physical record. 

• Format for Table and Matrix Labels (written only if ITAPE=-1) 

Physical 

Record 

Number 

Length Contents Description 

1 1 KEY = 3 

2 KEY Date (3 words, month-day-year) 

– integer 

3 1 KEY = 7 

4 KEY NASTRAN Header (7 words*, 

Character-A4) 

5 1 KEY = 2 

6 KEY LABEL (2 words, Character-A4 = 

LABL) 

7 1 KEY = -1 (EOR) 

One Logical Record 

8 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End of Label 

* Word 1 = NAST, Word 2 = RAN, Word 3 = FORT, Word 4 = TAP, Word 5 = EID, 

Word 6 = COD, Word 7 = E

• Format for Tables and Matrices 

OUTPUT2 


Physical 

Record 

Number 


9 1 KEY = 2 

10 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, 

Character-A4) 

11 1 KEY = -1 (EOR) 

12 1 KEY = 7 

13 KEY NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, 

integer) 

14 1 KEY = -2 (EOR) 

15 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) 

16 KEY Logical Record Type: 

0 : table 

1 : matrix column (string records) 

2 : factor matrix (string record) 

3 : factor matrix (matrix record) 

Header: Logical. 

Record1 of Data Block 

Trailer: Logical 

Record 2 of Data Block 

17 1 KEY Š 2. Logical Record 

18 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, 

Character-A4) and data (if any) 

19 1 KEY=-3 (EOR). 

3 of Data Block 

127

1273 

OUTPUT2 


• Format for Tables (Records 20 through n) 

Physical 

Record 

Number 


20 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record) Logical Record 4 

21 KEY Next Logical Record Type=0 for 

table record 

of Table 

22 1 KEY > 0 

23 KEY Data 

24 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)*** 

25 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) Logical Record 5 

of Table 

26 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0 

27 1 KEY > 0 

28 KEY Data 

29 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)** 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

Repeat Physical Records 25-29 for 

Additional Records in Table 

Additional 

Records of Table 

n-7 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) Last Logical 

Record of Table 

n-6 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0 

n-5 1 KEY > 0 

n-4 KEY Data 

n-3 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)** 

n-2 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) If Last “Next 

n-1 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0 

Logical Record 

Type" = 0, then 

n 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) 

End-of-Table 

* *If more data exists for the column or logical record, then KEY>0 and the physical 

records 22, 23, and 24 will be repeated as many times as necessary to complete the 

column or logical record.

• Format for Matrices (Records 20 though n) 

OUTPUT2 


Physical 

Record 

Number 


20 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record) 

21 KEY Next Logical Record Type 

1 : matrix column (string records) 

2 : factor matrix 

3 : factor matrix 

22 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero 

terms in next string in word unit 

23 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by 

non-zero terms 

24 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero 


25 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by 

non-zero terms. 

Repeat String Records 22-23 for 

Additional Strings in Column 

n-2 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero 


n-1 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by 

non-zero terms. 

Logical Record 4 

of Matrix=first 

column 

First Column First 

String Record 

First Column 

Second String 

Record 

First Column Last 

String Record 

n 1 KEY

1275 

OUTPUT2 


Physical 

Record 

Number 


n+2 1 KEY 0 Number of non-zero 


m-4 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by 

non-zero terms 

• Format for Tables and Matrix-End-of-Data 

11. OUTPUT2 files may be read using three utility subroutines provided in the utility 

("util") directory; see “Building and Using TABTST” in the NX Nastran 

Installation and Operations Guide. See Remark 12. 

IOPEN Once per FORTRAN unit. 

IHEADR Once per data block. 

IREAD As many times as desired. 

These routines in a file called tabtst.f (or.for). These routines are coded in 

machine-independent FORTRAN. 

Major benefits that result in using this standard interface are: 

Last Column Last 

String Record 

m-3 1 KEY 

m-1 KEY Next Logical Record type=0 If Last "Next 

Logical Record 

Type" = 0 

m 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End of Matrix 

Physical 

Record 

Number 


n + 1 1 If No Data Blocks Follow, KEY = 0 

(EOD) 

End-of-Data

OUTPUT2 


• Easier initial usage of OUTPUT2. Most users make several errors while 

becoming familiar with the formats. 

• User code is not burdened/concerned with physical record boundaries. 

• Data can be processed in logical groups rather than in a "blast" read mode. 

Major limitations include: 

• Matrices cannot be processed in this manner. 

• Multiple FORTRAN units cannot be simultaneously processed. 

• BACKSPACE operations are not permitted. 

Following are descriptions and use of the three OUTPUT2 service routines. 

Entry 

Point 

Description 

IOPEN Initializes an OUTPUT2 file and read the label (NX Nastran). 

Format: 

CALL IOPEN(IUN,L) 

where IUN = An input integer which specifies the unit number to be 

read. 

L = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the label written on 

the unit (L comes from the third parameter in the DMAP call). 

Method: 

IOPEN rewinds IUN and reads in the data, title, and label. The keys are 

checked. A key check failure results in the message IOPEN BAD KEYX 

= XXXX. 

127

1277 

OUTPUT2 


Entry 

Point 

IHEADR Processes the data block name and trailer. 

Format: 

CALL IHEADR(IUN,NAM,T) 

where IUN = As described in IOPEN. 

NAM = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the data block 

trailer in words two through seven. Word one contains the location in 

the DMAP call (101,102, etc.) 

Method: 

Description 

IHEADR reads the name and trailer. It checks KEY lengths. It also 

skips the data block header (which unfortunately may contain data for 

some/few data blocks). IHEADR must be called for each data block 

either immediately after IOPEN or after IREAD signifies an end-of-file.

OUTPUT2 


Entry 

Point 

Description 

IREAD Supplies data to the calling program in a logical (as opposed to a 

physical) manner. 

Format: 

CALL IREAD(IUN,ARRY,NARY,IMETH,NT,IRTN) 

where IUN is as described in IOPEN. 

ARRY is the array into which a record is transmitted. 

NARY is an integer input that requests the number of words to be 

transmitted. If NARY is zero, no words will be transmitted. If NARY is 

negative, the words will be skipped but not transmitted. If (NARY is 

greater than the number of words remaining, the remaining words are 

processed (skipped or transmitted) and NT is set to this number and 

IRTN is set to 1. 

IMETH is an integer input that specifies how to proceed through the 

logical record. If IMETH = 0, the current logical record is continuously 

processed until an end-of-record return (IRTN =1) is given. If IMETH 

= 1, the remaining data (if any) at the conclusion of IREAD, in the 

current logical record, is skipped. 

NT is an integer output value which contains the number of words 

transmitted or skipped if IRTN is 1 on return from IREAD. 

IRTN is an integer output value which indicates the status on return 

from IREAD. 

IRTN = 0 Normal return. 

IRTN = 1 End of logical record hit while trying to process NARY 

words. 

IRTN = 2 End-of-file hit for this data block. 

Method: 

OUTPUT2 physical records are read into a buffer area. These records 

are, at most, 2 * BUFFSIZE words long. The current position is 

maintained and data is transmitted (or skipped) from the buffer to the 

ARRY array. If the NX Nastran logical record spans several physical 

FORTRAN records these are transparent (no end-of-record returns) to 

the user. 

127

1279 

OUTPUT2 


12. If you select any of the options for endianness using the ASSIGN FMS 

statement, the resulting files will be fortran readable only on systems that 

have the same endianness.

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file 

OUTPUT4 

Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file 

Write matrices in ASCII or binary format onto a FORTRAN readable file. 

Format: 

OUTPUT4 M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3/BIGMAT/DIGITS $ 


Mi Matrices. Mi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15). 

Parameters: 

ITAPE Input-integer-default = -1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before 

OUTPUT4 starts to write any matrices as follows: 

ITAPE ACTION 

0 None. 

-1 Rewind IUNIT before Write. 

-2 End File and Rewind IUNIT after Write. 

-3 Both. 

IUNIT Input-integer-no default. The absolute value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN 

unit number on which the matrices will be written. If IUNIT is negative, 

the sparse output option will be used, which means only nonzero items 

in the matrix are written to the unit. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended. See 

Remark 1. 


BIGMAT Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT is applicable only when IUNIT 

< 0. BIGMAT=FALSE selects the format that uses a string header as 

described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more than 65535 rows, 

then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE regardless of the value 

specified. 

128

1281 

OUTPUT4 


DIGITS Input-integer-default = 9. DIGITS is the requested number of digits for 

the fractional part of the real values written for the ASCII format option 

(FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement). The FORTRAN Format 

Specification used internally by OUTPUT4 to write real values will be 

formed as follows: 

FORTRAN Format Specification: P,rEw.d 

d = DIGITS 

w = d + 7 

r = 80/w (integer portion) 

For example, if 

DIGITS = 9 then the format will be 1P,5E16.9 

or if DIGITS = 16 then the format will be 1P,3E23.16 

Remarks: 

1. Each matrix will be written on IUNIT as follows: 

• Record 1: 

Word 

Number 

Type Meaning 

1 Integer Number of columns (NCOL). 

2 Integer Number of rows (NR, if BIGMAT=TRUE 

then NR < 0). 

3 Integer Form of matrix (NF). See Remark 11 and 

Section 1.4. 

4 Integer Type of matrix (NTYPE). See Remark 11 and 

Section 1.4. 

5 and 6 Character Name of matrix (2A4 format). 

7 Character If ASCII format, then this is the FORTRAN 

format specification based on DIGITS 

parameter value. If binary format, then this is 

blank.

OUTPUT4 


• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and binary format, (IUNIT > 0 and binary 

format) and repeated for each nonzero column, i=ICOL through NCOL. 

Word 

Number 

Type Meaning 

1 Integer Column number (ICOL). 

2 Integer Row position of first nonzero term (IROW). 

3 Integer Number of words in the column (NW). See 

Remark 3. 

4 through 

(NW+3) 

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and ASCII format, (IUNIT > 0), are 

repeated for each nonzero column, ICOL through NCOL. Records 3, 4, etc., 

are also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter). 

Record 

Number 

Real or 

Complex 

Word 

Number 

Column element values, single or double 

precision. 

Type Meaning 

2 1 Integer Column number 

(ICOL). 

2 Integer Row position of first 

nonzero term (IROW). 

3 Integer Number of words in the 

column (NW). See 

Remark 3. 

3, 4, etc. 1 through NW Real or 

Complex 

Column element values, 

single or double 

precision. 

128

1283 

OUTPUT4 


• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, 

and BIGMAT = FALSE). 

Word 

Number 

Type Meaning 


2 Integer Zero. 

3 Integer Number of words in the column (NW). See 

Remark 3. 

4 through 

(NW+3) 

Integer String header (IS)*. 

Real or 

Complex 

A string of nonzero values, single or double 

precision. 

*IS = IROW + 65536(L + 1) where IROW is the row position of the first term 

in the string and L is the length of the string, see Remark 3. For example, a 

string of six words (see Remark 3) beginning in row 4 has IS=458756. L and 

IROW may be derived from IS by: 

L = INT(IS/65536) - 1 

IROW = IS - 65536(L + 1) 

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, 

and BIGMAT = TRUE). 

Word 

Number 

Type Meaning 



3 Integer Number of words in the column 

(NW). See Remark 3. 

4 through 

(NW+3) 

Integer Length of string, L, plus 1. See 

Remark 3. 

Integer Row position of first term in string 

(IROW). 

Real or 

complex 

A string of nonzero values, single 

or double precision. 

Repeated 

for each 

string.

OUTPUT4 


• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, 

and BIGMAT = FALSE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 

and 4 are repeated for each string, and record 4 is also repeated for each 

group of r values (see DIGITS parameter). 

Record 

Number 

Word 

Number 

Type Meaning 

2 1 Integer Column number (ICOL). 



column (NW). See Remark 3. 

3 1 Integer String header (IS)*. 

4 1 through NW Real or 

Complex 

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, 

and BIGMAT = TRUE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 

4 are repeated for each string and record 4 is also repeated for each group of 

r values (see DIGITS parameter). 

Record 

Number 

Word 

Number 

A string of nonzero values, 

single or double precision. 

Type Meaning 

2 1 Integer Column number (ICOL). 



column (NW). See Remark 3. 

3 1 Integer Length of string, L, plus 1. See 

Remark 3. 

2 Integer Row position of first term in 

string (IROW). 

4 1 through NW Real or 

Complex 

A string of nonzero values, 

single or double precision. 

128

1285 

OUTPUT4 


2. A record with the last column number plus +1 and at least one value in the next 

record will be written on IUNIT. 

3. The number of words in the column, NW (or string, L), is the number of elements 

in the column (or string) times the number of words per type. Number of words 

per type is given in the table below. For example, a column with seven real double 

precision elements is 14 words long. 

Type 

4. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit 

(see the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide). Selection of a proper value for 

IUNlT is machine dependent. See “Making File Assignments” in the NX Nastran 

Installation and Operations Guide. 

5. If the nonsparse format (IUNIT > 0) is selected, zero terms will be explicitly 

present after the first nonzero term in any column until the last nonzero term. 

6. Null columns will not be output. 

7. An entire column must fit in memory. 

Number of 

Words 

1 – Real single precision 1 

2 – Real double precision 2 

3 – Complex single precision 2 

4 – Complex double precision 4 

8. The FORTRAN binary file option (FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN 

FMS statement) is the preferred method when the file is to be used on the same 

computer. The ASCII format FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS 

statement allows use of the file on another computer type. 

9. The output format of these files can be read by the INPUTT4 module. 

10. OUTPUT4 files may be read using a utility FORTRAN subroutine called GETIDS, 

which is provided in the utility directory. (See “Building and Using MATTST” 

in the NX Nastran Installation and Operations Guide.) GETIDS is in the file called 

mattst.f or mattst.for. 

The program must be modified if the ASCII format is desired. 

The program is designed to read matrices less than 65536 rows. (BIGMAT = 

FALSE). 

11. Sparse factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by 

OUTPUT4.

OUTPUT4 


12. If you select any of the options for endianness using the ASSIGN FMS statement, 

the resulting files will be fortran readable only on systems having the same 

endianness. The only way to read these files on the same machines is to use the 

INPUTT4 command. 

128

1287 

PARAML 

Sets parameters from a data block 

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block 

Sets parameters from a data block. 

Format: 

PARAML DB/DBNAME/P1/S,N,P2/S,N,P3/S,N,P4/S,N,P5/S,N,P6/ 

S,N,SET1/S,N,F1/S,N,SET2/S,N,F2/ 





S,N,SET11/S,N,F11/S,N,SET12/S,N,F12 $ 


DB Any matrix or table. 


DBNAME Any data block. Used only when P1 = ‘NAME’; otherwise DBname 

must not be specified. 

Parameters: 

P1 Input-character-no default. Only the first 4 characters are required. For 

example, ‘PRES’ and ‘PRESENCE’ are equivalent. 

P2 Input/output-integer-default = 1 

P3 Input/output-integer-default = 1 

P4 Output-real-default = 0.0 

P5 Output-integer-default = 0.0 

P6 Output-real-default = 0.0 

SETi Input/output-character-default = ‘ ‘. 

Fi Output-integer-default = 0 

The following describes the various options and their formats. The meaning and 

usage of parameters P2 through P6, SETi, and Fi depend on the value of P1. Under all 

options P5 will be set to -1, if the input data block does not exist, and no other 

parameters will be set. 

Option P1 = ‘BULK’

PARAML 


Check for the presence of Bulk Data entry records by examining the trailer bits of its 

IFP module related table. 

Format: 

PARAML IFPDB//'BULK'////// 

BULKNM1/S,N,BULKFG1/BULKNM2/S,N,BULKFG2/ 





BULKNM11/S,N,BULKFG11/BULKNM12/S,N,BULKFG12 $ 


IFPDB Table with trailer bits indicating existence of Bulk Data entry records. 

Parameters: 

BULKNMi Input-character. Name of Bulk Data entry. 

BULKFGi Output-integer. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry exists. 

Remark: 

To determine which table contains BULKNMi, see “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2. 

Example: 

Check for the presence of the rigid elements. 

PARAML GEOM4//'BULK'//////'RBE1'/S,N,RBE1/'RBE2'/S,N,RBE2/ 

'RBE3'/S,N,RBE3/'RROD'/S,N,RROD/'RBAR'/S,N,RBAR/ 

'RTRPLT'/S,N,RTRPLT/'RSPLINE'/S,N,RSPLINE $ 

Option P1 = ‘DMI’ 

Extract an element from a matrix. 

Format: 

PARAML MAT//’DMI’/ICOL/IROW/S,N,REAL/ 

S,N,NROW/S,N,IMAG $ 


MAT Any matrix. (Real or complex). 

128

1289 

PARAML 


Parameters: 

ICOL Input-integer-default=1. Column number of matrix element. 

IROW Input-integer-default=1. Row number of matrix element. 

REAL Output-real. Real part of matrix element. 

IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part of matrix element, if element is complex. 

Remark: 

1. If IROW is greater than the number of rows in the matrix, then NROW will be set 

to the number of rows and REAL and IMAG will be set to zero. 

Example: 

Obtain the value in column 6, row 11 of matrix KGG and save in parameter TERM. 

PARAML KGG//’DMI’/6/11/S,N,TERM/S,N,NOKGG $ 

Option P1 = ‘DTI’ 

Extract a real, integer, complex, or character value from a table. 

Format: 

PARAML TAB//’DTI’/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/ 

S,N,REAL/S,N,INTGR/S,N,IMAG/S,N,CHAR/ 

S,N,RECNEW//S,N,INTNEW $ 


TAB Any table. 

Parameters: 

RECNUM Input/output-integer. Record number of value. 

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. Word number of value. 

REAL Output-real. Real part of value. 

INTGR Output-integer. Integer value. 

IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part of value. 

CHAR Output-character. Character value. The first four characters in CHAR 

contain the table value. The second four characters are blank.

PARAML 


RECNEW Output-integer. Record number in which table value at WORDNM-th 

word is nonzero for RECNUM=-1 or changes for RECNUM=-2. 

INTNEW Output-integer. Nonzero (RECNUM=-1) or changed (RECNUM=-2) 

value of WORDNM-th word in RECNEW-th record. 

Remark: 

1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set 

to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 

2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then 

WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 

3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for 

a nonzero value. If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1. 

4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value of the 

WRDNUM-th word. If the value changes then INTGR will be set to -1. 

Examples: 

1. Extract the frequencies from FRL. 

TYPE PARM,,I,,KNT $ 

TYPE PARM,,LOGI,,LPFLG=TRUE $ 

DO WHILE ( LPFLG ) $ 

KNT=KNT+1 $ 

PARAML FRL//'DTI'/1/S,N,KNT/S,N,FREQ $ 

IF ( KNT>-1 ) THEN $ 

MESSAGE //' FREQ='/FREQ $ 

. 

. 

. 

ELSE 

LPFLG=FALSE $ 

ENDIF $ 

ENDDO $ 

2. Test for an SPCFORCE Case Control command in any subcase. According to 

“Data Blocks” in Chapter 2, SPCFORCE requests are declared in word 135 of the 

CASECC data block. 

PARAML CASECC//’DT1’/-1/135//S,N,SPCREQ $ 

Option P1 = ‘DTI2’ 

Extract double precision load factor stored in two consecutive words of the ESTNL 

data block and truncate to single precision. 

129

1291 

PARAML 


Format: 

PARAML ESTNL//'DTI2'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL $ 


ESTNL Material nonlinear element summary table. 

Parameters: 


WRDNUM Input/output-integer. First word number of value. 

REAL Output-real. Real part of value. 

Remarks: 

1. This option is so far only applicable to the load factor stored in the ESTNL data 

block. 

2. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set 

to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 

3. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then 

WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 

Example: 

Extract load factor in words 5 and 6 of the header record 

PARAML ESTNL//'DTI2'/0/5/S,N,FACT $ LOAD FACTOR 

Option P1 = ‘DTI2C’ 

Extract character value stored in two consecutive words. 

Format: 

PARAML TAB//'DTI2C'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM// 

S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR2 $ 


TAB Any table. 

Parameters: 


WRDNUM Input/output-integer. First word number of value.

PARAML 


INTGR Output-integer. Integer value and search flag when RECNUM

1293 

PARAML 


Option P1 = ‘NAME’ 

Return the name and purge status of a data block. 

Format: 

PARAML /DBNAME/'NAME'////S,N,NODB//S,N,NAME $ 


None. 


DBNAME Any data block. 

Parameters: 

NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block is purged. 

NAME Output-character. Name of the data block. Set to blank if data block is 

purged. 

Remarks: 

1. This option is useful for checking to see if the data block is purged on the CALL 

statement(s) in the calling subDMAP(s). 

2. If DBNAME is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, then NAME is the name 

appearing on the corresponding CALL statement. This process is repeated until 

the DBNAME no longer appears on a SUBDMAP statement. 

Example: 

Check the name and purge status of the MAA matrix. 

PARAML /MAA/'NAME'////S,N,NOMAA//S,N,MAANAM $ 

Option P1 = ‘NULL’ 

Test for a null matrix. 

Format: 

PARAML MAT//'NULL'////S,N,NULLMAT $ 


MAT Any matrix. 

Parameter: 

NULLMAT Output-integer. Set to -1 if matrix is null.

Example: 

Determine if data block PG is null 

PARAML PG//'NULL'////S,N,NOPG $ 

Option P1='PARAM' 

Check for the presence of a parameter PVT table. 

Format: 


Parameters: 

Remark: 

1. The PVT table is output by the IFP and PVT modules. 

Example: 

Check for the presence of PARAM,AUTOSPC. 

PARAML PVT//'PARAM'//////'AUTOSPC'/S,N,NOAUTOSP $ 

Option P1 = ‘PRESENCE’ 

Test for the presence (existence) of a data block. 

PARAML 


PARAML PVT//'PARAM'///// 

PARAM1/S,N,NOPARM1/PARAM2/S,N,NOPARM2/ 





PARAM11/S,N,NOPARM11/PARAM12/S,N,NOPARM12 $ 

PVT Parameter value table 

PARAMi Input-character. Parameter name. 

NOPARMi Output-integer. If parameter exists then NOPARMi=1, otherwise, 

-1. 

Format: 

PARAML DB//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NODB $ 


DB Any data block. 

129

1295 

PARAML 


Parameter: 

NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist. 

Remark: 

See “DBSTATUS” on page 868 module description for alternative options. 

Example: 

Test for the existence of the KGG data block. 

PARAML KGG//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NOKGG $ 

Option P1='SET' 

Extract elements of a SET defined in Case Control. 

Format: 

PARAML CASECC//'SET'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL/ 

S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR/S,N,SETKNTR $ 


CASECC Table of Case Control selections. 

Parameters: 

RECNUM Input/output-integer. Record number. 

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. Word number of Case Control command 

selection which references the desired set. 

REAL Output-real. Real part of value in the set. 

INTGR Output-integer. Integer value in the set. 

IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part in the set. 

CHAR Output-character. Character value in the set. 

SETKNTR Input/output-integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 

means first member in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set 

is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1. 

Example: 

Extract the members of the sample Case Control command: 

K2GG=MATA MATB MATC 

(Word 338 in CASECC contains the internal set identification number for K2GG.) 

PARAML CASECC//'SET'/1/338////S,N,MATNAM/S,N,SETKNTR $

Option P1 = ‘TRAILER’ 

Extract a value from the trailer of a data block. 

Format: 

PARAML DB//'TRAILER'/WRDNUM/S,N,TVALUE/S,N,REAL/ 

S,N,USETBIT/SETNAME $ 


DB Any data block. 

Parameter: 

WRDNUM Input-integer. Word number of trailer. 

Remarks: 

1. Meaning of TVALUE: 

PARAML 


TVALUE Output-integer. Trailer value. See Table in Remark 1. If the data block 

has the format of a USET table, then TVALUE is not used; see NOSET. 

REAL Output-real. Trailer value as a real number. Used only if WRDNUM=6. 

See Remark 2. 

NOSET Output-integer. USET flag for existence for the set specified by 

SETNAME. NOSET will be set to -1 if the set does not exist. 

SETNAME Input-character. Degree-of-freedom set name. Used only if USETBIT=0. 

See table in Remark 2. 

WRDNUM Meaning of TVALUE 

1 Number of columns in matrix 

2 Number of rows in matrix 

3 Form of the matrix 

4 Type of matrix 

5 Largest number of nonzero words among all columns 

6 Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000 

7 Size in blocks 

8 Maximum string length over all strings 

9 Number of strings 

10 Average bandwidth 

129

1297 

PARAML 


WRDNUM Meaning of TVALUE 

2. If WRDNUM=6, the density of a matrix is returned as an integer value times 

10000 in TVALUE and also as a real value in REAL. 

Examples: 

1. Extract the second word of the trailer from the SILS table and save in LUSETS: 

PARAML SILS/'TRAILER'/2/S,N,LUSETS//S,N,NOSILS $ 

2. Check for the presence of single-point constraints (s-set): 

PARAML USET//’TRAILER’////S,N,SINGLE//’S’ $ 

Option P1 = ‘USET’ 

Search for a specific integer value in a table record. 

Format: 


Parameter: 

Remark: 

11 Maximum bandwidth 

12 Number of null columns 

PARAML USET//'USET'///// 

SET1/S,N,NOSET1/SET2/S,N,NOSET2/ 





SET11/S,N,NOSET11/SET12/S,N,NOSET12 $ 


SETi Input-character. Degree-of-freedom Set name. 

NOSETi Output-integer. Degree-of-freedom Set existence flag. NOSETi = -1 if 

set does not exist. NOSETi = number of degrees of freedom in the set if 

the set exists. 

See TRAILER option for allowable set names.

PARAML 


Example: 

Check for the existence of multipoint constraints (MPCs), rigid elements, and 

single-point constraints (SPCs). 

PARAML USET//’USET’//////’M’/S,N,NOMSET/’S’/S,N,NOSSET $ 

Option P1='XYCDB' 

Check for the presence of a response types specified on xy plotting commands: 

XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK, XYPLOT, XYPRINT and XYPUNCH. 

Format: 

PARAML XYCDB//'XYCDB'///// 

RESP1/S,N,NORESP1/RESP2/S,N,NORESP2/ 





RESP11/S,N,NORESP11/RESP12/S,N,NORESP12 $ 


XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. Response type. 

Parameters: 

RESPi Input-character. The valid names are: 

See the XYPLOT command in the NX Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description 

of the types. 

Example: 

DISPVELOACCE SPCF OLOA 

VGSTRE FORC SDIS SVEL 

SACCNFORPRES BOUT STRA 

MPCFFPREFMPF SMPF PMPF 

LMPFGMPF 

NORESPi Output-integer. If the response type was is specified on an xy 

plotting command then NORESPi=1, otherwise, -1. 

Check for the presence of the MPCF response type. 

PARAML XYCDBS//'XYCDB'//////'MPCF'/S,N,NOMPCF $ 

129

1299 

PARTN 

Matrix partition 

PARTN Matrix partition 

To partition [A] into [A11], [A12], [A21] and [A22]: 

Format: 

PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/SYM/TYPE/Fll/F2l/F12/F22 $ 


A Matrix to be partitioned. 

RP Row partitioning vector – single precision column vector. 

CP Column partitioning vector – single precision column vector. 


Aij Matrix partitions. See Remarks below. 

Parameters: 

[ A] 

→ RP 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

SYM Input-integer-default=-1. SYM chooses between a symmetric partition 

and one unsymmetric partition. If SYM < 0, {CP} is used as {RP}, and 

{RP} must be purged. If SYM ≥ 0, {CP} and {RP} are distinct. 

TYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of output matrices. If TYPE = 0, the type 

of the output matrices will be the type of the input matrix [A]. 

CP 

= 0 ≠ 0 

Fij Input-integer-default=0. Form of [Aij]. See Remarks. 

= 

≠ 

0 

0

PARTN 


Remarks: 

1. The operation of PARTN is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, CP and RP, 

and the symmetry flag, SYM. The following describes the operations: 

Let NC = number of nonzero terms in {CP}. 

NR = number of nonzero terms in {RP}. 

NROWA = number of rows in [A]. 

NCOLA = number of columns in [A]. 

Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0: 

PARTN A,,RP/A11,A21,,/1 $ 

[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix. 

[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix. 



Case 2: (RP) is purged and SYM ≥ 0: 

PARTN A,CP,/A11,,A12,/1 $ 

[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA – NC) matrix. 


[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. 


Case 3: {RP} is purged and SYM < 0: 

PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22 $ 

[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix. 

[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA – NC) matrix. 

[A12] is a (NROWA – NR) by NC matrix. 

[A22] is a NC by NC matrix. 

Case 4: Neither {CP} nor {RP} are purged and SYM ≥ 0: 

PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ 

[A11] is a (NROWA – NR) by (NCOLA – NC) 

matrix. 

[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA – NC) matrix. 

[A12] is a (NROWA – NR) by NC matrix 

[A22] is a NR by NC matrix. 

2. Any of all output data blocks may be purged. 

[ A] 

3. If [A] is purged, PARTN will cause all output data blocks to be purged. 

→ 

A11 

A21 

[ A] 

→ A11 A12 

[ A] 

[ A] 

→ 

→ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

130

1301 

PARTN 


4. If {CP} is purged, [A] is partitioned as follows: 

5. If {RP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0, [A] is partitioned as follows: 

6. If {RP} is purged and SYM < 0, [A] is partitioned as follows: 

where {CP} is used as both the row and column partitioner. 

7. {RP} and {CP} cannot both be purged. 

8. 

[ A] 

→ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

[ A] 

[ A] 

A11 

A21 

Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and 

{RP} be a mx1 vector containing p zero elements. 

Partition [A11] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = RPi = 0.0 in 

the same order as they appear in [A]. 

Partition [A12] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj ≠ 0.0 and RPi 

= 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A]. 

Partition [A21] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = 0.0 and RPi 

≠ 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A]. 

9. The default action for F11, F21, F12, and F22 allows the program to automatically 

select the appropriate form. 

Examples: 

1. Let [A], {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows: 

[ A] 

= 

→ 

→ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 

9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

Then, the DMAP instruction 

{ CP} 

{ RP} 

⎧1.0 ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪0.0 ⎪ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎪1.0 ⎪ 

⎪ 

⎩ 

1.0 

⎪ 

⎭ 

PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ 

will create the real matrices: 

[ A11] 


PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ RP,CP distinct 

the resulting matrices would be 


PARTN A, ,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ 

the resulting matrices would be 

= 

= 

0.0 

0.0 

1.0 

2.0 

F11 2 

6.0 = , = [ A12] 

= 

1.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 7.0 8.0 

, 

F12 2 = 

[ A21] 

= 10.0 , F11 = 2 [ A22] 

= 9.0 11.0 12.0 , F22 = 2 

[ A11] 

[ A11] 

= 

2.0 

6.0 

10.0 

[ A12] 

1.0 3.0 4.0 

5.0 7.0 8.0 

9.0 11.0 12.0 

[ A21] 

= purged 

[ A22] 

= purged 

= 

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 

[ A12] 

= purged 

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 

[ A21] 

= 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 [ A22] 

= 

purged 

= 

PARTN 


130

1303 

PARTN 


1 2 3 

5 6 7 

91011 

4. If [ A] 

= and the DMAP instruction was written as 

PARTN A,RP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/-1 $ 

then the resulting partitions would be 

1 2 3 

5 6 7 

9 10 11 

→ 

A11 A12 

A21 A22

PCOMB 

Combines static loads from upstream superelements 

PCOMB Combines static loads from upstream superelements 

Combines static loads from upstream superelements and the residual structure based 

on the CLOAD Bulk Data entry. 

Format: 

PCOMB CASECC,EDT,SLT,PGUP,PJ/ 

CVECT,PG1/ 

NSKIP/S,N,NVECT/MODE $ 







PGUP Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static 

loads in upstream superelements only. 

PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the residual structure and applied to 

its interior points only. 


CVECT Load combination factor matrix. 

PG1 Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure. 

Parameters: 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC. 

NVECT Output-integer-default=0. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1. 

MODE Input-character-no default. Boundary condition change ignore flag. 

See Remark 2. 

NONLINEARIgnore boundary condition changes 

STATICSDo not ignore boundary condition changes 

Remarks: 

1. Any input data block except CASEXX may be purged. 

2. If MODE='STATICS' all records of CASECC, beginning at the NSKIP-th record, 

are processed until a boundary change occurs. 

130

1305 

PCOPY 

Tests parallel copy 

PCOPY Tests parallel copy 

Tests parallel copy in a parallel GINO environment on a multiprocessing machine. 

Format: 

PCOPY INDB/ 

OUTDB1,OUTDB2,OUTDB3,OUTDB4,OUTDB5,OUTDB6,OUTDB7, 

OUTDB8/ 

PCOPY1/PCOPY2 $ 


INDB Any table or matrix. 


OUTDBi Copies of INDB. 

Parameters: 

PCOPY1 Input-integer-default=-1. Execute parallel copy flag. 

Remark: 

0 Do not perform copy. 

PCOPY2 Input-integer-default=1. Parallel copy method. 

>0 Perform standard copy using CPYFIL. 

PLOT Creates a table of plot instructions 

PLOT 

Creates a table of plot instructions 

Creates a table of plot instructions for undeformed and deformed shapes and then 

writes the table to Fortran unit 14. 

Format: 

PLOT PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET,CASECC,BGPDT, 



Parameters: 

⎧PUGS ⎫ ⎧PUGD ⎫ ⎧GPECT ⎫ ⎧OES1 ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬/ 

⎩USET ⎭ ⎩ ECT ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ 

PLOTMSG/ 

NGP/LUSET/JPLOT/DEFORMED/S,N,PLTNUM $ 

PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control 

GPSETS Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets 

ELSET Table of element plot set connections 



PUGS Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis. 


PUGD Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis. 




PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the plot process. 

NGP Input-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in 

the structure. 


g-set. If LUSET=0 then its value will be extracted from the trailer of 

BGPDT. 

130

1307 

PLOT 

Creates a table of plot instructions 

JPLOT Input-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there 

are none. 

DEFORMED Input-integer-default=1. Deformed plot request flag. 

1 Plot undeformed shapes. 

-1 Plot deformed shapes. 


Remarks: 

1. If GPECT, OES1, PUGS, and PUGD are purged then only undeformed shapes 

may be drawn. 

2. If either PUGS or PUGD is purged, that type of deformed shape will not be 

drawn. 

3. If GPECT or OES1 are purged, contour plots or outlines will not be drawn. 

4. The plot instructions are written to Fortran unit 14. 

5. If USET and ECT are input, then the plot will label the grid points with numbers 

indicating the degrees-of-freedom constrained to zero. For example, a label of 126 

indicates the grid is constrained in the first and second translational and third 

rotational degrees-of-freedom. Also, the elements will be labeled with their 

property identification numbers. These features are only available in undeformed 

plotting only.

PLTHBDY Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements 

PLTHBDY 

Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements 

Updates the geometry and connectivity tables to support plotting of CHBDYi 

elements. 

Format: 

PLTHBDY GEOM2,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,CSTM/ 

PECT,PBGPDT/ 

S,N,NHBDY/MESH $ 








PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi 

elements. 

PBGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi 

elements. 

Parameters: 

NHBDY Output-integer-no default. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if 

none exist. 

MESH Input-character-no default. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to 

print summary; 'NO' otherwise. 

130

1309 

PLTSET 

Generates element sets for plotting 

PLTSET Generates element sets for plotting 

Generates element sets for plotting. 

Format: 

PLTSET 



⎧ ⎧PBGPDT ⎫ ⎧PECT ⎫⎫ 

⎪PCDB, ⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬⎪ 

⎨ ⎩ BGPDT ⎭ ⎩ ECT ⎭⎬/ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎩POSTCDB , , GEOM2 ⎭ 

⎧ ELSET ⎫ 

PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS, ⎨ ⎬/ 

⎩PELSET ⎭ 

S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT/ECTYPE $ 




PBGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi 

elements. 


PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi 

elements. 



PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition 

of element plot sets. 

PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control. 


ELSET Table of element plot set connections. 

PELSET P-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

Parameters: 

Remark: 

PCDB may be purged if ECTYPE>0. 

Examples: 

1. For p-elements in subDMAP IFPS1, ELSET is required by GP0. 

PLTSET 

Generates element sets for plotting 

NGP Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in 

the structure. 

JPLOT Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if 

there are none. 

ECTYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of element connectivity input and plot set 

output: 

0 ECT and ELSET 

1 GEOM2 and ELSET 

2 ECT and PELSET 

PLTSET POSTCDB,,GEOM2/X1,X2,X3,ELSET/0/0/1 $ 

2. For undeformed plotting in subDMAP SEPLOT: 

PLTSET PCDB,PBGPDT,PECT/ 

PLTMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSETS/ 

S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $ 

131

1311 

PRESOL 

Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution 

PRESOL Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution 

Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution using the domain 

decomposition method. 

Format: 

PRESOL GEQMAP,USET,SIL,PARFIL,PFA,PJXL/ 

EQMAP,GAPAR,PARTF,PFA1/ 

UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $ 


GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on 

which processors/partitions for domain decomposition. 




degrees-of-freedom that are locally constrained. 

PFA Static load matrix with partial boundary loads in the a-set. 

PJXL Static load matrix for boundary load contribution from the residual 

structure. 




GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set 

displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at 

each row which does not have a contribution from the current processor 

and zero if it does. 

PARTVEC1 Updated PARTVEC indicating for all constraints; local and boundary. 

PFA1 Updated PFA with complete boundary loads. 

Parameters: 

Unusedi Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

PROJVER Set or query project identification numbers 

PROJVER 

Set or query project identification numbers 

Set or query project and version identification numbers on the database. 

Format: 

PROJVER //PRJVEROP/S,N,PROJNO/S,N,VERSION/S,N,EXISTS $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

PRJVEROP Input-character-no default. Operation name. 

'GET' Get current project and version 

'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version 

'SET' Set current project and version 

'LAST' Get the last (bottom) project and version 

'RESTART' Get restart project and version 

PROJNO Input/output-integer-no default. Project number. 

VERSION Input/output-integer-no default. Version number. 

EXISTS Output-character-no default. Project and version status. 

'EXISTS' If project and version exists. 

'DELETED' If project and version is deleted. 

'NONE' If project and version never existed. 

131

1313 

PRTMSG 

Prints plotting information messages 

PRTMSG Prints plotting information messages 

Prints user information messages related to plot set definition and plotting. 

Format: 

⎧ PLOTMSG ⎫ 

PRTMSG ⎨ ⎬//PRDMSG 

$ 

⎩PLSETMSG ⎭ 


PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the plot process. 

PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition of 

element plot sets. 


None. 

Parameter: 

PDRMSG Input-integer-default=1. Message print flag. Set to 0 to suppress 

printout.

PRTPARM Parameter and DMAP message printer 

PRTPARM 

Parameter and DMAP message printer 

Prints non-NDDL parameter values and DMAP messages. For NDDL parameters (see 

TYPE statement), use the MESSAGE statement. 

Format: 

PRTPARM //a/b/c/SUBDMAP $ 


None. 


None. 

Parameters: 

a Input-integer-default=0. a=0 requests the print of a single parameter 

value or all parameter values. a>0 requests the print of diagnostic 

messages 4401 through 4425. 

b Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. Name of a parameter enclosed 

by single quotation marks. See Remark 1. 

c Input-integer-default=0. If c=1, then parameters will be sorted 

alphabetically. 

SUBDMAP Input-character-default=blank. The name of a subDMAP. 

Remarks: 

1. As a parameter printer, use a = 0. There are two options: 

• If b is equal to a parameter name enclosed by quotation marks then the value 

of that parameter in the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP is printed. b 

must be a non-NDDL parameter (see TYPE statement). 

Example: 

PRTPARM //0/'LUSET' $ 

• If b = 'XXXXXXXX' then the values of all variable and constant parameters in 

the Variable Parameter Table of the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP are 

printed. 

Examples: 

PRTPARM // $ Unsorted 

PRTPARM ////1 $ Sorted 

131

1315 

PRTPARM 

Parameter and DMAP message printer 

If no value is entered for SUBDMAP, the parameter value or values (depending 

on b) will be for the current subDMAP. Otherwise, the value or values will be for 

the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP. 

2. As a DMAP message printer, parameter a is nonzero. 

3. Meaningless values of a, b, and SUBDMAP will result in diagnostic messages 

from PRTPARM.

PURGEX Explicit data block purge 

Flags a data block as empty. 

Format: 

PURGEX /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/PARM $ 


DBi Any data block. 

Parameter: 

PARM Input-integer-default=0. 

Remark: 

PURGEX 

Explicit data block purge 

PURGEX is an executive operation module intended for restart purposes only. If at 

execution time a data block has been previously output from a module, then any 

existing data will be deleted and the data block will be marked as empty. If the data 

block has not been previously output from a module, it will simply be marked as 

empty. A purged data block is equivalent to a data block not generated with the 

exception that the NES "remembers" for restart purposes that it has been previously 

output. If no restart is involved, purge is entirely equivalent to a data block not 

generated. 

Example: 

< 0 The data blocks are deleted and marked empty. 

≥ 0 No action is taken. 

Flag data block MGGX as empty so as to avoid execution of EMA module on restart. 

PURGEX /MGGX,,,,/NOMGGX $ 

131

1317 

PVT 

Sets parameter values 

PVT Sets parameter values 

Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data sections. 

Format: 

PVT PVT,CASECC/PVTS/LOADFLT $ 


PVT Parameter value table from IFP module. (Bulk Data PARAM entries) 

CASECC Table of Case Control Command images. 


PVTS Parameter Variable Table from Case Control merged with the Bulk 

Data input parameters. 

Parameter: 

LOADFLT Logical-input-default=TRUE. If LOADFLT = TRUE then all parameters 

that appear in the Parameter Defaults Table, but do not appear in the 

PVT or CASECC data block, are added to the PVTS data block. See 

Remark 4. 

Remarks: 

1. The PVT module is primarily used to resolve parameter values specified in the 

Case Control and Bulk Data Sections. These parameters must have Y 

authorization. 

2. Either one or both input data blocks may be purged. If the input data block is 

purged, the user input parameter settings will not contain parameters from the 

input. If both input data blocks are purged, and LOADFLT is FALSE, then no 

values are entered.

PVT 

Sets parameter values 

3. The output data block may be purged. The PVT module will always internally 

update the user input parameters. The output data block is primarily used for 

restart purposes. 

• First, the default parameters are added if requested. 

• Second, the PVT user input parameters from the Bulk Data Section are set. 

• Third, the CASECC user input parameters from Case Control above the 

subcase level override any settings of Bulk Data parameters of the same 

name. Any additional Case Control above the subcase level parameters are 

set. 

• Fourth, the CASECC user input parameters for the current subcase override 

any settings of Bulk Data parameters or above subcase level parameters of 

the same name. Any additional current subcase parameters are set. 

4. The Parameter Defaults Table is an internal table that contains the default value 

for all parameters resolved between the Case Control, Bulk Data, NDDL, and the 

main and current subDMAP. 

131

1319 

RANDOM 

Computes functions from frequency response data 

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data 

Computes power spectral density functions and autocorrelation functions from 

frequency response data. 

Format: 

RANDOM XYCDB,DIT,PSDL,OUG2,OPG2,OQG2,OES2,OEF2,CASECC, 

OSTR2,OQMG2,RCROSSL,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2M,OLMPF2M,OPMPF2M, 

OGPMPF2M/ 

PSDF,AUTO, 

OUGPSD2,OUGATO2,OUGRMS2,OUGNO2,OUGCRM2, 

OPGPSD2,OPGATO2,OPGRMS2,OPGNO2,OPGCRM2, 

OQGPSD2,OQGATO2,OQGRMS2,OQGNO2,OGGCRM2, 

OESPSD2,OESATO2,OESRMS2,OESNO2,OESCRM2, 

OEFPSD2,OEFATO2,OEFRMS2,OEFNO2,OEFCRM2, 

OEEPSD2,OEEATO2,OEERMS2,OEENO2,OEECRM2, 

OQMPSD2,OQMATO2,OQMRMS2,OQMNO2,OGMCRM2, 

OCPSDF,OCCORF/ 

S,N,NORAND/RMSINT $ 




PSDL Power spectral density list. 



OQG2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format. 


OEF2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format. 


OSTR2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format. 

OQMG2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format. 

RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. 

OFMPF2M Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 

format. 

OSMPF2M Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in 

SORT2 format.

RANDOM 


OLMPF2M Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 

format. 

OPMPF2M Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 

format. 

OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in 

SORT2 format. 


PSDF Power spectral density table 

AUTO Autocorrelation function table 

OUGPSD2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function. 

OUGATO2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation 

function. 

OUGRMS2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the RMS function. 

OUGNO2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the NO function. 

OUGCRM2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation 

function. 

OPGPSD2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function. 

OPGATO2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation 

function. 

OPGRMS2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the RMS function. 

OPGNO2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the NO function. 

OPGCRM2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation 

function. 

OQGPSD2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD 

function. 

OQGATO2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the 

autocorrelation function. 

OQGRMS2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the RMS 

function. 

OQGNO2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the NO 

function. 

132

1321 

RANDOM 


OQGCRM2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross 

correlation 

OESPSD2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function. 

OESATO2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation 

function. 

OESRMS2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the RMS function. 

OESNO2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function. 

OESCRM2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation 

function. 

OEFPSD2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function. 

OEFATO2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation 

function. 

OEFRMS2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the RMS function. 

OEFNO2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the NO function. 

OEFCRM2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation 

function. 

OEEPSD2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function. 

OEEATO2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation 

function. 

OEERMS2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the RMS function. 

OEENO2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the NO function. 

OEECRM2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation 

function. 

OQMPSD2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD 

function. 

OQMATO2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the 

autocorrelation function. 

OQMRMS2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the RMS 

function. 

OQMNO2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the NO 

function.

Parameters: 

RANDOM 


OQMCRM2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross 

correlation function. 

OCPSDF Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions. 

OCCORF Output table of cross-correlation functions 

NORAND Output-integer-default=-1. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 

0 otherwise. 

RMSINT Input-character-default='LINEAR'. Power-spectral-density function 

interpolation option. A log-log option may be selected with 

RMSINT='LOGLOG'. 

Remarks: 

1. RANDOM calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions 

and mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point 

constraints, and element forces and stresses. 

2. DIT cannot be purged if PSDL references TABLEDi records in DIT. 

132

1323 

RBMG3 

Computes rigid body information 

RBMG3 Computes rigid body information 

Computes the rigid body transformation matrix, rigid body error ratio, and strain 

energy matrix. 

Format: 

RBMG3 LLL,ULL,KLR,KRR/ 

DM $ 



ULL Upper triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL. 

KLR Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT. 

KRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT. 


DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

1. The rigid body transformation matrix is computed from: 

DM 

K ll 

2. The rigid body error ratio, e, is computed from: 

Eq. 4-19 

Eq. 4-20 

Note: The absolute value || || is the square root of the sum of the squares (this 

is not a determinant).The strain energy matrix for the rigid body modes is 

computed 

3. ULL may be purged if KLL is symmetric. 

= 

– 

T 

– 1 

K lr 

K + 

rr Klr DM 

----------------------------------------------------------------- 

K rr 

DM T Kll DM + 

Krr Eq. 4-21

RBMG4 Computes rigid body mass matrix 

Computes the rigid body mass matrix. 

Format: 

RBMG4 DM,MLL,MLR,MRR/ 

MR $ 





MRR Mass matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT. 


MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set) 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remark: 

The rigid body mass matrix is computed from: 

MR 

= DM T 

DM DM T 

+ + + 

Mll DM 

M rr 

M lr 

M lr 

T 

RBMG4 

Computes rigid body mass matrix 

Eq. 4-22 

132

1325 

READ 

Extracts real symmetric system eigenvaules 

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvaules 

Extracts eigenvaules from a real symmetric system. 

To solve the following equations for eigenvalues and their associated eigenvectors: 

Format: 

READ KAA,MAA,MR,DAR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC, 


( [ K] 

– λ[ M] 

) { u} 

= 0 for vibration analysis 

[ K] 

λ K d 

( – [ ] ) { u} 

= 0 for buckling analysis 

⎧VACOMP⎫ ⎧INVEC ⎫ ⎧ LLL ⎫ 

PARTVEC,SIL, ⎨ ⎬ , ⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬ , 

⎩SPCCOL⎭ ⎩EQMAP ⎭ ⎩VFO1 ⎭ 

⎧EQEXIN, ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎩ ⎭ 

⎧ ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ 

⎩GAPAR ⎭ 

/ 

LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,LAMMAT,OUTVEC/ 

FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/SETNAME/SID/METH/ 

F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/PRTSUM/ 

MAXRATIO $ 

KAA K matrix in Eq. 4-23. 

MAA M matrix in Eq. 4-23 or K d matrix in Eq. 4-24. 

MR Rigid body mass matrix 

DAR Rigid body transformation matrix. 

DYNAMIC Eigenvalue Extraction Data (output by IFP module). 


Eq. 4-23 

Eq. 4-24 

CASECC Case Control Data Table (selects EIGR, EIGRL, or EIGB entries, output 

by IFP module). 



KAA and MAA. Required for maximum efficiency. See SETNAME 

parameter description below.

SIL Scalar index list. Required for maximum efficiency. 


READ 


VACOMP Partitioning vector of size of a-set with a value of 1.0 at the rows 

corresponding to r-set degrees-of-freedom. The USET table may be 

specified here as well. If VACOMP is purged and DAR does not have 

the same number of rows as KAA, then the partitioning vector will be 

determined from the size of MR. 

SPCCOL Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set 

degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp. 

INVEC Starting vector(s) for Lanczos method only 


decomposition. Required only for geometric domain decomp. 

LLL Lower triangular factor from decomposition of KAA. Use to enhance 

shift logic for buckling eigenvalue extraction. 

VFO1 VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning 

vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual. Required 

only for geometric domain decomp. 

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid identification numbers. 

Required for maximum efficiency. 

GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set 

displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at each 

row which does not have a contribution from the current processor and 

zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain decomp. 



OEIGS Real eigenvalue extraction report. 

MI Modal mass matrix. 

LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal (Lanczos 

only). 

OUTVEC Last vector block (Lanczos only). 

132

1327 

READ 


Parameters: 

FORMAT Input-Character-no default. If FORMAT≠ ’MODES’, READ will solve a 

buckling problem, i.e., ( K + [ ] ) 

using EIGB Bulk Data. But it is the 

[ ] λ K d 

DMAP writer’s responsibility to multiply K d by -1 before entering the 

READ module. 

NEIGV Output-integer-no default. NEIGV is the number of eigenvectors 

found. 

0 No eigenvectors found 

>0 NEIGV eigenvectors found 

0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or 

EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter 

values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. 

If SID=-1, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or 

EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values 

(METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction. 

If SID=-2, then take action similar to SID=0 except fields on the Case 

Control selection of EIGR/EIGRL may be overridden by parameters F1 

through NORM described below. 

METH Input-character-default='LAN'. If SID

LAN Lanczos 

INV Inverse power 

SINV Inverse power with Sturm sequence 

GIV Givens (tridiagonalization) 

MGIV Modified Givens 

HOU Householder 

MHOU Modified Householder 

AGIV Automatic selection of GIV or MGIV 

AHOU Automatic selection of HOU or MHOU 

F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound. 

READ 


F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound. The default value 

of 0.0 indicates machine infinity. 

NE Input-integer-default=20. The number of estimated eigenvalues for 

non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the 

problem size which the QL Householder method is used. 

Note: NE default changed from 0 to 20. 

ND Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues. 

MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos 

method only. 

0 no output 

1 warning and fatal messages 

2 summary output 

3 detailed output on cost and convergence 

4 detailed output on orthogonalization 

MAXSET Input-integer-default=0. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. 

SHFSCL Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. 

SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0. 

NORM Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By 

default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. 

NORM='MAX' selects normalization by maximum displacement. 

132

1329 

READ 


PRTSUM Inpput-logical-default=TRUE. Lanczos eigenvalue summary print flag. 

MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.0E7. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio 

which causes termination of decomposition. 

Remarks: 

1. In the solution sequences the eigensolution control parameters are selected by the 

METHOD or METHOD(FLUID) command which are defined in the CASECC 

data block and selects a EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry record defined in the 

DYNAMIC or EED data block. EED is a subset of and interchangeable with the 

DYNAMIC for this application. There are alternate formats as shown below 

where the Case Control commands and/or the EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entries 

are replaced with optional parameters SID, METH, F1, etc. 

• SID=0 - DYNAMIC and CASECC data blocks must be specified. METHOD 

command and EIGR, or EIGRL, entries must be specified in the input file. 

READ KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,CASECC,,,,/ 

LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/ 

FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV $ 

• SID>0 - Only DYNAMIC data block must be specified. The EIGR or EIGRL 

entry is selected by the SID parameter. The CASECC data block may be 

purged and is ignored. 

READ KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,,,,,/ 

LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/ 

FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////SID $ 

• SID

READ 


are missing the resequencing is done on a degree-of-freedom basis, potentially 

6 times larger in size and requiring the square of this quantity for memory. The 

grid point option requires less memory and is appreciably faster than the degreeof-freedom 

option. 

3. In all eigensolution methods READ will calculate rigid body modes accurately 

without the presence of SUPORTi entries in the Bulk Data section. The SUPORTi 

entries define the r-set, the reference set for rigid body modes. If all of the input 

blocks associated with the r-set are input properly, the static shapes input in the 

DAR data block are used to compute rigid body modes. If the calculated 

frequencies associated with these modes are small numbers, they are reset to 

binary zero. 

• Modern r-set introduced in Version 70.5: 

DXR has the same number of rows as KXX and both are partitioned from 

DAR and KAA using PARTVEC. DAR is the motion of the a-set variables 

due to unit motion of each r-set point, successively, as calculated by static 

analysis and ignoring mass effects. Linear combinations of these shapes are 

used for rigid body mode shapes that are orthogonal with respect to the mass 

matrix. 

READ KXX,MXX,MR,DXR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL, 

,,LLL,EQEXIN/ 

LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/ 

FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $ 

• Obsolete r-set processing as in Version 70: 

DMX and VACOMP are used for special r-set processing based on the r-set 

rows being added to DMX in the READ module. DMX is partitioned from 

DM in the way KXX is partitioned from KAA. In other words, the same 

degrees-of-freedom are partitioned for both KXX and DMX. The modern 

method uses DAR instead, with the r-set rows included in DAR. 

READ KXX,MXX,MR,DMX,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL, 

VACOMP,,LLL,EQEXIN/ 

LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/ 

FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $ 

Use of this obsolete format is no longer recommended, and provisions for it 

may be removed from the code in a future version. Refer to old 

documentation for a description of this obsolete form. 

4. For the Lanczos and INV methods KAA may be indefinite and MAA must be at 

least positive semidefinite. For the unmodified tridiagonal methods (for example, 

HOU) KAA may be indefinite, but MAA must be non-singular. For the modified 

and auto tridiagonal methods (for example, MHOU and AHOU) MAA may be 

133

1331 

READ 


singular when [KAA + lambda*MAA] is non-singular. Lambda is an internally 

calculated shift. The matrix sum will be singular or approach singularity only 

when the system contains massless mechanisms. A shaft model made with bar 

elements using point masses is an example of a system with a massless 

mechanism. The torsion DOFs are not constrained to ground, and the point 

masses provide no rotary inertia. See the MODERS subDMAP for the auto-omit 

DMAP steps used to remove rows and columns with null mass for the tridiagonal 

methods. This makes the modified methods more efficient, and removes some 

(but not all) possible causes of singularity in the mass matrix. 

5. For the Lanczos and Sturm Inverse methods, LAMA and PHA may also be input 

if the APPEND mode is being used. 

6. LAMA and OElGS are suitable for OFP output. 

7. MI may not be purged. 

8. Parallel processing in this module (Householder method only) is selected with 

the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)), see the NX 

Nastran Quick Reference Guide, Section 1. 

9. If an r-set is present and special processing of rigid body modes is desired then it 

is recommended that DAR have the same number of rows as KAA. If not, then 

either MR, USET, or VACOMP should be specified. 

10. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to 

the descriptions of the EIGR and EIGRL Bulk Data entries in the NX Nastran 


11. For the Lanczos method: 

• By default, the Lanczos method uses sparse matrix methods. To use regular 

matrix methods specify SPARSE = 1 on the NASTRAN statement or specify 

PUTSYS (126,1) just prior to the READ module. 

• In vibration analysis MAA must be positive semidefinite. In buckling 

analysis, KAA must be positive semidefinite. For either type of analysis, the 

other input matrix may be indefinite. 

• Performance-enhancing options may be requested on system cells 193 

through198. Use the NASTRAN statement or the PUTSYS DMAP statement. 

See the NX Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide. 

• The Lanczos method was updated in Version 70.5 with several 

enhancements related to shift logic. However, if the Lanczos method in 

Version 70 is desired then specify NASTRAN SYSTEM(273)=1 in the File 

Management Section or PUTSYS(1,273) in the DMAP before the READ 

module.

READ 


• For maximum efficiency in the Lanczos method, it is recommended that 

USET, SIL, and EQEXIN data blocks and SETNAME parameter are specified. 

If the size of KAA is not the same as the size of the set indicated by 

SETNAME, then PARTVEC should also be specified. 

12. If SID=-2, then NE is used to modify the ND parameter. ND is modified 

accordingly: 

ND*(1+NE/100) 

13. For the Lanczos (METH='LAN') and Householder (METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 

'AHOU') methods, if the problem can fit into memory then a "QL" Householder 

eigensolution will be performed. If the problem cannot fit in memory then the old 

method is used because the "QL" method does not have spill capability. 

The criterion for switching from the requested method to the "QL" method is 

controlled system cell 359 and the NE parameter. The default value for system cell 

359 is 1 which means: 

• if METH='LAN' is requested, the program wil automatically switch to 

AHOU when the size of the problem less than or equal to NE. 

• if METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU' then the program will automatically 

switch to the "QL" solution if the problem will fit in memory. 

Examples: 

1. Suppose the user has a matrix [A] for which he or she wishes to extract 

eigenvalues via the classical equation [ A – λI ] { u} 

= 

0 . Presuming [A] is input 

via DMI Bulk Data entries and there is an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry that is 

selected in Case Control (METHOD), the following DMAP sequence will be 

sufficient: 

PARAML A//’TRAILER’/1/S,N,NCOLA $ 

MATGEN ,/IDEN/1/NCOLA $ 

READ A,IDEN,,,DYNAMICS,,CASECC,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI, 

OEIGS,/’MODES’/S,N,NEIGS/1 $ 

OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$ 

IF(NEIGS>-1) MATPRN VECTOR// $ 

2. Suppose that the user wishes to now calculate 5 modes of the equation 

[[A] - lambda [I]]{phi} = 0 in a subDMAP where the DYNAMICS and CASECC 

data blocks are not available: 

$ GENERATE IDEN AS SHOWN IN THE PRIOR EXAMPLE 

READ A,IDEN,,,,,,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI, 

OEIGS/'MODES'/S,N,NEIGS////-1////5 $ 

OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$ 

IF (NEIGS > -1) MATPRN VECTOR// $ 

133

1333 

RESTART 

Data block comparison 

RESTART Data block comparison 

Compares two data blocks and invokes dependencies. 

Format: 

RESTART DB1,DB2,DLSTIN/DLSTOUT/ 

INVOKE/SPEXP/DPEXP/NDDLNAM $ 


DBi Data blocks to be compared. 

DLSTIN A list of data blocks and the associated pathnames. DLSTIN was built 

as DLSTOUT during prior executions of the RESTART module. 

DLSTIN is used to invoke the same restart dependencies, but with 

different qualifiers, as done during previous RESTART comparisons. 


DLSTOUT A list of data blocks and associated pathnames defined from DB1 that 

were deleted during this execution of the RESTART module. If 

DLSTOUT is designated as an APPEND file, then DLSTOUT contains 

the list of data blocks deleted (or marked for deletion during this) from 

prior executions of the module. 

Parameters: 

INVOKE Input-logical-default=FALSE. If INVOKE = TRUE then restart 

deletions are performed. If INVOKE = FALSE (default) then no 

deletions are performed, but data blocks are marked within DLSTOUT. 

SPEXP Input-integer-default=6. Single-precision tolerance exponent. Two 

single-precision numbers x and y are considered equal if 

x – y 10 SPEXP – 

< 

DBEXP Input-logical-default=12. Double-precision tolerance component. Two 

double-precision numbers, x and y are considered equal if 

x – y 10 DBEXP – 

< 

NDDLNAM Input-character-default=' '. NDDL is the name of the DATABLK 

statement to use for a description in the comparison that overrides the 

name of DB1.

Remarks: 

1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged. 

2. If DLSTIN is not purged the DB1 and DB2 must be purged. 

3. If DBI and DB2 are not purged the DLSTIN must be purged. 

RESTART 

Data block comparison 

4. If INVOKE = TRUE then RESTART also deletes data blocks according to the data 

dependencies (see “DEPEN” in Chapter 3). Only data blocks with the current 

values of qualifiers for the path given by DBi are deleted. If the paths of DBi and 

the path of the data block to be deleted differ, then all intersecting qualifiers use 

the current value and the remaining nonintersecting qualifiers use the wildcard 

(*) to determine deletion. 

Example: 

In this example, GEOM1 and GEOM2 are compared to the restart versions defined in 

the DBVIEW statement. Changes are marked within the HIST file. Deletions are 

performed after SEID is set. 

FILE HIST=APPEND $ 

PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPRJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXIST $ 

DBVIEW GEOM1R = GEOM1 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $ 

DBVIEW GEOM2R = GEOM2 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $ 

RESTART GEOM1,GEOM1R,/HIST/ $ 

RESTART GEOM2,GEOM2R,/HIST/ $ 

SEID = SEDWN $ 

RESTART,,,HIST//TRUE $ 

133

1335 

RMAXMIN 

Searches result tables during SOL 12 and 112. 

RMAXMIN Searches result tables during SOL 12 and 112. 

Searches stress, force and displacement tables during SOL 12 and 112 for extreme 

values. 

Format: 

RMAXMIN OUGV1,OEF1,OES1/OUGV1MX,OEF1MX,OES1MX/IFABS,IAPPN, 

IDIAG $ 


OUGV1 Table of displacements or accelerations in SORT1 format. 


OES1 Table of element stress in SORT1 format. 


OUGV1MX Displacement output datablock. 

OEF1MX Force output datablock. 

OES1MX Stress output datablock. 

Parameters: 

IFABS Input parameter to determine how output is calculated: 

IFABS = 0 algebraic maximum values calculated. (default) 

IFABS = 1 absolute maximum values calculated. 

IFABS = 2 algebraic minimum values calculated. 

IAPPN Input parameter to modify how approach code is written: 

IAPPN = 0 write approach code found in datablock header. (default) 

IAPPN > 0 write approach code iappn. 

IDIAG Determines what diagnostic output is written to f06 file: 

IDIAG = 0 send no diagnostic output to .f06 file. (default) 

IDIAG > 1 send brief summary of module input to .f06 file. 

IDIAG > 2 send operations trace to .f06 file. 

IDIAG > 3 send i/o statistics to .f06 file. 

IDIAG > 4 send grid point statistics to .f06 file. 

IDIAG > 5 not used. 

IDIAG > 6 dump data read to .f06 file.

RMAXMIN 

Searches result tables during SOL 12 and 112. 

Remarks: 

1. If PARAM POST is not enabled, then the output datablocks OUGV1MX, 

OEF1MX, and OES1MX will not be written to the .op2 file. To send results to the 

.op2 file you must supply the following alter: 

COMPILE SUBDMAP=SEDRCVR 

ALTER RMAXMIN 

OUTPUT2 OES1MX,OEF1MX,OUGV1MX,// \$ 

If PARAM POST is enabled, then the default is to send the output datablocks to 

the .op2 file, but not the transient results OUGV1, OEF1 and OES1. To also send 

the transient results to the .op2 file, you must add the following to your Bulk Data: 

PARAM, RMXTRAN,YES 

2. Since you can use the RMAXMIN case control command only in SOL 12 and 112, 

you can provide a DMAP alter for other solution sequences to generate the output 

datablocks OUGV1MX, OEF1MX and OES1MX. 

133

1337 

RMG2 

Processes radiation exchange coefficients 

RMG2 Processes radiation exchange coefficients 

Processes radiation exchange coefficients to produce temperature heat flux transfer 

matrices. 

Format: 

RMG2 EST,MPOOL,MUGNI,KGGNL,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,SIL,USET/ 

RDEST,RECM,RGG,KGGNL1/ 

TABS/SIGMA/S,N,NORADMAT/LUSET $ 



MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images 

MUGNI Temperature matrix for stiffness update. 

KGGNL Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only. 









RGG Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set. 

KGGNL1 Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and 

updated for radiation.

Parameters: 

RMG2 

Processes radiation exchange coefficients 






NORADMAT Input/output-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag. 

Remark: 

2 No radiation 

-1 Initial radiation 





g-set. 

If KGGNL is not purged then LUSET is determined from KGGNL. 

133

1339 

RSPEC 

Converts transient response motion for plotting 

RSPEC Converts transient response motion for plotting 

Converts transient response motion to response spectra output suitable for plotting. 

Format: 

RSPEC FRL,OUG2,SPSEL/ 

OXRESP/ 

S,N,SPSELREC $ 



OUG2 Table of displacements in SORT1 format from transient response 

analysis. 

SPSEL Table of response spectra generation correlation selections 


OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. 

Parameters: 

SPSELREC Input/output-integer-default=0. Last record number processed in 

SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last record. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR: 

DO WHILE ( RECORD-1 ) $ 

RSPEC FRL,OUGV2,SPSEL/OXRESP/S,N,RECORD $ 

IF ( RECORD>=0 ) THEN $ 

IF ( RSPRINT>=0 ) OFP OXRESP//S,N,CARDNO $ 

XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYPLT/TABID $ 

IF ( NOXYPLT>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTSS// $ 

ENDIF $ RECORD>=0 

ENDDO $ RECORD-1

SCALAR Matrix element extractor 

Extracts a specified element from a matrix for use as a parameter. 

Format: 

SCALAR A//S,N,NROW/S,N,NCOL/S,N,VALUED $ 




None. 

Parameters: 

IROW Input/output-integer-default=1. Row number of element to be 

extracted from [A]. See Remark 4. 

Remarks: 

1. If the input is purged, the module returns with a VALUE = (0.,0.). 

2. See also PARAML A//’DMI’ option. 

SCALAR 

Matrix element extractor 

ICOL Input/output-integer-default=1. Column number of element. See 

Remark 4. 

VALUED Output-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Contents of 

element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column in matrix [A]. 

3. Prior to Version 2001, VALUED was a single precision parameter. To convert an 

old DMAP that uses the SCALAR module for Version 2001 see Example 2. 

4. If IROW (or ICOL) is greater than the number of rows (or columns) in A then 

IROW or (ICOL) will reset to -1 and CDVALUE remains unchanged from its 

value prior to calling SCALAR. 

Examples: 

1. Extract the matrix element in row 1 and column 2 of matrix A and assigns it to the 

parameter VALUE. 

SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,VALUE $ 

2. Convert a pre-Version 2001 SCALAR module call to Version 2001. 

SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,CDVALUE $ 

$ Add following statements 

TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CSVALUE $ 

CSVALUE = SINGL(CDVALUE) $ 

134

1341 

SCALAR 

Matrix element extractor 

3. Read the values from a matrix V of unknown length into a parameter. 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,II $ LOOP COUNTER 

TYPE PARM,,I,N,VI=1 $ SELECTS COLUMN TO SEARCH 

DO WHILE (II>=0) $ STOP WHEN II NEGATIVE 

II = II + 1 $ 

SCALAR V//1/S,N,II/S,N,VI $ II RESET TO -II WHEN AT END OF MATRIX. 

IF (II>0) MESSAGE //'INDEX'/II/'VALUE'/VI $ 

ENDDO $

SDP 

Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives 

SDP Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives 

Calculates and prints the nondimensional stability and control derivatives and the 

intercepts of the quasi-steady stability derivatives. 

Format: 

SDP CASEA,AECTRL,AERO,CSTMA,EDT, 

AEDBUXV,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPARV,MPAERV,MPAEUV, 

MPSRV,MPSERV,MPSIERV,MPSEUV,MPSIEUV,UXTRIM,AEDBINDX, 

PRBDOFS/ 

STBDER,UXDIFV/ 

MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/LPRINT $ 





CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for gset 

+ ks-set grid points. 

EDT Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records. 

AEDBUXV Matrix of vehicle states 

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor points 

MONITOR Structural monitor points 

MPARV Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model 

MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model 

MPAEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model 

MPSRV Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model 

MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model 

MPSIRV Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model 

MPSEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model 

MPSIUV Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model 

UXTRIM UX vector at trim 

134

1343 

SDP 

Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives 

AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data 

PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". 




STBDER Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase. 

UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF. 

Parameters: 

MACH Input-real-default=no default. Mach number. 

Q Input-real-default=no default. Dynamic pressure. 




LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for stability derivatives. 

Remark: 

Each stability derivative has four forms based on: 

• The aerodynamic model without any consideration of the structural model 

• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure but 

before any elastic effects are computed 

• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and 

elastic deformations have been included. It is assumed that the model is 

restrained at the support points for this derivative. 

• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and 

elastic deformations have been included. Movement of the supported 

degrees of freedom is included in this derivative.

SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces 

SDR1 

Computes solution and single-point forces 

Computes and appends the solution (displacements, velocities, acceleration) and 

single-point forces of constraint at the g-set for each boundary condition. Also 

appends applied loads. 

Format: 

SDR1 USET,PG,UL,UOO,YS,GOA,GM,PS,KFS,KSS,QR/ 

UG,PGT,QG/ 

NSKIP/APP/NOQG $ 




UL Displacement matrix in l-set. 

UOO Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the 

a-set fixed (set to zero). 




PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. 


KSS Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN. 

QR Matrix of determinate support forces. 


UG Displacement matrix in the g-set appended for all boundary conditions. 

PGT Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary 

conditions. 

QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set appended 

for all boundary conditions. 

134

1345 

SDR1 

Computes solution and single-point forces 

Parameters: 

NSKIP Input-integer-no default. The first subcase of the current boundary 

condition. 


Allowable values: 

'STATICS' Statics 

'REIG' Normal modes 




'MMREIG' Normal modes for matrix method 

'BKL0' Pre-buckling (statics) 

'BKL1' Buckling 

'DYNAMIC' Dynamics 

NOQG Input-integer-default=0. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation 



Remarks: 

1. If NSKIP is greater than 1 and the outputs are declared APPEND on the FILE 

statement than the outputs will be appended to outputs from prior executions of 

SDR1. 

2. PG, YS, QR, and PS may be purged. 

3. If PG is present, PGT must be present. 

4. UOO must be present if the o-set exists and APP is equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'. 

5. GM must be present if the m-set exists. 

6. KFS must be present if the s-set exists and QG is present. 

7. KSS must be present if YS is present, the s-set exists, and QG is present. 

8. UOO, KSS and YS are ignored if APP is not equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'. 

9. See the NX Nastran Reference Manual for further discussion of the matrix 

operations in SDR1. 

10. SDR1 can also process matrices with extra points.

SDR2 Creates output tables 

SDR2 

Creates output tables 

Creates tables based on output requests for forces of single-point and multipoint 

forces of constraint, applied loads, displacements, velocities, accelerations, element 

stresses, element strains, and element forces. These output tables are suitable for 

printing, plotting, and various other postprocessing. 

Format: 

SDR2 


CASECC,CSTM,MPT,DIT,EQEXIN, 

⎧ OL ⎫ 

SILD,ETT, ⎨ ⎬,BGPDT,PG, 

⎩EDT ⎭ 

QG,UG,EST,XYCDB,OINT, 

PELSET,VIEWTB,GPSNT,DEQATN,DEQIND, 

DITID,PCOMPT,GPKE/ 

OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1,OEF1, 

PUG,OGPKE1/ 

APP/S,N,NOSORT2/NOCOMP/ACOUSTIC/METRIK/ 

ISOFLG/GPF/ACOUT/PREFDB/TABS/ 

SIGMA/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT/BSKIP/FREQW/ 

BTBRS/LANGLE/OMID $ 






identification numbers. See Remark 5. 

EQDYN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point 

identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.) 

SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. See Remark 5. 




134

1347 

SDR2 



aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative 

solver. Also contains SET1 entries. 



QG Single-point (or mutipoint-QMG) constraint forces of constraint matrix in 

the g-set. 

UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient 

analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration. 




PELSET P-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET. 









GPKE Matrix of grid point kinetic energies. 



OQG1 Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format. 




PUG Matrix of translational displacements for plotting purposes. 

OGPKE1 Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format.

Parameters: 




'FREQRESP' Fequency response 



'MMREIG' Normal modes for matrix method 

'BKL0' Pre-buckling (statics) 

'BKL1' Buckling 

'NLST' Nonlinear statics 

'GNST' Geometric nonlinear statics 

SDR2 


NOSORT2 Output-integer=default=0. SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format 

is requested or XYCDB is present; -1 otherwise. 

NOCOMP Input-integer-default=-1. Composite stress/strain flag. 

-5 Forces of composites in STRAIN=sid 

-2 Forces of composites in STRESS=sid 

-1 Stresses for all elements (same as 0 except in DMAP) 

0 Stresses for all elements 

1 Stresses for non-composites only 

2 Strain/curvature and forces of composites in 

STRESS=sid 

3 Strains for all elements and MPC forces 

4 Strains for non-composites only 

5 Strain/curvature of composites in STRAIN=sid 

ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. If set to 2 then 

acoustic pressure is computed for fluid elements. 

0 No fluid elements exist 

1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists 

2 Fluid/structure coupling exists 

134

1349 

SDR2 


METRIK Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

ISOFLG Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

GPF Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

ACOUT Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in 

fluid-structural analysis. 

'RMS' Root-mean-square 

'PEAK' Peak 

PREFDB Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in 

units of dB or dBA. 



Fahrenheit. 



ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index. 

ADPTEXIT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final 

BSKIP Input-logical-default=TRUE. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, 

then skip the first subcase in CASECC. 

FREQWA Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 

BTBRS Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis. 




OMID Input-character-default='NO' Material output coordinate system flag. 

If OMID='YES' then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the 

material coordinate system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and 

CTRIA6 elements. 

Remarks: 

1. Any output may be purged. 

2. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are referenced, or if stresses 

and/or forces are not requested.

SDR2 


3. MPT and EST may be purged if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, 

or forces. 

4. DIT may be purged if no stress or force requests are present or if no temperature 

dependent materials are referenced. 

5. SDR2 can also process p-set matrices (UP, QP, and PP instead of UG, QG, and PG) 

as long as EQDYN and SILD are specified. Otherwise, SILD may be purged. 

6. ETT may be purged if no thermal loading exists, or there are no requests for 

stresses or forces. 

7. EDT may be purged if there are no element requests for forces or stresses, or if 

there are no enforced element deformations in the problem. 

8. BGPDT may be purged if all displacement (global) coordinate systems are in the 

basic coordinate system and if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, 

or forces exist. However, PUG will not be computed. 

9. LAMA or CLAMA may not be purged if an eigenvalue or frequency response 

problem exists. 

10. EQEXIN and XYCDB may be purged. 

135

1351 

SDR3 

Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format 

SDR3 

Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

None. 

Remark: 

Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) 

format 

SDR3 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6/ 

OFP1X,OFP2X,OFP3X,OFP4X,OFP5X,OFP6X $ 

OFPi Output table in SORT1 (or SORT2) format. 

OFPiX Output table in SORT2 (or SORT1) format. 

The SORT1 format created by modules like SDR2 is sorted accordingly: 

element type 

subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc. 

element identification number 

But the SORT1 format which has been reordered from SORT2 inputs by SDR3 is 

sorted accordingly: 

subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc. 

element type 

element identification number

SDRCOMP Calculates laminar stresses 

SDRCOMP 

Calculates laminar stresses 

Calculates laminar stresses, or strains, and failure indices in composite elements. 

Format: 

SDRCOMP CASECC,MPT,EPT,ETT,EST,OES1A,OEF1A,DIT,BGPDT,PCOMPT/ 

OES1C,OEFIT,OEF1AA/ 

STRNFLG/DESOPT/LOADFAC $ 







OES1A Table of element strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite 

elements only. 

OEF1A Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements 

only. 






OES1C Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format 

OEFIT Table of composite element failure indices 

OEF1AA Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite 

elements only. 

Parameters: 

LSTRN Input-integer-default=0. Laminar strain flag. 

0 Compute laminar stresses 

1 Compute laminar strains 

135

1353 

SDRCOMP 

Calculates laminar stresses 

DESOPT Input-integer-default=0. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, 

then the non-composite element forces are extracted form OEF1A and 

copied to OEF1AA. 

LOADFACR Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. 

Remarks: 

1. ETT may be purged. However temperature effects will not be included. 

2. OEF1AA may be purged if DESOPT=0. 

3. LOADFACR is only required for including its value in the header record of 

OES1C for nonlinear static analysis. This is necessary for proper processing by the 

DBC module.

SDRHT 

SDRHT 

Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements 

Combines the heat flow for the CHBDYi elements with the heat flux for other 

elements. 

Format: 



Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other 

elements 

SDRHT UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,RDEST,RECM,DLT, 

OEFNL1,MPT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,USET,CASECC/ 

HOEF1/ 

TABS/SIGMA/NORADMAT $ 

UG Temperature matrix in g-set. 

OEF1 Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format. 







OEFNL1 Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format. 







HOEF1 Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi 

elements. 

135

1355 

SDRHT 

Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements 

Parameters: 






NORADMAT Input-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag. 

-2 No radiation 

-1 Initial radiation (default) 




Remarks: 

1. For linear steady state heat transfer, OEF1 is also specified for OEFNL1 and 

RDEST, RECM, and DLT may be purged. 

SDRHT UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,,,, 

OEF1,MPTS,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,USET,CASECC/ 

HOEF1/TABS/SIGMA/-1 $ 

2. In transient heat transfer UG also contains the enthalpy.

SDRNL 

Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements 

SDRNL Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements 

Performs the stress data recovery for nonlinear elements. 

Format: 

SDRNL CASECC,ESTNL,ELDATA,UNUSED4,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7, 

CSTM,UGNI,BGPDT/ 

OESNL1,OESNLB1,UNUSED3/ 

NLTYPE/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/NSKIP/LINC/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/ 

UNUSED8 $ 














OESNLB1 Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format. 


135

1357 

SDRNL 

Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements 

Parameters: 

NLTYPE Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type. 

0 Statics 

1 Transient response 



NSKIP Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC. 

LINC Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase 

UNUSED6 Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused. 

UNUSED7 Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused. 

UNUSED8 Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.

SDRP Computes data for p-elements 

SDRP 

Computes data for p-elements 

Computes displacements, element forces, element stresses, and element strains of 

p-elements at the view-grid points and merges with corresponding output for 

h-elements. 

Format: 

SDRP CASECC,EST,VIEWTB,UG,OUG1, 

OES1,OSTR1,OEF1,DEQATN,DEQIND, 

DIT,MPT,MPT,CSTM,ETT,OINT, 

PELSET,BGPDT,BGPDT,OL,GPSNT,ERROR1, 

RSQUERY// 

OUG1VU,OES1VU,OEE1VU,OEF1VU,STATDATA, 

RSLTSTAT,RSLTDATA,GLBTAB,GLBRSP / 

ADPTEXIT/ALTSHAPE/APP/SDRPOPT/PVALID/ 

DESCYCLE/ADPTINDX/ODESMAX/OADPMAX/SEID $ 






UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient 

analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration. 


OES1 Table of element stresses in SORT1 format. 









OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. 

135

1359 

SDRP 








loop. 

RSQUERY Table of results state query. 


OUG1VU Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. 

OES1VU Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements. 

OSTR1VU Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements. 

OEF1VU Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements. 

STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1. 

RSTLSTAT Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2. 

RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3. 

GLBTAB Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1. 

GLBRSP Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1. 

Parameters: 

ADPTEXIT Input-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity 

loop. 


analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 





'FREQ' Frequency response 

'TRANSNT' Transient response 

'CEIGEN' Complex eigenvalues

SDRP 


SDRPOPT Input-character-no default. Principal stress/strain computation 

selection: 

Remarks: 

'SDRP' Compute in SDRP 

'OFP' Compute in OFP 

PVALID Input-integer-no default. p-value set identification number. 

DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter. 

ADPTINDX Input-integer-no default. p-version analysis adaptivity index. 

ODESMAX Input-integer-no default. Total number of design cycles performed. 

OADPMAX Input-integer-no default. Total number of adaptivity cycles 

performed. 


1. If disk space is critical then SDRPOPT may set to 'OFP' to delay computation of 

principal stresses and strains to the OFP module. 

2. The scope of SDRP processing depends on the value system cell 297: 

0 Traditional NASTRAN data recovery 

1,2,3 On-the-fly data recovery 

-1 Global Response (i.e. find min/max values of certain data recovery 

quantities) 

136

1361 

SDRX 

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results 

SDRX Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results 

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to 

CBARAO and PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station 

output. Applicable to static and normal modes analysis only. 

Format: 

SDRX CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,BGPDT, 

OSTR1/ 

OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/ 

S,N,NOXOUT $ 















OEF1X Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. 

OES1X Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads 

and intermediate station output. 

OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for 

1-D elements.

Parameter: 

NOXOUT Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag. 

Example: 

0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated 

-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated 

Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR: 

SDRX 


SDRX CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/ 

OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $ 

EQUIVX OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $ 

EQUIVX OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $ 

EQUIVX OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $ 

136

1363 

SDRXD 


SDRXD Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results 

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to 

CBARAO and PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station 

output. Applies to transient and frequency response analysis only. 

Format: 

SDRXD CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT, 

UG,DLT,OL,BGPDT,OSTR1/ 

OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/ 

S,N,NOXOUT/APP/COUPMASS $ 















output list. 




OEF1X Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. 

OES1X Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads 

and intermediate station output.

SDRXD 


OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for 1- 

D elements. 

Parameters: 

NOXOUT Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag. 

Example: 

0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated 

-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated 





-1 Lumped 

0 Coupled 

SDRX CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS, 

DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/ 

OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $ 

EQUIVX OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $ 

EQUIVX OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $ 

EQUIVX OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $ 

136

1365 

SDSA 

Partitions design model to superelements 

SDSA Partitions design model to superelements 

Partitions the design model (i.e., the design optimization Bulk Data entries) to 


Format: 

SDSA EDOM,EPTS,EQEXINS,SEMAP,MPTS/ 

EDOMS/ 

SEID/PEID/S,N,OBJSID/DESOBJ/S,N,DESVAR/ 

S,N,DRESP/S,N,TWGTFL/S,N,TVOLFL $ 



optimization. 

EPTS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the 

superelement specified by SEID. 

EQEXINS Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar 

identification numbers for the superelement specified by SEID. 


MPTS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the 



EDOMS Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and 

optimization for the superelement specified by SEID. 

Parameters: 


PEID Input-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number. 

OBJSID Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number 

associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies 

the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase. 

DESOBJ Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set 


DESVAR Output-integer-default=0. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag 

for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable 

perturbations.

SDSA 

Partitions design model to superelements 

DRESP Output-integer-default=0. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for 

superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design responses. 

TWGTFL Output-integer-default=0. Total weight flag. 

TVOLFL Output-integer-default=0. Total volume flag. 

Remark: 

SDSA is intended to be executed in a superelement DMAP loop driven by SEP2DR. 

See subDMAP DESINIT for an example. 

136

1367 

SDSB 

Generates superelement processing list 

SDSB Generates superelement processing list 

Generates the superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response 

sensitivity calculations. 

Format: 

SDSB SLIST,EDOM*,CASECC,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/ 

DSLIST/ 

S,N,DMRESD/S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $ 



SLIST Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and 

reduction. 

EDOM* Family of EDOM tables for all superelements. 




DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response 


Parameters: 

DMRESD Output-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the 

design model is limited to the residual structure. 

NOSEDV Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the 

SEDV Case Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not 

requested for any superelement. 

NOSERESP Output-integer-default=0. Response sensitivity calculation flag based 

on the SERESP Case Control command. Set to -1 if response 

sensitivities are not requested for any superelement. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP DESINIT: 

DBVIEW EDOMF=EDOMS WHERE (wildcard) $ 

IF ( NOT(RSONLY) AND NOEDOM>0 

) SDSB SLIST,EDOMF,CASEXX,,/DSLIST/S,N,DMRESD/ 

S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $

SDSC 

SDSC 

Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix 

Prints the correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

Format: 



None. 

Parameters: 

Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient 

matrix 

SDSC DSCMCOL// 

OBJSID/DESOBJ/UNUSED3/EIGNFREQ $ 

DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. 

OBJSID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number 

associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies 

the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase. 

DESOBJ Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set 






136

1369 

SECONVRT 


SECONVRT Modifies Bulk Data entry records 

Modifies those Bulk Data entry records which define coordinate systems, orientation 

vectors, and load vectors by grid point identification number; e.g., CORD1j to 

CORD2j, FORCEi to FORCE, MOMENTi to MOMENT, replace GO on CBAR, 

CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP with X1, X2, X3. 

Format: 

SECONVRT BGPDT,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3/ 

GEOM1N,GEOM2N,GEOM3N $ 




GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity 

and scalar points. 


loads. 


GEOM1N Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j 

records 

GEOM2N Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR, 

CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records. 

GEOM3N Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi records converted 

to FORCE and MOMENT records. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remark: 

1. System cell 350 controls execution of the SECONVRT module. 

-1 no converson 

0 convert and echo all converted entries in the f06 

>0 convert and echo the first n converted entries in the f06 where n is the 

value of system cell 350

SEDR Partitions tables for superelements 

SEDR 

Partitions tables for superelements 

Partitions the solution matrix, Case Control and Plot Control tables for each 

superelement. 

Format: 

SEDR SEMAP,CASECC,PCDB,DRLIST,XYCDB,SLT,ETT, 

MAPS*,UGD,BGPDTD,GDNTAB/ 

UA,CASEDR,PCDBDR,XYCDBDR/ 

APP/SEID/S,N,NOUP/S,N,NOSORT1/S,N,NOUG/ 

S,N,NOOUT/S,N,NOPLOT/S,N,NOXYPLOT/QUALNAM/NCUL $ 





DRLIST Superelement processing list for data recovery. 




MAPS* Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary 

coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and 

release transformation matrix). 

UGD Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement. 




UA Solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement 


CASEDR Table of Case Control command images for the superelement 


PCDBDR Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the 

superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). 

XYCDBDR Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification 

number equal to output value of SEID). 

137

1371 

SEDR 

Partitions tables for superelements 

Parameters: 



≠'STATICS' Not statics 


NOUP Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if 

there are no superelements connected upstream from the current 

superelement. 

NOSORT1 Output-integer-default=0. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format 

is not requested for current superelement. 

NOUG Output-integer-default=0. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already 

exists for the current superelement. 

NOOUT Output-integer-default=0. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output 

requests are specified for the current superelement. 

NOPLOT Output-integer-default=0. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed 

plot requests are specified for the current superelement. 

NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=0. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot 

requests are specified for the current superelement. 

QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in 

selecting MAPS. 

NCUL Input-integer-no default. Number of columns desired in the solution 

matrix for the residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML 

module.

SEDRDR Drives superelement data recovery loop 

Drives superelement data recovery loop. 

Format: 



None. 

Parameters: 

SEDRDR 

Drives superelement data recovery loop 

SEDRDR DRLIST,SEMAP// 

S,N,LASTSE/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR/ 

NOSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/ 

SEDRCNTL/NOPGHD $ 



LASTSE Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the 

current superelement is the last to process. 

SEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number 

and initialization flag. 

On input: 

-1 Initialization 

-2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321 

>0 Previous superelement identification number 

On output: 

>0 Current superelement identification number 

PEID Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification 

number. 

SEDWN Output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification 

number. 

NODR Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there 

is no data recovery requested for any superelement. 

NOSE Input-integer-default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there 

are no superelements. 

137

1373 

SEDRDR 


SETYPE Output-character-default=' '. Superelement type as specified on 

the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. 

Remark: 

SEDRDR processes each superelement, specified in DRLIST, in the order of data 

recovery; i.e., downstream to upstream or residual structure to tip superelements. 

Example: 





'PRIMARY' Primary 

RSEID Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification 

number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. 

SCNDRY Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) 

superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER 

Bulk Data entry with PEID>0. 

EXTRN Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if 

superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with 

PEID=0. 

SEDRCNTL Input-character-default=' '. Processing list selection. 

' ' All superelements will be processed (default). 

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will 

be processed. 

NOPGHD Input-integer-default=0. Page header superelement label print 

control. 

0 Print page header and UIM 7321. 

-1 Do not print page header and UIM 7321. 

-2 Same as -1 and do not print .f04 label. 

-3 Same as -2 and do not print superelement label in 

SUBTITLE line of page header. 

Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the residual structure 

and ending with the tips.

SEDRDR 


PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $ 

LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE 

DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ 

IF ( NOSE

1375 

SELA 

Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements 

SELA Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements 

Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements into the current 

superelement. 

Format: 

SELA PJ,SLIST,SEMAP,BGPDTS,PA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/ 

PG/ 

SEID/QUALNAM/S,N,LDSEQ/S,N,NOPG/PRTUIM $ 


PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and 

applied to its interior points only. 


reduction. 



PA* Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set) of 

all upstream superelements. 






PG Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement including 

loads from upstream superelements. 

Parameters: 



selecting MAPS and PA. 

LDSEQ Input/output-integer-default=0. PG column number. On input, last 

column number of PG on previous SELA execution. On output, last 

column number of PG on current execution.

SELA 

Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements 

NOPG Output-integer-default=0. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if 

there are no loads due to upstream superelements. 

PRTUIM Input-logical-default=TRUE. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA 

module. 

Remark: 

PJ may be purged. 

Example: 

DBVIEW PAUP = PA WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $ 

DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $ 

SELA PJ,SLIST,EMAP,BGPDTS,PAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/ 

PG/ 

SEID/'SEID'/0/S,N,NOPG $ 

EQUIVX PJ/PG/NOPG $ 

137

1377 

SEMA 

Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements 

SEMA Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements 

Assembles square symmetric matrices (e.g., stiffness, mass, damping) from upstream 

superelements into the current superelement. 

Format: 

SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,XJJ,XAA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/ 

XGG/ 

SEID/LUSETS/QUALNAM/UPFM $ 




reduction. 


XJJ Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to 

its interior points only. 

XAA* Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream 







XGG Square matrix in g-set including contributions from upstream 


Parameters: 


LUSETS Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the 

g-set of the current superelement. 


selecting MAPS and PA. 

UPFM Input-integer-default=0. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 

4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary 

matrices.

Remark: 

XJJ may be purged. 

Example: 

SEMA 

Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements 

Assemble stiffness matrix KGG and exit if there are missing upstream stiffness 

matrices. 

DBVIEW KAAUP = KAA WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=* and WILDCARD) $ 

DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=*) $ 

SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,KJJ,KAAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/ 

KGG/ 

SEID/LUSETS/'SEID'/-1 $ 

IF ( NOGO=-1 ) EXIT $ 

137

1379 

SEP1 

Constructs superelement map table 

SEP1 Constructs superelement map table 

Constructs the superelement map table. 

Format: 

SEP1 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,CASECC,SETREE/ 

SEMAP/ 

S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/LST2REC/AUTOSEEL $ 












SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data 

entry 



Parameters: 

NOSE Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there 


CONFAC Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance 

for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate 

systems. 

LST2REC Input-integer-default=TRUE. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE 

to write last two records. 

AUTOSEEL Input-character-default=NO. If AUTOSEEL=YES, activate auto-SEELT 

capabiltity.

SEP1 


Remarks: 

1. SEP1 is the initial superelement processor. It builds the superelement map table 

which defines the relationships between grid points and superelements. The map 

includes the superelement type (primary, secondary, mirror image, etc.), the 

exterior grid points, the structural and rigid elements, and for certain secondary 

superelements, sequencing information. 

2. SEP1 only supports superelements defined by the SESET Bulk Data entry, 

CSUPER Bulk Data entry or on the SEID field on the GRID Bulk Data entry; i.e., 

grid-list superelements. SEP1X is a more recently developed module intended for 

superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections; i.e., partitioned 


138

1381 

SEP1X 


SEP1X Constructs superelement map table 

Constructs the superelement map table and "corrects" the grid point locations at 

RSSCON element connections. 

Format: 

SEP1X SELIST,GEOM1*,GEOM2*,GEOM4*,SETREE,SGPDTS*,BNDFIL/ 

SEMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/ 

S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/QUALNAM/QUALVAL/S,N,RSFLAG/ 

NQSET/EXTNAME/SEP1XOVR/NQMAX/SEBULK/TOLRSC $ 


SELIST Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in 

separate Bulk Data sections. 

GEOM1* Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in 






SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data 

entry 

SGPDTS* Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs. 

BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given 

by extreme for domain decomposition. 



SGPDT Global superelement basic grid point definition table including 

RSSCON grid point location corrections. 

SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

Parameters: 

SEP1X 


NOSE Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if 

there are no superelements. Set to number of superelements if 

superelements exist. 

CONFAC Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance 

for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate 

systems. 


selecting GEOM1, GEOM2, GEOM4, and SGPDT. 

QUALVAL Input-integer-default=-1. QUALNAM value assigned to the main Bulk 

Data section. 

RSFLAG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Main Bulk Data superelement 

presence flag. Set to TRUE if superelements are defined in the main 

Bulk Data section. 

NQSET Input-integer-default=0. Number of automatic q-set degrees-offreedom 

(auto-q-set). Each superelement will have NQSET number of 

q-set degrees-of-freedom. 

EXTNAME Input-character-default='XEID'. Name of the qualifier used to identify 

External Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry. 

SEP1XOVR Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing. 

Bit(s) Value(s) Description 

1-3 1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection. 

4 8 Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar Linkages 

via internal SECONCT entries. 

5 16 Print RSSCON old/new locations. 

6 32 Print Boundary Search Sequence. 

7 64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output. 

8 128 Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when 

other sets present in the Residual. 

NQMAX Input-integer-default=3000. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed 

per partitioned superelement. See NQSET. 

138

1383 

SEP1X 


SEBULK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. 

Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER 

is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. If TRUE 

then superelement processing is to be performed. Otherwise, only the 

RSSCON element corrections are performed. 

TOLRSC Input-real-default=1.0E-4. RSSCON element alignment tolerance 

factor. 

Examples: 

1. Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0: 

DBVIEW GEOM1F=GEOM1QS WHERE ( PEID0 ) $ 

DBVIEW GEOM2F=GEOM2S WHERE ( PEID0 ) $ 

DBVIEW GEOM4F=GEOM4QS WHERE ( PEID0 ) $ 

DBVIEW SGPDTF=SGPDTS WHERE ( PEID0 ) $ 

SEP1X SELIST,GEOM1F,GEOM2F,GEOM4F,SETREE,SGPDTF/ 

EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/ 

S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'PEID'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/SEP1XOVR// 

SEBULK/TOLRSC $ 

2. Perform RSSCON correction only. Excerpt from subDMAP SOL1: 

SEP1X ,,GEOM1q,GEOM2,GEOM4,,/ 

EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/ 

S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/' '//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/// 

false/TOLRSC $

SEP2 Partitions tables for each superelement 

Partitions tables for each superelement. 

Format: 

SEP2 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT, 

SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,DYNAMIC,GPSNT/ 

GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS, 

MAPS,UNUSED8,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,GPSNTS/ 

SEID/METHCMRS 




SEP2 










reduction. 


CASES Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement. 



GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current 

superelement. 

GEOM2S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and 

scalar points for the current superelement. 

GEOM3S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads 

for the current superelement. 

138

1385 

SEP2 


GEOM4S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom 

membership and rigid element connectivity for the current 

superelement. 





MAPS Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary 

superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary 

resequencing and releases. 



DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current 

superelement. 

GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement. 

Parameters: 


METHCMRS Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set 

identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value 

specified in CASES.

SEP2CT 

Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement 

SEP2CT Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement 

Partitions the Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement. 

Format: 

SEP2CT SLIST,CASECC,PCDB,UNUSED4,XYCDB/ 

CASES,PCDBS,XYCDBS/ 

APP/SEID $ 



reduction. 






CASES Table of Case Control command images for the current superelement 


PCDBS Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the 

current superelement (identification number equal to output value of 

SEID). 

XYCDBS Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement 


Parameters: 



≠'STATICS' Not statics 


138

1387 

SEP2DR 

Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop 

SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop 

Drives the superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop. Also drives the 

pseudo-load generation loop. 

Format: 

⎧ SLIST ⎫ 

SEP2DR ⎨ ⎬,SEMAP/ 

⎩DSLIST ⎭ 



None. 

Parameters: 

S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LASTSE/S,N,NOMAT/ 

S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/S,N,SCNDRY/ 

S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/SEP2CNTL/S,N,NOPSLG/NOPGHD/ 

S,N,PARTSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/NSENQSET $ 



reduction. 

DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response 


SEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number 

and initialization flag. 

On input: 

-1 Initialization 

-2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321 

>0 Previous superelement identification number 

On output: 

>0 Current superelement identification number 

PEID Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification 

number. 

SEDWN Output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification 

number.

SEP2DR 


LASTSE Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the 

current superelement is the last to process. 

NOMAT Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix 

generation is requested for the current superelement based on the 

SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands. 

NOASM Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix 

assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement 

based on the SEKR or SEALL Case Control commands. 

NOLOAD Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load 

generation is requested for the current superelement based on the 

SELG or SEALL Case Control commands. 

NOLASM Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load 

assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement 

based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands. 

NOUP Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if 

there are no superelements connected upstream from the current 

superelement. 

SCNDRY Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) 

superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER 

Bulk Data entry with PEID>0. 

EXTRN Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if 

superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0. 

NOMR Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if 

no mass and damping assembly and reduction is requested for the 

current superelement based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control 

commands. 

SEP2CNTL Input-character-default='SLIST'. Processing list selection. 

'ALL' All superelements will be processed. 

'PSLGDV' Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control 

commands. 

'DSLIST' Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control 

commands. 

'SLIST' Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, 

SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands. 

138

1389 

SEP2DR 


'SEDWN' All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream 

superelement. 

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will 

be processed. 

NOPSLG Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no 

load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the 

SEDV or SERESP Case Control commands. 

NOPGHD Input-integer-default=0. Page header and eject flag. 

0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04. 

-1 Do not print page header in f06. 

-2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04 

PARTSE Output-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to 

TRUE if the current superelement is a partitioned superelement. 

SETYPE Output-character-default=' '. Superelement type as specified on the 

SEBULK Bulk Data entry. 





'PRIMARY Primary 

' 

RSEID Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification 

number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. 

NSENQSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom 

allocated to the current superelement. 

Remarks: 

1. SEP2DR processes each superelement, specified in SLIST or DSLIST, in the order 

of matrix generation; i.e., upstream to downstream or tip superelements to the 

residual structure. 

2. If SEP2CNTL='PSLGDV' or 'DSLIST' then DSLIST must be specified as the first 

input; otherwise, 'SLIST' is specified.

Example: 

SEP2DR 


Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the tips and ending 

with the residual structure. 

PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $ 

LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE 

DO WHILE ( LPFLG-1 ) $ 

IF ( NOSE

1391 

SEP2X 


SEP2X Partitions tables for each superelement 

Partitions tables for each superelement. 

Format: 

SEP2X GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,SLIST,SEMAP,CASES, 

DYNAMIC,UNUSED11,SGPDT,SCSTM,MATPOOL/ 

GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS, 

MAPS,SGPDTS,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,MATPOOLS,UNUSED12/ 

SEID/METHCMRS $ 











reduction. 


CASES Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement. 






transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.


SEP2X 


GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current 

superelement. 

GEOM2S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and 

scalar points for the current superelement. 

GEOM3S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for 

the current superelement. 

GEOM4S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom 

membership and rigid element connectivity for the current 

superelement. 





MAPS Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary 

superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary 

resequencing and releases. 

SGPDTS Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current 

superelement. 


DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current 

superelement. 

MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement. 


Parameters: 


METHCMRS Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set identification 

(SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES. 

139

1393 

SEP3 

Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing 

SEP3 Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing 

Examines Case Control and determines which superelements are to be processed for 

generation, assembly, and reduction of stiffness, mass, and damping, and load 

matrices. 

Format: 

SEP3 CASECC,EMAP/ 

SLIST/ 

S,N,NOSECOM/S,N,SEID/NOSE/S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/ 

S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOMR/UNUSED9 $ 





SLIST Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and 

reduction. 

Parameters: 

NOSECOM Output-integer-default=0. Superelement Case Control command flag. 

Set to -1 if there are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR 

commands specified in CASECC. 

SEID Output-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements, 

then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR; otherwise 0. 

NOSE Input-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there 


NOMAT Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. If there are no 

superelements, NOMAT is set to -1 if no SEMG and no SEALL Case 

Control commands are specified. 

NOASM Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. If there are no 

superelements, then NOASM is set to -1 if no SEKR and no SEALL Case 

Control commands are specified. 

NOLOAD Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. If there are no 

superelements, then NOLOAD is set to -1 if no SELG and no SEALL 

Case Control commands are specified.

SEP3 

Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing 

NOLASM Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. If there are no 

superelements, then NOLASM is set to -1 if no SELR and no SEALL 

Case Control commands are specified. 

NOMR Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. If there 

are no superelements, then NOMR is set to -1 if no SEMR and no 

SEALL Case Control commands are specified. 


Remark: 

If there are no superelements, then SLIST is not created and may be purged. 

139

1395 

SEP4 

Examines table and data base information for superelement processing 

SEP4 Examines table and data base information for superelement processing 

Examines the Case Control and Plot Control tables, queries the data base for existing 

solution matrices, and determines which superelements are to be processed for data 

recovery. 

Format: 

SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UG*,PUG*,QG*/ 

DRLIST/ 

UNUSED1/QUALNAM/S,N,NODR/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOSEPLOT/ 

SEP4CNTL $ 






UG* Family of displacement matrices in g-set for all superelements 


superelements 

QG* Family of single-point constraint forces of constraint matrices in the 

g-set for all superelements 



Parameters: 

UNUSED1 Input-character-no default. Specify ' '. 


selecting UG, PUG, and QG. 

NODR Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there 

is no data recovery requested for any superelement. 

SEID Input-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements, 

then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEDRDR; otherwise 0. 

NOSEPLOT Output-integer-default=0. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to 

-1 if there are no SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the 

OUTPUT(PLOT) section.

SEP4 

Examines table and data base information for superelement processing 

SEP4CNTL Output-integer-default=' '. Processing list selection. 

Example: 


≠'ALL' Only superelements specified on the SEDR Case Control 

command 

DBVIEW UGF =UG WHERE (WILDCARD) $ 

DBVIEW PUGF=PUG WHERE (WILDCARD) $ 

DBVIEW QGF =QG WHERE (WILDCARD) $ 

SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UGF,PUGF,QGF/ 

DRLIST/ 

' '//S,N,NODRALL/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOUPL $ 

139

1397 

SEPLOT 

Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements 

SEPLOT Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements 

Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements based on the SEPLOT and 

SEUPPLOT commands. 

Format: 

SEPLOT PCDB,SEMAP,SCSTM,BGPDT*,ECT*,PUG*/ 

BGPDTX,PUGX,PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET/ 

QUALNAM/QUALNAMP/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT $ 




SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned 


BGPDT* Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements. 

ECT* Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements. 


superelements 


BGPDTX BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or 

SEUPPLOT command 

PUGX PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or 

SEUPPLOT command 

PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the 

definition of element plot sets. 

PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control. 


ELSET Table of element plot set connections. 

Parameters: 


selecting BGPDT and ECT. 

QUALNAMP Input-character-default='PEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in 

selecting PUG.

SEPLOT 

Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements 

PLTCNT Input/output-integer-no default. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) 

command counter. 

Example: 

On input: 


On output: 

>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command 

NGP Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points 

in the BGPDTX. 

JPLOT Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if 

there are none. 

Excerpt from subDMAP SUPER3: 

DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ 

DBVIEW ECTF=ECTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ 

DO WHILE ( PLTCNT>-1 ) $ 

SEPLOT PCDB,EMAP,scstm,BGPDTF,ECTF,PUGF/ 

BGPDTX,PUGX,PLTXY,PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY/ 

'PEID'/'SEID'/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $ 

PRTMSG PLTXY//PDRMSG $ 

IF ( JPLOT>=0 ) THEN $ 

PLOT PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY,CASECC,BGPDTX, 

PUGX,PUGX,gpect,oes1x/ 

PLOTY2/NSILS/0/JPLOT/-1/S,N,PFILE $ 

PRTMSG PLOTY2//PDRMSG $ 

ENDIF $ JPLOT>=0 

ENDDO $ PLTCNT>-1 

139

1399 

SEPR1 

Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data sections 

SEPR1 Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data sections 

Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data sections. 

Format: 

SEPR1 BULK*/ 

SELIST/ 

QUALNAM/S,N,SEFLAG $ 


BULK* Family of partitioned superelement Bulk Data sections 


SELIST List of partitioned superelement identification numbers. 

Parameters: 


selecting BULK. 

SEFLAG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if partitioned 

superelements are present. 

Example: 

Excerpt from subDMAP IFPL: 

DBVIEW IBULKSF = IBULK WHERE (SEID>0 AND PEID=*) $ 

SEPR1 IBULKSF/SELIST//S,N,SELIST $

SEQP Resequencing processor 

SEQP 

Resequencing processor 

Generates SEQGP entries or a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices for 

efficient matrix decomposition. 

Format 1: Geometry Table input 

SEQP GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,MATPOOL,DYNAMIC,CASECC/ 

GEOM1Q,TIMSIZ,GEQMAP,BNDFIL,SPCPART,LGPART,GEOM2X, 

GEOM4X/ 

SEQOUT/SEQMETH//SUPER/FACTOR/ 

MPCFLG/START/MSGLVL/PEXIST/PSEQOPT/S,N,NTIPS/APP/ 

S,N,ZCOLLCT/S,N,TIPSCOL/ACMS/S,N,FLUIDSE $ 

Format 2: Matrix input 

SEPQ MAT,GPL,USET,SIL/SEQMAP,,,,,/SEQOUT/METHOD/SETNAME $ 





GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, 

degree-of-freedom membership, and rigid element connectivity. 



transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Required 

for DMIG and virtual mass partitioning with domain solver 

ACMS='YES'. 

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Grid points on 

DPHASE, DELAY, TIC, and DAREA records will be assigned to the 

residual structure if ACMS='YES'. 

CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Required for MFLUID set 


MAT Matrix. Must be square and symmetric. 




140

1401 

SEQP 



GEOM1Q Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been 

added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed. 


GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on 

which processors/partitions for domain decomposition. 

BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given 

by extreme for domain decomposition. 

SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. 

SEQMAP Mapping matrix for resequencing. 

LGPART Same as SPCPART except it includes disjoint grid points. 

GEOM2X GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if ACMS='YES'. 

GEOM4X GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because all 

RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only one mset 

grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1 records for 

ACMS='YES'. 

Parameters: 

SEQOUT Input-integer-default=0. Output options: 

0 No output. 

1 Print a formatted table of the internal vs. external grid identification 

number. 

2 Write the SEQGP entries to the punch file (.pch) 

3 Combines 1 and 2. 

SEQMETH Input/output-integer-default=3. Resequencing method: 

-1 No resequencing is performed. 

1 active/passive 

2 band 

3 For the active/passive and the band options select the option 

giving the lowest RMS value of the active columns for each group 

of grid points. (default) 

4 Wavefront (Levy)

5 Gibbs-King. See Remark 4. 

6 Automatic nested dissection. See Remark 4. 

SEQP 


7 Multiple Minimum Degree of Freedom. See Remarks 3 and 4. 

8 Semiautomatic selection. See Remark 5. 

On output METHOD is set to -1 if new sequence results in a lower 

decomposition time estimate. Otherwise it is set to 0. 

SETNAME Input-character-default='G'. Degree-of-freedom set name 

corresponding to the size of MAT (Format 2 only). 

SUPER Input-integer-default=0. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or 

special handling of multipoint constraints. 

FACTOR Input-integer-default=0. Factor in the computation of the sequenced 

identification number (SEQID) on the SEQGP. See Remark 7. 

MPCFLG Input-integer-default=0. Controls whether the grid point connectivity 

created by multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, 

and MPCAX and the rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered 

during resequencing. 

-1 Do not consider. 

0 Consider (default). 

>0 Consider only the MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX entries with a set 

identification number equal to this parameter's value as well as the 

of the rigid element entries. 

START Input-integer-default=0. The number of the grid points at the beginning 

of the input sequence. See Remark 8. 

MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Diagnostic output flag. 

0 No 

>0 Yes 

PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. If set to TRUE then it specifies the 

existence of p-elements. 

PSEQOPT Input-character-default=' '. Specifies append (default) or insert option 

for p-elements. See Remark 9. 

140

1403 

SEQP 


NTIPS Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of domains (tip 

superelements to be created automatically when ACMS='YES'. If 

NTIPS=0, then the number of domains will be set equal to the number 

of processors. 

APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values: 

STATICS Statics 

REIGEN Normal modes 

FREQRESP Frequency response 

TRANRESP Transient response 

CEIGEN Complex eigenvalues 

ZCOLLCT Input/output-integer-default=-1. The absolute value is the number 

of collectors in the last level of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If 

ZCOLLCT0 and may 

be purged if SEQOUT=0. 

3. SEQMETH=7 is recommended for sparse decomposition and sparse forwardbackward 

substitution only. The assembly of stiffness, mass, and damping 

matrices by the EMA module may be less efficient under this option. Also, if there 

is insufficient memory available to perform sparse decomposition, then regular 

decomposition will be performed and regular decomposition is inefficient under 

this option. 

4. SEQMETH=5, 6, or 7, resequencing will be performed even if the CPU estimate is 

higher than for no resequencing.

SEQP 


5. For SEQMETH=8, the estimates will be computed for two sequencing methods 

that are suitable for the decomposition method selected by the PARALLEL and 

SPARSE keywords on the NASTRAN statement and select the sequencing 

method with the lowest estimate. The following table shows the suitable methods 

for each decomposition method. 

6. Description of SUPER: 

• If PARAM,SUPER=0, all grid points from the connection table that are not 

part of the group currently being processed are deleted. This option provides 

for sequencing only the interior points of a superelement. If any 

superelements are present, the residual structure is not resequenced. If all of 

the grid points are in the residual structure, they are resequenced. 

• If PARAM,SUPER=0 or 1, all grid points in the connection table are 

considered. This option provides for the recognition of passive columns. 

• If PARAM,SUPER=2, then all points that are connected to multipoint 

constraints (via MPC entries) or rigid elements (e.g., the RBAR entry) are 

placed in a special group at the end of the sequence. This option also forces 

SEQMETH=6 and may not be selected with other values of SEQMETH. This 

option is intended primarily for models that have many active columns due 

to MPCs or rigid elements; e.g., a model with disjoint structures connected 

only by MPCs or rigid elements. See “Matrix Decomposition” in Chapter 3 

of the NX Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for a further discussion of 

sequencing operations. 

7. FACTOR is used as follows: 

Decomposition Method Suitable 

SEQMETH 

non-sparse and non-parallel 1 and 4 

parallel 2 and 5 

sparse 6 and 7 

SEQID = FACTOR * GRP + SEQ 

where SEQ generated sequence number and GRP group sequence number. 

If GRP=0, use GRP(MAX)+1 where GRP(MAX) is the largest group sequence 

number previously processed. 

140

1405 

SEQP 


8. START specifies the input sequence will be the sorted order of the grid point 

numbers including the effect of any SEQGP entries input by the user. A single 

SEQGP entry can be input to select the starting point for the new sequence. 

Otherwise, the first point of lowest connectivity will be used as the starting point 

9. PSEQOPT has the following values and actions: 

Example: 

• PSEQOPT='APPEND'. The list of all p-element grids at the bottom after all 

the regular grids. APPEND is intended for p-element analysis with p-version 

preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH = 5, 6 or 7. 

• PSEQOPT='INSERT'. Insert the p-element grids in appropriate locations 

immediately after the regular grid point to which they are associated which 

is the default in p-element analysis. INSERT is intended for p-element 

analysis without p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH = -1, 1, 2, 3 or 4. 

The following example will generate a mapping matrix (SEQMAP) to resequence the 

matrix KAA. The following SMPYAD module will resequence the rows and columns 

of KAA. Following the decomposition of the resequenced matrix (KAAX), the 

MPYAD will resequence the right-hand side (PA) and FBS will perform the 

forward/backward substitution on the resequenced right-hand side (PAX). The final 

MPYAD operation will return the solution (UAX) to the original sequence (UA). 

SEQP KAA,,,/SEQMAP,//METHOD $ 

SMPYAD SEQMAP,KAA,SEQMAP,,,/KAAX/3////1////6 $ 

DECOMP KAAX/LAA,/ $ 

MPYAD SEQMAP,PA,/PAX/1 $ 

FBS LAA,, PAX/UAX/ $ 

MPYAD SEQMAP,UAX,/UA/ $

SHPCAS 

Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes 

SHPCAS Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes 

Appends the primary model's case control based on auxiliary or geometric model 

loads (boundary shapes) and construct a vector for partitioning the primary model's 

solution matrices that correspond to the boundary shapes. 

Format: 

SHPCAS CASECC,YGBNDR/ 

CASECC1,CVEC $ 


CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the primary model. 

YGBNDR Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric 

models. 


CASECC1 Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to 

account for the boundary shapes. 

CVEC Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from 

boundary shape induced solutions 

Parameters: 

None. 

140

1407 

SMA3 

Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry 

SMA3 

Assembles the global stiffness based on general elements as defined on the GENEL 

Bulk Data entry and optionally adding to stiffness from regular elements. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

Remark: 

KGG may be purged. 

Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk 

Data entry 

SMA3 GEI,KGG/ 

KGG1/ 

LUSET/NOGENL/NOSIMP $ 

GEI Table of general element data 

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements. 

KGG1 Matrix. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [X] 

is the maximum of the types of [A], [B], α, and β. The size of [X] is the 

size of [A] if [A] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [B]. 


g-set. 

NOGENL Input-integer-no default. The number of general elements. 

NOSIMP Input-integer-no default. The number of simple elements. Set to -1 if 

there are no elements.

SMPYAD Matrix series multiply and add 

Multiplies a series of matrices together: 

Format: 

[X] = ± [A] [B] [C] [D] [E] ± [F] 

SMPYAD A,B,C,D,E,F/ 

X/ 

NMAT/SIGNP/SIGNF/PREC/TA/TB/TC/TD/FORM 


A, B, C, D, E Matrices multiplied from left to right. (Real or complex). 

F Matrix to be added to the above product. (Real or complex). 


X Resultant matrix. 

Parameters: 

SMPYAD 

Matrix series multiply and add 

NMAT Integer-input-no default. Number of matrices involved in the product; 

i.e., [A][B][C][D][E]. 

SIGNP Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the product matrix (i.e., [A] [B] [C] [D] 

[E]): -1 for minus. 

SIGNF Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the matrix. [F], to be added to the 

product matrix: -1 for minus. 

PREC Integer-input-default=0. Output precision of the final result: 0 for 

choose proper precision, 1 for single precision, 2 for double precision. 

TA, TB, TC, 

TD 

Integer-input-default=0. Transpose indicators for the [A] [B] [C] and 

[D] matrices: 1 if transposed matrix to be used in the product, 0 if 

untransposed. The last nonpurged matrix must be untransposed. 

FORM Integer-input-default=0. Form of the X matrix. If FORM is zero, the 

form of [X] will be 1 if the result is square, 2 otherwise. If [X] is known 

to be symmetric from physical principles, FORM may be set to 6. 

Remarks: 

1. Except for the final product, all intermediate matrix products are compute in 

machine precision. 

140

1409 

SMPYAD 

Matrix series multiply and add 

2. The matrices are postmultiplied together from right to left; i.e., the first product 

calculated is the product of matrix n-1 and matrix n. This implies that all purged 

inputs must be to the right. If the transpose flag is set for the last unpurged matrix, 

it is ignored without warning. 

3. If the input matrices are incommensurate (for example, if the number of columns 

in A is not equal to the number of rows in B) or incompatible, then the User Fatal 

Message 5423 “ATTEMPT TO MULTIPLY INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is 

issued. 

4. The method used by this module is the same as for the MPYAD module except in 

case of a triple product, where [B] and [F] are symmetric and [A] = [C] and TA = 1; 

i.e., [X] = [A] T [B][A] ± [F], then a method that is more efficient than two equivalent 

MPYAD operations will be employed. See Example 3. However, two equivalent 

MPYAD operations will be selected automatically if two MPYADS are more 

efficient. (Two MPYADs can be forced by setting system cell 129 to 1, with 

PUTSYS(1,129) specified just before the SMPYAD module.) 

5. If any of the matrices involved in the product do not exist, then the module does 

not create any output. 

Examples: 

1. Compute [X] = [A] [B] T [C] - [F] 

SMPYAD A,B,C,,,F/X/3/1/-1/0/0/1 $ 

2. Compute [Z] = -[U] T [V] T [W] T [X] T [Y] 

SMPYAD U,V,W,X,Y,/Z/5/-1/0/0/1/1/1/1 $ 

3. Compute 

[ φ] 

T [ M] 

[ φ] 

SMPYAD PHI,MAA,PHI, ,,/X/3////1////6 $

SOLVE Linear system solver 

SOLVE 

Linear system solver 

Solves the matrix equation [A] [X] = ± [B] or the left-hand solution [X] T [A] = ± [B] T . 

Format: 

SOLVE A,B,SIL,USET,PARTVEC/ 

X/ 

SYM/SIGN/SETNAME $ 


A Square, symmetric or unsymmetric, matrix (real or complex). 

B Rectangular matrix (real or complex). 


USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table 

PARTVEC Partitioning vector which is specified when A and B are the zero-th 

partitions of the set specified by SETNAME. 


X Rectangular matrix. See Remark 1. 

Parameters: 

SYM Input integer default = 0 selects solution method. 

0 Use either symmetric or unsymmetric method consistent with 

symmetric or unsymmetric [A]. 

1 Use symmetric method. 

-1 Use unsymmetric method. 

2 Solve left-hand solution for [X] T . 

3 Compute inverse of [A]. See Remark 2. 

SIGN Input integer default = 1. Sign of right-hand side flag. 

1 Solve [A] [X] = [B]. 

-1 Solve [A] [X] = [-B]. 

SETNAME Input-character-default = ‘H.’ Degree-of-freedom set name 

corresponding to A and B. 

141

1411 

SOLVE 

Linear system solver 

Remarks: 

1. [X] is a rectangular matrix with the same dimensions as [B] and the maximum 

type of [A] and [B]. 

2. If SYM = 3, then [B] is ignored. 

If SYM≠ 3 and [B] is purged, then [X] will be purged; or if [B] is a null matrix, then 

[X] will be a null matrix. 

3. By default, the SOLVE module uses sparse matrix methods. See Remark 1 under 

the DECOMP module description. 

4. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the 

NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel 

processing, also specify “NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2 SPARSE = 0”. 

5. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for 

the most efficient method of decomposition. PVEC is only required if A is not the 

same size as SETNAME. 

Examples: 

1. Solve a system of equations [A] [X] = [P] 

SOLVE A,P,,,/X/ $ 

2. Invert [A] 

SOLVE A,,,,/AINV/3 $ 

3. Solve [X] T [A] = [P] T 

SOLVE A,P,,,/X/2 $

SOLVIT Iterative solver 

SOLVIT 

Iterative solver 

Solves the matrix equation [A] [X] = ± [B] for [X] using a preconditioned conjugate 

gradient method. 

Format for global non-p-version solution: 

SOLVIT A,B,XS,PC,USET,KGG,GM,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,EQMAP/ 

X,R,PC1,EPSSE/ 

SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/ 

NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $ 

Format for global p-version solution: 

SOLVIT A,B,XS,PS,USET,USET0,SIL0,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC, 

EQMAP/ 

X,R,PG,EPSSE/ 

SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/ 

NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $ 


A Square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric). 

B Rectangular matrix (real or complex), the right-hand side. 

XS Optional starting vector, same type as B (may be purged). 

PC Optional stepwise preconditioner, same type as A (may be purged). 

USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table. See Remark 3. 

KGG Stiffness matrix - g-set. See Remark 3. 

GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix. See Remark 3. 

USET0 USET table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis. 


SIL0 SIL table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis. 


identification numbers. Required for p-version preconditioning only. 



iterative solver. 

141

1413 

SOLVIT 


CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Required if SMETHOD Case 

Control command is used and NSIP=-1. 




X Solution matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and 

type as [B]. 

R Residual matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and 

type as [B], the residual [R] = [B] - [A][X]. 

PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. See Remark 6. 


Parameters: 

SIGN Input-integer-default = 0. Sign flag for [B]. 

0 : + [B] 

1 : - [B] 

ITSOPT Input-integer-default = 0. Preconditioner flag. See “Option Selection” 

on page 99 of the NX Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide. 

0 Choose optimal method based on type of problem: 

ITSOPT Type of problem 

6 p-version and real [A] and [B] 

10 complex [A] and/or [B] 

11 non p-version and real [A] and [B] 

1 Jacobi preconditioning (default) for real, complex, symmetric and 

unsymmetric A. 

2 Incomplete Cholesky preconditioning or user-given 

preconditioner. 

3 Reduced incomplete Cholesky preconditioning. preconditioner 

(available for real symmetric A only). 

4 User supplied for real, complex, symmetric A. 

5 Incomplete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A. 

6 Complete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A. 

7 Complete geometric, incomplete hierarchic for real symmetric A.

SOLVIT 


10 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned real symmetric A 

(default for real A). 

11 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned complex 

symmetric A (default for complex A). 

1415 

SOLVIT 


ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=0. P-version analysis adaptivity index. See 

Remark 7. 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in 

CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER 

Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration 

parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values 

are taken from the module specification of the values. 

MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Message level output. See “Option Selection” 

on page 99 of the NX Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide. 

0 minimal; i.e., UIM 6447 (default). 

1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms 

PREFONLY Input-integer-default=0. Preface execution only. If set to -1 then 

SOLVIT is terminated after the preface information is computed 

and printed. 

ITSERR Output-integer-default=0. Iterative solver return code. 

1 no convergence 

2 insufficent memory 


Remarks: 

1. If ITSOPT = 3, the IPAD level is recommended to be 0, 1, or 2 (IEXT = 0) and 

should be increased when IEXT is increased. 

2. The amount of memory needed for ITSOPT = 3, 10, and 11 increases with the 

increase of the parameters IPAD and IEXT. 

3. For ITSOPT = 1 or 2, the input data blocks USET, KGG, and GM may be purged. 

For ITSOPT = 3, USET must be specified. KGG and GM are necessary only if 

IEXT = 2. 

4. If the message “ *** USER FATAL MESSAGE 6288 (SITDRV): UNABLE TO 

CONVERGE WITH ITERATIVE METHOD” is issued, then results will still be 

printed but may be inaccurate.

SOLVIT 


5. The system cell SYSTEM (69) is equivalent to the SOLVE keyword and controls 

some special options for the module: 

SOLVE Action 

2 Suppresses the user information message at each iteration. 

8 Use alternative convergence criterion (less conservative 

than default). 

6. If data block PC1 is specified, the CPU time will increase slightly. 

7. If SOLVIT is to be used for p-element analysis and ADPTINDX>1, then XS and 

PC must be the solution matrix and pre-conditioner from the previous adaptivity 

p-level. Also, the USET and SIL from the previous p-level are specified for U and 

KGG and the USET and SIL from the current p-level are specified for GM and SIL. 

8. For frequency response analysis with ITSOPT=10 or 11 (block incomplete 

Cholesky), IEXT=0 is not available and IEXT=1 is used automatically. 

Examples: 

1. Solve [A][X]=[B] with Jacobi pre-conditioning with convergence established at 

1.E-4 and maximum allowed iterations at 55 specified for the module parameters. 

SOLVIT A,B,,,,,,,,,/X,,//1/1.E-4////-1 $ 

2. Same as 1 except parameters are obtained from the SMETHOD command and 

ITER entry. 

SOLVIT A,B,,,,,,,,EDT,CASECC/X,, $ 

3. Same as 2 except for p-version analysis. 

DBVIEW SIL0 = SILS (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ 

DBVIEW UL0 = UL (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ 

DBVIEW USET0 = USET (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ 

DBVIEW PRECON0 = PRECON (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ 

SOLVIT KLL,PLI,UL0,PRECON0,USET,USET0,SIL0,SILS, 

EQEXINS,EDT,CASES/ 

UL,RUL,PRECON///////ADPTINDX/NSKIP $ 

141

1417 

SOLVIT 


Format for element based solution: 

SOLVIT KELM,PG,KDICT,SIL,ECT,BGPDT,CSTM,EDT,CASECC,USETB,RG,MPT, 

YGB,SLT,MDICT,MELM,EPT/UGV1,QG1,/V,Y,ISIGN/V,Y,IOPT/ 

S,N,ITSEPS/V,Y,ITSMAX/V,Y,IPAD/V,Y,IEXT//NSKIP/V,Y,IMSGFL/ 

V,Y,IDEBUG/V,Y,IERROR $ 


KELM Element stiffness matrix. 

PG Load vector in g set. 

KDICT Element stiffness dictionary. 



BGPDT Basic grid point data table. 

CSTM Coordinate system transformation matrix. 

EDT Element data table. 

CASECC Case control command images. 

USETB Degree-of-freedom set membership table. 

RG Constraint matrix in g set. 

MPT Material property table. 

YGB Specified non-zero displacements in g set. 

SLT Static load table. 

MDICT Mass dictionary. 

MELM Element mass matrix. 



UGV1 Displacements - g set. 

QG1 SPC forces - g set. 

Parameters: 

ITSEPS Input-real-default = 1.0E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon. 

ITSMAX Input-integer-default = 1000. Maximum number of iterations. 

ITSERR Output-integer-default = 0. Iterative solver return code.

SSG1 Computes static load matrix 

SSG1 

Computes static load matrix 

Computes the static load matrix based on static loads, thermal loads, and enforced 

deformation loads or heat transfer loads. Also the generates acceleration matrix due 

to inertial loads for design sensitivity analysis. 

Format: 

SSG1 SLT,BGPDT,CSTM,MEDGE,EST,MPT,ETT,EDT,MGG,CASECC, 

DIT,UG,DEQATN,DEQIND,GPSNT,CSTM0,SCSTM,GEOM4 

EPT,PCOMPT/ 


⎧PG ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬,PTELEM,SLTH/ 

⎩AG ⎭ 

LUSET/NSKIP/DSENS/APP/ALTSHAPE/TABS/SEID $ 











MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-set. 







141

1419 

SSG1 


CSTM0 Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual 

structure. 



membership and rigid element connectivity. Required for 

selected SPCD existence checks. 






AG Acceleration matrix due to inertial loads in the g-set. See DSENS. 



Parameters: 


g-set 

SKIP Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding 

to the first subcase of the current boundary condition. 

DSENS Input-integer-default=-1. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to 

generate AG, accelerations due to inertial loads. 


'STATICS' Generate loads for current boundary condition only 

'BUCK' Generate loads for first subcase only 

'NLST' Generate loads for nonlinear static or steady state heat 

transfer analysis 

'ALL' Generate loads for all subcases 



the Full Product Space set.

SSG1 




Fahrenheit. 


Remarks: 

1. One static load is built for each CASECC record starting with NSKIP + 1 as long 

as the boundary conditions are constant. IF NSKIP ≤ 0, it is set to zero. 

2. In SLTH the heat transfer loads REFERENCING ELEMENTS (QVOL, QBDY1, 

QBDY2, QBDY3 and QVECT Bulk Data entries) have been converted to applied 

load factors and connected grid points. 

3. SLT and BGPDT cannot be purged if external static loads or LOAD Bulk Data 

entries are selected in CASECC. 

4. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point or load references a coordinate system 

other than basic. 

5. EST and MPT cannot be purged if thermal or element deformation loads are 

selected. 

6. ETT cannot be purged if thermal loads are applied. 

7. EDT cannot be purged if element deformation loads are selected. 

8. MGG cannot be purged if GRAV or RFORCE loads are applied. 

9. DIT cannot be purged if temperature-dependent materials are present. 

10. UG may be purged, but geometric nonlinear effects will be ignored. 

11. PTELEM may be purged. 

12. CSTM0 and SCSTM are required to support the MB=-1 on the GRAV and 

RFORCE Bulk Data entries. 

142

1421 

SSG2 

Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices 

SSG2 Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices 

Reduces the static load and enforced displacement matrices. 

Format: 

SSG2 USET,GM,YS,KFS,GOA,DM,PG/ 

QR,PO,PS,PA,PL $ 











PO Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set. 

PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. 

PA Static load matrix reduced to the a-set. 

PL Static load matrix reduced to the l-set. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

1. GM cannot be purged if the m-set is present. 

2. DM cannot be purged if the r-set and l-set are present. 

3. PO cannot be purged if the o-set is present. 

4. PS cannot be purged if the s-set is present. 

5. QR and PL may be purged. 

6. If there is no m-set, s-set, o-set, or r-set. then no outputs are produced

SSG2 

Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices 

7. If QR or PS are computed to be null then QR or PS will be purged. 

8. If there is no r-set and PL is specified then PA will be copied to PL. 

9. If KFS or YS is purged then the outputs will not include the effect of enforced 

displacements. 

142

1423 

SSG3 

Computes static solutions 

SSG3 Computes static solutions 

Computes the static solutions. 

Format: 

SSG3 LLL,UNUSED2,KLL,PL,LOO,UNUSED6,KOO,PO,LSEQ/ 

UL,UO,RUL,RUO,EPSSE/ 

NOOSET/UNUSED2/NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/S,N,EXTWORK/SEID $ 




KLL Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set. 


LOO Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO. 


KOO Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF. 


LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL in DCMP. 


UL Displacement matrix in l-set. 

UO Displacement matrix in o-set. 

RUL Residual matrix for the l-set 

RUO Residual matrix for the o-set 


Parameters: 

NOOSET Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set 

or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. 

UNUSED2 Input-integer-no default. Not used but specify 0. 

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC 


EPSI Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the 

error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.

EXTWORK Output-real-default=0.0. External work. 


Remarks: 

1. KLL may be purged if RUL is purged. 

2. LOO, PO and UO may be purged if NOOSET

1425 

SSG4 

Updates static loads with inertial loads 

SSG4 Updates static loads with inertial loads 

Updates the static loads with inertial loads. 

Format: 

SSG4 PL,QR,PO,MR,MLR,DM,MLL,MOO,MOA,GOA,USET/ 

PLI,POI/ 

NOOSET $ 





MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set) 




MOO Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF. 

MOA Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF. 




PLI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set. 

POI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set. 

Parameter: 

NOOSET Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or 

omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. 

Remarks: 

1. SSG4 computes rigid body accelerations based on the reactions on the fictitious 

supports. The inertia loads on the structure are proportional to these 


2. All input and output matrices must be present if their corresponding degree-offreedom 

set is present. If PLI is purged, then PL, MLR, and MLL may be purged.

STATICS 

Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix 

STATICS Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix 

Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix using the iterative or direct 

methods for the solution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint 

processing. Also designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory 

parallelism (DMP) or networked computers. 

Format: 

STATICS KGG,PG,YS,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,PC,XS,EDT/ 

UG,PC1,RUG,QG,QMG/ 

STATOPT/SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSMAX/ITSEPSR/ 

NSKIP/NOSPC/NOQMG/EPSNUM $ 




YS Matrix of enforced displacements. 







XS Optional starting vector, same as PG. 

PC Optional stepwise preconditioner, same as KGG. 

EDT Table which contains ITER Bulk Data entries. Required for NSKIP=-1 

only. 



PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. 

RUG Residual matrix for the g-set 



142

1427 

STATICS 


Parameters: 

STATOPT Input-character-no default. Static solution method. 

'DRCT' Direct 

'ITER' Iterative 

SIGN Input-integer-default=1. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG. 

1 Positive 

-1 Negative 

ITSOPT Input-integer-default=1. Preconditioner flag. See the “SOLVIT” on 

page 1412 module. 



ITSEPSR Input-real-default=1.E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative 


NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in 

CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER 

Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration 

parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC and EDT are not required and 

the values are taken ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR. 

NOQG Input-integer-default=1. Single-point forces of constraint matrix 

creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 

to request no computation. 

NOQMG Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation 



EPSNO Input-integer-default=-1. Number of solutions to check and the 

quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the 

highest epsilon for the first ten solutions (whichever is less) are printed. 

If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are 

printed.

STATICS 


Remarks: 

1. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1412 module for further discussion related to the 

iterative method. 

2. PC, XS, PC1, and RUG may be purged. 

3. CASECC and EDT may be purged if NSKIP=-1. 

4. ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR are ignored if NSKIP>0. 

142

1429 

STDCON 

Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points 

STDCON Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points 

Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points. 

Format: 

STDCON CASECC,EGPSF,EQEXIN,OES1,EGPSTR,ECT/ 

OEDS1,OGDS1,ELDCT,GPDCT/ 

S,N,NOEDS1/S,N,NOGDS1/S,N,NOELDCT/S,N,NOGDCT/APP $ 



EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors. 





EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC 

module. 



OEDS1 Table of element stress discontinuities. 

OGDS1 Table of grid point stress discontinuities. 

ELDCT Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC 

module. 

GPDCT Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC 

module. 

Parameters: 

NOEDS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is 

generated. 

NOGDS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 

is generated. 

NOELDCT Output-integer-default=-1. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT 

is generated.

STDCON 

Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points 

NOGPDCT Output-integer-default=-1. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT 

is generated. 

APP Input-character-default='STATICS. Analysis type. Allowable values: 



143

1431 

STRSORT 

Filters and sorts element data recovery tables 

STRSORT Filters and sorts element data recovery tables 

Filters and sorts element data recovery tables (e.g., stresses, strains, and forces). 

Format: 

STRSORT OFPE,INDTA/ 

OFPES/ 

NUMOUT/BIGER/SRTOPT/SRTELTYP/SRTTYP $ 


OFPE Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format. 

INDTA Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides 


OFPES Filtered and sorted element data recovery table 

Parameters: 

NUMOUT Input-integer-default=-1. Output element quantity flag. 

>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output 

0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of 

one or more elements is greater than BIGER. 

-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER. 

-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER 

BIGER Input-real-default=0.0. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to 

be output. 

SRTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and 

BIGER. 

0 Maximum magnitude 

1 Minimum magnitude 

2 Maximum algebraic 

3 Minimum algebraic 

SRTELTYP Input-integer-default=0. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By 

default, all element types will be filtered and sorted. 

SRTTYP Input-integer-default=0. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an 

integer sort on item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.

STRSORT 

Filters and sorts element data recovery tables 

Remarks: 

1. For further discussion see the DTI,INDTA and PARAM,S1 descriptions in the NX 

Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 

2. SRTTYP=1 is used primarily to sort slideline element output by slave grid point 


143

1433 

TA1 

Combines element data into tables 

TA1 Combines element data into tables 

Combines all of the element data (geometry, connection, and properties) into a table(s) 

convenient for generation of the element matrices (stiffness, mass, etc.) and output 

quantities (stress, force, etc.). 

Format: 

TA1 MPT,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,SIL,ETT,CSTM,DIT,ECTA,EHT/ 

EST,ESTNL,GEI,GPECT,ESTL,VGFD,DITID,NFDICT/ 

LUSET/S,N,NOESTL/S,N,NOSIMP/NOSUP/S,N,NOGENL/SEID/ 

LGDISP/NLAYERS/S,N,FREQDEP $ 















GEI Table of general element data. 


ESTL Linear element summary table. 

VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom 

connected to frequency-dependent elements. 


NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table

Parameters: 

Remarks: 

1. MPT, ESTL, and ESTNL may be purged if NOSUP=1. 

TA1 

Combines element data into tables 


g-set. 

NOESTL Output-integer-no default. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL 

is generated; -1 otherwise. 

NOSIMP Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of 

general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements. 

NOSUP Input-integer-no default. Element summary table request flag. 

2. ECTA and EHT may be purged if p-elements or interface elements are not 

present. 

3. GEI, ESTL, ESTNL, and DITID may be purged as long as EST is purged. 

4. VGFD may be purged. 

1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis) 

2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis) 

NOGENL Output-integer-no default. The number of general elements. 

Set to -1 if there are no general elements. 


LGDISP Input-integer-default=1. Large displacement and follower force flag. 

-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 



NLAYERS Input-integer-default=6. Number of layers to integrate through the 

thickness of CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis. 

FREQDEP Output-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set 

to TRUE if frequency-dependent elements are present. 

5. DITID may be purged as long as DIT is purged. 

143

1435 

TABEDIT 

Performs editing operations on table data blocks 

TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks 

Edits an existing table data block according to user-input directives. String-formatted 

records are generally not acceptable. Three types of editing operations are possible: 

1. Delete, add, or replace entire records. New records come from the IFP module or 

from user input. 

2. Delete, add, or replace word strings to a specified record. New data come from 

user input. 

3. Merge-edit two records of fixed-length word groups such as would be generated 

by IFP. 

Format: 

TABEDIT TOLD,CONTROL,TA,TB,TC/TNEW/ 

MSGLVL/DUPWG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4 $ 


TOLD Table data block to be edited. May not be purged, and in general, 

contain string-formatted records. 

CONTROL Table data block containing directives that control the editing process 

as described under Remarks (it will usually come from DTI input). If 

CONTROL is purged, TNEW will be copied from TOLD. 

TA,TB,TC Secondary tables to be merged into TOLD. May be purged. 


TNEW Updated table data block from the edit process. May not be purged. 

Parameters: 

MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Print activity option. 

0 No print activity will occur. 

DUPWG Input-integer-default=0. Duplicate word group option and applicable 

only to the Merge-Edit option. 

=0 Duplicate word groups will be dropped from TOLD. 

=1 Duplicate word groups will be added after TOLD version.



TABEDIT 


Remarks: 

1. The input data block CONTROL contains the directives that control the activity 

of the editing process. One record of CONTROL contains one directive of the 

form 

dir (,parameters) 

where “dir” is one of the directive codes from the table below and “parameters” 

represents the parametric values that vary with the directive. 

TABEDIT Directives 

Directive Remarks 

ER End Record-Edit processing by copying rest of 

TOLD to TNEW. This directive is optional. 

QR, i Quit Record-Edit processing by copying rest of 

TOLD onto TNEW through record i and exiting. 

DR, i or DR ,i ,j Delete Record i (or records i through j) from TOLD 

after copying up to record i. 

IR, i Insert Records from TOLD after copying up to 

record i. 

CR, i, options Correct Record i (after copying up to record i) by 

deleting, adding or replacing word groups 

according to the options as described in Remark 2. 

KRA,n 

KRB,n 

KRC,n 

SRA,n 

SRB,n 

SRC,n 

MEA,i,n 

MEB,i,n 

MEC,i,n 

Kopy n Records from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW. 

Skip n Records forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to 

position secondary data block TA, TB, or TC for a 

subsequent KR* operation. 

Merge-Edit the next record on TA, TB, or TC into 

record i according to IFP specifications for 

fixed-length word groups of length n. 

INT Interrogate TOLD for number of records and 

number of words in each record. Also print the first 

three words of each record. 

143

1437 

TABEDIT 


2. The CR directive requires at least one subdirective from the table below: 

CR Subdirectives 

Sub-Directive Remarks 

QW, i Quit after copying Word i. Record specified by CR 

directive is copied through word i and the rest of the 

record is ignored. 

DW, i, j, n, 

n words 

IW, i, n, 

n words 

KWA,n 

KWB,n 

KWC,n 

SWA,n 

SWB,n 

SWC,n 

AWA,n 

AWB,n 

AWC,n 

KRA,n 

KRB,n 

KRC,n 

ARA 

ARB 

ARC 

Delete Words i through j of the record specified by the 

CR directive and replace by the n words that follows 

on the CR directive record. 

Insert after Word i of the record specified by the CR 

directive the n words that follow on the CR directive 

record. 

Kopy n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW. 

skip n words forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to 

position secondary data block TA, TB or TC for a 

subsequent KW* operation. 

Append n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after 

copying the rest of the record specified by the CR 

directive. 

Kopy the Remaining contents of the current record 

from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW. 

Append the Remaining contents of the current record 

from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest 

of the record specified by the CR directive. 

3. TABEDIT copies the name of the input data block to the output data block. Since 

the name is part of record 0, it can also be changed by TABEDIT commands.

TABLE GEOM1 

Examples: 

TABEDIT 


Let GEOM1 generated by a previous run have a third record consisting of the five 

GRID entries. 

GRID,10,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0,3456,0 

GRID,20,0,1.0,1.0,0.0,0,3456,0 

GRID,30,0,2.0,2.5,0.0,0,3456,0 

GRID,40,0,3.0,3.0,0.0,0,3456,0 

GRID,50,0,4.0,4.0,0.0,0,3456,0 

A printout of GEOM1 using the TABPRT module (with OPT3=1) will show the 

following for record 1: 

RECORD NO. 0 HEADER 

NAME NAME 

1) GEOM 1 

END OF 2 WORD RECORD. 

RECORD NO. 1 GRID 

H1 H2 H3 ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS 

1) 4501 45 1120001 10 0 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 

SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID 

11) 0 20 0 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 30 

CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP X1 

21) 0 2.00000E+00 2.50000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 40 0 3.00000E+00 

X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3 

31) 3.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 50 0 4.00000E+00 4.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 

CD PS SEID 

41) 0 3456 0 

END OF 43 WORD RECORD. 

RECORD NO. 2 

END OF FILE 

TRAILER WORD1 = 0 WORD2 = 0 WORD3 = 8 WORD4 = 0 WORD5 = 0 WORD6 = 

1. Note that the GRID entry for grid point 30 has an error in the y-location 

coordinate, which should be 2.0 instead of 2.5. Make this correction without going 

through the conventional XSORT-IFP process by using TABEDIT. Assume 

GEOM1 was saved on a user tape on the previous run as GEOM1C. 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CONTROL,,,,,,,,, $ 

INPUTT2 /GEOM1C,,,,/-1 $ 

TABEDIT GEOM1C,CONTROL,,,/GEOM1X $ 

EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $ 

END$ 

CEND 

BEGIN BULK 

DTI,CONTROL,1,CR,1,DW,23,23,1 

,2.0 

DTI,CONTROL,2,ER,ENDREC 

ENDDATA 

143

1439 

TABEDIT 


2. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was saved on a previous run, by using 

record substitution. 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $ 

TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $ 


END $ 

CEND 

BEGIN BULK 

DTI,CON,1,DR,1,ENDREC 

DTI,CON,2,KRA,1,ENDREC 

(all GRID entries, including the correction) 

ENDDATA 

3. Repeat Example 2 by using word substitution. 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $ 

TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $ 


END $ 

CEND 

BEGIN BULK 

DTI,CON,1,CR,1,DW,20,26,0 

,SWA,3,KWA,7 

GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0,3456,0 

ENDDATA 

4. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was written onto a user file during the 

previous run, by using the merge-edit feature. 

DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/C,,,,,,,,, $ 

INPUTT2 GEOM1OLD,,,,/-1 $ 

TABEDIT GEOM1OLD,C,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $ 


END $ 

CEND 

BEGIN BULK 

DTI,C,1,MEA,1,8,ENDREC 

GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0.0,0,3456,0 

ENDDATA

TABPRT Formatted table printer 

Formatted print of selected table data blocks. 

Format 1: 

TABPRT TABLE//KEY/OPT1//OPT3 $ 

Format 2: (KEY=’USET’) 

g-set 

TABPRT USET,BGPDT//USET/OPT1/OPT2// 

SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $ 

TABPRT USET,EQEXIN,SIL//USET/OPT1/OPT2// 


p-set 

TABPRT USETD,EQDYN,SILD//USET/OPT1/OPT2/ 


ks-set 

TABPRT AEUSET,AEBGPDT//USET/OPT1/OPT2/ 


Format 3: (KEY=’SEMAP’) 

TABPRT SEMAP,ESTDATA,TIMSIZ,SGPDT// 

’SEMAP’/OPT1/OPT2 $ 


TABLE Table data block 







TABPRT 

Formatted table printer 


point identification numbers. 

144

1441 

TABPRT 


SILD Scalar index list for p-set. 

AEUSET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for ks-set. 

AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the ks-set. 

ESTDATA Table of superelement estimation data overrides. 



Parameters: 

KEY Input-character-default=‘FINDIT’. Identifies the generic name of the 

data block. 

OPTi Input-integer-default=0. Print control parameters. 

Format 1: 

OPT1 Input-integer-integer-default=0. 

OPT1=0 No blank lines between entries. 

OPT≠0 One blank line between each entry. 

Input-integer-default=0. Set selection flag for the row sort (OPT1=0 

or 10). 

-1 All sets in the following table. 

0 Mutually exclusive sets only; i.e., sets M, SB, SG, O, Q, R, C, BE, 

BF, E, SA, K, and A. 

>0 Obsolete method for selecting mutually exclusive sets only 

according to the sum of their decimal equivalent numbers in the 

following table. For supersets and a more user-friendly method 

use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets to be printed, add 

the corresponding decimal equivalent numbers. For example, 

sets R, O, and M, OPT2=8+4+1=13. 

Set 

Name 

Q 4194304 

BE 2097152 

C 1048576 

K 262144 

Equivalent 

Decimal 

Number

There are two table print options controlled by OPT3. 

If OPT3=0 (default); 

SA 131072 

E 2048 

SB 1024 

SG 512 

R 8 

O 4 

BF 2 

M 1 

TABPRT TABLE//KEY/OPT1 $ 

TABPRT 


SETSTRi Input-character-default=' '. Set name string for the row sort 

(OPT1 = 0 or 10). SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of 

set name(s) and is 32 characters in length. For example, 

SETSTR1='M R N SG' and SETSTR2='A Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, 

and q sets be printed. 

then format statements built into TABPRT are used to print TABLE, as selected by 

KEY. These formats are limited to only those values of KEY listed in the table below. 

TABLE KEY TABLE KEY TABLE KEY 

BGPDT BDPDT ETT ETT GPTT GPTT 

CSTM CSTM GPDT GPDT SEMAP SEMAP 

EQDYN EQEXIN GPL GPL any FINDIT 

EQEXIN EQEXIN GPLD GPLD USET USET 

144

1443 

TABPRT 


If OPT3≠ 0; 

TABPRT TABLE//NDDLNAME/OPT1//OPT3 $ 

then the printout is identical to the TABPT module printout with the addition on 

NDDL item name labels appearing above each value. NDDLNAME must be any data 

block name listed on the DATABLK statement in the NDDL sequence. If 

NDDLNAME is not found in the NDDL sequence, then the printout will contain no 

item name labels. 

OPT3 Input-integer-default=0. If OPT3≠0, then the table is printed in a format 

similar to the TABPT module with the following options: 

1 Print with labels defined under the DATABLK statement for 

data block name specified for parameter KEY. 

2 Same as OPT3=1 and any data with an undefined format will 

be printed as "???". 

3 Same as OPT3=2 except only print records with undefined 

formats. 

-1 Print without labels.

Format 2: (KEY=’USET’): 

OPT1 Input-integer-default=0. 

Controls the tabular printout of the degree of freedom sets. 

Sequence Print USETPRT 

None None(default) -1 

Row sort only 0 

Internal Column sort only 1 

Row and column sort 2 

Row sort only 10 

External Column sort only 11 

Row and column sort 12 

TABPRT 


The degrees of freedom can be listed in ascending order according to 

their internal or external sequence number, but not both. The external 

sequence number is the grid, scalar, or extra point identification 

number. The internal sequence number is the number assigned after 

resequencing. 

For a given sequence there are two types of tables that may be printed: 

row sort and column sort. For row sort, a table is printed for each set 

selected by USETSEL. Here is an example of row sort (USETPRT = 0 

or 10): 

U S E T D E F I N I T I O N T A B L E ( I N T E R N A L S E Q U E N C E , R O W S O R T ) 

A DISPLACEMENT SET 

-1- -2- -3- -4- -5- -6- -7- -8- -9- -10- 

1= 2-1 2-2 

For column sort, a single table is printed for the following sets: SB, SG, 

L, A, F, N, G, R, O, S, M, E. Here is an example of column sort 

(USETPRT = 1 or 11): 

144

1445 

TABPRT 


U S E T D E F I N I T I O N T A B L E ( I N T E R N A L S E Q U E N C E , C O L U M N S O R T ) 

EXT GP. DOF INT DOF INT GP. SB SG L A F N G R O S M E 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

1 - 1 1- 1 G 1 1 1 1 

- 2 2- 2 2 2 2 

- 3 3- 1 3 3 3 

- 4 4- 2 4 4 4 

- 5 5- 3 5 5 5 

- 6 6- 4 6 6 6

TABPRT 


OPT2 Input-integer-default = 0. Specifies the sets that will be printed in the 

row sort (OPT1 = 0 or 10). In order to select specific sets to be printed, 

you must sum their corresponding decimal equivalent numbers. For 

example, sets A, L, and R are selected with OPT2 = 128+256+8 = 392. 

OPT2 Sets printed 

-1 All sets in the following table. 

0 Mutually exclusive sets only; i.e., sets M, SB, SG, O, Q, R, C, 

B, E, SA, K, and A. 

>0 Selected sets according to the sum of their decimal 

equivalent numbers in the following table. 

Table 4-8 Set Names and Their Decimal Equivalents. 

Set name 

V 

FR 

T 

Q 

B 

C 

J 

K 

SA 

KS 

D 

FE 

NE 

Decimal 

Equivalent 

Number 

33554432 

16777216 

8388608 

4194304 

2097152 

1048576 

524288 

262144 

131072 

65536 

32768 

16384 

8192 

Set 

name 

P 

E 

SB 

SG 

L 

A 

F 

N 

G 

R 

O 

S 

M 

Decimal 

Equivalent 

Number 

4096 

2048 

1024 

512 

256 

128 

64 

32 

16 

8 

4 

2 

1 

144

1447 

TABPRT 


Format 3: 

OPT1 Input-integer-default = 0. 

If OPT2=0, 2, 3, or 5, OPT1 chooses a subset of record 2 for printing as 

follows: 

OPT1 Value Selection within Record 2 

0 All parts (GRID list and summaries of GRID list). 

1 Only GRID List. 

2 Only Summaries of GRID List. 

-g GRID List for Pattern Starting with Entry GRID ID 

= G (if any). 

10X+0 

10X+2 

Same as 0 or 2 but with Summary List. 

Selection based on X. 

X = 0, 1, 3, 5, or 7 - 1st Summary (sorted by 1st 

GRID). 

X = 0, 2, 3, 6, or 7 - 2nd Summary (sorted by count). 

X = 0, 4, 5, 6, or 7 - 3rd Summary (sorted by 

superelement). 

100+X List all point IDs for any unique connection list 

produced by X. 

200+X Same as 100+X except that additional pure interior 

points will not be listed. 

300+X Same as 200+X except that additional nonresidual 

points will not be listed. 

400+X Same as 100+X except that additional scalar points 

will not be listed. 


will not be listed. 


will not be listed.

If OPT2 = 4, OPT1 chooses CSUPER entry as follows: 

TABPRT 


OPT1 

Value 

Meaning 

>0 Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for superelement OPT1. 

≤ 0 Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for residual structure 

but give SEID = - OPT1. 

OPT2 Integer-default = 0. Print/punch selection as follows: 

OPT2 

Value 

Meaning of Selection 

-1 No output (1, 2 and a record for each superelement). 

0 Print contents of all records (1, 2 and a record for each 

superelement) of SEMAP except last two. 

1 Print only Record 1 contents. 

2 Print contents of Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0) and 2 

(see OPT1 for selection options within Record 2). 

3 Print contents of Records 1, 2 and a record for each 

superelement giving a list of internal points, a list of 

external points, a list of elements, and estimation data 

for the superelement. The third part of each 

superelement record (containing the lists of primary 

superelement points to which a secondary 

superelement is connected) is omitted. 

4 Punch CSUPER entries according to OPT1 (see 

Remarks). 

5 Print only Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0), 2 (see OPT1 

for selection options within Record 2), and estimation 

data for each superelement. 

144

1449 

TABPRT 


Remarks: 

1. If OPT2 = 4, then CSUPER entries are written on the punch file according to OPT1. 

Field 2 (SEID) is selected by OPT1. Field 3 will be 0. All other data fields contain 

the sorted list of grid points for either the selected superelement (OPT1 > 0) or the 

residual structure (OPT1 ≤ 0). Continuation mnemonics are generated in the form 

+xxxxyyy where xxxx is the left-adjusted SEID and yyy is a right-adjusted record 

count. Two examples are shown below. 

TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/1/4 $ 

TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $ 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

CSUPER 1 0 11 13 14 

CSUPER 100 0 1 3 4 11 13 14 

21 24 31 34 51 53 54 61 

64 71 74 230 330 630 730 

2. If OPT2 = 0,3 or 5 and TIMSIZ is supplied, then TABPRT will produce an 

estimation printout for each superelement except the residual structure. The 

equations used along with the semiempirical constants are printed as well as 

dominant CPU time estimates, space estimates, and wall clock estimates. The user 

is cautioned that these estimates will be valid only for “large” superelements and 

should be adjusted for anomalous characteristics. 

Estimate totals are also provided at the end of the SEMAP printout. If ESTDATA 

is also supplied, then the constants of the estimating equations are adjusted. This 

technique is described on the Bulk Data entry DTI,ESTDATA. 

3. Under Format 1, the generic data block name is used, but the actual DMAP name 

for the same or equivalent information is also acceptable. For example, in the 

superelement solution sequence data blocks BGPDTS, CSTMS, EQEXINS, and 

GPLS are created and may be printed with TABPRT. If ‘FINDIT’ (default) is 

specified, the KEY will be taken from the header of the data block.

Examples: 

1. Print coordinate system transformation matrix table. 

TABPRT CSTM//’CSTM’ $ 

2. Print grid point list table. 

TABPRT GPL//’GPL’ $ 

3. Print basic grid point definition table. 

TABPRT BGPDT// $ 

TABPRT 


4. Print GEOM3X table with labels taken from DATABLK statement in the NDDL. 

TABPRT GEOM3X//’GEOM3’///1 $ 

5. Print USET list for g-set and s-set in internal order using row sort. 

TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/0/18 $ 

6. Print USET for the mutually exclusive sets in internal order using column sort. 

TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/1 $ 

7. Print all SEMAP information except the grid list and secondary superelement 

boundary sequencing list. 

TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/2/3 $ 

8. Punch CSUPER entries for the residual structure with SEID field set to 100. 

TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $ 

9. Print only estimation data for all superelements. 

TABPRT EMAP,,TIMSIZ//’SEMAP’/-99999999/5 $ 

145

1451 

TABPT 

Table printer 

TABPT Table printer 

Prints table or matrix data blocks. 

Format: 

TABPT TAB1,TAB2,TAB3,TAB4,TAB5/ $ 


TABi Data block name. 

Remarks: 

1. Each input data block is treated as a table and its contents are printed on the 

system output file via a prescribed format. Each word of the table is identified by 

the module as to type (real, character, integer) and an appropriate format is used 

(10 items per line). 

2. The trailer data items for the table are also printed. 

3. A warning message is issued if all TABi do not exist. 

4. TABPT may be used to print matrices. 

5. TABPT may occasionally misidentify real numbers or character values. The 

TABPRT module with OPT3 ≠ 0 will properly identify real numbers and character 

values. 

6. The TABPRT module with OPT3 ≠ 0 will also print tables like TABPT with labels 

above each item. 

Examples: 

TABPT GEOM1/ $ 

TABPT GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4/ $

TAFF Creates tables for follower force stiffness 

Creates tables for follower force stiffness. 

Format: 

TAFF SLT,BGPDT/ 

ESTF,GPECTF/ 

LUSET/LOADID/LOADIDP/LOADFACR/NBLOCK $ 





ESTF Element summary table for follower force stiffness 

Parameters: 

TAFF 

Creates tables for follower force stiffness 

GPECTF Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness 


g-set. 

LOADID Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current 

subcase. 

LOADIDP Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the 

previous subcase. 

LOADFACR Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. 

NBLOCK Input-integer-default=10. Number of spill blocks to form if “out-ofmemory” 

algorithm is used. 

145

1453 

TAHT 

Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table 

TAHT 

Adds to the element summary table and the grid point element connection table 

appropriate records for loads with control nodes on QVOL, QVECT, and QBDY3 Bulk 

Data entries. 

Format: 

TAHT 



Parameters: 

Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection 

table 

⎧SLTH ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬,EPT,SIL,ESTNL,GPECT,DIT/ 

⎩DLTH ⎭ 

ESTNL1,GPECT1/ 

LUSET/S,N,NOSIMP/LSETID/RSTIME $ 


DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis. 






ESTNL1 Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis. 

GPECT1 Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis. 


g-set. 

NOSIMP Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of 

general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements. 

LOADID Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current 

subcase. 

STIME Input-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on 

output, accumulated time used for restarts.

Remark: 

TAHT 

Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table 

DIT may be purged if DLTH does not reference tables in DIT. 

145

1455 

TASNP1 

Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary 

TASNP1 Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary 

Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary. 

Format: 

TASNP1 BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS/ 

SNORMS $ 


BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for a superelement. 

GPECTS Grid point element connection table for a superelement. 

GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a 

superelement. 

CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a superelement. 


SNORMS Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary. 

Parameters: 

None. 

Remark: 

TASNP1 is intended to be executed for each superelement if partitioned 

superelements are present.

TASNP2 

Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries 

TASNP2 Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries 

Computes the grid point shell normal vectors and if superelements are present then 

process shell normals at superelement boundaries. 

Format: 

Format without or ignoring superelements: 

TASNP2 BGPDT,GPECT,GEOM1,CSTM,,,/ 

GPSNT/ 

SNORM/SNORMPRT/-1/' ' $ 

Format for superelement: 

TASNP2 BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/ 

GPSNTS/ 

SNORM/SNORMPRT/SEID/QUALNAM $ 



BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for a superelement. 


GPECTS Grid point element connection table for a superelement. 


GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a 

superelement. 


CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a superelement. 



SNORM* Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries. 



GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for a superelement. 

145

1457 

TASNP2 

Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries 

Parameters: 

SNORM Input-real-no default. Maximum angle between grid point normal 

and shell normal. If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal 

will be computed. 

SNORMPRT Input-integer-no default. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag. 

Remark: 

0No print or punch 

1Punch 

2Print only 


SEID Input-character-no default. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting 

SNORMS. 

QUALNAM Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number. 

If there are partitioned superelements present then TASNP1 needs to be executed for 

all superelements. Then in a separate superelement loop TASNP2 is executed for all 

superelements.

TIMETEST Provide timing data 

TIMETEST 

Provide timing data 

Provides timing data for various unit operations that may be used to compare and 

evaluate computer and compiler performance. 

Format: 

TIMETEST TIMTS,A,B,C/TOUT,/N/M/T/OPT/CASE $ 

Option 1: I/O timing 

TIMETEST ,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $ 

Option 2: Arithmetic timing 

TIMETEST ,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $ 

Option 3: Matrix timing 

TIMETEST TIMTS3,,,/T3OUT,/N/M/T/3 $ 

Option 4: Kernel timing 

TIMETEST TIMTS4,,,/T4OUT,/N/M/T/4 $ 

Option 5: MPYAD timing for CASE=1 

TIMETEST TIMTS5,,,/TOUT5,/N/5/1 $ 

MPYAD timing CASE=2 (new) 

TIMETEST TIMTS5,A,B,C/TOUT5,/N/M/T/5/2 $ 

Option 6: KERNBD generation 

TIMETEST T3OUT,T4OUT,T7OUT,T8OUT/TOUT6,/ / / 

/6/CASE $ 

Option 7: Sparse kernel timing 

TIMETEST TIMTS3,,,,/TOUT7,/N/M/ /7 $ 

Option 8: Element timing 

TIMETEST TIMTS8,,,/TOUT8,/ / / /8/CASE $ 

145

1459 

TIMETEST 



TIMTS3 Table created with DTI entries as follows: 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

DTI TIMTS3 IREC CASE M N P

TIMETEST 


CASE = record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by 

tens for convenience in making changes) IREC. 

CASE = “L” normal case definition. 

“K” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing 

constants. 

Note: If no case value of K is found by the time the 10th case value is 

read then the 10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the 

least squares solution for timing constants.) 

M = number of terms in inner loop. 

N = number of terms in outer loop. 

P = number of times kernel is called. 

TIMTS4 Table created with DTI entries as follows: 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

DTI TIMTS4 IREC CASE ROWS COLS DENS STRL 

146

1461 

TIMETEST 


IREC Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered 

by tens for convenience in making in making changes). 

CASE “A” normal case definition. 

“B” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing 

constants. 

Note: If no case value of B is found by the time the 10th case value is 

read, then the 10th case is treated as the last case to be used in 

the least squares solution for timing constants. 

ROWS Number of rows the matrix is to have. 

COLS Number of columns the matrix is to have. 

DENS Density to be used in building the matrix. 

STRL String length to be used in building the matrix. 

TIMTS5 (for CASE=1 only) Table created with DTI entries as follows: 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

DTI TIMTS5 IREC CASE ROWS COLS DENS TYPE STRL

TIMTS5 (for both cases) Table created with DTI entries as follows: 

TIMETEST 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

DTI TIMTS5 IREC CASE T CORE METHOD 

146

1463 

TIMETEST 


IREC Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered 

by tens for convenience in making in making changes). 

CASE “CASE” normal case definition. 

“END” indicates last case to be used. 

Note: The T, CORE, and METHOD field are not filled in when this form of the case 

is used. 

T Value to be used. 

CORE Size of the core to be used. 

METHOD Method to be used.

TlMTS8 Element generation and assembly timing. 


TOUT, 

TOUTi 

Timing results. 

N Options 1 and 2: n* - Default = 50. External loop index. 

Options 3, 4, and 5: Scale Factor. 

Negative value means scale down. 

Value 0 or 1 means do not change. 

Positive value means scale up. 

Options 6 and 8: Not used. 

TIMETEST 


M Options 1 and 2: m* - Default = 200. Internal loop index. 

Options 3, 4, and 7: Size - Contains the size of various needed arrays. 

(recommended value range: 128 to 1024). 

(e.g., Workstation machines: 128. 

Low-End Minicomputer (VAX): 256. 

High-End Minicomputer (CONVEX): 512. 

Super Computer (CRAY): 1024). 

Options 5, 6, and 8: Not used. 

T Options 1 and 2: Default = 2. Data item type (1 = RSP, 2 = RDP, 3 = 

CSP, 4 = CDP). 

Options 3-8: Not used. 

OPT All Options: Type of timing data required. 

1 Input/Output Operations (Default) (old). 

2 Arithmetic Operations (old). 

3 Matrix Timing Operations (new). 

4 Kernel Timing Operations (new). 

5 MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 1 (new) (uses data in DTI 

file). 

MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 2 (new) (uses data defined 

by remaining arguments). 

6 KERNDB Data Block Generation (new). 

7 Sparse Kernel Timing (new). 

8 Element Timing (new). 

146

1465 

TIMETEST 


CASE Options 1 and 2: Default = 0. Code indicating which unit operations 

are to be tested. 

If OPT = 1, then CASE means: 

1WRITE 

2READ 

4 READ BACKWARDS 

8 BLDPK 

16 INTPK 

32 PACK 

64 UNPACK 

128 PUTSTR 

256 GETSTR 

If OPT = 2, then CASE means: 

1RSP 

2RDP 

4CSP 

8CDP 

Options 3 and 4: Not used. 

Option 5: If CASE = 1, then use the DTI table. 

If CASE = 2, then use the data defined by the remaining arguments. 

Option 6: Number of elements. 

Option 7: Not used. 

Option 8: If CASE = 0, then the T8OUT data block is initialized. 

If CASE = 1,then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data 

block. Set CASE = 1 before executing the EMG module. 

If CASE = 2, then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data 

block. Set CASE = 2 after executing the EMA module.

TOLAPP 

Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery 

TOLAPP Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery 

Appends nonlinear output time or load factor lists and Case Control for data recovery. 

Format: 

Format for nonlinear transient analysis (TOLAPPF=0): 

TOLAPP CASEXX,MPT,TEL/ 

TOL,,TOL1/ 

TOLAPPF/NSOUT $ 

Format for nonlinear statics analysis (TOLAPPF=1): 

TOLAPP CASECC,MPT,ESTNL/ 

OLF,CASECCR,/ 

TOLAPPF//S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,POUTF $ 



CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current loop. 





TOL Transient response time output list for all subcases. 

OLF Nonlinear load factors for all subcases 

TOL1 Transient response time output list for the current subcase. 

CASECCR Table of Case Control command images for data recovery. 

Parameters: 

TOLAPPF Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type: 

0 Nonlinear transient 

1 Nonlinear statics 

NSOUT Input-integer-default=0. Number of time steps to output. By default all 

time steps are output. 

146

1467 

TOLAPP 

Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery 

NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear 

transient loop identification number. 

NEWP Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. 



POUTF Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if 

intermediate output is not requested. 

Remarks: 

1. If TOLAPPF=0, TOLAPP reads the time values from TEL, takes every NSOUT-th 

one, and appends these to TOL. The last time value from TEL is appended 

regardless of the value of NSOUT. If NSOUT>0 then a maximum of NSOUT time 

values are written to TOL. 

2. If TOLAPPF=1, TOLAPP reads a record from CASEXX, modifies it, and appends 

it to CASECCR. If output has been requested (INTOUT field on the NLPARM 

Bulk Data entry) for this load factor TOLAPP appends the current load factor 

from ESTNL to OLF.

TRD1 

TRD1 

Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution 

Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and 

acceleration solution. 

Format: 



Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and 

acceleration solution 

TRD1 CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,SILD,USETD, 

PARTVEC/ 

UXT,PNL/ 

SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/SETNAME $ 








PXT Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set. 


symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset 

of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). 








(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the hset. 




146

1469 

TRD1 


Parameters: 


'MODAL' Usually for h-set matrices 

'DIRECT' Usually for d-set matrices 

Remarks: 

1. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX. 

2. NCOL>0 indicates a restart. 

'IC' Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis 

NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. 

Set to -1 if there are no extra points. 

NONCUP Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests 




NCOL Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution 

matrix UXT prior to execution of TRD1. 

FAC3 Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time 

step increment. 






be specified.

. 

TRD2 

TRD2 


Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and 

acceleration solution for design optimization. 

Format: 


Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and 

acceleration solution 

TRD2 CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,DSPT1,SILD, 

USETD,PARTVEC/ 

UXT,PNL,TOL/ 

SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/TRD2OPT/SETNAME $ 








PXT Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set. 



symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset 

of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). 








(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the hset. 


147

1471 

TRD2 






Parameters: 


'MODAL' Modal; usually for h-set matrices 

'DIRECT' Direct; usually for d-set matrices 

Remarks: 

1. TRD2 is intended for design optimization. 

2. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX. 

3. NCOL>0 indicates a restart. 

'IC' Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis 

NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are 

no extra points. 

NONCUP Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests 




NCOL Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution 

matrix UXT prior to execution of TRD1. 

FAC3 Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time 

step increment. 

TRD2OPT Input-integer-default=1. TRD2 output option. 

1 Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry 

2 Output based on every time step 






be specified.

TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis 

Generates applied loads in transient analysis. 

Format: 


TRLG 

Generates applied loads in transient analysis 

TRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT, 

⎧PHDH ⎫ 

GMD,GOD, ⎨ ⎬ ,EST,MPT,MGG,V01P/ 

⎩ RPX ⎭ 

⎧PPT ⎫ ⎧PHT ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬,PST,PDT,PDT1, 

⎨ ⎬,TOL,DLTH,YPT,YPO/ 

⎩PPT ⎭ 

⎩PXT ⎭ 

S,N,NOSET/S,N,PDEPDO/IMETHOD/STIME/BETA/ 

S,N,FAC1/S,N,FAC2/S,N,FAC3/TOUT/TABS $ 











ne-set. 

GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, 

o-set by d-set. 


RPX Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set. 



147

1473 

TRLG 


MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-size. 

V01P Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction. 


PPT Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps. 

PST Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps. 

PDT Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps. 

PDT1 Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps. 

PHT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps. 

PXT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for all time 

steps only when RPX is input and TOUT=2. 


DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis. 

YPT Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. 

YPO Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the 

output time steps. 

Parameters: 

NOSET Output-integer-default=-1. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to 

-1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no 

degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data 

entries); +1 otherwise 

PDEPDO Output-integer-default=-1. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk 

Data entry. 

0 Skip factor is >1. 

Skip factor is 1. 

IMETHOD Input-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. 

0 Linear analysis 

-1 AUTO or TSTEP method (NLTRD module) 

2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module) 

STIME Input-real-default=0.0. Accumulated time used for restarts. 

BETA Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.

TRLG 


FAC1 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Square of the reciprocal of the time 

step increment. Imaginary part is always zero. 

FAC2 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Reciprocal of twice the time step 

increment. Imaginary part is always zero. 

FAC3 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time 

step increment. Imaginary part is always zero. 

TOUT Input-integer-default=-1. Processing flag. 

1475 

TRNSP 

Matrix transpose 

TRNSP Matrix transpose 

Computes [X] = [A] T . 

Format: 

TRNSP A/X $ 


A Matrix [A]. 


X Matrix transpose of [A]. 

Remarks: 

1. Transposition of matrices for matrix multiplications can also be requested with 

the transpose option in MPYAD and SMPYAD. 

2. If [A] is purged, [X] will be purged.

TYPE 

Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters. 

TYPE Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters. 

The TYPE DMAP statement performs three different functions, depending on its 

format: 

1. Identifies NDDL data blocks. 

2. Specifies the type and authorization of NDDL parameters, qualifiers, and location 

parameters. 

3. Specifies the type and authorization of local parameters. 

The TYPE statement is a nonexecutable statement, but must appear before any NDDL 

data block, parameter, qualifier, or location parameter; or any local parameter that 

relies on the TYPE statement to identify its type and authorization. 

The TYPE statement has the following formats: 

Formats: 

1. Data blocks: 

TYPE DB, dblist $ 

2. NDDL parameters, qualifiers and location parameters: 

TYPE PARM, NDDL, ptype, 

N 

, prmlist $ 

Y 

3. Local parameters: 

TYPE PARM,,ptype, 

N 

, prmlist = [default] $ 

Y 

147

1477 

TYPE 


Describers: 

dblist A list of NDDL data blocks. Each data block must be separated by a 

comma or a space. 

ptype Parameter type. Possible parameter types are as follows: 

Remarks: 

Description ptype 

integer I 

real single precision RS 

real double precision RD 

complex single precision CS 

complex double precision CD 

character CHARi, where i = 1-80 

logical LOGICAL 

N, Y Parameter authorization. Y allows user input of the parameter value via 

the PARAM Bulk Data entry or Case Control command. N disallows 

PARAM input. If neither N nor Y is specified, then authorization or 

user override of the parameters contained in the prmlist are determined 

at DMAP compilation time by the parameter’s first appearance in a 

DMAP Module. 

prmlist A list of parameters. Each parameter must be separated by a comma or 

a space. 

default In Format 3 only, parameters may be assigned a default value. This 

value overrides the MPL default value if any. Character values must be 

enclosed in single quotation marks. 

NDDL Keyword that identifies parameters or qualifiers defined in the NDDL. 

1. Within any subDMAP, parameters are typed at first occurrence in either a TYPE 

statement or a DMAP module. Parameters occurring in Assignment(=) 

statements must be defined in a previous DMAP module or TYPE statement. 

2. A TYPE statement is required for a parameter if it appears first in one of the 

following instructions:

CALL 

MESSAGE 

Assignment 

Conditional (IF and DO WHILE) 

DBVlEW module (WHERE clause if its not a qualifier) 

TYPE 


3. Default values for NDDL parameters and qualifiers are specified on the PARAM 

and QUAL NDDL statements and, if specified on the TYPE statement, result in a 

warning message. 

4. With the exception of parameters declared as QUALifiers through the QUAL 

NDDL statement, all NDDL parameters are stored immediately in the database 

on completion of a DMAP assignment statement or the module S option. 

5. As described under CALL DMAP statement, the (S,) option to save control and 

QUALifier parameters is necessary to facilitate parallel and recursive processing. 

6. Only the ptype is used on the TYPE PARM for parameters passed through a 

subDMAP argument list. Also, default values are ignored. 

7. It is recommended that all TYPE statements in a SUBDMAP appear immediately 

after the SUBDMAP statement. 

8. If NDDL data blocks passed through a SUBDMAP argument list are referenced 

on a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will occur. 

9. If data blocks not defined in the NDDL appear in a TYPE DB statement, then a 

fatal error will occur. 

10. If the parameter type and authorization specified on a TYPE statement do not 

match those specified in a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur. 

11. If the parameter type specified on a TYPE statement does not match the type 

required by a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur. 

12. Character parameters which appear on TYPE statements and also module 

instructions must be defined with ptype CHAR8. For example: 

TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,MAJOR,SETJ,COMP='COMP' $ 

MAJOR='G' $ 

SETJ='A' $ 

VEC USET/VGACOMP1/MAJOR/SETJ/COMP $ 

Use of other lengths, such as CHAR4, results in fatal termination. 

147

1479 

TYPE 


Examples: 

The following TYPE PARM statements show how parameters are typed in a 

subDMAP. Note the use of comments. 

$ 

$ QUALS 

TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,MODEL,SOLlD,SElD,BASE $ 

$ IFP PARAMETERS 

TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,ERROR,NOTRED,ASING,MODACC,FIXEDB, 

BAILOUT $ 

TYPE PARM,NDDL,RS,,MAXRATIO $ 

$ LOCAL PARAMETERS PASSED IN OR OUT 

TYPE PARM,,I,,GO,NOSSET,NOOSET,UNSYM=6,NORC,NOQSET, 

DONOGO,LOOPERR,NOTSET,ERRNO,RESlD,ACON,NOASM, 

NORSET,NOLSET $ 

$ LOCAL PARAMETERS TO THIS SUB DMAP 

TYPE PARM,,I, ,NOKFF,QNOTNULL,NOKQQl $ 

TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,APP,F=’F’ $ 

$ 

A typical TYPE DB statement is as follows: 

TYPE DB A,B,C,D, 

U,V,W,X,Y,Z $

UEIGL 

UEIGL 

Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems 

Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems. 

Format: 



Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue 

problems 

UEIGL KXX,QXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,SVEC,BP,APL,APU/ 

PHX,ULAMA,PHXL,XORTH,LAMMAT,CLAMMAT,LAMA/ 

S,N,NEIGV/SID/F1/F2/ND/EPS $ 

KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. 

QXX Aerodynamic matrix in any set for the linear unsymmetric 

eigensolution. 

MXX Mass matrix in any set for the quadratic unsymmetric eigensolution. 



SVEC Starting "random" eigenvector matrix 

BP Null space B matrix 

APL Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix 

APU Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix 

PHX Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. 

ULAMA Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table. 

PHXL Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. 

XORTH Cross-orthogonality matrix. 

LAMMAT Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal. 

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. 


148

1481 

UEIGL 


Parameters: 

NEIGV Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 

if none were found. 


If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the 

UMETHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGUL Bulk 

Data entry in DYNAMIC. 

If SID>0, then UMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGUL entry is 

selected by this parameter's value. All subsequent parameter values 

(F1, F2, etc.) are ignored. 

If SID

UEIGL 


2. The left-handed solutions of the two problems presented before are: 

for acoustics and 

for aeroelastic divergence. 

ψ T Kaa λ 2 ( + Maa) = 0 

ψ T ( Kll + λQ ll) 

= 

0 

Based on the physical principals of above problems, the eigenvectors are real and 

the eigenvalues are either real (aeroelastic divergence) or pure imaginary 

(acoustics). 

3. QXX is required if MXX is purged and vice versa. 

4. XORTH, CLAMMAT, SVEC, BP, APL and, APU may be purged. 

148

1483 

UGVADD 

Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results 

UGVADD 

Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition based on small angle theory 

would yield erroneous results. For old geometric nonlinear analysis only. 

Format: 



Parameters: 

None. 

Remarks: 

1. SIL may not be purged. 

Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield 

erroneous results 

UGVADD UGNI,DUGNI,SIL/ 

UGNT $ 


DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged steps. 


UGNT Total displacement matrix in the g-set. 

2. If either UGNI or DUGNI is null, the addition will be done directly. 

3. UGVADD is used only in SOL 4.

UMERGE Merges two matrices based on USET 

UMERGE 

Merges two matrices based on USET 

Merge two matrices with the same number of columns and with the rows based on 

degrees-of-freedom sets defined in the USET table into a single matrix. 

Format: 

UMERGE USET,A11,A21/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2 $ 


USET USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from 

DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics). 

Aij Matrix partitions. 


A Assembled matrix. 

Parameters: 

A11 

A21 

→ 

[ A] 

MAJOR Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See 

Remarks. 

SETi Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names. 

See Remarks. 

Remarks: 

1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions. 

148

1485 

UMERGE 


2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one 

set is the complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and 

SET2='COMP' (or blank) then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in 

the g-set that are not in the a-set. 

3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise 

all of the degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is 

assumed to be SET2='COMP'. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and 

SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See Remark 2) and not just the s-set. 

4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names 

separated by a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a 

union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates 

the a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then unioned with the 

m-set. 

5. USET and A may not be purged. 

6. A11 or A21 may be purged, in which case, they are assumed to be null. 

Examples: 

Sets 

m 

sb 

sg 

o 

q 

r 

c 

bf 

be* 

e 

k 

sa 

j 

To merge four matrices into a single matrix based on degrees-of-freedom sets. 

1. Append PHO to PHA. 

b 

s 

l 

t 

a. UMERGE USET,PHA,PHO/PHF/'F'/'A' $ 

a 

d 

Supersets 


f 

fe 

n 

ne 

g 

js 

p 

ks

. UMERGE USET,PHO,PHA/PHF/'F'//'O' $ 

2. Expand PHA to g-set size. 

a. UMERGE USET,PHA,/PHG/'G'/'A' $ 

b. UMERGE USET,,PHA/PHG/'G'//'A' $ 

UMERGE 


3. Expand PHRC with rows corresponding to the r and c-set to the union of the t, o, 

and m-sets. 

a. UMERGE USET,PHRC,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C' $ 

148

1487 

UMERGE1 


UMERGE1 Merges two matrices based on USET 

Format: 

UMERGE1 USET,A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $ 




Aij Matrix partitions with rows and columns that correspond to degreesof-freedom 

in the USET table. 


A Assembled matrix. 

Parameters: 


Remarks. 


See Remarks. 

IOPT Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between square and 

rectangular. 

IOPT = 0 IOPT = 1 IOPT = 2 

A11 A12 

A21 A22 

→ [ A] 

A11 

A21 

→ 

[ A] 

A11 A22 

→ 

[ A]

Remark: 

UMERGE1 


The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions: 

148

1489 

UMERGE1 














m-set. 

10. USET and A may not be purged. 

11. If an input matrix is purged, then it is assumed to be null. 

Examples: 

Sets 

m 

sb 

sg 

o 

q 

r 

c 

bf 

be* 

e 

k 

sa 

j 

1. Merge submatrices of KFF. 

b 

s 

l 

t 

a 

a. UMERGE1 USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'/'A' $ 

b. UMERGE1 USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'//'O' $ 

c. UMERGE1 USET,KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/KFF/'F'//'O' $ 

d 

Supersets 


f 

fe 

n 

ne 

g 

js 

p 

ks

UMERGE1 


2. Expand PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, to 

PHTOM, with rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets. 

a. UMERGE1 USET,PHRC,,,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $ 

149

1491 

UPARTN 

Partitions a matrix based on USET 

UPARTN Partitions a matrix based on USET 

Partition matrix based on degrees of freedom defined in the USET table. 

Format: 

UPARTN USET,A/A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $ 




A Any matrix with rows or columns that correspond to 

degrees-of-freedom in the USET table. 


Aij Matrix partitions 

Parameters: 


Remarks. 


See Remarks. 

IOPT Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between a symmetric partition 

and a vector partition. A vector partition is performed if IOPT = 1 or 2. 

[ A] 

IOPT = 0 IOPT = 1 IOPT = 2 

→ 

A11 A12 

[ A] 

A21 A22 

→ 

A11 

A21 

[ A] 

→ 

A11 A12

UPARTN 


Remarks: 

1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions: 

Sets 

m 

sb 

sg 

o 

q 

r 

c 

bf 

be* 

e 

k 

sa 

j 











union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the 

a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then unioned with the m-set. 

5. USET may not be purged. 

b 

s 

l 

6. A may be purged, in which case UPARTN will simply return, causing the output 

matrices to be purged. 

7. Any or all output data block(s) may be purged. 

t 

a 

d 

Supersets 


f 

fe 

n 

ne 

g 

js 

p 

ks 

149

1493 

UPARTN 


Examples: 

1. Partition KFF into its submatrices. 

a. UPARTN USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'/'A' $ 

b. UPARTN USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'//'O' $ 

b. UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $ 

2. Extract PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, from 

PHTOM, with rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets. 

a. UPARTN USET,PHTOM/PHRC,,/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $ 

3. Partition [KGG] into the q-set and its complement, columns only: 

[ Kgg] ⇒ 

Kgq Kgcomp A. UPARTN USET,KGG/KGQ,,KGCOMP,/’G’/’Q’//2 $

UREDUC 

Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set 

UREDUC Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set 

Reduces rectangular matrices of displacements or loads from the p-set (or g-set) to the 

d- and/or h-set. 

Format: 

UREDUC 



Parameters: 

None. 

⎧XP ⎫ ⎧USETD ⎫ ⎧GMD ⎫ ⎧GOD ⎫ ⎧PHDH ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬/ 

⎩XG ⎭ ⎩ USET ⎭ ⎩ GM ⎭ ⎩GOA ⎭ ⎩ PHA ⎭ 

XD,XH,XS $ 

XP Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set 

XG Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the g-set 




ne-set. 


GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, 

o-set by d-set. 




XD Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set 

XH Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal) 

XS Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the s-set 

Remarks: 

1. If PHDH is purged PH will not be output. 

149

1495 

UREDUC 

Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set 

2. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and 

o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist. 

3. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules 

UPARTN, UMERGE1, MPYAD, and MCE2.

VDR Creates tables based on solution set output requests 

VDR 

Creates tables based on solution set output requests 

Creates tables based on solution set output requests for displacements, velocities, 

accelerations, and nonlinear loads. 

Format: 

⎧ EQDYN ⎫ ⎧USETD ⎫ 

VDR CASECC, ⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬,UXY,OL,XYCDB,PNL/ 

⎩EQEXIN ⎭ ⎩ USET ⎭ 



OUXY1,OPNL1/ 

APP/SOLTYP/S,N,NOSORT2S/S,N,NOSOUT/S,N,NOSDR2/ 

FMODE/S,N,NOSORT2 $ 




data). 





UXY Solution matrix from dynamic analysis (transient, frequency, normal or 

complex modes) in the d- or h-set. 





OUXY1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or d-set. 

OPNL1 Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or d-set. 

149

1497 

VDR 

Creates tables based on solution set output requests 

Parameters: 







'MODAL' Modal 

'DIRECT' Direct 

NOSORT2S Output-integer-no default. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if 

SORT2 format or x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 

otherwise. 

NOSOUT Output-integer-default=0. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 

if any solution set output is requested; -1 otherwise. 

NOSDR2 Output-integer-no default. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if 

any physical set output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 

otherwise. 

FMODE Input-integer-no default. The lowest mode number resulting from 

LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ. 

NOSORT2 Output-integer-default=0. Physical set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if 

SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB is present; -1 otherwise. 

Remarks: 

1. PP may be purged only if UDV is purged. 

2. PNL, XYCDB, OUXY1, and OPNL1 may be purged.

VEC Creates partitioning vector based on USET 

VEC 

Creates partitioning vector based on USET 

To create a partitioning vector based on degree-of-freedom sets. The vector may be 

used by the MERGE and PARTN modules. 

Format: 

VEC USET/CP/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/UNUSED4/SET3 $ 





CP Partitioning vector. 

Parameters: 


Remarks. 


See Remarks. 

UNUSED4 Integer-input-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified. 

SET3 Character-input-default=' '. 

Remark: 

The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions: 

149

1499 

VEC 


3. If MAJOR = 'BITID', then SET1 and SET2 are ignored and the set name specified 

for SET3 corresponds to the zeros in CP and MAJOR corresponds to G or P for 

USET and USETD, respectively. Those degrees-of-freedom not in SET3 

correspond to ones in CP. 

4. If SET1 (or SET2, but not both) is set to 'COMP' (or left blank) then SET1 (or SET2) 

is assumed to be the complement of SET2 (or SET1). 





m-set. 

6. USET may not be purged. 

Examples: 

1. To partition [Kff ] into a- and o-set based matrices, use 

VEC USET/V/'F'/'O' $ 

PARTN KFF,V,/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA $ 

Note that the same thing can be done in one step by 

UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $ 

2. Example 1 could be accomplished by 

VEC USET/V/'F'/'O' $ 

or 

Sets 

m 

sb 

sg 

o 

q 

r 

c 

bf 

be* 

e 

k 

sa 

j 

b 

s 

l 

t 

a 

d 

Supersets 


f 

fe 

n 

ne 

g 

js 

p 

ks

VEC USET/V/'F'/'A' $ 

3. Example 1 could also be accomplished by 

VEC USET/V/'BITID'////'A' $ 

VEC 


150

1501 

VECPLOT 

Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices 

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices 

Performs utility functions on g-set size matrices, including computation of resultants, 

transformation from one coordinate system to another, and generation of rigid body 

matrices. 

Format: 

VECPLOT XG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,CASECC, 

MEDGE,X66P,VGQ,RBF/ 

XOUT,RESMAX,HEADCNTL,X66/ 

⎧LAMA ⎫ 

⎨ ⎬ , 

⎩USET ⎭ 

S,N,GRDPNT/COORID/IOPT/TITLE1/TITLE2/TITLE3/ 

ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/SEID/SETNAM/RBFAIL $ 


XG Any matrix with rows corresponding to the g-set or p-set in the global 

coordinate system. An example is a displacement or load matrix. 








X66P Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when 

setnam'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in 

X66. 

VGQ Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to degreesof-freedom 

in the q-set. 

RBF Rigid body force matrix. 



XOUT Output matrix or table as described in Remark 1. 

RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix that is printed out with IOPT=1 or 5.

VECPLOT 


HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module 

under IOPT=1 or 5. 

x66 Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10. 

Parameters: 

GRDPNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number of the grid 

point about which resultant moments will be computed. If GRDPNT 

= 0 or the grid point does not exist, then the origin of the basic 

coordinate system will be used and GRDPNT=-1 will be output from 

the module. 

COORID Input-integer-default=-1. Identification number of the coordinate 

system into which XG will be transformed. The default (-1 or 0) 

indicates the basic coordinate system. Used only with IOPT = 1 and 5. 

IOPT Input-integer-default=-1. Output option. See Remark 1. 

IOPT=9 is intended for processing of the WEIGHTCHECK Case Control 

command. Similar to IOPT=7 except 

XG is a mass matrix: 

1) allows other sets 

2) compares x66 (for non-g-set) with x66p 

IOPT=10 is intended for processing of the GROUNDCHECK Case 

Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except 

XG is a stiffness matrix: 

1) allows other sets 

2) prints UIM indicating strain energy in each rigid body direction 

TITLEi Input-character. Title which appears above the printed output. See 

Remark 1. 

TITLE1 default = ’VECTOR ’ 

TITLE2 default = ’RESULTAN’ 

TITLE3 default = ’T ’ 

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Set of displacement functions in p-element 

analysis. See “Parameters” on page 563 of the NX Nastran Quick 

Reference Guide. 

150

1503 

VECPLOT 


WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. Used 

only in IOPT=7. See “Parameters” on page 563 of the NX Nastran Quick 

Reference Guide. 


SETNAM Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name used by 

IOPT=9 and 10. 

RBFAIL Output-logical-default='false'. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not 

pass strain energy threshold used by IOPT=10. 

Remarks: 

1. The table below describes the contents of XOUT and the printed output for each 

IOPT. 

IOPT Contents of XOUT Printed Output 

3 The coordinate locations (x, y, z) in BGPDT 

converted to a matrix and translated by 

XG: 

where ux , uy , uz are the translations and 

rotations of XG in the basic coordinate 

system. BGPDT contains the location of 

each grid point in the basic coordinate 

system. COORID is ignored. 

4 A six rows by g-column rigid body matrix 

where each row represents the motion, in 

the global coordinate system, of all grid 

points due to the unit motion of the grid 

point listed on PARAM,GRDPNT. Grid 

point GRDPNT is given a unit translation 

or rotation in each direction of the basic 

coordinate system. XOUT represents the 

rigid body modes of the structure with no 

mechanisms. The motion is output in the 

global coordinate system. XG and 

COORID are ignored. 

5 Same as IOPT=1. 

6 A g-row by 6-column rigid body matrix 

where each column represents the motion 

of all grid points due to a unit motion of an 

r-set degrees of freedom (see SUPORTi 

Bulk Data entries). 

VECPLOT 



x' = ux + x 

y' = uy + y 

z' = uz + z 

[ XOUT] 

[ XOUT4] 

T DRR 1 – 

= 

[ ] 

None 

None 

None 

150

1505 

VECPLOT 



where [XOUT4] is the rigid body matrix 

generated under PLOTFORM = 4, and 

[DRR] is the partition of [XOUT4] 

corresponding to the six r-set degrees of 

freedom defined in the USET table. There 

must be six and only six r-set degrees of 

freedom which completely describe the six 

rigid body modes. The r-set degrees of 

freedom may be defined on more than one 

grid point. If the r-set degrees of freedom 

belong to a single grid point, then the 

result is the same as IOPT=4, except that 

the unit motions of the grid point listed on 

PARAM, GRDPNT are in its global, rather 

than basic coordinate system. 

7 Grid point weight generator summary 

table suitable for printing by the OFP 

module. Same as GPWG module. 

2. If displacement coordinate systems exist, or COORID = 0, then CSTM may not be 

purged and SCSTM may not be purged if partitioned superelements are present. 

3. CASECC and LAMA may be purged. 

4. BGPDT and XOUT may not be purged. 

5. XG may be purged if IOPT=3, 4, or 6. 

6. MEDGE may be purged if p-elements are not present. 

None 

8 Same as IOPT=1. Same as IOPT=1 except 

output includes 

contributions from each 

direction. 

9 Same as IOPT=7. None 

10 Same as IOPT=7. User Information 

Message 7570, which 

shows grounding check 

strain energies and 

pass/fail report.

7. USET may be purged except for IOPT=6, 9, and 10. 

VECPLOT 


Examples: 

1. Convert a displacement vector in a global coordinate system that is cylindrical to 

the basic system, and print it. 

VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/UGBASIC/0/0/1 $ 

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,UGBASIC//’H’/’G’ $ 

2. Given a free-free model with no mechanisms, compute its rigid body modes in 

the global and basic coordinate systems 

VECPLOT ,,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/RBGLOBAL//4 $ 

TRNSP RBGLOBAL/RBT $ 

VECPLOT RBT,BGPDT,,CSTM,,,,/RBBASIC///1 $ 

3. Convert a load matrix to the basic coordinate system, and print out the maximum 

load at any grid point for each load vector 

VECPLOT PG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/PGBASIC//0/5 $ 

MATPRN PG,PGBASIC//$ 

150

1507 

VIEW 

Computes heat transfer radiation view factors 

VIEW Computes heat transfer radiation view factors 

Computes heat transfer radiation view factors. 

Format: 

VIEW EST,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EPT,EDT,MATPOOL/ 

MPOOL $ 







EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation. 

Required only for differential stiffness generation. 




MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images. 

Parameters: 

None.

VIEWP 

Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery 

VIEWP Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery 

Generates geometry tables for the view mesh in p-element data recovery. 

Format: 

VIEWP GEOM1,GEOM2,EST,CASECC,OINT,EDT,EPT, 

PELSET,BGPDT,EQEXIN,CSTM,PVAL0/ 

ELEMVOL,GEOM1VU,GEOM2VU,VIEWTB/ 

S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/ 

VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/ 

S,N,VUEXIST $ 







OINT p-element output control table. 



iterative solver. 







PVAL0 p-value table generated by the ADAPT module in a previous run or 

superelement. 


ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value 

dependencies of each P-element grid, edge, face and body. 

GEOM1VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids 

added. 

150

1509 

VIEWP 

Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery 

GEOM2VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and 

scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added. 



Parameters: 

VUGNEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for 

next view-grid. 

VUENEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for 

next view-element 

VUGJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-grid identification 

numbers. 

VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-element 


VUHEXA Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element. 

VUPENTA Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element. 

VUTETRA Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element. 

VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element. 

VUTRIA3 Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element. 

VUBEAM Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element. 

VUEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if 

view-elements exist.

WEIGHT Calculates model's volume and/or weight 

Calculates the model's volume and/or weight. 

Format: 

WEIGHT VELEM,EST,MPT,DIT,mOPTPRM,OGPWG/ 

WMID,WGTM/ 

WGTVOL/S,N,VOLS/SEID $ 





Parameters: 

WEIGHT 

Calculates model's volume and/or weight 





WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification number. 

WGTM Table of the 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. 

WGTVOL Input-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to 


1 Weight only 

2 Volume only 

3 Weight And volume 

VOLS Output-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model. 


151

XSORT Reads and sorts Bulk Data section 

Reads and sorts the Bulk Data section. 

Format: 



Parameter: 

XSORT 

Reads and sorts Bulk Data section 

XSORT FORCE,BULKOLD/BULK/S,N,NOGOXSRT/ 

S,N,QUALNAM/S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK/S,N,EQVBLK $ 

FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands. 

BULKOLD Bulk table from a prior run, to be merged into BULK. 

BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries. 

NOGOXSRT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE an error is detected in the 

Bulk Data. 

QUALNAM Output-character-default=' '. Keyword which appears on the 

BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data section; usually SUPER 

or AUXMODEL. 

NEXTID Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number which appears 

on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data section; usually 

indicates superelement or auxiliary model identification number. 

LASTBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data 

section is the last section in the input file. 

EQVBLK Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Copy/equivalence flag of 

BULKOLD to BULK. If on input EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk 

Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on input and output 

EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be be 

equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are 

any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output. 

1511

1512 

XSORT 

Reads and sorts Bulk Data section 

Remarks: 

1. XSORT does not stop on error detection; therefore, the following statement 

should appear after the module: 

IF (NOGOXSRT) EXIT $ 

2. If BULKOLD is purged or empty, then the current Bulk Data is sorted and copied 

into BULK. 

3. XSORT must be specified after the IFP1 module. 

Examples: 

1. Read the Bulk Data section in a cold start. 

XSORT ,,/IBULK/S,N,NOGOXSRT $ 

2. Read multiple Bulk Data sections in a loop and cold start. Each Bulk Data section 

is prefaced with BEGIN SUPER=SEID and qualified by SEID. 

DO WHILE ( NOT LASTBULK ) $ 

XSORT ,,/IBULK/ 

S,N,NOGOXSRT//S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK $ 

SEID=NEXTID $ 

ENDDO $

XYPLOT Writes plot information to plot file (.plt) 

Writes plot information to the plot file (.plt). 

Format: 

XYPLOT XYPLOT// $ 


XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values. 


None. 

Parameters: 

None. 

XYPLOT 

Writes plot information to plot file (.plt) 

1513

1514 

XYTRAN 

Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots 

XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots 

Creates a table of plot instructions for x-y plots. 

Format: 

⎧ PSDF ⎫ 

⎪ ⎪ 

⎪ OFP12 ⎪ ⎧ AUTO ⎫ 

XYTRAN XYCDB, ⎨ ⎬, 

⎨ ⎬,OFP32,OFP42,OFP52/ 

⎪ OVG ⎪ ⎩OFP22 ⎭ 

⎪ 

⎩ 

OXRESP 

⎪ 

⎭ 



Parameters: 

XYPLOT/ 

APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYPLOT/ 

S,N,TABID $ 


PSDF Power spectral density table. 

AUTO Autocorrelation function table. 

OFPi2 Output table in SORT2 format. 

OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves. 

OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. 

XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values. 

APP Input-character-default='TRANRESP'. Analysis type. 






'VG' Aeroelastic V-g or V-f data 

'CONTACT' Slideline contact 

'RANDOM' Random response

XYTRAN 


Remarks: 

1. OFPi2 may be element stresses, displacements, element forces, single-point forces 

of constraint, applied loads, slideline contact stresses, nonlinear loads in p-set, 

h-set, or d-set. 

2. OFPi2 may be specified in any order. 

3. If APP='RAND' then PSDF and AUTO must be specified. 

4. If APP='RSPEC' then OXRESP must be specified. 

5. If APP='VG' then OVG must be specified. 

Examples: 

1. Modal frequency response solution set (h-set) output: 

XYTRAN XYCDB,OUDVC2,,,,/XYPLTFA/'FREQ'/'HSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $ 

2. Direct transient response physical set (p-set) output: 

XYTRAN XYCDB,OPP2,OQP2,OUPV2,OES2,OEF2/XYPLTT/'TRAN'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $ 

3. Random response output: 

'SET1' Abscissa points are specified on SET1Bulk Data entries 

'RSPEC' Response spectra 

XYSET Input-character-default='SOL'. Degree-of-freedom set type. 

'SOL' Solution set (d-set or h-set) 

'DSET' d-set 

'HSET' h-set 

'PSET' p-set 





NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=1. Set to 1 if XYPLOT is created; -1 otherwise. 

TABID Input/output-integer-default=0. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is 

greater than zero, all requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 

Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table identification number will 

start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched. 

XYTRAN XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,/XYPLTR/'RAND'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLTR $ 

1515

1516 

XYTRAN 


4. Response spectra output: 

XYTRAN XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP/S,N,TABID $ 

5. Aerodynamic V-g curve output: 

XYTRAN XYCDB,OVG,,,,/XYPLTCE/'VG'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $ 

6. Grid point output; i.e., grid points on the abscissa: 

XYTRAN XYCDB,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,OEF2X/XYPLTT/'SET1'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $ 

7. Slideline contact output: 

XYTRAN XYCDBS,OESNLBP2,,,,/XYPLTB1/'CONT'/'PSET'/ 

S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $

X Nastran 

MAP 

rogrammer’s 

uide 

I N D E X 


A 

Arithmetic operators, 10 

C 

Character operator (&), 10 

D 

Data block 

automatic deletion of, 40 

basic definition of, 2 

local, definition of, 16 

permanent, definition of, 16 

rules for, 40 

scratch, definition of, 16 

states of, 16 

DATABLK NDDL statement, 741, 742 

DBset, 16 

DEPEN NDDL statement, 750 

DMAP 

general rules, 3 

last time used (LTU) instruction, 40 

output from previous module" rule, 39 

DMAP control statements 

conditional branching, 33 

DO WHILE DMAP statement, 35 

looping, 34 

DMAP modules 

basic definition, 2 

description summary, by category, 758 

detailed descriptions of,, see also specific 

module name 

list of, by category, 758 

obsolete, 765 

DO WHILE DMAP statement, 35 

E 

Errors,, see also user errors 

Executive modules 

description summary, 765 

list of, 759 

Expressions and operators 

arithmetic operators, 10 

character operator (&), 10 

logical operators, 11 

relational operators, 11 

F 

File management statements, 2 

Functions, intrinsic, 21 

L 

Logical operators, 11 

M 

MATPRN DMAP module, 1179 

Matrix modules 


list of, 758 

Matrix trailer, 13

1518 

INDEX 

N 

NDDL (Nastran Data Definition Language) 


DATABLK NDDL statement, 742 

DEPEN NDDL statement, 750 

PARAM NDDL statement, 752 

PATH NDDL statement, 754 

purpose of, 740 

QUAL NDDL statement, 755 

summary of statements, 740 

syntax of descriptions, 741 

O 

Obsolete modules, list of, 765 

OFP DMAP module, 1260 

Operators,, see also expressions and 

operators 

OUTPUT2 DMAP module, 1268 

OUTPUT4 DMAP module, 1279 

P 

PARAM NDDL statement, 752 

Parameters 


PATH NDDL statement, 754 

Preface modules, 41 

PRTPARM DMAP module, 1303 

Q 

QUAL NDDL statement, 755 

R 

Relational operators, 11 

S 

SCRATCH data block 

automatic deletion of, 40 

special rules for, 40 

SOLution 100, 41 

Solution sequences, definition of, 2 

SubDMAP 

DBFETCH, 43 

DBMGR, 43 

DBSTORE, 43 

U 

Upward compatibility in Version 68,, see 

also V68 DMAP changes 

User errors, processing of, 42 

User fatal message 1126,, see also DMAP 

output from previous module" rule 

Utility modules 


list of, 759

NX Nastran DMAP Programmer's Guide - Kxcad.net

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?